TITLE 12—BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 1—THE COMPTROLLER OF THE CURRENCY
§1. Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
(a) Office of the Comptroller of the Currency established
There is established in the Department of the Treasury a bureau to be known as the "Office of the Comptroller of the Currency" which is charged with assuring the safety and soundness of, and compliance with laws and regulations, fair access to financial services, and fair treatment of customers by, the institutions and other persons subject to its jurisdiction.
(b) Comptroller of the Currency
(1) In general
The chief officer of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency shall be known as the Comptroller of the Currency. The Comptroller of the Currency shall perform the duties of the Comptroller of the Currency under the general direction of the Secretary of the Treasury. The Secretary of the Treasury may not delay or prevent the issuance of any rule or the promulgation of any regulation by the Comptroller of the Currency, and may not intervene in any matter or proceeding before the Comptroller of the Currency (including agency enforcement actions), unless otherwise specifically provided by law.
(2) Additional authority
The Comptroller of the Currency shall have the same authority with respect to functions transferred to the Comptroller of the Currency under the Enhancing Financial Institution Safety and Soundness Act of 2010 as was vested in the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision on the transfer date, as defined in section 311 of that Act [12 U.S.C. 5411].
(R.S. §324; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §10 (par.), 38 Stat. 261; June 3, 1922, ch. 205, 42 Stat. 621; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 89–427, §1, May 20, 1966, 80 Stat. 161; Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §331(b)(2), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2232; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §314(a), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1523.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Enhancing Financial Institution Safety and Soundness Act of 2010, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is Pub. L. 111–203, title III, July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1520. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 5301 of this title and Tables.
Codification
R.S. §324 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §1, 13 Stat. 99, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Section is comprised of R.S. §324, as amended by the eighth paragraph of act Dec. 23, 1913, §10.
Amendments
2010—Pub. L. 111–203 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "There shall be in the Department of the Treasury a bureau charged with the execution of all laws passed by Congress relating to the issue and regulation of national currency secured by United States bonds and, under the general supervision of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, of all Federal Reserve notes, except for the cancellation and destruction, and accounting with respect to such cancellation and destruction, of Federal Reserve notes unfit for circulation, the chief officer of which bureau shall be called the Comptroller of the Currency and shall perform his duties under the general directions of the Secretary of the Treasury. The Comptroller of the Currency shall have the same authority over matters within the jurisdiction of the Comptroller as the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision has over matters within the Director's jurisdiction under section 1462a(b)(3) of this title. The Secretary of the Treasury may not delay or prevent the issuance of any rule or the promulgation of any regulation by the Comptroller of the Currency."
1994—Pub. L. 103–325 inserted at end "The Comptroller of the Currency shall have the same authority over matters within the jurisdiction of the Comptroller as the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision has over matters within the Director's jurisdiction under section 1462a(b)(3) of this title. The Secretary of the Treasury may not delay or prevent the issuance of any rule or the promulgation of any regulation by the Comptroller of the Currency."
1966—Pub. L. 89–427 inserted exception relating to cancellation and destruction, and accounting with respect to the cancellation and destruction, of Federal Reserve notes unfit for circulation.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §314(d), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1524, provided that: "This section [enacting section 4b of this title and amending this section and section 11 of this title], and the amendments made by this section, shall take effect on the transfer date."
[For definition of "transfer date" as used in section 314(d) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out above, see section 5301 of this title.]
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, were not included in transfer of functions of officers, agencies, and employees of Department of the Treasury to Secretary of the Treasury, made by Reorg. Plan No. 26 of 1950, §1, eff. July 31, 1950, 15 F.R. 4935, 64 Stat. 1280. See section 321(c)(2) of Title 31, Money and Finance.
§2. Comptroller of the Currency; appointment; term
The Comptroller of the Currency shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, and shall hold his office for a term of five years unless sooner removed by the President, upon reasons to be communicated by him to the Senate.
(R.S. §325; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §209, 49 Stat. 707.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §325 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §1, 13 Stat. 99, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Provisions of this section which prescribed the annual basic compensation of the Comptroller of the Currency were omitted to conform to the provisions of the Executive Schedule. See section 5314 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Amendments
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, struck out "on the recommendation of the Secretary of the Treasury" after "President", where first appearing, and changed the salary from "$5,000 a year" to "$15,000 a year".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Repeals
Act Oct. 15, 1949, ch. 695, §4, 63 Stat. 880, formerly cited as a credit to this section, was repealed by Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 655.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, were not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§3. Oath of Comptroller
The Comptroller of the Currency shall, within fifteen days from the time of notice of his appointment, take and subscribe the oath of office.
(R.S. §326; Pub. L. 86–251, §1(d), Sept. 9, 1959, 73 Stat. 488; Pub. L. 92–310, title II, §223(a), June 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 206.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §326 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §1, 13 Stat. 99, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1972—Pub. L. 92–310 struck out provisions which required the Comptroller to give a bond in the sum of $250,000.
1959—Pub. L. 86–251 increased the surety bond requirement from $100,000 to $250,000.
§4. Deputy Comptrollers
The Secretary of the Treasury shall appoint no more than four Deputy Comptrollers of the Currency, one of whom shall be designated First Deputy Comptroller of the Currency, and shall fix their salaries. Each Deputy Comptroller shall take the oath of office and shall perform such duties as the Comptroller shall direct. During a vacancy in the office or during the absence or disability of the Comptroller, each Deputy Comptroller shall possess the power and perform the duties attached by law to the office of the Comptroller under such order of succession following the First Deputy Comptroller as the Comptroller shall direct.
(R.S. §327; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, §209(b), 42 Stat. 1467; Pub. L. 86–251, §1(a), Sept. 9, 1959, 73 Stat. 487; Pub. L. 92–310, title II, §223(b), June 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 206.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §327 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §1, 13 Stat. 99, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
R.S. §327, contained after the word "Secretary" the following "who shall be entitled to a salary of two thousand five hundred dollars a year, and" which was omitted from this section on authority of act Mar. 4, 1923, §209(b), fourth sentence, which was classified to section 9a of this title and regulated the salaries of deputy comptrollers.
Amendments
1972—Pub. L. 92–310 struck out provisions which required each Deputy Comptroller to give a bond in the sum of $100,000.
1959—Pub. L. 86–251 provided for the appointment of four Deputy Comptrollers instead of one, the designation of one as the First Deputy, the fixing of salaries, increase in surety bond requirement from $50,000 to $100,000 and order of succession.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§4a. Delegation of authority by Comptroller
The Comptroller of the Currency may delegate to any duly authorized employee, representative, or agent any power vested in the office by law.
(R.S. §327A, as added Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §707(a), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 188.)
§4b. Deputy Comptroller for the supervision and examination of Federal savings associations
The Comptroller of the Currency shall designate a Deputy Comptroller, who shall be responsible for the supervision and examination of Federal savings associations.
(R.S. §327B, as added Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §314(b), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1524.)
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date
Section effective on the transfer date, see section 314(d) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as an Effective Date of 2010 Amendment note under section 1 of this title.
§§5, 6. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–251, §1(b), (c)(1), Sept. 9, 1959, 73 Stat. 487, 488
Section 5, act Mar. 4, 1909, ch. 297, §1, 35 Stat. 867, related to appointment, succession in office and penal bond of assistant deputy comptroller. See section 4 of this title.
Section 6, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §209(b) (pt.), 42 Stat. 1467, related to appointment, oath of office, penal bond, assigned duties and administration of national agricultural credit corporation provisions of third Deputy Comptroller. See section 4 of this title.
§7. Chief of examining division
The Comptroller of the Currency may designate a national bank examiner to act as chief of the examining division in his office.
(Jan. 3, 1923, ch. 22, 42 Stat. 1096.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is based on Treasury Department Appropriation Act, 1924, act Jan. 3, 1923.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Similar Provisions
Similar provisions were contained in act Feb. 17, 1922, ch. 55, 42 Stat. 375, and in earlier appropriation acts.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§8. Clerks
The Comptroller of the Currency shall employ, from time to time, the necessary clerks, to be appointed and classified by the Secretary of the Treasury, to discharge such duties as the comptroller shall direct.
(R.S. §328.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §328 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §1, 13 Stat. 100, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§9. Additional examiners, clerks, and other employees
The Comptroller of the Currency is authorized to employ such additional examiners, clerks, and other employees as he deems necessary to carry out the provisions of sections 4, 6, 9, 10, 1151 to 1318, and 1322 of this title and to assign to duty in the office of his bureau in Washington such examiners and assistant examiners as he shall deem necessary to assist in the performance of the work of that bureau.
(Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §209(b), 42 Stat. 1467.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 6, referred to in text, was repealed by Pub. L. 86–251, §1(c)(1), Sept. 9, 1959, 73 Stat. 488.
Sections 1151, 1161 to 1163, 1171, 1172, 1181, 1182, 1191, 1201, 1202, 1211 to 1215, 1221 to 1223, 1231, 1232, 1241 to 1244, 1246, 1247, 1249, 1251, 1261, 1271, 1281 to 1283, 1291 to 1293, 1301 to 1303, and 1322 of this title, included within the reference to sections 1151 to 1318, and 1322 of this title, were repealed by Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466.
Section 1151a, included within the reference to sections 1151 to 1318 of this title, was repealed by Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624.
Sections 1245, 1248, and 1311 to 1318, included within the reference to sections 1151 to 1318 of this title, were repealed by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862, eff. Sept. 1, 1948.
The bureau referred to in text is known as the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
Codification
Section is comprised of subsec. (b), third sentence, of section 209 of act Mar. 4, 1923. For classification to this title of other provisions of section 209, see Tables.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§9a. Repealed. Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 645
Section, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §209(b), 42 Stat. 1467, authorized Comptroller to fix in advance pay of deputy comptrollers, examiners, clerks, and certain other employees.
§10. Salaries of Deputy Comptrollers, examiners, and other employees as part of bank examination expenses
The salaries of the Deputy Comptrollers and of all national bank examiners and assistant examiners assigned to duty in the office of the bureau in Washington in connection with the supervision of national banks shall be considered part of the expenses of the examinations provided for by subchapter XV of chapter 3 of this title.
(Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §209(b), 42 Stat. 1467; Pub. L. 86–251, §1(c)(2), Sept. 9, 1959, 73 Stat. 488.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Subchapter XV [§481 et seq.] of chapter 3 of this title, referred to in text, was in the original a reference to section 5240 of the Revised Statutes.
Codification
Section is comprised of subsec. (b), fifth sentence, of section 209 of act Mar. 4, 1923. For classification to this title of other provisions of section 209, see Tables.
Amendments
1959—Pub. L. 86–251 included all Deputy Comptrollers instead of only two deputy comptrollers and struck out provisions deeming the salaries of deputy comptroller, examiners, assistant examiners, clerks and other employees as expenses of administration of national agricultural credit corporation provisions and considering the salary of the additional deputy comptroller as partly an expense of administration in proportion to time spent in such administration.
§11. Interest in national banks
It shall not be lawful for the Comptroller or the Deputy Comptroller of the Currency, either directly or indirectly, to hold an interest in any national bank or any Federal savings association.
(R.S. §329; Pub. L. 106–569, title XII, §1233(b), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3037; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §314(c), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1524.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §329 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §1, 13 Stat. 99, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
2010—Pub. L. 111–203 inserted "or any Federal savings association" before the period.
2000—Pub. L. 106–569 substituted "to hold an interest in any national bank" for "to be interested in any association issuing national currency under the laws of the United States".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 314(d) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.
§12. Seal of Comptroller
The seal devised by the Comptroller of the Currency for his office, and approved by the Secretary of the Treasury, shall continue to be the seal of office of the comptroller, and may be renewed when necessary. A description of the seal, with an impression thereof, and a certificate of approval by the Secretary of the Treasury, shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State.
(R.S. §330; Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, §1, 18 Stat. 317.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §330 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §2, 13 Stat. 100, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§13. Rooms for Currency Bureau
There shall be assigned, from time to time, to the Comptroller of the Currency, by the Secretary of the Treasury, suitable rooms in the Treasury Building for conducting the business of the Currency Bureau, containing safe and secure fireproof vaults, in which the Comptroller shall deposit and safely keep all the plates not necessarily in the possession of engravers or printers, and other valuable things belonging to his department; and the Comptroller shall from time to time furnish the necessary furniture, stationery, fuel, lights, and other proper conveniences for the transaction of the business of his office.
(R.S. §331.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The bureau referred to in text is known as the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
Codification
R.S. §331 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §3, 13 Stat. 100, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§14. Report of Comptroller
The Comptroller of the Currency shall make an annual report to Congress. The report required under this section shall include the report required under section 57a(f)(7) 1 of title 15.
(R.S. §333; Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, §1, 18 Stat. 317; Aug. 7, 1946, ch. 770, §1(39), 60 Stat. 869; Pub. L. 106–569, title XI, §1103(c), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3031.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 57a(f)(7) of title 15, referred to in text, was repealed by Pub. L. 111–203, title X, §1092(3), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 2095.
Codification
R.S. §333 derived from acts June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §61, 13 Stat. 117, and Feb. 19, 1873, ch. 166, 17 Stat. 466. Act June 3, 1864, was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
2000—Pub. L. 106–569 inserted at end "The report required under this section shall include the report required under section 57a(f)(7) of title 15."
1946—Act Aug. 7, 1946, repealed in the opening clause, the requirement that the report to Congress shall be submitted at the commencement of its session, and repealed all provisions prescribing contents of the exhibits in the report.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
§14a. Data standards; open data publication
(a) Data standards
(1) Requirement
The Comptroller of the Currency shall, by rule, adopt data standards for all collections of information that are regularly filed with or submitted to the Comptroller of the Currency by any entity with respect to which the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is the appropriate Federal banking agency (as defined in section 1813 of this title).
(2) Consistency
The data standards required under paragraph (1) shall incorporate, and ensure compatibility with (to the extent feasible), all applicable data standards established in the rules promulgated under section 5334 of this title, including, to the extent practicable, by having the characteristics described in clauses (i) through (vi) of subsection (c)(1)(B) of such section 5334.
(b) Open data publication
All public data assets published by the Comptroller of the Currency under title LXII or the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Public Law 111–203; 124 Stat. 1376) shall be—
(1) made available as an open Government data asset (as defined in section 3502 of title 44);
(2) freely available for download;
(3) rendered in a human-readable format; and
(4) accessible via application programming interface where appropriate.
(R.S. §333, as added Pub. L. 117–263, div. E, title LVIII, §5841, Dec. 23, 2022, 136 Stat. 3431.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Title LXII, referred to in subsec. (b), probably means title LXII of the Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. §§5133 to 5244, which are classified to sections 16, 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 25b, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. §§5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 111–203, July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1376, which enacted chapter 53 (§5301 et seq.) of this title and chapters 108 (§8201 et seq.) and 109 (§8301 et seq.) of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and enacted, amended, and repealed numerous other sections and notes in the Code. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 5301 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Another R.S. §333 is classified to section 14 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Rulemaking
Pub. L. 117–263, div. E, title LVIII, §5842, Dec. 23, 2022, 136 Stat. 3432, provided that:
"(a)
"(b)
"(1) may scale data reporting requirements in order to reduce any unjustified burden on smaller regulated entities; and
"(2) shall seek to minimize disruptive changes to the persons affected by those regulations."
Rule of Construction Regarding No New Disclosure Requirements
Pub. L. 117–263, div. E, title LVIII, §5843, Dec. 23, 2022, 136 Stat. 3432, provided that: "Nothing in this subtitle [subtitle D (§§5841–5843) of title LVIII of div. E of Pub. L. 117–263, enacting this section and provisions set out as a note under this section], or the amendments made by this subtitle, shall be construed to require the Comptroller of the Currency to collect or make publicly available additional information under the Revised Statutes of the United States (or under any other provision of law referenced in an amendment made by this subtitle), beyond information that was collected or made publicly available under any such provision of law, as of the day before the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 23, 2022]."
§15. Repealed. Aug. 7, 1946, ch. 770, §1(40, 50), 60 Stat. 869, 870
Section, act Apr. 28, 1902, ch. 594, §1, 32 Stat. 138, required inclusion of expenses of liquidation of national banks in annual report of Comptroller of the Currency.
§16. Funding of Office
The Comptroller of the Currency may collect an assessment, fee, or other charge from any entity described in section 1813(q)(1) of this title, as the Comptroller determines is necessary or appropriate to carry out the responsibilities of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. In establishing the amount of an assessment, fee, or charge collected from an entity under this section, the Comptroller of the Currency may take into account the nature and scope of the activities of the entity, the amount and type of assets that the entity holds, the financial and managerial condition of the entity, and any other factor, as the Comptroller of the Currency determines is appropriate. Funds derived from any assessment, fee, or charge collected or payment made pursuant to this section may be deposited by the Comptroller of the Currency in accordance with the provisions of section 192 of this title. Such funds shall not be construed to be Government funds or appropriated monies, and shall not be subject to apportionment for purposes of chapter 15 of title 31 or any other provision of law. The authority of the Comptroller of the Currency under this section shall be in addition to the authority under subchapter XV of chapter 3.
The Comptroller of the Currency shall have sole authority to determine the manner in which the obligations of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency shall be incurred and its disbursements and expenses allowed and paid, in accordance with this section, except as provided in chapter 71 of title 5 (with respect to compensation).
(R.S. §5240A, as added Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §318(b), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1526.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Subchapter XV of chapter 3, referred to in first par., was in the original a reference to section 5240 of the Revised Statutes.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date
Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §318(e), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1527, provided that: "This section [enacting this section and amending sections 248, 481, 482, and 1820 of this title], and the amendments made by this section, shall take effect on the transfer date."
[For definition of "transfer date" as used in section 318(e) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out above, see section 5301 of this title.]
CHAPTER 2—NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I—ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
SUBCHAPTER II—CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
SUBCHAPTER III—DIRECTORS
SUBCHAPTER IV—REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER V—OBTAINING AND ISSUING CIRCULATING NOTES
SUBCHAPTER VI—REDEMPTION AND REPLACEMENT OF CIRCULATING NOTES
SUBCHAPTER VII—PROCEEDINGS ON FAILURE OF BANK TO REDEEM CIRCULATING NOTES
SUBCHAPTER VIII—RESERVE CITIES; LAWFUL RESERVES
SUBCHAPTER IX—FORMATION OF ASSOCIATIONS TO ISSUE GOLD NOTES
SUBCHAPTER X—BANK EXAMINATIONS; REPORTS
SUBCHAPTER XI—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS REGARDING UNITED STATES BONDS IN RELATION TO NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XII—VOLUNTARY DISSOLUTION
SUBCHAPTER XIII—RECEIVERSHIP
SUBCHAPTER XIV—BANK CONSERVATION ACT
SUBCHAPTER XV—CONVERSION OF NATIONAL BANKS INTO STATE BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XVI—CONSOLIDATION AND MERGER
SUBCHAPTER XVII—DISPOSITION OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY RECOVERED FROM CLOSED NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I—ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
§21. Formation of national banking associations; incorporators; articles of association
Associations for carrying on the business of banking under title 62 of the Revised Statutes may be formed by any number of natural persons, not less in any case than five. They shall enter into articles of association, which shall specify in general terms the object for which the association is formed, and may contain any other provisions, not inconsistent with law, which the association may see fit to adopt for the regulation of its business and the conduct of its affairs. These articles shall be signed by the persons uniting to form the association, and a copy of them shall be forwarded to the Comptroller of the Currency, to be filed and preserved in his office.
(R.S. §5133.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in text, was in the original "this Title" meaning title LXII of the Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. §§5133 to 5244, which are classified to this section and sections 16, 22 to 24a, 25a, 25b, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. §§5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
Codification
R.S. §5133 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §5, 13 Stat. 100, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Short Title of 2014 Amendment
Pub. L. 113–251, §1, Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2888, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 1308 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, amending sections 25a, 339, 1463, and 1829a of this title and sections 1952, 1953, and 1955 of Title 18, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 25a of this title] may be cited as the 'American Savings Promotion Act'."
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§21a. Amendment of articles of association
Except as otherwise specifically provided by law, or by the articles of association of the particular national banking association, the articles of association of a national banking association may be amended with respect to any lawful matter, and any action requiring the approval of the stockholders of such association may be had by the approving vote of the holders of a majority of the voting shares of the stock of the association obtained at a meeting of the stockholders called and held pursuant to notice given by mail at least ten days prior to the meeting or pursuant to a waiver of such notice given by all stockholders entitled to receive notice of such meeting. A certified copy of every amendment to the articles of association adopted by the shareholders of a national banking association shall be forwarded to the Comptroller of the Currency, to be filed and preserved in his office.
(Pub. L. 86–230, §13, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 458.)
§22. Organization certificate
The persons uniting to form such an association shall, under their hands, make an organization certificate, which shall specifically state:
First. The name assumed by such association; which name shall include the word "national".
Second. The place where its operations of discount and deposit are to be carried on, designating the State, Territory, or District, and the particular county and city, town, or village.
Third. The amount of capital stock and the number of shares into which the same is to be divided.
Fourth. The names and places of residence of the shareholders and the number of shares held by each of them.
Fifth. The fact that the certificate is made to enable such persons to avail themselves of the advantages of title 62 of the Revised Statutes.
(R.S. §5134; Pub. L. 86–230, §25, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466; Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §405(b), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1512.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in par. Fifth, was in the original "this Title" meaning title LXII of the Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. §§5133 to 5244, which are classified to this section and sections 16, 21, 23 to 24a, 25a, 25b, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. §§5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
Codification
R.S. §5134 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §6, 13 Stat. 101, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1982—Par. First. Pub. L. 97–320 struck out "and be subject to the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency" after "national".
1959—Par. First. Pub. L. 86–230 substituted "which named shall include the word 'national' and be" for "which name shall be".
§23. Acknowledgment and filing of certificate
The organization certificate shall be acknowledged before a judge of some court of record, or notary public; and shall be, together with the acknowledgment thereof, authenticated by the seal of such court, or notary, transmitted to the Comptroller of the Currency, who shall record and carefully preserve the same in his office.
(R.S. §5135.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5135 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §6, 13 Stat. 101, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§24. Corporate powers of associations
Upon duly making and filing articles of association and an organization certificate a national banking association shall become, as from the date of the execution of its organization certificate, a body corporate, and as such, and in the name designated in the organization certificate, it shall have power—
First. To adopt and use a corporate seal.
Second. To have succession from February 25, 1927, or from the date of its organization if organized after February 25, 1927, until such time as it be dissolved by the act of its shareholders owning two-thirds of its stock, or until its franchise becomes forfeited by reason of violation of law, or until terminated by either a general or a special Act of Congress or until its affairs be placed in the hands of a receiver and finally wound up by him.
Third. To make contracts.
Fourth. To sue and be sued, complain and defend, in any court of law and equity, as fully as natural persons.
Fifth. To elect or appoint directors, and by its board of directors to appoint a president, vice president, cashier, and other officers, define their duties, require bonds of them and fix the penalty thereof, dismiss such officers or any of them at pleasure, and appoint others to fill their places.
Sixth. To prescribe, by its board of directors, bylaws not inconsistent with law, regulating the manner in which its stock shall be transferred, its directors elected or appointed, its officers appointed, its property transferred, its general business conducted, and the privileges granted to it by law exercised and enjoyed.
Seventh. To exercise by its board of directors or duly authorized officers or agents, subject to law, all such incidental powers as shall be necessary to carry on the business of banking; by discounting and negotiating promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, and other evidences of debt; by receiving deposits; by buying and selling exchange, coin, and bullion; by loaning money on personal security; and by obtaining, issuing, and circulating notes according to the provisions of title 62 of the Revised Statutes. The business of dealing in securities and stock by the association shall be limited to purchasing and selling such securities and stock without recourse, solely upon the order, and for the account of, customers, and in no case for its own account, and the association shall not underwrite any issue of securities or stock; Provided, That the association may purchase for its own account investment securities under such limitations and restrictions as the Comptroller of the Currency may by regulation prescribe. In no event shall the total amount of the investment securities of any one obligor or maker, held by the association for its own account, exceed at any time 10 per centum of its capital stock actually paid in and unimpaired and 10 per centum of its unimpaired surplus fund, except that this limitation shall not require any association to dispose of any securities lawfully held by it on August 23, 1935. As used in this section the term "investment securities" shall mean marketable obligations, evidencing indebtedness of any person, copartnership, association, or corporation in the form of bonds, notes and/or debentures commonly known as investment securities under such further definition of the term "investment securities" as may by regulation be prescribed by the Comptroller of the Currency. Except as hereinafter provided or otherwise permitted by law, nothing herein contained shall authorize the purchase by the association for its own account of any shares of stock of any corporation. The limitations and restrictions herein contained as to dealing in, underwriting and purchasing for its own account, investment securities shall not apply to obligations of the United States, or general obligations of any State or of any political subdivision thereof, or obligations of the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority which are guaranteed by the Secretary of Transportation under section 9 of the National Capital Transportation Act of 1969, or obligations issued under authority of the Federal Farm Loan Act, as amended, or issued by the thirteen banks for cooperatives or any of them or the Federal Home Loan Banks, or obligations which are insured by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development under title XI of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1749aaa et seq.] or obligations which are insured by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development (hereinafter in this sentence referred to as the "Secretary") pursuant to section 207 of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1713], if the debentures to be issued in payment of such insured obligations are guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States, or obligations, participations, or other instruments of or issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association, or the Government National Mortgage Association, or mortgages, obligations or other securities which are or ever have been sold by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation pursuant to section 305 or section 306 of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act [12 U.S.C. 1454 or 1455], or obligations of the Federal Financing Bank or obligations of the Environmental Financing Authority, or obligations or other instruments or securities of the Student Loan Marketing Association, or such obligations of any local public agency (as defined in section 110(h) of the Housing Act of 1949 [42 U.S.C. 1460(h)]) as are secured by an agreement between the local public agency and the Secretary in which the local public agency agrees to borrow from said Secretary, and said Secretary agrees to lend to said local public agency, monies in an aggregate amount which (together with any other monies irrevocably committed to the payment of interest on such obligations) will suffice to pay, when due, the interest on and all installments (including the final installment) of the principal of such obligations, which monies under the terms of said agreement are required to be used for such payments, or such obligations of a public housing agency (as defined in the United States Housing Act of 1937, as amended [42 U.S.C. 1437 et seq.]) as are secured (1) by an agreement between the public housing agency and the Secretary in which the public housing agency agrees to borrow from the Secretary, and the Secretary agrees to lend to the public housing agency, prior to the maturity of such obligations, monies in an amount which (together with any other monies irrevocably committed to the payment of interest on such obligations) will suffice to pay the principal of such obligations with interest to maturity thereon, which monies under the terms of said agreement are required to be used for the purpose of paying the principal of and the interest on such obligations at their maturity, (2) by a pledge of annual contributions under an annual contributions contract between such public housing agency and the Secretary if such contract shall contain the covenant by the Secretary which is authorized by subsection (g) of section 6 of the United States Housing Act of 1937, as amended [42 U.S.C. 1437d(g)], and if the maximum sum and the maximum period specified in such contract pursuant to said subsection 6(g) [42 U.S.C. 1437d(g)] shall not be less than the annual amount and the period for payment which are requisite to provide for the payment when due of all installments of principal and interest on such obligations, or (3) by a pledge of both annual contributions under an annual contributions contract containing the covenant by the Secretary which is authorized by section 6(g) of the United States Housing Act of 1937 [42 U.S.C. 1437d(g)], and a loan under an agreement between the local public housing agency and the Secretary in which the public housing agency agrees to borrow from the Secretary, and the Secretary agrees to lend to the public housing agency, prior to the maturity of the obligations involved, moneys in an amount which (together with any other moneys irrevocably committed under the annual contributions contract to the payment of principal and interest on such obligations) will suffice to provide for the payment when due of all installments of principal and interest on such obligations, which moneys under the terms of the agreement are required to be used for the purpose of paying the principal and interest on such obligations at their maturity: Provided, That in carrying on the business commonly known as the safe-deposit business the association shall not invest in the capital stock of a corporation organized under the law of any State to conduct a safe-deposit business in an amount in excess of 15 per centum of the capital stock of the association actually paid in and unimpaired and 15 per centum of its unimpaired surplus. The limitations and restrictions herein contained as to dealing in and underwriting investment securities shall not apply to obligations issued by the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank 1 Bank for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and North Africa,,2 the North American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the Inter-American Investment Corporation, or the International Finance Corporation,,2 or obligations issued by any State or political subdivision or any agency of a State or political subdivision for housing, university, or dormitory purposes, which are at the time eligible for purchase by a national bank for its own account, nor to bonds, notes and other obligations issued by the Tennessee Valley Authority or by the United States Postal Service: Provided, That no association shall hold obligations issued by any of said organizations as a result of underwriting, dealing, or purchasing for its own account (and for this purpose obligations as to which it is under commitment shall be deemed to be held by it) in a total amount exceeding at any one time 10 per centum of its capital stock actually paid in and unimpaired and 10 per centum of its unimpaired surplus fund. Notwithstanding any other provision in this paragraph, the association may purchase for its own account shares of stock issued by a corporation authorized to be created pursuant to title IX of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 [42 U.S.C. 3931 et seq.], and may make investments in a partnership, limited partnership, or joint venture formed pursuant to section 907(a) or 907(c) of that Act [42 U.S.C. 3937(a) or 3937(c)]. Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, the association may purchase for its own account shares of stock issued by any State housing corporation incorporated in the State in which the association is located and may make investments in loans and commitments for loans to any such corporation: Provided, That in no event shall the total amount of such stock held for its own account and such investments in loans and commitments made by the association exceed at any time 5 per centum of its capital stock actually paid in and unimpaired plus 5 per centum of its unimpaired surplus fund. Notwithstanding any other provision in this paragraph, the association may purchase for its own account shares of stock issued by a corporation organized solely for the purpose of making loans to farmers and ranchers for agricultural purposes, including the breeding, raising, fattening, or marketing of livestock. However, unless the association owns at least 80 per centum of the stock of such agricultural credit corporation the amount invested by the association at any one time in the stock of such corporation shall not exceed 20 per centum of the unimpaired capital and surplus of the association: Provided further, That notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, the association may purchase for its own account shares of stock of a bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or a holding company which owns or controls such an insured bank if the stock of such bank or company is owned exclusively (except to the extent directors' qualifying shares are required by law) by depository institutions or depository institution holding companies (as defined in section 1813 of this title) and such bank or company and all subsidiaries thereof are engaged exclusively in providing services to or for other depository institutions, their holding companies, and the officers, directors, and employees of such institutions and companies, and in providing correspondent banking services at the request of other depository institutions or their holding companies (also referred to as a "banker's bank"), but in no event shall the total amount of such stock held by the association in any bank or holding company exceed at any time 10 per centum of the association's capital stock and paid in and unimpaired surplus and in no event shall the purchase of such stock result in an association's acquiring more than 5 per centum of any class of voting securities of such bank or company. The limitations and restrictions contained in this paragraph as to an association purchasing for its own account investment securities shall not apply to securities that (A) are offered and sold pursuant to section 4(5) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77d(5)); 3 (B) are small business related securities (as defined in section 3(a)(53) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(53)]); or (C) are mortgage related securities (as that term is defined in section 3(a)(41) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(41)).4 The exception provided for the securities described in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) shall be subject to such regulations as the Comptroller of the Currency may prescribe, including regulations prescribing minimum size of the issue (at the time of initial distribution) or minimum aggregate sales prices, or both.
A national banking association may deal in, underwrite, and purchase for such association's own account qualified Canadian government obligations to the same extent that such association may deal in, underwrite, and purchase for such association's own account obligations of the United States or general obligations of any State or of any political subdivision thereof. For purposes of this paragraph—
(1) the term "qualified Canadian government obligations" means any debt obligation which is backed by Canada, any Province of Canada, or any political subdivision of any such Province to a degree which is comparable to the liability of the United States, any State, or any political subdivision thereof for any obligation which is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, such State, or such political subdivision, and such term includes any debt obligation of any agent of Canada or any such Province or any political subdivision of such Province if—
(A) the obligation of the agent is assumed in such agent's capacity as agent for Canada or such Province or such political subdivision; and
(B) Canada, such Province, or such political subdivision on whose behalf such agent is acting with respect to such obligation is ultimately and unconditionally liable for such obligation; and
(2) the term "Province of Canada" means a Province of Canada and includes the Yukon Territory and the Northwest Territories and their successors.
In addition to the provisions in this paragraph for dealing in, underwriting, or purchasing securities, the limitations and restrictions contained in this paragraph as to dealing in, underwriting, and purchasing investment securities for the national bank's own account shall not apply to obligations (including limited obligation bonds, revenue bonds, and obligations that satisfy the requirements of section 142(b)(1) of title 26) issued by or on behalf of any State or political subdivision of a State, including any municipal corporate instrumentality of 1 or more States, or any public agency or authority of any State or political subdivision of a State, if the national bank is well capitalized (as defined in section 1831o of this title).
Eighth. To contribute to community funds, or to charitable, philanthropic, or benevolent instrumentalities conducive to public welfare, such sums as its board of directors may deem expedient and in the interests of the association, if it is located in a State the laws of which do not expressly prohibit State banking institutions from contributing to such funds or instrumentalities.
Ninth. To issue and sell securities which are guaranteed pursuant to section 1721(g) of this title.
Tenth. To invest in tangible personal property, including, without limitation, vehicles, manufactured homes, machinery, equipment, or furniture, for lease financing transactions on a net lease basis, but such investment may not exceed 10 percent of the assets of the association.
Eleventh. To make investments directly or indirectly, each of which is designed primarily to promote the public welfare, including the welfare of low- and moderate-income communities or families (such as by providing housing, services, or jobs). An association shall not make any such investment if the investment would expose the association to unlimited liability. The Comptroller of the Currency shall limit an association's investments in any 1 project and an association's aggregate investments under this paragraph. An association's aggregate investments under this paragraph shall not exceed an amount equal to the sum of 5 percent of the association's capital stock actually paid in and unimpaired and 5 percent of the association's unimpaired surplus fund, unless the Comptroller determines by order that the higher amount will pose no significant risk to the affected deposit insurance fund, and the association is adequately capitalized. In no case shall an association's aggregate investments under this paragraph exceed an amount equal to the sum of 15 percent of the association's capital stock actually paid in and unimpaired and 15 percent of the association's unimpaired surplus fund. The foregoing standards and limitations apply to investments under this paragraph made by a national bank directly and by its subsidiaries.
(R.S. §5136; July 1, 1922, ch. 257, §1, 42 Stat. 767; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §2, 44 Stat. 1226; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §16, 48 Stat. 184; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §308, 49 Stat. 709; Feb. 3, 1938, ch. 13, §13, 52 Stat. 26; June 11, 1940, ch. 301, 54 Stat. 261; June 29, 1949, ch. 276, §1, 63 Stat. 298; July 15, 1949, ch. 338, title VI, §602(a), 63 Stat. 439; Apr. 9, 1952, ch. 169, 66 Stat. 49; Aug. 2, 1954, ch. 649, title II, §203, 68 Stat. 622; Aug. 23, 1954, ch. 834, §2, 68 Stat. 771; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title II, §201(c), 70 Stat. 667; Pub. L. 86–137, §2, Aug. 6, 1959, 73 Stat. 285; Pub. L. 86–147, §10, Aug. 7, 1959, 73 Stat. 301; Pub. L. 86–230, §1(a), Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 457; Pub. L. 86–278, Sept. 16, 1959, 73 Stat. 563; Pub. L. 86–372, title IV, §420, Sept. 23, 1959, 73 Stat. 679; Pub. L. 88–560, title VII, §701(c), Sept. 2, 1964, 78 Stat. 800; Pub. L. 89–369, §10, Mar. 16, 1966, 80 Stat. 72; Pub. L. 89–754, title V, §504(a)(1), Nov. 3, 1966, 80 Stat. 1277; Pub. L. 90–19, §27(a), May 25, 1967, 81 Stat. 28; Pub. L. 90–448, title VIII, §§804(c), 807(j), title IX, §911, title XVII, §1705(h), Aug. 1, 1968, 82 Stat. 543, 545, 550, 605; Pub. L. 91–375, §6(d), Aug. 12, 1970, 84 Stat. 776; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §133(c)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 269; Pub. L. 91–143, §12(b), Dec. 9, 1969, as added Pub. L. 92–349, title I, §101, July 13, 1972, 86 Stat. 466; Pub. L. 92–500, §12(n), Oct. 18, 1972, 86 Stat. 902; Pub. L. 93–100, §5(c), Aug. 16, 1973, 87 Stat. 344; Pub. L. 93–224, §14, Dec. 29, 1973, 87 Stat. 941; Pub. L. 93–234, title II, §207, Dec. 31, 1973, 87 Stat. 984; Pub. L. 93–383, title II, §206, title VIII, §805(c)(1), Aug. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 668, 726; Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §711, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 189; Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1342(a), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 743; Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §404(b), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1511; Pub. L. 97–457, §18, Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2509; Pub. L. 98–440, title I, §105(c), Oct. 3, 1984, 98 Stat. 1691; Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title I, §101], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1885; Pub. L. 100–86, title I, §108, Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 579; Pub. L. 100–449, title III, §308, Sept. 28, 1988, 102 Stat. 1877; Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(c)(10)(B), (e)(1)(B), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2036, 2037; Pub. L. 102–485, §6(a), Oct. 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 2774; Pub. L. 103–182, title V, §541(h)(1), Dec. 8, 1993, 107 Stat. 2167; Pub. L. 103–325, title II, §206(c), title III, §§322(a)(1), 347(b), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2199, 2226, 2241; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title VII, §710(b)], title II, §2704(d)(7), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009-181, 3009-489; Pub. L. 106–102, title I, §151, Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1384; Pub. L. 109–171, title II, §2102(b), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 9; Pub. L. 109–173, §9(a), Feb. 15, 2006, 119 Stat. 3616; Pub. L. 109–351, title III, §305(a), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1970; Pub. L. 110–289, div. B, title V, §2503(a), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2857.)
Amendment of Section
For termination of amendment by section 501(c) of Pub. L. 100–449, see Effective and Termination Dates of 1988 Amendment note below.
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in par. Seventh, was in the original "this Title" meaning title LXII of the Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. §§5133 to 5244, which are classified to this section and sections 16, 21, 22, 23, 24a, 25a, 25b, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. §§5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
Section 9 of the National Capital Transportation Act of 1969, referred to in par. Seventh, is section 9 of Pub. L. 91–143, as added by section 101 of title I of Pub. L. 92–349, July 13, 1972, 86 Stat. 464, which is not classified to the Code.
The Federal Farm Loan Act, referred to in par. Seventh, is act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, 39 Stat. 360, which was classified to section 641 et seq. of this title prior to its repeal by Pub. L. 92–181, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624. See chapter 23 (§2001 et seq.) of this title.
The National Housing Act, referred to in par. Seventh, is act June 27, 1934, ch. 847, 48 Stat. 1246. Title XI of the National Housing Act is title XI of act June 27, 1934, ch. 847, as added by act Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–754, title V, §502(a), 80 Stat. 1274, which is classified generally to subchapter IX–B (§1749aaa et seq.) of chapter 13 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1701 of this title and Tables.
Section 110 of the Housing Act of 1949 [42 U.S.C. 1460], referred to in par. Seventh, was omitted from the Code pursuant to section 5316 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, which terminated authority to make grants or loans under title I of that Act [42 U.S.C. 1450 et seq.] after Jan. 1, 1975.
The United States Housing Act of 1937, referred to in par. Seventh, is act Sept. 1, 1937, ch. 896, as revised generally by Pub. L. 93–383, title II, Aug. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 653, and is classified to chapter 8 (§1437 et seq.) of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1437 of Title 42 and Tables.
The Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, referred to in par. Seventh, is Pub. L. 90–448, Aug. 1, 1968, 82 Stat. 476. Title IX of the Housing and Urban Development Act is classified principally to chapter 49 (§3931 et seq.) of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1968 Amendment note set out under section 1701 of this title and Tables.
Section 4 of the Securities Act of 1933, referred to in par. Seventh, was amended by section 201(b), (c) of Pub. L. 112–106, and the provisions which formerly appeared in section 4 of the Act now appear in section 4(a) of the Act.
Codification
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–473 is based on section 211(a) of title II of S. 2416, as introduced in the Senate on Mar. 13, 1984, which was enacted into permanent law by section 101(1) of Pub. L. 98–473.
R.S. §5136 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §8, 13 Stat. 101, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
2008—Par. Eleventh. Pub. L. 110–289, which directed substitution of "is designed primarily to promote the public welfare, including the welfare of" for "promotes the public welfare by benefitting primarily" in first sentence, was executed by making the substitution for "promotes the public welfare by benefiting primarily" to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
2006—Par. Eleventh. Pub. L. 109–351 amended par. generally. Prior to amendment, par. read as follows: "Eleventh. To make investments designed primarily to promote the public welfare, including the welfare of low- and moderate-income communities or families (such as by providing housing, services, or jobs). A national banking association may make such investments directly or by purchasing interests in an entity primarily engaged in making such investments. An association shall not make any such investment if the investment would expose the association to unlimited liability. The Comptroller of the Currency shall limit an association's investments in any 1 project and an association's aggregate investments under this paragraph. An association's aggregate investments under this paragraph shall not exceed an amount equal to the sum of 5 percent of the association's capital stock actually paid in and unimpaired and 5 percent of the association's unimpaired surplus fund, unless the Comptroller determines by order that the higher amount will pose no significant risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund, and the association is adequately capitalized. In no case shall an association's aggregate investments under this paragraph exceed an amount equal to the sum of 10 percent of the association's capital stock actually paid in and unimpaired and 10 percent of the association's unimpaired surplus fund."
Pub. L. 109–173, in fifth sentence, substituted "Deposit Insurance Fund" for "affected deposit insurance fund".
Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(7). See 1996 Amendment note below.
1999—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 106–102 inserted at end "In addition to the provisions in this paragraph for dealing in, underwriting, or purchasing securities, the limitations and restrictions contained in this paragraph as to dealing in, underwriting, and purchasing investment securities for the national bank's own account shall not apply to obligations (including limited obligation bonds, revenue bonds, and obligations that satisfy the requirements of section 142(b)(1) of title 26) issued by or on behalf of any State or political subdivision of a State, including any municipal corporate instrumentality of 1 or more States, or any public agency or authority of any State or political subdivision of a State, if the national bank is well capitalized (as defined in section 1831o of this title)."
1996—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 104–208, §101(c) [§710(b)], in seventh sentence, inserted "Bank for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and North Africa," after "the Inter-American Development Bank".
Par. Eleventh. Pub. L. 104—208, §2704(d)(7), which directed the amendment of the fifth sentence by substituting "Deposit Insurance Fund" for "affected deposit insurance fund", was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below and 2006 Amendment note above.
1994—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 103–325, §347(b), in last sentence of first par., substituted "(15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(41)). The exception provided for the securities described in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) shall be subject to such regulations" for "(15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(41))), subject to such regulations".
Pub. L. 103–325, §322(a)(1)(A), in fifth proviso inserted "or depository institution holding companies (as defined in section 1813 of this title)" after "(except to the extent directors' qualifying shares are required by law) by depository institutions".
Pub. L. 103–325, §322(a)(1)(B), which directed substitution in fifth proviso of "services to or for other depository institutions, their holding companies, and the officers, directors, and employees of such institutions and companies, and in providing correspondent banking services at the request of other depository institutions or their holding companies (also referred to as a 'banker's bank')" for "services for other depository institutions and their officers, directors and employees", was executed by making the substitution for "services for other depository institutions and their officers, directors, and employees" to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Pub. L. 103–325, §206(c), substituted "(B) are small business related securities (as defined in section 3(a)(53) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); or (C) are mortgage related securities" for "or (B) are mortgage related securities".
1993—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 103–182 inserted "the North American Development Bank," after "Inter-American Development Bank,".
1992—Par. Eleventh. Pub. L. 102–485 added par. Eleventh.
1990—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 101–513 inserted "the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development," before "the Inter-American Development Bank," and substituted "the African Development Bank, the Inter-American Investment Corporation, or the International Finance Corporation," for "the African Development Bank or the Inter-American Investment Corporation,".
1988—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 100–449 temporarily inserted provisions authorizing national banking associations to deal in, underwrite, and purchase Canadian government obligations for the association's own account. See Effective and Termination Dates of 1988 Amendment note below.
1987—Par. Tenth. Pub. L. 100–86 added par. Tenth.
1984—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 98–473 inserted reference to the Inter-American Investment Corporation.
Pub. L. 98–440 inserted provision that the limitations and restrictions contained in this paragraph as to an association purchasing investment securities for its own account shall not apply to securities offered and sold pursuant to section 15 U.S.C. 77d(5), or that are mortgage related securities (as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(41)), subject to such regulations as the Comptroller of the Currency may prescribe.
1983—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 97–457 substituted "10 per centum of the association's" for "10 per centum of its" after "exceed at any time".
1982—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 97–320 substituted "Provided further, That notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, the association may purchase for its own account shares of stock of a bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or a holding company which owns or controls such an insured bank if the stock of such bank or company is owned exclusively (except to the extent directors' qualifying shares are required by law) by depository institutions and such bank or company and all subsidiaries thereof are engaged exclusively in providing services for other depository institutions and their officers, directors, and employees, but in no event shall the total amount of such stock held by the association in any bank or holding company exceed at any time 10 per centum of its capital stock and paid in and unimpaired surplus and in no event shall the purchase of such stock result in an association's acquiring more than 5 per centum of any class of voting securities of such bank or company" for "Provided further, That, notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, the association may purchase for its own account shares of stock of a bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation if the stock of such bank is owned exclusively by other banks (except to the extent State law requires directors qualifying shares) and if such bank is engaged exclusively in providing banking services for other banks and their officers, directors, or employees, but in no event shall the total amount of such stock held by the association exceed at any time 10 per centum of its capital stock and paid in and unimpaired surplus, and in no event shall the purchase of such stock result in the association's acquiring more than 5 per centum of any class of voting securities of such bank".
1981—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 97–35 inserted reference to the African Development Bank.
1980—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 96–221 inserted proviso relating to purchase of stock in bankers' banks.
1974—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 93–383 substituted "section 6(g) of the United States Housing Act of 1937" for references to section 1421a(b) of title 42 wherever appearing, struck out "either" before "(1)", "(which obligations shall have a maturity of not more than eighteen months)" in cl. (1) and "or" before "(2)", added cl. (3), and inserted reference to mortgages, obligations, or other securities sold by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation pursuant to section 1454 or 1455 of this title.
1973—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 93–234 authorized investments by national banks in agricultural credit corporations.
Pub. L. 93–224 inserted "or obligations of the Federal Financing Bank" after "or obligations, participations, or other instruments of or issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Government National Mortgage Association".
Pub. L. 93–100 inserted provision that the association may purchase shares of stock issued by state housing corporations incorporated in the state in which the association is located and make investments in loans and commitments for loans to such corporations with certain limitations.
1972—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 92–500 inserted "or obligations of the Environmental Financing Authority" after "Government National Mortgage Association".
Pub. L. 92–349 inserted provisions that limitations and restrictions contained in this section as to dealing in and underwriting investment securities shall not apply to obligations of the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority which are guaranteed by the Secretary of Transportation under section 9 of the National Capital Transportation Act of 1969.
Pub. L. 92–318 included obligations or other instruments or securities of the Student Loan Marketing Association.
1970—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 91–375 made limitations and restrictions contained in this section as to dealing in and underwriting investment securities inapplicable to bonds, notes and other obligations issued by the United States Postal Service.
1968—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 90–448, §807(j), inserted "or the Government National Mortgage Association" after "Federal National Mortgage Association".
Pub. L. 90–448, §911, authorized the association to purchase for its own account shares of stock issued by a corporation authorized to be created pursuant to sections 3931–3940 of title 42, and to make investments in a partnership, limited partnership, or joint venture formed pursuant to section 3937(a) or 3937(c) of title 42.
Pub. L. 90–448, §1705(h), included obligations issued by any State or political subdivision or any agency of a State or political subdivision for housing, university, or dormitory purposes.
Par. Ninth. Pub. L. 90–448, §804(c), added par. Ninth.
1967—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 90–19 substituted "Secretary of Housing and Urban Development (hereafter in this sentence referred to as the 'Secretary')" for "Federal Housing Administrator"; and "Secretary" for "Housing and Home Finance Administrator" after "local public agency and the", for "Administrator" in two instances just before "agrees to lend", and for "Public Housing Administration" wherever appearing in cls. (1) and (2), respectively.
1966—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 89–754 made limitations and restrictions for dealing, underwriting, and purchasing for its own account of investment securities inapplicable to obligations which are insured by Secretary of Housing and Urban Development under provisions relating to mortgage insurance for group practice facilities.
Pub. L. 89–369 inserted provisions that limitations and restrictions contained in this section as to dealing in and underwriting investment securities shall not apply to obligations issued by the Asian Development Bank.
1964—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 88–560 substituted "or obligations, participations, or other instruments of or issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association" for "or obligations of the Federal National Mortgage Association".
1959—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 86–372 substituted "monies in an aggregate amount which (together with any other monies irrevocably committed to the payment of interest on such obligations) will suffice to pay, when due, the interest on and all installments (including the final installment) of the principal of such obligations, which monies under the terms of said agreement are required to be used for such payments" for "prior to the maturity of such obligations (which obligations shall have a maturity of not more than eighteen months), monies in an amount which (together with any other monies irrevocably committed to the payment of interest on such obligations) will suffice to pay the principal of such obligations with interest to maturity thereon, which monies under the terms of said agreement are required to be used for the purpose of paying the principal of and the interest on such obligations at their maturity" after "local public agency,".
Pub. L. 86–278 substituted "any" for "either" before "of said organizations" in last sentence.
Pub. L. 86–230 struck out "or the Home Owners' Loan Corporation" after "Federal Home Loan Banks".
Pub. L. 86–147 inserted provisions that limitations and restrictions contained in this section as to dealing in and underwriting investment securities shall not apply to obligations issued by the Inter-American Development Bank.
Pub. L. 86–137 inserted provisions that limitations and restrictions contained in this section as to dealing in and underwriting investment securities shall not apply to bonds, notes and other obligations issued by the Tennessee Valley Authority.
1959—Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 86–372 substituted "monies in an aggregate amount which (together with any other monies irrevocably committed to the payment of interest on such obligations) will suffice to pay, when due, the interest on and all installments (including the final installment) of the principal of such obligations, which monies under the terms of said agreement are required to be used for such payments" for "prior to the maturity of such obligations (which obligations shall have a maturity of not more than eighteen months), monies in an amount which (together with any other monies irrevocably committed to the payment of interest on such obligations) will suffice to pay the principal of such obligations with interest to maturity thereon, which monies under the terms of said agreement are required to be used for the purpose of paying the principal of and the interest on such obligations at their maturity" following "local public agency,".
Pub. L. 86–278 substituted "any" for "either" before "of said organizations" in last sentence.
Pub. L. 86–230 struck out "or the Home Owners' Loan Corporation" after "Federal Home Loan Banks".
Pub. L. 86–147 inserted provisions that limitations and restrictions contained in this section as to dealing in and underwriting investment securities shall not apply to obligations issued by the Inter-American Development Bank.
Pub. L. 86–137 inserted provisions that limitations and restrictions contained in this section as to dealing in and underwriting investment securities shall not apply to bonds, notes and other obligations issued by the Tennessee Valley Authority.
1956—Par. Seventh. Act July 26, 1956, removed restriction which prohibited a national bank from investing in obligations of the thirteen banks for cooperatives an amount exceeding 10 percent of its capital stock actually paid in and unimpaired and 10 percent of its unimpaired surplus.
1954—Par. Seventh. Act Aug. 23, 1954, substituted "thirteen banks for cooperatives organized under the Farm Credit Act of 1933, or any of them" for "Central Bank for Cooperatives" in last sentence.
Act Aug. 2, 1954, substituted "or obligations of the Federal National Mortgage Association" for "or obligations of national mortgage associations" in sixth sentence.
1952—Par. Seventh. Act Apr. 9, 1952, enabled national banks and State member banks of the Federal Reserve System to receive compensation in the distribution of debentures issued by the Central Bank for Cooperation.
1949—Par. Seventh. Act July 15, 1949, inserted, in next to last sentence, "or such obligations of any local public agency (as defined in section 110(h) of the Housing Act of 1949) as are secured by an agreement between the local public agency and the Housing and Home Finance Administrator in which the local public agency agrees to borrow from said Administrator, and said Administrator agrees to lend to said local public agency, prior to the maturity of such obligations (which obligations shall have a maturity of not more than eighteen months), monies in an amount which (together with any other monies irrevocably committed to the payment of interest on such obligations) will suffice to pay the principal of such obligations with interest to maturity thereon, which monies under the terms of said agreement are required to be used for the purpose of paying the principal of and the interest on such obligations at their maturity, or such obligations of a public housing agency (as defined in the United States Housing Act of 1937, as amended) as are secured either (1) by an agreement between the public housing agency and the Public Housing Administration in which the public housing agency agrees to borrow from the Public Housing Administration, and the Public Housing Administration agrees to lend to the public housing agency, prior to the maturity of such obligations (which obligations shall have a maturity of not more than eighteen months), monies in an amount which (together with any other monies irrevocably committed to the payment of interest on such obligations) will suffice to pay the principal of such obligations with interest to maturity thereon, which monies under the terms of said agreement are required to be used for the purpose of paying the principal of and the interest on such obligations at their maturity, or (2) by a pledge of annual contributions under an annual contributions contract between such public housing agency and the Public Housing Administration if such contract shall contain the covenant by the Public Housing Administration which is authorized by subsection (b) of section 22 of the United States Housing Act of 1937, as amended, and if the maximum sum and the maximum period specified in such contract pursuant to said subsection 22(b) shall not be less than the annual amount and the period for payment, which are requisite to provide for the payment when due of all installments of principal and interest on such obligations".
Act June 29, 1949, inserted last sentence to permit national banks and State member banks of the Federal Reserve System to deal in and underwrite obligations issued by the International Bank subject to certain limitations.
1940—Par. Eighth. Act June 11, 1940, added par. Eighth.
1938—Par. Seventh. Act Feb. 3, 1938, inserted "or obligations of national mortgage associations" in last sentence.
1935—Par. Seventh. Act Aug. 23, 1935, amended second, fourth, and last sentences.
1933—Act June 16, 1933, among other changes, struck out closing paragraph prohibiting transaction of any business by association prior to authorization by Comptroller, except that necessarily preliminary to organization.
1927—Act Feb. 25, 1927, struck out definite period of succession in par. Second, and inserted provisos in par. Seventh.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2006 Amendment
Pub. L. 109–173, §9(j), Feb. 15, 2006, 119 Stat. 3618, provided that: "This section [amending this section and sections 338a, 347b, 1431, 1441, 1441a, 1441b, 1464, 1467a, 1723i, 1735f–14, 1828a, 1833a, 1841, 1842, and 3341 of this title] and the amendments made by this section shall take effect on the day of the merger of the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund [Mar. 31, 2006, see 71 F.R. 20524] pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 [subtitle B (§§2101–2109) of title II of Pub. L. 109–171, see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note set out under section 1811 of this title]."
Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective no later than the first day of the first calendar quarter that begins after the end of the 90-day period beginning Feb. 8, 2006, see section 2102(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a Merger of BIF and SAIF note under section 1821 of this title.
Effective Date of 1999 Amendment
Pub. L. 106–102, title I, §161, Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1384, provided that: "This title [enacting sections 24a, 1820a, 1828a, 1828b, 1831v, 1831w, and 1848a of this title and section 6701 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, amending this section, sections 25a, 335, 371c, 1821, 1835a, 1841 to 1844, 1849, 1850, 1864, 1971, 2903, 3101, 3106, and 3107 of this title, and section 18a of Title 15, repealing sections 78 and 377 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 252, 1843, and 4801 of this title and section 41 of Title 15] (other than section 104 [enacting section 6701 of Title 15]) and the amendments made by this title shall take effect 120 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 12, 1999]."
Effective Date of 1996 Amendment
Amendment by section 2704(d)(7) of Pub. L. 104–208 effective Jan. 1, 1999, if no insured depository institution is a savings association on that date, see section 2704(c) of Pub. L. 104–208, formerly set out as a note under section 1821 of this title.
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §347(d), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2241, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 78c of Title 15, Commerce and Trade] shall become effective upon the date of promulgation of final regulations under subsection (c) [set out below]."
Effective and Termination Dates of 1988 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 100–449 effective on date United States-Canada Free-Trade Agreement enters into force (Jan. 1, 1989), and to cease to have effect on date Agreement ceases to be in force, see section 501(a), (c) of Pub. L. 100–449, set out in a note under section 2112 of Title 19, Customs Duties.
Effective Date of 1981 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–35 effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 290i of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse.
Effective Date of 1973 Amendments
Amendment by Pub. L. 93–224 effective Dec. 29, 1973, see section 20 of Pub. L. 93–224, set out as an Effective Date note under section 2281 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 93–100 effective Aug. 16, 1973, see section 8 of Pub. L. 93–100, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1469 of this title.
Effective Date of 1970 Amendment
For effective date of amendment by Pub. L. 91–375, see section 15(a) of Pub. L. 91–375, set out as an Effective Date note preceding section 101 of Title 39, Postal Service.
Effective Date of 1968 Amendment
For effective date of amendment by title VIII of Pub. L. 90–448, see section 808 of Pub. L. 90–448, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1716b of this title.
Effective Date of 1956 Amendment
Amendment by act July 26, 1956, effective Jan. 1, 1957, see act July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title II, §202(a), 70 Stat. 667.
Effective Date of 1933 Amendment
Act June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §16, 48 Stat. 184, provided that restrictions of this section as to dealing in investment securities shall take effect one year after June 16, 1933.
Regulations
Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §347(c), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2241, provided that: "Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act [Sept. 23, 1994], the Comptroller of the Currency shall promulgate final regulations, in accordance with the thirteenth sentence of Paragraph Seventh of section 5136 of the Revised Statutes [this section] (as amended by subsection (b)), to carry out the amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 78c of Title 15, Commerce and Trade]." [Final regulations implementing these amendments were published in the Federal Register on Dec. 2, 1996 [61 F.R. 63972], effective Dec. 31, 1996.]
Abolition of Home Owners' Loan Corporation
For dissolution and abolishment of Home Owners' Loan Corporation, by act June 30, 1953, ch. 170, §21, 67 Stat. 126, see note set out under section 1463 of this title.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be followed by a comma.
3 See References in Text note below.
4 So in original. The period probably should be preceded by an additional closing parenthesis.
§24a. Financial subsidiaries of national banks
(a) Authorization to conduct in subsidiaries certain activities that are financial in nature
(1) In general
Subject to paragraph (2), a national bank may control a financial subsidiary, or hold an interest in a financial subsidiary.
(2) Conditions and requirements
A national bank may control a financial subsidiary, or hold an interest in a financial subsidiary, only if—
(A) the financial subsidiary engages only in—
(i) activities that are financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity pursuant to subsection (b); and
(ii) activities that are permitted for national banks to engage in directly (subject to the same terms and conditions that govern the conduct of the activities by a national bank);
(B) the activities engaged in by the financial subsidiary as a principal do not include—
(i) insuring, guaranteeing, or indemnifying against loss, harm, damage, illness, disability, or death (except to the extent permitted under section 302 or 303(c) of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act [15 U.S.C. 6712 or 6713(c)]) or providing or issuing annuities the income of which is subject to tax treatment under section 72 of title 26;
(ii) real estate development or real estate investment activities, unless otherwise expressly authorized by law; or
(iii) any activity permitted in subparagraph (H) or (I) of section 1843(k)(4) of this title, except activities described in section 1843(k)(4)(H) of this title that may be permitted in accordance with section 122 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act;
(C) the national bank and each depository institution affiliate of the national bank are well capitalized and well managed;
(D) the aggregate consolidated total assets of all financial subsidiaries of the national bank do not exceed the lesser of—
(i) 45 percent of the consolidated total assets of the parent bank; or
(ii) $50,000,000,000;
(E) except as provided in paragraph (4), the national bank meets standards of credit-worthiness established by the Comptroller of the Currency or other requirement set forth in paragraph (3); and
(F) the national bank has received the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency for the financial subsidiary to engage in such activities, which approval shall be based solely upon the factors set forth in this section.
(3) Requirement
(A) In general
A national bank meets the requirements of this paragraph if the bank is one of the 100 largest insured banks and has not fewer than 1 issue of outstanding debt that meets standards of credit-worthiness or other criteria as the Secretary of the Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may jointly establish.
(B) Consolidated total assets
For purposes of this paragraph, the size of an insured bank shall be determined on the basis of the consolidated total assets of the bank as of the end of each calendar year.
(4) Financial agency subsidiary
The requirement in paragraph (2)(E) shall not apply with respect to the ownership or control of a financial subsidiary that engages in activities described in subsection (b)(1) solely as agent and not directly or indirectly as principal.
(5) Regulations required
Before the end of the 270-day period beginning on November 12, 1999, the Comptroller of the Currency shall, by regulation, prescribe procedures to implement this section.
(6) Indexed asset limit
The dollar amount contained in paragraph (2)(D) shall be adjusted according to an indexing mechanism jointly established by regulation by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(7) Coordination with section 1843(l)(2) of this title
Section 1843(l)(2) of this title applies to a national bank that controls a financial subsidiary in the manner provided in that section.
(b) Activities that are financial in nature
(1) Financial activities
(A) In general
An activity shall be financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity only if—
(i) such activity has been defined to be financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity for bank holding companies pursuant to section 1843(k)(4) of this title; or
(ii) the Secretary of the Treasury determines the activity is financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity in accordance with subparagraph (B).
(B) Coordination between the Board and the Secretary of the Treasury
(i) Proposals raised before the Secretary of the Treasury
(I) Consultation
The Secretary of the Treasury shall notify the Board of, and consult with the Board concerning, any request, proposal, or application under this section for a determination of whether an activity is financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity.
(II) Board view
The Secretary of the Treasury shall not determine that any activity is financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity under this section if the Board notifies the Secretary in writing, not later than 30 days after the date of receipt of the notice described in subclause (I) (or such longer period as the Secretary determines to be appropriate under the circumstances) that the Board believes that the activity is not financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity or is not otherwise permissible under this section.
(ii) Proposals raised by the Board
(I) Board recommendation
The Board may, at any time, recommend in writing that the Secretary of the Treasury find an activity to be financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity for purposes of this section.
(II) Time period for secretarial action
Not later than 30 days after the date of receipt of a written recommendation from the Board under subclause (I) (or such longer period as the Secretary of the Treasury and the Board determine to be appropriate under the circumstances), the Secretary shall determine whether to initiate a public rulemaking proposing that the subject recommended activity be found to be financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity under this section, and shall notify the Board in writing of the determination of the Secretary and, in the event that the Secretary determines not to seek public comment on the proposal, the reasons for that determination.
(2) Factors to be considered
In determining whether an activity is financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity, the Secretary shall take into account—
(A) the purposes of this Act 1 and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act;
(B) changes or reasonably expected changes in the marketplace in which banks compete;
(C) changes or reasonably expected changes in the technology for delivering financial services; and
(D) whether such activity is necessary or appropriate to allow a bank and the subsidiaries of a bank to—
(i) compete effectively with any company seeking to provide financial services in the United States;
(ii) efficiently deliver information and services that are financial in nature through the use of technological means, including any application necessary to protect the security or efficacy of systems for the transmission of data or financial transactions; and
(iii) offer customers any available or emerging technological means for using financial services or for the document imaging of data.
(3) Authorization of new financial activities
The Secretary of the Treasury shall, by regulation or order and in accordance with paragraph (1)(B), define, consistent with the purposes of this Act 1 and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the following activities as, and the extent to which such activities are, financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity:
(A) Lending, exchanging, transferring, investing for others, or safeguarding financial assets other than money or securities.
(B) Providing any device or other instrumentality for transferring money or other financial assets.
(C) Arranging, effecting, or facilitating financial transactions for the account of third parties.
(c) Capital deduction
(1) Capital deduction required
In determining compliance with applicable capital standards—
(A) the aggregate amount of the outstanding equity investment, including retained earnings, of a national bank in all financial subsidiaries shall be deducted from the assets and tangible equity of the national bank; and
(B) the assets and liabilities of the financial subsidiaries shall not be consolidated with those of the national bank.
(2) Financial statement disclosure of capital deduction
Any published financial statement of a national bank that controls a financial subsidiary shall, in addition to providing information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, separately present financial information for the bank in the manner provided in paragraph (1).
(d) Safeguards for the bank
A national bank that establishes or maintains a financial subsidiary shall assure that—
(1) the procedures of the national bank for identifying and managing financial and operational risks within the national bank and the financial subsidiary adequately protect the national bank from such risks;
(2) the national bank has, for the protection of the bank, reasonable policies and procedures to preserve the separate corporate identity and limited liability of the national bank and the financial subsidiaries of the national bank; and
(3) the national bank is in compliance with this section.
(e) Provisions applicable to national banks that fail to continue to meet certain requirements
(1) In general
If a national bank or insured depository institution affiliate does not continue to meet the requirements of subsection (a)(2)(C) or subsection (d), the Comptroller of the Currency shall promptly give notice to the national bank to that effect describing the conditions giving rise to the notice.
(2) Agreement to correct conditions
Not later than 45 days after the date of receipt by a national bank of a notice given under paragraph (1) (or such additional period as the Comptroller of the Currency may permit), the national bank shall execute an agreement with the Comptroller of the Currency and any relevant insured depository institution affiliate shall execute an agreement with its appropriate Federal banking agency to comply with the requirements of subsection (a)(2)(C) and subsection (d).
(3) Imposition of conditions
Until the conditions described in a notice under paragraph (1) are corrected—
(A) the Comptroller of the Currency may impose such limitations on the conduct or activities of the national bank or any subsidiary of the national bank as the Comptroller of the Currency determines to be appropriate under the circumstances and consistent with the purposes of this section; and
(B) the appropriate Federal banking agency may impose such limitations on the conduct or activities of any relevant insured depository institution affiliate or any subsidiary of the institution as such agency determines to be appropriate under the circumstances and consistent with the purposes of this section.
(4) Failure to correct
If the conditions described in a notice to a national bank under paragraph (1) are not corrected within 180 days after the date of receipt by the national bank of the notice, the Comptroller of the Currency may require the national bank, under such terms and conditions as may be imposed by the Comptroller and subject to such extension of time as may be granted in the discretion of the Comptroller, to divest control of any financial subsidiary.
(5) Consultation
In taking any action under this subsection, the Comptroller shall consult with all relevant Federal and State regulatory agencies and authorities.
(f) Failure to meet standards of credit-worthiness meet 2 applicable criteria
(1) In general
A national bank that does not continue to meet standards of credit-worthiness established by the Comptroller of the Currency or other requirement of subsection (a)(2)(E) after acquiring or establishing a financial subsidiary shall not, directly or through a subsidiary, purchase or acquire any additional equity capital of any financial subsidiary until the bank meets such requirements.
(2) Equity capital
For purposes of this subsection, the term "equity capital" includes, in addition to any equity instrument, any debt instrument issued by a financial subsidiary, if the instrument qualifies as capital of the subsidiary under any Federal or State law, regulation, or interpretation applicable to the subsidiary.
(g) Definitions
For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
(1) Affiliate, company, control, and subsidiary
The terms "affiliate", "company", "control", and "subsidiary" have the meanings given those terms in section 1841 of this title.
(2) Appropriate Federal banking agency, depository institution, insured bank, and insured depository institution
The terms "appropriate Federal banking agency", "depository institution", "insured bank", and "insured depository institution" have the meanings given those terms in section 1813 of this title.
(3) Financial subsidiary
The term "financial subsidiary" means any company that is controlled by 1 or more insured depository institutions other than a subsidiary that—
(A) engages solely in activities that national banks are permitted to engage in directly and are conducted subject to the same terms and conditions that govern the conduct of such activities by national banks; or
(B) a national bank is specifically authorized by the express terms of a Federal statute (other than this section), and not by implication or interpretation, to control, such as by section 25 or 25A of the Federal Reserve Act [12 U.S.C. 601 et seq., 611 et seq.] or the Bank Service Company Act [12 U.S.C. 1861 et seq.].
(4) Eligible debt
The term "eligible debt" means unsecured long-term debt that—
(A) is not supported by any form of credit enhancement, including a guarantee or standby letter of credit; and
(B) is not held in whole or in any significant part by any affiliate, officer, director, principal shareholder, or employee of the bank or any other person acting on behalf of or with funds from the bank or an affiliate of the bank.
(5) Well capitalized
The term "well capitalized" has the meaning given the term in section 1831o of this title.
(6) Well managed
The term "well managed" means—
(A) in the case of a depository institution that has been examined, unless otherwise determined in writing by the appropriate Federal banking agency—
(i) the achievement of a composite rating of 1 or 2 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (or an equivalent rating under an equivalent rating system) in connection with the most recent examination or subsequent review of the depository institution; and
(ii) at least a rating of 2 for management, if such rating is given; or
(B) in the case of any depository institution that has not been examined, the existence and use of managerial resources that the appropriate Federal banking agency determines are satisfactory.
(R.S. §5136A, as added Pub. L. 106–102, title I, §121(a)(2), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1373; amended Pub. L. 111–203, title IX, §939(d), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1886.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, referred to in subsecs. (a)(2)(B)(iii), (b)(2)(A), (3), is Pub. L. 106–102, Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1338. Section 122 of the Act is set out as a note under section 1843 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1999 Amendment note set out under section 1811 of this title and Tables.
Section 25 of the Federal Reserve Act, referred to in subsec. (g)(3)(B), is classified to subchapter I (§601 et seq.) of chapter 6 of this title. Section 25A of the Federal Reserve Act is classified to subchapter II (§611 et seq.) of chapter 6 of this title.
The Bank Service Company Act, referred to in subsec. (g)(3)(B), is Pub. L. 87–856, Oct. 23, 1962, 76 Stat. 1132, which is classified generally to chapter 18 (§1861 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1861 of this title and Tables.
Prior Provisions
A prior section 5136A of the Revised Statutes was renumbered section 5136B by Pub. L. 106–102 and is classified to section 25a of this title.
Amendments
2010—Subsec. (a)(2)(E). Pub. L. 111–203, §939(d)(1), substituted "standards of credit-worthiness established by the Comptroller of the Currency" for "any applicable rating".
Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 111–203, §939(d)(2), substituted "Requirement" for "Rating or comparable requirement" in heading.
Subsec. (a)(3)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §939(d)(3), amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "A national bank meets the requirements of this paragraph if—
"(i) the bank is 1 of the 50 largest insured banks and has not fewer than 1 issue of outstanding eligible debt that is currently rated within the 3 highest investment grade rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization; or
"(ii) the bank is 1 of the second 50 largest insured banks and meets the criteria set forth in clause (i) or such other criteria as the Secretary of the Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may jointly establish by regulation and determine to be comparable to and consistent with the purposes of the rating required in clause (i)."
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 111–203, §939(d)(4), substituted "meet standards of credit-worthiness" for "maintain public rating or" in heading.
Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 111–203, §939(d)(5), substituted "standards of credit-worthiness established by the Comptroller of the Currency" for "any applicable rating".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Pub. L. 111–203, title IX, §939(g), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1887, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section, sections 1817, 1831e, and 4519 of this title, sections 78c and 80a–6 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and section 286hh of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse] shall take effect 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act [July 21, 2010]."
Effective Date
Section effective 120 days after Nov. 12, 1999, see section 161 of Pub. L. 106–102, set out as an Effective Date of 1999 Amendment note under section 24 of this title.
2 So in original. Probably should be "or meet".
§25. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, act July 1, 1922, ch. 257, §2, 42 Stat. 767, repealed all acts extending the period of succession of national banking associations for 20 years, and made paragraph Second of section 24 applicable in that respect.
§25a. Participation by national banks in lotteries and related activities
(a) Prohibited activities
A national bank may not—
(1) deal in lottery tickets;
(2) deal in bets used as a means or substitute for participation in a lottery;
(3) announce, advertise, or publicize the existence of any lottery; 1
(4) announce, advertise, or publicize the existence or identity of any participant or winner, as such, in a lottery.
(b) Use of banking premises prohibited
A national bank may not permit—
(1) the use of any part of any of its banking offices by any person for any purpose forbidden to the bank under subsection (a), or
(2) direct access by the public from any of its banking offices to any premises used by any person for any purpose forbidden to the bank under subsection (a).
(c) Definitions
As used in this section—
(1) The term "deal in" includes making, taking, buying, selling, redeeming, or collecting.
(2) The term "lottery" includes any arrangement, other than a savings promotion raffle, whereby three or more persons (the "participants") advance money or credit to another in exchange for the possibility or expectation that one or more but not all of the participants (the "winners") will receive by reason of their advances more than the amounts they have advanced, the identity of the winners being determined by any means which includes—
(A) a random selection;
(B) a game, race, or contest; or
(C) any record or tabulation of the result of one or more events in which any participant has no interest except for its bearing upon the possibility that he may become a winner.
(3) The term "lottery ticket" includes any right, privilege, or possibility (and any ticket, receipt, record, or other evidence of any such right, privilege, or possibility) of becoming a winner in a lottery.
(4) The term "savings promotion raffle" means a contest in which the sole consideration required for a chance of winning designated prizes is obtained by the deposit of a specified amount of money in a savings account or other savings program, where each ticket or entry has an equal chance of being drawn, such contest being subject to regulations that may from time to time be promulgated by the appropriate prudential regulator (as defined in section 5481 of this title).
(d) Lawful banking services connected with operation of lotteries
Nothing contained in this section prohibits a national bank from accepting deposits or cashing or otherwise handling checks or other negotiable instruments, or performing other lawful banking services for a State operating a lottery, or for an officer or employee of that State who is charged with the administration of the lottery.
(e) Regulations; enforcement
The Comptroller of the Currency shall issue such regulations as may be necessary to the strict enforcement of this section and the prevention of evasions thereof.
(R.S. §5136B, formerly §5136A, as added Pub. L. 90–203, §1(a), Dec. 15, 1967, 81 Stat. 608; renumbered R.S. §5136B, Pub. L. 106–102, title I, §121(a)(1), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1373; amended Pub. L. 113–251, §3(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2889.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2014—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 113–251, §3(a)(1), inserted ", other than a savings promotion raffle," before "whereby" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 113–251, §3(a)(2), added par. (4).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date
Pub. L. 90–203, §6, Dec. 15, 1967, 81 Stat. 611, provided that: "The amendments made by this Act [adding this section, sections 339, 1730c, and 1829a of this title, and section 1306 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure] shall take effect on April 1, 1968."
Findings
Pub. L. 113–251, §2, Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2888, provided that: "Congress finds that—
"(1) the annual savings rate in the United States was 4.1 percent in 2012;
"(2) more than 40 percent of American households lack the savings to cover basic expenses for 3 months, if an unexpected event leads to a loss of stable income;
"(3) personal savings provide Americans with the financial resources to meet future needs, including higher education and homeownership, while also providing a safety net to weather unexpected financial shocks;
"(4) prize-linked savings products are typical savings products offered by financial institutions, like savings accounts, certificates of deposit, and savings bonds, with the added feature of offering chances to win prizes based on deposit activity;
"(5) the State of Michigan was the first State to allow credit unions to offer prize-linked savings products, and in 2009 launched the first large-scale prize-linked savings product in the United States;
"(6) the States of Connecticut, Michigan, Maine, Maryland, Nebraska, North Carolina, Rhode Island, and Washington all have laws that allow financial institutions to offer prize-linked savings products;
"(7) in the States of Michigan and Nebraska, more than 42,000 individuals have opened prize-linked savings accounts and saved more than $72,000,000;
"(8) prize-linked savings products have been shown to successfully attract non-savers, the asset poor, and low-to-moderate income groups, providing individuals with a new tool to build personal savings; and
"(9) encouraging personal savings is in the national interest of the United States."
1 So in original. The word "or" probably should appear.
§25b. State law preemption standards for national banks and subsidiaries clarified
(a) Definitions
For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
(1) National bank
The term "national bank" includes—
(A) any bank organized under the laws of the United States; and
(B) any Federal branch established in accordance with the International Banking Act of 1978 [12 U.S.C. 3101 et seq.].
(2) State consumer financial laws
The term "State consumer financial law" means a State law that does not directly or indirectly discriminate against national banks and that directly and specifically regulates the manner, content, or terms and conditions of any financial transaction (as may be authorized for national banks to engage in), or any account related thereto, with respect to a consumer.
(3) Other definitions
The terms "affiliate", "subsidiary", "includes", and "including" have the same meanings as in section 1813 of this title.
(b) Preemption standard
(1) In general
State consumer financial laws are preempted, only if—
(A) application of a State consumer financial law would have a discriminatory effect on national banks, in comparison with the effect of the law on a bank chartered by that State;
(B) in accordance with the legal standard for preemption in the decision of the Supreme Court of the United States in Barnett Bank of Marion County, N. A. v. Nelson, Florida Insurance Commissioner, et al., 517 U.S. 25 (1996), the State consumer financial law prevents or significantly interferes with the exercise by the national bank of its powers; and any preemption determination under this subparagraph may be made by a court, or by regulation or order of the Comptroller of the Currency on a case-by-case basis, in accordance with applicable law; or
(C) the State consumer financial law is preempted by a provision of Federal law other than title 62 of the Revised Statutes.
(2) Savings clause
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes and section 371 of this title do not preempt, annul, or affect the applicability of any State law to any subsidiary or affiliate of a national bank (other than a subsidiary or affiliate that is chartered as a national bank).
(3) Case-by-case basis
(A) Definition
As used in this section the term "case-by-case basis" refers to a determination pursuant to this section made by the Comptroller concerning the impact of a particular State consumer financial law on any national bank that is subject to that law, or the law of any other State with substantively equivalent terms.
(B) Consultation
When making a determination on a case-by-case basis that a State consumer financial law of another State has substantively equivalent terms as one that the Comptroller is preempting, the Comptroller shall first consult with the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection and shall take the views of the Bureau into account when making the determination.
(4) Rule of construction
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes does not occupy the field in any area of State law.
(5) Standards of review
(A) Preemption
A court reviewing any determinations made by the Comptroller regarding preemption of a State law by title 62 of the Revised Statutes or section 371 of this title shall assess the validity of such determinations, depending upon the thoroughness evident in the consideration of the agency, the validity of the reasoning of the agency, the consistency with other valid determinations made by the agency, and other factors which the court finds persuasive and relevant to its decision.
(B) Savings clause
Except as provided in subparagraph (A), nothing in this section shall affect the deference that a court may afford to the Comptroller in making determinations regarding the meaning or interpretation of title LXII of the Revised Statutes of the United States or other Federal laws.
(6) Comptroller determination not delegable
Any regulation, order, or determination made by the Comptroller of the Currency under paragraph (1)(B) shall be made by the Comptroller, and shall not be delegable to another officer or employee of the Comptroller of the Currency.
(c) Substantial evidence
No regulation or order of the Comptroller of the Currency prescribed under subsection (b)(1)(B), shall be interpreted or applied so as to invalidate, or otherwise declare inapplicable to a national bank, the provision of the State consumer financial law, unless substantial evidence, made on the record of the proceeding, supports the specific finding regarding the preemption of such provision in accordance with the legal standard of the decision of the Supreme Court of the United States in Barnett Bank of Marion County, N.A. v. Nelson, Florida Insurance Commissioner, et al., 517 U.S. 25 (1996).
(d) Periodic review of preemption determinations
(1) In general
The Comptroller of the Currency shall periodically conduct a review, through notice and public comment, of each determination that a provision of Federal law preempts a State consumer financial law. The agency shall conduct such review within the 5-year period after prescribing or otherwise issuing such determination, and at least once during each 5-year period thereafter. After conducting the review of, and inspecting the comments made on, the determination, the agency shall publish a notice in the Federal Register announcing the decision to continue or rescind the determination or a proposal to amend the determination. Any such notice of a proposal to amend a determination and the subsequent resolution of such proposal shall comply with the procedures set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of section 43 of this title.
(2) Reports to Congress
At the time of issuing a review conducted under paragraph (1), the Comptroller of the Currency shall submit a report regarding such review to the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate. The report submitted to the respective committees shall address whether the agency intends to continue, rescind, or propose to amend any determination that a provision of Federal law preempts a State consumer financial law, and the reasons therefor.
(e) Application of State consumer financial law to subsidiaries and affiliates
Notwithstanding any provision of title 62 of the Revised Statutes or section 371 of this title, a State consumer financial law shall apply to a subsidiary or affiliate of a national bank (other than a subsidiary or affiliate that is chartered as a national bank) to the same extent that the State consumer financial law applies to any person, corporation, or other entity subject to such State law.
(f) Preservation of powers related to charging interest
No provision of title 62 of the Revised Statutes shall be construed as altering or otherwise affecting the authority conferred by section 85 of this title for the charging of interest by a national bank at the rate allowed by the laws of the State, territory, or district where the bank is located, including with respect to the meaning of "interest" under such provision.
(g) Transparency of OCC preemption determinations
The Comptroller of the Currency shall publish and update no less frequently than quarterly, a list of preemption determinations by the Comptroller of the Currency then in effect that identifies the activities and practices covered by each determination and the requirements and constraints determined to be preempted.
(h) Clarification of law applicable to nondepository institution subsidiaries and affiliates of national banks
(1) Definitions
For purposes of this subsection, the terms "depository institution", "subsidiary", and "affiliate" have the same meanings as in section 1813 of this title.
(2) Rule of construction
No provision of title 62 of the Revised Statutes or section 371 of this title shall be construed as preempting, annulling, or affecting the applicability of State law to any subsidiary, affiliate, or agent of a national bank (other than a subsidiary, affiliate, or agent that is chartered as a national bank).
(i) Visitorial powers
(1) 1 In general
In accordance with the decision of the Supreme Court of the United States in Cuomo v. Clearing House Assn., L. L. C. (129 S. Ct. 2710 (2009)), no provision of title 62 of the Revised Statutes which relates to visitorial powers or otherwise limits or restricts the visitorial authority to which any national bank is subject shall be construed as limiting or restricting the authority of any attorney general (or other chief law enforcement officer) of any State to bring an action against a national bank in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to enforce an applicable law and to seek relief as authorized by such law.
(j) Enforcement actions
The ability of the Comptroller of the Currency to bring an enforcement action under title 62 of the Revised Statutes or section 45 of title 15 does not preclude any private party from enforcing rights granted under Federal or State law in the courts.
(R.S. §5136C, as added and amended Pub. L. 111–203, title X, §§1044(a), 1045, 1047(a), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 2014, 2017, 2018.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The International Banking Act of 1978, referred to in subsec. (a)(1)(B), is Pub. L. 95–369, Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 607, which enacted chapter 32 (§3101 et seq.) and sections 347d and 611a of this title, amended sections 72, 378, 614, 615, 618, 619, 1813, 1815, 1817, 1818, 1820, 1821, 1822, 1823, 1828, 1829b, 1831b, and 1841 of this title, and enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 247, 611a, and 3101 of this title and formerly set out as notes under sections 36, 247, and 601 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 3101 of this title and Tables.
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in subsecs. (b)(1)(C), (2), (4), (5)(A), (e), (f), (h)(2), (i)(1), and (j), was in the original a reference to "this title" or "This title" meaning title LXII of the Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. §§5133 to 5244, which are classified to this section and sections 16, 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. §§5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
For classification of title LXII of the Revised Statutes of the United States, referred to in subsec. (b)(5)(B), see note above.
Amendments
2010—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 111–203, §1045, added subsec. (h).
Subsecs. (i), (j). Pub. L. 111–203, §1047(a), added subsecs. (i) and (j).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date
Enactment and amendment of section by Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the designated transfer date, see section 1048 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 5551 of this title.
1 So in original. No par. (2) has been enacted.
§26. Comptroller to determine if association can commence business
Whenever a certificate is transmitted to the Comptroller of the Currency, as provided in title 62 of the Revised Statutes, and the association transmitting the same notifies the Comptroller that all of its capital stock has been duly paid in, and that such association has complied with all the provisions of title 62 of the Revised Statutes required to be complied with before an association shall be authorized to commence the business of banking, the Comptroller shall examine into the condition of such association, ascertain especially the amount of money paid in on account of its capital, the name and place of residence of each of its directors, and the amount of the capital stock of which each is the owner in good faith, and generally whether such association has complied with all the provisions of title 62 of the Revised Statutes required to entitle it to engage in the business of banking; and shall cause to be made and attested by the oaths of a majority of the directors, and by the president or cashier of the association, a statement of all the facts necessary to enable the Comptroller to determine whether the association is lawfully entitled to commence the business of banking.
(R.S. §5168; Pub. L. 86–230, §2, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 457.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in text, was in the original "this Title" meaning title LXII of the Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. §§5133 to 5244, which are classified this section and to sections 16, 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 25b, 27, 29, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. §§5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
Codification
R.S. §5168 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §17, 13 Stat. 104, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1959—Pub. L. 86–230 substituted "all" for "at least 50 per centum" before "of its capital stock".
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§27. Certificate of authority to commence banking
(a) If, upon a careful examination of the facts so reported, and of any other facts which may come to the knowledge of the Comptroller, whether by means of a special commission appointed by him for the purpose of inquiring into the condition of such association, or otherwise, it appears that such association is lawfully entitled to commence the business of banking, the Comptroller shall give to such association a certificate, under his hand and official seal, that such association has complied with all the provisions required to be complied with before commencing the business of banking, and that such association is authorized to commence such business. But the Comptroller may withhold from an association his certificate authorizing the commencement of business, whenever he has reason to suppose that the shareholders have formed the same for any other than the legitimate objects contemplated by title 62 of the Revised Statutes. A National Bank Association, to which the Comptroller of the Currency has heretofore issued or hereafter issues such certificate, is not illegally constituted solely because its operations are or have been required by the Comptroller of the Currency to be limited to those of a trust company and activities related thereto.
(b)(1) The Comptroller of the Currency may also issue a certificate of authority to commence the business of banking pursuant to this section to a national banking association which is owned exclusively (except to the extent directors' qualifying shares are required by law) by other depository institutions or depository institution holding companies and is organized to engage exclusively in providing services to or for other depository institutions, their holding companies, and the officers, directors, and employees of such institutions and companies, and in providing correspondent banking services at the request of other depository institutions or their holding companies (also referred to as a "banker's bank").
(2) Any national banking association chartered pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be subject to such rules, regulations, and orders as the Comptroller deems appropriate, and, except as otherwise specifically provided in such rules, regulations, or orders, shall be vested with or subject to the same rights, privileges, duties, restrictions, penalties, liabilities, conditions, and limitations that would apply under the national banking laws to a national bank.
(R.S. §5169; Pub. L. 95–630, title XV, §1504, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3713; Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §712(a), (c), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 189, 190; Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §404(a), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1511; Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §322(a)(2), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2227.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in subsec. (a), was in the original "this Title" meaning title LXII of the Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. §§5133 to 5244, which are classified to this section and sections 16, 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 25b, 26, 29, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. §§5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
Codification
R.S. §5169 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §§12, 18, 13 Stat. 102, 104, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 103–325, §322(a)(2)(A), inserted "or depository institution holding companies" after "by other depository institutions".
Pub. L. 103–325, §322(a)(2)(B), which directed substitution of "services to or for other depository institutions, their holding companies, and the officers, directors, and employees of such institutions and companies, and in providing correspondent banking services at the request of other depository institutions or their holding companies (also referred to as a 'banker's bank')" for "services for other depository institutions and their officers, directors and employees", was executed by making the substitution for "services for other depository institutions and their officers, directors, and employees" to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
1982—Pub. L. 97–320 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
1980—Pub. L. 96–221, §712(a), (c), temporarily inserted provisions relating to treatment of national banking associations as additional banks within the contemplation of section 1842 of this title. See Termination Date of 1980 Amendment note below.
1978—Pub. L. 95–630 inserted provision that a National Bank Association, to which the Comptroller of the Currency has heretofore issued or hereafter issues such certificate, is not illegally constituted solely because its operations are or have been required by the Comptroller of the Currency to be limited to those of a trust company and activities related thereto.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Termination Date of 1980 Amendment
Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §712(c), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 190, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 1842 of this title] are hereby repealed on October 1, 1981."
Effective Date of 1978 Amendment
Pub. L. 95–630, title XV, §1505, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3713, provided that: "This title [amending this section and sections 1715z–10 and 2902 of this title and amending provisions set out as a note under section 1666f of Title 15, Commerce and Trade] shall take effect upon enactment [Nov. 10, 1978]."
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§28. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(e)(1), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2291
Section, R.S. §5170, required publication of certificate of authority to commence banking for 60 days after issuance.
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5170 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §18, 13 Stat. 104, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
§29. Power to hold real property
A national banking association may purchase, hold, and convey real estate for the following purposes, and for no others:
First. Such as shall be necessary for its accommodation in the transaction of its business.
Second. Such as shall be mortgaged to it in good faith by way of security for debts previously contracted.
Third. Such as shall be conveyed to it in satisfaction of debts previously contracted in the course of its dealings.
Fourth. Such as it shall purchase at sales under judgments, decrees, or mortgages held by the association, or shall purchase to secure debts due to it.
But no such association shall hold the possession of any real estate under mortgage, or the title and possession of any real estate purchased to secure any debts due to it, for a longer period than five years except as otherwise provided in this section.
For real estate in the possession of a national banking association upon application by the association, the Comptroller of the Currency may approve the possession of any such real estate by such association for a period longer than five years, but not to exceed an additional five years, if (1) the association has made a good faith attempt to dispose of the real estate within the five-year period, or (2) disposal within the five-year period would be detrimental to the association. Upon notification by the association to the Comptroller of the Currency that such conditions exist that require the expenditure of funds for the development and improvement of such real estate, and subject to such conditions and limitations as the Comptroller of the Currency shall prescribe, the association may expend such funds as are needed to enable such association to recover its total investment.
Notwithstanding the five-year holding limitation of this section or any other provision of title 62 of the Revised Statutes, any national banking association which on October 15, 1982, held, directly or indirectly, real estate, including any subsurface rights or interests therein, that since December 31, 1979, had not been valued on the books of such association for more than a nominal amount, may continue to hold such real estate, rights, or interests for such longer period of time as would be permitted a State chartered bank by the law of the State in which the association is located if the aggregate amount of earnings from such real estate, rights, or interests is separately disclosed in the annual financial statements of the association.
(R.S. §5137; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §3, 44 Stat. 1227; Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §701(a), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 186; Pub. L. 97–25, title III, §302, July 27, 1981, 95 Stat. 145; Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §413, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1521.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in last par., was in the original "this title" meaning title LXII of the Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. §§5133 to 5244, which are classified to this section and sections 16, 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 25b, 26, 27, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. §§5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
Codification
R.S. §5137 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §28, 13 Stat. 107, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1982—Pub. L. 97–320 substituted "Notwithstanding the five-year holding limitation of this section or any other provision of title 62 of the Revised Statutes, any national banking association which on October 15, 1982, held, directly or indirectly, real estate, including any subsurface rights or interests therein, that since December 31, 1979, had not been valued on the books of such association for more than a nominal amount, may continue to hold such real estate, rights, or interests for such longer period of time as would be permitted a State chartered bank by the law of the State in which the association is located if the aggregate amount of earnings from such real estate, rights, or interests is separately disclosed in the annual financial statements of the association" for "Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, any national banking association which, on July 27, 1981, held title to and possession of real estate which was carried on the association's books at a nominal value on December 31, 1979, may continue to hold such real estate until December 31, 1982, if the earnings from such real estate are separately disclosed in the financial statements of the association".
1981—Pub. L. 97–25 inserted provision that any national banking association which, on July 27, 1981, held title to and possession of real estate which was carried on the association's books at a nominal value on December 31, 1979, may continue to hold such real estate until December 31, 1982, if the earnings from such real estate are separately disclosed in the financial statements of the association.
1980—Pub. L. 96–221 inserted provisions relating to authorization to hold real estate in the possession of a national banking association upon application by the association.
1927—Par. First. Act Feb. 25, 1927, struck out "immediate," before "accommodation," in par. First.
§30. Change of name or location
(a) Name change
Any national banking association, upon written notice to the Comptroller of the Currency, may change its name, except that such new name shall include the word "National".
(b) Location change
Any national banking association, upon written notice to the Comptroller of the Currency, may change the location of its main office to any authorized branch location within the limits of the city, town, or village in which it is situated, or, with a vote of shareholders owning two-thirds of the stock of such association for a relocation outside such limits and upon receipt of a certificate of approval from the Comptroller of the Currency, to any other location within or outside the limits of the city, town, or village in which it is located, but not more than thirty miles beyond such limits.
(c) Coordination with section 36 of this title
In the case of a national bank which relocates the main office of such bank from 1 State to another State after May 31, 1997, the bank may retain and operate branches within the State from which the bank relocated such office only to the extent authorized in section 36(e)(2) of this title.
(d) Retention of "Federal" in name of converted Federal savings association
(1) In general
Notwithstanding subsection (a) or any other provision of law, any depository institution, the charter of which is converted from that of a Federal savings association to a national bank or a State bank after November 12, 1999, may retain the term "Federal" in the name of such institution if such institution remains an insured depository institution.
(2) Definitions
For purposes of this subsection, the terms "depository institution", "insured depository institution", "national bank", and "State bank" have the meanings given those terms in section 1813 of this title.
(May 1, 1886, ch. 73, §2, 24 Stat. 18; Pub. L. 86–230, §3, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 457; Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §405(a), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1512; Pub. L. 97–457, §19(a), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2509; Pub. L. 103–328, title I, §102(b)(2), Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2350; Pub. L. 106–102, title VII, §723, Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1471.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1999—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 106–102 added subsec. (d).
1994—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103–328 added subsec. (c).
1983—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–457 inserted "for a relocation outside such limits" after "stock of such association".
1982—Pub. L. 97–320 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), substituted provisions permitting a change of name upon written notice to the Comptroller, such new name to include "National", for provisions permitting a change of name or location of the main office, with approval of the Comptroller, within city limits, etc., or outside such limits by vote of shareholders, such change to be validated by certificate of approval, and added subsec. (b).
1959—Pub. L. 86–230 required approval of Comptroller of the Currency before a national bank could change location of its main office within the limitations of the city, town, or village in which it is situated.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§31. Rights and liabilities as affected by change of name
All debts, liabilities, rights, provisions, and powers of the association under its old name shall devolve upon and inure to the association under its new name.
(May 1, 1886, ch. 73, §3, 24 Stat. 19.)
§32. Liabilities and suits as affected by change of name or location
Nothing contained in sections 30 and 31 of this title shall be so construed as in any manner to release any national banking association under its old name or at its old location from any liability, or affect any action or proceeding in law in which said association may be or become a party or interested.
(May 1, 1886, ch. 73, §4, 24 Stat. 19.)
§§33 to 34c. Transferred
Editorial Notes
Codification
Act Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, 40 Stat. 1043, as amended, formerly classified to sections 33 to 34c of this title, which related to consolidation and merger of national banking associations and such associations and State banks, was completely amended by Pub. L. 86–230, §20, Sept. 8 1959 73 Stat. 460, and is classified to sections 215 to 215b of this title.
Section 33, acts Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, §1, 40 Stat. 1043; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §24(a), 48 Stat. 190; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, §330, 49 Stat. 718, related to consolidation of national banks, capital stock, dissenting shareholders, notice and valuation of shares. See section 215 of this title.
Section 34, act Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, §2, 40 Stat. 1044, related to effect of consolidation on rights and liabilities. See section 215 of this title.
Section 34a, act Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, §3, as added Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §1, 44 Stat. 1225, and amended June 16, 1933, ch. 89 §24, 48 Stat. 190; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, §331, 49 Stat. 719; July 14, 1952, ch. 722, §2, 66 Stat. 601, related to consolidation of State bank, etc. with national bank, capital stock and dissenting shareholders. See section 215 of this title.
Section 34b, act Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, §4, as added July 14, 1952, ch. 722, §1, 66 Stat. 599, related to merger of national banking associations or State banks into national banking associations. See section 215a of this title.
Section 34c, act Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, §5, as added July 14, 1952, ch. 722, §1, 66, Stat. 601, related to definitions. See section 215b of this title.
§35. Organization of State banks as national banking associations
Any bank incorporated by special law of any State or of the United States or organized under the general laws of any State or of the United States and having an unimpaired capital sufficient to entitle it to become a national banking association under the provisions of the existing laws may, by the vote of the shareholders owning not less than fifty-one per centum of the capital stock of such bank or banking association, with the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency be converted into a national banking association, with a name that contains the word "national": Provided, however, That said conversion shall not be in contravention of the State law. In such case the articles of association and organization certificate may be executed by a majority of the directors of the bank or banking institution, and the certificate shall declare that the owners of fifty-one per centum of the capital stock have authorized the directors to make such certificate and to change or convert the bank or banking institution into a national association. A majority of the directors, after executing the articles of association and the organization certificate, shall have power to execute all other papers and to do whatever may be required to make its organization perfect and complete as a national association. The shares of any such bank may continue to be for the same amount each as they were before the conversion, and the directors may continue to be directors of the association until others are elected or appointed in accordance with the provisions of the statutes of the United States. When the Comptroller has given to such bank or banking association a certificate that the provisions of this Act have been complied with, such bank or banking association, and all its stockholders, officers, and employees shall have the same powers and privileges and shall be subject to the same duties, liabilities, and regulations, in all respects, as shall have been prescribed by the Federal Reserve Act [12 U.S.C. 221 et seq.] and the National Banking Act for associations originally organized as national banking associations.
The Comptroller of the Currency may, in his discretion and subject to such conditions as he may prescribe, permit such converting bank to retain and carry at a value determined by the Comptroller such of the assets of such converting bank as do not conform to the legal requirements relative to assets acquired and held by national banking associations. The Comptroller of the Currency may not approve the conversion of a State bank or State savings association to a national banking association or Federal savings association during any period in which the State bank or State savings association is subject to a cease and desist order (or other formal enforcement order) issued by, or a memorandum of understanding entered into with, a State bank supervisor or the appropriate Federal banking agency with respect to a significant supervisory matter or a final enforcement action by a State Attorney General.
(R.S. §5154; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §8, 38 Stat. 258; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §312, 49 Stat. 711; Pub. L. 97–457, §19(b), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2509; Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §612(b), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1612.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This Act, referred to in first par., may refer to the Federal Reserve Act, act Dec. 23, 1913, from which this wording is derived; or section 5154 of the Revised Statutes which the Federal Reserve Act amended; or act June 3, 1864, from which R.S. §5154 was derived; or Congress might have intended to refer to the preceding provisions of the 1913 amendment. Similar reference in R.S. §5154 prior to 1913 amendment was to "this Title," meaning title 62 of the Revised Statutes, which title comprised the National Bank Act (June 3, 1864, ch. 106, 13 Stat. 99). See section 38 of this title. Note also specific reference to the Federal Reserve Act and the National Banking Act in first par.
The Federal Reserve Act, referred to in text, is act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, which is classified principally to chapter 3 (§221 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
The National Banking Act, referred to in text, is probably intended to be a reference to the National Bank Act, act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, 13 Stat. 99, which is classified principally to chapter 2 (§21 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code see References in Text note set out under section 38 of this title.
Codification
R.S. §5154 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §44, 13 Stat. 112, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
2010—Pub. L. 111–203 inserted at end "The Comptroller of the Currency may not approve the conversion of a State bank or State savings association to a national banking association or Federal savings association during any period in which the State bank or State savings association is subject to a cease and desist order (or other formal enforcement order) issued by, or a memorandum of understanding entered into with, a State bank supervisor or the appropriate Federal banking agency with respect to a significant supervisory matter or a final enforcement action by a State Attorney General."
1983—Pub. L. 97–457 substituted "with a name that contains the word 'national' " for "with any name approved by the Comptroller of the Currency" after "national banking association,".
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, added last par.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective 1 day after July 21, 2010, except as otherwise provided, see section 4 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as an Effective Date note under section 5301 of this title.
Exception to Prohibition on Approval of Conversions
Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §612(d), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1613, provided that: "The prohibition on the approval of conversions under the amendments made by subsections (a), (b), and (c) [enacting section 214d of this title and amending this section and section 1464 of this title] shall not apply, if—
"(1) the Federal banking agency that would be the appropriate Federal banking agency after the proposed conversion gives the appropriate Federal banking agency or State bank supervisor that issued the cease and desist order (or other formal enforcement order) or memorandum of understanding, as appropriate, written notice of the proposed conversion including a plan to address the significant supervisory matter in a manner that is consistent with the safe and sound operation of the institution;
"(2) within 30 days of receipt of the written notice required under paragraph (1), the appropriate Federal banking agency or State bank supervisor that issued the cease and desist order (or other formal enforcement order) or memorandum of understanding, as appropriate, does not object to the conversion or the plan to address the significant supervisory matter;
"(3) after conversion of the insured depository institution, the appropriate Federal banking agency after the conversion implements such plan; and
"(4) in the case of a final enforcement action by a State Attorney General, approval of the conversion is conditioned on compliance by the insured depository institution with the terms of such final enforcement action."
[For definitions of terms used in section 612(d) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out above, see section 5301 of this title.]
Notification of Pending Enforcement Actions
Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §612(e), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1613, provided that:
"(1)
"(A) the appropriate Federal banking agency for the insured depository institution; and
"(B) the Federal banking agency that would be the appropriate Federal banking agency of the insured depository institution after the proposed conversion.
"(2)
"(A) notify the Federal banking agency that would be the appropriate Federal banking agency for the institution after the proposed conversion in writing of any ongoing supervisory or investigative proceedings that the appropriate Federal banking agency for the institution proposing to convert believes is likely to result, in the near term and absent the proposed conversion, in a cease and desist order (or other formal enforcement order) or memorandum of understanding with respect to a significant supervisory matter; and
"(B) provide the Federal banking agency that would be the appropriate Federal banking agency for the institution after the proposed conversion access to all investigative and supervisory information relating to the proceedings described in subparagraph (A)."
[For definitions of terms used in section 612(e) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out above, see section 5301 of this title.]
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§36. Branch banks
The conditions upon which a national banking association may retain or establish and operate a branch or branches are the following:
(a) Lawful and continuous operation
A national banking association may retain and operate such branch or branches as it may have had in lawful operation on February 25, 1927, and any national banking association which continuously maintained and operated not more than one branch for a period of more than twenty-five years immediately preceding February 25, 1927, may continue to maintain and operate such branch.
(b) Converted State banks
(1) A national bank resulting from the conversion of a State bank may retain and operate as a branch any office which was a branch of the State bank immediately prior to conversion if such office—
(A) might be established under subsection (c) of this section as a new branch of the resulting national bank, and is approved by the Comptroller of the Currency for continued operation as a branch of the resulting national bank;
(B) was a branch of any bank on February 25, 1927; or
(C) is approved by the Comptroller of the Currency for continued operation as a branch of the resulting national bank.
The Comptroller of the Currency may not grant approval under clause (C) of this paragraph if a State bank (in a situation identical to that of the national bank) resulting from the conversion of a national bank would be prohibited by the law of such State from retaining and operating as a branch an identically situated office which was a branch of the national bank immediately prior to conversion.
(2) A national bank (referred to in this paragraph as the "resulting bank"), resulting from the consolidation of a national bank (referred to in this paragraph as the "national bank") under whose charter the consolidation is effected with another bank or banks, may retain and operate as a branch any office which, immediately prior to such consolidation, was in operation as—
(A) a main office or branch office of any bank (other than the national bank) participating in the consolidation if, under subsection (c) of this section, it might be established as a new branch of the resulting bank, and if the Comptroller of the Currency approves of its continued operation after the consolidation;
(B) a branch of any bank participating in the consolidation, and which, on February 25, 1927, was in operation as a branch of any bank; or
(C) a branch of the national bank and which, on February 25, 1927, was not in operation as a branch of any bank, if the Comptroller of the Currency approves of its continued operation after the consolidation.
The Comptroller of the Currency may not grant approval under clause (C) of this paragraph if a State bank (in a situation identical to that of the resulting national bank) resulting from the consolidation into a State bank of another bank or banks would be prohibited by the law of such State from retaining and operating as a branch an identically situated office which was a branch of the State bank immediately prior to consolidation.
(3) As used in this subsection, the term "consolidation" includes a merger.
(c) New branches
A national banking association may, with the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency, establish and operate new branches: (1) Within the limits of the city, town or village in which said association is situated, if such establishment and operation are at the time expressly authorized to State banks by the law of the State in question; and (2) at any point within the State in which said association is situated, if such establishment and operation are at the time authorized to State banks by the statute law of the State in question by language specifically granting such authority affirmatively and not merely by implication or recognition, and subject to the restrictions as to location imposed by the law of the State on State banks. In any State in which State banks are permitted by statute law to maintain branches within county or greater limits, if no bank is located and doing business in the place where the proposed agency is to be located, any national banking association situated in such State may, with the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency, establish and operate, without regard to the capital requirements of this section, a seasonal agency in any resort community within the limits of the county in which the main office of such association is located, for the purpose of receiving and paying out deposits, issuing and cashing checks and drafts, and doing business incident thereto: Provided, That any permit issued under this sentence shall be revoked upon the opening of a State or national bank in such community. Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, no such association shall establish a branch outside of the city, town, or village in which it is situated unless it has a combined capital stock and surplus equal to the combined amount of capital stock and surplus, if any, required by the law of the State in which such association is situated for the establishment of such branches by State banks, or, if the law of such State requires only a minimum capital stock for the establishment of such branches by State banks, unless such association has not less than an equal amount of capital stock.
(d) Branches resulting from interstate merger transactions
A national bank resulting from an interstate merger transaction (as defined in section 1831u(f)(6) 1 of this title) may maintain and operate a branch in a State other than the home State (as defined in subsection (g)(3)(B)) of such bank in accordance with section 1831u of this title.
(e) Exclusive authority for additional branches
(1) In general
Effective June 1, 1997, a national bank may not acquire, establish, or operate a branch in any State other than the bank's home State (as defined in subsection (g)(3)(B)) or a State in which the bank already has a branch unless the acquisition, establishment, or operation of such branch in such State by such national bank is authorized under this section or section 1823(f), 1823(k), or 1831u of this title.
(2) Retention of branches
In the case of a national bank which relocates the main office of such bank from 1 State to another State after May 31, 1997, the bank may retain and operate branches within the State which was the bank's home State (as defined in subsection (g)(3)(B)) before the relocation of such office only to the extent the bank would be authorized, under this section or any other provision of law referred to in paragraph (1), to acquire, establish, or commence to operate a branch in such State if—
(A) the bank had no branches in such State; or
(B) the branch resulted from—
(i) an interstate merger transaction approved pursuant to section 1831u of this title; or
(ii) a transaction after May 31, 1997, pursuant to which the bank received assistance from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under section 1823(c) of this title.
(f) Law applicable to interstate branching operations
(1) Law applicable to national bank branches
(A) In general
The laws of the host State regarding community reinvestment, consumer protection, fair lending, and establishment of intrastate branches shall apply to any branch in the host State of an out-of-State national bank to the same extent as such State laws apply to a branch of a bank chartered by that State, except—
(i) when Federal law preempts the application of such State laws to a national bank; or
(ii) when the Comptroller of the Currency determines that the application of such State laws would have a discriminatory effect on the branch in comparison with the effect the application of such State laws would have with respect to branches of a bank chartered by the host State.
(B) Enforcement of applicable State laws
The provisions of any State law to which a branch of a national bank is subject under this paragraph shall be enforced, with respect to such branch, by the Comptroller of the Currency.
(C) Review and report on actions by Comptroller
The Comptroller of the Currency shall conduct an annual review of the actions it has taken with regard to the applicability of State law to national banks (or their branches) during the preceding year, and shall include in its annual report required under section 14 of this title the results of the review and the reasons for each such action. The first such review and report after July 3, 1997, shall encompass all such actions taken on or after January 1, 1992.
(2) Treatment of branch as bank
All laws of a host State, other than the laws regarding community reinvestment, consumer protection, fair lending, establishment of intrastate branches, and the application or administration of any tax or method of taxation, shall apply to a branch (in such State) of an out-of-State national bank to the same extent as such laws would apply if the branch were a national bank the main office of which is in such State.
(3) Rule of construction
No provision of this subsection may be construed as affecting the legal standards for preemption of the application of State law to national banks.
(g) State "opt-in" election to permit interstate branching through de novo branches
(1) In general
Subject to paragraph (2), the Comptroller of the Currency may approve an application by a national bank to establish and operate a de novo branch in a State (other than the bank's home State) in which the bank does not maintain a branch if—
(A) the law of the State in which the branch is located, or is to be located, would permit establishment of the branch, if the national bank were a State bank chartered by such State; and
(B) the conditions established in, or made applicable to this paragraph by, paragraph (2) are met.
(2) Conditions on establishment and operation of interstate branch
(A) Establishment
An application by a national bank to establish and operate a de novo branch in a host State shall be subject to the same requirements and conditions to which an application for an interstate merger transaction is subject under paragraphs (1), (3), and (4) of section 1831u(b) of this title.
(B) Operation
Subsections (c) and (d)(2) of section 1831u of this title shall apply with respect to each branch of a national bank which is established and operated pursuant to an application approved under this subsection in the same manner and to the same extent such provisions of such section 1831u of this title apply to a branch of a national bank which resulted from an interstate merger transaction approved pursuant to such section 1831u of this title.
(3) Definitions
The following definitions shall apply for purposes of this section:
(A) De novo branch
The term "de novo branch" means a branch of a national bank which—
(i) is originally established by the national bank as a branch; and
(ii) does not become a branch of such bank as a result of—
(I) the acquisition by the bank of an insured depository institution or a branch of an insured depository institution; or
(II) the conversion, merger, or consolidation of any such institution or branch.
(B) Home State
The term "home State" means the State in which the main office of a national bank is located.
(C) Host State
The term "host State" means, with respect to a bank, a State, other than the home State of the bank, in which the bank maintains, or seeks to establish and maintain, a branch.
(h) Repealed. Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2204, Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–405
(i) Prior approval of branch locations
No branch of any national banking association shall be established or moved from one location to another without first obtaining the consent and approval of the Comptroller of the Currency.
(j) "Branch" defined
The term "branch" as used in this section shall be held to include any branch bank, branch office, branch agency, additional office, or any branch place of business located in any State or Territory of the United States or in the District of Columbia at which deposits are received, or checks paid, or money lent. The term "branch", as used in this section, does not include an automated teller machine or a remote service unit.
(k) Branches in foreign countries, dependencies, or insular possessions
This section shall not be construed to amend or repeal section 25 of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended [12 U.S.C. 601 et seq.], authorizing the establishment by national banking associations of branches in foreign countries, or dependencies, or insular possessions of the United States.
(l) "State bank" and "bank" defined
The words "State bank," "State banks," "bank," or "banks," as used in this section, shall be held to include trust companies, savings banks, or other such corporations or institutions carrying on the banking business under the authority of State laws.
(R.S. §5155; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §7, 44 Stat. 1228; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §23, 48 Stat. 189; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §305, 49 Stat. 708; July 15, 1952, ch. 753, §2(b), 66 Stat. 633; Pub. L. 87–721, Sept. 28, 1962, 76 Stat. 667; Pub. L. 103–328, title I, §§102(b)(1), 103(a), Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2349, 2352; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §§2204, 2205(a), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–405; Pub. L. 105–24, §2(b), July 3, 1997, 111 Stat. 239; Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §613(a), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1614.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 1831u of this title, referred to in subsec. (d), was subsequently amended, and subsec. (f)(6) of section 1831u no longer defines the term "interstate merger transaction". However, such term is defined elsewhere in that section.
Section 25 of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended, referred to in subsec. (k), is classified to subchapter I (§601 et seq.) of chapter 6 of this title.
Codification
R.S. §5155 derived from act Mar. 3, 1865, ch. 78, §7, 13 Stat. 484.
Amendments
2010—Subsec. (g)(1)(A). Pub. L. 111–203 amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) read as follows: "there is in effect in the host State a law that—
"(i) applies equally to all banks; and
"(ii) expressly permits all out-of-State banks to establish de novo branches in such State; and".
1997—Subsec. (f)(1)(C). Pub. L. 105–24 added subpar. (C).
1996—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 104–208, §2204, struck out subsec. (h) which read as follows: "The aggregate capital of every national banking association and its branches shall at no time be less than the aggregate minimum capital required by law for the establishment of an equal number of national banking associations situated in the various places where such association and its branches are situated."
Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 104–208, §2205(a), inserted at end "The term 'branch', as used in this section, does not include an automated teller machine or a remote service unit."
1994—Subsecs. (d) to (f). Pub. L. 103–328, §102(b)(1)(B), added subsecs. (d) to (f). Former subsecs. (d) to (f) redesignated (h) to (j), respectively.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 103–328, §103(a), added subsec. (g).
Pub. L. 103–328, §102(b)(1)(A), redesignated subsec. (g) as (k).
Subsecs. (h) to (l). Pub. L. 103–328, §102(b)(1)(A), redesignated subsecs. (d) to (h) as (h) to (l), respectively.
1962—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 87–721 substituted provisions permitting a national bank resulting from the conversion of a State bank to retain and operate as a branch any office which was a branch of the State bank immediately prior to conversion if such office might be established as a new branch of the resulting national bank, and is approved by the Comptroller for continued operation as a branch of the resulting bank, or any office which was a branch of any bank on Feb. 25, 1927, or any office which is approved by the Comptroller for continued operation as a branch, and a national bank resulting from consolidation of a national bank under whose charter the consolidation is effected with another bank or banks to retain and operate any office which, immediately prior to consolidation, was in operation as a main office or branch office of any bank (other than the national bank) participating in the consolidation if it might be established as a new branch of the resulting bank, and if the Comptroller approves of its continued operation, or was in operation as a branch of any bank participating in the consolidation and which, on Feb. 25, 1927, was in operation as a branch of any bank, or was in operation as a branch of the national bank and which, on Feb. 25, 1927, was not in operation as a branch of any bank, if the Comptroller approves of its continued operation, for provisions which permitted State banks converted into or consolidated with national banking associations after Feb. 25, 1927, or two or more national banking associations which are consolidated, to retain and operate only those branches which may have been in lawful operation on Feb. 25, 1927, and inserted provisions prohibiting the Comptroller from granting approval under clauses (1)(C) and (2)(C) if a State bank resulting from the conversion or consolidation would be prohibited by law of the State from retaining and operating as a branch an identically situated office which was a branch of the national bank or State bank immediately prior to the conversion or consolidation.
1952—Subsec. (c). Act July 15, 1952, struck out the minimum capital requirement for the establishment of branches by national banks.
1935—Subsec. (c). Act Aug. 23, 1935, inserted second sentence and substituted "Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, no" for "No" in last sentence.
1933—Subsecs. (c), (d). Act June 16, 1933, amended subsecs. (c) and (d).
1927—Act Feb. 25, 1927, amended section generally.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective 1 day after July 21, 2010, except as otherwise provided, see section 4 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as an Effective Date note under section 5301 of this title.
Right of State To Opt Out
Nothing in Pub. L. 105–24 to alter right of States under section 525 of Pub. L. 96–221, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–24, set out as a note under section 1831a of this title.
Applicability of McFadden Act to Present Financial Environment; Report and Recommendations by President to Congress
Pub. L. 95–369, §14, Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 625, provided for a report to Congress by the President, not later than one year after Sept. 17, 1978, containing recommendations concerning the applicability of the McFadden Act [Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, 44 Stat. 1224] to the then current financial, banking, and economic environment.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
§37. Associations governed by chapter
The provisions of chapters 2, 3, and 4 of title 62 of the Revised Statutes, which are expressed without restrictive words, as applying to "national banking associations," or to "associations," apply to all associations organized to carry on the business of banking under any Act of Congress.
(R.S. §5157.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Chapters 2, 3, and 4 of title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in text, was in the original "chapters two, three, and four of this Title," meaning chapters 2, 3, and 4 of title 62 of the Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. §§5157 to 5244, which are classified to this section and sections 16, 26, 27, 43, 55, 56, 60, 62, 81, 83 to 86, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 481 to 485, 501, 541, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. §§5157 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
§38. The National Bank Act
The Act entitled "An Act to provide a national currency secured by a pledge of United States bonds, and to provide for the circulation and redemption thereof," approved June 3, 1864, shall be known as "The National Bank Act."
(June 20, 1874, ch. 343, §1, 18 Stat. 123.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The National Bank Act, referred to in text, is act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, 13 Stat. 99. The act was incorporated into the Revised Statutes as R.S. §§324 to 327, 328 to 331, 333, 380, 563, 629, 736, 884, 885, 3473, 3475, 3651, 5133 to 5136, 5137 to 5154, 5156, 5158 to 5170, 5172, 5173, 5175, 5177, 5182 to 5184, 5187, 5189, 5190 to 5192, 5195 to 5204, 5206, 5209 to 5211, 5214 to 5215, 5219 to 5222, 5224 to 5239, 5240 to 5242, 5417, which are classified to sections 1 to 4, 8, 11 to 14, 21, 22 to 24, 26, 27, 29, 35, 39, 52, 53, 56, 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 84 to 86, 90, 91, 93, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 165, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 481 to 485, 541, and 548 of this title, section 197 of Title 19, Customs Duties, and section 543 of former Title 31, Money and Finance. See, also, sections 8, 333, 334, 471, 472, 656, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, and sections 507, 1348, 1394, and 1733 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
§39. Reservation of rights of associations organized under Act of 1863
Nothing in title 62 of the Revised Statutes shall affect any appointments made, acts done, or proceedings had or commenced prior to the third day of June 1864, in or toward the organization of any national banking association under the act of February 25, 1863; but all associations which, on the third day of June 1864, were organized or commenced to be organized under that act, shall enjoy all the rights and privileges granted, and be subject to all the duties, liabilities, and restrictions imposed by title 62 of the Revised Statutes, notwithstanding all the steps prescribed by title 62 of the Revised Statutes for the organization of associations were not pursued, if such associations were duly organized under that act.
(R.S. §5156.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in text, was in the original "this Title" meaning title LXII of the Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. §§5133 to 5244, which are classified to this section and sections 16, 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 25b, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. §§5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
Act of February 25, 1863, referred to in text, was act Feb. 25, 1863, ch. 58, 12 Stat. 665, which was the original National Bank Act, and was repealed by act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §62, 13 Stat. 118.
Codification
R.S. §5156 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §62, 13 Stat. 118, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
§40. Virgin Islands; extension of National Bank Act
The National Bank Act, as amended [12 U.S.C. 21 et seq.], and all other Acts of Congress relating to national banks, shall, insofar as not locally inapplicable after July 19, 1932, apply to the Virgin Islands of the United States.
(July 19, 1932, ch. 508, 47 Stat. 703.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The National Bank Act, referred to in text, is act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, 13 Stat. 99, which is classified principally to chapter 2 (§21 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 38 of this title.
§41. Guam; extension of National Bank Act
The National Bank Act [12 U.S.C. 21 et seq.], and all other Acts of Congress relating to national banks, shall, insofar as not locally inapplicable after August 1, 1956, apply to Guam.
(Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 852, §2, 70 Stat. 908.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The National Bank Act, referred to in text, is act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, 13 Stat. 99, which is classified principally to chapter 2 (§21 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 38 of this title.
§42. Territorial application
The provisions of all Acts of Congress relating to national banks shall apply in the several States, the District of Columbia, the several Territories and possessions of the United States, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
(Pub. L. 86–230, §14, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 458.)
§43. Interpretations concerning preemption of certain State laws
(a) Notice and opportunity for comment required
Before issuing any opinion letter or interpretive rule, in response to a request or upon the agency's own motion, that concludes that Federal law preempts the application to a national bank of any State law regarding community reinvestment, consumer protection, fair lending, or the establishment of intrastate branches, or before making a determination under section 36(f)(1)(A)(ii) of this title, the appropriate Federal banking agency (as defined in section 1813 of this title) shall—
(1) publish in the Federal Register notice of the preemption or discrimination issue that the agency is considering (including a description of each State law at issue);
(2) give interested parties not less than 30 days in which to submit written comments; and
(3) in developing the final opinion letter or interpretive rule issued by the agency, or making any determination under section 36(f)(1)(A)(ii) of this title, consider any comments received.
(b) Publication required
The appropriate Federal banking agency shall publish in the Federal Register—
(1) any final opinion letter or interpretive rule concluding that Federal law preempts the application of any State law regarding community reinvestment, consumer protection, fair lending, or establishment of intrastate branches to a national bank; and
(2) any determination under section 36(f)(1)(A)(ii) of this title.
(c) Exceptions
(1) No new issue or significant basis
This section shall not apply with respect to any opinion letter or interpretive rule that—
(A) raises issues of Federal preemption of State law that are essentially identical to those previously resolved by the courts or on which the agency has previously issued an opinion letter or interpretive rule; or
(B) responds to a request that contains no significant legal basis on which to make a preemption determination.
(2) Judicial, legislative, or intragovernmental materials
This section shall not apply with respect to materials prepared for use in judicial proceedings or submission to Congress or a Member of Congress, or for intragovernmental use.
(3) Emergency
The appropriate Federal banking agency may make exceptions to subsection (a) if—
(A) the agency determines in writing that the exception is necessary to avoid a serious and imminent threat to the safety and soundness of any national bank; or
(B) the opinion letter or interpretive rule is issued in connection with—
(i) an acquisition of 1 or more banks in default or in danger of default (as such terms are defined in section 1813 of this title); or
(ii) an acquisition with respect to which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation provides assistance under section 1823(c) of this title.
(R.S. §5244, as added Pub. L. 103–328, title I, §114, Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2366.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Another R.S. §5244 is classified to section 8 of Title 33, Navigation and Navigable Waters.
SUBCHAPTER II—CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
§51. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–569, title XII, §1233(c), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3037
Section, R.S. §5138; Mar. 14, 1900, ch. 41, §10, 31 Stat. 48; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §4, 44 Stat. 1227; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §17(a), 48 Stat. 185; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §309, 49 Stat. 709, related to capital and surplus requirements.
§51a. Preferred stock; issuance authorized
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any national banking association may, with the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency and by vote of shareholders owning a majority of the stock of such association, upon not less than five days' notice, given by registered mail or by certified mail pursuant to action taken by its board of directors, issue preferred stock of one or more classes, in such amount and with such par value as shall be approved by said Comptroller, and make such amendments to its articles of association as may be necessary for this purpose; but, in the case of any newly organized national banking association which has not yet issued common stock, the requirement of notice to and vote of shareholders shall not apply. No issue of preferred stock shall be valid until the par value of all stock so issued shall be paid in and notice thereof, duly acknowledged before a notary public by the president, vice president, or cashier of said association, has been transmitted to the Comptroller of the Currency and his certificate obtained specifying the amount of such issue of preferred stock and his approval thereof and that the amount has been duly paid in as a part of the capital of such association; which certificate shall be deemed to be conclusive evidence that such preferred stock has been duly and validly issued.
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title III, §301, 48 Stat. 5; June 15, 1933, ch. 79, 48 Stat. 147; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §336, 49 Stat. 720; Pub. L. 86–507, §1(9), June 11, 1960, 74 Stat. 200.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1960—Pub. L. 86–507 inserted "or by certified mail" after "registered mail".
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, amended last sentence generally.
1933—Act June 15, 1933, struck out all of former section and inserted a new section which incorporated all former provisions and inserted "of one or more classes," in first sentence.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§51b. Dividends, voting, and retirement of preferred stock; individual liability
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, whether relating to restriction upon the payment of dividends upon capital stock or otherwise, the holders of such preferred stock shall be entitled to receive such cumulative dividends and shall have such voting and conversion rights and such control of management, and such stock shall be subject to retirement in such manner and upon such conditions, as may be provided in the articles of association with the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency. The holders of such preferred stock shall not be held individually responsible as such holders for any debts, contracts, or engagements of such association, and shall not be liable for assessments to restore impairments in the capital of such association as now provided by law with reference to holders of common stock.
(b) No dividends shall be declared or paid on common stock until the cumulative dividends on the preferred stock shall have been paid in full; and, if the association is placed in voluntary liquidation or a conservator or a receiver is appointed therefor, no payments shall be made to the holders of the common stock until the holders of the preferred stock shall have been paid in full the par value of such stock plus all accumulated dividends.
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title III, §302, 48 Stat. 5; June 15, 1933, ch. 79, 48 Stat. 148; Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §702, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 186.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1980—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 96–221 struck out limitation on payment of cumulative dividends at a rate not exceeding 6 per centum per annum.
1933—Subsec. (a). Act June 15, 1933, struck out former subsec. (a) and inserted a new subsec. (a) which incorporated all former provisions and inserted "Notwithstanding any other provision of law, whether relating to restriction upon the payment of dividends upon capital stock or otherwise" and "and conversion rights," in first sentence.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§51b–1. Consideration of preferred stock in determining impairment of capital; dividends; retirement
If any part of the capital of a national bank, State member bank, or bank applying for membership in the Federal Reserve System consists of preferred stock, the determination of whether or not the capital of such bank is impaired and the amount of such impairment shall be based upon the par value of its stock even though the amount which the holders of such preferred stock shall be entitled to receive in the event of retirement or liquidation shall be in excess of the par value of such preferred stock. If any such bank or trust company shall have outstanding any capital notes or debentures of the type which the Reconstruction Finance Corporation is authorized to purchase pursuant to the provisions of section 51d of this title, the capital of such bank may be deemed to be unimpaired if the sound value of its assets is not less than its total liabilities, including capital stock, but excluding such capital notes or debentures and any obligations of the bank expressly subordinated thereto. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the holders of preferred stock issued by a national banking association pursuant to the provisions of the Emergency Banking and Bank Conservation Act, approved March 9, 1933, as amended, shall be entitled to receive such cumulative dividends on the purchase price received by the association for such stock and, in the event of the retirement of such stock, to receive such retirement price, not in excess of such purchase price plus all accumulated dividends, as may be provided in the articles of association with the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency. If the association is placed in voluntary liquidation, or if a conservator or a receiver is appointed therefor, no payment shall be made to the holders of common stock until the holders of preferred stock shall have been paid in full such amount as may be provided in the articles of association with the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency, not in excess of such purchase price of such preferred stock plus all accumulated dividends.
(Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §345, 49 Stat. 722; Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §703, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 186.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 51d of this title, referred to in text, which was section 304 of the Emergency Banking and Bank Conservation Act, approved March 9, 1933, ch. 1, 48 Stat. 6, as amended, and which authorized the Reconstruction Finance Corporation, upon the request of the Secretary of the Treasury approved by the President, to purchase, or to make loans upon, the capital stock of any bank or trust company requiring funds for capital purposes in connection with its organization or reorganization, and which made provision for the purchase of the capital notes of banks organized in States which subject holders of preferred stock to double liability and for the sale of any stock or notes purchased under such authority, was repealed by act June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title II, §206(b), (o), 61 Stat. 208. However, according to the information received from the Department of the Treasury, the second sentence of this section is not obsolete even though it contains such obsolete reference to section 51d of this title, and even though, under 1957 Reorg. Plan No. 1, eff. June 30, 1957, 22 F.R. 4633, 71 Stat. 647, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, the Reconstruction Finance Corporation was abolished, for many banks have outstanding debentures which they obtained pursuant to the provisions of section 51d, and which they are not required to redeem; and their benefits or entitlements conferred by the second sentence of this section will remain until the debentures are redeemed.
The Emergency Banking and Bank Conservation Act, approved March 9, 1933, as amended, referred to in text, is act Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, 48 Stat. 1, which is classified to sections 51a, 51b, 51c, 51d, 95, 201 to 212, 248, 347b, 347c, 347d, and 445 of this title and section 4305 of Title 50, War and National Defense, and classified as a note under section 4305 of Title 50.
Amendments
1980—Pub. L. 96–221 struck out limitation on payment of cumulative dividends at a rate not exceeding 6 per centum per annum.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§51c. "Common stock", "capital", and "capital stock" defined
The term "common stock" as used in sections 51a, 51b, 51c, and 51d 1 of this title means stock of national banking associations other than preferred stock issued under the provisions of said sections. The term "capital" as used in provisions of law relating to the capital of national banking associations shall mean the amount of unimpaired common stock plus the amount of preferred stock outstanding and unimpaired; and the term "capital stock", as used in sections 101, 177, and 178 1 of this title, shall mean only the amount of common stock outstanding.
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title III, §303, 48 Stat. 5.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 51d of this title, referred to in text, was repealed by act June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title II, §206(b), (o), 61 Stat. 208. For effect of the repeal on outstanding debentures held by banks, see note under section 51b–1 of this title.
Sections 101, 177, and 178 of this title, referred to in text, were repealed by Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(f)(2), (5), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2292, 2293.
1 See References in Text note below.
§§51d to 51f. Repealed. June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title II, §206(b), (o), 61 Stat. 208
Section 51d, acts Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title III, §304, 48 Stat. 6; Mar. 24, 1933, ch. 8, §2, 48 Stat. 21; Mar. 20, 1936, ch. 160, §1, 49 Stat. 1185; June 25, 1940, ch. 427, §1, 54 Stat. 572, related to subscription for and sale of preferred stock in banks by the Reconstruction Finance Corporation.
Sections 51e and 51f, act Mar. 20, 1936, ch. 160, §§2, 3, 49 Stat. 1185, related to rate of interest on loans and separability provisions.
§52. Par value and incidents of stock; transfer of shares
The capital stock of each association shall be divided into shares of $100 each, or into shares of such less amount as may be provided in the articles of association, and be deemed personal property, and transferable on the books of the association in such manner as may be prescribed in the by-laws or articles of association. Every person becoming a shareholder by such transfer shall, in proportion to his shares, succeed to all rights and liabilities of the prior holder of such shares; and no change shall be made in the articles of association by which the rights, remedies, or security of the existing creditors of the association shall be impaired.
Certificates issued after August 23, 1935, representing shares of stock of the association shall state (1) the name and location of the association, (2) the name of the holder of record of the stock represented thereby, (3) the number and class of shares which the certificate represents, and (4) if the association shall issue stock of more than one class, the respective rights, preferences, privileges, voting rights, powers, restrictions, limitations, and qualifications of each class of stock issued shall be stated in full or in summary upon the front or back of the certificates or shall be incorporated by a reference to the articles of association set forth on the front of the certificates. Every certificate shall be signed by the president and the cashier of the association, or by such other officers as the bylaws of the association shall provide, and shall be sealed with the seal of the association.
After August 23, 1935, no certificate evidencing the stock of any such association shall bear any statement purporting to represent the stock of any other corporation, except a member bank or a corporation engaged on June 16, 1934, in holding the bank premises of such association, nor shall the ownership, sale, or transfer of any certificate representing the stock of any such association be conditioned in any manner whatsoever upon the ownership, sale, or transfer of a certificate representing the stock of any other corporation, except a member bank or a corporation engaged on June 16, 1934 in holding the bank premises of such association: Provided, That this section shall not operate to prevent the ownership, sale, or transfer of stock of any other corporation being conditioned upon the ownership, sale, or transfer of a certificate representing stock of a national banking association.
(R.S. §5139; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §16, 44 Stat. 1233; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §18, 48 Stat. 186; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §§310(a), 335, 49 Stat. 710, 720.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5139 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §12, 13 Stat. 102, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, §335, added second par.
Act Aug. 23, 1935, §310(a), among other changes in last par., inserted proviso.
1933—Act June 16, 1933, added last par.
1927—Act Feb. 25, 1927, inserted "or into shares of such less amount as may be provided in the articles of association" in first sentence.
§53. When capital stock paid in
All of the capital stock of every national banking association shall be paid in before it shall be authorized to commence business.
(R.S. §5140; Pub. L. 86–230, §4, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 457.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5140 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §14, 13 Stat. 103, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1959—Pub. L. 86–230 substituted requirement that all the capital stock of a national bank must be paid in before it commences business for permissive authority to be open for business upon payment of 50 per centum of the capital stock and installment payment of the remaining 50 per centum.
§54. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §5, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 457
Section, R.S. §5141, related to failure to pay installments, remedy and effect if reduction of capital resulted.
§55. Enforcing payment of deficiency in capital stock; assessments; liquidation; receivership
Every association which shall have failed to pay up its capital stock, as required by law, and every association whose capital stock shall have become impaired by losses or otherwise, shall, within three months after receiving notice thereof from the Comptroller of the Currency, pay the deficiency in the capital stock, by assessment upon the shareholders pro rata for the amount of capital stock held by each; and the Treasurer of the United States shall withhold the interest upon all bonds held by him in trust for any such association, upon notification from the Comptroller of the Currency, until otherwise notified by him. If any such association shall fail to pay up its capital stock, and shall refuse to go into liquidation, as provided by law, for three months after receiving notice from the comptroller, a receiver may be appointed to close up the business of the association, according to the provisions of section 192 of this title. And provided, That if any shareholder or shareholders of such bank shall neglect or refuse, after three months' notice, to pay the assessment, as provided in this section, it shall be the duty of the board of directors to cause a sufficient amount of the capital stock of such shareholder or shareholders to be sold at public auction (after thirty days' notice shall be given by posting such notice of sale in the office of the bank, and by publishing such notice in a newspaper of the city or town in which the bank is located, or in a newspaper published nearest thereto,) 1 to make good the deficiency, and the balance, if any, shall be returned to such delinquent shareholder or shareholders.
(R.S. §5205; June 30, 1876, ch. 156, §4, 19 Stat. 64.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5205 derived from act Mar. 3, 1873, ch. 269, §1, 17 Stat. 603.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Application to District of Columbia
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc., in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, §4, 47 Stat. 1567.
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
All functions of all officers of the Department of the Treasury, and all functions of all agencies and employees of such Department, were transferred, with certain exceptions, to the Secretary of the Treasury, with power vested in him to authorize their performance or the performance of any of his functions, by any of those officers, agencies, and employees, by 1950 Reorg. Plan No. 26, §§1, 2, eff. July 31, 1950, 15 F.R. 4935, 64 Stat. 1280, formerly set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees. See section 321(c) of Title 31, Money and Finance. The Comptroller of the Currency and the Treasurer of the United States, both referred to in this section, are officers of the Treasury Department, but such Plan excepted, from the transfer, any function vested by law in the Comptroller of the Currency.
§56. Prohibition on withdrawal of capital; unearned dividends
No association, or any member thereof, shall, during the time it shall continue its banking operations, withdraw, or permit to be withdrawn, either in the form of dividends or otherwise, any portion of its capital. If losses have at any time been sustained by any such association, equal to or exceeding its undivided profits then on hand, no dividend shall be made; and no dividend shall ever be made by any association, while it continues its banking operations, to an amount greater than its undivided profits, subject to other applicable provisions of law. But nothing in this section shall prevent the reduction of the capital stock of the association under section 59 of this title.
(R.S. §5204; Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(h)(1), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2294.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5204 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §38, 13 Stat. 110, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–325 substituted "undivided profits, subject to other applicable provisions of law" for "net profits then on hand, deducting therefrom its losses and bad debts" in second sentence and struck out after second sentence "All debts due to any associations, on which interest is past due and unpaid for a period of six months, unless the same are well secured, and in process of collection, shall be considered bad debts within the meaning of this section."
§57. Increase of capital by provision in articles of association
Any national banking association may, with the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency, and by a vote of shareholders owning two-thirds of the stock of such associations, increase its capital stock to any sum approved by the said comptroller, but no increase in capital shall be valid until the whole amount of such increase is paid in and notice thereof, duly acknowledged before a notary public by the president, vice president, or cashier of said association, has been transmitted to the Comptroller of the Currency and his certificate obtained specifying the amount of such increase in capital stock and his approval thereof, and that it has been duly paid in as part of the capital of such association: Provided, however, That a national banking association may, with the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency, and by the vote of shareholders owning two-thirds of the stock of such association, increase its capital stock by the declaration of a stock dividend, provided that the surplus of said association, after the approval of the increase, shall be at least equal to 20 per centum of the capital stock as increased. Such increase shall not be effective until a certificate certifying to such declaration of dividend, signed by the president, vice president, or cashier of said association and duly acknowledged before a notary public, shall have been forwarded to the Comptroller of the Currency and his certificate obtained specifying the amount of such increase of capital stock by stock dividend, and his approval thereof.
(R.S. §5142; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §5, 44 Stat. 1227.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5142 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §13, 13 Stat. 103, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1927—Act Feb. 25, 1927, among other changes, inserted proviso.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§58. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §6, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 457
Section, act May 1, 1886, ch. 73, §1, 24 Stat. 18, related to increase of capital by vote of shareholders. See section 57 of this title.
§59. Reduction of capital
(a) In general
Subject to the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency, a national banking association may, by a vote of shareholders owning, in the aggregate, two-thirds of its capital stock, reduce its capital.
(b) Shareholder distributions authorized
As part of its capital reduction plan approved in accordance with subsection (a), and with the affirmative vote of shareholders owning at least two thirds of the shares of each class of its stock outstanding (each voting as a class), a national banking association may distribute cash or other assets to its shareholders.
(R.S. §5143; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §28, 38 Stat. 274; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §334, 49 Stat. 720; Pub. L. 109–351, title III, §304, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1970.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5143 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §13, 13 Stat. 103, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
2006—Pub. L. 109–351 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "Any association formed under title 62 of the Revised Statutes may, by the vote of shareholders owning two-thirds of its capital stock, reduce its capital to any sum not below the amount required by title 62 of the Revised Statutes to authorize the formation of associations; but no such reduction shall be allowable which will reduce the capital of the association below the amount required for its outstanding circulation, nor shall any reduction be made until the amount of the proposed reduction has been reported to the Comptroller of the Currency and such reduction has been approved by said Comptroller of the Currency and no shareholder shall be entitled to any distribution of cash or other assets by reason of any reduction of the common capital of any association unless such distribution shall have been approved by the Comptroller of the Currency and by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the shares of each class of stock outstanding, voting as classes."
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, substituted "and no shareholder shall be entitled to any distribution of cash or other assets by reason of any reduction of the common capital of any association unless such distribution shall have been approved by the Comptroller of the Currency and by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the shares of each class of stock outstanding, voting as classes" for "and by the Federal Reserve Board or by the organization committee pending the organization of the Federal Reserve Board".
§60. National bank dividends
(a) In general
Subject to subsection (b), the directors of any national bank may declare a dividend of so much of the undivided profits of the bank as the directors judge to be expedient.
(b) Approval required under certain circumstances
A national bank may not declare and pay dividends in any year in excess of an amount equal to the sum of the total of the net income of the bank for that year and the retained net income of the bank for the preceding 2 years, minus the sum of any transfers required by the Comptroller of the Currency and any transfers required to be made to a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock, unless the Comptroller of the Currency approves the declaration and payment of dividends in excess of such amount.
(R.S. §5199; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §315, 49 Stat. 712; Pub. L. 86–230, §21(a), Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 465; Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(h)(2), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2294; Pub. L. 109–351, title III, §302(a), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1970.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5199 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §33, 13 Stat. 109, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
2006—Pub. L. 109–351 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section related to periodic declarations of dividends subject to certain surplus fund requirements and to the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency in certain situations.
1994—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 103–325, §602(h)(2)(A), (B), substituted "undivided profits of the association, subject to the limitations in subsection (b) of this section," for "net profits of the association" in first sentence and "net income" for "net profits" wherever subsequently appearing.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–325, §602(h)(2)(B), substituted "net income" for "net profits" in two places.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103–325, §602(h)(2)(C), struck out subsec. (c) which read as follows: "For the purpose of this section the term 'net profits' shall mean the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets, after deducting from the total thereof all current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all Federal and State taxes."
1959—Pub. L. 86–230 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), authorized the declaration of dividends, quarterly and annually, when at least one-tenth of the bank's net profits of the preceding half year or of the preceding two consecutive half-year periods has been carried to the surplus fund, respectively, and added subsecs. (b) and (c).
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, among other changes, inserted proviso.
§61. Shareholders' voting rights; cumulative and distributive voting; preferred stock; trust shares; proxies, liability restrictions; percentage requirement exclusion of trust shares
In all elections of directors, each shareholder shall have the right to vote the number of shares owned by him for as many persons as there are directors to be elected, or, if so provided by the articles of association of the national bank, to cumulate such shares and give one candidate as many votes as the number of directors multiplied by the number of his shares shall equal or to distribute them on the same principle among as many candidates as he shall think fit; and in deciding all other questions at meetings of shareholders, each shareholder shall be entitled to one vote on each share of stock held by him; except that (1) this shall not be construed as limiting the voting rights of holders of preferred stock under the terms and provisions of articles of association, or amendments thereto, adopted pursuant to the provisions of section 51b of this title; (2) in the election of directors, shares of its own stock held by a national bank as sole trustee, whether registered in its own name as such trustee or in the name of its nominee, shall not be voted by the registered owner unless under the terms of the trust the manner in which such shares shall be voted may be determined by a donor or beneficiary of the trust and unless such donor or beneficiary actually directs how such shares shall be voted; and (3) shares of its own stock held by a national bank and one or more persons as trustees may be voted by such other person or persons, as trustees, in the same manner as if he or they were the sole trustee. Shareholders may vote by proxies duly authorized in writing; but no officer, clerk, teller, or bookkeeper of such bank shall act as proxy; and no shareholder whose liability is past due and unpaid shall be allowed to vote. Whenever shares of stock cannot be voted by reason of being held by the bank as sole trustee such shares shall be excluded in determining whether matters voted upon by the shareholders were adopted by the requisite percentage of shares.
(R.S. §5144; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §19, 48 Stat. 186; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §311, 49 Stat. 710; Sept. 3, 1954, ch. 1263, §21, 68 Stat. 1234; Pub. L. 86–114, §4, July 28, 1959, 73 Stat. 264; Pub. L. 89–485, §13(c), July 1, 1966, 80 Stat. 242; Pub. L. 109–351, title III, §301, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1969.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5144 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §11, 13 Stat. 102, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
2006—Pub. L. 109–351 substituted "or, if so provided by the articles of association of the national bank, to cumulate" for "or to cumulate" and struck out comma after "his shares shall equal".
1966—Pub. L. 89–485 struck out: clause (4) requirement of a voting permit from the Board for voting shares controlled by a holding company affiliate of a national bank except when voting in favor of voluntary liquidation of an association; second par. definition of control of shares by a holding company affiliate; third par, prescribing procedure for obtaining a voting permit: application to Board, grant or denial of permit in the public interest, factors for consideration, and conditions described in subsecs. (a) to (e) for granting a permit; subsec. (a) requirement of agreement of the holding company affiliate to an examination of the affiliate by bank examiners, reports by such examiners, examination of affiliated banks, and publication of individual or consolidated statements of condition of such banks; subsec. (b) provisions for possession of readily marketable assets other than bank stock and reinvestment of a prescribed amount of net earnings in such assets; subsec. (c) provisions for reserve of assets, use of assets for capital replacement, and situations involving more than one holding company affiliate; subsec. (d) provisions for penalties for false entries; subsec. (e) requirements for disclosure in application of a absence of securities company status and for declaration of dividends out of net earnings; penultimate par. prescribing procedure for revocation of voting permit and prohibiting the use of the bank as a depositary for public moneys of the United States and payment of dividends to the affiliate; and last par. authorization for forfeiture of rights, privileges, and franchises of national banks.
1959—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 86–114 authorized the Board to designate one of the chain of holding company affiliates which would have to maintain the 12 percent reserve and exempted the other holding company affiliates from the requirement.
1954—Subsec. (d). Act Sept. 3, 1954, substituted "section 1005 of Title 18" for "section 592 of this title".
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, amended first par., first sentence of third par., and inserted "and the provisions of this subsection, instead of subsection (b), shall apply to all holding company affiliates with respect to any shares of bank stock owned or controlled by them as to which there is no statutory liability imposed upon the holders of such bank stock" at end of subsec. (c).
1933—Act June 16, 1933, inserted provisions for cumulative voting of shares or distribution of votes on a cumulative voting principle, prohibited national banks holding their own shares as sole trustee from voting such shares but permitted such shares to be voted when held by another person or persons as trustees with the bank, denied voting rights to shares controlled by a holding company affiliate of a national bank unless a voting permit was first obtained, provided for application for a voting permit to the Federal Reserve Board, specified conditions for granting the voting permit and procedure for its revocation, and authorized the forfeiture of a National Bank's rights, privileges, and franchises upon such revocation.
§62. List of shareholders
The president and cashier of every national banking association shall cause to be kept at all times a full and correct list of the names and residences of all the shareholders in the association, and the number of shares held by each, in the office where its business is transacted. Such list shall be subject to the inspection of all the shareholders and creditors of the association, and the officers authorized to assess taxes under State authority, during business hours of each day in which business may be legally transacted. A copy of such list, verified by the oath of such president or cashier, shall be transmitted to the Comptroller of the Currency within ten days of any demand therefor made by him.
(R.S. §5210; May 18, 1953, ch. 59, §1, 67 Stat. 27.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5210 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §40, 13 Stat. 111, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1953—Act May 18, 1953, changed the requirement for annual transmission of a copy of the shareholders list to the Comptroller of the Currency by authorizing the Comptroller to acquire such copy at any time on 10 days' notice.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Application to District of Columbia
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc., in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, §4, 47 Stat. 1567.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§§63, 64. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §7, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 457
Section 63, R.S. §5151, related to individual liability of shareholders.
Section 64, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §23, 38 Stat. 273, related to transfer of shares as affecting individual liability of shareholders. Limitation on liability of shareholders, see section 64a of this title.
The status of former section 63 of this title had been doubtful. At different times it had been held to have been repealed, superseded, and superseded only in part by former section 64 of this title which related to the same subject. See American T. Co. v. Grut, C.C.A. 1935, 80 F.2d 155; Miller v. Hamner, C.C.A. 1920, 269 F. 891; and First Nat. Bank v. First Nat. Bank, D.C. 1926, 14 F.2d 129.
§64a. Individual liability of shareholders; limitation on liability
The additional liability imposed upon shareholders in national banking associations by the provisions of sections 63 and 64 of this title shall not apply with respect to shares in any such association issued after June 16, 1933. Such additional liability shall cease on July 1, 1937, with respect to all shares issued by any association which shall be transacting the business of banking on July 1, 1937: Provided, That not less than six months prior to such date, such association shall have caused notice of such prospective termination of liability to be published in a newspaper published in the city, town, or county in which such association is located, and if no newspaper is published in such city, town, or county, then in a newspaper of general circulation therein. If the association fail 1 to give such notice as and when above provided, a termination of such additional liability may thereafter be accomplished as of the date six month 2 subsequent to publication, in the manner above provided. In the case of each association which has not caused notice of such prospective termination of liability to be published prior to May 18, 1953, the Comptroller of the Currency shall cause such notice to be published in the manner provided in this section, and on the date six months subsequent to such publication by the Comptroller of the Currency such additional liability shall cease.
(June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §22, 48 Stat. 189; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §304, 49 Stat. 708; May 18, 1953, ch. 59, §2, 67 Stat. 27.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Sections 63 and 64 of this title, referred to in text, were repealed by Pub. L. 86–230, §7, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 457.
Amendments
1953—Act May 18, 1953, provided for termination of the additional liability, referred to in the section, by action of the Comptroller of the Currency with regard to those associations which had not, prior to May 18, 1953, caused notice of termination to be published.
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, added second and third sentences.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be "fails".
2 So in original. Probably should be "months".
§65. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §8, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 457
Section, acts June 30, 1876, ch. 156, §2, 19 Stat. 63; Sept. 3, 1954, ch. 1263, §22, 68 Stat. 1234, related to enforcement of shareholders' individual liability by creditors on liquidation. Limitation on liability of shareholders, see section 64a of this title.
§66. Personal liability of representatives of stockholders
Persons holding stock as executors, administrators, guardians, or trustees, shall not be personally subject to any liabilities as stockholders; but the estates and funds in their hands shall be liable in like manner and to the same extent as the testator, intestate, ward, or person interested in such trust funds would be, if living and competent to act and hold the stock in his own name.
(R.S. §5152.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5152 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §63, 13 Stat. 118, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
§67. Individual liability of shareholders; compromises; authority of receiver
Any receiver of a national banking association is authorized, with the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency and upon the order of a court of record of competent jurisdiction, to compromise, either before or after judgment, the individual liability of any shareholder of such association.
(Feb. 25, 1930, ch. 58, 46 Stat. 74.)
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Application to District of Columbia
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc., in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, §4, 47 Stat. 1567.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
SUBCHAPTER III—DIRECTORS
§71. Election
The affairs of each association shall be managed by not less than five directors, who shall be elected by the shareholders at a meeting to be held at any time before the association is authorized by the Comptroller of the Currency to commence the business of banking; and afterward at meetings to be held on such day of each year as is specified therefor in the bylaws. The directors shall hold office for a period of not more than 3 years, and until their successors are elected and have qualified. In accordance with regulations issued by the Comptroller of the Currency, a national bank may adopt bylaws that provide for staggering the terms of its directors.
(R.S. §5145; Pub. L. 88–232, §1, Dec. 23, 1963, 77 Stat. 472; Pub. L. 106–569, title XII, §1205(a), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3033.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5145 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §§9, 10, 13 Stat. 102, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
2000—Pub. L. 106–569 substituted "for a period of not more than 3 years" for "for one year" and inserted at end "In accordance with regulations issued by the Comptroller of the Currency, a national bank may adopt bylaws that provide for staggering the terms of its directors."
1963—Pub. L. 88–232 substituted "on such day of each year as is specified therefor in the bylaws" for "on such day in January of each year as is specified therefor in the articles of association".
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§71a. Number of directors; penalties
After one year from June 16, 1933, notwithstanding any other provision of law, the board of directors, board of trustees, or other similar governing body of every national banking association and of every State bank or trust company which is a member of the Federal Reserve System shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five members, except that the Comptroller of the Currency may, by regulation or order, exempt a national bank from the 25-member limit established by this section. If any national banking association violates the provisions of this section and continues such violation after thirty days' notice from the Comptroller of the Currency, the said Comptroller may appoint a receiver or conservator therefor, in accordance with the provisions of existing law. If any State bank or trust company which is a member of the Federal Reserve System violates the provisions of this section and continues such violation after thirty days' notice from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, it shall be subject to the forfeiture of its membership in the Federal Reserve System in accordance with the provisions of section 327 of this title.
(June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §31, 48 Stat. 194; June 16, 1934, ch. 546, §4, 48 Stat. 971; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), title III, §306, 49 Stat. 704, 708; Pub. L. 106–569, title XII, §1205(b), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3034.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2000—Pub. L. 106–569 inserted before period at end of first sentence ", except that the Comptroller of the Currency may, by regulation or order, exempt a national bank from the 25-member limit established by this section".
1935—Act June 16, 1934, as amended by act Aug. 23, 1935, §306, repealed a former provision of this section relating to stock ownership requirements of directors, trustees, or members of similar governing bodies of any national banking association, or of any State bank or trust company which is a member of the Federal Reserve System.
1934—Act June 16, 1934, repealed a former provision of this section relating to stock ownership requirements of directors, trustees, or members of similar governing bodies of member banks of the Federal Reserve System.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Act Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§72. Qualifications
Every director must, during his whole term of service, be a citizen of the United States, and at least a majority of the directors must have resided in the State, Territory, or District in which the association is located, or within one hundred miles of the location of the office of the association, for at least one year immediately preceding their election, and must be residents of such State or within one-hundred-mile territory of the location of the association during their continuance in office, except that the Comptroller may, in the discretion of the Comptroller, waive the requirement of residency, and waive the requirement of citizenship in the case of not more than a minority of the total number of directors. Every director must own in his or her own right either shares of the capital stock of the association of which he or she is a director the aggregate par value of which is not less than $1,000, or an equivalent interest, as determined by the Comptroller of the Currency, in any company which has control over such association within the meaning of section 1841 of this title. If the capital of the bank does not exceed $25,000, every director must own in his or her own right either shares of such capital stock the aggregate par value of which is not less than $500, or an equivalent interest, as determined by the Comptroller of the Currency, in any company which has control over such association within the meaning of section 1841 of this title. Any director who ceases to be the owner of the required number of shares of the stock, or who becomes in any other manner disqualified, shall thereby vacate his place.
(R.S. §5146; Feb. 28, 1905, ch. 1163, 33 Stat. 818; Mar. 1, 1921, ch. 100, 41 Stat. 1199; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §17, 44 Stat. 1233; Apr. 27, 1956, ch. 215, 70 Stat. 119; Pub. L. 95–369, §2, Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 608; Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §710, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 189; Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §313, Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2221; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2241, Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–418; Pub. L. 106–569, title XII, §1233(a), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3037.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5146 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §§9, 10, 13 Stat. 102, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
2000—Pub. L. 106–569 inserted before period at end of first sentence ", and waive the requirement of citizenship in the case of not more than a minority of the total number of directors".
1996—Pub. L. 104–208 substituted "except that the Comptroller may, in the discretion of the Comptroller, waive the requirement of residency" for "except that in the case of an association which is a subsidiary or affiliate of a foreign bank, the Comptroller of the Currency may in his discretion waive the requirement of citizenship in the case of not more than a minority of the total number of directors" before period at end of first sentence.
1994—Pub. L. 103–325, which directed the substitution of "a majority" for "two thirds", was executed by making the substitution for "two-thirds" in first sentence to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
1980—Pub. L. 96–221 inserted provisions setting forth additional ownership requirements with respect to equivalent interest determinations by the Comptroller of the Currency.
1978—Pub. L. 95–369 authorized the Comptroller of the Currency, in case of associations which are subsidiaries of affiliates of foreign banks, to waive citizenship requirements of not more than a minority of the total number of directors.
1956—Act Apr. 27, 1956, substituted "two-thirds", "one hundred", "one-hundred-mile", for "three-fourths", "fifty", and "fifty-mile", respectively.
1927—Act Feb. 25, 1927, substituted a minimum value of stock ownership for minimum number of shares in both instances.
§73. Oath
Each director, when appointed or elected, shall take an oath that he will, so far as the duty devolves on him, diligently and honestly administer the affairs of such association, and will not knowingly violate or willingly permit to be violated any of the provisions of title 62 of the Revised Statutes, and that he is the owner in good faith, and in his own right, of the number of shares of stock required by title 62 of the Revised Statutes, subscribed by him, or standing in his name on the books of the association, and that the same is not hypothecated, or in any way pledged, as security for any loan or debt. The oath shall be taken before a notary public, properly authorized and commissioned by the State in which he resides, or before any other officer having an official seal and authorized by the State to administer oaths, except that the oath shall not be taken before any such notary public or other officer who is an officer of the director's bank. The oath, subscribed by the director making it, and certified by the notary public or other officer before whom it is taken, shall be immediately transmitted to the Comptroller of the Currency and shall be filed and preserved in his office for a period of ten years.
(R.S. §5147; Feb. 20, 1925, ch. 274, 43 Stat. 955.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in text, was in the original "this Title" meaning title LXII of the Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. §§5133 to 5244, which are classified to this section and sections 16, 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 25b, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72, 74 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. §§5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
Codification
R.S. §5147 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §9, 13 Stat. 102, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§74. Vacancies
Any vacancy in the board shall be filled by appointment by the remaining directors, and any director so appointed shall hold his place until the next election.
(R.S. §5148.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5148 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §10, 13 Stat. 102, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
§75. Legal holiday, annual meeting on; proceedings where no election held on proper day
When the day fixed in the bylaws for the regular annual meeting of the shareholders falls on a legal holiday in the State in which the bank is located, the shareholders meeting shall be held, and the directors elected, on the next following banking day. If, from any cause, an election of directors is not made on the day fixed, or in the event of a legal holiday, on the next following banking day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within sixty days of the day fixed, to be designated by the board of directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the day, by shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares, at least ten days' notice thereof in all cases having been given by first-class mail to the shareholders.
(R.S. §5149; Pub. L. 86–230, §9, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 457; Pub. L. 88–232, §2, Dec. 23, 1963, 77 Stat. 472.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5149 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §10, 13 Stat. 102, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1963—Pub. L. 88–232 substituted "bylaws" for "articles of association".
1959—Pub. L. 86–230 provided that when the day fixed for the regular annual meeting of the shareholders falls on a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next following banking day and authorized election of directors to be held within sixty days of a fixed day upon ten days' notice to the shareholders by first-class mail instead of upon thirty days' notice in newspaper and at a date designated in the articles or bylaws or by the shareholders.
§76. President of bank as member of board; chairman of board
The president of the bank shall be a member of the board and shall be the chairman thereof, but the board may designate a director in lieu of the president to be chairman of the board, who shall perform such duties as may be designated by the board.
(R.S. §5150; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §6, 44 Stat. 1228.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5150 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §9, 13 Stat. 102, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1927—Act Feb. 25, 1927, amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "One of the directors, to be chosen by the board, shall be president of the board."
§77. Repealed. Pub. L. 89–695, title II, §207, Oct. 16, 1966, 80 Stat. 1055
Section, act June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §30, 48 Stat. 193, provided authority for removal of directors or officers of national banks, District banks, or State member banks for continued violations of law or for continued unsafe or unsound practices in conducting the business of such banks.
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section 401 of Pub. L. 89–695, Oct. 16, 1966, 80 Stat. 1056, which provided for reenactment of this section effective upon expiration of the period ending at the close of June 30, 1972, was repealed by Pub. L. 91–609, title IX, §908, Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1811.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Conditions Governing Employment of Personnel Not Repealed, Modified, or Affected
Nothing contained in section 207 of Pub. L. 89–695 repealing this section to be construed as repealing, modifying, or affecting section 1829 of this title, see section 206 of Pub. L. 89–695, set out as a note under section 1813 of this title.
§78. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–102, title I, §101(b), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1341
Section, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §32, 48 Stat. 194; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, §307, 49 Stat. 709, related to certain persons excluded from serving as officers, directors, or employees of member banks.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of Repeal
Repeal effective 120 days after Nov. 12, 1999, see section 161 of Pub. L. 106–102, set out as an Effective Date of 1999 Amendment note under section 24 of this title.
SUBCHAPTER IV—REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
§81. Place of business
The general business of each national banking association shall be transacted in the place specified in its organization certificate and in the branch or branches, if any, established or maintained by it in accordance with the provisions of section 36 of this title.
(R.S. §5190; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §8, 44 Stat. 1229.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5190 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §8, 13 Stat. 101, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1927—Act Feb. 25, 1927, among other changes, inserted "and in the branch or branches, if any, established or maintained by it in accordance with the provisions of section 36 of this title".
§82. Repealed. Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §402, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1510
Section, R.S. §5202; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13 (par.), 38 Stat. 264; Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 753; Apr. 5, 1918, ch. 45, §20, 40 Stat. 512; Oct. 22, 1919, ch. 79, §2, 41 Stat. 297; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title V, §504, 42 Stat. 1481; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §11, 44 Stat. 1231; Jan. 22, 1932, ch. 8, §5, formerly §6, 47 Stat. 8, renumbered and amended June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title I, §1, 61 Stat. 202; May 20, 1933, ch. 35, §2, 48 Stat. 73; June 19, 1934, ch. 653, §2, 48 Stat. 1107; Sept. 8, 1959, Pub. L. 86–230, §10, 73 Stat. 458; Sept. 9, 1959, Pub. L. 86–251, §2, 73 Stat. 488; July 24, 1970, Pub. L. 91–351, title II, §201(b), 84 Stat. 451; Jan. 4, 1975, Pub. L. 93–646, §11, 88 Stat. 2337, provided that no national banking association could at any time be indebted, or in any way liable, to an amount exceeding the amount of its capital stock at such time actually paid in and remaining undiminished by losses or otherwise, plus 50 percent of the amount of its unimpaired surplus fund, except on account of demands of the nature following: notes of circulation; moneys deposited with or collected by the association; bills of exchange or drafts drawn against money actually on deposit to the credit of the association, or due thereto; liabilities to the stockholders of the association for dividends and reserve profits; liabilities incurred under the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act; liabilities incurred under the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.]; liabilities created by the indorsement of accepted bills of exchange payable abroad actually owned by the indorsing bank and discounted at home or abroad; liabilities incurred under the provisions of sections 1031 to 1033 of this title; liabilities incurred on account of loans made with the express approval of the Comptroller of the Currency under former section 84(9) of this title; liabilities incurred under the provisions of section 352a of this title; liabilities incurred in connection with sales of mortgages, or participations therein, to the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation; and liabilities incurred in borrowing from the Export-Import Bank of the United States.
§83. Loans by bank on its own stock
(a) General prohibition
No national bank shall make any loan or discount on the security of the shares of its own capital stock.
(b) Exclusion
For purposes of this section, a national bank shall not be deemed to be making a loan or discount on the security of the shares of its own capital stock if it acquires the stock to prevent loss upon a debt previously contracted for in good faith.
(R.S. §5201; Pub. L. 106–569, title XII, §1207(a), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3034.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5201 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §35, 13 Stat. 110, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
2000—Pub. L. 106–569 amended section catchline and text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "No association shall make any loan or discount on the security of the shares of its own capital stock, nor be the purchaser or holder of any such shares, unless such security or purchase shall be necessary to prevent loss upon a debt previously contracted in good faith; and stock so purchased or acquired shall, within six months from the time of its purchase, be sold or disposed of at public or private sale; or, in default thereof, a receiver may be appointed to close up the business of the association, according to section 192 of this title."
§84. Lending limits
(a) Total loans and extensions of credit
(1) The total loans and extensions of credit by a national banking association to a person outstanding at one time and not fully secured, as determined in a manner consistent with paragraph (2) of this subsection, by collateral having a market value at least equal to the amount of the loan or extension of credit shall not exceed 15 per centum of the unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus of the association.
(2) The total loans and extensions of credit by a national banking association to a person outstanding at one time and fully secured by readily marketable collateral having a market value, as determined by reliable and continuously available price quotations, at least equal to the amount of the funds outstanding shall not exceed 10 per centum of the unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus of the association. This limitation shall be separate from and in addition to the limitation contained in paragraph (1) of this subsection.
(b) Definitions
For the purposes of this section—
(1) the term "loans and extensions of credit" shall include—
(A) all direct or indirect advances of funds to a person made on the basis of any obligation of that person to repay the funds or repayable from specific property pledged by or on behalf of the person;
(B) to the extent specified by the Comptroller of the Currency, any liability of a national banking association to advance funds to or on behalf of a person pursuant to a contractual commitment; and
(C) any credit exposure to a person arising from a derivative transaction, repurchase agreement, reverse repurchase agreement, securities lending transaction, or securities borrowing transaction between the national banking association and the person;
(2) the term "person" shall include an individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, association, trust, estate, business trust, corporation, sovereign government or agency, instrumentality, or political subdivision thereof, or any similar entity or organization; and
(3) the term "derivative transaction" includes any transaction that is a contract, agreement, swap, warrant, note, or option that is based, in whole or in part, on the value of, any interest in, or any quantitative measure or the occurrence of any event relating to, one or more commodities, securities, currencies, interest or other rates, indices, or other assets.
(c) Exceptions
The limitations contained in subsection (a) shall be subject to the following exceptions:
(1) Loans or extensions of credit arising from the discount of commercial or business paper evidencing an obligation to the person negotiating it with recourse shall not be subject to any limitation based on capital and surplus.
(2) The purchase of bankers' acceptances of the kind described in section 372 of this title and issued by other banks shall not be subject to any limitation based on capital and surplus.
(3) Loans and extensions of credit secured by bills of lading, warehouse receipts, or similar documents transferring or securing title to readily marketable staples shall be subject to a limitation of 35 per centum of capital and surplus in addition to the general limitations if the market value of the staples securing each additional loan or extension of credit at all times equals or exceeds 115 per centum of the outstanding amount of such loan or extension of credit. The staples shall be fully covered by insurance whenever it is customary to insure such staples.
(4) Loans or extensions of credit secured by bonds, notes, certificates of indebtedness, or Treasury bills of the United States or by other such obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States shall not be subject to any limitation based on capital and surplus.
(5) Loans or extensions of credit to or secured by unconditional takeout commitments or guarantees of any department, agency, bureau, board, commission, or establishment of the United States or any corporation wholly owned directly or indirectly by the United States shall not be subject to any limitation based on capital and surplus.
(6) Loans or extensions of credit secured by a segregated deposit account in the lending bank shall not be subject to any limitation based on capital and surplus.
(7) Loans or extensions of credit to any financial institution or to any receiver, conservator, superintendent of banks, or other agent in charge of the business and property of such financial institution, when such loans or extensions of credit are approved by the Comptroller of the Currency, shall not be subject to any limitation based on capital and surplus.
(8)(A) Loans and extensions of credit arising from the discount of negotiable or nonnegotiable installment consumer paper which carries a full recourse endorsement or unconditional guarantee by the person transferring the paper shall be subject under this section to a maximum limitation equal to 25 per centum of such capital and surplus, notwithstanding the collateral requirements set forth in subsection (a)(2).
(B) If the bank's files or the knowledge of its officers of the financial condition of each maker of such consumer paper is reasonably adequate, and an officer of the bank designated for that purpose by the board of directors of the bank certifies in writing that the bank is relying primarily upon the responsibility of each maker for payment of such loans or extensions of credit and not upon any full or partial recourse endorsement or guarantee by the transferor, the limitations of this section as to the loans or extensions of credit of each such maker shall be the sole applicable loan limitations.
(9)(A) Loans and extensions of credit secured by shipping documents or instruments transferring or securing title covering livestock or giving a lien on livestock when the market value of the livestock securing the obligation is not at any time less than 115 per centum of the face amount of the note covered, shall be subject under this section, notwithstanding the collateral requirements set forth in subsection (a)(2), to a maximum limitation equal to 25 per centum of such capital and surplus.
(B) Loans and extensions of credit which arise from the discount by dealers in dairy cattle of paper given in payment for dairy cattle, which paper carries a full recourse endorsement or unconditional guarantee of the seller, and which are secured by the cattle being sold, shall be subject under this section, notwithstanding the collateral requirements set forth in subsection (a)(2), to a limitation of 25 per centum of such capital and surplus.
(10) Loans or extensions of credit to the Student Loan Marketing Association shall not be subject to any limitation based on capital and surplus.
(d) Authority of Comptroller of the Currency
(1) The Comptroller of the Currency may prescribe rules and regulations to administer and carry out the purposes of this section, including rules or regulations to define or further define terms used in this section and to establish limits or requirements other than those specified in this section for particular classes or categories of loans or extensions of credit.
(2) The Comptroller of the Currency also shall have authority to determine when a loan putatively made to a person shall for purposes of this section be attributed to another person.
(R.S. §5200; June 22, 1906, ch. 3516, 34 Stat. 451; Sept. 24, 1918, ch. 176, §6, 40 Stat. 967; Oct. 22, 1919, ch. 79, §1, 41 Stat. 296; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §10, 44 Stat. 1229; May 20, 1933, ch. 35, §1, 48 Stat. 73; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §26(a), 48 Stat. 191; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §321(b), 49 Stat. 713; June 11, 1942, ch. 404, §8, 56 Stat. 356; July 15, 1949, ch. 338, title VI, §602(b), 63 Stat. 440; July 22, 1937, ch. 517, §15(a), as added Aug. 14, 1946, ch. 964, §5, 60 Stat. 1079; amended Pub. L. 85–748, §1(c), Aug. 25, 1958, 72 Stat. 841; Pub. L. 86–251, §3, Sept. 9, 1959, 73 Stat. 488; Pub. L. 87–723, §4(c)(4), Sept. 28, 1962, 76 Stat. 672; Pub. L. 90–19, §27(b), May 25, 1967, 81 Stat. 29; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §133(c)(2), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 270; Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1508; Pub. L. 97–457, §17(a), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2509; Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §610(a), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1611; Pub. L. 116–136, div. A, title IV, §4011(a), Mar. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 478.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 372 of this title, referred to in subsec. (c)(2), was in the original a reference to "section 13 of the Federal Reserve Act". Provisions of section 13 describing bankers' acceptances are classified to section 372 of this title. Other provisions of section 13 are classified to sections 342 to 347, 347c, 347d of this title.
Codification
R.S. §5200 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §29, 13 Stat. 108, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
2020—Subsec. (c)(7). Pub. L. 116–136, §4011(a)(1), temporarily inserted "any nonbank financial company (as that term is defined in section 5311 of this title)," after "Loans or extensions of credit to" and temporarily substituted "financial institution, or to" for "financial institution or to".
Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 116–136, §4011(a)(2), temporarily inserted at end "The Comptroller of the Currency may, by order, exempt any transaction or series of transactions from the requirements of this section upon a finding by the Comptroller that such exemption is in the public interest and consistent with the purposes of this section."
2010—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 111–203, §610(a)(1), substituted "shall include—" for "shall include all direct or indirect advances of funds to a person made on the basis of any obligation of that person to repay the funds or repayable from specific property pledged by or on behalf of the person and, to the extent specified by the Comptroller of the Currency, such term shall also include any liability of a national banking association to advance funds to or on behalf of a person pursuant to a contractual commitment; and" and added subpars. (A) to (C).
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 111–203, §610(a)(2), (3), added par. (3).
1983—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 97–457 inserted a comma before "to the extent specified by the Comptroller of the Currency".
1982—Pub. L. 97–320 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "The total obligations to any national banking association of any person, copartnership, association, or corporation shall at no time exceed 10 per centum of the amount of the capital stock of such association actually paid in and unimpaired and 10 per centum of its unimpaired surplus fund. The term 'obligations' shall mean the direct liability of the maker or acceptor of paper discounted with or sold to such association and the liability of the indorser, drawer, or guarantor who obtains a loan from or discounts paper with or sells paper under his guaranty to such association and shall include in the case of obligations of a copartnership or association the obligations of the several members thereof and shall include in the case of obligations of a corporation all obligations of all subsidiaries thereof in which such corporation owns or controls a majority interest. Such limitation of 10 per centum shall be subject to the following exceptions:
"(1) Obligations in the form of drafts or bills of exchange drawn in good faith against actually existing values shall not be subject under this section to any limitation based upon such capital and surplus.
"(2) Obligations arising out of the discount of commercial or business paper actually owned by the person, copartnership, association, or corporation negotiating the same shall not be subject under this section to any limitation based upon such capital and surplus.
"(3) Obligations drawn in good faith against actually existing values and secured by goods or commodities in process of shipment shall not be subject under this section to any limitation based upon such capital and surplus.
"(4) Obligations as indorser or guarantor of notes, other than commercial or business paper excepted under paragraph (2) of this section, having a maturity of not more than six months, and owned by the person, corporation, association, or copartnership indorsing and negotiating the same, shall be subject under this section to a limitation of 15 per centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 10 per centum of such capital and surplus.
"(5) Obligations in the form of banker's acceptances of other banks of the kind described in section 372 of this title shall not be subject under this section to any limitation based upon such capital and surplus.
"(6) Obligations of any person, copartnership, association or corporation, in the form of notes or drafts secured by shipping documents, warehouse receipts or other such documents transferring or securing title covering readily marketable nonperishable staples when such property is fully covered by insurance, if it is customary to insure such staples, shall be subject under this section to a limitation of 15 per centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 10 per centum of such capital and surplus when the market value of such staples securing such obligation is not at any time less than 115 per centum of the face amount of such obligation, and to an additional increase of limitation of 5 per centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 25 per centum of such capital and surplus when the market value of such staples securing such additional obligation is not at any time less than 120 per centum of the face amount of such additional obligation, and to a further additional increase of limitation of 5 per centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 30 per centum of such capital and surplus when the market value of such staples securing such additional obligation is not at any time less than 125 per centum of the face amount of such additional obligation, and to a further additional increase of limitation of 5 per centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 35 per centum of such capital and surplus when the market value of such staples securing such additional obligation is not at any time less than 130 per centum of the face amount of such additional obligation, and to a further additional increase of limitation of 5 per centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 40 per centum of such capital and surplus when the market value of such staples securing such additional obligation is not at any time less than 135 per centum of the face amount of such additional obligation, and to a further additional increase of limitation of 5 per centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 45 per centum of such capital and surplus when the market value of such staples securing such additional obligation is not at any time less than 140 per centum of the face amount of such additional obligation, but this exception shall not apply to obligations of any one person, copartnership, association, or corporation arising from the same transactions and/or secured by the identical staples for more than ten months. Obligations of any person, copartnership, association, or corporation in the form of notes or drafts secured by shipping documents, warehouse receipts, or other such documents transferring or securing title covering refrigerated or frozen readily marketable staples when such property is fully covered by insurance, shall be subject under this section to a limitation of 15 per centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 10 per centum of such capital and surplus when the market value of such staples securing such obligation is not at any time less than 115 per centum of the face amount of such additional obligation, but this exception shall not apply to obligations of any one person, copartnership, association or corporation arising from the same transactions and/or secured by the identical staples for more than six months.
"(7) Obligations of any person, copartnership, association, or corporation in the form of notes or drafts secured by shipping documents or instruments transferring or securing title covering livestock or giving a lien on livestock when the market value of the livestock securing the obligation is not at any time less than 115 per centum of the face amount of the notes covered by such documents shall be subject under this section to a limitation of 15 per centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 10 per centum of such capital and surplus. Obligations arising out of the discount by dealers in dairy cattle of paper given in payment for dairy cattle, which bear a full recourse endorsement or unconditional guarantee of the seller and are secured by the cattle being sold, shall be subject under this section to a limitation of 15 per centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 10 per centum of such capital and surplus.
"(8) Obligations of any person, copartnership, association, or corporation secured by not less than a like amount of bonds or notes of the United States issued since April 24, 1917, or certificates of indebtedness of the United States, Treasury bills of the United States, or obligations fully guaranteed both as to principal and interest by the United States, shall (except to the extent permitted by rules and regulations prescribed by the Comptroller of the Currency, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury) be subject under this section to a limitation of 15 per centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 10 per centum of such capital and surplus.
"(9) Obligations representing loans to any national banking association or to any banking institution organized under the laws of any State, or to any receiver, conservator, or superintendent of banks, or to any other agent, in charge of the business and property of any such association or banking institution, when such loans are approved by the Comptroller of the Currency, shall not be subject under this section to any limitation based upon such capital and surplus.
"(10) Obligations shall not be subject under this section to any limitation based upon such capital and surplus to the extent that such obligations are secured or covered by guaranties, or by commitments or agreements to take over or to purchase, made by any Federal Reserve bank or by the United States or any department, bureau, board, commission, or establishment of the United States, including any corporation wholly owned directly or indirectly by the United States: Provided, That such guaranties, agreements, or commitments are unconditional and must be performed by payment of cash or its equivalent within sixty days after demand. The Comptroller of the Currency is authorized to define the terms herein used if and when he may deem it necessary.
"(11) Obligations of a local public agency (as defined in section 110(h) of the Housing Act of 1949 [42 U.S.C. 1460(h)]) or of a public housing agency (as defined in the United States Housing Act of 1937, as amended [42 U.S.C. 1437 et seq.]) which have a maturity of not more than eighteen months shall not be subject under this section to any limitation, if such obligations are secured by an agreement between the obligor agency and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development in which the agency agrees to borrow from the Secretary, and the Secretary agrees to lend to the agency, prior to the maturity of such obligations, monies in an amount which (together with any other monies irrevocably committed to the payment of interest on such obligations) will suffice to pay the principal of such obligations with interest to maturity, which monies under the terms of said agreement are required to be used for that purpose.
"(12) Obligations insured by the Secretary of Agriculture pursuant to the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, as amended [7 U.S.C. 1000 et seq.], or the Act of August 28, 1937, as amended (relating to the conservation of water resources), or title V of the Housing Act of 1949 [42 U.S.C. 1471 et seq.], shall be subject under this section to a limitation of 15 per centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 10 per centum of such capital and surplus.
"(13) Obligations as endorser or guarantor of negotiable or nonnegotiable installment consumer paper which carries a full recourse endorsement or unconditional guarantee by the person, copartnership, association, or corporation transferring the same, shall be subject under this section to a limitation of 15 per centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 10 per centum of such capital and surplus: Provided, however, That if the bank's files or the knowledge of its officers of the financial condition of each maker of such obligations is reasonably adequate, and upon certification by an officer of the bank designated for that purpose by the board of directors of the bank, that the responsibility of each maker of such obligations has been evaluated and the bank is relying primarily upon each such maker for the payment of such obligations, the limitations of this section as to the obligations of each such maker shall be the sole applicable loan limitation: Provided further, That such certification shall be in writing and shall be retained as part of the records of such bank.
"(14) Obligations of the Student Loan Marketing Association shall not be subject to any limitation based upon such capital and surplus."
1972—Par. (14). Pub. L. 92–318 added par. (14).
1967—Par. (11). Pub. L. 90–19 substituted "Secretary of Housing and Urban Development" for "Housing and Home Finance Administrator or the Public Housing Administration" and "Secretary" for "Administrator or Administration" wherever appearing, respectively.
1962—Par. (12). Pub. L. 87–723 inserted "or title V of the Housing Act of 1949" before "shall be subject under this section".
1959—Par. (6). Pub. L. 86–251, §3(a), substituted "secured by" for "secured upon" and inserted exception with respect to obligations secured by documents transferring or securing title covering refrigerated or frozen readily marketable staples.
Par. (7). Pub. L. 86–251, §3(b), inserted exception with respect to obligations arising out of the discount by dealers in dairy cattle of paper given in payment for dairy cattle.
Par. (8). Pub. L. 86–251, §3(c), struck out "in the form of notes" after "corporation".
Par. (13). Pub. L. 86–251, §3(d), added par. (13).
1958—Par. (12). Pub. L. 85–748 amended section 15(a) of act July 22, 1937, as added by act Aug. 14, 1946, by inserting sentence amending R.S. §5200 by adding par. (12).
1949—Par. (11). Act July 15, 1949, added par. (11).
1942—Par. (10). Act June 11, 1942, added par. (10).
1935—Par. (8). Act Aug. 23, 1935, inserted "Treasury bills of the United States, or obligations fully guaranteed both as to principal and interest by the United States".
1933—Par. (1). Act June 16, 1933, inserted provision relating to obligations of a corporation and its subsidiaries in second sentence.
Par. (9). Act May 20, 1933, added par. (9).
1927—Act Feb. 25, 1927, reenacted section, subdividing it into eight numbered exceptions.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective and Termination Dates of 2020 Amendment
Pub. L. 116–136, div. A, title IV, §4011(b), Mar. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 479, provided that: "This section, and the amendments made by this section [amending this section], shall be effective during the period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act [Mar. 27, 2020] and ending on the sooner of—
"(1) the termination date of the national emergency concerning the novel coronavirus disease (COVID–19) outbreak declared by the President on March 13, 2020 under the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.); or
"(2) December 31, 2020."
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §610(c), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1612, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 1464 of this title] shall take effect 1 year after the transfer date."
[For definition of "transfer date" as used in section 610(c) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out above, see section 5301 of this title.]
Effective Date of 1982 Amendment
Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §401(b), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1510, provided that: "This section [amending this section] shall take effect upon the expiration of one hundred and eighty days after the date of its enactment [Oct. 15, 1982]."
Repeals
Repealing provisions of Consolidated Farmers Home Administration Act of 1961 as not having the effect of repealing the amendment to this section enacted by act July 22, 1937, §15(a), as added Aug. 14, 1946, see section 341(a) of Pub. L. 87–128, title III, Aug. 8, 1961, 75 Stat. 318, set out as a note under section 1921 of Title 7, Agriculture.
Savings Provision
Act June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §26(b), 48 Stat. 191, provided: "The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall not apply to such obligations of subsidiaries held by such association on the date this section takes effect."
Application to District of Columbia
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc., in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, §3, 47 Stat. 1567.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§85. Rate of interest on loans, discounts and purchases
Any association may take, receive, reserve, and charge on any loan or discount made, or upon any notes, bills of exchange, or other evidences of debt, interest at the rate allowed by the laws of the State, Territory, or District where the bank is located, or at a rate of 1 per centum in excess of the discount rate on ninety-day commercial paper in effect at the Federal reserve bank in the Federal reserve district where the bank is located, whichever may be the greater, and no more, except that where by the laws of any State a different rate is limited for banks organized under State laws, the rate so limited shall be allowed for associations organized or existing in any such State under title 62 of the Revised Statutes. When no rate is fixed by the laws of the State, or Territory, or District, the bank may take, receive, reserve, or charge a rate not exceeding 7 per centum, or 1 per centum in excess of the discount rate on ninety day commercial paper in effect at the Federal reserve bank in the Federal reserve district where the bank is located, whichever may be the greater, and such interest may be taken in advance, reckoning the days for which the note, bill, or other evidence of debt has to run. The maximum amount of interest or discount to be charged at a branch of an association located outside of the States of the United States and the District of Columbia shall be at the rate allowed by the laws of the country, territory, dependency, province, dominion, insular possession, or other political subdivision where the branch is located. And the purchase, discount, or sale of a bona fide bill of exchange, payable at another place than the place of such purchase, discount, or sale, at not more than the current rate of exchange for sight drafts in addition to the interest, shall not be considered as taking or receiving a greater rate of interest.
(R.S. §5197; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §25, 48 Stat. 191; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §314, 49 Stat. 711; Pub. L. 93–501, title II, §201, Oct. 29, 1974, 88 Stat. 1558; Pub. L. 96–104, title I, §101, Nov. 5, 1979, 93 Stat. 789; Pub. L. 96–161, title II, §201, Dec. 28, 1979, 93 Stat. 1235; Pub. L. 96–221, title V, §529, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 168.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in text, was in the original "this Title" meaning title LXII of the Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. §§5133 to 5244, which are classified to this section and sections 16, 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 25b, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83, 84, 86, 90, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. §§5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
Codification
R.S. §5197 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §30, 13 Stat. 108, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Section 201 of Pub. L. 96–161, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed by section 529 of Pub. L. 96–221, effective at the close of Mar. 31, 1980. The amendment of this section by that repealed provision, described in the 1979 Amendments note below, shall continue in effect for limited purposes pursuant to section 529. See Savings Provisions note, describing the provisions of section 529 of Pub. L. 96–221, set out below.
Section 101 of Pub. L. 96–104, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed by section 212 of Pub. L. 96–161, effective at the close of Dec. 27, 1979. The amendment of this section by that repealed provision, described in the 1979 Amendments note below, shall continue in effect for limited purposes pursuant to section 212 of Pub. L. 96–161. See Savings Provisions note, describing the provisions of section 212 of Pub. L. 96–161, set out below. The amendment by Pub. L. 96–104, §101, was duplicated with identical language in the amendment made by Pub. L. 96–161, §201. See 1979 Amendments note below.
Section 201 of Pub. L. 93–501, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–104, §1, Nov. 5, 1979, 93 Stat. 789. The amendment of this section by that repealed provision, described in the 1974 Amendment note set out under this section, was duplicated in 1979 with identical language under section 101 of Pub. L. 96–104. See 1979 Amendments note below.
Amendments
1980—Pub. L. 96–221 repealed Pub. L. 96–104 and title II of Pub. L. 96–161, resulting in the striking out of "or in the case of business or agricultural loans in the amount of $25,000 or more, at a rate of 5 per centum in excess of the discount rate on ninety-day commercial paper in effect at the Federal Reserve bank in the Federal Reserve district where the bank is located," before "whichever may be the greater" in two places. See Codification and 1979 Amendment notes under this section.
1979—Pub. L. 96–161 inserted provisions relating to a 5 per centum interest rate on business or agricultural loans in the amount of $25,000 or more that were identical to provisions inserted earlier by Pub. L. 96–104. See Codification note above.
Pub. L. 96–104 substituted "or in the case of business or agricultural loans in the amount of $25,000 or more, at a rate of 5 per centum in excess of the discount rate on ninety-day commercial paper in effect at the Federal Reserve bank in the Federal Reserve district where the bank is located, whichever may be the greater" for "whichever may be the greater" in two places. See Codification note above.
1974—Pub. L. 93–501 substituted "or in the case of business or agricultural loans in the amount of $25,000 or more, at a rate of 5 per centum in excess of the discount rate on ninety-day commercial paper in effect at the Federal Reserve bank in the Federal Reserve district where the bank is located, whichever may be the greater" for "whichever may be the greater" in two places.
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, inserted third sentence.
1933—Act June 16, 1933, authorized interest at the alternative rate of 1 per centum in excess of the discount rate on ninety-day commercial paper in effect at the federal reserve bank in the Federal reserve district where the bank is located if greater.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1980 Amendment
Pub. L. 96–221, title V, §529, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 168, provided that the amendment made by that section is effective at the close of Mar. 31, 1980.
Effective Date of 1979 Amendments
Pub. L. 96–161, title II, §207, Dec. 28, 1979, 93 Stat. 1238, which provided that amendment by Pub. L. 96–161 was applicable to loans made in any State during the period beginning on Dec. 28, 1979, and ending on the earliest of (1) in the case of a State statute, July 1, 1980; (2) the date, after Dec. 28, 1979, on which such State adopts a law stating in substance that such State does not want the amendment of this section made by Pub. L. 96–161 to apply with respect to loans made in such State; or (3) the date on which such State certifies that the voters of such State, after Dec. 28, 1979, have voted in favor of, or to retain, any law, provision of the constitution of such State, or amendment to the constitution of such State which prohibits the charging of interest at the rates provided in the amendment of this section by Pub. L. 96–161, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–221, title V, §529, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 168.
Pub. L. 96–104, title I, §107, Nov. 5, 1979, 93 Stat. 792, which provided that amendment by Pub. L. 96–104 was applicable to loans made by any State during the period beginning on Nov. 5, 1979, and ending on the earlier of July 1, 1981, or the date after Nov. 5, 1979, on which such State adopts a law stating in substance that such State does not want the amendment of this section to apply with respect to loans made in such State, or the date on which such State certifies that the voters of such State have voted in favor of, or to retain, any law, provision of the constitution of such State, or amendment of the constitution of such State, which prohibits the charging of interest at the rates provided in the amendment of this section, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–161, title II, §212, Dec. 28, 1979, 93 Stat. 1239.
Effective and Termination Dates of 1974 Amendment
Pub. L. 93–501, title II, §206, Oct. 29, 1974, 88 Stat. 1560, which provided that amendment by Pub. L. 93–501 applicable to loans made in any state after Oct. 29, 1974, but prior to the earlier of July 1, 1977, or the date (after Oct. 29, 1974) of enactment by the state of a law prohibiting the charging of interest at the rates provided in the amendment of this section, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–104, §1, Nov. 5, 1979, 93 Stat. 789.
Savings Provisions
Pub. L. 96–221, title V, §529, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 168, provided in part that, notwithstanding the repeal of Pub. L. 96–104 and title II of Pub. L. 96–161, the provisions added to this section by those repealed laws shall continue to apply to any loan made, any deposit made, or any obligation issued in any State during any period when those provisions were in effect in such State.
Pub. L. 96–161, title II, §212, Dec. 28, 1979, 93 Stat. 1239, provided in part that, notwithstanding the repeal, effective at the close of Dec. 27, 1979, of Pub. L. 96–104 [which had enacted sections 86a, 371b–1, 1730e, and 1831a of this title, amended sections 85, 1425b, and 1828 of this title and section 687 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, repealed sections 371b–1, 1730e, and 1831a of this title and notes set out under sections 371b–1 and 1831a of this title, and enacted provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 86a, 371b–1, and 1831a of this title], the amendment which had been made by title I of Pub. L. 96–104 and the provisions of that title would continue to apply to any loan made in any State on or after Nov. 5, 1979, but prior to the repeal of Pub. L. 96–104, and that the amendments made by title II of Pub. L. 96–104 would continue to apply to any deposit made or obligation issued in any State on or after Nov. 5, 1979, but prior to the repeal of Pub. L. 96–104.
Pub. L. 96–104, §1, Nov. 5, 1979, 93 Stat. 789, provided in part that, notwithstanding the repeal of titles II and III of Pub. L. 93–501 [which had enacted sections 371b–1, 1730e, and 1831a of this title, amended sections 85, 1425b, and 1828 of this title, and section 687 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 371b–1 and 1831a of this title], the amendments which had been made by title II of that Act and the provisions of such title would continue to apply to any loan made in any State during the period specified in section 206 of such Act [set out as a note under section 1831a of this title] and that the amendments which had been made by title III of such Act would continue to apply to any deposit made or obligation issued in any State during the period specified in section 304 of such Act [set out as a note under section 371b–1 of this title].
Choice of Highest Applicable Interest Rate
In any case in which one or more provisions of, or amendments made by, title V of Pub. L. 96–221 [enacting sections 86a, 1730g, 1735f–7a, 1785(g), and 1831d of this title and section 687(i) of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 86a, 1730g, and 1735f–7 of this title], section 1735f–7 of this title, or any other provisions of law, including this section, apply with respect to the same loan, mortgage, credit sale, or advance, such loan, mortgage, credit sale, or advance may be made at the highest applicable rate, see section 528 of Pub. L. 96–221, set out as a note under section 1735f–7a of this title.
States Having Constitutional Provisions Regarding Maximum Interest Rates
Pub. L. 96–161, title II, §213, Dec. 28, 1979, 93 Stat. 1240, provided that the provisions of title II of Pub. L. 96–161, which amended this section, repealed provisions which had formerly amended this section, and enacted provisions set out as notes under this section, to continue to apply until July 1, 1981, in the case of any State having a constitutional provision regarding maximum interest rates.
§86. Usurious interest; penalty for taking; limitations
The taking, receiving, reserving, or charging a rate of interest greater than is allowed by section 85 of this title, when knowingly done, shall be deemed a forfeiture of the entire interest which the note, bill, or other evidence of debt carries with it, or which has been agreed to be paid thereon. In case the greater rate of interest has been paid, the person by whom it has been paid, or his legal representatives, may recover back, in an action in the nature of an action of debt, twice the amount of the interest thus paid from the association taking or receiving the same: Provided, That such action is commenced within two years from the time the usurious transaction occurred.
(R.S. §5198.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5198 (less last sentence) derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §30, 13 Stat. 108, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Section is based on R.S. §5198, less last sentence as added by act Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, §1, 18 Stat. 320, which is classified to section 94 of this title.
§86a. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, Pub. L. 96–221, title V, §511, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 164; Pub. L. 96–399, title III, §324(b), (d), Oct. 8, 1980, 94 Stat. 1648, which authorized interest on business or agricultural loans of $1,000 or more at a rate of not more than 5 per centum in excess of the discount rate, was omitted pursuant to section 512 of Pub. L. 96–221 which made these provisions applicable only with respect to such loans made in any State during the period beginning on April 1, 1980, and ending on the earlier of (1) April 1, 1983, or (2) the date, on or after April 1, 1980, on which such State adopts a law or certifies that the voters of such State have voted in favor of any provision, constitutional or otherwise, which states explicitly that such State does not want these provisions to apply with respect to loans made in such State.
A prior section 86a, Pub. L. 96–161, title II, §205, Dec. 28, 1979, 93 Stat. 1237, similar to this section as enacted by Pub. L. 96–221, was repealed by section 529 of Pub. L. 96–221, effective at the close of Mar. 31, 1980, except that its provisions would continue to apply to any loan made, any deposit made, or any obligation issued in any State during any period when that section was in effect in such State. For the effective date provisions relating to the prior section 86a, see section 207 of Pub. L. 96–161.
Another prior section 86a, Pub. L. 96–104, title I, §105, Nov. 5, 1979, 93 Stat. 791, identical to this section as enacted by Pub. L. 96–161, was repealed by section 212 of Pub. L. 96–161, effective at the close of Dec. 27, 1979, except that its provisions would continue to apply to loans made in any State on or after Nov. 5, 1979, but prior to such repeal.
Section 301 of Pub. L. 96–104, which limited the applicability of Pub. L. 96–104 to those States having a constitutional provision that all contracts for a greater rate of interest than 10 per centum per annum are void as to both principal and interest, was repealed by section 212 of Pub. L. 96–161, effective at the close of Dec. 27, 1979.
§§87 to 89. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(e)(2)–(4), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2291
Section 87, R.S. §5203, related to restriction on use by bank of its circulating notes.
Section 88, R.S. §5206, related to restriction on use by bank of notes of other banks.
Section 89, R.S. §5196, related to duty of bank to receive circulating notes of other banks in payment of debts.
§90. Depositaries of public moneys and financial agents of Government
All national banking associations, designated for that purpose by the Secretary of the Treasury, shall be depositaries of public money, under such regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary; and they may also be employed as financial agents of the Government; and they shall perform all such reasonable duties, as depositaries of public money and financial agents of the Government, as may be required of them. The Secretary of the Treasury shall require the associations thus designated to give satisfactory security, by the deposit of United States bonds and otherwise, for the safe-keeping and prompt payment of the public money deposited with them, and for the faithful performance of their duties as financial agents of the Government: Provided, That the Secretary shall, on or before the 1st of January of each year, make a public statement of the securities required during that year for such deposits. And every association so designated as receiver or depositary of the public money shall take and receive at par all of the national currency bills, by whatever association issued, which have been paid into the Government for internal revenue, or for loans or stocks: Provided, That the Secretary of the Treasury shall distribute the deposits herein provided for, as far as practicable, equitably between the different States and sections.
Any national banking association may, upon the deposit with it of any funds by any State or political subdivision thereof or any agency or other governmental instrumentality of one or more States or political subdivisions thereof, including any officer, employee, or agent thereof in his official capacity, give security for the safekeeping and prompt payment of the funds so deposited to the same extent and of the same kind as is authorized by the law of the State in which such association is located in the case of other banking institutions in the State.
Any national banking association may, upon the deposit with it of any funds by any federally recognized Indian tribe, or any officer, employee, or agent thereof in his or her official capacity, give security for the safekeeping and prompt payment of the funds so deposited by the deposit of United States bonds and otherwise as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for public funds under the first paragraph of this section.
Notwithstanding chapters 1 to 11 of title 40 and division C (except sections 3302, 3307(e), 3501(b), 3509, 3906, 4710, and 4711) of subtitle I of title 41, the Secretary may select associations as financial agents in accordance with any process the Secretary deems appropriate and their reasonable duties may include the provision of electronic benefit transfer services (including State-administered benefits with the consent of the States), as defined by the Secretary.
(R.S. §5153; Mar. 3, 1901, ch. 871, 31 Stat. 1448; Mar. 4, 1907, ch. 2913, §3, 34 Stat. 1290; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §27, 38 Stat. 274; Aug. 4, 1914, ch. 225, 38 Stat. 682; June 25, 1930, ch. 604, 46 Stat. 809; Aug. 18, 1950, ch. 754, 64 Stat. 463; Pub. L. 96–153, title III, §323(f), Dec. 21, 1979, 93 Stat. 1120; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(f) [§2(1)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–314, 3009-386.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
In text, "chapters 1 to 11 of title 40 and division C (except sections 3302, 3307(e), 3501(b), 3509, 3906, 4710, and 4711) of subtitle I of title 41" substituted for "the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended" on authority of Pub. L. 107–217, §5(c), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1303, which Act enacted Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, and Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
R.S. §5153 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §45, 13 Stat. 113, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1996—Pub. L. 104–208 added fourth par.
1979—Pub. L. 96–153 added third par.
1950—Act Aug. 18, 1950, permitted national banks to accept and give security for deposits of funds made by agencies or governmental instrumentalities or States or political subdivisions thereof and by their officers, employees or agents.
1930—Act June 25, 1930, added second par.
§91. Transfers by bank and other acts in contemplation of insolvency
All transfers of the notes, bonds, bills of exchange, or other evidences of debt owing to any national banking association, or of deposits to its credit; all assignments of mortgages, sureties on real estate, or of judgments or decrees in its favor; all deposits of money, bullion, or other valuable thing for its use, or for the use of any of its shareholders or creditors; and all payments of money to either, made after the commission of an act of insolvency, or in contemplation thereof, made with a view to prevent the application of its assets in the manner prescribed by chapter 4 of title 62 of the Revised Statutes, or with a view to the preference of one creditor to another, except in payment of its circulating notes, shall be utterly null and void; and no attachment, injunction, or execution, shall be issued against such association or its property before final judgment in any suit, action, or proceeding, in any State, county, or municipal court.
(R.S. §5242.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Chapter 4 of title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in text, was in the original "this chapter", meaning chapter 4 of title 62 of the Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. §§5220 to 5244, which are classified to this section and sections 16, 43, 93, 93a, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, and 481 to 485 of this title. See, also, section 709 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. §§5220 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
Codification
R.S. §5242 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §52, 13 Stat. 115, which was the National Bank Act, and act Mar. 3, 1873, ch. 269, §2, 17 Stat. 603. See section 38 of this title.
§92. Acting as insurance agent or broker
In addition to the powers now vested by law in national banking associations organized under the laws of the United States any such association located and doing business in any place the population of which does not exceed five thousand inhabitants, as shown by the last preceding decennial census, may, under such rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Comptroller of the Currency, act as the agent for any fire, life, or other insurance company authorized by the authorities of the State in which said bank is located to do business in said State, by soliciting and selling insurance and collecting premiums on policies issued by such company; and may receive for services so rendered such fees or commissions as may be agreed upon between the said association and the insurance company for which it may act as agent: Provided, however, That no such bank shall in any case assume or guarantee the payment of any premium on insurance policies issued through its agency by its principal: And provided further, That the bank shall not guarantee the truth of any statement made by an assured in filing his application for insurance.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13 (par.), as added Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 753; amended Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §403(b), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1511.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is based on the eleventh par. of section 13 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The eleventh par. constituted the ninth par. of section 13 in 1916 (39 Stat. 752, 753), became the tenth par. in 1923 (42 Stat. 1478), and became the eleventh par. in 1932 (47 Stat. 715). For further details, see Codification notes under sections 342 to 344 of this title.
For decision by U.S. Supreme Court that, despite faulty placement of quotation marks, act Sept. 7, 1916, placed within section 13 of act Dec. 23, 1913, each of the ten pars. located between the phrases that introduced the amendments to sections 13 and 14 of said act, that only the seventh par. (rather than seventh to tenth pars.) comprised the amended R.S. §5202, and that section 20 of act Apr. 5, 1918 (40 Stat. 512) (which amended R.S. §5202 comprised of a single par.), did not amend section 13 of said act so as to repeal the eighth to tenth pars., see United States National Bank of Oregon v. Independent Insurance Agents of America, Inc., et al., 508 U.S. 439, 113 S.Ct. 2173, 124 L.Ed. 2d 402 (1993). As the result of subsequent amendments, such seventh to tenth pars. of section 13 now constitute the ninth to twelfth pars. The ninth par. amended former section 82 of this title, and the tenth to twelfth pars. are classified to sections 361, 92, and 373, respectively, of this title.
Amendments
1982—Pub. L. 97–320 struck out "; and may also act as the broker or agent for others in making or procuring loans on real estate located within one hundred miles of the place in which said bank may be located, receiving for such services a reasonable fee or commission" after "may act as agent" and "guarantee either the principal or interest of any such loans or" after "shall in any case".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1982 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–320 effective upon the expiration of 180 days after Oct. 15, 1982, see section 403(c) of Pub. L. 97–320, set out as a note under section 371 of this title.
Moratorium
Pub. L. 100–86, title II, §201(a), (b)(5), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 581, 583, provided that, during period beginning Mar. 6, 1987, and ending Mar. 1, 1988, national banks and Federal branches or agencies of foreign banks could not expand their insurance agency activities pursuant to this section into places where they were not conducting such activities as of Mar. 5, 1987.
§92a. Trust powers
(a) Authority of Comptroller of the Currency
The Comptroller of the Currency shall be authorized and empowered to grant by special permit to national banks applying therefor, when not in contravention of State or local law, the right to act as trustee, executor, administrator, registrar of stocks and bonds, guardian of estates, assignee, receiver, or in any other fiduciary capacity in which State banks, trust companies, or other corporations which come into competition with national banks are permitted to act under the laws of the State in which the national bank is located.
(b) Grant and exercise of powers deemed not in contravention of State or local law
Whenever the laws of such State authorize or permit the exercise of any or all of the foregoing powers by State banks, trust companies, or other corporations which compete with national banks, the granting to and the exercise of such powers by national banks shall not be deemed to be in contravention of State or local law within the meaning of this section.
(c) Segregation of fiduciary and general assets; separate books and records; access of State banking authorities to reports of examinations, books, records, and assets
National banks exercising any or all of the powers enumerating 1 in this section shall segregate all assets held in any fiduciary capacity from the general assets of the bank and shall keep a separate set of books and records showing in proper detail all transactions engaged in under authority of this section. The State banking authorities may have access to reports of examination made by the Comptroller of the Currency insofar as such reports relate to the trust department of such bank, but nothing in this section shall be construed as authorizing the State banking authorities to examine the books, records, and assets of such bank.
(d) Prohibited operations; separate investment account; collateral for certain funds used in conduct of business
No national bank shall receive in its trust department deposits of current funds subject to check or the deposit of checks, drafts, bills of exchange, or other items for collection or exchange purposes. Funds deposited or held in trust by the bank awaiting investment shall be carried in a separate account and shall not be used by the bank in the conduct of its business unless it shall first set aside in the trust department United States bonds or other securities approved by the Comptroller of the Currency.
(e) Lien and claim upon bank failure
In the event of the failure of such bank the owners of the funds held in trust for investment shall have a lien on the bonds or other securities so set apart in addition to their claim against the estate of the bank.
(f) Deposits of securities for protection of private or court trusts; execution of and exemption from bond
Whenever the laws of a State require corporations acting in a fiduciary capacity to deposit securities with the State authorities for the protection of private or court trusts, national banks so acting shall be required to make similar deposits and securities so deposited shall be held for the protection of private or court trusts, as provided by the State law. National banks in such cases shall not be required to execute the bond usually required of individuals if State corporations under similar circumstances are exempt from this requirement. National banks shall have power to execute such bond when so required by the laws of the State.
(g) Officials' oath or affidavit
In any case in which the laws of a State require that a corporation acting as trustee, executor, administrator, or in any capacity specified in this section, shall take an oath or make an affidavit, the president, vice president, cashier, or trust officer of such national bank may take the necessary oath or execute the necessary affidavit.
(h) Loans of trust funds to officers and employees prohibited; penalties
It shall be unlawful for any national banking association to lend any officer, director, or employee any funds held in trust under the powers conferred by this section. Any officer, director, or employee making such loan, or to whom such loan is made, may be fined not more than $5,000, or imprisoned not more than five years, or may be both fined and imprisoned, in the discretion of the court.
(i) Considerations determinative of grant or denial of applications; minimum capital and surplus for issuance of permit
In passing upon applications for permission to exercise the powers enumerated in this section, the Comptroller of the Currency may take into consideration the amount of capital and surplus of the applying bank, whether or not such capital and surplus is sufficient under the circumstances of the case, the needs of the community to be served, and any other facts and circumstances that seem to him proper, and may grant or refuse the application accordingly: Provided, That no permit shall be issued to any national banking association having a capital and surplus less than the capital and surplus required by State law of State banks, trust companies, and corporations exercising such powers.
(j) Surrender of authorization; board resolution; Comptroller certification; activities affected; regulations
Any national banking association desiring to surrender its right to exercise the powers granted under this section, in order to relieve itself of the necessity of complying with the requirements of this section, or to have returned to it any securities which it may have deposited with the State authorities for the protection of private or court trusts, or for any other purpose, may file with the Comptroller of the Currency a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors signifying such desire. Upon receipt of such resolution, the Comptroller of the Currency, after satisfying himself that such bank has been relieved in accordance with State law of all duties as trustee, executory,2 administrator, registrar of stocks and bonds, guardian of estates, assignee, receiver, or other fiduciary, under court, private, or other appointments previously accepted under authority of this section, may, in his discretion, issue to such bank a certificate certifying that such bank is no longer authorized to exercise the powers granted by this section. Upon the issuance of such a certificate by the Comptroller of the Currency, such bank (1) shall no longer be subject to the provisions of this section or the regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency made pursuant thereto, (2) shall be entitled to have returned to it any securities which it may have deposited with the State authorities for the protection of private or court trusts, and (3) shall not exercise thereafter any of the powers granted by this section without first applying for and obtaining a new permit to exercise such powers pursuant to the provisions of this section. The Comptroller of the Currency is authorized and empowered to promulgate such regulations as he may deem necessary to enforce compliance with the provisions of this section and the proper exercise of the powers granted therein.
(k) Revocation; procedures applicable
(1) In addition to the authority conferred by other law, if, in the opinion of the Comptroller of the Currency, a national banking association is unlawfully or unsoundly exercising, or has unlawfully or unsoundly exercised, or has failed for a period of five consecutive years to exercise, the powers granted by this section or otherwise fails or has failed to comply with the requirements of this section, the Comptroller may issue and serve upon the association a notice of intent to revoke the authority of the association to exercise the powers granted by this section. The notice shall contain a statement of the facts constituting the alleged unlawful or unsound exercise of powers, or failure to exercise powers, or failure to comply, and shall fix a time and place at which a hearing will be held to determine whether an order revoking authority to exercise such powers should issue against the association.
(2) Such hearing shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of section 1818(h) of this title, and subject to judicial review as provided in such section, and shall be fixed for a date not earlier than thirty days nor later than sixty days after service of such notice unless an earlier or later date is set by the Comptroller at the request of any association so served.
(3) Unless the association so served shall appear at the hearing by a duly authorized representative, it shall be deemed to have consented to the issuance of the revocation order. In the event of such consent, or if upon the record made at any such hearing, the Comptroller shall find that any allegation specified in the notice of charges has been established, the Comptroller may issue and serve upon the association an order prohibiting it from accepting any new or additional trust accounts and revoking authority to exercise any and all powers granted by this section, except that such order shall permit the association to continue to service all previously accepted trust accounts pending their expeditious divestiture or termination.
(4) A revocation order shall become effective not earlier than the expiration of thirty days after service of such order upon the association so served (except in the case of a revocation order issued upon consent, which shall become effective at the time specified therein), and shall remain effective and enforceable, except to such extent as it is stayed, modified, terminated, or set aside by action of the Comptroller or a reviewing court.
(Pub. L. 87–722, §1, Sept. 28, 1962, 76 Stat. 668; Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §704, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 187; Pub. L. 112–231, §2(b)(1), Dec. 28, 2012, 126 Stat. 1619.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2012—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 112–231, §2(b)(1)(A), struck out "committee of estates of lunatics," before "or in any other fiduciary capacity".
Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 112–231, §2(b)(1)(B), struck out "committee of estates of lunatics" before "or other fiduciary, under court, private,".
1980—Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 96–221 added subsec. (k).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Savings Provision
Pub. L. 87–722, §2, Sept. 28, 1962, 76 Stat. 669, provided that: "Nothing contained in this Act [enacting this section, amending sections 581 and 584(a)(2) of Title 26, and repealing section 248(k) of this title] shall be deemed to affect or curtail the right of any national bank to act in fiduciary capacities under a permit granted before the date of enactment of this Act [Sept. 28, 1962] by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, nor to affect the validity of any transactions entered into at any time by any national bank pursuant to such permit. On and after the date of enactment of this Act the exercise of fiduciary powers by national banks shall be subject to the provisions of this Act and the requirements of regulations issued by the Comptroller of the Currency pursuant to the authority granted by this Act."
1 So in original. Probably should be "enumerated".
2 So in original. Probably should be "executor,".
§93. Violation of provisions of chapter
(a) Forfeiture of franchise; personal liability of directors
If the directors of any national banking association shall knowingly violate, or knowingly permit any of the officers, agents, or servants of the association to violate any of the provisions of title 62 of the Revised Statutes, all the rights, privileges, and franchises of the association shall be thereby forfeited. Such violation shall, however, be determined and adjudged by a proper district or Territorial court of the United States in a suit brought for that purpose by the Comptroller of the Currency, in his own name, before the association shall be declared dissolved. And in cases of such violation, every director who participated in or assented to the same shall be held liable in his personal and individual capacity for all damages which the association, its shareholders, or any other person, shall have sustained in consequence of such violation.
(b) Civil money penalty
(1) First tier
Any national banking association which, and any institution-affiliated party (within the meaning of section 1813(u) of this title) with respect to such association who, violates any provision of title 62 of the Revised Statutes or any of the provisions of section 92a of this title, or any regulation issued pursuant thereto, shall forfeit and pay a civil penalty of not more than $5,000 for each day during which such violation continues.
(2) Second tier
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), any national banking association which, and any institution-affiliated party (within the meaning of section 1813(u) of this title) with respect to such association who, commits any violation described in paragraph (1) which— 1
(A)(i) commits any violation described in any 2 paragraph (1);
(ii) recklessly engages in an unsafe or unsound practice in conducting the affairs of such association; or
(iii) breaches any fiduciary duty;
(B) which violation, practice, or breach—
(i) is part of a pattern of misconduct;
(ii) causes or is likely to cause more than a minimal loss to such association; or
(iii) results in pecuniary gain or other benefit to such party,
shall forfeit and pay a civil penalty of not more than $25,000 for each day during which such violation, practice, or breach continues.
(3) Third tier
Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2), any national banking association which, and any institution-affiliated party (within the meaning of section 1813(u) of this title) with respect to such association who—
(A) knowingly—
(i) commits any violation described in paragraph (1);
(ii) engages in any unsafe or unsound practice in conducting the affairs of such association; or
(iii) breaches any fiduciary duty; and
(B) knowingly or recklessly causes a substantial loss to such association or a substantial pecuniary gain or other benefit to such party by reason of such violation, practice, or breach,
shall forfeit and pay a civil penalty in an amount not to exceed the applicable maximum amount determined under paragraph (4) for each day during which such violation, practice, or breach continues.
(4) Maximum amounts of penalties for any violation described in paragraph (3)
The maximum daily amount of any civil penalty which may be assessed pursuant to paragraph (3) for any violation, practice, or breach described in such paragraph is—
(A) in the case of any person other than a national banking association, an amount to not 3 exceed $1,000,000; and
(B) in the case of a national banking association, an amount not to exceed the lesser of—
(i) $1,000,000; or
(ii) 1 percent of the total assets of such association.
(5) Assessment; etc.
Any penalty imposed under paragraph (1), (2), or (3) shall be assessed and collected by the Comptroller of the Currency in the manner provided in subparagraphs (E), (F), (G), and (I) of section 1818(i)(2) of this title for penalties imposed (under such section) and any such assessment shall be subject to the provisions of such section.
(6) Hearing
The association or other person against whom any penalty is assessed under this subsection shall be afforded an agency hearing if such association or person submits a request for such hearing within 20 days after the issuance of the notice of assessment. Section 1818(h) of this title shall apply to any proceeding under this subsection.
(7) Disbursement
All penalties collected under authority of this subsection shall be deposited into the Treasury.
(8) "Violate" defined
For purposes of this section, the term "violate" includes any action (alone or with another or others) for or toward causing, bringing about, participating in, counseling, or aiding or abetting a violation.
(12) 4 Regulations
The Comptroller shall prescribe regulations establishing such procedures as may be necessary to carry out this subsection.
(c) Notice under this section after separation from service
The resignation, termination of employment or participation, or separation of an institution-affiliated party (within the meaning of section 1813(u) of this title) with respect to such an association (including a separation caused by the closing of such an association) shall not affect the jurisdiction and authority of the Comptroller of the Currency to issue any notice and proceed under this section against any such party, if such notice is served before the end of the 6-year period beginning on the date such party ceased to be such a party with respect to such association (whether such date occurs before, on, or after August 9, 1989).
(d) Forfeiture of franchise for money laundering or cash transaction reporting offenses
(1) In general
(A) Conviction of title 18 offenses
(i) Duty to notify
If a national bank, a Federal branch, or Federal agency has been convicted of any criminal offense under section 1956 or 1957 of title 18, the Attorney General shall provide to the Comptroller of the Currency a written notification of the conviction and shall include a certified copy of the order of conviction from the court rendering the decision.
(ii) Notice of termination; pretermination hearing
After receiving written notification from the Attorney General of such a conviction, the Comptroller of the Currency shall issue to the national bank, Federal branch, or Federal agency a notice of the Comptroller's intention to terminate all rights, privileges, and franchises of the bank, Federal branch, or Federal agency and schedule a pretermination hearing.
(B) Conviction of title 31 offenses
If a national bank, a Federal branch, or a Federal agency is convicted of any criminal offense under section 5322 or 5324 of title 31, after receiving written notification from the Attorney General, the Comptroller of the Currency may issue to the national bank, Federal branch, or Federal agency a notice of the Comptroller's intention to terminate all rights, privileges, and franchises of the bank, Federal branch, or Federal agency and schedule a pretermination hearing.
(C) Judicial review
Section 1818(h) of this title shall apply to any proceeding under this subsection.
(2) Factors to be considered
In determining whether a franchise shall be forfeited under paragraph (1), the Comptroller of the Currency shall take into account the following factors:
(A) The extent to which directors or senior executive officers of the national bank, Federal branch, or Federal agency knew of, or were involved in, the commission of the money laundering offense of which the bank, Federal branch, or Federal agency was found guilty.
(B) The extent to which the offense occurred despite the existence of policies and procedures within the national bank, Federal branch, or Federal agency which were designed to prevent the occurrence of any such offense.
(C) The extent to which the national bank, Federal branch, or Federal agency has fully cooperated with law enforcement authorities with respect to the investigation of the money laundering offense of which the bank, Federal branch, or Federal agency was found guilty.
(D) The extent to which the national bank, Federal branch, or Federal agency has implemented additional internal controls (since the commission of the offense of which the bank, Federal branch, or Federal agency was found guilty) to prevent the occurrence of any other money laundering offense.
(E) The extent to which the interest of the local community in having adequate deposit and credit services available would be threatened by the forfeiture of the franchise.
(3) Successor liability
This subsection shall not apply to a successor to the interests of, or a person who acquires, a bank, a Federal branch, or a Federal agency that violated a provision of law described in paragraph (1), if the successor succeeds to the interests of the violator, or the acquisition is made, in good faith and not for purposes of evading this subsection or regulations prescribed under this subsection.
(4) "Senior executive officer" defined
The term "senior executive officer" has the same meaning as in regulations prescribed under section 1831i(f) of this title.
(d) 5 Authority
The Comptroller of the Currency may act in the Comptroller's own name and through the Comptroller's own attorneys in enforcing any provision of title 62 of the Revised Statutes, regulations thereunder, or any other law or regulation, or in any action, suit, or proceeding to which the Comptroller of the Currency is a party.
(R.S. §5239; Mar. 3, 1911, ch. 231, §291, 36 Stat. 1167; Pub. L. 95–630, title I, §103, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3643; Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §424(d)(3), (f), (g), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1523; Pub. L. 97–457, §24, Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2510; Pub. L. 101–73, title IX, §§905(e), 907(e), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 460, 469; Pub. L. 102–550, title XV, §1502(a), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4045; Pub. L. 103–322, title XXXIII, §330017(b)(2), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 2149; Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §331(b)(3), title IV, §§411(c)(2)(C), 413(b)(2), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2232, 2253, 2254.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in subsecs. (a), (b)(1), and (d), was in the original "this Title" meaning title LXII of the Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. §§5133 to 5244, which are classified to this section and sections 16, 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 25b, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. §§5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
Codification
R.S. §5239 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §53, 13 Stat. 116, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Act Mar. 3, 1911, conferred the powers and duties of the former circuit courts upon the district courts.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103–322, §330017(b)(2), and Pub. L. 103–325, §413(b)(2), amended section identically, redesignating subsec. (c), relating to forfeiture of franchise for money laundering, as (d).
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 103–322, §330017(b)(2), and Pub. L. 103–325, §413(b)(2), amended section identically, redesignating subsec. (c), relating to forfeiture of franchise for money laundering, as (d).
Pub. L. 103–325, §331(b)(3), added subsec. (d) relating to authority.
Subsec. (d)(1)(B). Pub. L. 103–325, §411(c)(2)(C), substituted "section 5322 or 5324 of title 31" for "section 5322 of title 31".
1992—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–550 added subsec. (c) relating to forfeiture of franchise for money laundering.
1989—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–73, §907(e), amended subsec. (b) generally, revising and restating as pars. (1) to (8) and (12) provisions of former pars. (1) to (8).
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–73, §905(e), added subsec. (c) relating to notice after separation from service.
1982—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 97–320, as amended by Pub. L. 97–457, inserted "or any of the provisions of section 92a of this title", and substituted "may be assessed" for "shall be assessed" and "title" for "chapter".
1978—Pub. L. 95–630 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1989 Amendment
Pub. L. 101–73, title IX, §907(l), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 476, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 481, 504, 505, 1467a, 1786, 1817, 1818, 1828, 1847, and 1972 of this title] shall apply with respect to conduct engaged in by any person after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 9, 1989], except that the increased maximum civil penalties of $5,000 and $25,000 per violation or per day may apply to such conduct engaged in before such date if such conduct—
"(1) is not already subject to a notice (initiating an administrative proceeding) issued by the appropriate Federal banking agency (as defined in section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1813(q)]) or the National Credit Union Administration Board; and
"(2) occurred after the completion of the last report of examination of the institution involved by the appropriate Federal banking agency (as so defined) occurring before the date of the enactment of this Act."
Effective Date of 1978 Amendment
Pub. L. 95–630, title I, §109, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3665, provided that: "Any amendment made by this title which provides for the imposition of civil penalties [enacting sections 504 and 505 of this title and amending this section and sections 1464, 1730, 1730a, 1786, 1818, 1828, and 1847 of this title] shall apply only to violations occurring or continuing after the date of its enactment [Nov. 10, 1978]."
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
2 So in original. The word "any" probably should not appear.
3 So in original. Probably should be "not to".
4 So in original. No pars. (9) to (11) have been enacted.
5 So in original. Probably should be "(e)".
§93a. Authority to prescribe rules and regulations
Except to the extent that authority to issue such rules and regulations has been expressly and exclusively granted to another regulatory agency, the Comptroller of the Currency is authorized to prescribe rules and regulations to carry out the responsibilities of the office, except that the authority conferred by this section does not apply to section 36 of this title or to securities activities of National Banks under the Act commonly known as the "Glass-Steagall Act".
(R.S. §5239A, as added Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §708, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 188.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Glass-Steagall Act, referred to in text, probably refers to act June 16, 1933, ch. 89, 48 Stat. 162, also known as the Banking Act of 1933 or the Glass-Steagall Act, 1933, rather than to act Feb. 27, 1932, ch. 58, 47 Stat. 56, known as the Glass-Steagall Act, 1932. Section 16 of the 1933 act, which amended section 24 (Seventh) of this title, related in part to securities activities of national banks. For complete classification of these Acts to the Code, see Tables.
§94. Venue of suits
Any action or proceeding against a national banking association for which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has been appointed receiver, or against the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as receiver of such association, shall be brought in the district or territorial court of the United States held within the district in which that association's principal place of business is located, or, in the event any State, county, or municipal court has jurisdiction over such an action or proceeding, in such court in the county or city in which that association's principal place of business is located.
(R.S. §5198; Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, §1, 18 Stat. 320; Mar. 3, 1911, ch. 231, §291, 36 Stat. 1167; Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §406, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1512; Pub. L. 97–457, §20(a), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2509.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
The last sentence of R.S. §5198, as added by act Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, §1, 18 Stat. 320, appears to have been derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §57, 13 Stat. 116, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Section is comprised of last sentence of R.S. §5198 as added by act Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, §1, 18 Stat. 320. The remaining sentences of R.S. §5198 are classified to section 86 of this title.
Act Mar. 3, 1911, conferred powers and duties of former circuit courts on district courts.
Amendments
1982—Pub. L. 97–320, as amended by Pub. L. 97–457, amended section generally. Prior to amendment section read as follows: "Actions and proceedings against any association under this chapter may be had in any district or Territorial court of the United States held within the district in which such association may be established, or in any State, county, or municipal court in the county or city in which said association is located having jurisdiction in similar cases."
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1983 Amendment
Pub. L. 97–457, §20(b), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2509, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall be deemed to have taken effect upon the enactment of Public Law 97–320 [Oct. 15, 1982]."
§94a. Repealed. June 25, 1948, ch. 646, §39, 62 Stat. 992, eff. Sept. 1, 1948
Section, act July 12, 1882, ch. 290, §4, 22 Stat. 163, related to jurisdiction and venue. See sections 1348 and 1394 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
§95. Emergency limitations and restrictions on business of members of Federal Reserve System; designation of legal holiday for national banking associations; exceptions; "State" defined
(a) In order to provide for the safer and more effective operation of the National Banking System and the Federal Reserve System, to preserve for the people the full benefits of the currency provided for by the Congress through the National Banking System and the Federal Reserve System, and to relieve interstate commerce of the burdens and obstructions resulting from the receipt on an unsound or unsafe basis of deposits subject to withdrawal by check, during such emergency period as the President of the United States by proclamation may prescribe, no member bank of the Federal Reserve System shall transact any banking business except to such extent and subject to such regulations, limitations and restrictions as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, with the approval of the President. Any individual, partnership, corporation, or association, or any director, officer or employee thereof, violating any of the provisions of this section shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction thereof, shall be fined not more than $10,000 or, if a natural person, may, in addition to such fine, be imprisoned for a term not exceeding ten years. Each day that any such violation continues shall be deemed a separate offense.
(b)(1) In the event of natural calamity, riot, insurrection, war, or other emergency conditions occurring in any State whether caused by acts of nature or of man, the Comptroller of the Currency may designate by proclamation any day a legal holiday for the national banking associations located in that State. In the event that the emergency conditions affect only part of a State, the Comptroller of the Currency may designate the part so affected and may proclaim a legal holiday for the national banking associations located in that affected part. In the event that a State or a State official authorized by law designates any day as a legal holiday for ceremonial or emergency reasons, for the State or any part thereof, that same day shall be a legal holiday for all national banking associations or their offices located in that State or the part so affected. A national banking association or its affected offices may close or remain open on such a State-designated holiday unless the Comptroller of the Currency by written order directs otherwise.
(2) For the purpose of this subsection, the term "State" means any of the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, or any other territory or possession of the United States.
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title I, §4, 48 Stat. 2; Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §705, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 187; Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §407, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1513; Pub. L. 97–457, §21, Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2509.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1983—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 97–457 inserted "a State or" before "a State official".
1982—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 97–320 substituted "In the event that a State official authorized by law designates any day as a legal holiday for ceremonial or emergency reasons, for the State or any part thereof, that same day shall be a legal holiday for all national banking associations or their offices located in that State or the part so affected. A national banking association or its affected offices may close or remain open on such a State-designated holiday unless the Comptroller of the Currency by written order directs otherwise" for "In the event that a State or a State official authorized by law designates any day as a legal holiday for either emergency or ceremonial reasons for all banks chartered by that State to do business within that State, that same day shall be a legal holiday for all national banking associations chartered to do business within that State unless the Comptroller of the Currency shall by written order permit all national banking associations located in that State to remain open".
1980—Pub. L. 96–221 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
Executive Documents
Termination of Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands
For termination of Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, see note set out preceding section 1681 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions.
Bank Holiday of 1933
Proclamations Nos. 2039, 2040, and 2070, dated Mar. 6, 1933, Mar. 9, 1933, and Dec. 30, 1933, respectively, related to the temporary suspension of banking transactions beginning Mar. 6, 1933, by all member banks of the Federal Reserve System.
Pursuant to Ex. Ord. No. 6073, dated March 10, 1933, formerly set out as a note under this section, the Secretary of the Treasury by order of March 11, 1933, authorized all Federal reserve banks and nonmember banks and other banking institutions to resume their normal and usual banking functions on March 13, 1933, subject to certain restrictions. See 31 C.F.R. 121.20–121.22. The fifth and sixth paragraphs of Ex. Ord. No. 6073, relating to the removal of gold coin, gold bullion, or gold certificates from the United States by corporations, etc., including banking institutions and authorization of banking institutions to pay out gold coin, gold bullion or gold certificates, were revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 11825, Dec. 31, 1974, 40 F.R. 1003.
Proc. No. 2725. Exemption of Member Banks of Federal Reserve System
Proc. No. 2725, Apr. 7, 1947, 12 F.R. 2343, 61 Stat. 1062, provided:
NOW, THEREFORE, I, HARRY S. TRUMAN, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 5(b) of the Trading with the Enemy Act of October 6, 1917, 40 Stat. 415, as amended [50 U.S.C. 4305(b)], and section 4 of the act of March 9, 1933, 48 Stat. 2 [12 U.S.C. 95] and by virtue of all other authority vested in me, do hereby, in the interest of the internal management of the Government, proclaim, order, direct, and declare that the said proclamations of March 6 and March 9, 1933, and Executive order of March 10, 1933, as amended, are further amended to exclude from their scope banking institutions which are members of the Federal Reserve System: Provided, however, That no banking institution shall pay out any gold coin, gold bullion, or gold certificates, except as authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury, or allow the withdrawal of any currency for hoarding.
This proclamation shall become effective as of March 15, 1947.
§§95a, 95b. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section 95a, act Oct. 6, 1917, ch. 106, §5(b), 40 Stat. 415; Sept. 24, 1918, ch. 176, §5, 40 Stat. 966; Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title I, §2, 48 Stat. 1; May 7, 1940, ch. 185, §1, 54 Stat. 179; Dec. 18, 1941, ch. 593, title III, §301, 55 Stat. 839; Proc. No. 2695, eff. July 4, 1946, 11 F.R. 7517, 69 Stat. 1352; Pub. L. 95–223, title I, §§101(a), 102, 103(b), Dec. 28, 1977, 91 Stat. 1625, 1626; Pub. L. 100–418, title II, §2502(a)(1), Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1371; Pub. L. 103–236, title V, §525(b)(1), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 474, which related to regulation of transactions in foreign exchange of gold and silver, property transfers, vested interests, enforcement and penalties, was omitted because §5(b) of act Oct. 6, 1917, is also classified to section 4305(b) of Title 50, War and National Defense.
Section 95b, act Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title I, §1, 48 Stat. 1, which related to ratification of acts of President and Secretary of the Treasury, was omitted because §1 of act Mar. 9, 1933, is also set out as a note under section 4305 of Title 50, War and National Defense.
SUBCHAPTER V—OBTAINING AND ISSUING CIRCULATING NOTES
§§101 to 110. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(e)(5)–(11), (f)(2)–(4)(A), (g)(9), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2292, 2294
Section 101, acts Mar. 14, 1900, ch. 41, §12, 31 Stat. 49; Oct. 5, 1917, ch. 74, §2, 40 Stat. 342, provided for delivery of circulating notes in blank to national banking associations depositing bonds with Treasurer of United States.
Section 101a, R.S. §5159; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §17, 38 Stat. 268; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §9, 40 Stat. 239, related to deposit of bonds to secure circulating notes.
Section 102, R.S. §5158, construed term "United States bonds" as including registered bonds.
Section 103, act Oct. 5, 1917, ch. 74, §3, 40 Stat. 342, related to denominations of notes and limitation on amount of $1 and $2 notes.
Section 104, R.S. §5172; May 30, 1908, ch. 229, §11, 35 Stat. 551; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §27, 38 Stat. 274; Aug. 4, 1914, ch. 225, 38 Stat. 682; Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 101, §4, 40 Stat. 1315, related to printing and form of circulating notes.
Section 105, act June 20, 1874, ch. 343, §5, 18 Stat. 124, provided that Comptroller of Currency was to print charter numbers of association on national bank notes.
Section 106, act Mar. 3, 1875, ch. 130, §1, 18 Stat. 372, provided for printing national-bank notes on distinctive paper adopted by Secretary of the Treasury.
Section 107, R.S. §5173, related to custody of plates and dies procured for printing notes and payment of expenses.
Section 108, R.S. §5174; Feb. 27, 1877, ch. 69, §1, 19 Stat. 252, related to examination of plates, dies, and other material from which national-bank circulation was printed, and destruction of obsolete material.
Section 109, R.S. §5182; Jan. 13, 1920, ch. 38, 41 Stat. 387, provided that banks could issue and circulate notes the same as money if signed by officers in manner of obligatory promissory notes payable on demand at place of business, and specified demands for which such notes were to be received.
Section 110, R.S. §5183; Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, §1, 18 Stat. 320, prohibited banks from issuing unauthorized notes.
SUBCHAPTER VI—REDEMPTION AND REPLACEMENT OF CIRCULATING NOTES
§121. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(f)(4)(B), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2292
Section, acts June 20, 1874, ch. 343, §3, 18 Stat. 123; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §20, 38 Stat. 271; May 29, 1920, ch. 214, §1, 41 Stat. 654, provided that every national banking association was to establish reserve in Treasury for redemption of notes by Treasurer of United States, forward notes unfit for use to Treasurer for disposition, and reimburse expenses of Treasury.
§121a. Redemption of notes unidentifiable as to bank of issue
Whenever any Federal Reserve bank notes or Federal Reserve notes are presented to the Treasurer of the United States for redemption and such notes cannot be identified as to the bank of issue or the bank through which issued, the Treasurer of the United States may redeem such notes under such rules and regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.
(June 13, 1933, ch. 62, §1, 48 Stat. 127; Pub. L. 89–427, §4(a), May 20, 1966, 80 Stat. 161; Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(g)(8)(A), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2294.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–325, §602(g)(8)(A)(ii), which directed the amendment of this section by striking out ", and the notes, other than Federal Reserves notes, so redeemed shall be forwarded to the Comptroller of the Currency for cancellation and destruction" after "Treasury may prescribe", was executed by striking out text which contained the word "Reserves" rather than "Reserve", to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Pub. L. 103–325, §602(g)(8)(A)(i), substituted "Whenever any Federal Reserve bank notes," for "Whenever any national-bank notes, Federal Reserve bank notes,".
1966—Pub. L. 89–427 excepted Federal Reserve notes from the category of notes which, upon redemption by the Treasurer of the United States, must be forwarded to the Comptroller of the Currency for cancellation and destruction.
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
For transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 55 of this title.
§122. Repealed. Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068
Section, act July 14, 1890, ch. 708, §6, 26 Stat. 289, related to deposits received by the Treasurer from national banks made to redeem circulating notes of such banks and disposition of those deposits.
§122a. Redeemed notes of unidentifiable issue; funds charged against
Federal Reserve bank notes redeemed by the Treasurer of the United States under section 121a of this title shall be charged against the balance of deposits for the retirement of Federal Reserve bank notes under the provisions of sections 122 and 445 1 of this title; and charges for Federal Reserve notes redeemed by the Treasurer of the United States under section 121a of this title shall be apportioned among the twelve Federal Reserve banks as determined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(June 13, 1933, ch. 62, §2, 48 Stat. 128; Pub. L. 89–427, §4(b), May 20, 1966, 80 Stat. 161; Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(g)(8)(B), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2294.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 122 of this title, referred to in text, was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068.
Section 445 of this title, referred to in text, was repealed by act June 12, 1945, ch. 186, §3, 59 Stat. 238.
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–325 struck out "National-bank notes and" before "Federal Reserve bank notes redeemed" and "national-bank notes and" after "deposits for the retirement of".
1966—Pub. L. 89–427 substituted provisions allowing the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to determine the proper apportioning between the Federal Reserve banks of the charges for the redemption by the Treasurer of the United States of Federal Reserve notes that are unidentifiable as to bank of issue for provisions that set out the exact formula for determining the proper apportioning of charges using a proportion based upon the amount of Federal Reserve notes of each Federal Reserve bank in circulation in the 31st day of December of the year preceding the date of redemption, with the amount apportioned under the formula charged by the Treasurer of the United States against deposit in the gold-redemption fund made by the bank or its Federal Reserve agent.
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
For transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 55 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
§§123 to 126. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(e)(12), (13), (f)(4)(C), (6), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2292, 2293
Section 123, R.S. §5195; June 20, 1874, ch. 343, §3, 18 Stat. 123, related to redemption of notes by bank at own counter.
Section 124, R.S. §5184; June 23, 1874, ch. 455, §1, 18 Stat. 206, related to destroying and replacing notes unfit for use.
Section 125, act July 28, 1892, ch. 317, 27 Stat. 322, related to redemption of lost or stolen notes.
Section 126, act June 20, 1874, ch. 343, §8, 18 Stat. 125, related to duty of Treasurer, designated depositaries, and national-bank depositaries of United States to return notes of failed or liquidated banks to Treasury for redemption.
§127. Repealed. Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 633
Section, act Mar. 3, 1875, ch. 130, §3, 18 Stat. 399, provided for a clerical force for redemption of circulating notes.
SUBCHAPTER VII—PROCEEDINGS ON FAILURE OF BANK TO REDEEM CIRCULATING NOTES
§§131 to 138. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(e)(14)–(21), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2292
Section 131, R.S. §5226; June 20, 1874, ch. 343, §3, 18 Stat. 123, related to protest of notes and waiver of demand and notice of protest.
Section 132, R.S. §5227, related to appointment by Comptroller of the Currency of special agent to examine failure of national banking association to redeem its circulating notes and provided for forfeiture of association's bonds to United States based on findings of agent.
Section 133, R.S. §5228; Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, §1, 18 Stat. 320, prohibited banking associations from continuing in business after default.
Section 134, R.S. §5229, provided that, upon declaration of forfeiture of association's bonds, Comptroller of the Currency was to notify holders of circulating notes to present notes for payment and was authorized to cancel bonds pledged by association.
Section 135, R.S. §5232, related to disposition of redeemed notes and perpetuation of evidence of payment of such notes.
Section 136, R.S. §5233, related to cancellation of redeemed notes.
Section 137, R.S. §5230, provided Comptroller of the Currency with option of selling defaulting association's bonds at auction, rather than cancelling them, and granted United States paramount lien on all association assets in case of deficiencies from such sale.
Section 138, R.S. §5231, related to private sale of defaulting association's bonds by Comptroller of the Currency.
SUBCHAPTER VIII—RESERVE CITIES; LAWFUL RESERVES
§141. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, R.S. §5191 (part); acts Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §2 (part), 38 Stat. 251; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704, which set out a list of reserve and central reserve cities and permitted the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to reclassify, add to, or terminate the designation of such cities, was apparently included in the 1926 ed. of the Code on the basis of authorities other than the source credits. Accordingly, and because the continuing accuracy of the table was doubtful, this section was omitted.
Some of the other provisions of R.S. §5191 are classified to sections 142 and 143 of this title and some were not included in the Code.
For classification of other provisions of section 2 of act Dec. 23, 1913, see Codification note set out under section 222 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Central Reserve and Reserve Cities
Pub. L. 86–114, §3(b), July 28, 1959, 73 Stat. 263, provided that: "Effective three years after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 28, 1959]—
"(1) New York and Chicago are reclassified as reserve cities under the Federal Reserve Act;
"(2) the classification 'central reserve city' under the Federal Reserve Act, and the authority of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to classify or reclassify cities as 'central reserve cities' under such Act, are terminated;
"(3) section 5192 of the Revised Statutes of the United States (12 U.S.C., sec. 144) is amended by striking out 'central reserve or';
"(4) section 2 of the Act of March 3, 1887 (ch. 378; 24 Stat. 560) is repealed;
"(5) the last paragraph of section 2 of the Federal Reserve act (12 U.S.C., sec. 224) is amended by striking out 'and central reserve cities';
"(6) section 11(e) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C., sec. 248e) is amended by striking out 'and central reserve' each place it appears;
"(7) the third paragraph (lettered (a)) of section 19 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C., sec. 462) is amended by striking out 'or central reserve';
"(8) the fifth paragraph (lettered (c)) of such section 19 is repealed;
"(9) subparagraph (2) of the sixth paragraph of such section 19 (as added by the first section of this Act) is amended by striking out 'and a member bank in a central reserve city may hold and maintain the reserve balances which are in effect under this section for member banks described in paragraph (a) or (b),';
"(10) the seventh paragraph of such section 19 is amended by striking out clauses (1), (2), (3), and (4) and inserting in lieu thereof the following: '(1) by member banks in reserve cities, (2) by member banks not in reserve cities, or (3) by all member banks'; and
"(11) the seventh paragraph of such section is further amended by striking out 'and central reserve cities'."
§142. Banks in reserve cities; reserves
National banking associations located in reserve cities or central reserve cities shall maintain reserves provided for in section 462 of this title for banks so located.
(R.S. §5191 (part); Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §§19, 27, 38 Stat. 270, 274; Aug. 4, 1914, ch. 225, 38 Stat. 682; Aug. 15, 1914, ch. 252, 38 Stat. 691; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §10, 40 Stat. 239.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 462 of this title, referred to in text, was omitted from the Code. See section 461 of this title.
Codification
R.S. §5191 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §31, 13 Stat. 108, which was the National Bank Act, and act Mar. 1, 1872, ch. 22, 17 Stat. 32. See section 38 of this title.
Some of the other provisions of R.S. §5191 were classified to section 141 of this title prior to its omission from the Code, some are classified to section 143 of this title, and some were not included in the Code.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Termination of Central Reserve Cities
Central reserve cities terminated, see section 3(b) of Pub. L. 86–114 set out as a note under former section 141 of this title.
§143. Banks in Alaska and insular possessions; lawful money reserves
Every national banking association located in Alaska or in a dependency or insular possession or any part of the United States outside of the continental United States, and not a member of the Federal reserve system, shall at all times have on hand in lawful money of the United States an amount equal to at least 15 percent of the aggregate amount of its deposits in all respects. Whenever the lawful money of any such association shall fall below 15 percent of its deposits such association shall not increase its liabilities by making any new loans or discounts other than by discounting or purchasing bills of exchange payable at sight nor make any dividends of its profits until the required proportion between the aggregate amount of its deposits and its lawful money of the United States has been restored. And the Comptroller of the Currency shall notify any such association whose lawful money reserve shall be below the amount required to be kept on hand to make good such reserve, and if such association shall fail for thirty days thereafter so to make good its lawful money the Comptroller may, with the concurrence of the Secretary of the Treasury, appoint a receiver to wind up the business of the association as provided in section 192 of this title.
(R.S. §5191 (part).)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5191 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §31, 13 Stat. 108, which was the National Bank Act, and act Mar. 1, 1872, ch. 22, 17 Stat. 32. See section 38 of this title.
Some of the other provisions of R.S. §5191 were classified to section 141 of this title prior to its omission from the Code, some are classified to section 142 of this title, and some were not included in the Code.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§144. Certain balances counted toward reserves in dependencies and insular possessions
Four-fifths of the reserve of 15 per centum which a national bank located in a dependency or insular possession or any part of the United States outside of the continental United States, and not a member of the Federal Reserve System, is required to keep, may consist of balances due such bank from associations approved by the Comptroller of the Currency and located in any one of the reserve cities as now or hereafter defined by law or designated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(R.S. §5192; July 1, 1952, ch. 536, 66 Stat. 314; Pub. L. 86–70, §7, June 25, 1959, 73 Stat. 142; Pub. L. 86–114, §3(b)(3), July 28, 1959, 73 Stat. 263.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5192 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §31, 13 Stat. 108, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1959—Pub. L. 86–114 struck out "central reserve or" before "reserve cities".
Pub. L. 86–70 struck out "in Alaska or" before "in a dependency".
1952—Act July 1, 1952, reduced the required amount of cash on hand from two-fifths to one-fifth of the required reserve of 15 per centum.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1959 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 86–114 effective three years after July 28, 1959, see section 3(b) of Pub. L. 86–114, set out as a Central Reserve and Reserve Cities note under former section 141 of this title.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§§145, 146. Repealed. Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068
Section 145, act July 14, 1890, ch. 708, §2, 26 Stat. 289, authorized counting of treasury notes held by national banking associations as part of their lawful reserve.
Section 146, act July 12, 1882, ch. 290, §12, 22 Stat. 165, related to holding of gold and silver certificates by national banking associations.
SUBCHAPTER IX—FORMATION OF ASSOCIATIONS TO ISSUE GOLD NOTES
§§151 to 153. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(e)(22), (23), (f)(7), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2292, 2293
Section 151, R.S. §5185; Jan. 19, 1875, ch. 19, 18 Stat. 302, related to organization of associations to issue gold notes.
Section 152, R.S. §5186, related to mandatory establishment of lawful money reserves by associations issuing gold notes and reception by such associations of gold notes of other associations in payment of debts.
Section 153, act Feb. 14, 1880, ch. 25, 21 Stat. 66, related to conversion of gold banks into currency banks.
SUBCHAPTER X—BANK EXAMINATIONS; REPORTS
§161. Reports to Comptroller of the Currency
(a) Reports of condition; form; contents; date of making; publication
Every association shall make reports of condition to the Comptroller of the Currency in accordance with the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.]. The Comptroller of the Currency may call for additional reports of condition, in such form and containing such information as he may prescribe, on dates to be fixed by him, and may call for special reports from any particular association whenever in his judgment the same are necessary for his use in the performance of his supervisory duties. Each report of condition shall contain a declaration by the president, a vice president, the cashier, or by any other officer designated by the board of directors of the bank to make such declaration, that the report is true and correct to the best of his knowledge and belief. The correctness of the report of condition shall be attested by the signatures of at least three of the directors of the bank other than the officer making such declaration, with the declaration that the report has been examined by them and to the best of their knowledge and belief is true and correct. Each report shall exhibit in detail and under appropriate heads the resources and liabilities of the association at the close of business on any past day specified by the Comptroller, and shall be transmitted to the Comptroller within the period of time specified by the Comptroller. Special reports called for by the Comptroller need contain only such information as is specified by the Comptroller in his request therefor, and publication of such reports need be made only if directed by the Comptroller.
(b) Payment of dividends
Every association shall make to the Comptroller reports of the payment of dividends, including advance reports of dividends proposed to be declared or paid in such cases and under such conditions as the Comptroller deems necessary to carry out the purposes of the laws relating to national banking associations in such form and at such times as he may require.
(c) Reports of affiliates; form; contents; date of making; publication; penalties
Each national banking association shall obtain from each of its affiliates other than member banks and furnish to the Comptroller of the Currency not less than four reports during each year, in such form as the Comptroller may prescribe, verified by the oath or affirmation of the president or such other officer as may be designated by the board of directors of such affiliate to verify such reports, disclosing the information hereinafter provided for as of dates identical with those for which the Comptroller shall during such year require the reports of the condition of the association. Each such report of an affiliate shall be transmitted to the Comptroller at the same time as the corresponding report of the association, except that the Comptroller may, in his discretion, extend such time for good cause shown. Each such report shall contain such information as in the judgment of the Comptroller of the Currency shall be necessary to disclose fully the relations between such affiliate and such bank and to enable the Comptroller to inform himself as to the effect of such relations upon the affairs of such bank. The Comptroller shall also have power to call for additional reports with respect to any such affiliate whenever in his judgment the same are necessary in order to obtain a full and complete knowledge of the conditions of the association with which it is affiliated. Such additional reports shall be transmitted to the Comptroller of the Currency in such form as he may prescribe.
(R.S. §5211; Feb. 27, 1877, ch. 69, §1, 19 Stat. 252; Dec. 28, 1922, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 1067; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §13, 44 Stat. 1232; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §27, 48 Stat. 191; Pub. L. 86–230, §§11, 22(b), Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 458, 466; Pub. L. 86–671, §5, July 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 551; Pub. L. 89–485, §13(d), July 1, 1966, 80 Stat. 243; Pub. L. 101–73, title IX, §911(b)(1), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 478; Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §308(a), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2218.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is act Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 967, §2, 64 Stat. 873, which is classified generally to chapter 16 (§1811 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1811 of this title and Tables.
Codification
R.S. §5211 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §34, 13 Stat. 109, which was the National Bank Act, and act Mar. 3, 1869, ch. 130, §1, 15 Stat. 326. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1994—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 103–325, §308(a)(1), struck out before period at end of fifth sentence "; and the statement of resources and liabilities in the same form in which it is made to the Comptroller shall be published in a newspaper published in the place where such association is established, or if there is no newspaper in the place, then in the one published nearest thereto in the same county, at the expense of the association, and such proof of publication shall be furnished as may be required by the Comptroller".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103–325, §308(a)(2), struck out after third sentence "The reports of such affiliates shall be published by the association under the same conditions as govern its own condition reports."
1989—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–73, §911(b)(1)(A), in fifth sentence substituted "within the period of time specified by the Comptroller" for "within ten days after the receipt of a request therefor from him".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–73, §911(b)(1)(B), struck out at end "Any such affiliated bank which fails to obtain and furnish any report required under this section shall be subject to a penalty of $100 for each day during which such failure continues."
1966—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 89–485 struck out second sentence stating that the term "affiliate" shall include holding company affiliates as well as other affiliates.
1960—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 86–671, §5(a), designated existing provisions of former first par. as subsec. (a), substituted provisions relating to the making of reports of condition in accordance with the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and additional reports of condition containing declaration of officer for former provisions requiring minimum of three reports annually verified by an officer, inserted provisions respecting contents and publication of special reports and deleted requirement for making reports of payment of dividends, which is incorporated in subsec. (b) of this section.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 86–671, §5(a), designated existing provisions of former first par. as subsec. (b).
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 86–671, §5(b), designated existing provisions of former second par. as subsec. (c) and substituted "four" for "three" in first sentence.
1959—Pub. L. 86–230 required transmission of reports to the Comptroller within ten instead of five days and the making of reports of the payment of dividends including advance reports of dividends proposed to be declared or paid, respectively.
1933—Act June 16, 1933, added second par.
1927—Act Feb. 25, 1927, inserted "or of a vice-president, or of an assistant cashier of the association designated by its board of directors to verify such reports in the absence of the president and cashier, taken before a notary public properly authorized and commissioned by the State in which such notary resides and the association is located, or any other officer having an official seal, authorized in such State to administer oaths" in first sentence, and "and the statement of resources and liabilities together with acknowledgment and attestation", in second sentence.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1989 Amendment
Pub. L. 101–73, title IX, §911(i), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 482, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 164, 324, 1782, 1817, 1847, and 1882 of this title] shall apply with respect to reports filed or required to be filed after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 9, 1989]."
Effective Date of 1960 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 86–671 effective Jan. 1, 1961, see section 7 of Pub. L. 86–671, set out as a note under section 1817 of this title.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§162. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–671, §6, July 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 552.
Section, act Feb. 26, 1881, ch. 82, 21 Stat. 352, prescribed the manner of verification of reports of condition of national banks. See section 1817 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of Repeal
Repeal effective Jan. 1, 1961, see section 7 of Pub. L. 86–671, set out as an Effective Date of 1960 Amendment note under section 1817 of this title.
§163. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §22(a), Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Section, R.S. §5212, related to report of dividends and net earnings. See section 161 of this title.
§164. Penalty for failure to make reports
(a) First tier
Any association which—
(1) maintains procedures reasonably adapted to avoid any inadvertent error and, unintentionally and as a result of such an error—
(A) fails to make, obtain, transmit, or publish any report or information required by the Comptroller of the Currency under section 161 of this title, within the period of time specified by the Comptroller; or
(B) submits or publishes any false or misleading report or information; or
(2) inadvertently transmits or publishes any report which is minimally late,
shall be subject to a penalty of not more than $2,000 for each day during which such failure continues or such false or misleading information is not corrected. The association shall have the burden of proving that an error was inadvertent and that a report was inadvertently transmitted or published late.
(b) Second tier
Any association which—
(1) fails to make, obtain, transmit, or publish any report or information required by the Comptroller of the Currency under section 161 of this title, within the period of time specified by the Comptroller; or
(2) submits or publishes any false or misleading report or information,
in a manner not described in subsection (a) shall be subject to a penalty of not more than $20,000 for each day during which such failure continues or such false or misleading information is not corrected.
(c) Third tier
Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b), if any association knowingly or with reckless disregard for the accuracy of any information or report described in subsection (b) submits or publishes any false or misleading report or information, the Comptroller may assess a penalty of not more than $1,000,000 or 1 percent of total assets of the association, whichever is less, per day for each day during which such failure continues or such false or misleading information is not corrected.
(d) Assessment; etc.
Any penalty imposed under subsection (a), (b), or (c) shall be assessed and collected by the Comptroller of the Currency in the manner provided in subparagraphs (E), (F), (G), and (I) of section 1818(i)(2) of this title (for penalties imposed under such section) and any such assessment (including the determination of the amount of the penalty) shall be subject to the provisions of such section.
(e) Hearing
Any association against which any penalty is assessed under this subsection 1 shall be afforded an agency hearing if such association submits a request for such hearing within 20 days after the issuance of the notice of assessment. Section 1818(h) of this title shall apply to any proceeding under this section.
(R.S. §5213; Pub. L. 86–230, §12, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 458; Pub. L. 101–73, title IX, §911(b)(2), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 478.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5213 derived from act Mar. 3, 1869, ch. 130, §§1, 2, 15 Stat. 326, 327.
Amendments
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "Every association which fails to make and transmit any report required under section 161 of this title shall be subject to a penalty of $100 for each day after the periods, respectively, therein mentioned, that it delays to make and transmit its report. Whenever any association delays or refuses to pay the penalty herein imposed, after it has been assessed by the Comptroller of the Currency, the amount thereof may be retained by the Treasurer of the United States, upon the order of the Comptroller of the Currency, out of the interest, as it may become due to the association, on the bonds deposited with him to secure circulation. All sums of money collected for penalties under this section shall be paid into the Treasury of the United States."
1959—Pub. L. 86–230 substituted "section 161 of this title" for "either section 161 or 163 of this title".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1989 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 101–73 applicable with respect to reports filed or required to be filed after Aug. 9, 1989, see section 911(i) of Pub. L. 101–73, set out as a note under section 161 of this title.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be "section".
§165. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, R.S. §5241, related to limitation of visitorial powers. See section 484 of this title.
SUBCHAPTER XI—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS REGARDING UNITED STATES BONDS IN RELATION TO NATIONAL BANKS
§§168 to 177. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(e)(24)–(31), (f)(4)(D), (5)(A), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2292, 2293
Section 168, R.S. §5160, authorized associations to take up bonds upon returning circulating notes to Comptroller of the Currency.
Section 169, R.S. §5161, related to exchange of United States coupon bonds for registered bonds.
Section 170, R.S. §5162; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, §313, 49 Stat. 711, related to manner of making transfers of bonds.
Section 171, R.S. §5163, related to establishment of registry of transferred bonds by Comptroller of the Currency.
Section 172, R.S. §5164, required Comptroller of the Currency to notify national banking associations of transfers from its accounts.
Section 173, R.S. §5165, related to examination of registry and bonds by Comptroller of the Currency and Treasurer of United States.
Section 174, R.S. §5166, related to annual examination of bonds by national banking associations.
Section 175, R.S. §5167, related to custody of bonds and collection of interest.
Section 176, acts June 20, 1874, ch. 343, §4, 18 Stat. 124; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §9, 40 Stat. 239, provided that associations desiring to withdraw circulating notes could, upon deposit of money with Treasurer of United States, withdraw bonds on deposit with Treasurer for security of such notes.
Section 177, acts July 12, 1882, ch. 290, §8, 22 Stat. 164; Mar. 14, 1900, ch. 41, §12, 31 Stat. 49; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §9, 40 Stat. 239, related to amount of bonds banks were required to keep on deposit with Treasurer of United States, as security for circulating notes, and authorized banks having deposits in excess of such amount to reduce, or retire in full, their circulation by depositing lawful money.
§177a. Funds available for cost of transporting and redeeming national and Federal Reserve bank notes
The cost of transporting and redeeming outstanding national bank notes and Federal Reserve bank notes as may be presented to the Treasurer of the United States for redemption shall be paid from the regular annual appropriation for the Department of the Treasury.
(Oct. 10, 1940, ch. 841, 54 Stat. 1093; Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(g)(10), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2294.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–325 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "After the reimbursement to the Treasury from funds derived from assessments made pursuant to section 177 of this title, of all costs lawfully charged thereto for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1941, the balance of such funds shall be covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts; and thereafter the cost of transporting and redeeming such outstanding national bank notes and Federal Reserve bank notes as may be presented to the Treasurer of the United States for redemption shall be paid from the regular annual appropriations for the Treasury Department."
§178. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(f)(5)(B), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2293
Section, acts July 12, 1882, ch. 290, §9, 22 Stat. 164; Mar. 14, 1900, ch. 41, §12, 31 Stat. 49; Mar. 4, 1907, ch. 2913, §4, 34 Stat. 1290, authorized national banking associations desiring to withdraw circulating notes to deposit money with Treasurer of United States and withdraw bonds or other securities securing such notes.
SUBCHAPTER XII—VOLUNTARY DISSOLUTION
§181. Voluntary dissolution; appointment and removal of liquidating agent or committee; examination
Any association may go into liquidation and be closed by the vote of its shareholders owning two-thirds of its stock. If the liquidation is to be effected in whole or in part through the sale of any of its assets to and the assumption of its deposit liabilities by another bank, the purchase and sale agreement must also be approved by its shareholders owning two-thirds of its stock unless an emergency exists and the Comptroller of the Currency specifically waives such requirement for shareholder approval.
The shareholders shall designate one or more persons to act as liquidating agent or committee, who shall conduct the liquidation in accordance with law and under the supervision of the board of directors, who shall require a suitable bond to be given by said agent or committee. The liquidating agent or committee shall render annual reports to the Comptroller of the Currency on the 31st day of December of each year showing the progress of said liquidation until the same is completed. The liquidating agent or committee shall also make an annual report to a meeting of the shareholders to be held on the date fixed in the articles of association for the annual meeting, at which meeting the shareholders may, if they see fit, by a vote representing a majority of the entire stock of the bank, remove the liquidating agent or committee and appoint one or more others in place thereof. A special meeting of the shareholders may be called at any time in the same manner as if the bank continued an active bank and at said meeting the shareholders may, by vote of the majority of the stock, remove the liquidating agent or committee. The Comptroller of the Currency is authorized to have an examination made at any time into the affairs of the liquidating bank until the claims of all creditors have been satisfied, and the expense of making such examinations shall be assessed against such bank in the same manner as in the case of examinations made pursuant to subchapter XV of chapter 3 of this title.
(R.S. §5220; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §317, 49 Stat. 712; Pub. L. 86–230, §15, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 458.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Subchapter XV [§481 et seq.] of chapter 3 of this title, referred to in second par., was in the original a reference to section 5240 of the Revised Statutes.
Codification
R.S. §5220 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §42, 13 Stat. 112, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1959—Pub. L. 86–230 required shareholder approval of purchase and sale agreement where there is liquidation of a bank effected through sale of its assets and assumption of deposit liabilities and authorized waiver of such requirement in an emergency.
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, added second par.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§182. Notice of intent to dissolve
Whenever a vote is taken to go into liquidation it shall be the duty of the board of directors to cause notice of this fact to be certified, under the seal of the association, by its president or cashier, to the Comptroller of the Currency, and publication thereof to be made for a period of two months in every issue of a newspaper published in the city or town in which the association is located, or if no newspaper is there published, then in the newspaper published nearest thereto, that the association is closing up its affairs, and notifying its creditors to present their claims against the association for payment.
(R.S. §5221; Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 626, 69 Stat. 546.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5221 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §42, 13 Stat. 112, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1955—Act Aug. 9, 1955, struck out provisions relating to publication in a newspaper published in the City of New York, and notification to holders of national bank notes to present them for payment.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§§183 to 186. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(e)(32)–(35), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2292
Section 183, R.S. §5222, provided that, within six months of voting to liquidate, an association was to deposit with Treasurer of United States money sufficient to redeem all outstanding circulation.
Section 184, R.S. §5223, exempted associations which wound up business for purpose of consolidating with another association from requirement to deposit money to redeem all outstanding circulation.
Section 185, R.S. §5224; Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, §1, 18 Stat. 320, related to reassignment of bonds to association and redemption of notes.
Section 186, R.S. §5225; Feb. 27, 1877, ch. 69, §1, 19 Stat. 252, related to destruction of redeemed notes by Treasurer.
SUBCHAPTER XIII—RECEIVERSHIP
§191. Appointment of receiver for a national bank
(a) In general
The Comptroller of the Currency may, without prior notice or hearings, appoint a receiver for any national bank (and such receiver shall be the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation if the national bank is an insured bank (as defined in section 1813(h) of this title)) if the Comptroller determines, in the Comptroller's discretion, that—
(1) 1 or more of the grounds specified in section 1821(c)(5) of this title exist; or
(2) the association's board of directors consists of fewer than 5 members.
(b) Judicial review
If the Comptroller of the Currency appoints a receiver under subsection (a), the national bank may, within 30 days thereafter, bring an action in the United States district court for the judicial district in which the home office of such bank is located, or in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia, for an order requiring the Comptroller of the Currency to remove the receiver, and the court shall, upon the merits, dismiss such action or direct the Comptroller of the Currency to remove the receiver.
(June 30, 1876, ch. 156, §2, formerly §1, 19 Stat. 63; Pub. L. 86–230, §16, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 458; Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §133(b), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2271; renumbered §2 and amended Pub. L. 102–550, title XVI, §1603(d)(6), (7), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4080; Pub. L. 109–351, title VII, §701(a), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1984.)
Editorial Notes
Prior Provisions
A prior section 2 of act June 30, 1876, was classified to section 65 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 86–230, §8, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 457.
Amendments
2006—Pub. L. 109–351, §701(a)(1), which directed the general amendment of the section catchline by replacing it with "Appointment of receiver for a national bank" followed by "(a) In general" and the words "The Comptroller of the Currency", was executed by inserting the new catchline and the subsec. (a) designation and heading but not the words "The Comptroller of the Currency" which already appeared in text, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 109–351, §701(a)(2), added subsec. (b).
1992—Pub. L. 102–550, §1603(d)(7)(B), substituted "appoint a receiver for any national bank (and such receiver shall be the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation if the national bank is an insured bank (as defined in section 1813(h) of this title))" for "appoint the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as receiver for any national banking association" in introductory provisions.
Pub. L. 102–550, §1603(d)(6), amended directory language of Pub. L. 102–242, §133(b). See 1991 Amendment note below.
1991—Pub. L. 102–242, §133(b), as amended by Pub. L. 102–550, §1603(d)(6), amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "Whenever any national banking association shall be dissolved, and its rights, privileges, and franchises declared forfeited, as prescribed in section 93 of this title, or whenever any creditor of any national banking association shall have obtained a judgment against it in any court of record, and made application, accompanied by a certificate from the clerk of the court stating that such judgment has been rendered and has remained unpaid for the space of thirty days, or whenever the comptroller shall become satisfied of the insolvency of a national banking association, he may, after due examination of its affairs, in either case, appoint a receiver, who shall proceed to close up such association."
1959—Pub. L. 86–230 struck out provisions which required receiver to enforce the personal liability of shareholders.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2006 Amendment
Pub. L. 109–351, title VII, §701(c), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1985, provided that: "The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending this section and section 1821 of this title] shall apply with respect to conservators or receivers appointed on or after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 13, 2006]."
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Pub. L. 102–550, title XVI, §1609, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4090, provided that:
"(a)
"(b)
Effective Date of 1991 Amendment
Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §133(g), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2273, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 203, 248, 1464, and 1821 of this title] shall become effective 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 19, 1991]."
Short Title
Act June 30, 1876, ch. 156, §1, as added by Pub. L. 102–550, title XVI, §1603(d)(7)(A), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4080, provided that: "This Act [enacting this section, sections 65 and 197 of this title, and section 424 of former Title 31, Money and Finance, and amending section 55 of this title] may be cited as the 'National Bank Receivership Act'."
Application to District of Columbia
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc., in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, §4, 47 Stat. 1567.
Termination of National Bank Closed Receivership Fund
Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §§721–723, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 190, 191, as amended Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §409, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1515, provided that:
"
"(1) providing final notice of availability of liquidating dividends to creditors of national banks which have been closed and for which the Comptroller has appointed a receiver other than the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
"(2) barring rights of creditors to collect liquidating dividends from the Comptroller of the Currency after a reasonable period of time following such final notice; and
"(3) refunding to the Comptroller the principal amount of such fund and any income earned thereon.
"
"(1) the term 'closed receivership fund' means the aggregation of undisbursed liquidating dividends from national banks which have been closed and for which the Comptroller has appointed a receiver other than the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, held by the Comptroller in his capacity as successor to receivers of those banks;
"(2) the term 'Comptroller' means the Comptroller of the Currency;
"(3) the term 'claimant' means a depositor or other creditor who asserts a claim against a closed national bank for a liquidating dividend; and
"(4) the term 'liquidating dividend' means an amount of money in the closed receivership fund determined by a receiver of a closed national bank or by the Comptroller to be owed by that bank to a depositor or other creditor.
"
"(b) The Comptroller shall pay the principal amount of a liquidating dividend, exclusive of any income earned thereon, to a claimant presenting a valid claim, if the claimant applies to collect within twelve months following the last date notice is published.
"(c) If a creditor shall fail to apply to collect a liquidating dividend within twelve months after the last date notice is published, all rights of the claimant against the closed receivership fund with respect to the liquidating dividend shall be barred.
"(d) The principal amount of any liquidating dividends (1) for which claims have not been asserted within twelve months following the last date notice is published or (2) for which the Comptroller has determined a valid claim has not been submitted shall, together with any income earned on liquidating dividends and other moneys, if any, remaining in the closed receivership fund, be covered into the general funds of the Comptroller."
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§192. Default in payment of circulating notes
On becoming satisfied, as specified in sections 131 and 132 1 of this title, that any association is in default, the Comptroller of the Currency may forthwith appoint a receiver, and require of him such bond and security as he deems proper. Such receiver, under the direction of the Comptroller, shall take possession of the books, records, and assets of every description of such association, collect all debts, dues, and claims belonging to it, and, upon the order of a court of record of competent jurisdiction, may sell or compound all bad or doubtful debts, and, on a like order, may sell all the real and personal property of such association, on such terms as the court shall direct. Such receiver shall pay over all money so made to the Treasurer of the United States, subject to the order of the Comptroller, and also make report to the Comptroller of all his acts and proceedings.
Provided, That the Comptroller may, if he deems proper, deposit any of the money so made in any regular Government depositary, or in any State or national bank either of the city or town in which the insolvent bank was located, or of a city or town as adjacent thereto as practicable; if such deposit is made he shall require the depositary to deposit United States bonds or other satisfactory securities with the Treasurer of the United States for the safekeeping and prompt payment of the money so deposited: Provided, That no security in the form of deposit of United States bonds, or otherwise, shall be required in the case of such parts of the deposits as are insured under section 12B of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended. Such depositary shall pay upon such money interest at such rate as the Comptroller may prescribe, not less, however, than 2 per centum per annum upon the average monthly amount of such deposits.
(R.S. §5234; May 15, 1916, ch. 121, 39 Stat. 121; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §339, 49 Stat. 721; Pub. L. 86–230, §17, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 458; Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(g)(11), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2294.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Sections 131 and 132 of this title, referred to in text, were repealed by Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(e)(14), (15), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2292.
Section 12B of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended, referred to in text, formerly classified to section 264 of this title, has been withdrawn from the Federal Reserve Act and incorporated in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act which is classified generally to chapter 16 (§1811 et seq.) of this title.
Codification
R.S. §5234 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §50, 13 Stat. 114, which was part of the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–325 struck out "has refused to pay its circulating notes as therein mentioned, and" before "is in default".
1959—Pub. L. 86–230 struck out provisions which required receiver to enforce the personal liability of shareholders.
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, inserted second proviso in second par.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Application to District of Columbia
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc., in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, §4, 47 Stat. 1567.
Interest on Deposits
So much of existing law requiring the payment of interest with respect to any funds deposited by the United States or by any public instrumentality, agency, or officer thereof, as is inconsistent with former section 371a, sections 371b, 374, 374a, and 461, former sections 462 to 465, and section 466 of this title, repealed, see former section 371a of this title.
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
For transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 55 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
§193. Notice to present claims
The Comptroller shall, upon appointing a receiver, cause notice to be given, by advertisement in such newspapers as he may direct, for three consecutive months, calling on all persons who may have claims against such association to present the same, and to make legal proof thereof.
(R.S. §5235.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5235 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §50, 13 Stat. 114, which was part of the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Application to District of Columbia
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc., in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, §4, 47 Stat. 1567.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§194. Dividends on adjusted claims; distribution of assets
From time to time, the comptroller shall make a ratable dividend of the money so paid over to him by such receiver on all such claims as may have been proved to his satisfaction or adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction, and, as the proceeds of the assets of such association are paid over to him, shall make further dividends on all claims previously proved or adjudicated; and the remainder of the proceeds, if any, shall be paid over to the shareholders of such association, or their legal representatives, in proportion to the stock by them respectively held.
(R.S. §5236; Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(g)(12), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2294.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5236 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §50, 13 Stat. 114, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–325 struck out ", after full provision has been first made for refunding to the United States any deficiency in redeeming the notes of such association" after "From time to time".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Application to District of Columbia
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc. in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, §4, 47 Stat. 1567.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§195. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(e)(36), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2292
Section, R.S. §5237; Mar. 3, 1911, ch. 231, §289, 36 Stat. 1167, related to injunction by bank denying failure to redeem notes.
§196. Expenses
All expenses of any preliminary or other examinations into the condition of any association shall be paid by such association. All expenses of any receivership shall be paid out of the assets of such association before distribution of the proceeds thereof.
(R.S. §5238; Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(g)(13), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2294.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5238 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §51, 13 Stat. 115, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–325 struck out at beginning "All fees for protesting the notes issued by any national banking association shall be paid by the person procuring the protest to be made, and such association shall be liable therefor; but no part of the bonds deposited by such association shall be applied to the payment of such fees."
§197. Shareholders' meeting; continuance of receivership; appointment of agent; winding up business; distribution of assets
(a) Whenever any national banking association shall have been or shall be placed in the hands of a receiver, as provided in section fifty-two hundred and thirty-four [12 U.S.C. 192] and other sections of the Revised Statutes of the United States and section 1821(c) of this title, and when, as provided in section 194 of this title, there has been paid to each and every creditor of such association whose claim or claims as such creditor shall have been proved or allowed as therein prescribed, the full amount of such claims, and all expenses of the receivership, the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, where that Corporation has been appointed receiver of the bank, shall call a meeting of the shareholders of the association by giving notice thereof for thirty days in a newspaper published in the town, city, or county where the business of the association was carried on, or if no newspaper is there published, in the newspaper published nearest thereto. At such meeting the shareholders shall determine whether the receiver shall be continued and shall wind up the affairs of the association, or whether an agent shall be elected for that purpose, and in so determining the shareholders shall vote by ballot, in person or by proxy, each share of stock entitling the holder to one vote, and the majority of the stock in number of shares shall be necessary to determine whether the receiver shall be continued, or whether an agent shall be elected. In case such majority shall determine that the receiver shall be continued, the receiver shall thereupon proceed with the execution of the trust, and shall sell, dispose of, or otherwise collect the assets of the association, and shall possess all the powers and authority, and be subject to all the duties and liabilities originally conferred or imposed upon such receiver so far as they remain applicable. In case such meeting shall, by the vote of a majority of the stock in number of shares, determine that an agent shall be elected, the meeting shall thereupon proceed to elect an agent, voting by ballot, in person or by proxy, each share of stock entitling the holder to one vote, and the person who shall receive votes representing at least a majority of stock in number of shares shall be declared the agent for the purposes hereinafter provided; and when such agent shall have executed a bond to the shareholders conditioned for the payment and discharge in full or, to the extent possible from the remaining assets of the association, of each and every claim that may thereafter be proved and allowed by and before a competent court and for the faithful performance of his duties, in the penalty fixed by the shareholders at such meeting, with a surety or sureties to be approved by the district court of the United States for the district where the business of the association was carried on, and shall have filed such bond in the office of the clerk of such court, the Comptroller and the receiver, or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, where that Corporation has been appointed receiver of the bank, shall thereupon transfer and deliver to such agent all the uncollected or other assets of the association then remaining in the hands or subject to the order and control of the Comptroller and such receiver, or either of them, or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; and for this purpose the Comptroller and such receiver, or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as the case may be, are severally empowered and directed to execute any deed, assignment, transfer, or other instrument in writing that may be necessary and proper; and upon the execution and delivery of such instrument to such agent the Comptroller and such receiver or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation shall by virtue of this Act be discharged from any and all liabilities to the association and to each and all the creditors and shareholders thereof.
(b) Upon receiving such deed, assignment, transfer, or other instrument the person elected such agent shall hold, control, and dispose of the assets and property of the association which he may receive under the terms hereof for the benefit of the shareholders of the association, and he may in his own name, or in the name of the association, sue and be sued and do all other lawful acts and things necessary to finally settle and distribute the assets and property in his hands, and may sell, compromise, or compound the debts due to the association, with the consent and approval of the district court of the United States for the district where the business of the association was carried on, and shall at the conclusion of his trust render to such district court a full account of all his proceedings, receipts, and expenditures as such agent, which court shall, upon due notice, settle and adjust such accounts and discharge such agent and sureties upon such bond. In case any such agent so elected shall die, resign, or be removed, any shareholder may call a meeting of the shareholders of the association in the town, city, or village where the business of the association was carried on, by giving notice thereof for thirty days in a newspaper published in such town, city, or village, or if no newspaper is there published, in the newspaper published nearest thereto, at which meeting the shareholders shall elect an agent, voting by ballot, in person or by proxy, each share of stock entitling the holder to one vote, and when such agent shall have received votes representing at least a majority of the stock in number of shares, and shall have executed a bond to the shareholders conditioned for the payment and discharge in full or, to the extent possible from the remaining assets of the association, of each and every claim that may thereafter be proved and allowed by and before a competent court and for the faithful performance of his duties, in the penalty fixed by the shareholders at such meeting, with a surety or sureties, to be approved by such court, and file such bond in the office of the clerk of that court, he shall have all the rights, powers, and duties of the agent first elected as hereinbefore provided. At any meeting held as hereinbefore provided administrators or executors of deceased shareholders may act and sign as the decedent might have done if living, and guardians of minors and trustees of other persons may so act and sign for their ward or wards or cestui que trust. The proceeds of the assets or property of any such association which may be undistributed at the time of such meeting or may be subsequently received shall be distributed as follows:
First. To pay the expenses of the execution of the trust to the date of such payment.
Second. To repay any amount or amounts which have been paid in by any shareholder or shareholders of the association upon and by reason of any and all assessments made upon the stock of the association by order of the Comptroller of the Currency in accordance with the provisions of the statutes of the United States.
Third. To pay the balance ratably among such stockholders, in proportion to the number of shares held and owned by each. Such distribution shall be made from time to time as the proceeds shall be received and as shall be deemed advisable by the Comptroller of the Currency, or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation if continued as receiver of the bank under subsection (a) of this section, or such agent, as the case may be.
(June 30, 1876, ch. 156, §3, 19 Stat. 63; Aug. 3, 1892, ch. 360, 27 Stat. 345; Mar. 2, 1897, ch. 354, 29 Stat. 600; Mar. 3, 1911, ch. 231, §291, 36 Stat. 1167; Pub. L. 86–230, §18, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 458.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section fifty-two hundred and thirty-four and other sections of the Revised Statutes of the United States, referred to in subsec. (a), are classified to section 192 of this title and other sections of the Code. See Tables.
This Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is act June 30, 1876, ch. 156, 19 Stat. 63, sections 1 to 4 of which are classified as a note under section 191 of this title and to section 191 of this title, this section, and section 55 of this title, respectively. Section 5 of the Act, which was classified to section 424 of former Title 31, was repealed and reenacted as section 5153 of Title 31, Money and Finance, by Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 877.
Amendments
1959—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 86–230 designated former first par., less last sentence, as subsec. (a), and incorporated references to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation respecting receiverships under section 1821(c) of this title, convocation of shareholders, transfer of assets, execution of instruments and discharge from liability, omitted provision for deposit of money with the Treasurer of the United States for the redemption of the circulating notes of the association, and for the value of shares as a test to determine whether a majority vote has been cast in a stockholders' meeting, required the windup agent to file a bond to the shareholders in an amount satisfactory to them with sureties approved by appropriate district court instead of a bond from the shareholders satisfactory to the Comptroller and to condition the bond to payment of proved claims to the extent possible from the remaining instead of payment of the claims in full, only.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 86–230 designated former last sentence of first par. and second par., as subsec. (b), and omitted provisions which related to refusal of agent to serve as a ground for the calling of an election of another agent, to the value of shares as a test to determine whether a majority vote has been cast in a stockholders' meeting, required the bond of the windup agent to be conditioned for payment of proved claims to the extent possible from the remaining assets instead of payment of the claims in full, only, and provided for the distribution of the balance as shall be deemed advisable by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Transfer of Functions
Act Mar. 3, 1911, conferred upon the district courts all powers formerly vested in the former circuit courts.
Application to District of Columbia
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc., in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, §4, 47 Stat. 1567.
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see Exception as to Transfer of Functions note set out under section 1 of this title.
§197a. Resumption of business by closed bank on consent of depositors
In any case in which, in the opinion of the Comptroller of the Currency, it would be to the advantage of the depositors and unsecured creditors of any national banking association whose business has been closed, for such association to resume business upon the retention by the association, for a reasonable period to be prescribed by the Comptroller, of all or any part of its deposits, the Comptroller is authorized, in his discretion, to permit the association to resume business if depositors and unsecured creditors of the association representing at least 75 per centum of its total deposit and unsecured credit liabilities consent in writing to such retention of deposits. Nothing in this section shall be construed to affect in any manner any powers of the Comptroller under the provisions of law in force on June 16, 1933, with respect to the reorganization of national banking associations.
(June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §29, 48 Stat. 193.)
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§198. Purchase by receiver of property of bank; request to Comptroller
Whenever the receiver of any national bank duly appointed by the Comptroller of the Currency, and who shall have duly qualified and entered upon the discharge of his trust, shall find it in his opinion necessary, in order to fully protect and benefit his said trust, to the extent of any and all equities that such trust may have in any property, real or personal, by reason of any bond, mortgage, assignment, or other proper legal claim attaching thereto, and which said property is to be sold under any execution, decree of foreclosure, or proper order of any court of jurisdiction, he may certify the facts in the case, together with his opinion as to the value of the property to be sold, and the value of the equity his said trust may have in the same, to the Comptroller of the Currency, together with a request for the right and authority to use and employ so much of the money of said trust as may be necessary to purchase such property at such sale.
(Mar. 29, 1886, ch. 28, §1, 24 Stat. 8.)
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Application to District of Columbia
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc., in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, §4, 47 Stat. 1567.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§199. Approval of request
Such request, if approved by the Comptroller of the Currency, shall be, together with the certificate of facts in the case, and his recommendation as to the amount of money which, in his judgment, should be so used and employed, submitted to the Secretary of the Treasury, and if the same shall likewise be approved by him, the request shall be by the Comptroller of the Currency allowed, and notice thereof, with copies of the request, certificate of facts, and indorsement of approvals, shall be filed with the Treasurer of the United States.
(Mar. 29, 1886, ch. 28, §2, 24 Stat. 8.)
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Application to District of Columbia
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc., in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, §4, 47 Stat. 1567.
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
For transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 55 of this title.
§200. Payment
Whenever any such request shall be allowed as hereinbefore provided, the said Comptroller of the Currency shall be, and is, empowered to draw upon and from such funds of any such trust as may be deposited with the Treasurer of the United States for the benefit of the bank in interest, to the amount as may be recommended and allowed and for the purpose for which such allowance was made: Provided, however, That all payments to be made for or on account of the purchase of any such property and under any such allowance shall be made by the Comptroller of the Currency direct, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, for such purpose only and in such manner as he may determine and order.
(Mar. 29, 1886, ch. 28, §3, 24 Stat. 8.)
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Application to District of Columbia
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc., in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, §4, 47 Stat. 1567.
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
For transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 55 of this title.
SUBCHAPTER XIV—BANK CONSERVATION ACT
§201. Short title
This subchapter may be cited as the "Bank Conservation Act."
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title II, §201, 48 Stat. 2.)
§202. Definitions
As used in this subchapter, the term "bank" means any national banking association or any other financial institution chartered or licensed under Federal law and subject to the supervision of the Comptroller of the Currency; the term "voluntary dissolution and liquidation" means a transaction pursuant to section 181 of this title that involves the assumption of the bank's insured deposit liabilities and the sale of the bank, or of control of the bank, as a going concern; and the term "State" means any State, Territory, or possession of the United States, and the Canal Zone.
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title II, §202, 48 Stat. 2; Pub. L. 101–73, title VIII, §801, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 441; Pub. L. 109–351, title VII, §725(b), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 2001; Pub. L. 109–356, title I, §123(b), Oct. 16, 2006, 120 Stat. 2028.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
For definition of Canal Zone, referred to in text, see section 3602(b) of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse.
Amendments
2006—Pub. L. 109–351 and 109–356 amended section identically, substituting "means any national" for "means (1) any national" and striking out ", and (2) any bank or trust company located in the District of Columbia and operating under the supervision of the Comptroller of the Currency" before first semicolon.
1989—Pub. L. 101–73, §801(1), in cl. (1), extended term "bank" to include any financial institution chartered or licensed under Federal law and subject to supervision of Comptroller of the Currency.
Pub. L. 101–73, §801(2), in cl. (2), inserted definition of term "voluntary dissolution and liquidation".
§203. Appointment of conservator
(a) Appointment
The Comptroller of the Currency may, without prior notice or hearings, appoint a conservator (which may be the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation) to the possession and control of a bank whenever the Comptroller of the Currency determines that 1 or more of the grounds specified in section 11(c)(5) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1821(c)(5)] exist.
(b) Judicial review
(1) In general
Not later than 20 days after the initial appointment of a conservator pursuant to this section, the bank may bring an action in the United States district court for the judicial district in which the home office of such bank is located, or in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia, for an order requiring the Comptroller to terminate the appointment of the conservator, and the court, upon the merits, shall dismiss such action or shall direct the Comptroller to terminate the appointment of such conservator. The Comptroller's decision to appoint a conservator pursuant to this section shall be set aside only if the court finds that such decision was arbitrary, capricious, an abuse of discretion, or otherwise not in accordance with law.
(2) Stay
The conservator may request that any judicial action or proceeding to which the conservator or the bank is or may become a party be stayed for a period of up to 45 days after the appointment of the conservator. Upon petition, the court shall grant such stay as to all parties.
(3) Actions and orders
Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, no court may take any action regarding the removal of a conservator, or restrain, or affect the exercise of powers or functions of a conservator. A court, upon application by the Comptroller, shall have jurisdiction to enforce an order of the Comptroller relating to—
(A) the conservatorship and the bank in conservatorship, or
(B) restraining or affecting the exercise of powers or functions of a conservator.
(c) Additional grounds for appointment
In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Comptroller may appoint a conservator for a bank if—
(1) the bank, by an affirmative vote of a majority of its board of directors or by an affirmative vote of a majority of its shareholders, consents to such appointment, or
(2) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation terminates the bank's status as an insured bank.
The appointment of a conservator pursuant to this subsection shall not be subject to review.
(d) Exclusive authority
The Comptroller shall have exclusive power and jurisdiction to appoint a conservator for a bank. Whenever the Comptroller appoints a conservator for any bank, the Comptroller may appoint the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation conservator for such bank. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as such conservator, shall have all the powers granted under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.], and (when not inconsistent therewith) any other rights, powers, and privileges possessed by conservators of banks under this Act and any other provision of law. The Comptroller may also appoint another person as conservator, who shall be subject to the provisions of this Act.
(e) Replacement of conservator
The Comptroller may, without notice or hearing, replace a conservator with another conservator. Such replacement shall not affect the bank's right under subsection (b) to obtain judicial review of the Comptroller's original decision to appoint a conservator.
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title II, §203, 48 Stat. 2; Pub. L. 101–73, title VIII, §802, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 442; Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §133(c), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2271.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in subsec. (d), is act Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 967, §2, 64 Stat. 873, which is classified generally to chapter 16 (§1811 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1811 of this title and Tables.
This Act, referred to in subsec. (d), is act Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, 48 Stat. 1, popularly known as the Emergency Banking and Bank Conservation Act, which is classified to sections 51a, 51b, 51c, 51d, 95, 201 to 212, 248, 347b, 347c, 347d, 445 of this title and to section 4305 of Title 50, War and National Defense, and classified as a note under section 4305 of Title 50.
Section 51d of this title was repealed by act June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title II, §206(b), (o), 61 Stat. 208. For effect of the repeal on outstanding debentures held by banks, see References in Text note set out under section 51b–1 of this title.
Amendments
1991—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–242 amended subsec. (a) generally, substituting present provisions for provisions which specified circumstances under which Comptroller could appoint conservator.
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section generally, changing structure of section from a single unlettered paragraph to one consisting of subsections (a) to (e).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1991 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 102–242 effective 1 year after Dec. 19, 1991, see section 133(g) of Pub. L. 102–242, set out as a note under section 191 of this title.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
Conservators of State Banks
Ex. Ord. No. 6080, Mar. 18, 1933, provided for appointment of conservators of State banks under certain regulations.
§204. Examinations
The Comptroller of the Currency (in consultation with the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation when the Corporation is appointed conservator) is authorized to examine and supervise the bank in conservatorship as long as the bank continues to operate as a going concern. The Comptroller may use reports and other information provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for this purpose.
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title II, §204, 48 Stat. 3; Pub. L. 101–73, title VIII, §803, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 443.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "The Comptroller of the Currency shall cause to be made such examinations of the affairs of such bank as shall be necessary to inform him as to the financial condition of such bank, and the examiner shall make a report thereon to the Comptroller of the Currency at the earliest practicable date."
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§205. Termination of conservatorship
(a) General rule
At any time the Comptroller 1 becomes satisfied that it may safely be done and that it would be in the public interest, the Comptroller (with the agreement of the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation when the Corporation has been appointed conservator) may—
(1) terminate the conservatorship and permit the involved bank to resume the transaction of its business subject to such terms, conditions, and limitations as the Comptroller may prescribe; or
(2) terminate the conservatorship upon a sale, merger, consolidation, purchase and assumption, change in control, or voluntary dissolution and liquidation of the involved bank.
(b) Other grounds for termination
The Comptroller also may terminate the conservatorship upon the appointment of a receiver pursuant to section 191 of this title.
(c) Enforcement under Federal Deposit Insurance Act
Such terms, conditions, and limitations as may be prescribed under subsection (a)(1) shall be enforceable under the provisions of section 8(i) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818(i)], to the same extent as an order issued pursuant to section 8(b) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818(b)] which has become final. The bank may bring an action in the United States district court for the judicial district in which the home office of such bank is located or in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia for an order requiring the Comptroller to terminate the order. An action for judicial review of the terms, conditions, and limitations may not be commenced later than 20 days from the date of the termination of the conservatorship or the imposition of the order, whichever is later.
(d) Action upon termination
(1) In general
Upon termination of the conservatorship under subsection (a)(2), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as conservator, or when another person is appointed conservator, such other person, shall conclude the affairs of the conservatorship in accordance with paragraph (2).
(2) Deposit and distribution of proceeds
(A) Within 180 days of the sale, merger, consolidation, purchase and assumption, change in control, or voluntary dissolution and liquidation, the conservator shall deposit all net proceeds received from the transaction, less any outstanding expenses of the conservatorship, with the United States district court for the judicial district in which the home office of such bank is located and shall cause notice to be published for three consecutive months and notify by mail all known and remaining creditors and shareholders. Within 60 days thereafter, any depositor, creditor, or other claimant of the bank, or any shareholder of the bank may bring an action in interpleader in that court for distribution of the proceeds. The district court shall distribute such funds equitably. If no such action is instituted within one year after the date the funds are deposited with the district court, title to such net proceeds shall revert to the United States and the district court shall remit the funds to the Treasury of the United States.
(B) The conservator shall be deemed to have discharged all responsibility of the conservatorship upon the deposit of the proceeds with the district court and giving the required notifications.
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title II, §205, 48 Stat. 3; Pub. L. 101–73, title VIII, §804, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 443.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in subsec. (c), is act Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 967, §2, 64 Stat. 873, which is classified generally to chapter 16 (§1811 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1811 of this title and Tables.
Amendments
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "If the Comptroller of the Currency becomes satisfied that it may safely be done and that it would be in the public interest, he may, in his discretion, terminate the conservatorship and permit such bank to resume the transaction of its business subject to such terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations as he may prescribe."
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be "Comptroller of the Currency".
§206. Conservator; powers and duties
(a) General powers
A conservator shall have all the powers of the shareholders, directors, and officers of the bank and may operate the bank in its own name unless the Comptroller 1 in the order of appointment limits the conservator's authority.
(b) Subject to rules of Comptroller
The conservator shall be subject to such rules, regulations, and orders as the Comptroller from time to time deems appropriate; and, except as otherwise specifically provided in such rules, regulations, or orders or in section 209 of this title, shall have the same rights and privileges and be subject to the same duties, restrictions, penalties, conditions, and limitations as apply to directors, officers, or employees of a national bank.
(c) Payment of depositors and creditors
The Comptroller may require the conservator to set aside and make available for withdrawal by depositors and payment to other creditors such amounts as in the opinion of the Comptroller may safely be used for that purpose. All depositors and creditors who are similarly situated shall be treated in the same manner.
(d) Compensation of conservator and employees
The conservator and professional employees appointed to represent or assist the conservator shall not be paid amounts greater than are payable to employees of the Federal Government for similar services, except that the Comptroller of the Currency may authorize payment at higher rates (but not in excess of rates prevailing in the private sector), if the Comptroller determines that paying such higher rates is necessary in order to recruit and retain competent personnel.
(e) Expenses
All expenses of any such conservatorship shall be paid by the bank and shall be a lien upon the bank which shall be prior to any other lien.
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title II, §206, 48 Stat. 3; Pub. L. 101–73, title VIII, §805, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 445.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "While such bank is in the hands of the conservator appointed by the Comptroller of the Currency, the Comptroller may require the conservator to set aside and make available for withdrawal by depositors and payment to other creditors, on a ratable basis, such amounts as in the opinion of the Comptroller may safely be used for this purpose; and the Comptroller may, in his discretion, permit the conservator to receive deposits, but deposits received while the bank is in the hands of the conservator shall not be subject to any limitation as to payment or withdrawal, and such deposits shall be segregated and shall not be used to liquidate any indebtedness of such bank existing at the time that a conservator was appointed for it, or any subsequent indebtedness incurred for the purpose of liquidating any indebtedness of such bank existing at the time such conservator was appointed. Such deposits received while the bank is in the hands of the conservator shall be kept on hand in cash, invested in the direct obligations of the United States, or deposited with a Federal reserve bank. The Federal reserve banks are authorized to open and maintain separate deposit accounts for such purpose, or for the purpose of receiving deposits from State officials in charge of State banks under similar circumstances."
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be "Comptroller of the Currency".
§§207, 208. Repealed. Pub. L. 101–73, title VIII, §808, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 446
Section 207, acts Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title II, §207, 48 Stat. 3; May 20, 1933, ch. 34, 48 Stat. 72, prescribed conditions for reorganization of banks, requiring consent of depositors and other creditors, of stockholders, or of both depositors and other creditors and stockholders, namely that the reorganization plan be fair and equitable to depositors, other creditors, and stockholders and be in the public interest; that the plan be consented to in writing; and that the approved plan be binding on all consenting or nonconsenting depositors, creditors, and stockholders.
Section 208, act Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title II, §208, 48 Stat. 4, made the provisions for segregation of deposits inapplicable after termination of conservatorship, and provided for termination of conservatorship after publication of notice of termination and mailing of a copy of such notice by registered mail to depositors of record.
§209. Liability protection
(a) Federal agency and employees
In any case in which the conservator is a Federal agency or an employee of the Government, the provisions of chapters 161 and 171 of title 28 shall apply with respect to such conservator's liability for acts or omissions performed pursuant to and in the course of the duties and responsibilities of the conservatorship.
(b) Other conservators
In any case where the conservator is not a conservator described in subsection (a), the conservator shall not be liable for damages in tort or otherwise for acts or omissions performed pursuant to and in the course of the duties and responsibilities of the conservatorship, unless such acts or omissions constitute gross negligence, including any similar conduct or any form of intentional tortious conduct, as determined by a court.
(c) Indemnification
The Comptroller 1 shall have authority to indemnify the conservator on such terms as the Comptroller deems proper.
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title II, §209, 48 Stat. 5; Sept. 3, 1954, ch. 1263, §23, 68 Stat. 1234; Pub. L. 101–73, title VIII, §806, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 445.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "Conservators appointed pursuant to the provisions of this subchapter shall be subject to the provisions of and to the penalties prescribed by sections 334, 656, and 1005 of title 18; and sections 202, 216, 281, 431, 432, and 433 of title 18, in so far as applicable, are extended to apply to contracts, agreements, proceedings, dealings, claims and controversies by or with any such conservator or the Comptroller of the Currency under the provisions of this subchapter."
1954—Act Sept. 3, 1954, corrected references to title 18.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be "Comptroller of the Currency".
§210. Governmental powers unimpaired
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to impair in any manner any powers of the President, the Secretary of the Treasury, the Comptroller of the Currency, or the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title II, §210, 48 Stat. 5; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Act Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704, changed the name of the Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§211. Rules and regulations
(a) In general
The Comptroller of the Currency may prescribe such rules and regulations as the Comptroller may deem necessary to carry out the provisions of this Act.
(b) F.D.I.C. as conservator
In any case in which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is the conservator, any rules or regulations prescribed by the Comptroller shall be consistent with any rules and regulations prescribed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.].
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title II, §211, 48 Stat. 5; Pub. L. 101–73, title VIII, §807, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 446.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is act Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, 48 Stat. 1, popularly known as the Emergency Banking and Bank Conservation Act, which is classified to sections 51a, 51b, 51c, 51d, 95, 201 to 212, 248, 347b, 347c, 347d, and 445 of this title and section 4305 of Title 50, War and National Defense, and classified as a note under section 4305 of Title 50.
Section 51d of this title was repealed by act June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title II, §206(b), (o), 61 Stat. 208. For effect of the repeal on outstanding debentures held by banks, see References in Text note set out under section 51b–1 of this title.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in subsec. (b), is act Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 967, §2, 64 Stat. 873, which is classified generally to chapter 16 (§1811 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1811 of this title and Tables.
Amendments
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "The Comptroller of the Currency is authorized and empowered, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, to prescribe such rules and regulations as he may deem necessary in order to carry out the provisions of this subchapter. Whoever violates any rule or regulation made pursuant to this section shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction thereof, shall be fined not more than $5,000, or imprisoned not more than one year, or both."
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§212. Right to amend; separability
The right to alter, amend, or repeal this Act is expressly reserved. If any provision of this Act, or the application there of to any person or circumstances, is held invalid, the remainder of the Act, and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances, shall not be affected thereby.
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title V, §502, 48 Stat. 7.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This Act, referred to in text, is act Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, 48 Stat. 1, popularly known as the Emergency Banking and Bank Conservation Act, which is classified to sections 51a, 51b, 51c, 51d, 95, 201 to 212, 248, 347b, 347c, 347d, and 445 of this title and section 4305 of Title 50, War and National Defense, and classified as a note under section 4305 of Title 50.
Section 51d of this title was repealed by act June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title II, §206(b), (o), 61 Stat. 208. For effect of the repeal on outstanding debentures held by banks, see References in Text note set out under section 51b–1 of this title.
Codification
This section was not enacted as part of title II of act Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, 48 Stat. 2, which comprises this subchapter.
§213. Transferred
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, act Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §13, 48 Stat. 343, relating to ratification of acts of the President and Secretary of the Treasury, was transferred to section 824 of former Title 31, and subsequently repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
SUBCHAPTER XV—CONVERSION OF NATIONAL BANKS INTO STATE BANKS
§214. Definitions
(a) As used in this subchapter and section 321 of this title the term "State bank" means any bank, banking association, trust company, savings bank (other than a mutual savings bank), or other banking institution which is engaged in the business of receiving deposits and which is incorporated under the laws of any State, any Territory of the United States, Puerto Rico, or the Virgin Islands, or which is operating under the Code of Law for the District of Columbia.
(b) For purposes of merger or consolidation under this subchapter and section 321 of this title the term "national banking association" means one or more national banking associations, and the term "State bank" means one or more State banks.
(Aug. 17, 1950, ch. 729, §1, 64 Stat. 455; Sept. 3, 1954, ch. 1263, §24, 68 Stat. 1234; Pub. L. 109–351, title VII, §725(f), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 2002; Pub. L. 109–356, title I, §123(f), Oct. 16, 2006, 120 Stat. 2029.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2006—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 109–351 and 109–356 amended subsec. (a) identically, striking out "(except a national banking association)" before period at end.
1954—Act Sept. 3, 1954, substituted "this subchapter and section 321 of this title" for "sections 214 to 214c, 264(e)(2), (i)(2), (v)(4), and 321 of this title" wherever appearing.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Separability
Act Aug. 17, 1950, ch. 729, §9, 64 Stat. 458, provided that: "If any provision of this Act [enacting this subchapter and amending of sections 264 and 321 of this title], or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, is held invalid, the remainder of the Act and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby."
§214a. Procedure for conversion, merger, or consolidation; vote of stockholders
A national banking association may, by vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of each class of its capital stock, convert into, or merge or consolidate with, a State bank in the same State in which the national banking association is located, under a State charter, in the following manner:
(a) Approval of board of directors; publication of notice of stockholders' meeting; waiver of publication; notice by registered or certified mail
The plan of conversion, merger, or consolidation must be approved by a majority of the entire board of directors of the national banking association. The bank shall publish notice of the time, place, and object of the shareholders' meeting to act upon the plan, in some newspaper with general circulation in the place where the principal office of the national banking association is located, at least once a week for four consecutive weeks: Provided, That newspaper publication may be dispensed with entirely if waived by all the shareholders and in the case of a merger or consolidation one publication at least ten days before the meeting shall be sufficient if publication for four weeks is waived by holders of at least two-thirds of each class of capital stock and prior written consent of the Comptroller of the Currency is obtained. The national banking association shall send such notice to each shareholder of record by registered mail or by certified mail at least ten days prior to the meeting, which notice may be waived specifically by any shareholder.
(b) Rights of dissenting stockholders
A shareholder of a national banking association who votes against the conversion, merger, or consolidation, or who has given notice in writing to the bank at or prior to such meeting that he dissents from the plan, shall be entitled to receive in cash the value of the shares held by him, if and when the conversion, merger, or consolidation is consummated, upon written request made to the resulting State bank at any time before thirty days after the date of consummation of such conversion, merger, or consolidation, accompanied by the surrender of his stock certificates. The value of such shares shall be determined as of the date on which the shareholders' meeting was held authorizing the conversion, merger, or consolidation, by a committee of three persons, one to be selected by majority vote of the dissenting shareholders entitled to receive the value of their shares, one by the directors of the resulting State bank, and the third by the two so chosen. The valuation agreed upon by any two of three appraisers thus chosen shall govern; but, if the value so fixed shall not be satisfactory to any dissenting shareholder who has requested payment as provided herein, such shareholder may within five days after being notified of the appraised value of his shares appeal to the Comptroller of the Currency, who shall cause a reappraisal to be made, which shall be final and binding as to the value of the shares of the appellant. If, within ninety days from the date of consummation of the conversion, merger, or consolidation, for any reason one or more of the appraisers is not selected as herein provided, or the appraisers fail to determine the value of such shares, the Comptroller shall upon written request of any interested party, cause an appraisal to be made, which shall be final and binding on all parties. The expenses of the Comptroller in making the reappraisal, or the appraisal as the case may be, shall be paid by the resulting State bank. The plan of conversion, merger, or consolidation shall provide the manner of disposing of the shares of the resulting State bank not taken by the dissenting shareholders of the national banking association.
(Aug. 17, 1950, ch. 729, §2, 64 Stat. 455; Pub. L. 86–507, §1(10), June 11, 1960, 74 Stat. 200; Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §706, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 188.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1980—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–221 substituted "majority" for "unanimous".
1960—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 86–507 inserted "or by certified mail" after "registered mail".
§214b. Continuation of business and corporate entity
The franchise of a national banking association as a national banking association shall automatically terminate when its conversion into or its merger or consolidation with a State bank under a State charter is consummated and the resulting State bank shall be considered the same business and corporate entity as the national banking association, although as to rights, powers, and duties the resulting bank is a State bank. Any reference to such national banking association in any contract, will, or document shall be considered a reference to the State bank if not inconsistent with the provisions of the contract, will, or document or applicable law.
(Aug. 17, 1950, ch. 729, §3, 64 Stat. 456.)
§214c. Conversions in contravention of State law
No conversion of a national banking association into a State bank or its merger or consolidation with a State bank shall take place under this subchapter and section 321 of this title in contravention of the law of the State in which the national banking association is located; and no such conversion, merger, or consolidation shall take place under said sections unless under the law of the State in which such national banking association is located State banks may without approval by any State authority convert into and merge or consolidate with national banking associations under limitations or conditions no more restrictive than those contained in section 214a of this title with respect to the conversion of a national bank into, or merger or consolidation of a national bank with, a State bank under State charter.
(Aug. 17, 1950, ch. 729, §4, 64 Stat. 456; July 12, 1952, ch. 696, 66 Stat. 590; Sept. 3, 1954, ch. 1263, §25, 68 Stat. 1235.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1954—Act Sept. 3, 1954, substituted "this subchapter and section 321 of this title" for "sections 214 to 214c, 264(e)(2), (i)(2), (v)(4), and 321 of this title".
1952—Act July 12, 1952, amended section so that the limitation of this section beyond which State law cannot go will be measured by the standard set out in section 214a of this title for National-to-State conversions.
§214d. Prohibition on conversion
A national banking association may not convert to a State bank or State savings association during any period in which the national banking association is subject to a cease and desist order (or other formal enforcement order) issued by, or a memorandum of understanding entered into with, the Comptroller of the Currency with respect to a significant supervisory matter.
(Aug. 17, 1950, ch. 729, §10, as added Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §612(a), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1612.)
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date
Section effective 1 day after July 21, 2010, except as otherwise provided, see section 4 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 5301 of this title.
SUBCHAPTER XVI—CONSOLIDATION AND MERGER
§215. Consolidation of banks within same State
(a) In general
Any national bank or any bank incorporated under the laws of any State may, with the approval of the Comptroller, be consolidated with one or more national banking associations located in the same State under the charter of a national banking association on such terms and conditions as may be lawfully agreed upon by a majority of the board of directors of each association or bank proposing to consolidate, and be ratified and confirmed by the affirmative vote of the shareholders of each such association or bank owning at least two-thirds of its capital stock outstanding, or by a greater proportion of such capital stock in the case of such State bank if the laws of the State where it is organized so require, at a meeting to be held on the call of the directors after publishing notice of the time, place, and object of the meeting for four consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general circulation published in the place where the association or bank is located, or, if there is no such newspaper, then in the paper of general circulation published nearest thereto, and after sending such notice to each shareholder of record by certified or registered mail at least ten days prior to the meeting, except to those shareholders who specifically waive notice, but any additional notice shall be given to the shareholders of such State bank which may be required by the laws of the State where it is organized. Publication of notice may be waived, in cases where the Comptroller determines that an emergency exists justifying such waiver, by unanimous action of the shareholders of the association or State bank.
(b) Liability of consolidated association; capital stock; dissenting shareholders
The consolidated association shall be liable for all liabilities of the respective consolidating banks or associations. The capital stock of such consolidated association shall not be less than that required under existing law for the organization of a national bank in the place in which it is located: Provided, That if such consolidation shall be voted for at such meetings by the necessary majorities of the shareholders of each association and State bank proposing to consolidate, and thereafter the consolidation shall be approved by the Comptroller, any shareholder of any of the associations or State banks so consolidated who has voted against such consolidation at the meeting of the association or bank of which he is a stockholder, or who has given notice in writing at or prior to such meeting to the presiding officer that he dissents from the plan of consolidation, shall be entitled to receive the value of the shares so held by him when such consolidation is approved by the Comptroller upon written request made to the consolidated association at any time before thirty days after the date of consummation of the consolidation, accompanied by the surrender of his stock certificates.
(c) Valuation of shares
The value of the shares of any dissenting shareholder shall be ascertained, as of the effective date of the consolidation, by an appraisal made by a committee of three persons, composed of (1) one selected by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock, the owners of which are entitled to payment in cash; (2) one selected by the directors of the consolidated banking association; and (3) one selected by the two so selected. The valuation agreed upon by any two of the three appraisers shall govern. If the value so fixed shall not be satisfactory to any dissenting shareholder who has requested payment, that shareholder may, within five days after being notified of the appraised value of his shares, appeal to the Comptroller, who shall cause a reappraisal to be made which shall be final and binding as to the value of the shares of the appellant.
(d) Appraisal by Comptroller; expenses of consolidated association; sale and resale of shares; State appraisal and consolidation law
If, within ninety days from the date of consummation of the consolidation, for any reason one or more of the appraisers is not selected as herein provided, or the appraisers fail to determine the value of such shares, the Comptroller shall upon written request of any interested party cause an appraisal to be made which shall be final and binding on all parties. The expenses of the Comptroller in making the reappraisal or the appraisal, as the case may be, shall be paid by the consolidated banking association. The value of the shares ascertained shall be promptly paid to the dissenting shareholders by the consolidated banking association. Within thirty days after payment has been made to all dissenting shareholders as provided for in this section the shares of stock of the consolidated banking association which would have been delivered to such dissenting shareholders had they not requested payment shall be sold by the consolidated banking association at an advertised public auction, unless some other method of sale is approved by the Comptroller, and the consolidated banking association shall have the right to purchase any of such shares at such public auction, if it is the highest bidder therefor, for the purpose of reselling such shares within thirty days thereafter to such person or persons and at such price not less than par as its board of directors by resolution may determine. If the shares are sold at public auction at a price greater than the amount paid to the dissenting shareholders the excess in such sale price shall be paid to such shareholders. The appraisal of such shares of stock in any State bank shall be determined in the manner prescribed by the law of the State in such cases, rather than as provided in this section, if such provision is made in the State law; and no such consolidation shall be in contravention of the law of the State under which such bank is incorporated.
(e) Status of consolidated association; property rights and interests vested and held as fiduciary
The corporate existence of each of the consolidating banks or banking associations participating in such consolidation shall be merged into and continued in the consolidated national banking association and such consolidated national banking association shall be deemed to be the same corporation as each bank or banking association participating in the consolidation. All rights, franchises, and interests of the individual consolidating banks or banking associations in and to every type of property (real, personal, and mixed) and choses in action shall be transferred to and vested in the consolidated national banking association by virtue of such consolidation without any deed or other transfer. The consolidated national banking association, upon the consolidation and without any order or other action on the part of any court or otherwise, shall hold and enjoy all rights of property, franchises, and interests, including appointments, designations, and nominations, and all other rights and interests as trustee, executor, administrator, registrar of stocks and bonds, guardian of estates, assignee, and receiver, and in every other fiduciary capacity, in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests were held or enjoyed by any one of the consolidating banks or banking associations at the time of consolidation, subject to the conditions hereinafter provided.
(f) Removal as fiduciary; discrimination
Where any consolidating bank or banking association, at the time of the consolidation, was acting under appointment of any court as trustee, executor, administrator, registrar of stocks and bonds, guardian of estates, assignee, or receiver, or in any other fiduciary capacity, the consolidated national banking association shall be subject to removal by a court of competent jurisdiction in the same manner and to the same extent as was such consolidating bank or banking association prior to the consolidation. Nothing contained in this section shall be considered to impair in any manner the right of any court to remove the consolidated national banking association and to appoint in lieu thereof a substitute trustee, executor, or other fiduciary, except that such right shall not be exercised in such a manner as to discriminate against national banking associations, nor shall any consolidated national banking association be removed solely because of the fact that it is a national banking association.
(g) Issuance of stock by consolidated association; preemptive rights
Stock of the consolidated national banking association may be issued as provided by the terms of the consolidation agreement, free from any preemptive rights of the shareholders of the respective consolidating banks.
(Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, §2, formerly §1, as added Pub. L. 86–230, §20, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 460; renumbered §2 and amended Pub. L. 103–328, title I, §102(b)(4)(C), Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2351; Pub. L. 112–231, §2(b)(2)(A), Dec. 28, 2012, 126 Stat. 1619.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Provisions similar to those comprising this section were contained in sections 1 and 2 of act Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, 40 Stat. 1043, and section 3 of act Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, added Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §1, 44 Stat. 1225 (formerly classified to sections 33 to 34a of this title) prior to the complete amendment and renumbering of act Nov. 7, 1918, by Pub. L. 86–230.
Amendments
2012—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 112–231, §2(b)(2)(A)(i), substituted "and receiver" for "receiver, and committee of estates of lunatics".
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 112–231, §2(b)(2)(A)(ii), substituted "or receiver" for "receiver, or committee of estates of lunatics".
1994—Pub. L. 103–328 inserted section catchline and, in subsec. (a), inserted heading and substituted "Any national bank" for "Any national banking association".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Short Title
Act Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, §1, as added by Pub. L. 103–328, title I, §102(b)(4)(C), Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2351, provided that: "This Act [enacting this subchapter] may be cited as the 'National Bank Consolidation and Merger Act'."
§215a. Merger of national banks or State banks into national banks
(a) Approval of Comptroller, board and shareholders; merger agreement; notice; capital stock; liability of receiving association
One or more national banking associations or one or more State banks, with the approval of the Comptroller, under an agreement not inconsistent with this subchapter, may merge into a national banking association located within the same State, under the charter of the receiving association. The merger agreement shall—
(1) be agreed upon in writing by a majority of the board of directors of each association or State bank participating in the plan of merger;
(2) be ratified and confirmed by the affirmative vote of the shareholders of each such association or State bank owning at least two-thirds of its capital stock outstanding, or by a greater proportion of such capital stock in the case of a State bank if the laws of the State where it is organized so require, at a meeting to be held on the call of the directors, after publishing notice of the time, place, and object of the meeting for four consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general circulation published in the place where the association or State bank is located, or, if there is no such newspaper, then in the newspaper of general circulation published nearest thereto, and after sending such notice to each shareholder of record by certified or registered mail at least ten days prior to the meeting, except to those shareholders who specifically waive notice, but any additional notice shall be given to the shareholders of such State bank which may be required by the laws of the State where it is organized. Publication of notice may be waived, in cases where the Comptroller determines that an emergency exists justifying such waiver, by unanimous action of the shareholders of the association or State banks;
(3) specify the amount of the capital stock of the receiving association, which shall not be less than that required under existing law for the organization of a national bank in the place in which it is located and which will be outstanding upon completion of the merger, the amount of stock (if any) to be allocated, and cash (if any) to be paid, to the shareholders of the association or State bank being merged into the receiving association; and
(4) provide that the receiving association shall be liable for all liabilities of the association or State bank being merged into the receiving association.
(b) Dissenting shareholders
If a merger shall be voted for at the called meetings by the necessary majorities of the shareholders of each association or State bank participating in the plan of merger, and thereafter the merger shall be approved by the Comptroller, any shareholder of any association or State bank to be merged into the receiving association who has voted against such merger at the meeting of the association or bank of which he is a stockholder, or has given notice in writing at or prior to such meeting to the presiding officer that he dissents from the plan of merger, shall be entitled to receive the value of the shares so held by him when such merger shall be approved by the Comptroller upon written request made to the receiving association at any time before thirty days after the date of consummation of the merger, accompanied by the surrender of his stock certificates.
(c) Valuation of shares
The value of the shares of any dissenting shareholder shall be ascertained, as of the effective date of the merger, by an appraisal made by a committee of three persons, composed of (1) one selected by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock, the owners of which are entitled to payment in cash; (2) one selected by the directors of the receiving association; and (3) one selected by the two so selected. The valuation agreed upon by any two of the three appraisers shall govern. If the value so fixed shall not be satisfactory to any dissenting shareholder who has requested payment, that shareholder may, within five days after being notified of the appraised value of his shares, appeal to the Comptroller, who shall cause a reappraisal to be made which shall be final and binding as to the value of the shares of the appellant.
(d) Application to shareholders of merging associations: appraisal by Comptroller; expenses of receiving association; sale and resale of shares; State appraisal and merger law
If, within ninety days from the date of consummation of the merger, for any reason one or more of the appraisers is not selected as herein provided, or the appraisers fail to determine the value of such shares, the Comptroller shall upon written request of any interested party cause an appraisal to be made which shall be final and binding on all parties. The expenses of the Comptroller in making the reappraisal or the appraisal, as the case may be, shall be paid by the receiving association. The value of the shares ascertained shall be promptly paid to the dissenting shareholders by the receiving association. The shares of stock of the receiving association which would have been delivered to such dissenting shareholders had they not requested payment shall be sold by the receiving association at an advertised public auction, and the receiving association shall have the right to purchase any of such shares at such public auction, if it is the highest bidder therefor, for the purpose of reselling such shares within thirty days thereafter to such person or persons and at such price not less than par as its board of directors by resolution may determine. If the shares are sold at public auction at a price greater than the amount paid to the dissenting shareholders, the excess in such sale price shall be paid to such dissenting shareholders. The appraisal of such shares of stock in any State bank shall be determined in the manner prescribed by the law of the State in such cases, rather than as provided in this section, if such provision is made in the State law; and no such merger shall be in contravention of the law of the State under which such bank is incorporated. The provisions of this subsection shall apply only to shareholders of (and stock owned by them in) a bank or association being merged into the receiving association.
(e) Status of receiving association; property rights and interests vested and held as fiduciary
The corporate existence of each of the merging banks or banking associations participating in such merger shall be merged into and continued in the receiving association and such receiving association shall be deemed to be the same corporation as each bank or banking association participating in the merger. All rights, franchises, and interests of the individual merging banks or banking associations in and to every type of property (real, personal, and mixed) and choses in action shall be transferred to and vested in the receiving association by virtue of such merger without any deed or other transfer. The receiving association, upon the merger and without any order or other action on the part of any court or otherwise, shall hold and enjoy all rights of property, franchises, and interests, including appointments, designations, and nominations, and all other rights and interests as trustee, executor, administrator, registrar of stocks and bonds, guardian of estates, assignee, and receiver, and in every other fiduciary capacity, in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests were held or enjoyed by any one of the merging banks or banking associations at the time of the merger, subject to the conditions hereinafter provided.
(f) Removal as fiduciary; discrimination
Where any merging bank or banking association, at the time of the merger, was acting under appointment of any court as trustee, executor, administrator, registrar of stocks and bonds, guardian of estates, assignee, or receiver, or in any other fiduciary capacity, the receiving association shall be subject to removal by a court of competent jurisdiction in the same manner and to the same extent as was such merging bank or banking association prior to the merger. Nothing contained in this section shall be considered to impair in any manner the right of any court to remove the receiving association and to appoint in lieu thereof a substitute trustee, executor, or other fiduciary, except that such right shall not be exercised in such a manner as to discriminate against national banking associations, nor shall any receiving association be removed solely because of the fact that it is a national banking association.
(g) Issuance of stock by receiving association; preemptive rights
Stock of the receiving association may be issued as provided by the terms of the merger agreement, free from any preemptive rights of the shareholders of the respective merging banks.
(Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, §3, formerly §2, as added Pub. L. 86–230, §20, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 463; renumbered §3, Pub. L. 103–328, title I, §102(b)(4)(A), Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2351; amended Pub. L. 112–231, §2(b)(2)(B), Dec. 28, 2012, 126 Stat. 1619.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Provisions similar to those comprising this section were contained in section 4 of act Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, as added July 14, 1952, ch. 722, §1, 66 Stat. 599 (formerly classified to section 34b of this title), prior to the complete amendment and renumbering of act Nov. 7, 1918, by Pub. L. 86–230.
Amendments
2012—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 112–231, §2(b)(2)(B)(i), substituted "and receiver" for "receiver, and committee of estates of lunatics".
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 112–231, §2(b)(2)(B)(ii), substituted "or receiver" for "receiver, or committee of estates of lunatics".
§215a–1. Interstate consolidations and mergers
(a) In general
A national bank may engage in a consolidation or merger under this subchapter with an out-of-State bank if the consolidation or merger is approved pursuant to section 1831u of this title.
(b) Scope of application
Subsection (a) shall not apply with respect to any consolidation or merger before June 1, 1997, unless the home State of each bank involved in the transaction has in effect a law described in section 1831u(a)(3) of this title.
(c) Definitions
The terms "home State" and "out-of-State bank" have the same meaning as in section 1831u(f) 1 of this title.
(Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, §4, as added Pub. L. 103–328, title I, §102(b)(4)(D), Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2351.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 1831u of this title, referred to in subsec. (c), was subsequently amended, and subsec. (f) of section 1831u no longer defines the terms "home State" and "out-of-State bank". However, such terms are defined elsewhere in that section.
1 See References in Text note below.
§215a–2. Expedited procedures for certain reorganizations
(a) In general
A national bank may, with the approval of the Comptroller, pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the Comptroller, and upon the affirmative vote of the shareholders of such bank owning at least two-thirds of its capital stock outstanding, reorganize so as to become a subsidiary of a bank holding company or of a company that will, upon consummation of such reorganization, become a bank holding company.
(b) Reorganization plan
A reorganization authorized under subsection (a) shall be carried out in accordance with a reorganization plan that—
(1) specifies the manner in which the reorganization shall be carried out;
(2) is approved by a majority of the entire board of directors of the national bank;
(3) specifies—
(A) the amount of cash or securities of the bank holding company, or both, or other consideration to be paid to the shareholders of the reorganizing bank in exchange for their shares of stock of the bank;
(B) the date as of which the rights of each shareholder to participate in such exchange will be determined; and
(C) the manner in which the exchange will be carried out; and
(4) is submitted to the shareholders of the reorganizing bank at a meeting to be held on the call of the directors in accordance with the procedures prescribed in connection with a merger of a national bank under section 215a of this title.
(c) Rights of dissenting shareholders
If, pursuant to this section, a reorganization plan has been approved by the shareholders and the Comptroller, any shareholder of the bank who has voted against the reorganization at the meeting referred to in subsection (b)(4), or has given notice in writing at or prior to that meeting to the presiding officer that the shareholder dissents from the reorganization plan, shall be entitled to receive the value of his or her shares, as provided by section 215a of this title for the merger of a national bank.
(d) Effect of reorganization
The corporate existence of a national bank that reorganizes in accordance with this section shall not be deemed to have been affected in any way by reason of such reorganization.
(e) Approval under the Bank Holding Company Act
This section does not affect in any way the applicability of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 [12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.] to a transaction described in subsection (a).
(Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, §5, as added Pub. L. 106–569, title XII, §1204(2), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3033.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, referred to in subsec. (e), is act May 9, 1956, ch. 240, 70 Stat. 133, which is classified principally to chapter 17 (§1841 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1841 of this title and Tables.
§215a–3. Mergers and consolidations with subsidiaries and nonbank affiliates
(a) In general
Upon the approval of the Comptroller, a national bank may merge with one or more of its nonbank subsidiaries or affiliates.
(b) Scope
Nothing in this section shall be construed—
(1) to affect the applicability of section 1828(c) of this title; or
(2) to grant a national bank any power or authority that is not permissible for a national bank under other applicable provisions of law.
(c) Regulations
The Comptroller shall promulgate regulations to implement this section.
(Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, §6, as added Pub. L. 106–569, title XII, §1206, Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3034.)
§215b. Definitions
As used in this subchapter, the term—
(1) "State bank" means any bank, banking association, trust company, savings bank (other than a mutual savings bank), or other banking institution which is engaged in the business of receiving deposits and which is incorporated under the laws of any State, or which is operating under the Code of Law for the District of Columbia;
(2) "State" means the several States and Territories, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, and the District of Columbia;
(3) "Comptroller" means the Comptroller of the Currency; and
(4) "Receiving association" means the national banking association into which one or more national banking associations or one or more State banks, located within the same State, merge.
(Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, §7, formerly §3, as added Pub. L. 86–230, §20, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 465; renumbered §5, Pub. L. 103–328, title I, §102(b)(4)(B), Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2351; renumbered §7, Pub. L. 106–569, title XII, §1204(1), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3033; amended Pub. L. 109–351, title VII, §725(e), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 2002; Pub. L. 109–356, title I, §123(e), Oct. 16, 2006, 120 Stat. 2029.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Provisions similar to those comprising this section were contained in section 5 of act Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, as added July 14, 1952, ch. 722, §1, 66 Stat. 601 (formerly classified to section 34c of this title), prior to the complete amendment and renumbering of act Nov. 7, 1918, by Pub. L. 86–230.
Amendments
2006—Par. (1). Pub. L. 109–351 and 109–356 amended par. (1) identically, striking out "(except a national banking association located in the District of Columbia)" before semicolon at end.
§215c. Mergers, consolidations, and other acquisitions authorized
(a) In general
Subject to sections 1815(d)(3) 1 and 1828(c) of this title and all other applicable laws, any national bank may acquire or be acquired by any insured depository institution.
(b) Expedited approval of acquisitions
(1) In general
Any application by a national bank to acquire or be acquired by another insured depository institution which is required to be filed with the Comptroller of the Currency under any applicable law or regulation shall be approved or disapproved in writing by the agency before the end of the 60-day period beginning on the date such application is filed with the agency.
(2) Extensions of period
The period for approval or disapproval referred to in paragraph (1) may be extended for an additional 30-day period if the Comptroller of the Currency determines that—
(A) an applicant has not furnished all of the information required to be submitted; or
(B) in the Comptroller's judgment, any material information submitted is substantially inaccurate or incomplete.
(c) Rule of construction
No provision of this section shall be construed as authorizing a national bank or a subsidiary of a national bank to engage in any activity not otherwise authorized under this Act 1 or any other law governing the powers of national banks.
(d) "Acquire" defined
For purposes of this section, the term "acquire" means to acquire, directly or indirectly, ownership or control through a merger or consolidation or an acquisition of assets or assumption of liabilities, provided that following such merger, consolidation, or acquisition, an acquiring insured depository institution may not own the shares of the acquired insured depository institution.
(R.S. §5156A, as added Pub. L. 102–242, title V, §502(b), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2393; amended Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2201(b)(1), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–403.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 1815(d)(3) of this title, referred to in subsec. (a), which related to optional conversions by insured depository institutions subject to special rules on deposit insurance payments, was struck out and former section 1815(d)(1)(C) redesignated section 1815(d)(3) by Pub. L. 109–173, §8(a)(4), (5)(D), Feb. 15, 2006, 119 Stat. 3610, 3611.
This Act, referred to in subsec. (c), probably means the National Bank Act, act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, 13 Stat. 99, which is classified principally to chapter 2 (§21 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 38 of this title.
Codification
Section was not enacted as part of act Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, as added Sept. 8, 1959, Pub. L. 86–230, §20, 73 Stat. 460, which comprises this subchapter.
Amendments
1996—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 104–208 substituted "under any applicable law" for "by section 1815(d)(3) of this title or any other applicable law".
1 See References in Text note below.
SUBCHAPTER XVII—DISPOSITION OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY RECOVERED FROM CLOSED NATIONAL BANKS
§216. Purpose
The purpose of this subchapter is to dispose of unclaimed property in the possession, custody, or control of the Comptroller of the Currency by—
(1) providing final notice of the availability of unclaimed property from closed national banks;
(2) barring rights of claimants to obtain such property from the Comptroller after a reasonable period of time following such notice; and
(3) authorizing the Comptroller to dispose of such property for which no claims have been filed and validated under this subchapter.
(Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §731, as added Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §408, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1513; amended Pub. L. 109–351, title VII, §725(c)(1), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 2001; Pub. L. 109–356, title I, §123(c)(1), Oct. 16, 2006, 120 Stat. 2029.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2006—Par. (1). Pub. L. 109–351 and 109–356 amended par. (1) identically, striking out "and closed banks in the District of Columbia" before semicolon at end.
§216a. Definitions
For purposes of this subchapter—
(1) the term "Comptroller" means the Comptroller of the Currency;
(2) the term "unclaimed property" means any articles, items, assets, other property, or the proceeds thereof from safe deposit boxes or other safekeeping arrangements with closed national banks, which are in the possession, custody, or control of the Comptroller in its capacity as successor to receivers of those banks; and
(3) the term "claimant" means any person or entity, including a State under applicable statutory law, asserting a demonstrable legal interest in title to, or custody or possession of, unclaimed property.
(Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §732, as added Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §408, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1513; amended Pub. L. 109–351, title VII, §725(c)(2), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 2001; Pub. L. 109–356, title I, §123(c)(2), Oct. 16, 2006, 120 Stat. 2029.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2006—Par. (2). Pub. L. 109–351 and 109–356 amended par. (2) identically, striking out "or closed banks in the District of Columbia" after "closed national banks".
§216b. Disposition of unclaimed property
(a) Limitations for filing claims; publication of notice in Federal Register; contents of notice; disclosure of descriptive information; inspection of specific property
(1) Within twelve months following October 15, 1982, the Comptroller shall publish formal notice in the Federal Register that all claims to rights of any claimant to obtain title to, or custody or possession of, any unclaimed property in the possession, custody, or control of the Comptroller must be filed within twelve months following the last date of publication of such formal notice in the Federal Register or shall thereafter be barred.
(2) Such notice shall contain the names of last known owners, if any, names and locations of affected closed banks, and a general description of the types of unclaimed property held by the Comptroller. The Comptroller may provide additional notice in local communities as it deems appropriate.
(3)(A) The Comptroller shall not disclose, by publication, inspection or otherwise, information relating to the ownership or description of any specific unclaimed property prior to publication of formal notice under this section.
(B) Thereafter, the Comptroller shall disclose descriptive information of specific unclaimed property only to a claimant thereof. The Comptroller may recoup expenses associated with any publication or other provision of notice from any sale of property authorized by this subchapter. Reasonable opportunity for inspection of specific property by a claimant thereof shall be provided in Washington, District of Columbia.
(b) Delivery of property to claimant upon proof of entitlement; determination of validity of claims; recoupment of expenses; liability for losses; insurance requirements
(1) The Comptroller shall deliver such property to any claimant or his or her legally authorized representative upon receiving proof deemed adequate by the Comptroller that such claimant is entitled to the property, but only if the claimant files for the property within twelve months following the last date formal notice is published in the Federal Register.
(2)(A) The Comptroller shall have authority to determine the validity of all claims filed. The Comptroller may recoup expenses associated with the handling and processing of claims from any sale of property authorized by this subchapter.
(B) All expenses associated with the delivery of any property shall be borne by the claimant. The Comptroller shall not be responsible for any loss in connection with the handling, storage, or delivery of any property to the claimant. The Comptroller may require the claimant to purchase insurance to cover the risk of any loss.
(c) Vesting of rights, title and interest in unclaimed property in United States; sale, use, destruction or disposition of property; proceeds of sale as miscellaneous receipts
(1) If, after twelve months from the date formal notice is published in the Federal Register, any such property remains in the possession, custody, or control of the Comptroller for which no valid claim has been filed, all rights, title, and interest in such property shall immediately be vested in the United States.
(2) The Comptroller shall thereupon, in his discretion, sell, use, destroy, or otherwise dispose of any such unclaimed property. Such disposition may include donations to the Smithsonian Institution for addition to the national collection.
(3) The proceeds of any sale authorized by this section, after recoupment by the Comptroller of any expenses incurred hereunder, shall be covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts.
(d) Liability for determination of validity of claims; liability for delivery, sale, etc., of property
The United States, the Comptroller, or any officer, employee, or agent thereof shall not be subject to personal or legal liability for any determination as to the validity of any claim or claims filed under this subchapter or for any delivery, sale, destruction, or other disposition of unclaimed property.
(e) Court action for determination of ownership, etc., in State or Federal court of competent jurisdiction; de novo nature of action; parties
(1) A court action to determine legal ownership, entitlement, or right to possession may be filed in any State or Federal court of competent jurisdiction other than against the United States, the Comptroller, or any officer, agent, or employee thereof.
(2) Such actions shall be determined de novo without regard to any agency determination or any disposition or delivery by the Comptroller of any particular property to any person.
(3) The United States, the Comptroller, or any officer, employee, or agent thereof shall neither be a party to any such judicial proceeding nor be bound by any decision, decree, or order resulting therefrom.
(f) Jurisdiction of United States Court of Federal Claims of actions against United States, Comptroller, officer, etc.; scope of review of actions of Comptroller; limitations; claims against Comptroller, officer, etc., as claim against United States
(1) The United States Court of Federal Claims shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit brought against the United States, the Comptroller, or any officer, employee, or agent thereof with regard to any determination of a claim or the disposition of any unclaimed property.
(2) The United States Court of Federal Claims may set aside actions of the Comptroller only if such actions are found to be arbitrary, capricious, an abuse of discretion, or otherwise not in accordance with law.
(3) All claims for which the United States Court of Federal Claims has jurisdiction under this subsection shall be barred unless suit is filed within two years from the date of expiration of the twelve-month notice period provided by this subchapter.
(4) For purposes of section 1491 of title 28, any Claim 1 against the Comptroller, the United States, or any officer, employee, or agent thereof shall be considered a claim against the United States.
(Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §733, as added Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §408, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1513; amended Pub. L. 102–572, title IX, §902(b)(1), Oct. 29, 1992, 106 Stat. 4516.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1992—Subsec. (f)(1) to (3). Pub. L. 102–572 substituted "United States Court of Federal Claims" for "United States Claims Court".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 102–572 effective Oct. 29, 1992, see section 911 of Pub. L. 102–572, set out as a note under section 171 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
1 So in original. Probably should not be capitalized.
§216c. Rules and regulations
The Comptroller may issue rules and regulations necessary or appropriate to carry out this subchapter.
(Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §734, as added Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §408, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1515.)
§216d. Severability
If any provision of this subchapter or the application of such provision to any person or circumstance is held invalid, the remainder of this subchapter and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.
(Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §735, as added Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §408, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1515.)
CHAPTER 3—FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM
SUBCHAPTER I—DEFINITIONS, ORGANIZATION, AND GENERAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING SYSTEM
SUBCHAPTER II—BOARD OF GOVERNORS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM
SUBCHAPTER III—FEDERAL ADVISORY COUNCIL
SUBCHAPTER IV—FEDERAL OPEN MARKET COMMITTEE
SUBCHAPTER V—FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
SUBCHAPTER VI—CAPITAL AND STOCK OF FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS; DIVIDENDS AND EARNINGS
SUBCHAPTER VII—DIRECTORS OF FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS; RESERVE AGENTS AND ASSISTANTS
SUBCHAPTER VIII—STATE BANKS AS MEMBERS OF SYSTEM
SUBCHAPTER IX—POWERS AND DUTIES OF FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS
SUBCHAPTER X—POWERS AND DUTIES OF MEMBER BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XI—DEPOSITARIES AND FISCAL AGENTS
SUBCHAPTER XII—FEDERAL RESERVE NOTES
SUBCHAPTER XIII—CIRCULATING NOTES AND BONDS SECURING SAME
SUBCHAPTER XIV—BANK RESERVES
SUBCHAPTER XV—BANK EXAMINATIONS
SUBCHAPTER XVI—CIVIL LIABILITY OF FEDERAL RESERVE AND MEMBER BANKS, SHAREHOLDERS, AND OFFICERS
SUBCHAPTER XVII—RESERVE-BANK BRANCHES
SUBCHAPTER I—DEFINITIONS, ORGANIZATION, AND GENERAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING SYSTEM
§221. Definitions
Wherever the word "bank" is used in this chapter, the word shall be held to include State bank, banking association, and trust company, except where national banks or Federal reserve banks are specifically referred to. For purposes of this chapter, a State bank includes any bank which is operating under the Code of Law for the District of Columbia.
The terms "national bank" and "national banking association" used in this chapter shall be held to be synonymous and interchangeable. The term "member bank" shall be held to mean any national bank, State bank, or bank or trust company which has become a member of one of the Federal reserve banks. The term "board" shall be held to mean Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; the term "district" shall be held to mean Federal reserve district; the term "reserve bank" shall be held to mean Federal reserve bank; the term "the continental United States" means the States of the United States and the District of Columbia.
The terms "bonds and notes of the United States", "bonds and notes of the Government of the United States", and "bonds or notes of the United States" used in this chapter shall be held to include certificates of indebtedness and Treasury bills issued under section 3104 of title 31.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §1 (pars.), 38 Stat. 251; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 86–70, §8(a), June 25, 1959, 73 Stat. 142; Pub. L. 97–258, §2(c), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1058; Pub. L. 109–351, title VII, §725(a)(1), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 2001; Pub. L. 109–356, title I, §123(a)(1), Oct. 16, 2006, 120 Stat. 2028.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
This section is comprised of the second to fourth pars. of section 1 of act Dec. 23, 1913. The first par. of section 1 is classified to section 226 of this title.
Amendments
2006—Pub. L. 109–351 and 109–356 amended section identically, inserting "For purposes of this chapter, a State bank includes any bank which is operating under the Code of Law for the District of Columbia." at end of first par.
1982—Pub. L. 97–258 inserted provisions defining "bonds and notes of the United States", "bonds and notes of the Government of the United States", and "bonds or notes of the United States". These provisions are based on acts Sept. 24, 1917, ch. 56, §5(c), 40 Stat. 290; Apr. 4, 1918, ch. 44, §4, 40 Stat. 504; Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 100, §3, 40 Stat. 1311; restated June 17, 1929, ch. 26, 46 Stat. 20 (former 31 U.S.C. 754(c)).
1959—Pub. L. 86–70 inserted definition of "the continental United States".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§221a. Additional definitions
As used in this chapter—
(a) The terms "banks", "national bank", "national banking association", "member bank", "board", "district", and "reserve bank" shall have the meanings assigned to them in section 221 of this title.
(b) Except where otherwise specifically provided, the term "affiliate" shall include any corporation, business trust, association, or other similar organization—
(1) Of which a member bank, directly or indirectly, owns or controls either a majority of the voting shares or more than 50 per centum of the number of shares voted for the election of its directors, trustees, or other persons exercising similar functions at the preceding election, or controls in any manner the election of a majority of its directors, trustees, or other persons exercising similar functions; or
(2) Of which control is held, directly or indirectly, through stock ownership or in any other manner, by the shareholders of a member bank who own or control either a majority of the shares of such bank or more than 50 per centum of the number of shares voted for the election of directors of such bank at the preceding election, or by trustees for the benefit of the shareholders of any such bank; or
(3) Of which a majority of its directors, trustees, or other persons exercising similar functions are directors of any one member bank; or
(4) Which owns or controls, directly or indirectly, either a majority of the shares of capital stock of a member bank or more than 50 per centum of the number of shares voted for the election of directors of a member bank at the preceding election, or controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors of a member bank, or for the benefit of whose shareholders or members all or substantially all the capital stock of a member bank is held by trustees.
(June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §2, 48 Stat. 162; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §301, 49 Stat. 707; Pub. L. 89–485, §13(a), (b), July 1, 1966, 80 Stat. 242.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
As used in this chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "As used in this Act and in any provision of law amended by this Act", meaning act June 16, 1933, ch. 89, 48 Stat. 162, known as the Banking Act of 1933. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 227 of this title and Tables.
Amendments
1966—Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 89–485, §13(a), added par. (4) which incorporates definitions of "holding company affiliate" contained in cls. (1) and (2) of former subsec. (c) of this section, and substituted "a member bank" for "any one bank" in first two places.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 89–485, §13(b), repealed definition of "holding company affiliate", cls. (1) and (2) thereof now being incorporated in the subsec. (b)(4) definition of "affiliate", substituting "a member bank" for "any one bank" in first two places and the par. excluding therefrom any corporations stock of which is fully owned by the United States and any organization determined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System not to be engaged, directly or indirectly, as a business in holding the stock of, or managing or controlling, banks, banking associations, savings banks, or trust companies.
1935—Subsec. (c). Act Aug. 23, 1935, added last par.
§222. Federal reserve districts; membership of national banks
The continental United States, excluding Alaska, shall be divided into not less than eight nor more than twelve districts. Such districts may be readjusted and new districts may from time to time be created by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, not to exceed twelve in all: Provided, That the districts shall be apportioned with due regard to the convenience and customary course of business and shall not necessarily be coterminous with any State or States. Such districts shall be known as Federal reserve districts and may be designated by number. When the State of Alaska or Hawaii is hereafter admitted to the Union the Federal Reserve 1 districts shall be readjusted by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in such manner as to include such State. Every national bank in any State shall, upon commencing business or within ninety days after admission into the Union of the State in which it is located, become a member bank of the Federal Reserve System by subscribing and paying for stock in the Federal Reserve bank of its district in accordance with the provisions of this chapter and shall thereupon be an insured bank under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.], and failure to do so shall subject such bank to the penalty provided by section 501a of this title.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §2 (part), 38 Stat. 251; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 85–508, §19, July 7, 1958, 72 Stat. 350; Pub. L. 86–3, §17, Mar. 18, 1959, 73 Stat. 12.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in text, is act Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 967, §2, 64 Stat. 873, which is classified generally to chapter 16 (§1811 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1811 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is based on part of the first par. of section 2 of act Dec. 23, 1913. Some of the other provisions of the first par. are classified to section 223 of this title, and some were not included in the Code.
The second par. of section 2 is classified in part to section 225 of this title. The rest of the second par. was not included in the Code.
The third par. of section 2 is classified in part to section 282 of this title. The rest of the third par. was not included in the Code.
The fourth par. of section 2 is classified to section 502 of this title.
The sixth and seventh pars. of section 2 are classified to section 501a of this title.
The ninth par. of section 2 is classified to section 283 of this title.
The tenth par. of section 2 was classified in part to former section 284 of this title. The rest of the tenth par. was not included in the Code.
The eleventh and twelfth pars. of section 2 are classified to sections 285 and 286, respectively, of this title.
The thirteenth par. of section 2 is classified in part to section 224 of this title and in part to section 281 of this title. The rest of the thirteenth par. was not included in the Code.
The fifth and eighth pars. of section 2 were not included in the Code.
Former section 141 of this title purportedly derived from part of section 2 of act Dec. 23, 1913. But see Codification note set out under former section 141 of this title.
Amendments
1959—Pub. L. 86–3 required readjustment of districts when the State of Hawaii is admitted to the Union.
1958—Pub. L. 85–508 required readjustment of districts when the State of Alaska is admitted to the Union, and inserted provisions requiring national banks to become members of the Federal Reserve System upon commencing business or within 90 Days after admission into the Union of the State in which they are located.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Executive Documents
Admission of Alaska and Hawaii to Statehood
Alaska was admitted into the Union on Jan. 3, 1959, on issuance of Proc. No. 3269, Jan. 3, 1959, 24 F.R. 81, 73 Stat. C16, and Hawaii was admitted into the Union on Aug. 21, 1959, on issuance of Proc. No. 3309, Aug. 21, 1959, 24 F.R. 6868, 73 Stat. C74. For Alaska Statehood Law, see Pub. L. 85–508, July 7, 1958, 72 Stat. 339, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions. For Hawaii Statehood Law, see Pub. L. 86–3, Mar. 18, 1959, 73 Stat. 4, set out as a note preceding section 491 of Title 48.
§223. Number of Federal reserve cities in district
A Federal reserve district shall contain only one Federal reserve city.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §2 (part), 38 Stat. 251.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is based on part of the first par. of section 2 of act Dec. 23, 1913. Some of the other provisions of the first par. are classified to section 222 of this title, and some were not included in the Code. For classification of other pars. of section 2 of this Act, see Codification note under section 222 of this title.
§224. Status of reserve cities under former statutes
The organization of reserve districts and Federal reserve cities shall not be construed as changing the present status of reserve cities except in so far as this chapter changes the amount of reserves that may be carried with approved reserve agents located therein.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §2 (part), 38 Stat. 253; Pub. L. 86–114, §3(b)(5), July 28, 1959, 73 Stat. 264.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of part of the thirteenth par. of section 2 of act Dec. 23, 1913. Some of the other provisions of the thirteenth par. are classified to section 281 of this title, and some were not included in the Code. For classification of other pars. of section 2 of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 222 of this title.
Prior Provisions
Provisions relating to reserve cities and central reserve cities were contained in R.S. §§5191, 5192, and act Mar. 3, 1887, ch. 378, §§1, 2, 24 Stat. 559, 560.
Amendments
1959—Pub. L. 86–114 struck out "and central reserve cities" after "reserve cities".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1959 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 86–114 effective three years after July 28, 1959, see section 3(b) of Pub. L. 86–114, set out as a Central Reserve and Reserve Cities note under former section 141 of this title.
§225. Federal reserve banks; title
A Federal reserve bank shall include in its title the name of the city in which it is situated, as "Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago."
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §2 (part), 38 Stat. 252.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is based on part of the second par. of section 2 of act Dec. 23, 1913. The rest of the second par. was not included in the Code. For classification of other pars. of section 2 of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 222 of this title.
§225a. Maintenance of long run growth of monetary and credit aggregates
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Open Market Committee shall maintain long run growth of the monetary and credit aggregates commensurate with the economy's long run potential to increase production, so as to promote effectively the goals of maximum employment, stable prices, and moderate long-term interest rates.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §2A, as added Pub. L. 95–188, title II, §202, Nov. 16, 1977, 91 Stat. 1387; amended Pub. L. 95–523, title I, §108(a), Oct. 27, 1978, 92 Stat. 1897; Pub. L. 100–418, title III, §3005(c), Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1375; Pub. L. 106–569, title X, §1003(a), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3028.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Another section 202 of Pub. L. 95–188 amended section 302 of this title.
Amendments
2000—Pub. L. 106–569 struck out provisions after first sentence relating to annual reports to Congress, transmittal of reports to Congressional Committees, consultations with Committees, report of Committee, changing conditions affecting achievement of objectives and plans, and explanation for deviations from objectives and plans.
1988—Pub. L. 100–418 inserted ", including an analysis of the impact of the exchange rate of the dollar on those trends" after "the Nation" in cl. (1).
1978—Pub. L. 95–523 substituted provisions relating to independent written reports of the Board of Governors to the Congress for provisions relating to the consultations of the Board of Governors with Congress at semi-annual hearings, substituted "the objectives and plans with respect to the ranges" for "such ranges", inserted "of the monetary and credit aggregates disclosed in the reports submitted under this section" after "growth or diminution", and inserted proviso respecting the inclusion of an explanation of reasons for revisions or deviations in subsequent consultations and reports.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1978 Amendment
Pub. L. 95–523, title I, §108(b), Oct. 27, 1978, 92 Stat. 1898, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] takes effect on January 1, 1979."
§225b. Appearances before and reports to the Congress
(a) Appearances before the Congress
(1) In general
The Chairman of the Board shall appear before the Congress at semi-annual hearings, as specified in paragraph (2), regarding—
(A) the efforts, activities, objectives and plans of the Board and the Federal Open Market Committee with respect to the conduct of monetary policy; and
(B) economic developments and prospects for the future described in the report required in subsection (b).
(2) Schedule
The Chairman of the Board shall appear—
(A) before the Committee on Banking and Financial Services of the House of Representatives on or about February 20 of even numbered calendar years and on or about July 20 of odd numbered calendar years;
(B) before the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate on or about July 20 of even numbered calendar years and on or about February 20 of odd numbered calendar years; and
(C) before either Committee referred to in subparagraph (A) or (B), upon request, following the scheduled appearance of the Chairman before the other Committee under subparagraph (A) or (B).
(b) Congressional report
The Board shall, concurrent with each semi-annual hearing required by this section, submit a written report to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Banking and Financial Services of the House of Representatives, containing a discussion of the conduct of monetary policy and economic developments and prospects for the future, taking into account past and prospective developments in employment, unemployment, production, investment, real income, productivity, exchange rates, international trade and payments, and prices.
(c) Public access to information
The Board shall place on its home Internet website, a link entitled "Audit", which shall link to a webpage that shall serve as a repository of information made available to the public for a reasonable period of time, not less than 6 months following the date of release of the relevant information, including—
(1) the reports prepared by the Comptroller General under section 714 of title 31;
(2) the annual financial statements prepared by an independent auditor for the Board in accordance with section 248b of this title;
(3) the reports to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate required under section 343(3) of this title (relating to emergency lending authority); and
(4) such other information as the Board reasonably believes is necessary or helpful to the public in understanding the accounting, financial reporting, and internal controls of the Board and the Federal reserve banks.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §2B, as added Pub. L. 106–569, title X, §1003(b)(1), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3028; amended Pub. L. 111–203, title XI, §1103(a), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 2118.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2010—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 111–203 added subsec. (c).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective 1 day after July 21, 2010, except as otherwise provided, see section 4 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as an Effective Date note under section 5301 of this title.
§226. "Federal Reserve Act"
The short title of the Act of December 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, shall be the "Federal Reserve Act."
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §1 (par.), 38 Stat. 251.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Act of December 23, 1913, ch. 6, referred to in text, is classified to this section, sections 1, 35, 59, 90, 92, 141, 142, 221, 222 to 225b, 241 to 246, 247 to 247b, 248, 248–1, 248a to 248c, 253, 261 to 263, 281 to 290, 301 to 308, 321 to 336, 338 to 339a, 341 to 352, 353 to 361, 371 to 371b, 371b–2 to 376, 391, 392, 393, 411 to 416, 418 to 421, 441 to 448, 461, 462, 462b to 467, 481 to 486, 501a to 506, 521, 522, 531, 601 to 604a, and 611 to 633 of this title and as a provision set out as a note under this section. Subsecs. (a)–(c) and (h)–(k) of section 22 of the Act, which were classified to former sections 593 to 599 of this title, were repealed and restated in sections 217 to 220, 433, 655, 656, 1005, 1014, 1906, and 1909 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §§1, 21, 62 Stat. 683, 862, the first section of which enacted Title 18. Sections 217 to 220 of Title 18 were subsequently renumbered sections 212 to 215 of Title 18, respectively, by Pub. L. 87–849, §1(d), Oct. 23, 1962, 76 Stat. 1125. Sections 212 and 213 of Title 18, as renumbered by Pub. L. 87–849, were subsequently repealed by Pub. L. 108–198, §2(a), Dec. 19, 2003, 117 Stat. 2899. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Codification
This section is comprised of the first par. of section 1 of act Dec. 23, 1913. The second to fourth pars. of section 1 are classified to section 221 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Short Title of 1996 Amendment
Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2001(a), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–394, provided that: "This title [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the 'Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996'."
Short Title of 1992 Amendment
Pub. L. 102–491, §1, Oct. 24, 1992, 106 Stat. 3144, provided that: "This Act [amending section 522 of this title] may be cited as the 'Federal Reserve Bank Branch Modernization Act'."
Short Title of 1987 Amendment
Pub. L. 100–86, §1(a), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 552, provided that: "This Act [enacting sections 371c–1, 1439–1, 1441, 1442a, 1467, 1467a, 1730h, 1730i, 1772b, 1772c, 3806, and 4001 to 4010 of this title and section 3334 of Title 31, Money and Finance, amending sections 24, 248a, 481, 619, 1430, 1436, 1464, 1467, 1725 to 1727, 1729 to 1730a, 1730h, 1757, 1761a, 1761b, 1764, 1766, 1767, 1785 to 1788, 1813, 1817, 1821, 1823, 1828, 1831d, 1832, 1841 to 1843, 1846, 1849, and 3106 of this title, sections 905 and 906 of Title 2, The Congress, sections 45, 46, and 57a of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and sections 3328, 3702, 3712, 9101, and 9105 of Title 31, providing for future repeal of sections 1442a, 1467a, and 1730i of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 226, 248a, 619, 1437, 1441, 1464, 1467, 1467a, 1730, 1730a, 1751, 1811, 1841, and 4001 of this title and section 3328 of Title 31, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 1729 of this title] may be cited as the 'Competitive Equality Banking Act of 1987'."
Pub. L. 100–86, title I, §100, Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 554, provided that: "This title [enacting section 371c–1 of this title, amending sections 24, 619, 1430, 1730, 1730a, 1813, 1828, 1831d, 1832, 1841 to 1843, and 1846 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 226, 619, 1730a, and 1841 of this title] may be cited as the 'Competitive Equality Amendments of 1987'."
Pub. L. 100–86, title III, §301, Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 585, provided that: "This title [enacting section 1441 of this title, amending sections 1430, 1436, 1725, 1727, and 1730 of this title and section 9101 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1730 of this title] may be cited as the 'Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation Recapitalization Act of 1987'."
Pub. L. 100–86, title IV, §401, Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 604, provided that: "This title [enacting sections 1442a, 1467, 1467a, 1730h, and 1730i of this title, amending sections 1464, 1467, 1729 to 1730a, and 1730h of this title, and section 9105 of Title 31, Money and Finance, providing for future repeal of sections 1442a, 1467a, and 1730i of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1437, 1441, 1467, and 1467a of this title] may be cited as the 'Thrift Industry Recovery Act'."
Short Title of 1982 Amendment
Pub. L. 97–320, §1, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1469, provided that: "This Act [enacting sections 216 to 216d, 1701j–3, 1795j, 1866, 1867, 3208, and 3801 to 3805 of this title and section 1099 of Title 20, Education, amending sections 22, 24, 27, 29, 30, 84, 93, 94, 95, 371, 371c, 375a, 375b, 461, 484, 504, 505, 1425a, 1426, 1428a, 1430, 1431, 1436, 1437, 1462, 1464, 1718, 1719, 1725, 1726, 1727, 1728, 1729, 1730, 1730a, 1752, 1752a, 1753, 1755, 1757, 1760, 1761, 1761a, 1761b, 1761c, 1763, 1764, 1766, 1770, 1771, 1782, 1783, 1785, 1786, 1795f, 1813, 1814, 1815, 1817, 1818, 1820, 1821, 1822, 1823, 1828, 1831c, 1832, 1841, 1842, 1843, 1847, 1861, 1862, 1863, 1864, 1865, 1972, 3106, 3204, 3305, 3412, 3414, and 3503 of this title, section 109 of Title 11, Bankruptcy, sections 1602 and 1603 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and sections 8103 and 8105 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, repealing section 82 of this title and provisions set out as a note under section 461 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section, sections 84, 371, 371c, 1461, 1464, 1811, 1817, 1823, 3503, and 3801 of this title, and sections 1602 and 1603 of Title 15, and amending provisions set out as notes under sections 92 and 191 of this title] may be cited as the 'Garn-St Germain Depository Institutions Act of 1982'."
Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §410(a), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1515, provided that: "This section [amending sections 371c, 375b, 1820, 1828 and 1972 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 371c of this title] may be cited as the 'Banking Affiliates Act of 1982'."
Short Title of 1980 Amendment
Pub. L. 96–221, §1, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 132, provided that: "This Act [enacting sections 4a, 86a, 93a, 248a, 1730g, 1735f–7a, 1831d, and 3501 to 3524 of this title, and section 1646 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, amending sections 24, 27, 29, 51b, 51b–1, 72, 85, 92, 95, 214a, 248, 342, 347b, 355, 360, 371a, 412, 461, 463, 481, 1425a, 1425b, 1431, 1464, 1724, 1726, 1728, 1752, 1757, 1763, 1785, 1787, 1795, to 1795i, 1813, 1817, 1821, 1828, 1832, 1842, and 1843 of this title, and sections 57a, 687, 1602 to 1607, 1610, 1612, 1613, 1631, 1632, 1635, 1637, 1638, 1640, 1641, 1643, 1663, 1664, 1665a, 1666, 1666d, 1667d, and 1691f of Title 15, repealing sections 86a, 371b–1, 1730e, and 1831a of this title, and sections 1614, 1636, and 1639 of Title 15, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section, sections 27, 85, 86a, 191, 248, 355, 371a, 1425a, 1724, 1730g, 1735f–7, 1735f–7a, 1787, 1813, 1817, 3101, 3501, and 3521 of this title, and sections 1601, 1602, and 1607 of Title 15, and repealing provisions set out as notes under sections 85, 86a, 371b–1, and 1831a of this title] may be cited as the 'Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control Act of 1980'."
Pub. L. 96–221, title I, §101, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 132, provided that: "This title [enacting section 248a of this title, amending sections 248, 342, 347b, 355, 360, 412, 461, 463, and 1425a of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 248 and 355 of this title] may be cited as the 'Monetary Control Act of 1980'."
Pub. L. 96–221, title III, §301, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 145, provided that: "This title [amending sections 371a, 1431, 1464, 1724, 1728, 1752, 1757, 1763, 1785, 1787, 1795 to 1795i, 1813, 1817, 1821, 1828, and 1832 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 371a, 1724, 1787, 1813, and 1817 of this title] may be cited as the 'Consumer Checking Account Equity Act of 1980'."
Short Title of 1978 Amendment
Pub. L. 95–630, §1, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3641, provided: "That this Act [enacting sections 375b, 504, 505, 635a–1 to 635a–3, 1795 to 1795i, 1831c, 3106a, 3201 to 3207, 3301 to 3308, and 3401 to 3422 of this title, sections 1693 to 1693r of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and section 2153e–1 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending sections 27, 93, 375a, 412, 635, 635e to 635g, 1451, 1462, 1464, 1715z–10, 1726, 1728 to 1730a, 1752 to 1756, 1757 to 1759, 1761 to 1763, 1766, 1767, 1771, 1772a, 1781 to 1789, 1795b to 1795g, 1813, 1817 to 1821, 1828, 1832, 1843, 1844, 1847, 1865, 1972, and 2902 of this title, sections 5108, 5314, and 5315 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, sections 709 and 1114 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, and sections 67 and 856 of former Title 31, Money and Finance, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 27, 93, 375b, 461, 601, 635, 1451, 1728, 1730, 1751, 1752, 1795, 1817, 1832, 3201, 3301, 3401, and 3415 of this title, and sections 1601 and 1693 of Title 15; and amending provisions set out as notes under this section, section 461 of this title, and section 1666f of Title 15] may be cited as the 'Financial Institutions Regulatory and Interest Rate Control Act of 1978'."
Short Title of 1977 Amendment
Pub. L. 95–188, title II, §201, Nov. 16, 1977, 91 Stat. 1387, provided that: "This title [enacting section 225a of this title, amending sections 242 and 302 of this title and section 208 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 242 of this title] may be cited as the 'Federal Reserve Reform Act of 1977'."
Short Title of 1932 Amendment
Act Feb. 27, 1932, ch. 58, 47 Stat. 56, which enacted sections 347a and 347b of this title, and amended section 412 of this title, is popularly known as the Glass-Steagall Act, 1932.
Separability; Right To Amend, Alter or Repeal
Pub. L. 100–86, title XII, §1205, Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 663, provided that: "If any provision of this Act [see Short Title of 1987 Amendment note above] or the application thereof to any person or circumstances is held invalid, the remainder of the Act and the application of the provision to other persons not similarly situated or to other circumstances shall not be affected thereby."
Act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §§30, 31, formerly §§29, 30, 38 Stat. 275, renumbered §§30, 31, Pub. L. 95–630, title I, §101, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3641, provided:
"
"
§227. "Banking Act of 1933"
The short title of the Act of June 16, 1933, ch. 89, 48 Stat. 162, shall be the "Banking Act of 1933."
(June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §1, 48 Stat. 162.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Banking Act of 1933, also known as the Glass-Steagall Act, 1933, referred to in text, is classified to sections 24, 33, 34a, 36, 51, 52, 61, 64a, 71a, 77, 78, 84, 85, 161, 197a, 221a, 227, 242, 244, 248, 289, 301, 304, 321, 329, 333 to 338, 347, 348a, 371b, 371c, 371d, 374a, 375a, 377, 378, 481, and 632 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Right To Amend, Alter or Repeal; Separability
Act June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §34, 48 Stat. 195, provided: "The right to alter, amend, or repeal this Act is hereby expressly reserved. If any provision of this act, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, is held invalid, the remainder of the act, and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances, shall not be affected thereby".
§228. "Banking Act of 1935"
The act of August 23, 1935, ch. 614, 49 Stat. 684, may be cited as the "Banking Act of 1935."
(Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, §1, 49 Stat. 684.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Banking Act of 1935, referred to in text, is classified to sections 2, 24, 33 to 34c, 35, 36, 51, 51a, 51b–1, 52, 59 to 61, 64a, 71a, 78, 84, 85, 170, 181, 192, 221a, 228, 241, 242, 244, 247a, 248, 263, 287, 288, 321, 324, 336, 341, 343, 347b, 352a, 355, 357, 371, 371b, 371c, 375a, 377, 378, 461, 462a–1, 462b, 465, 481, 482, 486, 619, 1702, 1703, 1709, and 1713 of this title; section 101 of Title 11, Bankruptcy; section 19 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade. See, also, sections 217, 218, 334, 655, 656, 709, 1005, 1906, 1909, and 2113 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of this Act to the Code see Tables.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Separability
Act Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §346, 49 Stat. 723, provided: "If any provision of this Act, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, is held invalid, the remainder of the Act, and the application of such provision to other persons and circumstances, shall not be affected thereby."
SUBCHAPTER II—BOARD OF GOVERNORS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM
§241. Creation; membership; compensation and expenses
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (hereinafter referred to as the "Board") shall be composed of seven members, to be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, after August 23, 1935, for terms of fourteen years except as hereinafter provided, but each appointive member of the Federal Reserve Board in office on such date shall continue to serve as a member of the Board until February 1, 1936, and the Secretary of the Treasury and the Comptroller of the Currency shall continue to serve as members of the Board until February 1, 1936. In selecting the members of the Board, not more than one of whom shall be selected from any one Federal Reserve district, the President shall have due regard to a fair representation of the financial, agricultural, industrial, and commercial interests, and geographical divisions of the country. In selecting members of the Board, the President shall appoint at least 1 member with demonstrated primary experience working in or supervising community banks having less than $10,000,000,000 in total assets. The members of the Board shall devote their entire time to the business of the Board and shall each receive basic compensation at the rate of $15,000 per annum, payable monthly, together with actual necessary traveling expenses.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §10 (par.), 38 Stat. 260; June 3, 1922, ch. 205, 42 Stat. 620; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(b), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 114–1, title I, §109(a), Jan. 12, 2015, 129 Stat. 9.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of first par. of section 10 of act Dec. 23, 1913. Pars. 2–7 and 8 of section 10; par. 9 of section 10, as added June 3, 1922, ch. 205, 42 Stat. 621; par. 10 of section 10, as added Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, §203(d), 49 Stat. 705; and par. (12) of section 10, as added Pub. L. 111–203, title XI, §1108(b), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 2126, are classified to sections 242 to 247, 1, 522, 247a, and 247b, respectively, of this title. No par. between pars. (10) and (12) has been enacted.
Amendments
2015—Pub. L. 114–1 inserted after second sentence "In selecting members of the Board, the President shall appoint at least 1 member with demonstrated primary experience working in or supervising community banks having less than $10,000,000,000 in total assets."
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, §203(b), increased the appointive membership from six to seven, terminated the membership of the Secretary of the Treasury and the Comptroller of the Currency, raised the tenure from twelve to fourteen years and increased the annual salary from $12,000 to $15,000.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Act Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704, provided that: "Hereafter the Federal Reserve Board shall be known as the 'Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,' and the governor and the vice governor of the Federal Reserve Board shall be known as the 'chairman' and the 'vice chairman,' respectively, of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System."
Effective Date of 2015 Amendment
Pub. L. 114–1, title I, §109(b), Jan. 12, 2015, 129 Stat. 9, provided that: "The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Jan. 12, 2015] and apply to appointments made on and after that effective date, excluding any nomination pending in the Senate on that date."
Repeals
Act Oct. 15, 1949, ch. 695, §4, 63 Stat. 880, formerly cited as a credit to this section, which was used as authority to substitute "$16,000" for "$15,000" in the last sentence, was repealed by Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 655.
General Accounting Office Study of Conflicts of Interest
Pub. L. 106–102, title VII, §728, Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1475, provided that the Comptroller General of the United States was to conduct a study analyzing the conflict of interest faced by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System between its role as a primary regulator of the banking industry and its role as a vendor of services to the banking and financial services industry and, before the end of the 1-year period beginning on Nov. 12, 1999, submit a report to the Congress, together with recommendations for such legislative or administrative actions as the Comptroller General determined to be appropriate.
Compensation of Board of Governors
Annual basic compensation of Chairman and Members of Board of Governors, see sections 5313 and 5314 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
§242. Ineligibility to hold office in member banks; qualifications and terms of office of members; chairman and vice chairman; oath of office
The members of the Board shall be ineligible during the time they are in office and for two years thereafter to hold any office, position, or employment in any member bank, except that this restriction shall not apply to a member who has served the full term for which he was appointed. Upon the expiration of the term of any appointive member of the Federal Reserve Board in office on August 23, 1935, the President shall fix the term of the successor to such member at not to exceed fourteen years, as designated by the President at the time of nomination, but in such manner as to provide for the expiration of the term of not more than one member in any two-year period, and thereafter each member shall hold office for a term of fourteen years from the expiration of the term of his predecessor, unless sooner removed for cause by the President. Of the persons thus appointed, 1 shall be designated by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, to serve as Chairman of the Board for a term of 4 years, and 2 shall be designated by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, to serve as Vice Chairmen of the Board, each for a term of 4 years, 1 of whom shall serve in the absence of the Chairman, as provided in section 244 of this title, and 1 of whom shall be designated Vice Chairman for Supervision. The Vice Chairman for Supervision shall develop policy recommendations for the Board regarding supervision and regulation of depository institution holding companies and other financial firms supervised by the Board, and shall oversee the supervision and regulation of such firms. The Chairman of the Board, subject to its supervision, shall be its active executive officer. Each member of the Board shall within fifteen days after notice of appointment make and subscribe to the oath of office. Upon the expiration of their terms of office, members of the Board shall continue to serve until their successors are appointed and have qualified. Any person appointed as a member of the Board after August 23, 1935, shall not be eligible for reappointment as such member after he shall have served a full term of fourteen years.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §10 (par.), 38 Stat. 260; June 3, 1922, ch. 205, 42 Stat. 620; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §6(a), 48 Stat. 166; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(b), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 95–188, title II, §204(a), Nov. 16, 1977, 91 Stat. 1388; Pub. L. 111–203, title XI, §1108(a)(1), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 2126.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of second par. of section 10 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 10, see note set out under section 241 of this title.
Amendments
2010—Pub. L. 111–203 substituted "Of the persons thus appointed, 1 shall be designated by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, to serve as Chairman of the Board for a term of 4 years, and 2 shall be designated by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, to serve as Vice Chairmen of the Board, each for a term of 4 years, 1 of whom shall serve in the absence of the Chairman, as provided in section 244 of this title, and 1 of whom shall be designated Vice Chairman for Supervision. The Vice Chairman for Supervision shall develop policy recommendations for the Board regarding supervision and regulation of depository institution holding companies and other financial firms supervised by the Board, and shall oversee the supervision and regulation of such firms." for "Of the persons thus appointed, one shall be designated by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, to serve as Chairman of the Board for a term of four years, and one shall be designated by the President, by and with the consent of the Senate, to serve as Vice Chairman of the Board for a term of four years."
1977—Pub. L. 95–188 substituted in third sentence "one shall be designated by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, to serve as Chairman of the Board for a term of four years, and one shall be designated by the President, by and with the consent of the Senate, to serve as Vice Chairman of the Board for a term of four years" for "one shall be designated by the President as chairman and one as vice chairman of the Board, to serve as such for a term of four years".
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, §203(b), extended term of appointive members from twelve to fourteen years, and inserted provisions for continuance in office until successor qualified and against reappointment.
1933—Act June 16, 1933, extended term of appointive members from ten to twelve years.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Pub. L. 111–203, title XI, §1108(a)(2), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 2126, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] takes effect on the date of enactment of this title [July 21, 2010] and applies to individuals who are designated by the President on or after that date to serve as Vice Chairman of Supervision."
Effective Date of 1977 Amendment; Applicability
Pub. L. 95–188, title II, §204(b), Nov. 16, 1977, 91 Stat. 1388, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] takes effect on January 1, 1979, and applies to individuals who are designated by the President on or after such date to serve as Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System."
Repeals
Act Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 101, §2, 40 Stat. 1315, formerly cited as a credit to this section, was repealed by Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 644.
Compensation of Chairman of Board
Annual basic compensation of Chairman of Board of Governors, see section 5313 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
§243. Assessments upon Federal reserve banks to pay expenses
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall have power to levy semiannually upon the Federal reserve banks, in proportion to their capital stock and surplus, an assessment sufficient to pay its estimated expenses and the salaries of its members and employees for the half year succeeding the levying of such assessment, together with any deficit carried forward from the preceding half year, and such assessments may include amounts sufficient to provide for the acquisition by the Board in its own name of such site or building in the District of Columbia as in its judgment alone shall be necessary for the purpose of providing suitable and adequate quarters for the performance of its functions. After September 1, 2000, the Board may also use such assessments to acquire, in its own name, a site or building (in addition to the facilities existing on such date) to provide for the performance of the functions of the Board. After approving such plans, estimates, and specifications as it shall have caused to be prepared, the Board may, notwithstanding any other provision of law, cause to be constructed on any site so acquired by it a building or buildings suitable and adequate in its judgment for its purposes and proceed to take all such steps as it may deem necessary or appropriate in connection with the construction, equipment, and furnishing of such building or buildings. The Board may maintain, enlarge, or remodel any building or buildings so acquired or constructed and shall have sole control of such building or buildings and space therein.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §10 (par.), 38 Stat. 261; June 3, 1922, ch. 205, 42 Stat. 621; June 19, 1934, ch. 653, §4, 48 Stat. 1108; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 106–569, title X, §1001, Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3027.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of third par. of section 10 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 10, see note set out under section 241 of this title.
Amendments
2000—Pub. L. 106–569 inserted "After September 1, 2000, the Board may also use such assessments to acquire, in its own name, a site or building (in addition to the facilities existing on such date) to provide for the performance of the functions of the Board." after first sentence, inserted "or buildings" after "building" wherever appearing in third and fourth sentences, and substituted "constructed on any site" for "constructed on the site" in third sentence.
1934—Act June 19, 1934, inserted provisions after "the preceding half year" in first sentence and inserted second and third sentences.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§244. Principal offices of Board; chairman of Board; obligations and expenses; qualifications of members; vacancies
The principal offices of the Board shall be in the District of Columbia. At meetings of the Board the chairman shall preside, and, in his absence, the vice chairman shall preside. In the absence of the chairman and the vice chairman, the Board shall elect a member to act as chairman pro tempore. The Board shall determine and prescribe the manner in which its obligations shall be incurred and its disbursements and expenses allowed and paid, and may leave on deposit in the Federal Reserve banks the proceeds of assessments levied upon them to defray its estimated expenses and the salaries of its members and employees, whose employment, compensation, leave, and expenses shall be governed solely by the provisions of this chapter and rules and regulations of the Board not inconsistent therewith; and funds derived from such assessments shall not be construed to be Government funds or appropriated moneys. No member of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall be an officer or director of any bank, banking institution, trust company, or Federal Reserve bank or hold stock in any bank, banking institution, or trust company; and before entering upon his duties as a member of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System he shall certify under oath that he has complied with this requirement, and such certification shall be filed with the secretary of the Board. Whenever a vacancy shall occur, other than by expiration of term, among the seven members of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System appointed by the President as above provided, a successor shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, to fill such vacancy, and when appointed he shall hold office for the unexpired term of his predecessor.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §10 (par.), 38 Stat. 261; June 3, 1922, ch. 205, 42 Stat. 621; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §6(b), 48 Stat. 167; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a)–(c), 49 Stat. 704, 705.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act, specific amendments thereof", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of fourth par. of section 10 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 10, see Codification note set out under section 241 of this title.
Word "seven" was substituted for "six" in last sentence on authority of section 203(b) of act Aug. 23, 1935, which increased membership of the Board of Governors.
Amendments
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, §203(c), substituted second and third sentences for former related provisions.
1933—Act June 16, 1933, fixed the principal offices of the Board, made the Secretary of the Treasury chairman, provided for chairman pro tempore, and referred to disbursements, obligations, salaries and leaves.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§245. Vacancies during recess of Senate
The President shall have power to fill all vacancies that may happen on the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System during the recess of the Senate by granting commissions which shall expire with the next session of the Senate.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §10 (par.), 38 Stat. 260; June 3, 1922, ch. 205, 42 Stat. 620; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49, Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of fifth par. of section 10 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 10, see Codification note set out under section 241 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§246. Powers of Secretary of the Treasury as affected by chapter
Nothing in this chapter contained shall be construed as taking away any powers heretofore vested by law in the Secretary of the Treasury which relate to the supervision, management, and control of the Treasury Department and bureaus under such department, and wherever any power vested by this chapter in the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the Federal reserve agent appears to conflict with the powers of the Secretary of the Treasury, such powers shall be exercised subject to the supervision and control of the Secretary.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §10 (par.), 38 Stat. 261; June 3, 1922, ch. 205, 42 Stat. 621; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of sixth par. of section 10 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 10, see Codification note set out under section 241 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§247. Reports to Congress
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall annually make a full report of its operations to the Speaker of the House of Representatives, who shall cause the same to be printed for the information of the Congress. The report required under this paragraph shall include the reports required under section 1691f of title 15, section 57a(f)(7) 1 of title 15, section 1613 of title 15, and section 247a of this title.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §10 (par.), 38 Stat. 261; June 3, 1922, ch. 205, 42 Stat. 621; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 106–569, title XI, §1103(b), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3030.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 57a(f)(7) of title 15, referred to in text, was repealed by Pub. L. 111–203, title X, §1092(3), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 2095.
Codification
Section is comprised of seventh par. of section 10 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 10, see Codification note set out under section 241 of this title.
Amendments
2000—Pub. L. 106–569 inserted at end "The report required under this paragraph shall include the reports required under section 1691f of title 15, section 57a(f)(7) of title 15, section 1613 of title 15, and section 247a of this title."
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Membership of International Banks in Federal Reserve System; Report to Congress
Pub. L. 95–369, §3(g), Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 610, provided that the Board report to Congress not later than 270 days after Sept. 17, 1978 recommendations with respect to permitting corporations organized or operating under section 25 or 25(a) of the Federal Reserve Act to become members of Federal Reserve Banks.
Effect of International Banking Act of 1978 on International Banks; Report to Congress
Pub. L. 95–369, §3(h), Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 610, provided that: "As part of its annual report pursuant to section 10 of the Federal Reserve Act [this section], the Board shall include its assessment of the effects of the amendments made by this Act [see Short Title note set out under section 3101 of this title] on the capitalization and activities of corporations organized or operating under section 25 or 25(a) of the Federal Reserve Act [sections 601 to 604 and 611 to 631 of this title], and on commercial banks and the banking system."
1 See References in Text note below.
§247a. Records of action on policy relating to open-market operation and policies determined generally; inclusion in report to Congress
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall keep a complete record of the action taken by the Board and by the Federal Open Market Committee upon all questions of policy relating to open-market operations and shall record therein the votes taken in connection with the determination of open-market policies and the reasons underlying the action of the Board and the Committee in each instance. The Board shall keep a similar record with respect to all questions of policy determined by the Board, and shall include in its annual report to the Congress a full account of the action so taken during the preceding year with respect to open-market policies and operations and with respect to the policies determined by it and shall include in such report a copy of the records required to be kept under the provisions of this section.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §10 (par.), as added Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(d), 49 Stat. 705.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of tenth par. of section 10 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as added Aug. 23, 1935. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 10, see Codification note set out under section 241 of this title.
§247b. Appearances before Congress
The Vice Chairman for Supervision shall appear before the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and at semi-annual hearings regarding the efforts, activities, objectives, and plans of the Board with respect to the conduct of supervision and regulation of depository institution holding companies and other financial firms supervised by the Board.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §10(12), as added Pub. L. 111–203, title XI, §1108(b), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 2126.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of par. (12) of section 10 of act Dec. 23, 1913. No par. between pars. (10) and (12) has been enacted. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 10, see Codification note set out under section 241 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date
Section effective 1 day after July 21, 2010, except as otherwise provided, see section 4 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 5301 of this title.
§248. Enumerated powers
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall be authorized and empowered:
(a) Examination of accounts and affairs of banks; publication of weekly statements; reports of liabilities and assets of depository institutions; covered institutions
(1) To examine at its discretion the accounts, books, and affairs of each Federal reserve bank and of each member bank and to require such statements and reports as it may deem necessary. The said board shall publish once each week a statement showing the condition of each Federal reserve bank and a consolidated statement for all Federal reserve banks. Such statements shall show in detail the assets and liabilities of the Federal reserve banks, single and combined, and shall furnish full information regarding the character of the money held as reserve and the amount, nature, and maturities of the paper and other investments owned or held by Federal reserve banks.
(2) To require any depository institution specified in this paragraph to make, at such intervals as the Board may prescribe, such reports of its liabilities and assets as the Board may determine to be necessary or desirable to enable the Board to discharge its responsibility to monitor and control monetary and credit aggregates. Such reports shall be made (A) directly to the Board in the case of member banks and in the case of other depository institutions whose reserve requirements under sections 461, 463, 464, 465, and 466 of this title exceed zero, and (B) for all other reports to the Board through the (i) Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in the case of insured State savings associations that are insured depository institutions (as defined in section 1813 of this title), State nonmember banks, savings banks, and mutual savings banks, (ii) National Credit Union Administration Board in the case of insured credit unions, (iii) the Comptroller of the Currency in the case of any Federal savings association which is an insured depository institution (as defined in section 1813 of this title) or which is a member as defined in section 1422 of this title, and (iv) such State officer or agency as the Board may designate in the case of any other type of bank, savings association, or credit union. The Board shall endeavor to avoid the imposition of unnecessary burdens on reporting institutions and the duplication of other reporting requirements. Except as otherwise required by law, any data provided to any department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States pursuant to other reporting requirements shall be made available to the Board. The Board may classify depository institutions for the purposes of this paragraph and may impose different requirements on each such class.
(b) Permitting or requiring rediscounting of paper at specified rate
To permit, or, on the affirmative vote of at least five members of the Board of Governors, to require Federal reserve banks to rediscount the discounted paper of other Federal reserve banks at rates of interest to be fixed by the Board.
(c) Suspending reserve requirements
To suspend for a period not exceeding thirty days, and from time to time to renew such suspension for periods not exceeding fifteen days, any reserve requirements specified in this chapter.
(d) Supervising and regulating issue and retirement of notes
To supervise and regulate through the Secretary of the Treasury the issue and retirement of Federal Reserve notes, except for the cancellation and destruction, and accounting with respect to such cancellation and destruction, of notes unfit for circulation, and to prescribe rules and regulations under which such notes may be delivered by the Secretary of the Treasury to the Federal Reserve agents applying therefor.
(e) Adding to or reclassifying reserve cities
To add to the number of cities classified as reserve cities under existing law in which national banking associations are subject to the reserve requirements set forth in section 20 of this Act, or to reclassify existing reserve cities or to terminate their designation as such.
(f) Suspending or removing officers or directors of reserve banks
To suspend or remove any officer or director of any Federal reserve bank, the cause of such removal to be forthwith communicated in writing by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to the removed officer or director and to said bank.
(g) Requiring writing off of doubtful or worthless assets of banks
To require the writing off of doubtful or worthless assets upon the books and balance sheets of Federal reserve banks.
(h) Suspending operations of or liquidating or reorganizing banks
To suspend, for the violation of any of the provisions of this chapter, the operations of any Federal reserve bank, to take possession thereof, administer the same during the period of suspension, and, when deemed advisable, to liquidate or reorganize such bank.
(i) Requiring bonds of agents; safeguarding property in hands of agents
To require bonds of Federal reserve agents, to make regulations for the safeguarding of all collateral, bonds, Federal reserve notes, money, or property of any kind deposited in the hands of such agents, and said board shall perform the duties, functions, or services specified in this chapter, and make all rules and regulations necessary to enable said board effectively to perform the same.
(j) Exercising supervision over reserve banks
To exercise general supervision over said Federal reserve banks.
(k) Delegation of certain functions; power to delegate; review of delegated activities
To delegate, by published order or rule and subject to subchapter II of chapter 5, and chapter 7, of title 5, any of its functions, other than those relating to rulemaking or pertaining principally to monetary and credit policies, to one or more administrative law judges, members or employees of the Board, or Federal Reserve banks. The assignment of responsibility for the performance of any function that the Board determines to delegate shall be a function of the Chairman. The Board shall, upon the vote of one member, review action taken at a delegated level within such time and in such manner as the Board shall by rule prescribe. The Board of Governors may not delegate to a Federal reserve bank its functions for the establishment of policies for the supervision and regulation of depository institution holding companies and other financial firms supervised by the Board of Governors.
(l) Employing attorneys, experts, assistants, and clerks; salaries and fees
To employ such attorneys, experts, assistants, clerks, or other employees as may be deemed necessary to conduct the business of the board. All salaries and fees shall be fixed in advance by said board and shall be paid in the same manner as the salaries of the members of said board. All such attorneys, experts, assistants, clerks, and other employees shall be appointed without regard to the provisions of the Act of January sixteenth, eighteen hundred and eighty-three (volume twenty-two, United States Statutes at Large, page four hundred and three), and amendments thereto, or any rule or regulation made in pursuance thereof: Provided, That nothing herein shall prevent the President from placing said employees in the classified service.
(m) [Repealed]
(n) Board's authority to examine depository institutions and affiliates
To examine, at the Board's discretion, any depository institution, and any affiliate of such depository institution, in connection with any advance to, any discount of any instrument for, or any request for any such advance or discount by, such depository institution under this chapter.
(o) Authority to appoint conservator or receiver
The Board may appoint the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as conservator or receiver for a State member bank under section 1821(c)(9) of this title.
(p) Authority
The Board may act in its own name and through its own attorneys in enforcing any provision of this title,1 regulations promulgated hereunder, or any other law or regulation, or in any action, suit, or proceeding to which the Board is a party and which involves the Board's regulation or supervision of any bank, bank holding company (as defined in section 1841 of this title), or other entity, or the administration of its operations.
(q) Uniform protection authority for Federal reserve facilities
(1) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, to authorize personnel to act as law enforcement officers to protect and safeguard the premises, grounds, property, personnel, including members of the Board, of the Board, or any Federal reserve bank, and operations conducted by or on behalf of the Board or a reserve bank.
(2) The Board may, subject to the regulations prescribed under paragraph (5), delegate authority to a Federal reserve bank to authorize personnel to act as law enforcement officers to protect and safeguard the bank's premises, grounds, property, personnel, and operations conducted by or on behalf of the bank.
(3) Law enforcement officers designated or authorized by the Board or a reserve bank under paragraph (1) or (2) are authorized while on duty to carry firearms and make arrests without warrants for any offense against the United States committed in their presence, or for any felony cognizable under the laws of the United States committed or being committed within the buildings and grounds of the Board or a reserve bank if they have reasonable grounds to believe that the person to be arrested has committed or is committing such a felony. Such officers shall have access to law enforcement information that may be necessary for the protection of the property or personnel of the Board or a reserve bank.
(4) For purposes of this subsection, the term "law enforcement officers" means personnel who have successfully completed law enforcement training and are authorized to carry firearms and make arrests pursuant to this subsection.
(5) The law enforcement authorities provided for in this subsection may be exercised only pursuant to regulations prescribed by the Board and approved by the Attorney General.
(r) Voting; documentation of determinations
(1) Any action that this chapter provides may be taken only upon the affirmative vote of 5 members of the Board may be taken upon the unanimous vote of all members then in office if there are fewer than 5 members in office at the time of the action.
(2)(A) Any action that the Board is otherwise authorized to take under section 343(3) of this title may be taken upon the unanimous vote of all available members then in office, if—
(i) at least 2 members are available and all available members participate in the action;
(ii) the available members unanimously determine that—
(I) unusual and exigent circumstances exist and the borrower is unable to secure adequate credit accommodations from other sources;
(II) action on the matter is necessary to prevent, correct, or mitigate serious harm to the economy or the stability of the financial system of the United States;
(III) despite the use of all means available (including all available telephonic, telegraphic, and other electronic means), the other members of the Board have not been able to be contacted on the matter; and
(IV) action on the matter is required before the number of Board members otherwise required to vote on the matter can be contacted through any available means (including all available telephonic, telegraphic, and other electronic means); and
(iii) any credit extended by a Federal reserve bank pursuant to such action is payable upon demand of the Board.
(B) The available members of the Board shall document in writing the determinations required by subparagraph (A)(ii), and such written findings shall be included in the record of the action and in the official minutes of the Board, and copies of such record shall be provided as soon as practicable to the members of the Board who were not available to participate in the action and to the Chairman of the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and to the Chairman of the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives.
(s) 2 Federal Reserve transparency and release of information
(1) In general
In order to ensure the disclosure in a timely manner consistent with the purposes of this chapter of information concerning the borrowers and counterparties participating in emergency credit facilities, discount window lending programs, and open market operations authorized or conducted by the Board or a Federal reserve bank, the Board of Governors shall disclose, as provided in paragraph (2)—
(A) the names and identifying details of each borrower, participant, or counterparty in any credit facility or covered transaction;
(B) the amount borrowed by or transferred by or to a specific borrower, participant, or counterparty in any credit facility or covered transaction;
(C) the interest rate or discount paid by each borrower, participant, or counterparty in any credit facility or covered transaction; and
(D) information identifying the types and amounts of collateral pledged or assets transferred in connection with participation in any credit facility or covered transaction.
(2) Mandatory release date
In the case of—
(A) a credit facility, the Board shall disclose the information described in paragraph (1) on the date that is 1 year after the effective date of the termination by the Board of the authorization of the credit facility; and
(B) a covered transaction, the Board shall disclose the information described in paragraph (1) on the last day of the eighth calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which the covered transaction was conducted.
(3) Earlier release date authorized
The Chairman of the Board may publicly release the information described in paragraph (1) before the relevant date specified in paragraph (2), if the Chairman determines that such disclosure would be in the public interest and would not harm the effectiveness of the relevant credit facility or the purpose or conduct of covered transactions.
(4) Definitions
For purposes of this subsection, the following definitions shall apply:
(A) Credit facility
The term "credit facility" has the same meaning as in section 714(f)(1)(A) of title 31.
(B) Covered transaction
The term "covered transaction" means—
(i) any open market transaction with a nongovernmental third party conducted under section 353 of this title or section 354, 355, or 356 of this title, after July 21, 2010; and
(ii) any advance made under section 347b of this title after July 21, 2010.
(5) Termination of credit facility by operation of law
A credit facility shall be deemed to have terminated as of the end of the 24-month period beginning on the date on which the credit facility ceases to make extensions of credit and loans, unless the credit facility is otherwise terminated by the Board before such date.
(6) Consistent treatment of information
Except as provided in this subsection or section 343(3)(D) of this title, or in section 714(f)(3)(C) of title 31, the information described in paragraph (1) and information concerning the transactions described in section 714(f) of such title, shall be confidential, including for purposes of section 552(b)(3) of title 5, until the relevant mandatory release date described in paragraph (2), unless the Chairman of the Board determines that earlier disclosure of such information would be in the public interest and would not harm the effectiveness of the relevant credit facility or the purpose of conduct of the relevant transactions.
(7) Protection of personal privacy
This subsection and section 343(3)(C) of this title, section 714(f)(3)(C) of title 31, and subsection (a) or (c) of section 1109 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act shall not be construed as requiring any disclosure of nonpublic personal information (as defined for purposes of section 6802 of title 15) concerning any individual who is referenced in collateral pledged or assets transferred in connection with a credit facility or covered transaction, unless the person is a borrower, participant, or counterparty under the credit facility or covered transaction.
(8) Study of FOIA exemption impact
(A) Study
The Inspector General of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall—
(i) conduct a study on the impact that the exemption from section 552(b)(3) of title 5 (known as the Freedom of Information Act) established under paragraph (6) has had on the ability of the public to access information about the administration by the Board of Governors of emergency credit facilities, discount window lending programs, and open market operations; and
(ii) make any recommendations on whether the exemption described in clause (i) should remain in effect.
(B) Report
Not later than 30 months after July 21, 2010, the Inspector General of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall submit a report on the findings of the study required under subparagraph (A) to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives, and publish the report on the website of the Board.
(9) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section is meant to affect any pending litigation or lawsuit filed under section 552 of title 5 (popularly known as the Freedom of Information Act) on or before July 21, 2010.
(s) 2 Assessments, fees, and other charges for certain companies
(1) In general
The Board shall collect a total amount of assessments, fees, or other charges from the companies described in paragraph (2) that is equal to the total expenses the Board estimates are necessary or appropriate to carry out the supervisory and regulatory responsibilities of the Board with respect to such companies.
(2) Companies
The companies described in this paragraph are—
(A) all bank holding companies having total consolidated assets of $100,000,000,000 or more;
(B) all savings and loan holding companies having total consolidated assets of $100,000,000,000 or more; and
(C) all nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board under section 5323 of this title.
(3) Tailoring assessments
In collecting assessments, fees, or other charges under paragraph (1) from each company described in paragraph (2) with total consolidated assets of between $100,000,000,000 and $250,000,000,000, the Board shall adjust the amount charged to reflect any changes in supervisory and regulatory responsibilities resulting from the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act with respect to each such company.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §11, 38 Stat. 261; Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 752; Sept. 26, 1918, ch. 177, §2, 40 Stat. 968; Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 101, §3, 40 Stat. 1315; Feb. 27, 1921, ch. 75, 41 Stat. 1146; June 26, 1930, ch. 612, 46 Stat. 814; Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title I, §3, 48 Stat. 2; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §7, 48 Stat. 167; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), title III, §§321(a), 342, 49 Stat. 704, 713, 722; June 12, 1945, ch. 186, §1(c), 59 Stat. 237; Pub. L. 86–114, §3(b)(6), July 28, 1959, 73 Stat. 264; Pub. L. 86–251, §3(c), Sept. 9, 1959, 73 Stat. 488; Pub. L. 87–722, §3, Sept. 28, 1962, 76 Stat. 670; Pub. L. 89–427, §2, May 20, 1966, 80 Stat. 161; Pub. L. 89–765, Nov. 5, 1966, 80 Stat. 1314; Pub. L. 90–269, §1, Mar. 18, 1968, 82 Stat. 50; Pub. L. 95–251, §2(a)(3), Mar. 27, 1978, 92 Stat. 183; Pub. L. 96–221, title I, §102, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 132; Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068; Pub. L. 97–457, §17(b), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2509; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §744(i)(1), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 439; Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §§133(f), 142(c), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2273, 2281; Pub. L. 102–550, title XVI, §1603(d)(9), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4080; Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §§322(d), 331(d), title VI, §602(g)(2), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2227, 2232, 2293; Pub. L. 106–102, title VII, §735, Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1479; Pub. L. 107–56, title III, §364, Oct. 26, 2001, 115 Stat. 333; Pub. L. 107–297, title III, §301, Nov. 26, 2002, 116 Stat. 2340; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §§318(c), 366(1), title XI, §§1103(b), 1108(c), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1527, 1556, 2118, 2126; Pub. L. 115–174, title IV, §401(c)(2), May 24, 2018, 132 Stat. 1358.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Sections 461, 463, 464, 465, and 466 of this title, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), was in the original "section 19 of the Federal Reserve Act". Provisions of section 19 relating to reserve requirements are classified to the cited sections. For complete classification of section 19 to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 461 of this title.
This chapter, referred to in subsecs. (c), (h), (i), (n), and (r)(1) and in par. (1) of the first subsec. (s) (relating to Federal Reserve transparency and release of information), was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Reference in subsec. (e) to "section 20 of this Act" means section 20 of the Federal Reserve Act which is not classified to the Code. Since section 20 does not set forth any reserve requirements, section 19 of the Federal Reserve Act might have been intended. For provisions of section 19 relating to reserve requirements, see note above.
The Act of January sixteenth, eighteen hundred and eighty-three, referred to in subsec. (l), is act Jan. 16, 1883, ch. 27, 22 Stat. 403, which enacted section 42 of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, and sections 632, 633, 635, 637, 638, and 640 to 642a of former Title 5, Executive Departments and Government Officers and Employees. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables. Section 42 of former Title 40 was repealed and reenacted as section 8165 of Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, by Pub. L. 107–217, §§1, 6(b), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1062, 1304. The sections that were classified to former Title 5 were repealed by Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 632, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees. For distribution of former sections of Title 5 into the revised Title 5, see table at the beginning of Title 5.
This title, referred to in subsec. (p), probably should read "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act, which does not contain titles. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Subsection (a) or (c) of section 1109 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, referred to in par. (7) of the first subsec. (s) (relating to Federal Reserve transparency and release of information), is subsec. (a) or (c) of section 1109 of Pub. L. 111–203, title XI, 124 Stat. 2127, 2128, which is not classified to the Code.
July 21, 2010, referred to in par. (8)(B) of the first subsec. (s) (relating to Federal Reserve transparency and release of information), was in the original "the date of enactment of this section", which was translated as meaning the date of enactment of Pub. L. 111–203 which added such subsec. (s), to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act, referred to in par. (3) of the second subsec. (s) (relating to assessments, fees, and other charges for certain companies), is Pub. L. 115–174, May 24, 2018, 132 Stat. 1296. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 2018 Amendment note set out under section 1601 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and Tables.
Codification
In subsec. (k), "subchapter II of chapter 5, and chapter 7, of title 5" was substituted for "the Administrative Procedure Act" on authority of section 7(b) of Pub. L. 89–554, Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Section is comprised of section 11 of act Dec. 23, 1913. The fourteenth par. of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which formerly constituted subsec. (o) of this section, is now classified to section 248–1 of this title.
Amendments
2018—Subsec. (s)(2). Pub. L. 115–174, §401(c)(2)(A), substituted "$100,000,000,000" for "$50,000,000,000" in subpars. (A) and (B).
Subsec. (s)(3). Pub. L. 115–174, §401(c)(2)(B), added par. (3).
2010—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 111–203, §366(1)(A), which directed insertion of "State savings associations that are insured depository institutions (as defined in section 1813 of this title)," after "case of insured", was executed by making the insertion after "case of insured" in subpar. (B)(i), to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (a)(2)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 111–203, §366(1)(B), (C), substituted "Comptroller of the Currency" for "Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision" and inserted "Federal" before "savings association which".
Subsec. (a)(2)(B)(iv). Pub. L. 111–203, §366(1)(D), substituted "savings association" for "savings and loan association".
Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 111–203, §1108(c), inserted at end "The Board of Governors may not delegate to a Federal reserve bank its functions for the establishment of policies for the supervision and regulation of depository institution holding companies and other financial firms supervised by the Board of Governors."
Subsec. (s). Pub. L. 111–203, §1103(b), added subsec. (s) relating to Federal Reserve transparency and release of information.
Pub. L. 111–203, §318(c), added subsec. (s) relating to assessments, fees, and other charges for certain companies.
2002—Subsec. (r). Pub. L. 107–297 added subsec. (r).
2001—Subsec. (q). Pub. L. 107–56 added subsec. (q).
1999—Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 106–102 substituted "[Repealed]" for text of subsec. (m) which related to percentage of capital and surplus represented by loans to be determined by the Federal Reserve Board.
1994—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 103–325, §602(g)(2), substituted "Secretary of the Treasury" for "bureau under the charge of the Comptroller of the Currency" before "the issue and retirement" and for "Comptroller" before "to the Federal Reserve agents".
Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 103–325, §322(d), which directed substitution of "15 percent" for "10 percentum" wherever appearing, was executed by substituting "15 percent" for "10 per centum" in two places to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (p). Pub. L. 103–325, §331(d), added subsec. (p).
1992—Subsecs. (o), (p). Pub. L. 102–550 redesignated subsec. (p) as (o).
1991—Subsec. (n). Pub. L. 102–242, §142(c), which directed addition of subsec. (n) at end of section, was executed by adding subsec. (n) after subsec. (m). See Construction of 1991 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (p). Pub. L. 102–242, §133(f), added subsec. (p).
1989—Subsec. (a)(2)(iii). Pub. L. 101–73 substituted "the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision in the case of any savings association which is an insured depository institution (as defined in section 1813 of this title)" for "Federal Home Loan Bank Board in the case of any institution insured by the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation".
1983—Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 97–457 substituted "under section 84(c)(4) of this title" for "under paragraph (8) of section 84 of this title" after "in the case of national banks".
1982—Subsec. (n). Pub. L. 97–258 struck out subsec. (n) which provided that, whenever in the judgment of the Secretary of the Treasury such action was necessary to protect the currency system of the United States, the Secretary of the Treasury, in his discretion, could require any or all individuals, partnerships, associations, and corporations to pay and deliver to the Treasurer of the United States any or all gold coin, gold bullion, and gold certificates owned by such individuals, partnerships, associations, and corporations and that, upon receipt of such gold coin, gold bullion or gold certificates, the Secretary of the Treasury would pay therefor an equivalent amount of any other form of coin or currency coined or issued under the laws of the United States.
1980—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 96–221 designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).
1978—Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 95–251 substituted "administrative law judges" for "hearing examiners".
1968—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 90–269 struck out requirements for establishment by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of a graduated tax on the deficiency in the gold reserve whenever the reserve held against Federal Reserve notes fell below 25 percent and for an automatic increase in the rates of interest or discount fixed by the Board in an amount equal to the graduated tax imposed.
1966—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 89–427 excepted the cancellation and destruction, and the accounting with respect to the cancellation and destruction, of notes unfit for circulation from the area of responsibility exercised by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System through the Bureau of the Comptroller of the Currency over the issue and retirement of Federal Reserve notes.
Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 89–765 added subsec. (k). A former subsec. (k) was repealed by Pub. L. 87–722, §3, Sept. 28, 1962, 76 Stat. 670.
1962—Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 87–722 repealed subsec. (k) which related to the authority of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to permit national banks to act as trustees, etc., and is now covered by section 92a of this title.
1959—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 86–114 substituted "reserve cities" for "reserve and central reserve cities" in two places.
Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 86–251 struck out "in the form of notes" after "represented by obligations" in proviso.
1945—Subsec. (c). Act June 12, 1945, substituted "25 per centum" for "40 per centum", and "20 per centum" for "32½ per centum" wherever appearing.
1935—Subsec. (k). Act Aug. 23, 1935, §342, amended last sentence of third par.
Subsec. (m). Act Aug. 23, 1935, §321(a), inserted proviso at end of first sentence.
1933—Subsec. (m). Act June 16, 1933, amended provisions generally.
Subsec. (n). Act Mar. 9, 1933, added subsec. (n).
1930—Subsec. (k). Act June 26, 1930, added last par.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Effective Date of 2018 Amendment
Except as otherwise provided, amendment by Pub. L. 115–174 effective 18 months after May 24, 2018, see section 401(d) of Pub. L. 115–174, set out as a note under section 5365 of this title.
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by section 318(c) of Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 318(e) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as an Effective Date note under section 16 of this title.
Amendment by section 366(1) of Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 351 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 906 of Title 2, The Congress.
Amendment by sections 1103(b) and 1108(c) of Pub. L. 111–203 effective 1 day after July 21, 2010, except as otherwise provided, see section 4 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as an Effective Date note under section 5301 of this title.
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 102–550 effective as if included in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, Pub. L. 102–242, as of Dec. 19, 1991, except that where amendment is to any provision of law added or amended by Pub. L. 102–242 effective after Dec. 19, 1992, then amendment by Pub. L. 102–550 effective on effective date of amendment by Pub. L. 102–242, see section 1609 of Pub. L. 102–550, set out as a note under section 191 of this title.
Effective Date of 1991 Amendment
Amendment by section 133(f) of Pub. L. 102–242 effective 1 year after Dec. 19, 1991, see section 133(g) of Pub. L. 102–242, set out as a note under section 191 of this title.
Effective Date of 1980 Amendment
Pub. L. 96–221, title I, §108, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 141, provided that: "This title [enacting section 248a of this title, amending this section and sections 342, 347b, 355, 360, 412, 461, 463, 505, and 1425a of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 226 and 355 of this title] shall take effect on the first day of the sixth month which begins after the date of the enactment of this title [Mar. 31, 1980], except that the amendments regarding sections 19(b)(7) and 19(b)(8)(D) of the Federal Reserve Act [section 461(b)(7) and (b)(8)(D) of this title] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this title."
Effective Date of 1959 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 86–114 effective three years after July 28, 1959, see section 3(b) of Pub. L. 86–114, set out as a Central Reserve and Reserve Cities note under former section 141 of this title.
Construction of 2018 Amendment
For construction of amendment by Pub. L. 115–174 as applied to certain foreign banking organizations, see section 401(g) of Pub. L. 115–174, set out as a note under section 5365 of this title.
Construction of 1991 Amendment
Pub. L. 102–550, title XVI, §1603(e)(2), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4081, provided that: "The amendment made by section 142(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 [Pub. L. 102–242] (adding a paragraph at the end of section 11 of the Federal Reserve Act [this section]) shall be considered to have been executed before the amendment made by section 133(f) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 [amending this section]."
Executive Documents
Executive Order No. 6359
Ex. Ord. No. 6359, Oct. 25, 1933, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 11825, Dec. 31, 1974, 40 F.R. 1003, which provided for receipt on consignment of gold by the United States mints and assay offices, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12553, Feb. 25, 1986, 51 F.R. 7237.
Ex. Ord. No. 10547. Inspection of Statistical Transcript Cards
Ex. Ord. No. 10547, July 27, 1954, 19 F.R. 4661, required statistical transcript cards submitted with, or prepared by the Internal Revenue Service from, corporation income tax returns for the taxable years ending after June 30, 1951, and before July 1, 1952, to be open to inspection by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as an aid in executing the powers conferred upon such Board by this section, such inspection to be in accordance and upon compliance with the rules and regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury in T.D. 6081, 19 F.R. 4666.
1 See References in Text note below.
2 So in original. Two subsecs. (s) have been enacted.
§248–1. Rules and regulations for transfer of funds and charges therefor among banks; clearing houses
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall make and promulgate from time to time regulations governing the transfer of funds and charges therefor among Federal reserve banks and their branches, and may at its discretion exercise the functions of a clearing house for such Federal reserve banks, or may designate a Federal reserve bank to exercise such functions, and may also require each such bank to exercise the functions of a clearing house for depository institutions.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §16 (par.), 38 Stat. 268; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 96–221, title I, §105(d), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 140.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the thirteenth par. (formerly the fourteenth par.) of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which was formerly classified to section 248(o) of this title. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 16, see Codification note set out under section 411 of this title.
Amendments
1980—Pub. L. 96–221, which directed amendment of "[t]he fourteenth paragraph of section 16 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 248(o))" by substituting "depository institutions" for "its member banks", was executed by making the substitution in this section to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed the name of the Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Effective Date of 1980 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–221 effective on first day of sixth month which begins after Mar. 31, 1980, see section 108 of Pub. L. 96–221, set out as a note under section 248 of this title.
§248a. Pricing of services
(a) Publication of pricing principles and proposed schedule of fees; effective date of schedule of fees
Not later than the first day of the sixth month after March 31, 1980, the Board shall publish for public comment a set of pricing principles in accordance with this section and a proposed schedule of fees based upon those principles for Federal Reserve bank services to depository institutions, and not later than the first day of the eighteenth month after March 31, 1980, the Board shall begin to put into effect a schedule of fees for such services which is based on those principles.
(b) Covered services
The services which shall be covered by the schedule of fees under subsection (a) are—
(1) currency and coin services;
(2) check clearing and collection services;
(3) wire transfer services;
(4) automated clearinghouse services;
(5) settlement services;
(6) securities safekeeping services;
(7) Federal Reserve float; and
(8) any new services which the Federal Reserve System offers, including but not limited to payment services to effectuate the electronic transfer of funds.
(c) Criteria applicable
The schedule of fees prescribed pursuant to this section shall be based on the following principles:
(1) All Federal Reserve bank services covered by the fee schedule shall be priced explicitly.
(2) All Federal Reserve bank services covered by the fee schedule shall be available to nonmember depository institutions and such services shall be priced at the same fee schedule applicable to member banks, except that nonmembers shall be subject to any other terms, including a requirement of balances sufficient for clearing purposes, that the Board may determine are applicable to member banks.
(3) Over the long run, fees shall be established on the basis of all direct and indirect costs actually incurred in providing the Federal Reserve services priced, including interest on items credited prior to actual collection, overhead, and an allocation of imputed costs which takes into account the taxes that would have been paid and the return on capital that would have been provided had the services been furnished by a private business firm, except that the pricing principles shall give due regard to competitive factors and the provision of an adequate level of such services nationwide.
(4) Interest on items credited prior to collection shall be charged at the current rate applicable in the market for Federal funds.
(d) Budgetary consequences of decline in volume of services
The Board shall require reductions in the operating budgets of the Federal Reserve banks commensurate with any actual or projected decline in the volume of services to be provided by such banks. The full amount of any savings so realized shall be paid into the United States Treasury.
(e) Parity in clearing
All depository institutions, as defined in section 461(b)(1) of this title, may receive for deposit and as deposits any evidences of transaction accounts, as defined by section 461(b)(1) of this title from other depository institutions, as defined in section 461(b)(1) of this title or from any office of any Federal Reserve bank without regard to any Federal or State law restricting the number or the physical location or locations of such depository institutions.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §11A, as added Pub. L. 96–221, title I, §107, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 140; amended Pub. L. 100–86, title VI, §612(a), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 652.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1987—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 100–86 added subsec. (e).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1987 Amendment
Pub. L. 100–86, title VI, §612(b), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 652, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this title [Aug. 10, 1987]."
Effective Date
Section effective on first day of sixth month which begins after Mar. 31, 1980, see section 108 of Pub. L. 96–221, set out as an Effective Date of 1980 Amendment note under section 248 of this title.
§248b. Annual independent audits of Federal reserve banks and Board
The Board shall order an annual independent audit of the financial statements of each Federal reserve bank and the Board.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §11B, as added Pub. L. 106–102, title VII, §726, Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1475.)
§248c. Master account and services database
(a) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Access request
The term "access request" means a request to a Federal reserve bank for access to a reserve bank master account and services, including any written documentation or formal indication that an entity intends to seek access to a reserve bank master account and services.
(2) Official accountholder
The term "official accountholder" means—
(A) a foreign state, as defined in section 632 of this title;
(B) a central bank, as defined in section 632 of this title, other than a commercial bank;
(C) a public international organization entitled to enjoy privileges, exemptions, and immunities as an international organization under the International Organizations Immunities Act (22 U.S.C. 288 et seq.); and
(D) any governmental entity for which the Secretary of the Treasury has directed a Federal reserve bank to receive deposits as fiscal agent of the United States under section 391 of this title.
(3) Reserve bank master account and services
The term "reserve bank master account and services" means an account in which a Federal reserve bank—
(A) receives deposits for an entity other than an official accountholder; or
(B) provides any service under section 248a(b) of this title to an entity other than an official accountholder.
(b) Publishing master account and access information
(1) Online database
The Board shall create and maintain a public, online, and searchable database that contains—
(A) a list of every entity that currently has access to a reserve bank master account and services, including the date on which the access was granted to the extent the date is knowable;
(B) a list of every entity that submits an access request for a reserve bank master account and services after enactment of this section (or that has submitted an access request that is pending on December 23, 2022), including whether, and the dates on which, a request—
(i) was submitted; and
(ii) was approved, rejected, pending, or withdrawn; and
(C) for each list described in subparagraph (A) or (B), the type of entity that holds or submitted an access request for a reserve bank master account and services, including whether such entity is—
(i) an insured depository institution, as defined in section 1813 of this title;
(ii) an insured credit union, as defined in section 1752 of this title; or
(iii) a depository institution that is not an insured depository institution or an insured credit union.
(2) Updates
Not less frequently than once every quarter, the Board shall update the database to add any new information required under paragraph (1).
(3) Deadline
Not later than 180 days after December 23, 2022, the Board shall publish the database with the information required under paragraph (1).
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §11C, as added Pub. L. 117–263, div. E, title LVII, §5708, Dec. 23, 2022, 136 Stat. 3419.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The International Organizations Immunities Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(C), is title I of act Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, 59 Stat. 669, which is classified principally to subchapter XVIII (§288 et seq.) of chapter 7 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 288 of Title 22 and Tables.
Enactment of this section, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(B), means the enactment of this section by Pub. L. 117–263, which was approved Dec. 23, 2022.
§249. Repealed. Pub. L. 94–412, title V, §501(c), Sept. 14, 1976, 90 Stat. 1258
Section, act Aug. 8, 1947, ch. 517, 61 Stat. 921, dealt with regulation of consumer credit.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Savings Provision
Repeal by Pub. L. 94–412 not to affect any action taken or proceeding pending at the time of repeal, see section 501(h) of Pub. L. 94–412, set out as a note under section 1601 of Title 50, War and National Defense.
§250. Independence of financial regulatory agencies
No officer or agency of the United States shall have any authority to require the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency, or the National Credit Union Administration to submit legislative recommendations, or testimony, or comments on legislation, to any officer or agency of the United States for approval, comments, or review, prior to the submission of such recommendations, testimony, or comments to the Congress if such recommendations, testimony, or comments to the Congress include a statement indicating that the views expressed therein are those of the agency submitting them and do not necessarily represent the views of the President.
(Pub. L. 93–495, title I, §111, Oct. 28, 1974, 88 Stat. 1506; Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §331(a), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2232; Pub. L. 106–102, title VI, §606(e)(2), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1455; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title I, §1102(b), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2664.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was not enacted as part of the Federal Reserve Act which comprises this chapter.
Amendments
2008—Pub. L. 110–289 substituted "the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency" for "the Federal Housing Finance Board".
1999—Pub. L. 106–102 substituted "Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Federal Housing Finance Board," for "Federal Home Loan Bank Board,".
1994—Pub. L. 103–325 inserted "the Comptroller of the Currency," after "Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,".
§251. Repealed. Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2224(a), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–415
Section, Pub. L. 102–242, title IV, §477, Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2387; Pub. L. 102–550, title XVI, §1606(i)(3), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4089, required Board of Governors of Federal Reserve System to collect and publish information on availability of credit to small businesses.
§252. Credit availability assessment
(a) Study
(1) In general
Not later than 12 months after September 30, 1996, and once every 60 months thereafter, the Board, in consultation with the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the Administrator of the National Credit Union Administration, the Administrator of the Small Business Administration, and the Secretary of Commerce, shall conduct a study and submit a report to the Congress detailing the extent of small business lending by all creditors.
(2) Contents of study
The study required under paragraph (1) shall identify, to the extent practicable, those factors which provide policymakers with insights into the small business credit market, including—
(A) the demand for small business credit, including consideration of the impact of economic cycles on the levels of such demand;
(B) the availability of credit to small businesses;
(C) the range of credit options available to small businesses, such as those available from insured depository institutions and other providers of credit;
(D) the types of credit products used to finance small business operations, including the use of traditional loans, leases, lines of credit, home equity loans, credit cards, and other sources of financing;
(E) the credit needs of small businesses, including, if appropriate, the extent to which such needs differ, based upon product type, size of business, cash flow requirements, characteristics of ownership or investors, or other aspects of such business;
(F) the types of risks to creditors in providing credit to small businesses; and
(G) such other factors as the Board deems appropriate.
(b) Use of existing data
The studies required by this section shall not increase the regulatory or paperwork burden on regulated financial institutions, other sources of small business credit, or small businesses.
(Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2227, Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–417.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996, and also as part of the Omnibus Consolidated Appropriations Act, 1997, and not as part of the Federal Reserve Act which comprises this chapter.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Transfer of Functions
Functions vested in Administrator of National Credit Union Administration transferred and vested in National Credit Union Administration Board pursuant to section 1752a of this title.
Study of Financial Modernization's Effect on the Accessibility of Small Business and Farm Loans
Pub. L. 106–102, title I, §109, Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1362, provided that:
"(a)
"(b)
Definitions
Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2001(c), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–397, provided that: "Except as otherwise specified in this title [see Tables for classification], the following definitions shall apply for purposes of this title:
"(1)
"(2)
"(3)
"(4)
"(5)
"(6)
"(7)
§253. Open data publication by the Board of Governors
All public data assets published by the Board of Governors under this chapter, the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.), the Financial Stability Act of 2010 (12 U.S.C. 5311 et seq.), the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq.), the Payment, Clearing, and Settlement Supervision Act of 2010 (12 U.S.C. 5461 et seq.), or the Enhancing Financial Institution Safety and Soundness Act of 2010 (title III of Public Law 111–203) (or any provision of law amended by that Act) shall be—
(1) made available as an open Government data asset (as defined in section 3502 of title 44);
(2) freely available for download;
(3) rendered in a human-readable format; and
(4) accessible via application programming interface where appropriate.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §32, as added Pub. L. 117–263, div. E, title LVIII, §5862, Dec. 23, 2022, 136 Stat. 3435.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, referred to in text, is act May 9, 1956, ch. 240, 70 Stat. 133, which is classified principally to chapter 17 (§1841 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1841 of this title and Tables.
The Financial Stability Act of 2010, referred to in text, is title I of Pub. L. 111–203, July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1391, which is classified principally to subchapter I (§5311 et seq.) of chapter 53 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 5301 of this title and Tables.
The Home Owners' Loan Act, referred to in text, is act June 13, 1933, ch. 64, 48 Stat. 128, which is classified generally to chapter 12 (§1461 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1461 of this title and Tables.
The Payment, Clearing, and Settlement Supervision Act of 2010, referred to in text, is title VIII of Pub. L. 111–203, July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1802, which is classified generally to subchapter IV (§5461 et seq.) of chapter 53 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 5301 of this title and Tables.
The Enhancing Financial Institution Safety and Soundness Act of 2010, referred to in text, is title III of Pub. L. 111–203, July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1520. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 5301 of this title and Tables.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Rulemaking
Pub. L. 117–263, div. E, title LVIII, §5863, Dec. 23, 2022, 136 Stat. 3435, provided that:
"(a)
"(b)
"(1) may scale data reporting requirements in order to reduce any unjustified burden on smaller regulated entities; and
"(2) shall seek to minimize disruptive changes to the persons affected by those regulations."
Rule of Construction Regarding No New Disclosure Requirements
Pub. L. 117–263, div. E, title LVIII, §5864, Dec. 23, 2022, 136 Stat. 3436, provided that: "Nothing in this subtitle [subtitle F (§§5861–5864) of title LVIII of div. E of Pub. L. 117–263, enacting this section, amending sections 1467a, 1844, 5361, and 5468 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section], or the amendments made by this subtitle, shall be construed to require the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to collect or make publicly available additional information under any Act amended by this subtitle, any Act referenced in an amendment made by this subtitle, or any Act amended by an Act referenced in an amendment made by this subtitle, beyond information that was collected or made publicly available under any such provision of law, as of the day before the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 23, 2022]."
SUBCHAPTER III—FEDERAL ADVISORY COUNCIL
§261. Creation; membership; compensation; meetings; officers; procedure; quorum; vacancies
There is created a Federal Advisory Council, which shall consist of as many members as there are Federal reserve districts. Each Federal reserve bank by its board of directors shall annually select from its own Federal reserve district one member of said council, who shall receive such compensation and allowances as may be fixed by his board of directors subject to the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The meetings of said advisory council shall be held at Washington, District of Columbia, at least four times each year, and oftener if called by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The council may in addition to the meetings above provided for hold such other meetings in Washington, District of Columbia, or elsewhere, as it may deem necessary, may select its own officers and adopt its own methods of procedure, and a majority of its members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Vacancies in the council shall be filled by the respective reserve banks, and members selected to fill vacancies shall serve for the unexpired term.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §12 (par.), 38 Stat. 263; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of first par. of section 12 of act Dec. 23, 1913. Second par. of section 12 is classified to section 262 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§262. Powers
The Federal Advisory Council shall have power, by itself or through its officers, (1) to confer directly with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System on general business conditions; (2) to make oral or written representations concerning matters within the jurisdiction of said board; (3) to call for information and to make recommendations in regard to discount rates, rediscount business, note issues, reserve conditions in the various districts, the purchase and sale of gold or securities by reserve banks, open-market operations by said banks, and the general affairs of the reserve banking system.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §12 (par.), 38 Stat. 263; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of second par. of section 12 of act Dec. 23, 1913. First par. of section 12 is classified to section 261 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
SUBCHAPTER IV—FEDERAL OPEN MARKET COMMITTEE
§263. Federal Open Market Committee; creation; membership; regulations governing open-market transactions
(a) There is hereby created a Federal Open Market Committee (hereinafter referred to as the "Committee"), which shall consist of the members of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and five representatives of the Federal Reserve banks to be selected as hereinafter provided. Such representatives shall be presidents or first vice presidents of Federal Reserve banks and, beginning with the election for the term commencing March 1, 1943, shall be elected annually as follows: One by the board of directors of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, one by the boards of directors of the Federal Reserve Banks of Boston, Philadelphia, and Richmond, one by the boards of directors of the Federal Reserve Banks of Cleveland and Chicago, one by the boards of directors of the Federal Reserve Banks of Atlanta, Dallas, and St. Louis, and one by the boards of directors of the Federal Reserve Banks of Minneapolis, Kansas City, and San Francisco. In such elections each board of directors shall have one vote; and the details of such elections may be governed by regulations prescribed by the committee, which may be amended from time to time. An alternate to serve in the absence of each such representative shall likewise be a president or first vice president of a Federal Reserve bank and shall be elected annually in the same manner. The meetings of said Committee shall be held at Washington, District of Columbia, at least four times each year upon the call of the chairman of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or at the request of any three members of the Committee.
(b) No Federal Reserve bank shall engage or decline to engage in open-market operations under sections 348a and 353 to 359 of this title except in accordance with the direction of and regulations adopted by the Committee. The Committee shall consider, adopt, and transmit to the several Federal Reserve banks, regulations relating to the open-market transactions of such banks.
(c) The time, character, and volume of all purchases and sales of paper described in sections 348a and 353 to 359 of this title as eligible for open-market operations shall be governed with a view to accommodating commerce and business and with regard to their bearing upon the general credit situation of the country.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §12A, as added June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §8, 48 Stat. 168; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §205, 49 Stat. 705; July 7, 1942, ch. 488, §1, 56 Stat. 647.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1942—Subsec. (a). Act July 7, 1942, substituted second, third, and fourth sentences for former second and third sentences.
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, amended provisions relating to membership in subsec. (a), substituted "Committee" for "Federal Reserve Board" and "Board" in subsec. (b), and omitted subsec. (d).
SUBCHAPTER V—FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
§264. Transferred
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §12B, as added June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §8, 48 Stat. 168; amended June 16, 1934, ch. 546, §1 (1)–(10), 48 Stat. 969, 970; June 28, 1935, ch. 335, 49 Stat. 435; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title I, §101, 49 Stat. 684; Apr. 21, 1936, ch. 244, 49 Stat. 1237; May 25, 1938, ch. 276, 52 Stat. 442; June 16, 1938, ch. 489, 52 Stat. 767; June 20, 1939, ch. 214, §2, 53 Stat. 842; Apr. 13, 1943, ch. 62, §1, 57 Stat. 65; Aug. 5, 1947, ch. 492, §§2, 4, 61 Stat. 773; June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862; Oct. 15, 1949, ch. 695, §4, 63 Stat. 880; Aug. 17, 1950, ch. 729, §§5–7, 64 Stat. 457, relating to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, was withdrawn from the Federal Reserve Act and made a separate act to be known as the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, by section 1 of act Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 967, 64 Stat. 873. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act is classified to chapter 16 (§1811 et seq.) of this title.
§265. Insured banks as depositaries of public money; duties; security; discrimination between banks prohibited; repeal of inconsistent laws
All insured banks designated for that purpose by the Secretary of the Treasury shall be depositaries of public money of the United States (including, without being limited to, revenues and funds of the United States, and any funds the deposit of which is subject to the control or regulation of the United States or any of its officers, agents, or employees, and Postal Savings funds), and the Secretary is authorized to deposit public money in such depositaries, under such regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary; and they may also be employed as financial agents of the Government; and they shall perform all such reasonable duties, as depositaries of public money and financial agents of the Government as may be required of them. The Secretary of the Treasury shall require of the insured banks thus designated satisfactory security by the deposit of United States bonds or otherwise, for the safekeeping and prompt payment of public money deposited with them and for the faithful performance of their duties as financial agents of the Government: Provided, That no such security shall be required for the safekeeping and prompt payment of such parts of the deposits of the public money in such banks as are insured deposits and each officer, employee, or agent of the United States having official custody of public funds and lawfully depositing the same in an insured bank shall, for the purpose of determining the amount of the insured deposits, be deemed a depositor in such custodial capacity separate and distinct from any other officer, employee, or agent of the United States having official custody of public funds and lawfully depositing the same in the same insured bank in custodial capacity. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no department, board, agency, instrumentality, officer, employee, or agent of the United States shall issue or permit to continue in effect any regulations, rulings, or instructions or enter into or approve any contracts or perform any other acts having to do with the deposit, disbursement, or expenditure of public funds, or the deposit, custody, or advance of funds subject to the control of the United States as trustee or otherwise which shall discriminate against or prefer national banking associations, State banks members of the Federal Reserve System, or insured banks not members of the Federal Reserve System, by class, or which shall require those enjoying the benefits, directly or indirectly, of disbursed public funds so to discriminate. All Acts or parts thereof in conflict herewith are repealed. The terms "insured bank" and "insured deposit" as used in this section shall be construed according to the definitions of such terms in section 1813 of this title.
(June 11, 1942, ch. 404, §10, 56 Stat. 356; Sept. 3, 1954, ch. 1263, §26, 68 Stat. 1235.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was formerly classified to section 1110 of the former Appendix to Title 50, War and National Defense.
Amendments
1954—Act Sept. 3, 1954, substituted "section 1813" for "section 264" in last sentence.
§266. State-chartered banks and other institutions as depositaries of public money; fiscal agents; duties
Banks, savings banks, and savings and loan, building and loan, homestead associations (including cooperative banks), and credit unions created under the laws of any State and the deposits or accounts of which are insured by a State or agency thereof or corporation chartered pursuant to the laws of any State may be depositaries of public money and may be employed as fiscal agents of the United States. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to deposit public money in any such institution, and shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to enable such institutions to become depositaries of public money and fiscal agents of the United States. Each such institution shall perform all such reasonable duties as depositary of public money and fiscal agent of the United States as may be required of it including services in connection with the collection of taxes and other obligations owed the United States.
(Pub. L. 95–147, §2(d), Oct. 28, 1977, 91 Stat. 1228.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was not enacted as part of the Federal Reserve Act, which comprises this chapter.
SUBCHAPTER VI—CAPITAL AND STOCK OF FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS; DIVIDENDS AND EARNINGS
§281. Capital
No Federal reserve bank shall commence business with a subscribed capital less than $4,000,000.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §2 (part), 38 Stat. 253.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of part of the thirteenth par. of section 2 of act Dec. 23, 1913. Some of the other provisions of the thirteenth par. are classified to section 224 of this title, and some were not included in the Code. For classification of other pars. of section 2 of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 222 of this title.
§282. Subscription to capital stock by national banking association
Every national banking association within each Federal reserve district shall be required to subscribe to the capital stock of the Federal reserve bank for that district in a sum equal to six per centum of the paid-up capital stock and surplus of such bank, one-sixth of the subscription to be payable on call of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, one-sixth within three months and one-sixth within six months thereafter, and the remainder of the subscription, or any part thereof, shall be subject to call when deemed necessary by the Board, said payments to be in gold or gold certificates.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §2 (part), 38 Stat. 252; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is based on part of the third par. of section 2 of act Dec. 23, 1913. The rest of the third par. was not included in the Code. For classification of other pars. of section 2 of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 222 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§283. Public subscription to capital stock
No individual, copartnership, or corporation other than a member bank of its district shall be permitted to subscribe for or to hold at any time more than $25,000 par value of stock in any Federal reserve bank. Such stock shall be known as public stock and may be transferred on the books of the Federal reserve bank by the chairman of the board of directors of such bank.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §2 (par.), 38 Stat. 253.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the ninth par. of section 2 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification of other pars. of section 2 of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 222 of this title.
§284. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §2 (part), 38 Stat. 253, was omitted as obsolete pursuant to a communication from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System dated Mar. 7, 1941, which stated "As originally enacted the Federal Reserve Act provided for a Reserve Bank Organization Committee to have charge of the initial steps in organizing the Federal Reserve System and this Committee was authorized to allot Federal Reserve Bank stock to the United States in the event that subscriptions to such stock by banks and by the public were inadequate. However, subscriptions by member banks were adequate and there was no necessity or authority for the allocation of any stock to the United States. Accordingly, [this section] is now of no practical effect, and may be regarded as obsolete."
This section was based on part of the tenth par. of section 2 of act Dec. 23, 1913. The rest of the tenth par. was not included in the Code. For classification of other pars. of section 2 of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 222 of this title.
§285. Nonvoting stock
Stock not held by member banks shall not be entitled to voting power.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §2 (par.), 38 Stat. 253.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the eleventh par. of section 2 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification of other pars. of section 2 of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 222 of this title.
§286. Transfers of stock; rules and regulations
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System is empowered to adopt and promulgate rules and regulations governing the transfers of said stock.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §2 (par.), 38 Stat. 253; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is based on the twelfth par. of section 2 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification of other pars. of section 2 of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 222 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§287. Value of shares of stock; increase and decrease of stock; member banks as shareholders; surrender of shares
The capital stock of each Federal reserve bank shall be divided into shares of $100 each. The outstanding capital stock shall be increased from time to time as member banks increase their capital stock and surplus or as additional banks become members, and may be decreased as member banks reduce their capital stock or surplus or cease to be members. Shares of the capital stock of Federal reserve banks owned by member banks shall not be transferred or hypothecated. When a member bank increases its capital stock or surplus, it shall thereupon subscribe for an additional amount of capital stock of the Federal reserve bank of its district equal to 6 per centum of the said increase, one-half of said subscription to be paid in the manner hereinbefore provided for original subscription, and one-half subject to call of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. A bank applying for stock in a Federal reserve bank at any time after the organization thereof must subscribe for an amount of the capital stock of the Federal reserve bank equal to 6 per centum of the paid-up capital stock and surplus of said applicant bank, paying therefor its par value plus one-half of 1 per centum a month from the period of the last dividend. When a member bank reduces its capital stock or surplus it shall surrender a proportionate amount of its holdings in the capital stock of said Federal Reserve bank. Any member bank which holds capital stock of a Federal Reserve bank in excess of the amount required on the basis of 6 per centum of its paid-up capital stock and surplus shall surrender such excess stock. When a member bank voluntarily liquidates it shall surrender all of its holdings of the capital stock of said Federal Reserve bank and be released from its stock subscription not previously called. In any such case the shares surrendered shall be canceled and the member bank shall receive in payment therefor, under regulations to be prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, a sum equal to its cash-paid subscriptions on the shares surrendered and one-half of 1 per centum a month from the period of the last dividend not to exceed the book value thereof, less any liability of such member bank to the Federal Reserve bank.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §5, 38 Stat. 257; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), title III, §319(a), 49 Stat. 704, 713.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, §319(a), amended last four sentences.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§288. Cancellation of stock held by member bank on insolvency or discontinuance of banking operations for sixty days; repayment of cash-paid subscriptions
If any member bank shall be declared insolvent and a receiver appointed therefor, the stock held by it in said Federal reserve bank shall be canceled, without impairment of its liability, and all cash-paid subscriptions on said stock, with one-half of 1 per centum per month from the period of last dividend, if earned, not to exceed the book value thereof, shall be first applied to all debts of the insolvent member bank to the Federal reserve bank, and the balance, if any, shall be paid to the receiver of the insolvent bank.
If any national bank which has not gone into liquidation as provided in section 181 of this title, and for which a receiver has not already been appointed for other lawful cause, shall discontinue its banking operations for a period of sixty days the Comptroller of the Currency may, if he deems it advisable, appoint a receiver for such bank. The stock held by the said national bank in the Federal reserve bank of its district shall thereupon be canceled and said national bank shall receive in payment therefor, under regulations to be prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, a sum equal to its cash-paid subscriptions on the shares canceled and one-half of 1 per centum a month from the period of the last dividend, if earned, not to exceed the book value thereof, less any liability of such national bank to the Federal reserve bank.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §6, 38 Stat. 258; Apr. 23, 1930, ch. 207, §1, 46 Stat. 250; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), title III, §319(b), 49 Stat. 704, 713.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, §319(b), struck out provision requiring execution of certificate of reduction of capital stock.
1930—Act Apr. 23, 1930, among other changes, added second par.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§289. Dividends and surplus funds of reserve banks; transfer for fiscal year 2000
(a) Dividends and surplus funds of reserve banks
(1) Stockholder dividends
(A) Dividend amount
After all necessary expenses of a Federal reserve bank have been paid or provided for, the stockholders of the bank shall be entitled to receive an annual dividend on paid-in capital stock of—
(i) in the case of a stockholder with total consolidated assets of more than $10,000,000,000, the smaller of—
(I) the rate equal to the high yield of the 10-year Treasury note auctioned at the last auction held prior to the payment of such dividend; and
(II) 6 percent; and
(ii) in the case of a stockholder with total consolidated assets of $10,000,000,000 or less, 6 percent.
(B) Dividend cumulative
The entitlement to dividends under subparagraph (A) shall be cumulative.
(C) Inflation adjustment
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall annually adjust the dollar amounts of total consolidated assets specified under subparagraph (A) to reflect the change in the Gross Domestic Product Price Index, published by the Bureau of Economic Analysis.
(2) Deposit of net earnings in surplus fund
That portion of net earnings of each Federal reserve bank which remains after dividend claims under paragraph (1)(A) have been fully met shall be deposited in the surplus fund of the bank.
(3) Limitation on surplus funds
(A) In general
The aggregate amount of the surplus funds of the Federal reserve banks may not exceed $6,825,000,000.
(B) Transfer to the general fund
Any amounts of the surplus funds of the Federal reserve banks that exceed, or would exceed, the limitation under subparagraph (A) shall be transferred to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System for transfer to the Secretary of the Treasury for deposit in the general fund of the Treasury.
(b) 1 Transfer for fiscal year 2000
(1) In general
The Federal reserve banks shall transfer from the surplus funds of such banks to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System for transfer to the Secretary of the Treasury for deposit in the general fund of the Treasury, a total amount of $3,752,000,000 in fiscal year 2000.
(2) Allocated by Fed
Of the total amount required to be paid by the Federal reserve banks under paragraph (1) for fiscal year 2000, the Board shall determine the amount each such bank shall pay in such fiscal year.
(3) Replenishment of surplus fund prohibited
During fiscal year 2000, no Federal reserve bank may replenish such bank's surplus fund by the amount of any transfer by such bank under paragraph (1).
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §7(a), (b), 38 Stat. 258; Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 101, §1, 40 Stat. 1314; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §4, 48 Stat. 163; Pub. L. 103–66, title III, §3002(a), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 337; Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(d), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2291; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(5) [title III, §302], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A-304; Pub. L. 114–94, div. C, title XXXII, §§32202, 32203(a), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1739; Pub. L. 115–123, div. C, title II, §30205, Feb. 9, 2018, 132 Stat. 127; Pub. L. 115–174, title II, §217, May 24, 2018, 132 Stat. 1326.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of subsec. (a) [formerly first undesignated par.] of section 7 of act Dec. 23, 1913, and subsec. (b) [enacted by Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(5) [title III, §302(2)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A-304] of section 7. Another subsec. (b) of section 7 is classified to section 290 of this title. Subsec. (c) of section 7 is classified to section 531 of this title.
Amendments
2018—Subsec. (a)(3)(A). Pub. L. 115–174 substituted "$6,825,000,000" for "$7,500,000,000".
Pub. L. 115–123 substituted "$7,500,000,000" for "$10,000,000,000".
2015—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 114–94, §32203(a)(1), amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "After all necessary expenses of a Federal reserve bank have been paid or provided for, the stockholders of the bank shall be entitled to receive an annual dividend of 6 percent on paid-in capital stock."
Subsec. (a)(1)(C). Pub. L. 114–94, §32203(a)(2), added subpar. (C).
Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 114–94, §32202, added par. (3).
1999—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 106–113, §1000(a)(5) [title III, §302(1)], struck out heading and text of par. (3). Text read as follows: "During fiscal years 1997 and 1998, any amount in the surplus fund of any Federal reserve bank in excess of the amount equal to 3 percent of the total paid-in capital and surplus of the member banks of such bank shall be transferred to the Board for transfer to the Secretary of the Treasury for deposit in the general fund of the Treasury."
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 106–113, §1000(a)(5) [title III, §302(2)], added subsec. (b).
1994—Par. (1)(B). Pub. L. 103–325, §602(d)(1), inserted "(A)" after "subparagraph".
Par. (2). Pub. L. 103–325, §602(d)(2), substituted "paragraph (1)(A)" for "subparagraph (A)".
1993—Pub. L. 103–66 inserted section catchline and amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "After all necessary expenses of a Federal reserve bank shall have been paid or provided for, the stockholders shall be entitled to receive an annual dividend of 6 per centum on the paid-in capital stock, which dividend shall be cumulative. After the aforesaid dividend claims have been fully met, the net earnings shall be paid into the surplus fund of the Federal reserve bank."
1933—Act June 16, 1933, provided that net earnings shall be paid into surplus instead of to the United States as a franchise tax.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2015 Amendment
Pub. L. 114–94, div. C, title XXXII, §32203(b), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1740, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on January 1, 2016."
Effective Date of 1933 Amendment
Act June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §4, 48 Stat. 163, provided that the amendment made by that section is effective July 1, 1932.
Discretionary Surplus Funds
Pub. L. 116–283, div. F, title LXV, §6510, Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4633, provided that: "The dollar amount specified under section 7(a)(3)(A) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 289(a)(3)(A)) is reduced by $40,000,000."
Additional Transfers for Fiscal Years 1997 and 1998
Pub. L. 103–66, title III, §3002(b), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 337, provided that in addition to the amounts required to be transferred from the surplus funds of the Federal reserve banks pursuant to former section 289(a)(3) of this title, the Federal reserve banks should transfer $106,000,000 in fiscal year 1997 and $107,000,000 in fiscal year 1998 from their surplus funds to the Treasury for deposit in the general fund, and prohibited the banks from replenishing their surplus funds by the amount of such transfer.
1 See Codification note below.
§290. Use of earnings transferred to the Treasury
The net earnings derived by the United States from Federal reserve banks shall, in the discretion of the Secretary, be used to supplement the gold reserve held against outstanding United States notes, or shall be applied to the reduction of the outstanding bonded indebtedness of the United States under regulations to be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. Should a Federal reserve bank be dissolved or go into liquidation, any surplus remaining, after the payment of all debts, dividend requirements as hereinbefore provided, and the par value of the stock, shall be paid to and become the property of the United States and shall be similarly applied.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §7(b), 38 Stat. 258; Pub. L. 103–66, title III, §3002(c)(1), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 337.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of subsec. (b) [formerly second undesignated par.] of section 7 of act Dec. 23, 1913. Subsec. (a) and another subsec. (b) [enacted by Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(5) [title III, §302(2)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A-304] of section 7 are classified to section 289 of this title. Subsec. (c) of section 7 is classified to section 531 of this title.
Amendments
1993—Pub. L. 103–66 inserted section catchline.
SUBCHAPTER VII—DIRECTORS OF FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS; RESERVE AGENTS AND ASSISTANTS
§301. Powers and duties of board of directors; suspension of member bank for undue use of bank credit
Every Federal reserve bank shall be conducted under the supervision and control of a board of directors.
The board of directors shall perform the duties usually appertaining to the office of directors of banking associations and all such duties as are prescribed by law.
Said board of directors shall administer the affairs of said bank fairly and impartially and without discrimination in favor of or against any member bank or banks and may, subject to the provisions of law and the orders of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, extend to each member bank such discounts, advancements, and accommodations as may be safely and reasonably made with due regard for the claims and demands of other member banks, the maintenance of sound credit conditions, and the accommodation of commerce, industry, and agriculture. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may prescribe regulations further defining within the limitations of this chapter the conditions under which discounts, advancements, and the accommodations may be extended to member banks. Each Federal reserve bank shall keep itself informed of the general character and amount of the loans and investments of its member banks with a view to ascertaining whether undue use is being made of bank credit for the speculative carrying of or trading in securities, real estate, or commodities, or for any other purpose inconsistent with the maintenance of sound credit conditions; and, in determining whether to grant or refuse advances, rediscounts, or other credit accommodations, the Federal reserve bank shall give consideration to such information. The chairman of the Federal reserve bank shall report to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System any such undue use of bank credit by any member bank, together with his recommendation. Whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, any member bank is making such undue use of bank credit, the Board may, in its discretion, after reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing, suspend such bank from the use of the credit facilities of the Federal Reserve System and may terminate such suspension or may renew it from time to time.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §4 (pars.), 38 Stat. 255; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §3(a), 48 Stat. 163; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of pars. 6 to 8 of section 4 of act Dec. 23, 1913.
Pars. 1 to 3 and 25 of section 4 were omitted from the code as executed.
Pars. 4 and 5, 9 to 12, 13 to 15, 16 to 21, 22, 24, and 26 of section 4, and par. 23 of section 4 as added June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §2, 40, Stat. 232, are classified to sections 341, 302, 303, 304, 305, 307, 308, and 306, respectively, of this title.
Amendments
1933—Act June 16, 1933, among other changes, added all after first sentence in third par.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§302. Number of members; classes
Such board of directors shall be selected as hereinafter specified and shall consist of nine members, holding office for three years, and divided into three classes, designated as classes A, B, and C.
Class A shall consist of three members, without discrimination on the basis of race, creed, color, sex, or national origin, who shall be chosen by and be representative of the stockholding banks.
Class B shall consist of three members, who shall represent the public and shall be elected without discrimination on the basis of race, creed, color, sex, or national origin, and with due but not exclusive consideration to the interests of agriculture, commerce, industry, services, labor, and consumers.
Class C shall consist of three members who shall be designated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. They shall be elected to represent the public, without discrimination on the basis of race, creed, color, sex, or national origin, and with due but not exclusive consideration to the interests of agriculture, commerce, industry, services, labor, and consumers.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §4 (pars.), 38 Stat. 255; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 95–188, title II, §202, Nov. 16, 1977, 91 Stat. 1387.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of pars. 9 to 12 of section 4 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 4, see Codification note set out under section 301 of this title.
Provisions of section which related to appointment of Class C directors when the necessary subscriptions to the capital stock have been obtained for the organization of any Federal Reserve Bank and which required the organization committee to exercise the powers and duties appertaining to the office of chairman in the organization of such Federal Reserve Bank pending the designation of a chairman, were omitted as obsolete.
Another section 202 of Pub. L. 95–188 enacted section 225a of this title.
Amendments
1977—Second par. Pub. L. 95–188, §202(a), required Class A members to be chosen without discrimination on the basis of race, creed, color, sex or national origin.
Third par. Pub. L. 95–188, §202(b), substituted requirement that Class B members represent the public and be elected without discrimination on the basis of race, creed, color, sex, or national origin, and with due but not exclusive consideration to the interests of agriculture, commerce, industry, services, labor, and consumers for prior requirement that such Class B members, at the time of their election, be actively engaged in their district in commerce, agriculture or some other industrial pursuit.
Fourth par. Pub. L. 95–188, §202(c), required Class C members to be elected to represent the public, without discrimination on the basis of race, creed, color, sex, or national origin, and with due but not exclusive consideration to the interests of agriculture, commerce, industry, services, labor, and consumers.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§303. Qualifications and disabilities
No Senator or Representative in Congress shall be a member of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or an officer or a director of a Federal reserve bank.
No director of class B shall be an officer, director, or employee of any bank.
No director of class C shall be an officer, director, employee, or stockholder of any bank.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §4 (pars.), 38 Stat. 255; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of pars. 13 to 15 of section 4 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 4, see Codification note set out under section 301 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§304. Class A and class B directors; selection
Directors of class A and class B shall be chosen in the following manner: The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall classify the member banks of the district into three general groups or divisions designating each group by number. Each group shall consist as nearly as may be of banks of similar capitalization. Each member bank shall be permitted to nominate to the chairman of the board of directors of the Federal reserve bank of the district one candidate for director of class A and one candidate for director of class B. The candidates so nominated shall be listed by the chairman, indicating by whom nominated, and a copy of said list shall, within fifteen days after its completion, be furnished by the chairman to each member bank. Each member bank by a resolution of the board or by an amendment to its bylaws shall authorize its president, cashier, or some other officer to cast the vote of the member bank in the elections of class A and class B directors: Provided, That whenever any member banks within the same Federal Reserve district are subsidiaries of the same bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 [12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.], participation in any such nomination or election by such member banks, including such bank holding company if it is also a member bank, shall be confined to one of such banks, which may be designated for the purpose by such holding company.
Within fifteen days after receipt of the list of candidates the duly authorized officer of a member bank shall certify to the chairman his first, second, and other choices for director of class A and class B, respectively, upon a preferential ballot upon a form furnished by the chairman of the board of directors of the Federal reserve bank of the district. Each such officer shall make a cross opposite the name of the first, second, and other choices for a director of class A and for a director of class B, but shall not vote more than one choice for any one candidate. No officer or director of a member bank shall be eligible to serve as a class A director unless nominated and elected by banks which are members of the same group as the member bank of which he is an officer or director.
Any person who is an officer or director of more than one member bank shall not be eligible for nomination as a class A director except by banks in the same group as the bank having the largest aggregate resources of any of those of which such person is an officer or director.
Any candidate having a majority of all votes cast in the column of first choice shall be declared elected. If no candidate have a majority of all the votes in the first column, then there shall be added together the votes cast by the electors for such candidates in the second column and the votes cast for the several candidates in the first column. The candidate then having a majority of the electors voting and the highest number of combined votes shall be declared elected. If no candidate have a majority of electors voting and the highest number of votes when the first and second choices shall have been added, then the votes cast in the third column for other choices shall be added together in like manner, and the candidate then having the highest number of votes shall be declared elected. An immediate report of election shall be declared.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §4 (pars.), 38 Stat. 256; Sept. 26, 1918, ch. 177, §1, 40 Stat. 968; June 26, 1930, ch. 614, 46 Stat. 815; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §3(b), 48 Stat. 163; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 89–485, §13(e), July 1, 1966, 80 Stat. 243.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, referred to in text, is act May 9, 1956, ch. 240, 70 Stat. 133, which is classified principally to chapter 17 (§1841 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1841 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of pars. 16 to 21 of section 4 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 4, see Codification note set out under section 301 of this title.
Amendments
1966—Pub. L. 89–485 substituted proviso restricting participation in nomination or election of directors by member banks to one member bank whenever any member banks within the same Federal reserve district are subsidiaries of the same bank holding company, such member bank to be designated for the purpose by the holding company for former proviso restricting the selection of directors by member banks to one member bank when two or more member banks within the same Federal reserve district are affiliated with the same holding company affiliate, such member bank to be designated for such purpose by the holding company affiliate.
1933—Act June 16, 1933, inserted proviso at end of second par.
1930—Act June 26, 1930, amended last par.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§305. Class C directors; selection; "Federal reserve agent"
Class C directors shall be appointed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. They shall have been for at least two years residents of the district for which they are appointed, one of whom shall be designated by said board as chairman of the board of directors of the Federal reserve bank and as "Federal reserve agent." He shall be a person of tested banking experience and in addition to his duties as chairman of the board of directors of the Federal reserve bank he shall be required to maintain, under regulations to be established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, a local office of said board on the premises of the Federal reserve bank. He shall make regular reports to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and shall act as its official representative for the performance of the functions conferred upon it by this chapter. He shall receive an annual compensation to be fixed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and paid monthly by the Federal reserve bank to which he is designated. One of the directors of class C shall be appointed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as deputy chairman to exercise the powers of the chairman of the board when necessary. In case of the absence of the chairman and deputy chairman, the third class C director shall preside at meetings of the board.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §4 (par.), 38 Stat. 256; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §2, 40 Stat. 232; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 22 of section 4 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 4, see Codification note set out under section 301 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§306. Assistants to Federal reserve agent
Subject to the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal reserve agent shall appoint one or more assistants. Such assistants, who shall be persons of tested banking experience, shall assist the Federal reserve agent in the performance of his duties and shall also have power to act in his name and stead during his absence or disability. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall require such bonds of the assistant Federal reserve agents as it may deem necessary for the protection of the United States. Assistants to the Federal reserve agent shall receive an annual compensation, to be fixed and paid in the same manner as that of the Federal reserve agent.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §4 (par.), as added June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §2, 40 Stat. 232; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 23 of section 4 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as added June 21, 1917. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 4, see Codification note set out under section 301 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§307. Compensation of directors
Directors of Federal reserve banks shall receive, in addition to any compensation otherwise provided, a reasonable allowance for necessary expenses in attending meetings of their respective boards, which amount shall be paid by the respective Federal reserve banks. Any compensation that may be provided by boards of directors of Federal reserve banks for directors, officers or employees shall be subject to the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §4 (par.), 38 Stat. 257; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 24 of section 4 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 4, see Codification note set out under section 301 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§308. Terms of directors; vacancies
At the first meeting of the full board of directors of each Federal reserve bank, it shall be the duty of the directors of classes A, B, and C, respectively, to designate one of the members of each class whose term of office shall expire in one year from the 1st of January nearest to date of such meeting, one whose term of office shall expire at the end of two years from said date, and one whose term of office shall expire at the end of three years from said date. Thereafter every director of a Federal reserve bank chosen as hereinbefore provided shall hold office for a term of three years. Vacancies that may occur in the several classes of directors of Federal reserve banks may be filled in the manner provided for the original selection of such directors, such appointees to hold office for the unexpired terms of their predecessors.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §4 (par.), 38 Stat. 257.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 26 of section 4 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 4, see Codification note set out under section 301 of this title.
SUBCHAPTER VIII—STATE BANKS AS MEMBERS OF SYSTEM
§321. Application for membership
Any bank incorporated by special law of any State, operating under the Code of Law for the District of Columbia, or organized under the general laws of any State or of the United States, including Morris Plan banks and other incorporated banking institutions engaged in similar business, desiring to become a member of the Federal Reserve System, may make application to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, under such rules and regulations as it may prescribe, for the right to subscribe to the stock of the Federal Reserve bank organized within the district in which the applying bank is located. Such application shall be for the same amount of stock that the applying bank would be required to subscribe to as a national bank. For the purposes of membership of any such bank the terms "capital" and "capital stock" shall include the amount of outstanding capital notes and debentures legally issued by the applying bank and purchased by the Reconstruction Finance Corporation. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, subject to the provisions of this chapter and to such conditions as it may prescribe pursuant thereto may permit the applying bank to become a stockholder of such Federal Reserve bank.
Upon the conversion of a national bank into a State bank, or the merger or consolidation of a national bank with a State bank which is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, the resulting or continuing State bank may be admitted to membership in the Federal Reserve System by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in accordance with the provisions of this section, but, otherwise, the Federal Reserve bank stock owned by the national bank shall be canceled and paid for as provided in section 287 of this title. Upon the merger or consolidation of a national bank with a State member bank under a State charter, the membership of the State bank in the Federal Reserve System shall continue.
Any such State bank which on February 25, 1927, has established and is operating a branch or branches in conformity with the State law, may retain and operate the same while remaining or upon becoming a stockholder of such Federal Reserve bank; but no such State bank may retain or acquire stock in a Federal Reserve bank except upon relinquishment of any branch or branches established after February 25, 1927, beyond the limits of the city, town, or village in which the parent bank is situated: Provided, however, That nothing herein contained shall prevent any State member bank from establishing and operating branches in the United States or any dependency or insular possession thereof or in any foreign country, on the same terms and conditions and subject to the same limitations and restrictions as are applicable to the establishment of branches by national banks except that the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, instead of the Comptroller of the Currency, shall be obtained before any State member bank may hereafter establish any branch and before any State bank hereafter admitted to membership may retain any branch established after February 25, 1927, beyond the limits of the city, town, or village in which the parent bank is situated. The approval of the Board shall likewise be obtained before any State member bank may establish any new branch within the limits of any such city, town, or village.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (pars.), 38 Stat. 259; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §3, 40 Stat. 232; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §9, 44 Stat. 1229; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §5(a), (b), 48 Stat. 164; June 16, 1934, ch. 546, §2, 48 Stat. 971; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), title III, §338, 49 Stat. 704, 721; Aug. 17, 1950, ch. 729, §8, 64 Stat. 458; July 15, 1952, ch. 753, §2(a), 66 Stat. 633; Pub. L. 108–386, §8(h), Oct. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2232; Pub. L. 109–351, title VII, §725(a)(2), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 2001; Pub. L. 109–356, title I, §123(a)(2), Oct. 16, 2006, 120 Stat. 2028.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of the first three pars. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The first par. of this section is comprised of the first par. of section 9 as amended in 1917 (40 Stat. 232). The second par. of this section was added as a new par. to follow the first par. of section 9, by act Aug. 17, 1950. The third par. of this section originally constituted the second par. of section 9, as amended by act Feb. 25, 1927, and became the third par. when act Aug. 17, 1950 added the new second par. The fourth to twenty-third pars. of section 9, as amended, are classified to sections 322 to 338a of this title. Section 329a of this title, which was based on par. twelve of section 9, was omitted from the Code. Paragraph twenty-two of section 9, which was classified to section 337 of this title, was repealed by Pub. L. 89–485, §13(g), July 1, 1966, 80 Stat. 243.
Amendments
2006—Pub. L. 109–351 and 109–356 amended section identically, substituting "incorporated by special law of any State, operating under the Code of Law for the District of Columbia, or" for "incorporated by special law of any State, or" in first sentence of first par.
2004—Pub. L. 108–386 struck out "(except within the District of Columbia)" before period at end of last sentence of third par.
1952—Act July 15, 1952, inserted last sentence to third par.
1950—Act Aug. 17, 1950, inserted second par., permitting application for membership in the Federal Reserve System by the State bank resulting from a conversion, merger, or consolidation transaction involving a national bank, except where the national bank merges or consolidates with a State bank already a member of System in which case the membership continues.
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, §338, inserted phrase in third (formerly second) par. beginning "except that the approval of the Board of Governors".
1934—Act June 16, 1934, inserted third sentence in first par.
1933—Act June 16, 1933, inserted "including Morris Plan banks and other incorporated banking institutions engaged in similar business" in first par. and inserted proviso to third (formerly second) par. through "branches of national banks".
1927—Act Feb. 25, 1927, inserted second par. which became third par. in 1950. See Codification note above.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Effective Date of 2004 Amendment
Pub. L. 108–386, §8(i), Oct. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2232, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section, sections 1709, 1813, 1817, 1820, 1821, 1828, 1841, 1842, 1881, 3206, and 3207 of this title, and sections 78c, 78l, and 78q of Title 15, Commerce and Trade] shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 30, 2004]."
Pub. L. 108–386, §9, Oct. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2233, provided that: "Except as otherwise provided, this Act [amending this section, sections 1709, 1813, 1817, 1820, 1821, 1828, 1841, 1842, 1881, 3206, and 3207 of this title, and sections 78c, 78l, and 78q of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and section 1811 of this title] and the amendments made by this Act shall apply with respect to fiscal year 2005 and each succeeding fiscal year."
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
Abolition of Reconstruction Finance Corporation
Section 6(a) of Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1957, eff. June 30, 1957, 22 F.R. 4633, 71 Stat. 647, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, abolished Reconstruction Finance Corporation.
§322. Determination on application
In acting upon such applications the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall consider the financial condition of the applying bank, the general character of its management, and whether or not the corporate powers exercised are consistent with the purposes of this chapter.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (par.), as added June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §3, 40 Stat. 233; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of the fourth par. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The fourth par. constituted the second par. of section 9 in 1917 (40 Stat. 232), became the third par. in 1927 (44 Stat. 1229), and became the fourth par. in 1950 (64 Stat. 458). For further details, see Codification note set out under section 321 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§323. Stock in Federal reserve banks; method of payment
Whenever the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall permit the applying bank to become a stockholder in the Federal reserve bank of the district its stock subscription shall be payable on call of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and stock issued to it shall be held subject to the provisions of this chapter.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (par.), 38 Stat. 259; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §3, 40 Stat. 233; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of the fifth par. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The fifth par. constituted the third par. of section 9 in 1917 (40 Stat. 232), became the fourth par. in 1927 (44 Stat. 1229), and became the fifth par. in 1950 (64 Stat. 458). For further details, see Codification note set out under section 321 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§324. Laws applicable on becoming members
All banks admitted to membership under authority of this section shall be required to comply with the reserve and capital requirements of this chapter, to conform to those provisions of law imposed on national banks which prohibit such banks from lending on or purchasing their own stock and which relate to the withdrawal or impairment of their capital stock, and to conform to the provisions of sections 56 and 60(b) of this title with respect to the payment of dividends; except that any reference in any such provision to the Comptroller of the Currency shall be deemed for the purposes of this sentence to be a reference to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Such banks and the officers, agents, and employees thereof shall also be subject to the provisions of and to the penalties prescribed by sections 334, 656, and 1005 of title 18, and shall be required to make reports of condition and of the payment of dividends to the Federal Reserve bank of which they become a member. Not less than three of such reports shall be made annually on call of the Federal Reserve bank on dates to be fixed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Any bank which (A) maintains procedures reasonably adapted to avoid any inadvertent error and, unintentionally and as a result of such an error, fails to make or publish any report required under this paragraph, within the period of time specified by the Board, or submits or publishes any false or misleading report or information, or (B) inadvertently transmits or publishes any report which is minimally late, shall be subject to a penalty of not more than $2,000 for each day during which such failure continues or such false or misleading information is not corrected. The bank shall have the burden of proving that an error was inadvertent and that a report was inadvertently transmitted or published late. Any bank which fails to make or publish such reports within the period of time specified by the Board, or submits or publishes any false or misleading report or information, in a manner not described in the 2nd preceding sentence shall be subject to a penalty of not more than $20,000 for each day during which such failure continues or such false or misleading information is not corrected. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if any bank knowingly or with reckless disregard for the accuracy of any information or report described in such sentence submits or publishes any false or misleading report or information, the Board may assess a penalty of not more than $1,000,000 or 1 percent of total assets of such bank, whichever is less, per day for each day during which such failure continues or such false or misleading information is not corrected. Any penalty imposed under any of the 4 preceding sentences shall be assessed and collected by the Board in the manner provided in subparagraphs (E), (F), (G), and (I) of section 1818(i)(2) of this title (for penalties imposed under such section) and any such assessment (including the determination of the amount of the penalty) shall be subject to the provisions of such section. Any bank against which any penalty is assessed under this subsection shall be afforded an agency hearing if such bank submits a request for such hearing within 20 days after the issuance of the notice of assessment. Section 1818(h) of this title shall apply to any proceeding under this paragraph. Such reports of condition shall be in such form and shall contain such information as the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may require.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (par.), 38 Stat. 259; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §3, 40 Stat. 233; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §320, 49 Stat. 713; Sept. 3, 1954, ch. 1263, §27, 68 Stat. 1236; Pub. L. 86–230, §21(b), Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466; Pub. L. 101–73, title IX, §911(d), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 480; Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §308(c), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2218.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of the sixth par. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The sixth par. constituted the fourth par. of section 9 in 1917 (40 Stat. 232), became the fifth par. in 1927 (44 Stat. 1229), and became the sixth par. in 1950 (64 Stat. 458). For further details, see Codification note set out under section 321 of this title.
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–325 struck out before period at end "and shall be published by the reporting banks in such manner and in accordance with such regulations as the said Board may prescribe".
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 substituted provisions for different and increasing levels of penalties, assessment and collection of penalties, and agency hearings for provision that failure to make such reports within ten days after the date they were called for would subject the offending bank to a penalty of $100 a day for each day that it failed to transmit such report, such penalty to have been collected by the Federal Reserve bank by suit or otherwise.
1959—Pub. L. 86–230 required State member banks to comply with section 60(b) of this title and inserted provisions requiring a reference to the Comptroller of the Currency to be deemed a reference to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
1954—Act Sept. 3, 1954, substituted "sections 334, 656, and 1005 of title 18" for "section 592 of this title", and "Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System" for "Federal Reserve Board".
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935 inserted last sentence of section.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1989 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 101–73 applicable with respect to reports filed or required to be filed after Aug. 9, 1989, see section 911(i) of Pub. L. 101–73, set out as a note under section 161 of this title.
§325. Examinations
As a condition of membership such banks shall likewise be subject to examinations made by direction of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or of the Federal reserve bank by examiners selected or approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (par.), as added June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §3, 40 Stat. 233; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the seventh par. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The seventh par. constituted the fifth par. of section 9 in 1917 (40 Stat. 232), became the sixth par. in 1927 (44 Stat. 1229), and became the seventh par. in 1950 (64 Stat. 458). For further details, see Codification note set out under section 321 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§326. Acceptance of examinations and reports by State authorities; special examinations
Whenever the directors of the Federal reserve bank shall approve the examinations made by the State authorities, such examinations and the reports thereof may be accepted in lieu of examinations made by examiners selected or approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System: Provided, however, That when it deems it necessary the board may order special examinations by examiners of its own selection and shall in all cases approve the form of the report. The expenses of all examinations, other than those made by State authorities, may, in the discretion of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, be assessed against the banks examined and, when so assessed, shall be paid by the banks examined. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, at its discretion, may furnish any report of examination or other confidential supervisory information concerning any State member bank or other entity examined under any other authority of the Board, to any Federal or State agency or authority with supervisory or regulatory authority over the examined entity, to any officer, director, or receiver of the examined entity, and to any other person that the Board determines to be proper.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (par.), as added June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §3, 40 Stat. 233; amended June 26, 1930, ch. 611, §1, 46 Stat. 814; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 106–102, title VII, §727(a), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1475.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the eighth par. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The eighth par. constituted the sixth par. of section 9 in 1917 (40 Stat. 232), became the seventh par. in 1927 (44 Stat. 1229), and became the eighth par. in 1950 (64 Stat. 458). For further details, see Codification note set out under section 321 of this title.
Amendments
1999—Pub. L. 106–102 inserted last sentence and struck out former last sentence which read as follows: "Copies of the reports of such examinations may, in the discretion of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, be furnished to the State authorities having supervision of such banks, to officers, directors, or receivers of such banks, and to any other proper persons."
1930—Act June 26, 1930, amended next to last sentence and inserted last sentence.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§327. Surrender of stock and cancellation of memberships
If at any time it shall appear to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System that a member bank has failed to comply with the provisions of this subchapter, or the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System made pursuant thereto, or has ceased to exercise banking functions without a receiver or liquidating agent having been appointed therefor, it shall be within the power of the board after hearing to require such bank to surrender its stock in the Federal reserve bank and to forfeit all rights and privileges of membership. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may restore membership upon due proof of compliance with the conditions imposed by this subchapter.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (par.), 38 Stat. 259; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §3, 40 Stat. 233; Apr. 23, 1930, ch. 207, §2, 46 Stat. 251; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified generally to this subchapter (§321 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of the ninth par. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The ninth par. constituted the seventh par. of section 9 in 1917 (40 Stat. 232), became the eighth par. in 1927 (44 Stat. 1229), and became the ninth par. in 1950 (64 Stat. 458). For further details, see Codification note set out under section 321 of this title.
Amendments
1930—Act Apr. 23, 1930, inserted "or has ceased to exercise banking functions without a receiver or liquidating agent having been appointed therefor," to first sentence.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§328. Withdrawals from membership
Any State bank or trust company desiring to withdraw from membership in a Federal Reserve bank may do so, after six months' written notice shall have been filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, upon the surrender and cancellation of all of its holdings of capital stock in the Federal reserve bank: Provided, That the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, in its discretion and subject to such conditions as it may prescribe, may waive such six months' notice in individual cases and may permit any such State bank or trust company to withdraw from membership in a Federal reserve bank prior to the expiration of six months from the date of the written notice of its intention to withdraw: Provided, however, That no Federal reserve bank shall, except under express authority of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, cancel within the same calendar year more than 25 per centum of its capital stock for the purpose of effecting voluntary withdrawals during that year. All such applications shall be dealt with in the order in which they are filed with the board. Whenever a member bank shall surrender its stock holdings in a Federal reserve bank, or shall be ordered to do so by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, under authority of law, all of its rights and privileges as a member bank shall thereupon cease and determine, and after due provision has been made for any indebtedness due or to become due to the Federal reserve bank it shall be entitled to a refund of its cash-paid subscription with interest at the rate of one-half of 1 per centum per month from date of last dividend, if earned, the amount refunded in no event to exceed the book value of the stock at that time, and shall likewise be entitled to repayment of deposits and of any other balance due from the Federal reserve bank.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (par.), as added June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §3, 40 Stat. 233; amended Apr. 17, 1930, ch. 175, 46 Stat. 170; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the tenth par. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The tenth par. constituted the eighth par. of section 9 in 1917 (40 Stat. 232), became the ninth par. in 1927 (44 Stat. 1229), and became the tenth par. in 1950 (64 Stat. 458). For further details, see Codification note set out under section 321 of this title.
Amendments
1930—Act Apr. 17, 1930, amended part of section preceding second proviso.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§329. Capital stock required as condition precedent to membership
No applying bank shall be admitted to membership unless it possesses capital stock and surplus which, in the judgment of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, are adequate in relation to the character and condition of its assets and to its existing and prospective deposit liabilities and other corporate responsibilities: Provided, That no bank engaged in the business of receiving deposits other than trust funds, which does not possess capital stock and surplus in an amount equal to that which would be required for the establishment of a national banking association in the place in which it is located, shall be admitted to membership unless it is, or has been, approved for deposit insurance under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.]. The capital stock of a State member bank shall not be reduced except with the prior consent of the Board.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (par.), 38 Stat. 259; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §3, 40 Stat. 234; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title IV, §401, 42 Stat. 1478; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §17(b), 48 Stat. 185; July 15, 1952, ch. 753, §1, 66 Stat. 633.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in text, is act Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 967, §2, 64 Stat. 873, which is classified generally to chapter 16 (§1811 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1811 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of the eleventh par. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The eleventh par. constituted the ninth par. of section 9 in 1917 (40 Stat. 232), became the tenth par. in 1927 (44 Stat. 1229), and became the eleventh par. in 1950 (64 Stat. 458). For further details, see Codification note set out under section 321 of this title.
Amendments
1952—Act July 15, 1952, vested in Board of Governors discretion with respect to admission of State banks to membership.
1933—Act June 16, 1933, dropped alternative method of meeting the capital requirement and inserted proviso.
§329a. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (par.), as added Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §202, 49 Stat. 704, related to waiver of the requirements of sections 321 to 338 of this title for admission to membership in the case of a bank which was required to become a member of the Federal Reserve System under a former provision of subsection (y) of former section 264 of this title, which provision was repealed by act June 20, 1939, ch. 214, §2, 53 Stat. 842.
This section was based on the twelfth par. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The twelfth par. constituted the eleventh par. of section 9 when added in 1935, and became the twelfth par. in 1950 (64 Stat. 458). For further details, see Codification note set out under section 321 of this title.
§330. Laws applicable on becoming members; discounts for State banks
Banks becoming members of the Federal reserve system under authority of this subchapter shall be subject to the provisions of this subchapter and to those of this chapter which relate specifically to member banks, but shall not be subject to examination under the provisions of sections 481 and 482 of this title. Subject to the provisions of this chapter and to the regulations of the board made pursuant thereto, any bank becoming a member of the Federal reserve system shall retain its full charter and statutory rights as a State bank or trust company, and may continue to exercise all corporate powers granted it by the State in which it was created, and shall be entitled to all privileges of member banks, except that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may limit the activities of State member banks and subsidiaries of State member banks in a manner consistent with section 1831a of this title. No Federal reserve bank shall be permitted to discount for any State bank or trust company notes, drafts, or bills of exchange of any one borrower who is liable for borrowed money to such State bank or trust company in an amount greater than that which could be borrowed lawfully from such State bank or trust company were it a national banking association. The Federal reserve bank, as a condition of the discount of notes, drafts, and bills of exchange for such State bank or trust company, shall require a certificate or guaranty to the effect that the borrower is not liable to such bank in excess of the amount provided by this subchapter, and will not be permitted to become liable in excess of this amount while such notes, drafts, or bills of exchange are under discount with the Federal reserve bank.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (par.), as added June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §3, 40 Stat. 234; amended July 1, 1922, ch. 274, 42 Stat. 821; Pub. L. 102–242, title III, §303(b), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2353.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified generally to this subchapter (§321 et seq.).
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of the thirteenth par. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The thirteenth par. constituted the tenth par. of section 9 in 1917 (40 Stat. 232), became the eleventh par. in 1927 (44 Stat. 1229), became the twelfth par. in 1935 (49 Stat. 704), and became the thirteenth par. in 1950 (64 Stat. 458). For further details, see Codification note set out under sections 321 and 329 of this title.
Amendments
1991—Pub. L. 102–242 substituted ", except that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may limit the activities of State member banks and subsidiaries of State member banks in a manner consistent with section 1831a of this title. No Federal reserve bank" for ": Provided, however, That no Federal reserve bank".
§331. Certifying checks on State banks admitted as members
It shall be unlawful for any officer, clerk, or agent of any bank admitted to membership under authority of this subchapter, to certify any check drawn upon such bank unless the person or company drawing the check has on deposit therewith at the time such check is certified an amount of money equal to the amount specified in such check. Any check so certified by duly authorized officers shall be a good and valid obligation against such bank, but the act of any such officer, clerk, or agent in violation of this subchapter, may subject such bank to a forfeiture of its membership in the Federal reserve system upon hearing by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (par.), as added June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §3, 40 Stat. 234; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified generally to this subchapter (§321 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of the fourteenth par. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The fourteenth par. constituted the eleventh par. of section 9 in 1917 (40 Stat. 232), became the twelfth par. in 1927 (44 Stat. 1229), became the thirteenth par. in 1935 (49 Stat. 704), and became the fourteenth par. in 1950 (64 Stat. 458). For further details, see Codification notes set out under sections 321 and 329a of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§332. Depositaries of public money; financial agents; security required
All banks or trust companies incorporated by special law or organized under the general laws of any State, which are members of the Federal reserve system, when designated for that purpose by the Secretary of the Treasury, shall be depositaries of public money, under such regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary; and they may also be employed as financial agents of the Government; and they shall perform all such reasonable duties, as depositaries of public money and financial agents of the Government, as may be required of them. The Secretary of the Treasury shall require of the banks and trust companies thus designated satisfactory security, by the deposit of United States bonds or otherwise, for the safe keeping and prompt payment of the public money deposited with them and for the faithful performance of their duties as financial agents of the Government.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (par.), as added May 7, 1928, ch. 507, 45 Stat. 492.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the fifteenth par. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The fifteenth par. constituted the thirteenth par. of section 9 in 1928 (45 Stat. 492), became the fourteenth par. in 1935 (49 Stat. 704), and became the fifteenth par. in 1950 (64 Stat. 458). For further details, see Codification notes set out under sections 321 and 329a of this title.
§333. Mutual savings banks; application and admission to membership in Federal Reserve System
Any mutual savings bank having no capital stock (including any other banking institution the capital of which consists of weekly or other time deposits which are segregated from all other deposits and are regarded as capital stock for the purposes of taxation and the declaration of dividends), but having surplus and undivided profits not less than the amount of capital required for the organization of a national bank in the same place, may apply for and be admitted to membership in the Federal Reserve System in the same manner and subject to the same provisions of law as State banks and trust companies, except that any such savings bank shall subscribe for capital stock of the Federal reserve bank in an amount equal to six-tenths of 1 per centum of its total deposit liabilities as shown by the most recent report of examination of such savings bank preceding its admission to membership. Thereafter such subscription shall be adjusted semiannually on the same percentage basis in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. If any such mutual savings bank applying for membership is not permitted by the laws under which it was organized to purchase stock in a Federal reserve bank, it shall, upon admission to the system, deposit with the Federal reserve bank an amount equal to the amount which it would have been required to pay in on account of a subscription to capital stock. Thereafter such deposit shall be adjusted semiannually in the same manner as subscriptions for stock. Such deposits shall be subject to the same conditions with respect to repayment as amounts paid upon subscriptions to capital stock by other member banks and the Federal reserve bank shall pay interest thereon at the same rate as dividends are actually paid on outstanding shares of stock of such Federal reserve bank. If the laws under which any such savings bank was organized be amended so as to authorize mutual savings banks to subscribe for Federal reserve bank stock, such savings bank shall thereupon subscribe for the appropriate amount of stock in the Federal reserve bank, and the deposit hereinbefore provided for in lieu of payment upon capital stock shall be applied upon such subscription. If the laws under which any such savings bank was organized be not amended at the next session of the legislature following the admission of such savings bank to membership so as to authorize mutual savings banks to purchase Federal reserve bank stock, or if such laws be so amended and such bank fail within six months thereafter to purchase such stock, all of its rights and privileges as a member bank shall be forfeited and its membership in the Federal Reserve System shall be terminated in the manner prescribed in this subchapter with respect to State member banks and trust companies. Each such mutual savings bank shall comply with all the provisions of law applicable to State member banks and trust companies, with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and with the conditions of membership prescribed for such savings bank at the time of admission to membership, except as otherwise hereinbefore provided with respect to capital stock.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (par.), as added June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §5(c), 48 Stat. 164; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified generally to this subchapter (§321 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of the sixteenth par. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The sixteenth par. constituted the fourteenth par. of section 9 in 1933 (48 Stat. 164), became the fifteenth par. in 1935 (49 Stat. 704), and became the sixteenth par. in 1950 (64 Stat. 458). For further details, see Codification notes set out under sections 321 and 329a of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§334. Reports from affiliates; penalty for failure to furnish
Each bank admitted to membership under this subchapter shall obtain from each of its affiliates other than member banks and furnish to the Federal reserve bank of its district and to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System not less than three reports during each year. Such reports shall be in such form as the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may prescribe, shall be verified by the oath or affirmation of the president or such other officer as may be designated by the board of directors of such affiliate to verify such reports, and shall disclose the information hereinafter provided for as of dates identical with those fixed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System for reports of the condition of the affiliated member bank. Each such report of an affiliate shall be transmitted as herein provided at the same time as the corresponding report of the affiliated member bank, except that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may, in its discretion, extend such time for good cause shown. Each such report shall contain such information as in the judgment of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall be necessary to disclose fully the relations between such affiliate and such bank and to enable the board to inform itself as to the effect of such relations upon the affairs of such bank. The reports of such affiliates shall be published by the bank under the same conditions as govern its own condition reports.
Any such affiliated member bank may be required to obtain from any such affiliate such additional reports as in the opinion of its Federal reserve bank or the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may be necessary in order to obtain a full and complete knowledge of the condition of the affiliated member bank. Such additional reports shall be transmitted to the Federal reserve bank and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and shall be in such form as the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may prescribe.
Any such affiliated member bank which fails to obtain from any of its affiliates and furnish any report provided for by the two preceding paragraphs of this section shall be subject to a penalty of $100 for each day during which such failure continues, which, by direction of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, may be collected, by suit or otherwise, by the Federal reserve bank of the district in which such member bank is located.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (pars.), as added June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §5(c), 48 Stat. 165; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 89–485, §13(f), July 1, 1966, 80 Stat. 243.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified generally to this subchapter (§321 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of the seventeenth to nineteenth pars. of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. These pars. constituted pars. fifteen to seventeen of section 9 in 1933 (48 Stat. 165), became pars. sixteen to eighteen in 1935 (49 Stat. 704), and became pars. seventeen to nineteen in 1950 (64 Stat. 458). For further details, see Codification notes set out under sections 321 and 329a of this title.
Amendments
1966—Pub. L. 89–485 struck out last sentence of third par. stating that term "affiliate" shall include holding company affiliates as well as other affiliates for the purposes of such par. and preceding two pars.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§335. Dealing in investment securities; limitations and conditions
State member banks shall be subject to the same limitations and conditions with respect to the purchasing, selling, underwriting, and holding of investment securities and stock as are applicable in the case of national banks under paragraph "Seventh" of section 24 of this title. This section shall not apply to any interest held by a State member bank in accordance with section 24a of this title and subject to the same conditions and limitations provided in such section.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (par.), as added June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §5(c), 48 Stat. 165; amended Pub. L. 106–102, title I, §121(d)(2), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1381.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the twentieth par. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The twentieth par. constituted the eighteenth par. of section 9 in 1933 (48 Stat. 16), became the nineteenth par. in 1935 (49 Stat. 704), and became the twentieth par. in 1950 (64 Stat. 458). For further details, see Codification notes set out under sections 321 and 329a of this title.
Amendments
1999—Pub. L. 106–102 inserted at end "This section shall not apply to any interest held by a State member bank in accordance with section 24a of this title and subject to the same conditions and limitations provided in such section."
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1999 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 106–102 effective 120 days after Nov. 12, 1999, see section 161 of Pub. L. 106–102, set out as a note under section 24 of this title.
§336. Certificates of stock; representation of stock of other corporations
After August 23, 1935, no certificate evidencing the stock of any State member bank shall bear any statement purporting to represent the stock of any other corporation, except a member bank or a corporation engaged on June 16, 1934, in holding the bank premises of such member bank, nor shall the ownership, sale, or transfer of any certificate representing the stock of any State member bank be conditioned in any manner whatsoever upon the ownership, sale, or transfer of a certificate representing the stock of any other corporation, except a member bank or a corporation engaged on June 16, 1934 in holding the bank premises of such member bank: Provided, That this subchapter shall not operate to prevent the ownership, sale, or transfer of stock of any other corporation being conditioned upon the ownership, sale, or transfer of a certificate representing stock of a State member bank.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (par.), as added June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §5(c), 48 Stat. 165; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §310(b), 49 Stat. 710.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified generally to this subchapter (§321 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of the twenty-first par. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The twenty-first par. constituted the nineteenth par. of section 9 in 1933 (48 Stat. 165), became the twentieth par. in 1935 (49 Stat. 704), and became the twenty-first par. in 1950 (64 Stat. 458). For further details, see Codification notes set out under sections 321 and 329a of this title.
Amendments
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, among other changes, inserted proviso.
§337. Repealed. Pub. L. 89–485, §13(g), July 1, 1966, 80 Stat. 243
Section, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (par.), as added June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §5(c), 48 Stat. 166, required agreements of State member banks with holding company affiliates to be subject to voting restrictions and to provide for forfeiture of membership on failure to file agreement.
This section was comprised of the twenty-second par. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The twenty-second par. constituted the twentieth par. of section 9 when added in 1933, became the twenty-first par. in 1935 (49 Stat. 704), and became the twenty-second par. in 1950 (64 Stat. 458). For further details, see Codification notes set out under sections 321 and 329a of this title.
§338. Examination of affiliates; forfeiture of membership on refusal of affiliate to give information or pay expense
In connection with examinations of State member banks, examiners selected or approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall make such examinations of the affairs of all affiliates of such banks as shall be necessary to disclose fully the relations between such banks and their affiliates and the effect of such relations upon the affairs of such banks. The expense of examination of affiliates of any State member bank may, in the discretion of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, be assessed against such bank and, when so assessed, shall be paid by such bank. In the event of the refusal to give any information requested in the course of the examination of any such affiliate, or in the event of the refusal to permit such examination, or in the event of the refusal to pay any expenses so assessed, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may, in its discretion, require any or all State member banks affiliated with such affiliate to surrender their stock in the Federal Reserve bank and to forfeit all rights and privileges of membership in the Federal Reserve System, as provided in this subchapter.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9 (par.), as added June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §5(c), 48 Stat. 166; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified generally to this subchapter (§321 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of the twenty-second par. of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The twenty-second par. constituted the twenty-first par. of section 9 in 1933 (48 Stat. 166), became the twenty-second par. in 1935 (49 Stat. 704), and became the twenty-third par. in 1950 (64 Stat. 458), and became the twenty-second par. in 1966 (80 Stat. 243). For further details, see Codification notes set out under sections 321 and 329a of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§338a. Investments to promote public welfare and community development; limitation on investments
A State member bank may make investments directly or indirectly, each of which is designed primarily to promote the public welfare, including the welfare of low- and moderate-income communities or families (such as by providing housing, services, or jobs), to the extent permissible under State law. A State member bank shall not make any such investment if the investment would expose the State member bank to unlimited liability. The Board shall limit a State member bank's investment in any 1 project and a State member bank's aggregate investments under this paragraph. The aggregate amount of investments of any State member bank under this paragraph may not exceed an amount equal to the sum of 5 percent of the State member bank's capital stock actually paid in and unimpaired and 5 percent of the State member bank's unimpaired surplus, unless the Board determines, by order, that a higher amount will pose no significant risk to the affected deposit insurance fund; and the State member bank is adequately capitalized. In no case shall the aggregate amount of investments of any State member bank under this paragraph exceed an amount equal to the sum of 15 percent of the State member bank's capital stock actually paid in and unimpaired and 15 percent of the State member bank's unimpaired surplus. The foregoing standards and limitations apply to investments under this paragraph made by a State member bank directly and by its subsidiaries.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §9(23), formerly §9 (par.), as added Pub. L. 102–485, §6(b), Oct. 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 2774; amended Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2704(d)(8), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–489; Pub. L. 109–171, title II, §2102(b), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 9; Pub. L. 109–173, §9(b), Feb. 15, 2006, 119 Stat. 3616; renumbered §9(23) and amended Pub. L. 109–351, title III, §305(b), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1971; Pub. L. 110–289, div. B, title V, §2503(b), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2857.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of par. (23) (the twenty-third par.) of section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. For further details, see Codification note set out under section 321 of this title.
Amendments
2008—Pub. L. 110–289, which directed substitution of "is designed primarily to promote the public welfare, including the welfare of" for "promotes the public welfare by benefitting primarily" in first sentence, was executed by making the substitution for "promotes the public welfare by benefiting primarily" to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
2006—Pub. L. 109–351 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "State member banks may make investments designed primarily to promote the public welfare, including the welfare of low- and moderate-income communities or families (such as by providing housing, services, or jobs), to the extent permissible under State law, and subject to such restrictions and requirements as the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may prescribe by regulation or order. A bank shall not make any such investment if the investment would expose the bank to unlimited liability. The Board shall limit a bank's investments in any 1 project and bank's aggregate investments under this paragraph. A bank's aggregate investments under this paragraph shall not exceed an amount equal to the sum of 5 percent of the bank's capital stock actually paid in and unimpaired and 5 percent of the bank's unimpaired surplus fund, unless the Board determines by order that the higher amount will pose no significant risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund, and the bank is adequately capitalized. In no case shall a bank's aggregate investments under this paragraph exceed an amount equal to the sum of 10 percent of the bank's capital stock actually paid in and unimpaired and 10 percent of the bank's unimpaired surplus fund."
Pub. L. 109–173, in fourth sentence, substituted "Deposit Insurance Fund" for "affected deposit insurance fund".
Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(8). See 1996 Amendment note below.
1996—Pub. L. 104—208, §2704(d)(8), which directed the amendment of the fourth sentence by substituting "Deposit Insurance Fund" for "affected deposit insurance fund", was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below and 2006 Amendment note above.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2006 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 109–173 effective Mar. 31, 2006, see section 9(j) of Pub. L. 109–173, set out as a note under section 24 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective no later than the first day of the first calendar quarter that begins after the end of the 90-day period beginning Feb. 8, 2006, see section 2102(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a Merger of BIF and SAIF note under section 1821 of this title.
Effective Date of 1996 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 104–208 effective Jan. 1, 1999, if no insured depository institution is a savings association on that date, see section 2704(c) of Pub. L. 104–208, formerly set out as a note under section 1821 of this title.
§339. Participation by State member banks in lotteries and related activities
(a) Prohibited activities
A State member bank may not—
(1) deal in lottery tickets;
(2) deal in bets used as a means or substitute for participation in a lottery;
(3) announce, advertise, or publicize the existence of any lottery; 1
(4) announce, advertise, or publicize the existence or identity of any participant or winner, as such, in a lottery.
(b) Use of banking premises prohibited
A State member bank may not permit—
(1) the use of any part of any of its banking offices by any person for any purpose forbidden to the bank under subsection (a), or
(2) direct access by the public from any of its banking offices to any premises used by any person for any purpose forbidden to the bank under subsection (a).
(c) Definitions
As used in this section—
(1) The term "deal in" includes making, taking, buying, selling, redeeming, or collecting.
(2) The term "lottery" includes any arrangement, other than a savings promotion raffle, whereby three or more persons (the "participants") advance money or credit to another in exchange for the possibility or expectation that one or more but not all of the participants (the "winners") will receive by reason of their advances more than the amounts they have advanced, the identity of the winners being determined by any means which includes—
(A) a random selection;
(B) a game, race, or contest; or
(C) any record or tabulation of the result of one or more events in which any participant has no interest except for its bearing upon the possibility that he may become a winner.
(3) The term "lottery ticket" includes any right, privilege, or possibility (and any ticket, receipt, record, or other evidence of any such right, privilege, or possibility) of becoming a winner in a lottery.
(4) The term "savings promotion raffle" means a contest in which the sole consideration required for a chance of winning designated prizes is obtained by the deposit of a specified amount of money in a savings account or other savings program, where each ticket or entry has an equal chance of being drawn, such contest being subject to regulations that may from time to time be promulgated by the appropriate prudential regulator (as defined in section 5481 of this title).
(d) Lawful banking services connected with operation of lottery
Nothing contained in this section prohibits a State member bank from accepting deposits or cashing or otherwise handling checks or other negotiable instruments, or performing other lawful banking services for a State operating a lottery, or for an officer or employee of that State who is charged with the administration of the lottery.
(e) Regulations; enforcement
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall issue such regulations as may be necessary to the strict enforcement of this section and the prevention of evasions thereof.
(Dec. 13, 1913, ch. 6, §9A, as added Pub. L. 90–203, §2, Dec. 15, 1967, 81 Stat. 609; amended Pub. L. 113–251, §3(b), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2889.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as section 9A of act Dec. 13, 1913, and not as part of section 9 of such act which comprises this subchapter.
Amendments
2014—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 113–251, §3(b)(1), inserted ", other than a savings promotion raffle," before "whereby" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 113–251, §3(b)(2), added par. (4).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date
Section effective Apr. 1, 1968, see section 6 of Pub. L. 90–203, set out as a note under section 25a of this title.
1 So in original. The word "or" probably should appear.
§339a. Resolution of clearing banks
(a) Conservatorship or receivership
(1) Appointment
The Board may appoint a conservator or receiver to take possession and control of any uninsured State member bank which operates, or operates as, a multilateral clearing organization pursuant to section 4422 1 of this title to the same extent and in the same manner as the Comptroller of the Currency may appoint a conservator or receiver for a national bank.
(2) Powers
The conservator or receiver for an uninsured State member bank referred to in paragraph (1) shall exercise the same powers, functions, and duties, subject to the same limitations, as a conservator or receiver for a national bank.
(b) Board authority
The Board shall have the same authority with respect to any conservator or receiver appointed under subsection (a), and the uninsured State member bank for which the conservator or receiver has been appointed, as the Comptroller of the Currency has with respect to a conservator or receiver for a national bank and the national bank for which the conservator or receiver has been appointed.
(c) Bankruptcy proceedings
The Board (in the case of an uninsured State member bank which operates, or operates as, such a multilateral clearing organization) may direct a conservator or receiver appointed for the bank to file a petition pursuant to title 11, in which case, title 11 shall apply to the bank in lieu of otherwise applicable Federal or State insolvency law.
(Dec. 13, 1913, ch. 6, §9B, as added Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(5) [title I, §112(b)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-392.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 4422 of this title, referred to in subsec. (a)(1), was repealed by Pub. L. 111–203, title VII, §740, July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1729.
Codification
Section was enacted as section 9B of act Dec. 13, 1913, and not as part of section 9 of such act which comprises this subchapter.
1 See References in Text note below.
SUBCHAPTER IX—POWERS AND DUTIES OF FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS
§341. General enumeration of powers
Upon the filing of the organization certificate with the Comptroller of the Currency a Federal reserve bank shall become a body corporate and as such, and in the name designated in such organization certificate, shall have power—
First. To adopt and use a corporate seal.
Second. To have succession after February 25, 1927, until dissolved by Act of Congress or until forfeiture of franchise for violation of law.
Third. To make contracts.
Fourth. To sue and be sued, complain and defend, in any court of law or equity.
Fifth. To appoint by its board of directors a president, vice presidents, and such officers and employees as are not otherwise provided for in this chapter, to define their duties, require bonds for them and fix the penalty thereof, and to dismiss at pleasure such officers or employees. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the bank and shall be appointed by the Class B and Class C directors of the bank, with the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, for a term of 5 years; and all other executive officers and all employees of the bank shall be directly responsible to the president. The first vice president of the bank shall be appointed in the same manner and for the same term as the president, and shall, in the absence or disability of the president or during a vacancy in the office of president, serve as chief executive officer of the bank. Whenever a vacancy shall occur in the office of the president or the first vice president, it shall be filled in the manner provided for original appointments; and the person so appointed shall hold office until the expiration of the term of his predecessor.
Sixth. To prescribe by its board of directors, bylaws not inconsistent with law, regulating the manner in which its general business may be conducted, and the privileges granted to it by law may be exercised and enjoyed.
Seventh. To exercise by its board of directors, or duly authorized officers or agents, all powers specifically granted by the provisions of this chapter and such incidental powers as shall be necessary to carry on the business of banking within the limitations prescribed by this chapter.
Eighth. Upon deposit with the Treasurer of the United States of any bonds of the United States in the manner provided by existing law relating to national banks, to receive from the Secretary of the Treasury circulating notes in blank, registered and countersigned as provided by law, equal in amount to the par value of the bonds so deposited, such notes to be issued under the same conditions and provisions of law as relate to the issue of circulating notes of national banks secured by bonds of the United States bearing the circulating privilege, except that the issue of such notes shall not be limited to the capital stock of such Federal reserve bank.
But no Federal reserve bank shall transact any business except such as is incidental and necessarily preliminary to its organization until it has been authorized by the Comptroller of the Currency to commence business under the provisions of this chapter.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §4 (pars.), 38 Stat. 254; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §18, 44 Stat. 1234; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §201, 49 Stat. 703; Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(g)(1), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2293; Pub. L. 111–203, title XI, §1107, July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 2126.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in the Fifth, Seventh, and closing pars., was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of pars. 4 and 5 of section 4 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 4, see Codification note set out under section 301 of this title.
Amendments
2010—Pub. L. 111–203 amended fifth power by substituting "The president shall be the chief executive officer of the bank and shall be appointed by the Class B and Class C directors of the bank, with the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, for a term of 5 years; and all other executive officers and all employees of the bank shall be directly responsible to the president." for "The president shall be the chief executive officer of the bank and shall be appointed by the board of directors, with the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, for a term of five years; and all other executive officers and all employees of the bank shall be directly responsible to him."
1994—Pub. L. 103–325 amended eighth power by substituting "Secretary of the Treasury" for "Comptroller of the Currency".
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, amended fifth power.
1927—Act Feb. 25, 1927, amended second power.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective 1 day after July 21, 2010, except as otherwise provided, see section 4 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as an Effective Date note under section 5301 of this title.
Effective Date of 1935 Amendment
Act Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §201, 49 Stat. 703, provided that the amendment made by that section is effective Mar. 1, 1936.
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
For transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note under section 55 of this title.
§342. Deposits; exchange and collection; member and nonmember banks or other depository institutions; charges
Any Federal reserve bank may receive from any of its member banks, or other depository institutions, and from the United States, deposits of current funds in lawful money, national-bank notes, Federal reserve notes, or checks, and drafts, payable upon presentation or other items, and also, for collection, maturing notes and bills; or, solely for purposes of exchange or of collection may receive from other Federal reserve banks deposits of current funds in lawful money, national-bank notes, or checks upon other Federal reserve banks, and checks and drafts, payable upon presentation within its district or other items, and maturing notes and bills payable within its district; or, solely for the purposes of exchange or of collection, may receive from any nonmember bank or trust company or other depository institution deposits of current funds in lawful money, national-bank notes, Federal reserve notes, checks and drafts payable upon presentation or other items, or maturing notes and bills: Provided, Such nonmember bank or trust company or other depository institution maintains with the Federal Reserve bank of its district a balance in such amount as the Board determines taking into account items in transit, services provided by the Federal Reserve bank, and other factors as the Board may deem appropriate: Provided further, That nothing in this or any other section of this chapter shall be construed as prohibiting a member or nonmember bank or other depository institution from making reasonable charges, to be determined and regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, but in no case to exceed 10 cents per $100 or fraction thereof, based on the total of checks and drafts presented at any one time, for collection or payment of checks and drafts and remission therefor by exchange or otherwise; but no such charges shall be made against the Federal reserve banks.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13 (par.), 38 Stat. 263; Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 752; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §4, 40 Stat. 235; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 96–221, title I, §105(a), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 139.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of the first par. of section 13 of act Dec. 23, 1913. The second par., par. (3), and the fourth to eighth and tenth to fourteenth pars. of section 13 are classified to sections 92, 343 to 347, 347c, 347d, 361, 372, and 373 of this title.
For decision by U.S. Supreme Court that, despite faulty placement of quotation marks, act Sept. 7, 1916, placed within section 13 of act Dec. 23, 1913, each of the ten pars. located between the phrases that introduced the amendments to sections 13 and 14 of said act, that only the seventh par. (rather than seventh to tenth pars.) comprised the amended R.S. §5202, and that section 20 of act Apr. 5, 1918 (40 Stat. 512) (which amended R.S. §5202 comprised of a single par.), did not amend section 13 of said act so as to repeal the eighth to tenth pars., see United States National Bank of Oregon v. Independent Insurance Agents of America, Inc., et al., 508 U.S. 439, 113 S.Ct. 2173, 124 L.Ed. 2d 402 (1993). As the result of subsequent amendments, such seventh to tenth pars. of section 13 now constitute the ninth to twelfth pars. The ninth par. amended former section 82 of this title, and the tenth to twelfth pars. are classified to sections 361, 92, and 373, respectively, of this title.
Amendments
1980—Pub. L. 96–221 inserted references to other depository institutions and provisions respecting applicability to other items presented for payment, and substituted provisions setting forth items to constitute required balance to include items in transit, Federal Reserve bank services, and other appropriate factors, for provisions requiring the balance to be sufficient to offset items in transit held for the account of the bank.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Effective Date of 1980 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–221 effective on first day of sixth month which begins after Mar. 31, 1980, see section 108 of Pub. L. 96–221, set out as a note under section 248 of this title.
§343. Discount of obligations arising out of actual commercial transactions
Upon the indorsement of any of its member banks, which shall be deemed a waiver of demand, notice and protest by such bank as to its own indorsement exclusively, any Federal reserve bank may discount notes, drafts, and bills of exchange arising out of actual commercial transactions; that is, notes, drafts, and bills of exchange issued or drawn for agricultural, industrial, or commercial purposes, or the proceeds of which have been used, or are to be used, for such purposes, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to have the right to determine or define the character of the paper thus eligible for discount, within the meaning of this chapter. Nothing in this chapter contained shall be construed to prohibit such notes, drafts, and bills of exchange, secured by staple agricultural products, or other goods, wares, or merchandise from being eligible for such discount, and the notes, drafts, and bills of exchange of factors issued as such making advances exclusively to producers of staple agricultural products in their raw state shall be eligible for such discount; but such definition shall not include notes, drafts, or bills covering merely investments or issued or drawn for the purpose of carrying or trading in stocks, bonds, or other investment securities, except bonds and notes of the Government of the United States. Notes, drafts, and bills admitted to discount under the terms of this paragraph must have a maturity at the time of discount of not more than ninety days, exclusive of grace.
(3)(A) 1 In unusual and exigent circumstances, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, by the affirmative vote of not less than five members, may authorize any Federal reserve bank, during such periods as the said board may determine, at rates established in accordance with the provisions of section 357 of this title, to discount for any participant in any program or facility with broad-based eligibility, notes, drafts, and bills of exchange when such notes, drafts, and bills of exchange are indorsed or otherwise secured to the satisfaction of the Federal reserve bank: Provided, That before discounting any such note, draft, or bill of exchange, the Federal reserve bank shall obtain evidence that such participant in any program or facility with broad-based eligibility is unable to secure adequate credit accommodations from other banking institutions. All such discounts for any participant in any program or facility with broad-based eligibility shall be subject to such limitations, restrictions, and regulations as the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may prescribe.
(B)(i) As soon as is practicable after July 21, 2010, the Board shall establish, by regulation, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, the policies and procedures governing emergency lending under this paragraph. Such policies and procedures shall be designed to ensure that any emergency lending program or facility is for the purpose of providing liquidity to the financial system, and not to aid a failing financial company, and that the security for emergency loans is sufficient to protect taxpayers from losses and that any such program is terminated in a timely and orderly fashion. The policies and procedures established by the Board shall require that a Federal reserve bank assign, consistent with sound risk management practices and to ensure protection for the taxpayer, a lendable value to all collateral for a loan executed by a Federal reserve bank under this paragraph in determining whether the loan is secured satisfactorily for purposes of this paragraph.
(ii) The Board shall establish procedures to prohibit borrowing from programs and facilities by borrowers that are insolvent. Such procedures may include a certification from the chief executive officer (or other authorized officer) of the borrower, at the time the borrower initially borrows under the program or facility (with a duty by the borrower to update the certification if the information in the certification materially changes), that the borrower is not insolvent. A borrower shall be considered insolvent for purposes of this subparagraph, if the borrower is in bankruptcy, resolution under title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act [12 U.S.C. 5381 et seq.], or any other Federal or State insolvency proceeding.
(iii) A program or facility that is structured to remove assets from the balance sheet of a single and specific company, or that is established for the purpose of assisting a single and specific company avoid bankruptcy, resolution under title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or any other Federal or State insolvency proceeding, shall not be considered a program or facility with broad-based eligibility.
(iv) The Board may not establish any program or facility under this paragraph without the prior approval of the Secretary of the Treasury.
(C) The Board shall provide to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives—
(i) not later than 7 days after the Board authorizes any loan or other financial assistance under this paragraph, a report that includes—
(I) the justification for the exercise of authority to provide such assistance;
(II) the identity of the recipients of such assistance;
(III) the date and amount of the assistance, and form in which the assistance was provided; and
(IV) the material terms of the assistance, including—
(aa) duration;
(bb) collateral pledged and the value thereof;
(cc) all interest, fees, and other revenue or items of value to be received in exchange for the assistance;
(dd) any requirements imposed on the recipient with respect to employee compensation, distribution of dividends, or any other corporate decision in exchange for the assistance; and
(ee) the expected costs to the taxpayers of such assistance; and
(ii) once every 30 days, with respect to any outstanding loan or other financial assistance under this paragraph, written updates on—
(I) the value of collateral;
(II) the amount of interest, fees, and other revenue or items of value received in exchange for the assistance; and
(III) the expected or final cost to the taxpayers of such assistance.
(D) The information required to be submitted to Congress under subparagraph (C) related to—
(i) the identity of the participants in an emergency lending program or facility commenced under this paragraph;
(ii) the amounts borrowed by each participant in any such program or facility;
(iii) identifying details concerning the assets or collateral held by, under, or in connection with such a program or facility,
shall be kept confidential, upon the written request of the Chairman of the Board, in which case such information shall be made available only to the Chairpersons or Ranking Members of the Committees described in subparagraph (C).
(E) If an entity to which a Federal reserve bank has provided a loan under this paragraph becomes a covered financial company, as defined in section 201 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act [12 U.S.C. 5381], at any time while such loan is outstanding, and the Federal reserve bank incurs a realized net loss on the loan, then the Federal reserve bank shall have a claim equal to the amount of the net realized loss against the covered entity, with the same priority as an obligation to the Secretary of the Treasury under section 210(b) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act [12 U.S.C. 5390(b)].
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13 (pars.), 38 Stat. 263; Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 752; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title IV, §402, 42 Stat. 1478; July 21, 1932, ch. 520, §210, 47 Stat. 715; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), title III, §322, 49 Stat. 704, 714; Pub. L. 102–242, title IV, §473, Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2386; Pub. L. 111–203, title XI, §1101(a), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 2113.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in the first par., was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, referred to in par. (3)(B)(ii), (iii), is Pub. L. 111–203, July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1376. Title II of the Act is classified principally to subchapter II (§5381 et seq.) of chapter 53 of this title. For complete classification of the Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 5301 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of the second par. and par. (3) of section 13 of act Dec. 23, 1913. Act Mar. 4, 1923, split the second par. of section 13, as amended in 1916 (39 Stat. 752), into two pars., the first of which constitutes the first par. of this section and the second of which constitutes section 344 of this title. Act July 21, 1932, added the second par. of this section which was designated to follow the second par. of section 13. Pub. L. 111–203, §1101(a)(1), designated the second par. as par. (3). For classification to this title of other pars. of section 13, see Codification note set out under section 342 of this title.
Amendments
2010—Pub. L. 111–203, §1101(a)(1)–(4), designated second par. as par. (3)(A), substituted "any participant in any program or facility with broad-based eligibility" for "any individual, partnership, or corporation", "bill of exchange," for "bill of exchange for an individual or a partnership or corporation", and "such participant in any program or facility with broad-based eligibility" for "such individual, partnership, or corporation".
Par. (3)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §1101(a)(5), which directed substitution of "for any participant in any program or facility with broad-based eligibility" for "for individuals, partnerships, corporations", was executed by making the substitution for "for individuals, partnerships, or corporations", to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Par. (3)(B) to (E). Pub. L. 111–203, §1101(a)(6), added subpars. (B) to (E).
1991—Pub. L. 102–242 struck out "of the kinds and maturities made eligible for discount for member banks under other provisions of this chapter" after first reference to "bills of exchange" in second par.
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, §322, substituted words immediately preceding proviso for "indorsed and otherwise secured to the satisfaction of the Federal reserve bank."
1932—Act July 21, 1932, added second par.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective 1 day after July 21, 2010, except as otherwise provided, see section 4 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as an Effective Date note under section 5301 of this title.
Construction of Div. N of Pub. L. 116–260
Pub. L. 116–260, div. N, title X, §1006, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 2147, provided that: "Except as expressly set forth in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (c) of section 4029 of the CARES Act [15 U.S.C. 9063(c)(1), (2)], as added by this Act, nothing in this Act [div. N of Pub. L. 116–260, see Tables for classification] shall be construed to modify or limit the authority of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 343(3)) as of the day before the date of enactment of the CARES Act (Public Law 116–136) [Mar. 27, 2020]."
References to Third Undesignated Paragraph Deemed To Be References to Paragraph (3)
Pub. L. 111–203, title XI, §1101(c), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 2115, provided that: "On and after the date of enactment of this Act [July 21, 2010], any reference in any provision of Federal law to the third undesignated paragraph of section 13 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 343) shall be deemed to be a reference to section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act [12 U.S.C. 343(3)], as so designated by this section."
§344. Discount or purchase of bills to finance agricultural shipments
Upon the indorsement of any of its member banks, which shall be deemed a waiver of demand, notice, and protest by such bank as to its own indorsement exclusively, and subject to regulations and limitations to be prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, any Federal reserve bank may discount or purchase bills of exchange payable at sight or on demand which grow out of the domestic shipment or the exportation of nonperishable, readily marketable agricultural and other staples and are secured by bills of lading or other shipping documents conveying or securing title to such staples: Provided, That all such bills of exchange shall be forwarded promptly for collection, and demand for payment shall be made with reasonable promptness after the arrival of such staples at their destination: Provided further, That no such bill shall in any event be held by or for the account of a Federal reserve bank for a period in excess of ninety days. In discounting such bills Federal reserve banks may compute the interest to be deducted on the basis of the estimated life of each bill and adjust the discount after payment of such bills to conform to the actual life thereof.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13 (par.), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title IV, §402, 42 Stat. 1479; amended May 29, 1928, ch. 884, 45 Stat. 975; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the fourth par. of section 13 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The act of Mar. 4, 1923, split the second par. of section 13, as amended in 1916 (39 Stat. 752), into two pars., the first of which constitutes the first par. of section 343 of this title and the second as this section, making it the third par. of section 13. However, the third par. became the fourth par. when act July 21, 1932, added a new par. to follow the second par. For further details, see Codification note set out under section 343 of this title. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 13, see Codification note set out under section 342 of this title.
Amendments
1928—Act May 29, 1928, amended part of first sentence preceding proviso.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§345. Rediscount of notes, drafts, and bills for member banks; limitation of amount
The aggregate of notes, drafts, and bills upon which any person, copartnership, association, or corporation is liable as maker, acceptor, indorser, drawer, or guarantor, rediscounted for any member bank, shall at no time exceed the amount for which such person, copartnership, association, or corporation may lawfully become liable to a national banking association under the terms of section 84 of this title: Provided, however, That nothing in this section shall be construed to change the character or class of paper now eligible for rediscount by Federal reserve banks.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13 (par.), 38 Stat. 264; Mar. 3, 1915, ch. 93, 38 Stat. 958; Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 752; Apr. 12, 1930, ch. 140, 46 Stat. 162.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the fifth par. of section 13 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The fifth par. constituted the third par. of section 13 in 1916 (39 Stat. 752), became the fourth par. in 1923 (42 Stat. 1478), and became the fifth par. in 1932 (47 Stat. 715). For further details, see Codification notes set out under sections 343 and 344 of this title. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 13, see Codification note set out under section 342 of this title.
Amendments
1930—Act Apr. 12, 1930, among other changes, inserted proviso.
§346. Discount of acceptances
Any Federal reserve bank may discount acceptances of the kinds hereinafter described, which have a maturity at the time of discount of not more than ninety days' sight, exclusive of days of grace, and which are indorsed by at least one member bank: Provided, That such acceptances if drawn for an agricultural purpose and secured at the time of acceptance by warehouse receipts or other such documents conveying or securing title covering readily marketable staples may be discounted with a maturity at the time of discount of not more than six months' sight exclusive of days of grace.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13 (par.), 38 Stat. 264; Mar. 3, 1915, ch. 93, 38 Stat. 958; Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 752; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title IV, §403, 42 Stat. 1479.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Words "hereinafter described" are from the sixth par. of section 13 of the Federal Reserve Act, see Codification note below. Reference could be to acceptances described in the remaining paragraphs of section 13, which are contained in sections 82, 347, 347c, and 372 of this title, or to acceptances described in subsequent sections of the Federal Reserve Act, sections 14 et seq. of act Dec. 23, 1913.
Codification
Section is comprised of the sixth par. of section 13 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The sixth par. constituted the fourth par. of section 13 in 1916 (39 Stat. 752), became the fifth par. in 1923 (42 Stat. 1478), and became the sixth par. in 1932 (47 Stat. 715). For further details, see Codification notes under sections 343 and 344 of this title. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 13, see Codification note set out under section 342 of this title.
§347. Advances to member banks on their notes
Any Federal reserve bank may make advances for periods not exceeding fifteen days to its member banks on their promissory notes secured by the deposit or pledge of bonds, notes, certificates of indebtedness, or Treasury bills of the United States, or by the deposit or pledge of debentures or other such obligations of Federal intermediate credit banks which are eligible for purchase by Federal reserve banks under section 350 of this title, or by the deposit or pledge of bonds issued under the provisions of subsection (c) of section 1463 1 of this title; and any Federal reserve bank may make advances for periods not exceeding ninety days to its member banks on their promissory notes secured by such notes, drafts, bills of exchange, or bankers' acceptances as are eligible for rediscount or for purchase by Federal reserve banks under the provisions of this chapter, or secured by such obligations as are eligible for purchase under section 355 of this title. All such advances shall be made at rates to be established by such Federal reserve banks, such rates to be subject to the review and determination of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. If any member bank to which any such advance has been made shall, during the life or continuance of such advance, and despite an official warning of the reserve bank of the district or of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to the contrary, increase its outstanding loans secured by collateral in the form of stocks, bonds, debentures, or other such obligations, or loans made to members of any organized stock exchange, investment house, or dealer in securities, upon any obligation, note, or bill, secured or unsecured, for the purpose of purchasing and/or carrying stocks, bonds, or other investment securities (except obligations of the United States) such advance shall be deemed immediately due and payable, and such member bank shall be ineligible as a borrower at the reserve bank of the district under the provisions of this section for such period as the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall determine: Provided, That no temporary carrying or clearance loans made solely for the purpose of facilitating the purchase or delivery of securities offered for public subscription shall be included in the loans referred to in this section.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13 (par.), as added Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 753; amended May 19, 1932, ch. 191, §6, 47 Stat. 160; May 12, 1933, ch. 25, title II, §28, 48 Stat. 46; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §9, 48 Stat. 180; Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §16(a), 48 Stat. 348; Apr. 27, 1934, ch. 168, §7(a), 48 Stat. 646; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 87–353, §3(c), Oct. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 773; Pub. L. 90–505, §3(a), Sept. 21, 1968, 82 Stat. 856.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 1463 of this title, referred to in text, was repealed by Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 648.
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of the eighth par. of section 13 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The eighth par. constituted the sixth par. of section 13 in 1916 (39 Stat. 752, 753), became the seventh par. in 1923 (42 Stat. 1478), and became the eighth par. in 1932 (47 Stat. 715). For further details, see Codification notes under sections 343 and 344 of this title. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 13, see Codification note set out under section 342 of this title.
Amendments
1968—Pub. L. 90–505 added promissory notes of members banks secured by such obligations as are eligible for purchase under section 355 of this title to the list of types of promissory notes of member banks on which the Federal reserve bank may make advances for periods not exceeding 90 days.
1961—Pub. L. 87–353 struck out provision authorizing any Federal reserve bank to make advances to its member banks on their promissory notes secured by the deposit or pledge of Federal Farm Mortgage Corporation bonds issued under the Federal Farm Mortgage Corporation Act.
1934—Act Apr. 27, 1934, inserted first phrase preceding the semicolon in first sentence.
Act Jan. 31, 1934, inserted second phrase preceding the semicolon in first sentence.
1933—Act June 16, 1933, amended section generally.
Act May 12, 1933, added Federal farm-loan bonds as security for advances.
1932—Act May 19, 1932, inserted clause in first sentence which begins "or by the deposit or pledge of debentures".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
1 See References in Text note below.
§347a. Advances to member bank groups; inadequate amounts of eligible and acceptable assets; liability of individual banks in group; distribution of loans among banks of group; rate of interest; notes accepted for advances as collateral security for Federal reserve notes; foreign obligations as security for advances
Upon receiving the consent of not less than five members of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, any Federal reserve bank may make advances, in such amount as the board of directors of such Federal reserve bank may determine, to groups of five or more member banks within its district, a majority of them independently owned and controlled, upon their time or demand promissory notes, provided the bank or banks which receive the proceeds of such advances as herein provided have no adequate amounts of eligible and acceptable assets available to enable such bank or banks to obtain sufficient credit accommodations from the Federal reserve bank through rediscounts or advances other than as provided in section 347b 1 of this title. The liability of the individual banks in each group must be limited to such proportion of the total amount advanced to such group as the deposit liability of the respective banks bears to the aggregate deposit liability of all banks in such group, but such advances may be made to a lesser number of such member banks if the aggregate amount of their deposit liability constitutes at least 10 per centum of the entire deposit liability of the member banks within such district. Such banks shall be authorized to distribute the proceeds of such loans to such of their number and in such amount as they may agree upon, but before so doing they shall require such recipient banks to deposit with a suitable trustee, representing the entire group, their individual notes made in favor of the group protected by such collateral security as may be agreed upon. Any Federal reserve bank making such advance shall charge interest or discount thereon at a rate not less than 1 per centum above its discount rate in effect at the time of making such advance. No such note upon which advances are made by a Federal reserve bank under this section shall be eligible under section 412 of this title as collateral security for Federal reserve notes.
No obligations of any foreign government, individual, partnership, association, or corporation organized under the laws thereof shall be eligible as collateral security for advances under this section.
Member banks are authorized to obligate themselves in accordance with the provisions of this section.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §10A, formerly §10(a), as added Feb. 27, 1932, ch. 58, §1, 47 Stat. 56; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; renumbered §10A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(a)(1), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2279.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 347b of this title, referred to in first par., was in the original a reference to section 10(b), meaning section 10(b) of the Federal Reserve Act. Section 10(b) of that Act was renumbered section 10B by Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(a)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2279, without a corresponding amendment to this section.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
1 See References in Text note below.
§347b. Advances to individual member banks on time or demand notes; maturities; time notes secured by mortgage loans covering one-to-four family residences
(a) In general
Any Federal Reserve bank, under rules and regulations prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, may make advances to any member bank on its time or demand notes having maturities of not more than four months and which are secured to the satisfaction of such Federal Reserve bank.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Federal Reserve bank, under rules and regulations prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, may make advances to any member bank on its time notes having such maturities as the Board may prescribe and which are secured by mortgage loans covering a one-to-four family residence. Such advances shall bear interest at a rate equal to the lowest discount rate in effect at such Federal Reserve bank on the date of such note.
(b) Limitations on advances
(1) Limitation on extended periods
Except as provided in paragraph (2), no advances to any undercapitalized depository institution by any Federal Reserve bank under this section may be outstanding for more than 60 days in any 120-day period.
(2) Viability exception
(A) In general
If—
(i) the head of the appropriate Federal banking agency certifies in advance in writing to the Federal Reserve bank that any depository institution is viable; or
(ii) the Board conducts an examination of any depository institution and the Chairman of the Board certifies in writing to the Federal Reserve bank that the institution is viable,
the limitation contained in paragraph (1) shall not apply during the 60-day period beginning on the date such certification is received.
(B) Extensions of period
The 60-day period may be extended for additional 60-day periods upon receipt by the Federal Reserve bank of additional written certifications under subparagraph (A) with respect to each such additional period.
(C) Authority to issue a certificate of viability may not be delegated
The authority of the head of any agency to issue a written certification of viability under this paragraph may not be delegated to any other person.
(D) Extended advances subject to paragraph (3)
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), an undercapitalized depository institution which does not have a certificate of viability in effect under this paragraph may have advances outstanding for more than 60 days in any 120-day period if the Board elects to treat—
(i) such institution as critically undercapitalized under paragraph (3); and
(ii) any such advance as an advance described in subparagraph (A)(i) of paragraph (3).
(3) Advances to critically undercapitalized depository institutions
(A) Liability for increased loss
Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, if—
(i) in the case of any critically undercapitalized depository institution—
(I) any advance under this section to such institution is outstanding without payment having been demanded as of the end of the 5-day period beginning on the date the institution becomes a critically undercapitalized depository institution; or
(II) any new advance is made to such institution under this section after the end of such period; and
(ii) after the end of that 5-day period, the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation incurs a loss exceeding the loss that the Corporation would have incurred if it had liquidated that institution as of the end of that period,
the Board shall, subject to the limitations in subparagraph (B), be liable to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for the excess loss, without regard to the terms of the advance or any collateral pledged to secure the advance.
(B) Limitation on excess loss
The liability of the Board under subparagraph (A) shall not exceed the lesser of the following:
(i) The amount of the loss the Board or any Federal Reserve bank would have incurred on the increases in the amount of advances made after the 5-day period referred to in subparagraph (A) if those increased advances had been unsecured.
(ii) The interest received on the increases in the amount of advances made after the 5-day period referred to in subparagraph (A).
(C) Federal Reserve to pay obligation
The Board shall pay the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation the amount of any liability of the Board under subparagraph (A).
(D) Report
The Board shall report to the Congress on any excess loss liability it incurs under subparagraph (A), as limited by subparagraph (B)(i), and the reasons therefore, not later than 6 months after incurring the liability.
(4) No obligation to make advances
A Federal Reserve bank shall have no obligation to make, increase, renew, or extend any advance or discount under this chapter to any depository institution.
(5) Definitions
(A) Appropriate Federal banking agency
The term "appropriate Federal banking agency" has the same meaning as in section 1813 of this title.
(B) Critically undercapitalized
The term "critically undercapitalized" has the same meaning as in section 1831o of this title.
(C) Depository institution
The term "depository institution" has the same meaning as in section 1813 of this title.
(D) Undercapitalized depository institution
The term "undercapitalized depository institution" means any depository institution which—
(i) is undercapitalized, as defined in section 1831o of this title; or
(ii) has a composite CAMEL rating of 5 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (or an equivalent rating by any such agency under a comparable rating system) as of the most recent examination of such institution.
(E) Viable
A depository institution is "viable" if the Board or the appropriate Federal banking agency determines, giving due regard to the economic conditions and circumstances in the market in which the institution operates, that the institution—
(i) is not critically undercapitalized;
(ii) is not expected to become critically undercapitalized; and
(iii) is not expected to be placed in conservatorship or receivership.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §10B, formerly §10(b), as added Feb. 27, 1932, ch. 58, §2, 47 Stat. 56; amended Feb. 3, 1933, ch. 34, 47 Stat. 794; Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title IV, §402, 48 Stat. 7; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §204, 49 Stat. 705; Pub. L. 93–449, §5, Oct. 18, 1974, 88 Stat. 1368; Pub. L. 96–221, title I, §106, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 140; renumbered §10B and amended Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(a)(2), (b), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2279; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2704(d)(9), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–489; Pub. L. 109–171, title II, §2102(b), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 9; Pub. L. 109–173, §9(c), Feb. 15, 2006, 119 Stat. 3616.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (b)(4), was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Amendments
2006—Subsec. (b)(3)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 109–173 substituted "the Deposit Insurance Fund of" for "any deposit insurance fund in".
Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(9). See 1996 Amendment note below.
1996—Subsec. (b)(3)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 104—208, §2704(d)(9), which directed the amendment of cl. (ii) by substituting "the Deposit Insurance Fund of" for "any deposit insurance fund in", was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below and 2006 Amendment note above.
1991—Pub. L. 102–242, §142(b), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading, and added subsec. (b).
1980—Pub. L. 96–221 struck out second sentence of first par. relating to interest on notes under this section.
1974—Pub. L. 93–449 inserted provisions relating to advances on time notes secured by mortgage loans covering one-to-four family residences.
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, struck out provision prescribing termination date of section.
1933—Act Mar. 9, 1933, struck out proviso which extended applicability to member banks regardless of their capital, and empowered President to extend termination date one year beyond March 3, 1934.
Act Feb. 3, 1933, extended termination date from "March 3, 1933" to "March 3, 1934".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2006 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 109–173 effective Mar. 31, 2006, see section 9(j) of Pub. L. 109–173, set out as a note under section 24 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective no later than the first day of the first calendar quarter that begins after the end of the 90-day period beginning Feb. 8, 2006, see section 2102(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a Merger of BIF and SAIF note under section 1821 of this title.
Effective Date of 1996 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 104–208 effective Jan. 1, 1999, if no insured depository institution is a savings association on that date, see section 2704(c) of Pub. L. 104–208, formerly set out as a note under section 1821 of this title.
Effective Date of 1991 Amendment
Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(d), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (b) [amending this section] shall take effect at the end of the 2-year period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 19, 1991]."
Effective Date of 1980 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–221 effective on first day of sixth month which begins after Mar. 31, 1980, see section 108 of Pub. L. 96–221, set out as a note under section 248 of this title.
Executive Documents
Expiration
Proclamation No. 2076, Feb. 16, 1934, 48 Stat. 1734, extended section to Mar. 3, 1935. See 1935 amendment note above.
§347c. Advances to individuals, partnerships, and corporations; security; interest rate
Subject to such limitations, restrictions, and regulations as the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may prescribe, any Federal reserve bank may make advances to any individual, partnership, or corporation on the promissory notes of such individual, partnership, or corporation secured by direct obligations of the United States or by any obligation which is a direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by any agency of the United States. Such advances shall be made for periods not exceeding 90 days and shall bear interest at rates fixed from time to time by the Federal reserve bank, subject to the review and determination of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13 (par.), as added Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title IV, §403, 48 Stat. 7; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 90–505, §3(b), Sept. 21, 1968, 82 Stat. 856.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the thirteenth par. of section 13 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as added by act Mar. 9, 1933. For additional details concerning the enactment and numbering of the first twelve and fourteenth pars. of section 13, see Codification notes set out under sections 92, 342 to 347, 347d, 361, 372, and 373 of this title.
Amendments
1968—Pub. L. 90–505 added promissory notes secured by any obligation which is a direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by, any agency of the United States to the list of types of promissory notes on which federal reserve banks may make advances to individuals, partnerships, and corporations.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§347d. Transactions between Federal Reserve banks and branch or agency of foreign bank; matters considered
Subject to such restrictions, limitations, and regulations as may be imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, each Federal Reserve bank may receive deposits from, discount paper endorsed by, and make advances to any branch or agency of a foreign bank in the same manner and to the same extent that it may exercise such powers with respect to a member bank if such branch or agency is maintaining reserves with such Reserve bank pursuant to section 3105 of this title. In exercising any such powers with respect to any such branch or agency, each Federal Reserve bank shall give due regard to account balances being maintained by such branch or agency with such Reserve bank and the proportion of the assets of such branch or agency being held as reserves under section 3105 of this title. For the purposes of this paragraph, the terms "branch", "agency", and "foreign bank" shall have the same meanings assigned to them in section 3101 of this title.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13 (par.), as added Pub. L. 95–369, §7(b), Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 621.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the fourteenth (last) par. of section 13 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as added by act Sept. 17, 1978. For additional details concerning the enactment and numbering of the first thirteen pars. of section 13, see Codification notes set out under sections 92, 342 to 347, 347c, 361, 372, and 373 of this title.
Prior Provisions
A prior section 347d, act Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, §404, as added Mar. 24, 1933, ch. 8, §1, 48 Stat. 20, which related to direct loans to State banks and trust companies, was omitted from the Code as terminated since by its own terms, it was effective for only one year following date of its enactment, Mar. 24, 1933.
§348. Discount of obligations given for agricultural purposes or based upon livestock; collateral security for Federal reserve notes
Upon the indorsement of any of its member banks, which shall be deemed a waiver of demand, notice, and protest by such bank as to its own indorsement exclusively, any Federal reserve bank may, subject to regulations and limitations to be prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, discount notes, drafts, and bills of exchange issued or drawn for an agricultural purpose, or based upon livestock, and having a maturity, at the time of discount, exclusive of days of grace, not exceeding nine months, and such notes, drafts, and bills of exchange may be offered as collateral security for the issuance of Federal reserve notes under the provisions of section 16 of this Act: Provided, That notes, drafts, and bills of exchange with maturities in excess of six months shall not be eligible as a basis for the issuance of Federal reserve notes unless secured by warehouse receipts or other such negotiable documents conveying or securing title to readily marketable staple agricultural products or by chattel mortgage upon livestock which is being fattened for market.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13A (par.), formerly §13a, as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title IV, §404, 42 Stat. 1479; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; renumbered §13A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(1), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 16 of this Act, referred to in text, means section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification of section 16 to this title, see Codification note set out under section 411 of this title.
Codification
Section is comprised of first par. of section 13A, formerly section 13a, as added Mar. 4, 1923. Pars. 2 to 5 of section 13A are set out as sections 349 to 352 of this title, respectively.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§348a. Transactions with foreign banks; supervision of Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall exercise special supervision over all relationships and transactions of any kind entered into by any Federal reserve bank with any foreign bank or banker, or with any group of foreign banks or bankers, and all such relationships and transactions shall be subject to such regulations, conditions, and limitations as the Board may prescribe. No officer or other representative of any Federal reserve bank shall conduct negotiations of any kind with the officers or representatives of any foreign bank or banker without first obtaining the permission of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall have the right, in its discretion, to be represented in any conference or negotiations by such representative or representatives as the Board may designate. A full report of all conferences or negotiations, and all understandings or agreements arrived at or transactions agreed upon, and all other material facts appertaining to such conferences or negotiations, shall be filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in writing by a duly authorized officer of each Federal reserve bank which shall have participated in such conferences or negotiations.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §14(g), as added June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §10, 48 Stat. 181; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§349. Rediscount for intermediate credit banks of obligations given for agricultural purposes; discount of notes made pursuant to section 1031
Any Federal reserve bank may, subject to regulations and limitations to be prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, rediscount such notes, drafts, and bills mentioned in section 348 of this title for any Federal intermediate credit bank, except that no Federal reserve bank shall rediscount for a Federal intermediate credit bank any such note or obligation which bears the indorsement of a nonmember State bank or trust company which is eligible for membership in the Federal reserve system in accordance with subchapter VIII of this chapter. Any Federal reserve bank may also, subject to regulations and limitations to be prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, discount notes payable to and bearing the indorsement of any Federal intermediate credit bank covering loans or advances made by such bank pursuant to the provisions of section 1031 1 of this title which have maturities at the time of discount of not more than nine months, exclusive of days of grace, and which are secured by notes, drafts, or bills of exchange eligible for rediscount by Federal Reserve banks.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13A (par.), formerly §13a, as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title IV, §404, 42 Stat. 1479; amended May 19, 1932, ch. 191, §5, 47 Stat. 160; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; renumbered §13A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(1), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Subchapter VIII of this chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "section 9 of this Act", meaning section 9 of act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. Section 9 of the act is classified generally to subchapter VIII (§321 et seq.) of this chapter.
Section 1031 of this title, referred to in text, was repealed by Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624. See section 2074 of this title.
Codification
Section is comprised of second par. of section 13A, formerly section 13a, as added Mar. 4, 1923. Pars. 1, 3 to 5 of section 13A are set out as sections 348, 350 to 352 of this title, respectively.
Amendments
1932—Act May 19, 1932, inserted last sentence.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
1 See References in Text note below.
§350. Purchase and sale of debentures and like obligations of intermediate credit banks and agricultural credit corporations
Any Federal reserve bank may also buy and sell debentures and other such obligations issued by a Federal intermediate credit bank or by a national agricultural credit corporation, but only to the same extent as and subject to the same limitations as those upon which it may buy and sell bonds issued under title I of the Federal Farm Loan Act.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13A (par.), formerly §13a, as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title IV, §404, 42 Stat. 1480; renumbered §13A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(1), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Title I of the Federal Farm Loan Act, referred to in text, is title I of act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, 39 Stat. 360. Title I was classified to chapter 7 (§641 et seq.) of this title, and was repealed by Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624.
Codification
Section is comprised of third par. of section 13A, formerly section 13a, as added Mar. 4, 1923. Pars. 1, 2, 4 and 5 of section 13A are set out as sections 348, 349, 351 and 352 of this title, respectively.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
National Agricultural Credit Corporation
Title II of the Agricultural Credits Act, act Mar. 4, 1923, title II, §§201–217, 42 Stat. 1461, authorized creation of national agricultural credit corporations, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 86–230, Sept. 18, 1959, §24, 73 Stat. 466. Prior to such repeal, act June 16, 1933, §77, 48 Stat. 292, had prohibited the creation, after June 16, 1933, of national agricultural credit corporations authorized to be formed under the Agricultural Credits Act.
§351. Obligations of cooperative marketing association as issued or drawn for agricultural purposes
Notes, drafts, bills of exchange, or acceptances issued or drawn by cooperative marketing associations composed of producers of agricultural products shall be deemed to have been issued or drawn for an agricultural purpose, within the meaning of sections 348 and 349 to 352 of this title, if the proceeds thereof have been or are to be advanced by such association to any members thereof for an agricultural purpose, or have been or are to be used by such association in making payments to any members thereof on account of agricultural products delivered by such members to the association, or if such proceeds have been or are to be used by such association to meet expenditures incurred or to be incurred by the association in connection with the grading, processing, packing, preparation for market, or marketing of any agricultural product handled by such association for any of its members: Provided, That the express enumeration in this section of certain classes of paper of cooperative marketing associations as eligible for rediscount shall not be construed as rendering ineligible any other class of paper of such associations which is now eligible for rediscount.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13A (par.), formerly §13a, as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title IV, §404, 42 Stat. 1480; renumbered §13A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(1), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of fourth par. of section 13A, formerly section 13a, as added Mar. 4, 1923. Pars. 1 to 3 and 5 of section 13A are set out as sections 348, 349, 350 and 352 of this title, respectively.
§352. Limitation on amount of obligations of certain maturities which may be discounted and rediscounted
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may, by regulation, limit to a percentage of the assets of a Federal reserve bank the amount of notes, drafts, acceptances, or bills having a maturity in excess of three months, but not exceeding six months, exclusive of days of grace, which may be discounted by such bank, and the amount of notes, drafts, bills, or acceptances having a maturity in excess of six months, but not exceeding nine months, which may be rediscounted by such bank.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13A (par.), formerly §13a, as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title IV, §404, 42 Stat. 1480; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; renumbered §13A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(1), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of fifth par. of section 13A, formerly section 13a, as added Mar. 4, 1923. Pars. 1 to 4 of section 13A are set out as sections 348, 349 to 351 of this title, respectively.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§352a. Repealed. Pub. L. 85–699, title VI, §601, Aug. 21, 1958, 72 Stat. 697
Section, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13b, as added June 19, 1934, ch. 653, §1, 48 Stat. 1105; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §323, 49 Stat. 714, authorized Federal Reserve Banks to make loans to industrial and commercial businesses and to discount or purchase industrial obligations from financial institutions, and created an industrial advisory committee.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of Repeal
Pub. L. 85–699, title VI, §601, Aug. 21, 1958, 72 Stat. 697, provided that the repeal of this section is effective one year after Aug. 21, 1958.
Savings Provision
Pub. L. 85–699, title VI, §601, Aug. 21, 1958, 72 Stat. 697, provided that the repeal of this section shall not affect the power of any Federal Reserve bank to carry out, or protect its interest under, any agreement theretofore made or transaction entered into in carrying on operations under this section.
Fund for Management Counseling
Pub. L. 85–699, title VI, §602(a), (b), Aug. 21, 1958, 72 Stat. 698, required Federal Reserve banks to repay to the United States certain amounts paid to them under 12 U.S.C. 352a, such amounts to be covered into a special fund for grants under section 636 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade. See text of note set out under that section.
§353. Purchase and sale of cable transfers, acceptances and bills
Any Federal reserve bank may, under rules and regulations prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, purchase and sell in the open market, at home or abroad, either from or to domestic or foreign banks, firms, corporations, or individuals, cable transfers and bankers' acceptances and bills of exchange of the kinds and maturities by this chapter made eligible for rediscount, with or without the indorsement of a member bank.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §14 (par.), 38 Stat. 264; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of introductory provisions of section 14 of act Dec. 23, 1913. Subsecs. (a) to (g) of section 14 are set out as sections 354 to 359 and 348a of this title, respectively.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§354. Transactions involving gold coin, bullion, and certificates
Every Federal reserve bank shall have power to deal in gold coin and bullion at home or abroad, to make loans thereon, exchange Federal reserve notes for gold, gold coin, or gold certificates, and to contract for loans of gold coin or bullion, giving therefor, when necessary, acceptable security, including the hypothecation of United States bonds or other securities which Federal reserve banks are authorized to hold.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §14(a), 38 Stat. 264.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of subsec. (a) of section 14 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of remainder of section 14, see Codification note set out under section 353 of this title.
§355. Purchase and sale of obligations of National, State, and municipal governments; open market operations; purchases and sales from or to United States; maximum aggregate amount of obligations acquired directly from or loaned directly to United States
Every Federal Reserve bank shall have power:
(1) To buy and sell, at home or abroad, bonds and notes of the United States, bonds issued under the provisions of subsection (c) of section 1463 1 of this title and having maturities from date of purchase of not exceeding six months, and bills, notes, revenue bonds, and warrants with a maturity from date of purchase of not exceeding six months, issued in anticipation of the collection of taxes or in anticipation of the receipt of assured revenues by any State, county, district, political subdivision, or municipality in the continental United States, including irrigation, drainage and reclamation districts, and obligations of, or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by, a foreign government or agency thereof, such purchases to be made in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, any bonds, notes, or other obligations which are direct obligations of the United States or which are fully guaranteed by the United States as to principal and interest may be bought and sold without regard to maturities but only in the open market.
(2) To buy and sell in the open market, under the direction and regulations of the Federal Open Market Committee, any obligation which is a direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by, any agency of the United States.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §14(b), 38 Stat. 264; Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §16(b), 48 Stat. 348; Apr. 27, 1934, ch. 168, §7(b), 48 Stat. 646; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §§203(a), 206(a), 49 Stat. 704, 706; Mar. 27, 1942, ch. 199, title IV, §401, 56 Stat. 180; Apr. 28, 1947, ch. 44, 61 Stat. 56; June 30, 1950, ch. 425, 64 Stat. 307; June 23, 1952, ch. 454, 66 Stat. 154; June 29, 1954, ch. 422, 68 Stat. 329; June 25, 1956, ch. 447, 70 Stat. 339; Pub. L. 85–476, June 30, 1958, 72 Stat. 261; Pub. L. 86–567, July 1, 1960, 74 Stat. 295; Pub. L. 87–353, §3(d), Oct. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 773; Pub. L. 87–506, June 28, 1962, 76 Stat. 112; Pub. L. 88–344, June 30, 1964, 78 Stat. 235; Pub. L. 89–484, June 30, 1966, 80 Stat. 235; Pub. L. 89–597, §6, Sept. 21, 1966, 80 Stat. 825; Pub. L. 90–300, May 4, 1968, 82 Stat. 113; Pub. L. 91–360, July 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 668; Pub. L. 92–45, July 2, 1971, 85 Stat. 100; Pub. L. 93–93, Aug. 14, 1973, 87 Stat. 314; Pub. L. 93–495, title I, §109, Oct. 28, 1974, 88 Stat. 1505; Pub. L. 94–125, Nov. 12, 1975, 89 Stat. 678; Pub. L. 95–22, title II, §201, Apr. 19, 1977, 91 Stat. 49; Pub. L. 95–128, title II, §209, Oct. 12, 1977, 91 Stat. 1131; Pub. L. 95–154, Nov. 7, 1977, 91 Stat. 1256; Pub. L. 95–534, Oct. 27, 1978, 92 Stat. 2032; Pub. L. 96–18, §§1, 3, June 8, 1979, 93 Stat. 35, 36; Pub. L. 96–221, title I, §105(b)(2), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 140.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 1463 of this title, referred to in par. (1), was repealed by Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 648.
This chapter, referred to in par. (1), was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of subsec. (b) of section 14 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of remainder of section 14, see Codification note set out under section 353 of this title.
Amendments
1980—Par. (1). Pub. L. 96–221 inserted provisions relating to obligations of a foreign government or agency thereof.
1979—Par. (1). Pub. L. 96–18, §1(a), struck out proviso under which Federal Reserve banks had been allowed, until May 1, 1979, to buy and sell either in the open market or directly from or to the United States bonds, notes, or other obligations which were direct obligations of the United States or which were fully guaranteed by the United States and, after Apr. 30, 1979, had allowed such obligations to be purchased but only in the open market.
Pub. L. 96–18, §3(b), inserted provision that notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, any bonds, notes, or other obligations which are direct obligations of the United States or which are fully guaranteed by the United States as to principal and interest may be bought and sold without regard to maturities but only in the open market.
Par. (2). Pub. L. 96–18, §§1(b), 3(a), temporarily substituted "the United States or any agency of the United States, and to lend, under the direction and regulations of the Federal Open Market Committee, any such obligation to the Secretary of the Treasury" for "any agency of the United States". See Effective and Termination Dates of 1979 Amendment note set out below.
Pars. (3), (4). Pub. L. 96–18, §§1(c), 3(a), temporarily added pars. (3) and (4). See Effective and Termination Dates of 1979 Amendment note set out below.
1978—Par. (1). Pub. L. 95–534 substituted "May 1, 1979" for "May 1, 1978" and "April 30, 1979" for "April 30, 1978".
1977—Par. (1). Pub. L. 95–154 substituted "May 1, 1978" for "October 1, 1977" and "April 30, 1978" for "September 30, 1977".
Pub. L. 95–128 substituted "October 1, 1977" for "November 1, 1978" and "September 30, 1977" for "October 31, 1978".
Pub. L. 95–22 substituted "November 1, 1978" for "November 1, 1976" and "October 31, 1978" for "October 31, 1976".
1975—Par. (1). Pub. L. 94–125 substituted "November 1, 1976" for "November 1, 1975" and "October 31, 1976" for "October 31, 1975".
1974—Par. (1). Pub. L. 93–495 substituted "November 1, 1975 for "November 1, 1973" and "October 31, 1975" for "October 31, 1973".
1973—Par. (1). Pub. L. 93–93 substituted "November 1, 1973" for "July 1, 1973" and "October 31, 1973" for "June 30, 1973".
1971—Par. (1). Pub. L. 92–45 substituted "July 1, 1973" for "July 1, 1971" and "June 30, 1973" for "June 30, 1971".
1970—Par. (1). Pub. L. 91–360 substituted "July 1, 1971" for "July 1, 1970" and "June 30, 1971" for "June 30, 1970".
1968—Par. (1). Pub. L. 90–300 substituted "July 1, 1970" for "July 1, 1968" and "June 30, 1970" for "June 30, 1968".
1966—Pub. L. 89–597 designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).
Pub. L. 89–484 substituted "July 1, 1968" for "July 1, 1966" and "June 30, 1968" for "June 30, 1966".
1964—Pub. L. 88–344 substituted "July 1, 1966" for "July 1, 1964", and "June 30, 1966" for "June 30, 1964".
1962—Pub. L. 87–506 substituted "July 1, 1964" for "July 1, 1962" and "June 30, 1964" for "June 30, 1962."
1961—Pub. L. 87–353 struck out provision authorizing every Federal reserve bank to buy and sell, at home or abroad, bonds of the Federal Farm Mortgage Corporation having maturities from date of purchase of not exceeding six months.
1960—Pub. L. 86–567 substituted "July 1, 1962" for "July 1, 1960" and "June 30, 1962" for "June 30, 1960".
1958—Pub. L. 85–476 substituted "July 1, 1960" for "July 1, 1958" and "June 30, 1960" for "June 30, 1958".
1956—Act June 25, 1956, substituted "July 1, 1958" for "July 1, 1956" and "June 30, 1958" for "June 30, 1958".
1954—Act June 29, 1954, substituted "July 1, 1956" for "July 1, 1954" and "June 30, 1956" for "June 30, 1954".
1952—Act June 23, 1952, substituted "July 1, 1954" for "July 1, 1952" and "June 30, 1954" for "June 30, 1952".
1950—Act June 30, 1950, substituted "July 1, 1952" for "July 1, 1950" and "June 30, 1952" for "June 30, 1950".
1947—Act Apr. 28, 1947, substituted proviso which allows the Federal Reserve banks to buy and sell either in the open market or directly from or to the United States any bonds, notes, or other obligations which are direct obligations of the United States or are fully guaranteed by the United States but limits the aggregate amount to be held at any one time to $5,000,000,000, and after June 30, 1950 allows such obligation to be purchased, but only in the open market for former proviso.
1942—Act Mar. 27, 1942, amended proviso generally.
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, §206(a), inserted proviso.
1934—Act Apr. 27, 1934, authorized purchase and sale of bonds issued under subsec. (c) of [former] section 1463 of this title.
Act Jan. 31, 1934, authorized purchase and sale of bonds of Federal Farm Mortgage Corporation.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Effective Date and Applicability of 1980 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–221 effective on first day of sixth month which begins after Mar. 31, 1980, see section 108 of Pub. L. 96–221, set out as an Effective Date of 1980 Amendment note under section 248 of this title.
Pub. L. 96–221, title I, §105(b)(2), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 140, provided that the amendment made by section 105(b)(2) of Pub. L. 96–221 is applicable to 12 U.S.C. 355(1) as such section is in effect on the first day of the sixth month which begins after March 31, 1980, and as it will be in effect on June 1, 1981.
Effective and Termination Dates of 1979 Amendment
Pub. L. 96–18, §3(a), June 8, 1979, 93 Stat. 36, provided that: "Except for the amendments made by subsection (a) of the first section of this Act [amending par. (1) of this section], and except for the amendment made by subsection (b) of this section [amending par. (1) of this section effective upon the expiration of the two-year period beginning on June 8, 1979], the amendments made by this Act [enacting section 359a of this title and pars. (3) and (4) of this section and amending par. (2) of this section] shall be effective only during the two-year period which begins on the date of enactment of this Act [June 8, 1979]. Upon the expiration of such period, each provision of law amended by this Act [enacting section 359a of this title and amending this section], except section 14(b)(1) of the Federal Reserve Act [par. (1) of this section], is amended to read as it did immediately prior to the enactment of this Act."
Pub. L. 96–18, §3(b), June 8, 1979, 93 Stat. 36, provided that the amendment made by that section is effective "Upon the expiration of the 2-year period which begins on the date of enactment of this Act [June 8, 1979]".
Expiration of 1942 Amendment
Amendment of the proviso of this section by act Mar. 27, 1942, remained in force only until the date fixed by section 645 of the former Appendix to Title 50, War and National Defense, after which provisions in force before the amendment again became effective. Before the 1942 amendment, the proviso of this section read: "Provided, That any bonds, notes, or other obligations which are direct obligations of the United States or which are fully guaranteed by the United States as to principal and interest may be bought and sold without regard to maturities but only in the open market."
1 See References in Text note below.
§356. Purchase of commercial paper from member banks and sale of same
Every Federal reserve bank shall have power to purchase from member banks and to sell, with or without its indorsement, bills of exchange arising out of commercial transactions, as hereinbefore defined.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §14(c), 38 Stat. 264.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of subsec. (c) of section 14 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of remainder of section 14, see Codification note under section 353 of this title.
§357. Establishment of rates of discount
Every Federal reserve bank shall have power to establish from time to time, subject to review and determination of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, rates of discount to be charged by the Federal reserve bank for each class of paper, which shall be fixed with a view of accommodating commerce and business, but each such bank shall establish such rates every fourteen days, or oftener if deemed necessary by the Board.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §14(d), 38 Stat. 264; Apr. 13, 1920, ch. 128, 41 Stat. 550; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title IV, §407, 42 Stat. 1480; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §§203(a), 206(b), 49 Stat. 704, 706.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of subsec. (d) of section 14 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of remainder of section 14, see Codification note under section 353 of this title.
Amendments
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, §206(b), inserted words at end of section beginning "but each such".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§358. Establishment of accounts for purposes of open-market operations; correspondents and agencies
Every Federal reserve bank shall have power to establish accounts with other Federal reserve banks for exchange purposes and, with the consent or upon the order and direction of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and under regulations to be prescribed by said Board, to open and maintain accounts in foreign countries, appoint correspondents, and establish agencies in such countries wheresoever it may be deemed best for the purpose of purchasing, selling, and collecting bills of exchange, and to buy and sell, with or without its indorsement, through such correspondents or agencies, bills of exchange (or acceptances) arising out of actual commercial transactions which have not more than ninety days to run, exclusive of days of grace, and which bear the signature of two or more responsible parties, and, with the consent of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, to open and maintain banking accounts for such foreign correspondents or agencies, or for foreign banks or bankers, or for foreign states as defined in section 632 of this title. Whenever any such account has been opened or agency or correspondent has been appointed by a Federal reserve bank, with the consent of or under the order and direction of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, any other Federal reserve bank may, with the consent and approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, be permitted to carry on or conduct, through the Federal reserve bank opening such account or appointing such agency or correspondent, any transaction authorized by this section under rules and regulations to be prescribed by the board.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §14(e), 38 Stat. 264; Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 754; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §6, 40 Stat. 235; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Apr. 7, 1941, ch. 43, §1, 55 Stat. 131.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of subsec. (e) of section 14 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of remainder of section 14, see Codification note under section 353 of this title.
Amendments
1941—Act Apr. 7, 1941, inserted in first sentence ", or for foreign banks or bankers, or for foreign states as defined in section 632 of this title" after "foreign correspondents or agencies".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§359. Purchase and sale of acceptances of intermediate credit banks and agricultural credit corporations
Every Federal reserve bank shall have power to purchase and sell in the open market, either from or to domestic banks, firms, corporations, or individuals, acceptances of Federal intermediate credit banks and of national agricultural credit corporations, whenever the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall declare that the public interest so requires.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §14(f), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title IV, §405, 42 Stat. 1480; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of subsec. (f) of section 14 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as added Mar. 4, 1923. For classification to this title of remainder of section 14, see Codification note under section 353 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
National Agricultural Credit Corporation
Title II of the Agricultural Credits Act, act Mar. 4, 1923, title II, §§201–217, 42 Stat. 1461, authorized creation of national agricultural credit corporations, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 86–230, Sept. 8, 1959, §24, 73 Stat. 466. Prior to such repeal, act June 16, 1933, §77, 48 Stat. 292, had prohibited the creation, after June 16, 1933, of national agricultural credit corporations authorized to be formed under the Agricultural Credits Act.
§359a. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §14(h), as added June 8, 1979, Pub. L. 96–18, §2, 93 Stat. 35, which authorized the Secretary of the Treasury to borrow and sell in open market, and required the repurchase and return of obligations to Federal Reserve Banks, was effective only during the two-year period that began June 8, 1979, as provided by section 3(a) of Pub. L. 96–18.
§360. Receiving checks and drafts on deposit at par; charges for collections, exchange, and clearances
Every Federal reserve bank shall receive on deposit at par from depository institutions or from Federal reserve banks checks and other items, including negotiable orders of withdrawal and share drafts and drafts drawn upon any of its depositors, and when remitted by a Federal reserve bank, checks and other items, including negotiable orders of withdrawal and share drafts and drafts drawn by any depositor in any other Federal reserve bank or depository institution upon funds to the credit of said depositor in said reserve bank or depository institution. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as prohibiting a depository institution from charging its actual expense incurred in collecting and remitting funds, or for exchange sold to its patrons. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall, by rule, fix the charges to be collected by the depository institutions from its patrons whose checks and other items, including negotiable orders of withdrawal and share drafts are cleared through the Federal reserve bank and the charge which may be imposed for the service of clearing or collection rendered by the Federal reserve bank.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §16 (par.), 38 Stat. 265; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 96–221, title I, §105(c), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 140.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the twelfth par. (formerly the thirteenth par.) of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 16, see Codification note set out under section 411 of this title.
Amendments
1980—Pub. L. 96–221, which directed amendment of "[t]he thirteenth paragraph of section 16 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 360)" by substituting "depository institutions" for "member banks" wherever appearing and "depository institution" for "member bank" wherever appearing and by inserting "and other items, including negotiable orders of withdrawal and share drafts" after "checks" wherever appearing, was executed to this section to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Effective Date of 1980 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–221 effective on first day of sixth month which begins after Mar. 31, 1980, see section 108 of Pub. L. 96–221, set out as a note under section 248 of this title.
§361. Bills receivable, bills of exchange, acceptances; regulations by Board of Governors
The discount and rediscount and the purchase and sale by any Federal reserve bank of any bills receivable and of domestic and foreign bills of exchange, and of acceptances authorized by this chapter, shall be subject to such restrictions, limitations, and regulations as may be imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13 (par.), 38 Stat. 264; Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 753; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is based on the tenth par. of section 13 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The tenth par. constituted the eighth par. of section 13 in 1916 (39 Stat. 753), became the ninth par. in 1923 (42 Stat. 1478), and became the tenth par. in 1932 (47 Stat. 715). For further details, see Codification notes under sections 342 to 344 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed the name of the Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§§362 to 364. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section 362, act June 1, 1955, ch. 113, title I, 69 Stat. 72, which related to reimbursement of Federal Reserve banks and branches for necessary expenses incident to deposit of withheld taxes in Government depositories, was from the Treasury-Post Office Appropriation Act, 1956, and was not repeated in subsequent appropriation acts.
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
May 28, 1954, ch. 242, title I, 68 Stat. 144.
June 18, 1953, ch. 132, title I, 67 Stat 67.
June 30, 1952, ch. 523, title I, 66 Stat. 289.
Aug. 11, 1951, ch. 301, title I, 65 Stat. 182.
Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, Ch. IV, title I, 64 Stat. 634.
June 30, 1949, ch. 286, title I, 63 Stat. 358.
June 14, 1948, ch. 466, title I, 62 Stat. 409.
Section 363, act June 1, 1955, ch. 113, title I, 69 Stat. 72, which related to reimbursement of Federal Reserve banks and branches for necessary expenses incident to verification and destruction of unfit United States paper currency, was from the Treasury-Post Office Appropriation Act, 1956, and was not repeated in subsequent appropriation acts.
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation act: May 28, 1954, ch. 242, title I, 68 Stat. 144.
Section 364, act Sept. 26, 1970, Pub. L. 91–422, title II, 84 Stat. 875, which related to reimbursement of Federal Reserve banks and branches for expenditures as fiscal agents of the United States on account of Post Office Department operations, was from the Treasury, Post Office, and Executive Office Appropriation Act, 1971, and was not repeated in subsequent appropriation acts.
SUBCHAPTER X—POWERS AND DUTIES OF MEMBER BANKS
§371. Real estate loans
(a) Authorization to make real estate loans; orders, rules, and regulations of Comptroller of the Currency
Any national banking association may make, arrange, purchase or sell loans or extensions of credit secured by liens on interests in real estate, subject to section 1828(o) of this title and such restrictions and requirements as the Comptroller of the Currency may prescribe by regulation or order.
(b) Eligibility for discount as commercial paper of notes representing loans financing construction of residential or farm buildings; prerequisites
Notes representing loans made under this section to finance the construction of residential or farm buildings and having maturities not to exceed nine months shall be eligible for discount as commercial paper within the terms of the first paragraph of section 343 of this title if accompanied by a valid and binding agreement to advance the full amount of the loan upon the completion of the building entered into by an individual, partnership, association, or corporation acceptable to the discounting bank.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §24, 38 Stat. 273; Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 754; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §16, 44 Stat. 1232; June 27, 1934, ch. 847, §505, 48 Stat. 1263; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §208, title III, §328, 49 Stat. 706, 717; Mar. 28, 1941, ch. 31, §8, 55 Stat. 62; July 22, 1937, ch. 517, §15(a), as added Aug. 14, 1946, ch. 964, §5, 60 Stat. 1079; May 25, 1948, ch. 334, §9, 62 Stat. 265; Oct. 25, 1949, ch. 729, §6, 63 Stat. 906; Apr. 20, 1950, ch. 94, title V, §502, 64 Stat. 80; Sept. 1, 1951, ch. 378, title II, §207, title V, §503, 65 Stat. 303, 312; Aug. 15, 1953, ch. 510, 67 Stat. 613; July 22, 1954, ch. 561, 68 Stat. 525; Aug. 28, 1937, ch. 870, §10(f), as added Aug. 17, 1954, ch. 751, §1(4), 68 Stat. 736; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 781, §§1, 2, 69 Stat. 633, 634; Pub. L. 85–536, §3, July 18, 1958, 72 Stat. 396; Pub. L. 86–251, §4, Sept. 9, 1959, 73 Stat. 489; Pub. L. 87–70, title VIII, §804(c), title IX, §902, June 30, 1961, 75 Stat. 188, 191; Pub. L. 87–717, Sept. 28, 1962, 76 Stat. 662; Pub. L. 88–341, June 30, 1964, 78 Stat. 233; Pub. L. 88–560, title X, §1004, Sept. 2, 1964, 78 Stat. 807; Pub. L. 89–117, title II, §201(b)(2), title XI, §1111, Aug. 10, 1965, 79 Stat. 465, 509; Pub. L. 89–754, title V, §504(a)(2), Nov. 3, 1966, 80 Stat. 1277; Pub. L. 90–19, §26, May 25, 1967, 81 Stat. 28; Pub. L. 90–448, title IV, §416(b), title XVII, §1718, Aug. 1, 1968, 82 Stat. 518, 609; Pub. L. 91–351, title VII, §704, July 24, 1970, 84 Stat. 462; Pub. L. 91–609, title VII, §727(c), Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1803; Pub. L. 93–383, title VII, §711, title VIII, §802(i)(1), Aug. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 716, 725; Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §403(a), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1510; Pub. L. 102–242, title III, §304(b), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2354.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1991—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–242 substituted "section 1828(o) of this title and such restrictions and requirements as the Comptroller of the Currency may prescribe by regulation or order" for "such terms, conditions, and limitations as may be prescribed by the Comptroller of the Currency by order, rule, or regulation".
1982—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–320 amended subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment subsec. (a) read as follows:
"(1) Any national banking association may make real estate loans, secured by liens upon unimproved real estate, upon improved real estate, including improved farmland and improved business and residential properties, and upon real estate to be improved by a building or buildings to be constructed or in the process of construction, in an amount which when added to the amount unpaid upon prior mortgages, liens, encumbrances, if any, upon such real estate does not exceed the respective proportions of appraised value as provided in this section. A loan secured by real estate within the meaning of this section shall be in the form of an obligation or obligations secured by a mortgage, trust deed, or other instrument, which shall constitute a lien on real estate in fee or, under such rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Comptroller of the Currency, on a leasehold under a lease which does not expire for at least ten years beyond the maturity date of the loan, and any national banking association may purchase or sell any obligations so secured in whole or in part. The amount of any such loan hereafter made shall not exceed 662/3 per centum of the appraised value if such real estate is unimproved, 75 per centum of the appraised value if such real estate is improved by offsite improvements such as streets, water, sewers, or other utilities, 75 per centum of the appraised value if such real estate is in the process of being improved by a building or buildings to be constructed or in the process of construction, or 90 per centum of the appraised value if such real estate is improved by a building or buildings. If any such loan exceeds 75 per centum of the appraised value of the real estate or if the real estate is improved with a one- to four-family dwelling, installment payments shall be required which are sufficient to amortize the entire principal of the loan within a period of not more than thirty years.
"(2) The limitations and restrictions set forth in paragraph (1) shall not prevent the renewal or extension of loans heretofore made and shall not apply to real estate loans (A) which are insured under the provisions of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.], (B) which are insured by the Secretary of Agriculture pursuant to title I of the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, or the Act of August 28, 1937, as amended, or title V of the Housing Act of 1949, as amended, [42 U.S.C. 1471 et seq.], or (C) which are guaranteed by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, for the payment of the obligations of which the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged, and such limitations and restrictions shall not apply to real estate loans which are fully guaranteed or insured by a State, or any agency or instrumentality thereof, or by a State authority for the payment of the obligations of which the faith and credit of the State is pledged, if under the terms of the guaranty or insurance agreement the association will be assured of repayment in accordance with the terms of the loan, or to any loan at least 20 per centum of which is guaranteed under chapter 37 of title 38, or to obligations guaranteed under section 1440 of title 42.
"(3) Loans which are guaranteed or insured as described in paragraph (2) shall not be taken into account in determining the amount of real estate loans which a national banking association may make in relation to its capital and surplus or its time and savings deposits or in determining, the amount of real estate loans secured by other than first liens. Where the collateral for any loan consists partly of real estate security and partly of other security, including a guaranty or endorsement by or an obligation or commitment of a person other than the borrower, only the amount by which the loan exceeds the value as collateral of such other security shall be considered a loan upon the security of real estate, and in no event shall a loan be considered as a real estate loan where there is a valid and binding agreement which is entered into by a financially responsible lender or other party either directly with the association or which is for the benefit of or has been assigned to the association and pursuant to which agreement the lender or other party is required to advance to the association within sixty months from the date of the making of such loan the full amount of the loan to be made by the association upon the security of real estate. Except as otherwise provided, no such association shall make real estate loans in an aggregate sum in excess of the amount of the capital stock of such association paid in and unimpaired plus the amount of its unimpaired surplus fund, or in excess of the amount of its time and savings deposits, whichever is greater: Provided, That the amount unpaid upon real estate loans secured by other than first liens, when added to the amount unpaid upon prior mortgages, liens, and encumbrances, shall not exceed in an aggregate sum 20 per centum of the amount of the capital stock of such association paid in and unimpaired plus 20 per centum of the amount of its unimpaired surplus fund."
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–320 redesignated subsec. (d) as (b) and struck out former subsec. (b) "Any national banking association may make real estate loans secured by liens upon forest tracts which are properly managed in all respects. Such loans shall be in the form of an obligation or obligations secured by mortgage, trust deed, or other such instrument; and any national banking association may purchase or sell any obligations so secured in whole or in part. The amount of any such loan, when added to the amount unpaid upon prior mortgages, liens, and encumbrances, if any, shall not exceed 662/3 per centum of the appraised fair market value of the growing timber, lands, and improvements thereon offered as security and the loan shall be made upon such terms and conditions as to assure that at no time shall the loan balance, when added to the amount unpaid upon prior mortgages, liens, and encumbrances, if any, exceed 662/3 per centum of the original appraised total value of the property then remaining. No such loan shall be made for a longer term than three years; except that any such loan may be made for a term not longer than fifteen years if the loan is secured by an amortized mortgage, deed of trust, or other such instrument under the terms of which the installment payments are sufficient to amortize the principal of the loan within a period of not more than fifteen years and at a rate at least 62/3 per centum per annum. All such loans secured by liens upon forest tracts shall be included in the permissible aggregate of all real estate loans and, when secured by other than first liens, in the permissible aggregate of all real estate loans secured by other than first liens, prescribed in subsection (a) of this section, but no national banking association shall make forest tract loans in an aggregate sum in excess of 50 per centum of its capital stock paid in and unimpaired plus 50 per centum of its unimpaired surplus fund."
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 97–320 struck out subsec. (c) "Loans made to finance the construction of a building or buildings and having maturities of not to exceed sixty months where there is a valid and binding agreement entered into by a financially responsible lender or other party to advance the full amount of the bank's loan upon completion of the building or buildings, and loans made to finance the construction of residential or farm buildings and having maturities of not to exceed sixty months, may be considered as real estate loans if the loans qualify under this section, or such loans may be classed as commercial loans whether or not secured by a mortgage or similar lien on the real estate upon which the building or buildings are being constructed, at the option of each national banking association that may have an interest in such loan: Provided, That no national banking association shall invest in, or be liable on, any such loans classed as commercial loans under this subsection in an aggregate amount in excess of 100 per centum of its actually paid-in and unimpaired capital plus 100 per centum of its unimpaired surplus fund."
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 97–320 redesignated subsec. (d) as (b).
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 97–320 struck out subsec. (e) "Loans made to any borrower (i) where the association looks for repayment by relying primarily on the borrower's general credit standing and forecast of income, with or without other security, or (ii) secured by an assignment of rents under a lease, and where, in either case described in clause (i) or (ii) above, the association wishes to take a mortgage, deed of trust, or other instrument upon real estate (whether or not constituting a first lien) as a precaution against contingencies, and loans in which the Small Business Administration cooperates through agreements to participate on an immediate or deferred or guaranteed basis under the Small Business Act [15 U.S.C. 631 et seq.], shall not be considered as real estate loans within the meaning of this section but shall be classed as commercial loans."
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 97–320 struck out subsec. (f) "Any national banking association may make loans upon the security of real estate that do not comply with the limitations and restrictions in this section, if the total unpaid amount loaned, exclusive of loans which subsequently comply with such limitations and restrictions, does not exceed 10 per centum of the amount that a national banking association may invest in real estate loans. The total unpaid amount so loaned shall be included in the aggregate sum that such association may invest in real estate loans."
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 97–320 struck out subsec. (g) "Loans made pursuant to this section shall be subject to such conditions and limitations as the Comptroller of the Currency may prescribe by rule or regulation."
1974—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 93–383, §§711, 802(i)(1), designated unlettered first par. as subsec. (a), substantially revised provisions relating to real estate loans by associations, and inserted reference to obligations guaranteed by section 1440 of title 42.
Subsecs. (b) to (f). Pub. L. 93–383, §711, designated unlettered second, third, fourth, and fifth pars. as subsecs. (b) to (f) and substantially revised provisions relating to real estate loans secured by liens upon forest tracts, loans made to finance the construction of buildings, notes representing loans, repayment of loans, and waiver of restrictions and limitations.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 93–383, §711, added subsec. (g) authorizing the Comptroller of the Currency to prescribe rules and regulations relating to loans.
1970—Pub. L. 91–609 authorized national banks to invest in obligations guaranteed under part B of the Urban Growth and New Community Development Act of 1970.
Pub. L. 91–351 substituted in cl. (3) of third sentence of first par. "90 per centum" for "80 per centum" and "thirty years" for "twenty-five years", and in first sentence of third par. "sixty months" for "thirty-six months" wherever appearing.
1968—Pub. L. 90–448, §416(b), substituted "any national banking association may make loans or purchase obligations for land development which are secured by mortgages insured under title X of the National Housing Act or guaranteed under title IV of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968" for "any national banking association may make loans for land development which are secured by mortgages insured under title X of the National Housing Act" in first par.
Pub. L. 90–448, §1718, substituted "in whole or in part and at any time or times prior to the maturity of such obligation" for "when the entire amount of such obligation is sold to the association" wherever appearing in first and second pars., "thirty-six months" for "twenty-four months" in two places in second par., and "Loans made to any borrower (i) where the association looks for repayment by relying primarily on the borrower's general credit standing and forecast of income, with or without other security, or (ii) where the association relies on other security as collateral for the loans (including but not limited to a guaranty of a third party), and where, in either case described in clause (i) or (ii) above, the association wishes to take a mortgage, deed of trust, or other instrument upon real estate (whether or not constituting a first lien) as a precaution against contingencies, such loans shall not be considered as real estate loans within the meaning of this section but shall be classed as ordinary non-real-estate loans" for "Loans made to manufacturing and industrial businesses where the association looks for repayment out of the operations of the borrower's business, relying primarily on the borrower's general credit standing and forecast of operations, with or without other security, but wishes to take a mortgage on the borrower's real estate as a precaution against contingencies, shall not be considered as real estate loans within the meaning of this section but shall be classed as ordinary commercial loans" in last par.
1967—Pub. L. 90–19 substituted "Secretary of Housing and Urban Development" for "Housing and Home Finance Administrator" in first sentence of fourth par.
1966—Pub. L. 89–754 permitted national banking associations to make loans for group practice facilities which are secured by mortgages insured under subchapter IX–B of chapter 13 of this title.
1965—Pub. L. 89–117 permitted national banking associations to make loans for land development which are secured by mortgages insured under title X of the National Housing Act and increased from 18 months to 24 months the maximum maturity of industrial, commercial, and residential construction loans.
1964—Pub. L. 88–560 substituted in cl. (3) of third sentence of first par. "80" for "75" per centum and "twenty-five" for "20" years.
Pub. L. 88–341 substituted "60 per centum of the appraised fair market value of the growing timber, lands, and improvements thereon" for "40 per centum of the appraised value of the economically marketable timber", "60 per centum of the original appraised total value of the property" for "40 per centum of the original appraised value of the economically marketable timber", increased the permissible loan term from 2 to 3 years in the case of unamortized loans, from 10 to 15 years in the case of amortized loans, and decreased the annual rate from 10 to 62/3 per centum.
1962—Pub. L. 87–717 increased aggregate real estate loan limitation from 60 to 70 per centum of a bank's time and savings deposits, and limitation on maturities for loans made to finance the construction of residential or farm buildings, from nine months or less to eighteen months or less.
1961—Pub. L. 87–70 inserted ", or title V of the Housing Act of 1949, as amended" after "sections 590r to 590x–3 of title 16" in first par., and in next to last par. inserted provisions permitting home improvement loans which are insured under section 1709(k) or 1715k(h) of this title to be made without regard to the first lien requirements of this section.
1959—Pub. L. 86–251, §4(a), substituted in second sentence of first par., "under a lease which does not expire for at least 10 years beyond the maturity date of the loan" for "(1) under a lease for not less than ninety-nine years which is renewable or (2) under a lease having a period of not less than fifty years to run from the date the loan is made or acquired by the national banking association".
Pub. L. 86–251, §4(b)(1), (2), added cl. (3) in third sentence of first par., redesignated former cl. (3) as cl. (4), and prohibited the application of the described limitations and restrictions to State-guaranteed loans.
Pub. L. 86–251, §4(c), inserted provisions in third par. classifying certain loans for construction of industrial or commercial buildings as ordinary commercial loans and authorized investments in or liability on loans in an amount that includes 100 per centum of its unimpaired surplus fund.
Pub. L. 86–251, §4(d), added par. classifying certain loans to manufacturing and industrial businesses as ordinary commercial loans.
1958—Pub. L. 85–536 amended fourth par. by striking out "or the Small Business Administration" after "Housing and Home Finance Administrator" and "or the Small Business Act of 1953" after "or 1701g–1 of this title", and inserting provisions exempting loans in which the Small Business Administration cooperates through agreements to participate on an immediate or deferred basis from the restrictions or limitations of this section imposed upon loans secured by real estate.
1955—Act Aug. 11, 1955, §1, amended first par. generally to increase the percentage of the loan to the appraised value of the property from 60 to 662/3 percent in the case of 40 percent amortized residential mortgage loans not exceeding a 10-year maturity, and to permit national banks to make a residential real-estate loan in an amount not to exceed 662/3 percent of the appraised value of the property and for a term not longer than 20 years.
Act Aug. 11, 1955, §2, amended third par. by increasing from 6 to 9 months construction loans for the purpose of financing residential or farm buildings.
1954—Act Aug. 17, 1954, amended third sentence of first par. by inserting ", or sections 590r to 590x–3 of title 16" after "sections 1001–1005d of title 7".
Act July 22, 1954, amended fourth par. by inserting references to the Small Business Administration and to the Small Business Act of 1953.
1953—Act Aug. 15, 1953, amended section by inserting new second par. to permit the making of real estate loans secured by first liens upon forest tracts which are properly managed.
1951—Act Sept. 1, 1951, §207, amended third sentence of first par. by inserting a reference to subchapter X of chapter 13 of this title.
Act Sept. 1, 1951, §503, amended third par. by inserting a reference to the Housing and Home Finance Administrator, and references to sections 1701g and 1701g–1 of this title.
1950—Act Apr. 20, 1950, amended third sentence of first par. by substituting "1748–1748g, or 1706c of this title" for "or 1748–1748g of this title".
1949—Joint Res. Oct. 25, 1949, amended first par. by striking out second sentence and inserting new second sentence, and by inserting "sections 1707–1715, 1736–1742, and 1748–1748g of this title" for "sections 1707–1715 and 1736–1742 of this title".
1948—Act May 25, 1948, amended third par. by striking out references to certain lending authority which the Corporation was granted under section 604(a) of title 15, as amended in 1947, and which it does not now have.
1946—Act Aug. 14, 1946, amended first par. by inserting "or which are insured by the Secretary of Agriculture pursuant to sections 1001–1005d of title 7".
1941—Act Mar. 28, 1941, amended third sentence of first par. by inserting reference to sections 1736 to 1742 of this title.
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, amended first par. and added third par.
1934—Act June 27, 1934, amended first par. and added second par.
1927—Act Feb. 25, 1927, amended first par.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1982 Amendment
Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §403(c), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1511, provided that: "This section [amending this section and section 92 of this title] shall take effect upon the expiration of one hundred and eighty days after the date of its enactment [Oct. 15, 1982]."
Repeals
Repealing provisions of Consolidated Farmers Home Administration Act of 1961 as not having the effect of repealing the amendments to this section enacted by act July 22, 1937, §15(a), as added Aug. 14, 1946, and Aug. 28, 1937, §10(f), as added Aug. 17, 1954, see section 341(a) of Pub. L. 87–128, title III, Aug. 8, 1961, 75 Stat. 318, set out as a References in Other Laws note under section 1921 of Title 7, Agriculture.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§371a. Repealed. Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §627(a)(1), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1640
Section, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19(i), formerly §19 par. (12), as added June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §11(b), 48 Stat. 181; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §324(c), 49 Stat. 714; Proc. No. 2695, eff. July 4, 1946, 11 F.R. 7517, 60 Stat. 1352; renumbered §19(i), Pub. L. 89–597, §2(b), Sept. 21, 1966, 80 Stat. 824; Pub. L. 96–161, title I, §101(a), Dec. 28, 1979, 93 Stat. 1233; Pub. L. 96–221, title III, §§302(a), 307, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 145, 147, prohibited member banks from paying interest on any deposit payable on demand but included savings provisions and exceptions.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of Repeal
Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §627(b), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1640, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending sections 1464 and 1828 of this title and repealing this section] shall take effect 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 21, 2010]."
§371b. Rate of interest on time deposits; payment of time deposits before maturity; waiver of notice requirements for withdrawal of savings deposits
The Board may from time to time, after consulting with the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, prescribe rules governing the advertisement of interest on deposits by member banks on time and savings deposits. The provisions of this section shall not apply to any deposit which is payable only at an office of a member bank located outside of the States of the United States and the District of Columbia. During the period commencing on October 15, 1962, and ending on October 15, 1968, the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to the rate of interest which may be paid by member banks on time deposits of foreign governments, monetary and financial authorities of foreign governments when acting as such, or international financial institutions of which the United States is a member.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19(j), formerly §19 (par. 13), as added June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §11(b), 48 Stat. 182; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §324(c), 49 Stat. 714; Pub. L. 87–827, §1, Oct. 15, 1962, 76 Stat. 953; Pub. L. 89–79, §1, July 21, 1965, 79 Stat. 244; renumbered §19(j) and amended Pub. L. 89–597, §2(b), (c), Sept. 21, 1966, 80 Stat. 824; Pub. L. 90–505, §2(a), Sept. 21, 1968, 82 Stat. 856; Pub. L. 96–221, title II, §207(b)(4)–(6), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 144.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1980—Pub. L. 96–221 struck out provisions relating to payment of interest on deposits, prescribing of different limitations by the Board for different classes of deposits, and payment of time deposits before maturity.
1968—Pub. L. 90–505 gave Board power to prescribe rules governing the payment and advertising of interest on deposits.
1966—Pub. L. 89–597, §2(c), made authority of Board to prescribe maximum permissible rates of interest that may be paid by member banks on time and savings deposits discretionary rather than mandatory, required prior consultations with the FDIC Board and the FHLB Board, authorized different rate limitations for different classes of deposits, for deposits of different amounts, or according to such other reasonable bases as the Board may deem desirable in the public interest, and struck out provision for rate limitation according to the varying discount rates of member banks in the several Federal Reserve districts.
1965—Pub. L. 89–79 extended until Oct. 15, 1968, the period during which the provisions of this paragraph do not apply to the rate of interest payable by member banks on time deposits of foreign governments, monetary and financial authorities of foreign governments when acting as such, or international financial institutions of which the United States is a member.
1962—Pub. L. 87–827 inserted sentence making this paragraph inapplicable, during the period commencing on October 15, 1962, and ending upon the expiration of three years after such date, to the rate of interest which may be paid by member banks on time deposits of foreign governments, monetary and financial authorities of foreign governments when acting as such, or international financial institutions of which the United States is a member.
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, among other changes, inserted "except upon such conditions and in accordance with such rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the said Board" to second sentence and proviso.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1980 Amendment
Pub. L. 96–221, title II, §207(b), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 144, provided in part that the amendment made by that section is effective 6 years after Mar. 31, 1980.
Effective and Termination Dates of 1966 Amendment
Pub. L. 89–597, §7, Sept. 21, 1966, 80 Stat. 825, as amended, formerly set out as an Effective and Termination Dates of 1966 Amendment note under section 461 of this title (which provided in part that amendment of this section by section 2(c) of Pub. L. 89–597 was effective only to Dec. 15, 1980, and that on Dec. 15, 1980, this section was amended to read as it would without the amendment by section 2(c) of Pub. L. 89–597), was repealed by Pub. L. 96–221, title II, §207(a), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 144.
Transfer of Functions
Federal Home Loan Bank Board abolished and functions transferred, see sections 401 to 406 of Pub. L. 101–73, set out as a note under section 1437 of this title.
Time Deposits; Interest Rates, Limitation
Pub. L. 93–123, Oct. 15, 1973, 87 Stat. 448, provided that in carrying out the Act of September 21, 1966 (Pub. L. 89–597) [enacting section 1425b of this title, amending sections 355, 371b, 461, and 1828 of this title and section 771 of former Title 31, repealing section 462a–1 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 461 of this title] and other provisions of law, the Secretary of the Treasury, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Federal Home Loan Bank Board take action to limit rates of interest or dividends paid on time deposits of less than $100,000 by institutions regulated by them, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 96–221, title II, §207(b)(13), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 144, eff. 6 years after Mar. 31, 1980.
§371b–1. Repealed. Pub. L. 96–221, title V, §529, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 168
Section, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19(k), as added Dec. 28, 1979, Pub. L. 96–161, title II, §208, 93 Stat. 1238, provided that no member bank or affiliate thereof, or any successor or assignee of such member bank or affiliate or any endorser, guarantor, or surety of such member bank or affiliate could plead, raise, or claim directly or by counterclaim, setoff, or otherwise, with respect to any deposit or obligation of such member bank or affiliate, any defense, right, or benefit under any provision of a statute or constitution of a State or of a territory of the United States, or of any law of the District of Columbia, regulating or limiting the rate of interest which could be charged, taken, received, or reserved, that any such provision was preempted, and that no civil or criminal penalty which would otherwise have been applicable under such provision would apply to such member bank or affiliate or to any other person.
Editorial Notes
Prior Provisions
A prior section 371b–1, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19(k), as added Nov. 5, 1979, Pub. L. 96–104, title II, §201, 93 Stat. 792, identical to this section as added by Pub. L. 96–161, was repealed by section 212 of Pub. L. 96–161, effective at the close of Dec. 27, 1979, except that its provisions would continue to apply to deposits made or obligations issued in any State on or after Nov. 5, 1979, but prior to such repeal. See Effective Date of 1979 Amendment note set out below.
A prior section 371b–1, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19(k), as added Oct. 29, 1974, Pub. L. 93–501, title III, §301, 88 Stat. 1560, identical to this section as added by Pub. L. 96–104, was repealed by section 1 of Pub. L. 96–104 except that its provisions shall continue to apply to any deposit made or obligation issued in any State during the period specified in section 304 of Pub. L. 93–501. See Effective and Termination Date of 1974 Amendment note set out below.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of Repeal
Pub. L. 96–221, title V, §529, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 168, provided in part that the repeal of this section is effective at the close of Mar. 31, 1980.
Savings Provision
Pub. L. 96–221, title V, §529, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 168, provided in part that, notwithstanding the repeal of Pub. L. 96–104 and title II of Pub. L. 96–161, this section [which had been enacted by those laws] shall continue to apply to any loan made, any deposit made, or any obligation issued in any State during any period when this section was in effect in such State.
Effective Date of 1979 Amendments
Prior to repeal by Pub. L. 96–221, title V, §529, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 168, it was provided by Pub. L. 96–161, title II, §211, Dec. 28, 1979, 93 Stat. 1239, that: "The amendments made by sections 208, 209, and 210 of this title [enacting this section and amending sections 1425b and 1828 of this title] shall apply only with respect to deposits made or obligations issued in any State during the period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 28, 1979] and ending on the earliest of—
"(1) in the case of a State statute, July 1, 1980;
"(2) the date, after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 28, 1979], on which such State adopts a law stating in substance that such State does not want the amendments made by sections 208, 209, and 210 of this title to apply with respect to such deposits and obligations; or
"(3) the date on which such State certifies that the voters of such State, after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 28, 1979], have voted in favor of, or to retain, any law, provision of the constitution of such state, or amendment to the constitution of such State which limits the amount of interest which may be charged in connection with such deposits and obligations."
Prior to its repeal by Pub. L. 96–161, title II, §212, Dec. 28, 1979, 93 Stat. 1239, it was provided by Pub. L. 96–104, title II, §204, Nov. 5, 1979, 93 Stat. 793, that: "The amendments made by this title [enacting this section and amending sections 1425b and 1828 of this title] shall apply only with respect to deposits made or obligations issued in any State during the period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 5, 1979] and ending on the earlier of—
"(1) July 1, 1981;
"(2) the date, after the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 5, 1979], on which such State adopts a law stating in substance that such State does not want the amendments made by this title to apply with respect to such deposits and obligations; or
"(3) the date on which such State certifies that the voters of such State, after the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 5, 1979], have voted in favor of, or to retain, any law, provision of the constitution of such State, or amendment to the constitution of such State which limits the amount of interest which may be charged in connection with such deposits and obligations."
Effective and Termination Dates of 1974 Amendment
Prior to repeal by Pub. L. 96–104, §1, Nov. 5, 1979, 93 Stat. 789, it was provided by Pub. L. 93–501, title III, §304, Oct. 29, 1974, 88 Stat. 1561, that: "The amendments made by this title [which enacted this section and amended sections 1425b and 1828 of this title] shall apply to any deposit made or obligation issued in any State after the date of enactment of this title [Oct. 29, 1974], but prior to the earlier of (1) July 1, 1977 or (2) the date (after such date of enactment) on which the State enacts a provision of law which limits the amount of interest which may be charged in connection with deposits or obligations referred to in the amendments made by this title."
States Having Constitutional Provisions Regarding Maximum Interest Rates
Pub. L. 96–161, title II, §213, Dec. 28, 1979, 93 Stat. 1240, provided that the provisions of title II of Pub. L. 96–161, which enacted this section, repealed former section 371b–1 of this title, and enacted provisions set out as a note under this section, continued to apply until July 1, 1981, in the case of any State having a constitutional provision regarding maximum interest rates.
§371b–2. Interbank liabilities
(a) Purpose
The purpose of this section is to limit the risks that the failure of a large depository institution (whether or not that institution is an insured depository institution) would pose to insured depository institutions.
(b) Aggregate limits on insured depository institutions' exposure to other depository institutions
The Board shall, by regulation or order, prescribe standards that have the effect of limiting the risks posed by an insured depository institution's exposure to any other depository institution.
(c) "Exposure" defined
(1) In general
For purposes of subsection (b), an insured depository institution's "exposure" to another depository institution means—
(A) all extensions of credit to the other depository institution, regardless of name or description, including—
(i) all deposits at the other depository institution;
(ii) all purchases of securities or other assets from the other depository institution subject to an agreement to repurchase; and
(iii) all guarantees, acceptances, or letters of credit (including endorsements or standby letters of credit) on behalf of the other depository institution;
(B) all purchases of or investments in securities issued by the other depository institution;
(C) all securities issued by the other depository institution accepted as collateral for an extension of credit to any person; and
(D) all similar transactions that the Board by regulation determines to be exposure for purposes of this section.
(2) Exemptions
The Board may, at its discretion, by regulation or order, exempt transactions from the definition of "exposure" if it finds the exemptions to be in the public interest and consistent with the purpose of this section.
(3) Attribution rule
For purposes of this section, any transaction by an insured depository institution with any person is a transaction with another depository institution to the extent that the proceeds of the transaction are used for the benefit of, or transferred to, that other depository institution.
(d) Insured depository institution
For purposes of this section, the term "insured depository institution" has the same meaning as in section 1813 of this title.
(e) Rulemaking authority; enforcement
The Board may issue such regulations and orders, including definitions consistent with this section, as may be necessary to administer and carry out the purpose of this section. The appropriate Federal banking agency shall enforce compliance with those regulations under section 1818 of this title.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §23, as added Pub. L. 102–242, title III, §308(a), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2362.)
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date
Pub. L. 102–242, title III, §308(c), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2363, provided that: "The amendment made by this section [enacting this section] shall become effective 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 19, 1991]."
Regulations
Pub. L. 102–242, title III, §308(b), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2362, provided that: "The Board shall prescribe reasonable transition rules to facilitate compliance with section 23 of the Federal Reserve Act [12 U.S.C. 371b–2] (as added by subsection (a))."
§371c. Banking affiliates
(a) Restrictions on transactions with affiliates
(1) A member bank and its subsidiaries may engage in a covered transaction with an affiliate only if—
(A) in the case of any affiliate, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the member bank and its subsidiaries will not exceed 10 per centum of the capital stock and surplus of the member bank; and
(B) in the case of all affiliates, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the member bank and its subsidiaries will not exceed 20 per centum of the capital stock and surplus of the member bank.
(2) For the purpose of this section, any transaction by a member bank with any person shall be deemed to be a transaction with an affiliate to the extent that the proceeds of the transaction are used for the benefit of, or transferred to, that affiliate.
(3) A member bank and its subsidiaries may not purchase a low-quality asset from an affiliate unless the bank or such subsidiary, pursuant to an independent credit evaluation, committed itself to purchase such asset prior to the time such asset was acquired by the affiliate.
(4) Any covered transactions and any transactions exempt under subsection (d) between a member bank and an affiliate shall be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices.
(b) Definitions
For the purpose of this section—
(1) the term "affiliate" with respect to a member bank means—
(A) any company that controls the member bank and any other company that is controlled by the company that controls the member bank;
(B) a bank subsidiary of the member bank;
(C) any company—
(i) that is controlled directly or indirectly, by a trust or otherwise, by or for the benefit of shareholders who beneficially or otherwise control, directly or indirectly, by trust or otherwise, the member bank or any company that controls the member bank; or
(ii) in which a majority of its directors or trustees constitute a majority of the persons holding any such office with the member bank or any company that controls the member bank;
(D) any investment fund with respect to which a member bank or affiliate thereof is an investment adviser; and
(E) any company that the Board determines by regulation or order to have a relationship with the member bank or any subsidiary or affiliate of the member bank, such that covered transactions by the member bank or its subsidiary with that company may be affected by the relationship to the detriment of the member bank or its subsidiary; and
(2) the following shall not be considered to be an affiliate:
(A) any company, other than a bank, that is a subsidiary of a member bank, unless a determination is made under paragraph (1)(E) not to exclude such subsidiary company from the definition of affiliate;
(B) any company engaged solely in holding the premises of the member bank;
(C) any company engaged solely in conducting a safe deposit business;
(D) any company engaged solely in holding obligations of the United States or its agencies or obligations fully guaranteed by the United States or its agencies as to principal and interest; and
(E) any company where control results from the exercise of rights arising out of a bona fide debt previously contracted, but only for the period of time specifically authorized under applicable State or Federal law or regulation or, in the absence of such law or regulation, for a period of two years from the date of the exercise of such rights or the effective date of this Act, whichever date is later, subject, upon application, to authorization by the Board for good cause shown of extensions of time for not more than one year at a time, but such extensions in the aggregate shall not exceed three years;
(3)(A) a company or shareholder shall be deemed to have control over another company if—
(i) such company or shareholder, directly or indirectly, or acting through one or more other persons owns, controls, or has power to vote 25 per centum or more of any class of voting securities of the other company;
(ii) such company or shareholder controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors or trustees of the other company; or
(iii) the Board determines, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that such company or shareholder, directly or indirectly, exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the other company; and
(B) notwithstanding any other provision of this section, no company shall be deemed to own or control another company by virtue of its ownership or control of shares in a fiduciary capacity, except as provided in paragraph (1)(C) of this subsection or if the company owning or controlling such shares is a business trust;
(4) the term "subsidiary" with respect to a specified company means a company that is controlled by such specified company;
(5) the term "bank" includes a State bank, national bank, banking association, and trust company;
(6) the term "company" means a corporation, partnership, business trust, association, or similar organization and, unless specifically excluded, the term "company" includes a "member bank" and a "bank";
(7) the term "covered transaction" means with respect to an affiliate of a member bank—
(A) a loan or extension of credit to the affiliate, including a purchase of assets subject to an agreement to repurchase;
(B) a purchase of or an investment in securities issued by the affiliate;
(C) a purchase of assets from the affiliate, except such purchase of real and personal property as may be specifically exempted by the Board by order or regulation;
(D) the acceptance of securities or other debt obligations issued by the affiliate as collateral security for a loan or extension of credit to any person or company;
(E) the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit, including an endorsement or standby letter of credit, on behalf of an affiliate;
(F) a transaction with an affiliate that involves the borrowing or lending of securities, to the extent that the transaction causes a member bank or a subsidiary to have credit exposure to the affiliate; or
(G) a derivative transaction, as defined in paragraph (3) of section 84(b) of this title, with an affiliate, to the extent that the transaction causes a member bank or a subsidiary to have credit exposure to the affiliate;
(8) the term "aggregate amount of covered transactions" means the amount of the covered transactions about to be engaged in added to the current amount of all outstanding covered transactions;
(9) the term "securities" means stocks, bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar obligations; and
(10) the term "low-quality asset" means an asset that falls in any one or more of the following categories:
(A) an asset classified as "substandard", "doubtful", or "loss" or treated as "other loans especially mentioned" in the most recent report of examination or inspection of an affiliate prepared by either a Federal or State supervisory agency;
(B) an asset in a nonaccrual status;
(C) an asset on which principal or interest payments are more than thirty days past due; or
(D) an asset whose terms have been renegotiated or compromised due to the deteriorating financial condition of the obligor.
(11)
(c) Collateral for certain transactions with affiliates
(1) Each loan or extension of credit to, or guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit issued on behalf of, an affiliate by a member bank or its subsidiary, and any credit exposure of a member bank or a subsidiary to an affiliate resulting from a securities borrowing or lending transaction, or a derivative transaction, shall be secured at all times by collateral having a market value equal to—
(A) 100 per centum of the amount of such loan or extension of credit, guarantee, acceptance, letter of credit, or credit exposure, if the collateral is composed of—
(i) obligations of the United States or its agencies;
(ii) obligations fully guaranteed by the United States or its agencies as to principal and interest;
(iii) notes, drafts, bills of exchange or bankers' acceptances that are eligible for rediscount or purchase by a Federal Reserve Bank; or
(iv) a segregated, earmarked deposit account with the member bank;
(B) 110 per centum of the amount of such loan or extension of credit, guarantee, acceptance, letter of credit, or credit exposure if the collateral is composed of obligations of any State or political subdivision of any State;
(C) 120 per centum of the amount of such loan or extension of credit, guarantee, acceptance, letter of credit, or credit exposure if the collateral is composed of other debt instruments, including receivables; or
(D) 130 per centum of the amount of such loan or extension of credit, guarantee, acceptance, letter of credit, or credit exposure if the collateral is composed of stock, leases, or other real or personal property.
(2) A low-quality asset shall not be acceptable as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to, or guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit issued on behalf of, an affiliate, or credit exposure to an affiliate resulting from a securities borrowing or lending transaction, or derivative transaction.
(3) The securities or other debt obligations issued by an affiliate of the member bank shall not be acceptable as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to, guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit issued on behalf of, or credit exposure from a securities borrowing or lending transaction, or derivative transaction to, that affiliate or any other affiliate of the member bank.
(4) The collateral requirements of this paragraph shall not be applicable to an acceptance that is already fully secured either by attached documents or by other property having an ascertainable market value that is involved in the transaction.
(d) Exemptions
The provisions of this section, except paragraph (a)(4),1 shall not be applicable to—
(1) any transaction, subject to the prohibition contained in subsection (a)(3), with a bank—
(A) which controls 80 per centum or more of the voting shares of the member bank;
(B) in which the member bank controls 80 per centum or more of the voting shares; or
(C) in which 80 per centum or more of the voting shares are controlled by the company that controls 80 per centum or more of the voting shares of the member bank;
(2) making deposits in an affiliated bank or affiliated foreign bank in the ordinary course of correspondent business, subject to any restrictions that the Board may prescribe by regulation or order;
(3) giving immediate credit to an affiliate for uncollected items received in the ordinary course of business;
(4) making a loan or extension of credit to, issuing a guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit on behalf of, or having credit exposure resulting from a securities borrowing or lending transaction, or derivative transaction to, an affiliate that is fully secured by—
(A) obligations of the United States or its agencies;
(B) obligations fully guaranteed by the United States or its agencies as to principal and interest; or
(C) a segregated, earmarked deposit account with the member bank;
(5) purchasing securities issued by any company of the kinds described in section 1843(c)(1) of this title;
(6) purchasing assets having a readily identifiable and publicly available market quotation and purchased at that market quotation or, subject to the prohibition contained in subsection (a)(3), purchasing loans on a nonrecourse basis from affiliated banks; and
(7) purchasing from an affiliate a loan or extension of credit that was originated by the member bank and sold to the affiliate subject to a repurchase agreement or with recourse.
(e) Rules relating to banks with financial subsidiaries
(1) Financial subsidiary defined
For purposes of this section and section 371c–1 of this title, the term "financial subsidiary" means any company that is a subsidiary of a bank that would be a financial subsidiary of a national bank under section 24a of this title.
(2) Financial subsidiary treated as an affiliate
For purposes of applying this section and section 371c–1 of this title, and notwithstanding subsection (b)(2) of this section or section 371c–1(d)(1) of this title, a financial subsidiary of a bank—
(A) shall be deemed to be an affiliate of the bank; and
(B) shall not be deemed to be a subsidiary of the bank.
(3) Anti-evasion provision
For purposes of this section and section 371c–1 of this title—
(A) any purchase of, or investment in, the securities of a financial subsidiary of a bank by an affiliate of the bank shall be considered to be a purchase of or investment in such securities by the bank; and
(B) any extension of credit by an affiliate of a bank to a financial subsidiary of the bank shall be considered to be an extension of credit by the bank to the financial subsidiary if the Board determines that such treatment is necessary or appropriate to prevent evasions of this chapter and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.
(f) Rulemaking and additional exemptions
(1) The Board may issue such further regulations and orders, including definitions consistent with this section, as may be necessary to administer and carry out the purposes of this section and to prevent evasions thereof.
(2)(A)
(i) the Board finds the exemption to be in the public interest and consistent with the purposes of this section, and notifies the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of such finding; and
(ii) before the end of the 60-day period beginning on the date on which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation receives notice of the finding under clause (i), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation does not object, in writing, to the finding, based on a determination that the exemption presents an unacceptable risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund.
(B)
(i)
(I) the Board and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency jointly find the exemption to be in the public interest and consistent with the purposes of this section and notify the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of such finding; and
(II) before the end of the 60-day period beginning on the date on which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation receives notice of the finding under subclause (I), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation does not object, in writing, to the finding, based on a determination that the exemption presents an unacceptable risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund.
(ii)
(I) the Board and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation jointly find that the exemption is in the public interest and consistent with the purposes of this section; and
(II) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation finds that the exemption does not present an unacceptable risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund.
(3)
(A)
(B)
(4)
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §23A, as added June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §13, 48 Stat. 183; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §327, 49 Stat. 717; June 30, 1954, ch. 434, §1, 68 Stat. 358; Pub. L. 86–230, §1(b), Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 457; Pub. L. 89–485, §§12(a), 13(h), July 1, 1966, 80 Stat. 241, 243; Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §410(b), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1515; Pub. L. 97–457, §22, Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2509; Pub. L. 106–102, title I, §121(b), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1378; Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §§608(a), 609(a), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1608, 1611.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The effective date of this Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2)(E), probably means the effective date as provided by Pub. L. 97–320, which completely revised this section. Section 410(c) of Pub. L. 97–320 set out as an Effective Date of 1982 Amendment note below, provided that this section shall apply to any transaction entered into after Oct. 15, 1982 with certain exceptions.
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, referred to in subsecs. (b)(11) and (e)(4)(B), is Pub. L. 106–102, Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1338. Section 122 of the Act is set out as a note under section 1843 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1999 Amendment note set out under section 1811 of this title and Tables.
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (e)(4)(B), was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Amendments
2010—Subsec. (b)(1)(D). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(1)(A), added subpar. (D) and struck out former subpar. (D) which read as follows:
"(i) any company, including a real estate investment trust, that is sponsored and advised on a contractual basis by the member bank or any subsidiary or affiliate of the member bank; or
"(ii) any investment company with respect to which a member bank or any affiliate thereof is an investment advisor as defined in section 80a–2(a)(20) of title 15; and".
Subsec. (b)(7)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(1)(B)(i), inserted ", including a purchase of assets subject to an agreement to repurchase" before semicolon at end.
Subsec. (b)(7)(C). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(1)(B)(ii), struck out ", including assets subject to an agreement to repurchase," after "purchase of assets".
Subsec. (b)(7)(D). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(1)(B)(iii)(I), inserted "or other debt obligations" after "acceptance of securities".
Subsec. (b)(7)(F), (G). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(1)(B)(iii)(II), (iv), added subpars. (F) and (G).
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(2)(A)(i), substituted "subsidiary, and any credit exposure of a member bank or a subsidiary to an affiliate resulting from a securities borrowing or lending transaction, or a derivative transaction, shall be secured at all times" for "subsidiary shall be secured at the time of the transaction" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (c)(1)(A) to (D). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(2)(A)(ii), substituted "letter of credit, or credit exposure" for "or letter of credit".
Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(2)(D), inserted ", or credit exposure to an affiliate resulting from a securities borrowing or lending transaction, or derivative transaction" before period at end.
Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(2)(B), (C), redesignated par. (3) as (2) and struck out former par. (2) which read as follows: "Any such collateral that is subsequently retired or amortized shall be replaced by additional eligible collateral where needed to keep the percentage of the collateral value relative to the amount of the outstanding loan or extension of credit, guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit equal to the minimum percentage required at the inception of the transaction."
Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(2)(E), inserted "or other debt obligations" after "securities" and substituted "guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit issued on behalf of, or credit exposure from a securities borrowing or lending transaction, or derivative transaction to," for "or guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit issued on behalf of,".
Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(2)(C), redesignated par. (4) as (3). Former par. (3) redesignated (2).
Subsec. (c)(4), (5). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(2)(C), redesignated par. (5) as (4). Former par. (4) redesignated (3).
Subsec. (d)(4). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(3), substituted "issuing a guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit on behalf of, or having credit exposure resulting from a securities borrowing or lending transaction, or derivative transaction to," for "or issuing a guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit on behalf of," in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (e)(3), (4). Pub. L. 111–203, §609(a), redesignated par. (4) as (3) and struck out former par. (3). Prior to amendment, text of par. (3) read as follows:
"(A)
"(B)
Subsec. (f)(2). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(4)(A)(iii), which directed "striking the Board and inserting" subpar. (A) designation and heading, followed by "The Board", was executed by inserting subpar. (A) designation and heading before "The Board" as it appeared, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(4)(A)(ii), substituted "if—" for "if it finds such exemptions to be in the public interest and consistent with the purposes of this section." and added cls. (i) and (ii).
Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(4)(A)(i), struck out "or order" after "regulation".
Subsec. (f)(2)(B). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(4)(A)(iv), added subpar. (B).
Subsec. (f)(4). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(a)(4)(B), added par. (4).
1999—Subsec. (b)(11). Pub. L. 106–102, §121(b)(2), added par. (11).
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 106–102, §121(b)(1)(B), added subsec. (e). Former subsec. (e) redesignated (f).
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 106–102, §121(b)(1)(A), (3), redesignated subsec. (e) as (f) and added par. (3).
1983—Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 97–457, §22(1), substituted "subject to the prohibition contained in subsection (a)(3)" for "except for the purchase of a low-quality asset which is prohibited".
Subsec. (d)(6). Pub. L. 97–457, §22(2), inserted ", subject to the prohibition contained in subsection (a)(3)," after "market quotation or".
1982—Pub. L. 97–320 amended section generally by substituting provisions in lettered subsections relating to restrictions on transactions with affiliates, collateral for such transactions, exemptions for certain transactions and rulemaking and additional exemptions, for prior undesignated paragraphs which read as follows:
"No member bank shall (1) make any loan or any extension of credit to, or purchase securities under repurchase agreement from, any of its affiliates, or (2) invest any of its funds in the capital stock, bonds, debentures, or other such obligations of any such affiliate, or (3) accept the capital stock, bonds, debentures, or other such obligations of any such affiliate as collateral security for advances made to any person, partnership, association, or corporation, if, in the case of any such affiliate, the aggregate amount of such loans, extensions of credit, repurchase agreements, investments, and advances against such collateral security will exceed 10 per centum of the capital stock and surplus of such member bank, or if, in the case of all such affiliates, the aggregate amount of such loans, extensions of credits, repurchase agreements, investments, and advances against such collateral security will exceed 20 per centum of the capital stock and surplus of such member bank.
"Within the foregoing limitations, each loan or extension of credit of any kind or character to an affiliate shall be secured by collateral in the form of stocks, bonds, debentures, or other such obligations having a market value at the time of making the loan or extension of credit of at least 20 per centum more than the amount of the loan or extension of credit, or of at least 10 per centum more than the amount of the loan or extension of credit if it is secured by obligations of any State or of any political subdivision or agency thereof: Provided, That the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to loans or extensions of credit secured by obligations of the United States Government, the Federal intermediate credit banks, the Federal land banks, or the Federal Home Loan Banks, or by such notes, drafts, bills of exchange, or bankers' acceptances as are eligible for rediscount or for purchase by Federal Reserve Banks. A loan or extension of credit to a director, officer, clerk, or other employee, or any representative of any such affiliate, shall be deemed a loan to the affiliate to the extent that the proceeds of such loan are used for the benefit of or transferred to the affiliate.
"The provisions of this section shall not apply to any affiliate (1) engaged solely in holding the bank premises of the member bank with which it is affiliated; (2) engaged solely in conducting a safe-deposit business or the business of an agricultural credit corporation or livestock loan company; (3) in the capital stock of which a national banking association is authorized to invest pursuant to section 25 of this Act, as amended [12 U.S.C. 601 et seq.], or a subsidiary of such affiliate, all the stock of which (except qualifying shares of directors in an amount not to exceed 10 per centum) is owned by such affiliate; (4) organized under section 25(a) of this Act, as amended [12 U.S.C. 611 et seq.], of this title, or a subsidiary of such affiliate, all the stock of which (except qualifying shares of directors in an amount not to exceed 10 per centum) is owned by such affiliate; (5) engaged solely in holding obligations of the United States or obligations fully guaranteed by the United States as to principal and interest, the Federal intermediate credit banks, the Federal land banks, the Federal Home Loan Banks; (6) where the affiliate relationship has arisen out of a bona fide debt contracted prior to the date of the creation of such relationship; or (7) where the affiliate relationship exists by reason of the ownership or control of any voting shares thereof by a member bank as executor, administrator, trustee, receiver, agent, depositary, or in any other fiduciary capacity, except where such shares are held for the benefit of all or a majority of the stockholders of such member bank; but as to any such affiliate, member banks shall continue to be subject to other provisions of law applicable to loans by such banks and investments by such banks in stocks, bonds, debentures, or other such obligations. The provisions of this section shall likewise not apply to indebtedness of any affiliate for unpaid balances due a bank on assets purchased from such bank or to loans secured by, or extensions of credit against, obligations of the United States or obligations fully guaranteed by the United States as to principal and interest.
"For the purposes of this section, (1) the term 'extension of credit' and 'extensions of credit' shall be deemed to include (A) any purchase of securities, other assets or obligations under repurchase agreement, and (B) the discount of promissory notes, bills of exchange, conditional sales contracts, or similar paper, whether with or without recourse, except that the acquisition of such paper by a member bank from another bank, without recourse, shall not be deemed to be a 'discount' by such member bank for such other bank; and (2) noninterest-bearing deposits to the credit of a bank shall not be deemed to be a loan or advance or extension of credit to the bank of deposit, nor shall the giving of immediate credit to a bank upon uncollected items received in the ordinary course of business be deemed to be a loan or advance or extension of credit to the depositing bank.
"For the purposes of this section, the term 'affiliate' shall include, with respect to any member bank, any bank holding company of which such member bank is a subsidiary within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended [12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.], and any other subsidiary of such company.
"The provisions of this section shall not apply to (1) stock, bonds, debentures, or other obligations of any company of the kinds described in section 4(c)(1) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended [12 U.S.C. 1843(c)(1)]; (2) stock, bonds, debentures, or other obligations accepted as security for debts previously contracted, provided that such collateral shall not be held for a period of over two years; (3) shares which are of the kinds and amounts eligible for investment by national banks under the provisions of section 24 of this title; (4) any extension of credit by a member bank to a bank holding company of which such bank is a subsidiary or to another subsidiary of such bank holding company, if made within one year after July 1, 1966, and pursuant to a contract lawfully entered into prior to January 1, 1966; or (5) any transaction by a member bank with another bank the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, if more than 50 per centum of the voting stock of such other bank is owned by the member bank or held by trustees for the benefit of the shareholders of the member bank."
1966—Pub. L. 89–485 added last three pars. and struck out from third par. introductory statement that term "affiliate" shall include holding company affiliates as well as other affiliates, respectively. Such added pars. make "extension of credit" cover all purchases under repurchase agreements and the discount of promissory notes, bills of exchange, conditional sales contracts, or similar paper, whether with or without recourse, excluding therefrom such discounts by one bank for another, if without recourse, exclude from being deemed a loan, advance, or extension of credit noninterest bearing deposits to the credit of a bank or the giving of immediate credit to a bank for uncollected items received in the ordinary course of business, define term "affiliate" (superseding one stricken from par. three), and exempt stocks, bonds, debentures, or other obligations of companies described in section 4(c)(1) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended; or accepted as security for debts previously contracted, shares of the kind and amounts eligible for investment by national banks under section 24 of this title, loans by a bank to its holding company or a fellow subsidiary if made within one year after July 1, 1966 and pursuant to a contract lawfully entered before Jan. 1, 1966, and transactions between a member bank and a majority-owned insured bank.
1959—Pub. L. 86–230 struck out from second and third pars. references to Home Owners' Loan Corporation after Federal Home Loan Banks.
1954—Act June 30, 1954, amended third par. substituting "solely" for "on June 16, 1934" after "(1) engaged" and struck out "or in maintaining and operating properties acquired for banking purposes prior to such date" after "is affiliated".
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, amended third par.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §608(d), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1611, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 371c–1 and 1468 of this title] shall take effect 1 year after the transfer date."
[For definition of "transfer date" as used in section 608(d) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out above, see section 5301 of this title.]
Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §609(b), (c), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1611, provided that:
"(b)
"(c)
[For definition of "transfer date" as used in section 609(b), (c) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out above, see section 5301 of this title.]
Effective Date of 1999 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 106–102 effective 120 days after Nov. 12, 1999, see section 161 of Pub. L. 106–102, set out as a note under section 24 of this title.
Effective Date of 1982 Amendment
Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §410(c), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1520, provided that: "Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended by this section [this section], shall apply to any transaction entered into after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 15, 1982], except for transactions which are the subject of a binding written contract or commitment entered into on or before July 28, 1982, and except that any renewal of a participation in a loan outstanding on July 28, 1982, to a company that becomes an affiliate as a result of the enactment of this Act [see section 1 of Pub. L. 97–320, set out as a Short Title of 1982 Amendments note under section 226 of this title], or any participation in a loan to such an affiliate emanating from the renewal of a binding written contract or commitment outstanding on July 28, 1982, shall not be subject to the collateral requirements of this Act."
1 So in original. Probably should read "subsection (a)(4),".
§371c–1. Restrictions on transactions with affiliates
(a) In general
(1) Terms
A member bank and its subsidiaries may engage in any of the transactions described in paragraph (2) only—
(A) on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to such bank or its subsidiary, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving other nonaffiliated companies, or
(B) in the absence of comparable transactions, on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that in good faith would be offered to, or would apply to, nonaffiliated companies.
(2) Transactions covered
Paragraph (1) applies to the following:
(A) Any covered transaction with an affiliate.
(B) The sale of securities or other assets to an affiliate, including assets subject to an agreement to repurchase.
(C) The payment of money or the furnishing of services to an affiliate under contract, lease, or otherwise.
(D) Any transaction in which an affiliate acts as an agent or broker or receives a fee for its services to the bank or to any other person.
(E) Any transaction or series of transactions with a third party—
(i) if an affiliate has a financial interest in the third party, or
(ii) if an affiliate is a participant in such transaction or series of transactions.
(3) Transactions that benefit affiliate
For the purpose of this subsection, any transaction by a member bank or its subsidiary with any person shall be deemed to be a transaction with an affiliate of such bank if any of the proceeds of the transaction are used for the benefit of, or transferred to, such affiliate.
(b) Prohibited transactions
(1) In general
A member bank or its subsidiary—
(A) shall not purchase as fiduciary any securities or other assets from any affiliate unless such purchase is permitted—
(i) under the instrument creating the fiduciary relationship,
(ii) by court order, or
(iii) by law of the jurisdiction governing the fiduciary relationship; and
(B) whether acting as principal or fiduciary, shall not knowingly purchase or otherwise acquire, during the existence of any underwriting or selling syndicate, any security if a principal underwriter of that security is an affiliate of such bank.
(2) Exception
Subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) shall not apply if the purchase or acquisition of such securities has been approved, before such securities are initially offered for sale to the public, by a majority of the directors of the bank based on a determination that the purchase is a sound investment for the bank irrespective of the fact that an affiliate of the bank is a principal underwriter of the securities.
(3) Definitions
For the purpose of this subsection—
(A) the term "security" has the meaning given to such term in section 78c(a)(10) of title 15; and
(B) the term "principal underwriter" means any underwriter who, in connection with a primary distribution of securities—
(i) is in privity of contract with the issuer or an affiliated person of the issuer;
(ii) acting alone or in concert with one or more other persons, initiates or directs the formation of an underwriting syndicate; or
(iii) is allowed a rate of gross commission, spread, or other profit greater than the rate allowed another underwriter participating in the distribution.
(c) Advertising restriction
A member bank or any subsidiary or affiliate of a member bank shall not publish any advertisement or enter into any agreement stating or suggesting that the bank shall in any way be responsible for the obligations of its affiliates.
(d) Definitions
For the purpose of this section—
(1) the term "affiliate" has the meaning given to such term in section 371c of this title (but does not include any company described in section 1 (b)(2) of such section or any bank);
(2) the terms "bank", "subsidiary", "person", and "security" (other than security as used in subsection (b)) have the meanings given to such terms in section 371c of this title; and
(3) the term "covered transaction" has the meaning given to such term in section 371c of this title (but does not include any transaction which is exempt from such definition under subsection (d) of such section).
(e) Regulations
(1) In general
The Board may prescribe regulations to administer and carry out the purposes of this section, including—
(A) regulations to further define terms used in this section; and
(B) subject to paragraph (2), if the Board finds that an exemption or exclusion is in the public interest and is consistent with the purposes of this section, and notifies the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of such finding, regulations to—
(i) exempt transactions or relationships from the requirements of this section; and
(ii) exclude any subsidiary of a bank holding company from the definition of affiliate for purposes of this section.
(2) Exception
The Board may grant an exemption or exclusion under this subsection only if, during the 60-day period beginning on the date of receipt of notice of the finding from the Board under paragraph (1)(B), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation does not object, in writing, to such exemption or exclusion, based on a determination that the exemption presents an unacceptable risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §23B, as added Pub. L. 100–86, title I, §102(a), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 564; amended Pub. L. 106–102, title VII, §738, Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1480; Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §608(b), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1610.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2010—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(b)(1)–(4), designated existing provisions as par. (1) and inserted heading, redesignated former pars. (1) and (2) as subpars. (A) and (B), respectively, of par. (1), redesignated former subpars. (A) and (B) of par. (2) as cls. (i) and (ii), respectively, of par. (1)(B), realigned margins, and struck out concluding provisions which read as follows: "if the Board finds such exemptions or exclusions are in the public interest and are consistent with the purposes of this section."
Subsec. (e)(1)(B). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(b)(5)(A), inserted "subject to paragraph (2), if the Board finds that an exemption or exclusion is in the public interest and is consistent with the purposes of this section, and notifies the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of such finding," before "regulations" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (e)(1)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(b)(5)(B), substituted period for comma at end.
Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(b)(6), added par. (2).
1999—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 106–102 amended text of par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) shall not apply if the purchase or acquisition of such securities has been approved, before such securities are initially offered for sale to the public, by a majority of the directors of the bank who are not officers or employees of the bank or any affiliate thereof."
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective 1 year after the transfer date, see section 608(d) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 371c of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be "subsection".
§371d. Investment in bank premises or stock of corporation holding premises
(a) Conditions of investment
No national bank or State member bank shall invest in bank premises, or in the stock, bonds, debentures, or other such obligations of any corporation holding the premises of such bank, or make loans to or upon the security of any such corporation—
(1) unless the bank receives the prior approval of the Comptroller of the Currency (with respect to a national bank) or the Board (with respect to a State member bank);
(2) unless the aggregate of all such investments and loans, together with the amount of any indebtedness incurred by any such corporation that is an affiliate of the bank, is less than or equal to the amount of the capital stock of such bank; or
(3) unless—
(A) the aggregate of all such investments and loans, together with the amount of any indebtedness incurred by any such corporation that is an affiliate of the bank, is less than or equal to 150 percent of the capital and surplus of the bank; and
(B) the bank—
(i) has a CAMEL composite rating of 1 or 2 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (or an equivalent rating under a comparable rating system) as of the most recent examination of such bank;
(ii) is well capitalized and will continue to be well capitalized after the investment or loan; and
(iii) provides notification to the Comptroller of the Currency (with respect to a national bank) or to the Board (with respect to a State member bank) not later than 30 days after making the investment or loan.
(b) Definitions
For purposes of this section—
(1) the term "affiliate" has the same meaning as in section 221a of this title; and
(2) the term "well capitalized" has the same meaning as in section 1831o(b) of this title.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §24A, as added June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §14, 48 Stat. 184; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; June 30, 1954, ch. 434, §2, 68 Stat. 358; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2206, Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–405.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1996—Pub. L. 104–208 inserted section catchline and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "No national bank, without the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency, and no State member bank, without the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, shall (1) invest in bank premises, or in the stock, bonds, debentures, or other such obligations of any corporation holding the premises of such bank, or (2) make loans to or upon the security of the stock of any such corporation, if the aggregate of all such investments and loans, together with the amount of any indebtedness incurred by any such corporation which is an affiliate of the bank, as defined in section 221a of this title, will exceed the amount of the capital stock of such bank."
1954—Act June 30, 1954, inserted "together with the amount of any indebtedness incurred by any such corporation which is an affiliate of the bank, as defined in section 221a of this title".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§372. Bankers' acceptances
(a) Institutions; drafts and bills of exchange; types
Any member bank and any Federal or State branch or agency of a foreign bank subject to reserve requirements under section 3105 of this title (hereinafter in this section referred to as "institutions"), may accept drafts or bills of exchange drawn upon it having not more than six months' sight to run, exclusive of days of grace—
(i) which grow out of transactions involving the importation or exportation of goods;
(ii) which grow out of transactions involving the domestic shipment of goods; or
(iii) which are secured at the time of acceptance by a warehouse receipt or other such document conveying or securing title covering readily marketable staples.
(b) Ratio limit of bills to unimpaired capital stock and surplus
Except as provided in subsection (c), no institution shall accept such bills, or be obligated for a participation share in such bills, in an amount equal at any time in the aggregate to more than 150 per centum of its paid up and unimpaired capital stock and surplus or, in the case of a United States branch or agency of a foreign bank, its dollar equivalent as determined by the Board under subsection (h).
(c) Authorization for special ratio limit; foreign banks
The Board, under such conditions as it may prescribe, may authorize, by regulation or order, any institution to accept such bills, or be obligated for a participation share in such bills, in an amount not exceeding at any time in the aggregate 200 per centum of its paid up and unimpaired capital stock and surplus or, in the case of a United States branch or agency of a foreign bank, its dollar equivalent as determined by the Board under subsection (h).
(d) Ratio limit for domestic transactions
Notwithstanding subsections (b) and (c), with respect to any institution, the aggregate acceptances, including obligations for a participation share in such acceptances, growing out of domestic transactions shall not exceed 50 per centum of the aggregate of all acceptances, including obligations for a participation share in such acceptances, authorized for such institution under this section.
(e) Ratio limit for single entity; foreign banks; security
No institution shall accept bills, or be obligated for a participation share in such bills, whether in a foreign or domestic transaction, for any one person, partnership, corporation, association or other entity in an amount equal at any time in the aggregate to more than 10 per centum of its paid up and unimpaired capital stock and surplus, or, in the case of a United States branch or agency of a foreign bank, its dollar equivalent as determined by the Board under subsection (h), unless the institution is secured either by attached documents or by some other actual security growing out of the same transaction as the acceptance.
(f) Exception for participation agreements
With respect to an institution which issues an acceptance, the limitations contained in this section shall not apply to that portion of an acceptance which is issued by such institution and which is covered by a participation agreement sold to another institution.
(g) Definitions by Board
In order to carry out the purposes of this section, the Board may define any of the terms used in this section, and, with respect to institutions which do not have capital or capital stock, the Board shall define an equivalent measure to which the limitations contained in this section shall apply.
(h) Dollar equivalent of foreign bank paid-up capital stock and surplus
Any limitation or restriction in this section based on paid-up and unimpaired capital stock and surplus of an institution shall be deemed to refer, with respect to a United States branch or agency of a foreign bank, to the dollar equivalent of the paid-up capital stock and surplus of the foreign bank, as determined by the Board, and if the foreign bank has more than one United States branch or agency, the business transacted by all such branches and agencies shall be aggregated in determining compliance with the limitation or restriction.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13 (par.), 38 Stat. 264; Mar. 3, 1915, ch. 93, 38 Stat. 958; Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 752; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §5, 40 Stat. 235; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 97–290, title II, §207, Oct. 8, 1982, 96 Stat. 1239.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 3105 of this title, referred to in subsec. (a), was in the original a reference to section 7 of the International Banking Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95–369, Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 620, which enacted sections 347d and 3105 of this title.
Codification
Section is comprised of the seventh par. of section 13 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The seventh par. constituted the fifth par. of section 13 in 1916 (39 Stat. 752), became the sixth par. in 1923 (42 Stat. 1478), and became the seventh par. in 1932 (47 Stat. 715). For further details, see Codification notes under sections 343 and 344 of this title. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 13, see Codification note set out under section 342 of this title.
The seventh par. of section 13 of the Federal Reserve Act [this section] as amended in 1982 by Pub. L. 97–290 contained lettered subpars. (A) through (H). For purposes of codification those lettered subpars. (A) through (H) have been translated as subsecs. (a) through (h), "paragraph" has been translated as "section", and "subparagraph" has been translated as "subsection".
Amendments
1982—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–290 designated first sentence of existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted reference to foreign banks and their subdivisions, further designated the specifications for drafts or bills as cl. (i)–(iii), and in cl. (ii) as so designated, struck out requirement that shipping documents conveying or securing title be attached at acceptance.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–290 designated second independent clause of second sentence of existing provisions as subsec. (b), substituted "no institution shall accept such bills, or be obligated for a participation share in such bills, in an amount equal at any time in the aggregate to more than 150 per centum of its paid up and unimpaired capital stock and surplus" for "no bank shall accept such bills to an amount equal at any time in the aggregate to more than one-half of its paid-up and unimpaired capital stock and surplus" and inserted provisions relating to a United States branch or agency of a foreign bank.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 97–290 designated first proviso of second sentence of existing provisions as subsec. (c), struck out provision applying the subsec. to all banks regardless of capital stock or surplus, substituted a limit of 200 per centum for 100 per centum, and inserted provisions relating to a United States branch or agency of a foreign bank.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 97–290 designated second proviso of second sentence of existing provisions as subsec. (d), substituted "Notwithstanding subsections (b) and (c), with respect to any institution, the aggregate acceptances, including obligations for a participation share in such acceptances, growing out of domestic transactions shall not exceed 50 per centum of the aggregate of all acceptances, including obligations for a participation share in such acceptances, authorized for such institution under this section." for "Provided further, That the aggregate of acceptances growing out of domestic transactions shall in no event exceed 50 per centum of such capital stock and surplus."
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 97–290 designated first independent clause of second sentence of existing provisions as subsec. (e), substituted "institution" for "member bank" and "bank" and "accept bills, or be obligated for a participation share in such bills, whether in a foreign or domestic transaction, for any one person, partnership, corporation, association or other entity in an amount" for "accept, whether in a foreign or domestic transaction, for any one person, company, firm, or corporation to an amount", and inserted provisions relating to a United States branch or agency of a foreign bank.
Subsecs. (f) to (h). Pub. L. 97–290 added subsecs. (f) to (h).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§373. Acceptance of drafts or bills drawn by banks in foreign countries or dependencies of United States for purpose of dollar exchange
Any member bank may accept drafts or bills of exchange drawn upon it having not more than three months' sight to run, exclusive of days of grace, drawn under regulations to be prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System by banks or bankers in foreign countries or dependencies or insular possessions of the United States for the purpose of furnishing dollar exchange as required by the usages of trade in the respective countries, dependencies, or insular possessions. Such drafts or bills may be acquired by Federal reserve banks in such amounts and subject to such regulations, restrictions, and limitations as may be prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System: Provided, however, That no member bank shall accept such drafts or bills of exchange referred to 1 this paragraph for any one bank to an amount exceeding in the aggregate ten per centum of the paid-up and unimpaired capital and surplus of the accepting bank unless the draft or bill of exchange is accompanied by documents conveying or securing title or by some other adequate security: Provided further, That no member bank shall accept such drafts or bills in an amount exceeding at any time the aggregate of one-half of its paid-up and unimpaired capital and surplus.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §13 (par.), as added Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 754; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is based on the twelfth par. of section 13 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as amended. The twelfth par. constituted the tenth par. of section 13 in 1916 (39 Stat. 754), became the eleventh par. in 1923 (42 Stat. 1478), and became the twelfth par. in 1932 (47 Stat. 715). For further details, see Codification notes under sections 342 to 344 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed the name of the Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
1 So in original. Probably should be followed by "in".
§374. Acting as agent for nonmember bank in getting discounts from reserve bank
No member bank shall act as the medium or agent of a nonmember bank in applying for or receiving discounts from a Federal reserve bank under the provisions of this chapter, except by permission of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19(e), formerly §19 (par. 8), 38 Stat. 270; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §10, 40 Stat. 239; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; renumbered §19(e), Pub. L. 89–597, §2(b), Sept. 21, 1966, 80 Stat. 824.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of part of subsec. (e), formerly eighth par., of section 19 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as redesignated by Pub. L. 89–597. Remainder of subsec. (e) of such section 19 is classified to section 463 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§374a. Acting as agent for nonbanking borrower in making loans on securities to dealers in stocks, bonds, etc.; penalties
No member bank shall act as the medium or agent of any nonbanking corporation, partnership, association, business trust, or individual in making loans on the security of stocks, bonds, and other investment securities to brokers or dealers in stocks, bonds, and other investment securities. Every violation of this provision by any member bank shall be punishable by a fine of not more than $100 per day during the continuance of such violation; and such fine may be collected, by suit or otherwise, by the Federal reserve bank of the district in which such member bank is located.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19(d), formerly §19 (par. 7), as added June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §11(a), 48 Stat. 181; renumbered §19(d), Pub. L. 89–597, §2(b), Sept. 21, 1966, 80 Stat. 824.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of subsec. (d), formerly seventh par., of section 19 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as redesignated by Pub. L. 89–597.
§375. [Reserved]
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §22(d), as added Sept. 26, 1918, ch. 177, §5, 40 Stat. 971; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §615(b), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1615.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2010—Pub. L. 111–203 substituted "[Reserved]" for text, which related to purchases from directors and sales to directors.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §615(c), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1615, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 1828 of this title] shall take effect on the transfer date."
[For definition of "transfer date" as used in section 615(c) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out above, see section 5301 of this title.]
§375a. Loans to executive officers of banks
(1) General prohibition; authorization for extension of credit; conditions for credit
Except as authorized under this section, no member bank may extend credit in any manner to any of its own executive officers. No executive officer of any member bank may become indebted to that member bank except by means of an extension of credit which the bank is authorized to make under this section. Any extension of credit under this section shall be promptly reported to the board of directors of the bank, and may be made only if—
(A) the bank would be authorized to make it to borrowers other than its officers;
(B) it is on terms not more favorable than those afforded other borrowers;
(C) the officer has submitted a detailed current financial statement; and
(D) it is on condition that it shall become due and payable on demand of the bank at any time when the officer is indebted to any other bank or banks on account of extensions of credit of any one of the three categories respectively referred to in paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) in an aggregate amount greater than the amount of credit of the same category that could be extended to him by the bank of which he is an officer.
(2) Mortgage loans
A member bank may make a loan to any executive officer of the bank if, at the time the loan is made—
(A) it is secured by a first lien on a dwelling which is expected, after the making of the loan, to be owned by the officer and used by him as his residence, and
(B) no other loan by the bank to the officer under authority of this paragraph is outstanding.
(3) Educational loans
A member bank may make extensions of credit to any executive officer of the bank to finance the education of the children of the officer.
(4) General limitation on amount of credit
A member bank may make extensions of credit not otherwise specifically authorized under this section to any executive officer of the bank, in an amount prescribed in a regulation of the member bank's appropriate Federal banking agency.
(5) Partnership loans
Except to the extent permitted under paragraph (4), a member bank may not extend credit to a partnership in which one or more of its executive officers are partners having either individually or together a majority interest. For the purposes of paragraph (4), the full amount of any credit so extended shall be considered to have been extended to each officer of the bank who is a member of the partnership.
(6) Endorsement or guarantee of loans or assets; protective indebtedness
This section does not prohibit any executive officer of a member bank from endorsing or guaranteeing for the protection of the bank any loan or other asset previously acquired by the bank in good faith or from incurring any indebtedness to the bank for the purpose of protecting the bank against loss or giving financial assistance to it.
(7) Continuation of violation
Each day that any extension of credit in violation of this section exists is a continuation of the violation for the purposes of section 1818 of this title.
(8) Rules and regulations; definitions
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may prescribe such rules and regulations, including definitions of terms, as it deems necessary to effectuate the purposes and to prevent evasions of this section.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §22(g), as added June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §12, 48 Stat. 182; amended June 14, 1935, ch. 245, 49 Stat. 375; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §326(c), 49 Stat. 716; Apr. 25, 1938, ch. 173, 52 Stat. 223; June 20, 1939, ch. 214, §1, 53 Stat. 842; Pub. L. 90–44, §1, July 3, 1967, 81 Stat. 109; Pub. L. 95–630, title I, §110, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3665; Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §421, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1522; Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §334(a), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2233; Pub. L. 109–351, title VI, §601(a), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1978.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Proviso which permitted renewal or extension of loans made to executive officers prior to June 16, 1933, for periods expiring not more than five years from June 16, 1939, was omitted as obsolete.
Amendments
2006—Pars. (6) to (10). Pub. L. 109–351 redesignated pars. (7), (8), and (10) as (6), (7), and (8), respectively, and struck out former pars. (6) and (9) which related to report of date and amount of credit extensions, security, and uses of proceeds upon excessive extension of credit and report of loan activity since previous report of condition, respectively.
1994—Par. (2). Pub. L. 103–325 in introductory provisions substituted "A member" for "With the specific prior approval of its board of directors, a member".
1982—Par. (2). Pub. L. 97–320, §421(a), struck out "not exceeding $60,000" after "may make a loan".
Par. (3). Pub. L. 97–320, §421(a), struck out ", not exceeding the aggregate amount of $20,000 outstanding at any one time," after "officer of the bank".
Par. (4). Pub. L. 97–320, §421(b), substituted "in an amount prescribed in a regulation of the member bank's appropriate Federal banking agency" for "not exceeding the aggregate amount of $10,000 outstanding at any one time".
1978—Par. (2). Pub. L. 95–630 substituted "$60,000" for "$30,000".
Par. (3). Pub. L. 95–630 substituted "$20,000" for "$10,000".
Par. (4). Pub. L. 95–630 substituted "$10,000" for "$5,000".
1967—Par. (1). Pub. L. 90–44 rewrote in first sentence of provisions designated as par. (1) the prohibition of former first sentence against any executive officer borrowing or otherwise becoming indebted to a member bank of which he is an officer and against any member bank making any loan or extending credit in any other manner to any of its own executive officers, authorized member banks to extend credit to such executive officers and to report such extensions to the board of directors, and provided in subpars. (A) to (D) conditions for such extension of credit.
Pars. (2), (3). Pub. L. 90–44 inserted provisions, designated as pars. (2) and (3), for mortgage loans and educational loans, respectively.
Par. (4). Pub. L. 90–44 incorporated proviso of first sentence in provisions designated as par. (4), increased amount of available credit from $2,500 to $5,000, and struck out requirement of prior approval of credit by majority of entire board of directors.
Par. (5). Pub. L. 90–44 substituted provisions, designated as par. (5), for extension of credit to partnerships for former provisions of third sentence that "Borrowing by, or loaning to, a partnership in which one or more executive officers of a member bank are partners having either individually or together a majority interest in said partnership, shall be considered within the prohibition of this section".
Par. (6). Pub. L. 90–44 incorporated reporting requirement of second sentence in provisions designated as par. (6) but limited it to extensions of credit from other banks to the executive officers as exceeded amounts available to such officers from their member banks under pars. (2) to (4) of this section.
Par. (7). Pub. L. 90–44 designated provisions of fourth sentence as par. (7).
Par. (8). Pub. L. 90–44 designated proviso of sixth sentence as par. (8) and identified the violation as one for purposes of section 1818 of this title.
Par. (9). Pub. L. 90–44 added requirement, designated as par. (9), that member banks report all loans made under authority of this section since previous report of condition.
Par. (10). Pub. L. 90–44 designated provisions of fifth sentence as par. (10) and substituted general authorization for definition of terms for former specific authorization for definition of "executive officer" and for determination what shall be deemed to be a borrowing, indebtedness, loan, or extension of credit.
Pub. L. 90–44 struck out former sixth sentence, less proviso, which provided for removal from office in manner prescribed in former section 77 of this title of any executive officer of member bank accepting a loan or extension of credit in violation of this section.
1939—Act June 20, 1939, substituted "June 16, 1939," for "from such date", in first sentence.
1938—Par. (1). Act Apr. 25, 1938, substituted "six" for "five" in first sentence.
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, added last two provisos.
Act June 14, 1935, struck out a proviso and inserted in lieu thereof first proviso.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1978 Amendment
Amendment effective upon expiration of 120 days after Nov. 10, 1978, see sec. 2101 of Pub. L. 95–630 set out as an Effective Date note under section 375b of this title.
§375b. Extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, and principal shareholders of member banks
(1) In general
No member bank may extend credit to any of its executive officers, directors, or principal shareholders, or to any related interest of such a person, except to the extent permitted under paragraphs (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6).
(2) Preferential terms prohibited
(A) In general
A member bank may extend credit to its executive officers, directors, or principal shareholders, or to any related interest of such a person, only if the extension of credit—
(i) is made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions by the bank with persons who are not executive officers, directors, principal shareholders, or employees of the bank;
(ii) does not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features; and
(iii) the bank follows credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than those applicable to comparable transactions by the bank with persons who are not executive officers, directors, principal shareholders, or employees of the bank.
(B) Exception
Nothing in this paragraph shall prohibit any extension of credit made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program—
(i) that is widely available to employees of the member bank; and
(ii) that does not give preference to any officer, director, or principal shareholder of the member bank, or to any related interest of such person, over other employees of the member bank.
(3) Prior approval required
A member bank may extend credit to a person described in paragraph (1) in an amount that, when aggregated with the amount of all other outstanding extensions of credit by that bank to each such person and that person's related interests, would exceed an amount prescribed by regulation of the appropriate Federal banking agency (as defined in section 1813 of this title) only if—
(A) the extension of credit has been approved in advance by a majority vote of that bank's entire board of directors; and
(B) the interested party has abstained from participating, directly or indirectly, in the deliberations or voting on the extension of credit.
(4) Aggregate limit on extensions of credit to any executive officer, director, or principal shareholder
A member bank may extend credit to any executive officer, director, or principal shareholder, or to any related interest of such a person, only if the extension of credit is in an amount that, when aggregated with the amount of all outstanding extensions of credit by that bank to that person and that person's related interests, would not exceed the limits on loans to a single borrower established by section 84 of this title. For purposes of this paragraph, section 84 of this title shall be deemed to apply to a State member bank as if the State member bank were a national banking association.
(5) Aggregate limit on extensions of credit to all executive officers, directors, and principal shareholders
(A) In general
A member bank may extend credit to any executive officer, director, or principal shareholder, or to any related interest of such a person, if the extension of credit is in an amount that, when aggregated with the amount of all outstanding extensions of credit by that bank to its executive officers, directors, principal shareholders, and those persons' related interests would not exceed the bank's unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus.
(B) More stringent limit authorized
The Board may, by regulation, prescribe a limit that is more stringent than that contained in subparagraph (A).
(C) Board may make exceptions for certain banks
The Board may, by regulation, make exceptions to subparagraph (A) for member banks with less than $100,000,000 in deposits if the Board determines that the exceptions are important to avoid constricting the availability of credit in small communities or to attract directors to such banks. In no case may the aggregate amount of all outstanding extensions of credit to a bank's executive officers, directors, principal shareholders, and those persons' related interests be more than 2 times the bank's unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus.
(6) Overdrafts by executive officers and directors prohibited
(A) In general
If any executive officer or director has an account at the member bank, the bank may not pay on behalf of that person an amount exceeding the funds on deposit in the account.
(B) Exceptions
Subparagraph (A) does not prohibit a member bank from paying funds in accordance with—
(i) a written preauthorized, interest-bearing extension of credit specifying a method of repayment; or
(ii) a written preauthorized transfer of funds from another account of the executive officer or director at that bank.
(7) Prohibition on knowingly receiving unauthorized extension of credit
No executive officer, director, or principal shareholder shall knowingly receive (or knowingly permit any of that person's related interests to receive) from a member bank, directly or indirectly, any extension of credit not authorized under this section.
(8) Executive officer, director, or principal shareholder of certain affiliates treated as executive officer, director, or principal shareholder of member bank
(A) In general
For purposes of this section, any executive officer, director, or principal shareholder (as the case may be) of any company of which the member bank is a subsidiary, or of any other subsidiary of that company, shall be deemed to be an executive officer, director, or principal shareholder (as the case may be) of the member bank.
(B) Exception
The Board may, by regulation, make exceptions to subparagraph (A) for any executive officer or director of a subsidiary of a company that controls the member bank if—
(i) the executive officer or director does not have authority to participate, and does not participate, in major policymaking functions of the member bank; and
(ii) the assets of such subsidiary do not exceed 10 percent of the consolidated assets of a company that controls the member bank and such subsidiary (and is not controlled by any other company).
(9) Definitions
For purposes of this section:
(A) Company
(i) In general
Except as provided in clause (ii), the term "company" means any corporation, partnership, business or other trust, association, joint venture, pool syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization, or other business entity.
(ii) Exceptions
The term "company" does not include—
(I) an insured depository institution (as defined in section 1813 of this title); or
(II) a corporation the majority of the shares of which are owned by the United States or by any State.
(B) Control
A person controls a company or bank if that person, directly or indirectly, or acting through or in concert with 1 or more persons—
(i) owns, controls, or has the power to vote 25 percent or more of any class of the company's voting securities;
(ii) controls in any manner the election of a majority of the company's directors; or
(iii) has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the company's management or policies.
(C) Executive officer
A person is an "executive officer" of a company or bank if that person participates or has authority to participate (other than as a director) in major policymaking functions of the company or bank.
(D) Extension of credit
(i) In general
A member bank extends credit to a person by—
(I) making or renewing any loan, granting a line of credit, or entering into any similar transaction as a result of which the person becomes obligated (directly or indirectly, or by any means whatsoever) to pay money or its equivalent to the bank; or
(II) having credit exposure to the person arising from a derivative transaction (as defined in section 84(b) of this title), repurchase agreement, reverse repurchase agreement, securities lending transaction, or securities borrowing transaction between the member bank and the person.
(ii) Exceptions
The Board may, by regulation, make exceptions to clause (i) for transactions that the Board determines pose minimal risk.
(E) Member bank
The term "member bank" includes any subsidiary of a member bank.
(F) Principal shareholder
The term "principal shareholder"—
(i) means any person that directly or indirectly, or acting through or in concert with one or more persons, owns, controls, or has the power to vote more than 10 percent of any class of voting securities of a member bank or company; and
(ii) does not include a company of which a member bank is a subsidiary.
(G) Related interest
A "related interest" of a person is—
(i) any company controlled by that person; and
(ii) any political or campaign committee that is controlled by that person or the funds or services of which will benefit that person.
(H) Subsidiary
The term "subsidiary" has the same meaning as in section 1841 of this title.
(10) Board's rulemaking authority
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may prescribe such regulations, including definitions of terms, as it determines to be necessary to effectuate the purposes and prevent evasions of this section.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §22(h), as added Pub. L. 95–630, title I, §104, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3644; amended Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §§410(e), 422, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1520, 1522; Pub. L. 102–242, title III, §306(a)–(h), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2355, 2357-2359; Pub. L. 102–550, title IX, §955, title XVI, §1605(a)(10), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3895, 4086; Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §334(b), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2233; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2211, Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–410; Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §614(a), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1614.)
Editorial Notes
Prior Provisions
A prior section 22(h) of act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, as added June 19, 1934, ch. 653, §3, 48 Stat. 1107, was classified to section 596 of this title, prior to repeal by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862, eff. Sept. 1, 1948.
Amendments
2010—Subsec. (9)(D)(i). Pub. L. 111–203 substituted "extends credit to a person by—" for "extends credit by making", inserted "(I) making" before "or renewing", substituted "which the person" for "which a person" and "the bank; or" for "the bank.", and added subcl. (II).
1996—Par. (2)(A). Pub. L. 104–208, §2211(a)(1), (2), designated existing provisions as subpar. (A), inserted heading, redesignated former subpars. (A) to (C) as cls. (i) to (iii), respectively, and adjusted margins.
Par. (2)(B). Pub. L. 104–208, §2211(a)(3), added subpar. (B). Former subpar. (B) redesignated cl. (ii) of subpar. (A).
Par. (2)(C). Pub. L. 104–208, §2211(a)(1), redesignated subpar. (C) as cl. (iii) of subpar. (A).
Par. (8)(B). Pub. L. 104–208, §2211(b), amended heading and text of subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The Board may, by regulation, make exceptions to subparagraph (A), except as that subparagraph makes applicable paragraph (2), for an executive officer or director of a subsidiary of a company that controls the member bank, if that executive officer or director does not have authority to participate, and does not participate, in major policymaking functions of the member bank."
1994—Par. (8). Pub. L. 103–325 designated existing provisions as subpar. (A), inserted heading, and added subpar. (B).
1992—Par. (6)(B)(i). Pub. L. 102–550, §1605(a)(10), substituted "or" for "and" at end.
Par. (9)(D). Pub. L. 102–550, §955(a), designated existing provisions as cl. (i), inserted heading, and added cl. (ii).
Par. (9)(F). Pub. L. 102–550, §955(b), designated portion of existing provisions as cl. (i), realigned margin, substituted "; and" for period at end, and added cl. (ii).
1991—Pub. L. 102–242, §306(a), amended section generally, substituting provisions relating to extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, and principal shareholders of member banks for provisions relating to prohibitions respecting loans and extensions of credit to executive officers and directors of banks, political or campaign committees, etc.
Par. (1). Pub. L. 102–242, §306(d)(2), inserted "(5)," after "(4),".
Par. (2)(C). Pub. L. 102–242, §306(b), added subpar. (C).
Par. (4). Pub. L. 102–242, §306(c), inserted ", director," after "executive officer" in heading and text.
Par. (5). Pub. L. 102–242, §306(d)(1), added par. (5).
Par. (7). Pub. L. 102–242, §306(e), added par. (7).
Par. (8). Pub. L. 102–242, §306(f), struck out "bank holding" before "company of which the member".
Par. (9)(E). Pub. L. 102–242, §306(g), added subpar. (E).
Par. (9)(F). Pub. L. 102–242, §306(h), struck out last sentence of subpar. (F) which read as follows: "For purposes of paragraph (4), if a member bank has its main banking office in a city, town, or village with a population of less than 30,000, the preceding sentence shall apply with '18 percent' substituted for '10 percent'."
1982—Par. (2). Pub. L. 97–320, §422, substituted "an amount prescribed in a regulation of the appropriate Federal banking agency" for "$25,000".
Par. (6)(C) to (F). Pub. L. 97–320, §410(e), redesignated subpars. (D) to (G) as (C) to (F), respectively. Former subpar. (C), relating to definition of term "extension of credit", was struck out.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §614(b), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1614, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall take effect 1 year after the transfer date."
[For definition of "transfer date" as used in section 614(b) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out above, see section 5301 of this title.]
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Amendment by section 1605(a)(10) of Pub. L. 102–550 effective as if included in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, Pub. L. 102–242, as of Dec. 19, 1991, see section 1609 of Pub. L. 102–550, set out as a note under section 191 of this title.
Effective Date of 1991 Amendment
Pub. L. 102–242, title III, §306(l), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2360, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 1468, 1828, and 1972 of this title] shall become effective upon the earlier of—
"(1) the date on which final regulations under subsection (m)(1) [set out below] become effective [May 18, 1992, see 57 F.R. 22417]; or
"(2) 150 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 19, 1991]."
Effective Date
Pub. L. 95–630, title XXI, §2101, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3741, provided that: "Except as otherwise provided herein, this Act [see Short Title of 1978 Amendment note set out under section 226 of this title] shall take effect upon the expiration of one hundred and twenty days after the date of its enactment [Nov. 10, 1978]."
Regulations
Pub. L. 102–242, title III, §306(m), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2360, provided that:
"(1)
"(2)
Existing Transactions Not Affected by 1991 Amendments
Pub. L. 102–242, title III, §306(n), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2360, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 1468, 1828, and 1972 of this title] do not affect the validity of any extension of credit or other transaction lawfully entered into on or before the effective date of those amendments [see Effective Date of 1991 Amendment note above]."
Reporting of Credit by Executive Officers and Directors
Pub. L. 102–242, title III, §306(o), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2360, provided that: "An executive officer or director of an insured depository institution, a bank holding company, or a savings and loan holding company, the shares of which are not publicly traded, shall report annually to the board of directors of the institution or holding company the outstanding amount of any credit that was extended to such executive officer or director and that is secured by shares of the institution or holding company."
§376. Rate of interest paid to directors, etc.
No member bank shall pay to any director, officer, attorney, or employee a greater rate of interest on the deposits of such director, officer, attorney, or employee than that paid to other depositors on similar deposits with such member bank.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §22(e), as added Sept. 26, 1918, ch. 177, §5, 40 Stat. 971.)
§377. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–102, title I, §101(a), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1341
Section, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §20, 48 Stat. 188; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), title III, §302, 49 Stat. 704, 707, prohibited member banks from affiliating with organizations dealing in securities and provided for penalties.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of Repeal
Repeal effective 120 days after Nov. 12, 1999, see section 161 of Pub. L. 106–102, set out as an Effective Date of 1999 Amendment note under section 24 of this title.
§378. Dealers in securities engaging in banking business; individuals or associations engaging in banking business; examinations and reports; penalties
(a) After the expiration of one year after June 16, 1933, it shall be unlawful—
(1) For any person, firm, corporation, association, business trust, or other similar organization, engaged in the business of issuing, underwriting, selling, or distributing, at wholesale or retail, or through syndicate participation, stocks, bonds, debentures, notes, or other securities, to engage at the same time to any extent whatever in the business of receiving deposits subject to check or to repayment upon presentation of a passbook, certificate of deposit, or other evidence of debt, or upon request of the depositor: Provided, That the provisions of this paragraph shall not prohibit national banks or State banks or trust companies (whether or not members of the Federal Reserve System) or other financial institutions or private bankers from dealing in, underwriting, purchasing, and selling investment securities, or issuing securities, to the extent permitted to national banking associations by the provisions of section 24 of this title: Provided further, That nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as affecting in any way such right as any bank, banking association, savings bank, trust company, or other banking institution, may otherwise possess to sell, without recourse or agreement to repurchase, obligations evidencing loans on real estate; or
(2) For any person, firm, corporation, association, business trust, or other similar organization to engage, to any extent whatever with others than his or its officers, agents or employees, in the business of receiving deposits subject to check or to repayment upon presentation of a pass book, certificate of deposit, or other evidence of debt, or upon request of the depositor, unless such person, firm, corporation, association, business trust, or other similar organization (A) shall be incorporated under, and authorized to engage in such business by, the laws of the United States or of any State, Territory, or District, and subjected, by the laws of the United States, or of the State, Territory, or District wherein located, to examination and regulation, or (B) shall be permitted by the United States, any State, territory, or district to engage in such business and shall be subjected by the laws of the United States, or such State, territory, or district to examination and regulations or, (C) shall submit to periodic examination by the banking authority of the State, Territory, or District where such business is carried on and shall make and publish periodic reports of its condition, exhibiting in detail its resources and liabilities, such examination and reports to be made and published at the same times and in the same manner and under the same conditions as required by the law of such State, Territory, or District in the case of incorporated banking institutions engaged in such business in the same locality.
(b) Whoever shall willfully violate any of the provisions of this section shall upon conviction be fined not more than $5,000 or imprisoned not more than five years, or both, and any officer, director, employee, or agent of any person, firm, corporation, association, business trust, or other similar organization who knowingly participates in any such violation shall be punished by a like fine or imprisonment or both.
(June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §21, 48 Stat. 189; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §303, 49 Stat. 707; Pub. L. 86–230, §23, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466; Pub. L. 90–448, title VIII, §804(d), Aug. 1, 1968, 82 Stat. 543; Pub. L. 95–369, §12, Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 624.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1978—Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 95–369 inserted reference to permission by the United States to engage in such business and subjection by the laws of the United States to examination and regulation.
1968—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 90–448 inserted ", or issuing securities" in first proviso.
1959—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 86–230 inserted "and subjected, by the laws of the United States, or of the State, Territory, or District wherein located, to examination and regulation," after "District," in cl. (2)(A).
1935—Subsec. (a). Act Aug. 23, 1935, added two provisos to end of par. (1) and amended par. (2) generally.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1968 Amendment
For effective date of amendment by Pub. L. 90–448, see section 808 of Pub. L. 90–448, set out as a note under section 1716b of this title.
SUBCHAPTER XI—DEPOSITARIES AND FISCAL AGENTS
§391. Federal reserve banks as Government depositaries and fiscal agents
The moneys held in the general fund of the Treasury, except the 5 per centum fund for the redemption of outstanding national-bank notes may, upon the direction of the Secretary of the Treasury, be deposited in Federal reserve banks, which banks, when required by the Secretary of the Treasury, shall act as fiscal agents of the United States; and the revenues of the Government or any part thereof may be deposited in such banks, and disbursements may be made by checks drawn against such deposits.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §15 (par.), 38 Stat. 265; Pub. L. 90–269, §2, Mar. 18, 1968, 82 Stat. 50.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of first par. of section 15 of act Dec. 23, 1913. Par. 2 of section 15 and par. 3 of section 15, as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title IV, §406, 42 Stat. 1480, are classified to sections 392 and 393, respectively, of this title.
Amendments
1968—Pub. L. 90–269 struck out provision which excepted funds provided in this chapter for the redemption of Federal Reserve notes from deposit in Federal reserve banks.
§391a. Reimbursement of Federal Reserve Banks
Beginning in fiscal year 1998 and thereafter, there are appropriated such sums as may be necessary to reimburse Federal Reserve Banks in their capacity as depositaries and fiscal agents for the United States for all services required or directed by the Secretary of the Treasury to be performed by such banks on behalf of the Treasury or other Federal agencies.
(Pub. L. 105–61, title I, Oct. 10, 1997, 111 Stat. 1276.)
§392. Depositaries of Government funds as confined to banks in Federal reserve system; member banks as depositaries
No public funds of the postal savings, or any Government funds, shall be deposited in the continental United States in any bank not belonging to the system established by this chapter: Provided, however, That nothing in this chapter shall be construed to deny the right of the Secretary of the Treasury to use member banks as depositaries.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §15 (par.), 38 Stat. 265; Proc. No. 2695, eff. July 4, 1946, 11 F.R. 7517, 60 Stat. 1352.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Words "of the Philippine Islands, or" after "No public funds" were deleted on authority of 1946 Proc. No. 2695, which granted independence to the Philippine Islands pursuant to section 1394 of Title 22. Proc. No. 2695 is set out as a note under section 1394 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse.
Section is comprised of second par. of section 15 of act Dec. 23, 1913. Par. 1 of section 15 and par. 3 of section 15, as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title IV, §406, 42 Stat. 1480, are classified to sections 391 and 393, respectively, of this title.
§393. Federal reserve banks as depositaries for Farm Credit System
The Federal Reserve banks are authorized to act as depositaries for and fiscal agents of any Federal land bank, Federal intermediate credit bank, bank for cooperatives, or other institutions of the Farm Credit System.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §15 (par.), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title IV, §406, 42 Stat. 1480; amended Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.41, formerly §5.27(b), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 625; renumbered §5.41(b), Pub. L. 99–205, title II, §205(a)(2), Dec. 23, 1985, 99 Stat. 1703; renumbered §5.41, Pub. L. 100–233, title VIII, §805(ff)(2), Jan. 6, 1988, 101 Stat. 1717.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of third par. of section 15 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as added Mar. 4, 1923. Pars. 1 and 2 of section 15 are classified to sections 391 and 392, respectively, of this title.
Amendments
1971—Pub. L. 92–181 substituted "Federal land bank, Federal intermediate credit bank, bank for cooperatives, or other institutions of the Farm Credit System" for "national agricultural credit corporation or Federal intermediate credit bank".
§394. Federal reserve banks as depositaries for and fiscal agents of Home Owners' Loan Corporation
The Federal Reserve banks are authorized, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, to act as depositaries, custodians, and fiscal agents for the Home Owners' Loan Corporation.
(Apr. 27, 1934, ch. 168, §8, 48 Stat. 646.)
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Abolition of Home Owners' Loan Corporation
For dissolution and abolishment of Home Owners' Loan Corporation, referred to in this section, by act June 30, 1953, ch. 170, §21, 67 Stat. 126, see note set out under section 1463 of this title.
§395. Federal reserve banks as depositaries, custodians and fiscal agents for Commodity Credit Corporation
The Federal Reserve banks are authorized to act as depositaries, custodians, and fiscal agents for the Commodity Credit Corporation.
(July 16, 1943, ch. 241, §3, 57 Stat. 566.)
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
Administration of program of Commodity Credit Corporation transferred to Secretary of Agriculture by Reorg. Plan No. 3 of 1946, §501, eff. July 16, 1946, 11 F.R. 7877, 60 Stat. 1100. See Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Exceptions From Transfer of Functions
Functions of Corporations of Department of Agriculture, boards of directors and officers of such corporations, Advisory Board of Commodity Credit Corporation, and Farm Credit Administration or any agency, officer or entity of, under, or subject to supervision of Administration were excepted from functions of officers, agencies, and employees transferred to Secretary of Agriculture by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1953, §1, eff. June 4, 1953, 18 F.R. 3219, 67 Stat. 633, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
SUBCHAPTER XII—FEDERAL RESERVE NOTES
§411. Issuance to reserve banks; nature of obligation; redemption
Federal reserve notes, to be issued at the discretion of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System for the purpose of making advances to Federal reserve banks through the Federal reserve agents as hereinafter set forth and for no other purpose, are authorized. The said notes shall be obligations of the United States and shall be receivable by all national and member banks and Federal reserve banks and for all taxes, customs, and other public dues. They shall be redeemed in lawful money on demand at the Treasury Department of the United States, in the city of Washington, District of Columbia, or at any Federal Reserve bank.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §16 (par.), 38 Stat. 265; Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §2(b)(1), 48 Stat. 337; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Phrase "hereinafter set forth" is from section 16 of the Federal Reserve Act, act Dec. 23, 1913. Reference probably means as set forth in sections 17 et seq. of the Federal Reserve Act. For classification of these sections to the Code, see Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of first par. of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913. Pars. 2 to 5, 6 (formerly 7), 7 to 10 (formerly 8 to 11, respectively), 12 (formerly 13), 13 (formerly 14), and 14 to 16 (formerly 15, 16, and 18, respectively) of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913, are classified to sections 412 to 415, 416, 418 to 421, 360, 248–1, and 467, respectively, of this title.
Former pars. 6 and 17 of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913, formerly classified to sections 415 and 467, respectively, of this title, were repealed by Pub. L. 90–269, §§5, 7, Mar. 18, 1968, 82 Stat. 50.
Par. 11 (formerly 12) of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913, formerly classified to section 422 of this title, was superseded by act June 26, 1934, ch. 756, §1(a), (b)(3), 48 Stat. 1225.
Amendments
1934—Act Jan. 30, 1934, struck out from last sentence provision permitting redemption in gold.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§412. Application for notes; collateral required
Any Federal Reserve bank may make application to the local Federal Reserve agent for such amount of the Federal Reserve notes hereinbefore provided for as it may require. Such application shall be accompanied with a tender to the local Federal Reserve agent of collateral in amount equal to the sum of the Federal Reserve notes thus applied for and issued pursuant to such application. The collateral security thus offered shall be notes, drafts, bills of exchange, or acceptances acquired under section 92, 342 to 348, 349 to 352, 361, 372, or 373 of this title, or bills of exchange endorsed by a member bank of any Federal Reserve district and purchased under the provisions of sections 348a and 353 to 359 of this title, or bankers' acceptances purchased under the provisions of said sections 348a and 353 to 359 of this title, or gold certificates, or Special Drawing Right certificates, or any obligations which are direct obligations of, or are fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the United States or any agency thereof, or assets that Federal Reserve banks may purchase or hold under sections 348a and 353 to 359 of this title or any other asset of a Federal Reserve bank. In no event shall such collateral security be less than the amount of Federal Reserve notes applied for. The Federal Reserve agent shall each day notify the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of all issues and withdrawals of Federal Reserve notes to and by the Federal Reserve bank to which he is accredited. The said Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may at any time call upon a Federal Reserve bank for additional security to protect the Federal Reserve notes issued to it. Collateral shall not be required for Federal Reserve notes which are held in the vaults of, or are otherwise held by or on behalf of, Federal Reserve banks.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §16 (par.), 38 Stat. 265; Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 754; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §7, 40 Stat. 236; Feb. 27, 1932, ch. 58, §3, 47 Stat. 57; Feb. 3, 1933, ch. 34, 47 Stat. 794; Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §2(b)(2), 48 Stat. 338; Mar. 6, 1934, ch. 47, 48 Stat. 398; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Mar. 1, 1937, ch. 20, 50 Stat. 23; June 30, 1939, ch. 256, 53 Stat. 991; June 30, 1941, ch. 264, 55 Stat. 395; May 25, 1943, ch. 102, 57 Stat. 85; June 12, 1945, ch. 186, §2, 59 Stat. 237; Pub. L. 90–349, §5(a), June 19, 1968, 82 Stat. 189; Pub. L. 95–630, title I, §113, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3671; Pub. L. 96–221, title I, §105(b)(1), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 140; Pub. L. 106–122, Dec. 6, 1999, 113 Stat. 1638; Pub. L. 108–100, §19(d), Oct. 28, 2003, 117 Stat. 1193.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of second par. of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 16, see Codification note set out under section 411 of this title.
Amendments
2003—Pub. L. 108–100 inserted "or any other asset of a Federal Reserve bank" before period at end of third sentence and ", or are otherwise held by or on behalf of," after "in the vaults of" in last sentence.
1999—Pub. L. 106–122 substituted "acceptances acquired under section 92, 342 to 348, 349 to 352, 361, 372, or 373 of this title" for "acceptances acquired under the provisions of sections 92, 342 to 347, 347c, 347d, 361, 372, and 373 of this title".
1980—Pub. L. 96–221 inserted provisions relating to purchase, etc., of assets by Federal Reserve banks, and eliminating collateral requirement for Federal Reserve notes held in Federal Reserve bank vaults.
1978—Pub. L. 95–630 substituted "any obligations which are direct obligations of, or are fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the United States or any agency thereof" of "direct obligations of the United States".
1968—Pub. L. 90–349 added Special Drawing Right certificates to the types of allowable collateral security which may be tendered for Federal Reserve notes.
1945—Act June 12, 1945, substituted ", or direct obligations of the United States." for proviso after "gold certificates" in first sentence which limited period during which direct obligations of the United States could be accepted as collateral security.
1943—Act May 25, 1943, substituted "June 30, 1945" for "June 30, 1943," in proviso.
1941—Act June 30, 1941, substituted "June 30, 1943" for "June 30, 1941" in proviso.
1939—Act June 30, 1939, substituted "June 30, 1941" for "June 30, 1939" in proviso.
1937—Act Mar. 1, 1937, extended until June 30, 1939, period within which direct obligations of the United States may be accepted as collateral security under this section, and struck out provision authorizing President to extend period.
1934—Act Mar. 6, 1934, amended proviso and two sentences immediately following.
Act Jan. 30, 1934, amended portion of third sentence before proviso.
1933—Act Feb. 3, 1933, substituted "March 3, 1934" for "March 3, 1933" wherever appearing.
1932—Act Feb. 27, 1932, inserted proviso and two sentences immediately following.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Effective Date of 1980 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–221 effective on first day of sixth month which begins after Mar. 31, 1980, see section 108 of Pub. L. 96–221, set out as a note under section 248 of this title.
Effective Date of 1978 Amendment
Amendment effective upon expiration of 120 days after Nov. 10, 1978, see sec. 2101 of Pub. L. 95–630 set out as an Effective Date note under section 375b of this title.
United States Obligations as Collateral; Extension of Period
The period within which direct obligations of the United States could be accepted as collateral security under this section was extended to Mar. 3, 1937, by Proclamation No. 2117, of Feb. 14, 1935, 49 Stat. 3437; extended to June 30, 1939, by act Mar. 1, 1937; extended to June 30, 1941, by act June 30, 1939; extended to June 30, 1943, by act June 30, 1941; and extended to June 30, 1945, by act May 25, 1943. Act June 12, 1945, amended section to remove the time limitation.
§413. Distinctive letter and serial number of notes; cancellation of notes unfit for circulation; accounting; apportionment of credit among Federal Reserve banks
Federal Reserve notes shall bear upon their faces a distinctive letter and serial number which shall be assigned by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to each Federal Reserve bank. Federal Reserve notes unfit for circulation shall be canceled, destroyed, and accounted for under procedures prescribed and at locations designated by the Secretary of the Treasury. Upon destruction of such notes, credit with respect thereto shall be apportioned among the twelve Federal Reserve banks as determined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §16 (par.), 38 Stat. 266; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §7, 40 Stat. 236; Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §2(b)(3), (4), 48 Stat. 338; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; June 12, 1945, ch. 186, §1(a), 59 Stat. 237; July 19, 1954, ch. 547, 68 Stat. 495; Pub. L. 89–3, §1, Mar. 3, 1965, 79 Stat. 5; Pub. L. 89–427, §3, May 20, 1966, 80 Stat. 161; Pub. L. 90–269, §3, Mar. 18, 1968, 82 Stat. 50.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of third par. of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 16, see Codification note set out under section 411 of this title.
Amendments
1968—Pub. L. 90–269 substituted requirement that Federal Reserve notes bear upon their faces a distinctive letter and serial number which shall be assigned by the Board of Governors to each Federal Reserve bank for former requirement that each Federal Reserve bank maintain reserves in gold certificates of not less than 25 percent against its Federal Reserve notes in actual circulation and former provisions respecting redemption by the Treasury of Federal Reserve notes.
1966—Pub. L. 89–427 substituted provisions that Federal Reserve notes unfit for circulation be canceled, destroyed, and accounted for under procedures prescribed and at locations designated by the Secretary of the Treasury and that credit with respect to the destruction of the notes be apportioned among the twelve Federal Reserve banks as determined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System for provisions that Federal Reserve notes unfit for circulation be returned by the Federal Reserve agents to the Comptroller of the Currency for cancellation and destruction.
1965—Pub. L. 89–3 struck out requirement that each Federal Reserve bank maintain reserves in gold certificates against deposit liabilities.
1954—Act July 19, 1954, which directed striking out "Whenever Federal reserve notes issued through one Federal Reserve bank shall be received by another Federal Reserve bank, they shall be promptly returned for credit or redemption to the Federal Reserve bank through which they were originally issued or, upon direction of such Federal Reserve bank, they shall be forwarded direct to the Treasurer of the United States to be retired. No Federal Reserve bank shall pay out notes issued through another under penalty of a tax of 10 per centum upon the face value of notes so paid out.", was executed, to reflect the probable intent of Congress, by striking out the third and fourth sentences, which read as follows: "Whenever Federal reserve notes issued through one Federal reserve bank shall be received by another Federal reserve bank, they shall be promptly returned for credit or redemption to the Federal reserve bank through which they were originally issued or, upon direction of such Federal reserve bank, they shall be forwarded direct to the Treasurer of the United States to be retired. No Federal reserve bank shall pay out notes issued through another under penalty of a tax of ten per centum upon the face value of notes so paid out."
1945—Act June 12, 1945, amended first sentence generally by striking out "or lawful money" after "reserves in gold certificates", substituting "25 per centum" for "35 per centum" and "40 per centum", respectively.
1934—Act Jan. 30, 1934, amended first, fifth, and sixth sentences.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of Act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§414. Authority of Board of Governors respecting issuance of notes; interest; lien
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall have the right, acting through the Federal Reserve agent, to grant in whole or in part, or to reject entirely the application of any Federal Reserve bank for Federal Reserve notes; but to the extent that such application may be granted the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall, through its local Federal Reserve agent, supply Federal Reserve notes to the banks so applying, and such bank shall be charged with the amount of the notes issued to it and shall pay such rate of interest as may be established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System on only that amount of such notes which equals the total amount of its outstanding Federal Reserve notes less the amount of gold certificates held by the Federal Reserve agent as collateral security. Federal Reserve notes issued to any such bank shall, upon delivery, together with such notes of such Federal Reserve bank as may be issued under subchapter XIII 1 of this chapter upon security of United States 2 per centum Government bonds, become a first and paramount lien on all the assets of such bank.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §16 (par.), 38 Stat. 266; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §7, 40 Stat. 237; Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §2(b)(5), 48 Stat. 338; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; June 12, 1945, ch. 186, §1(b), 59 Stat. 237; Pub. L. 90–269, §4, Mar. 18, 1968, 82 Stat. 50.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Subchapter XIII of this chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "section 18 of this Act", meaning section 18 of act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. Section 18 of the act was classified generally to subchapter XIII (§441 et seq.) of this chapter.
Codification
Section is comprised of fourth par. of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 16, see Codification note set out under section 411 of this title.
Amendments
1968—Pub. L. 90–269 repealed first sentence provisions that Board of Governors require each Federal Reserve bank to maintain on deposit in the Treasury a sum in gold certificates sufficient, in the judgment of the Secretary of the Treasury, for redemption of Federal Reserve notes issued to such bank, but not less than 5 percent of total amount of notes issued less amount of gold certificates held by the Federal Reserve agent as collateral security, and counting and including such deposit of gold certificates as part of the 25 percent reserve formerly required by section 413 of this title to be maintained against Federal Reserve notes in actual circulation and substituted in the first, formerly second sentence, "Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System" for "Board".
1945—Act June 12, 1945, substituted in first sentence "25 per centum reserve required by section 413 of this title to be maintained against Federal Reserve notes in actual circulation" for "40 per centum reserve required by section 413 of this title".
1934—Act Jan. 30, 1934, amended first sentence.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
1 See References in Text note below.
§415. Reduction of liability for outstanding notes by depositing notes and collateral and payment of notes of series prior to 1928; reissue of deposited notes
Any Federal Reserve bank may at any time reduce its liability for outstanding Federal Reserve notes by depositing with the Federal Reserve agent its Federal Reserve notes, gold certificates, Special Drawing Right certificates, or lawful money of the United States. Federal Reserve notes so deposited shall not be reissued, except upon compliance with the conditions of an original issue. The liability of a Federal Reserve bank with respect to its outstanding Federal Reserve notes shall be reduced by an amount paid by such bank to the Secretary of the Treasury under section 4 of the Old Series Currency Adjustment Act.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §16 (par.), 38 Stat. 267; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §7, 40 Stat. 237; Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §2(b)(5), 48 Stat. 339; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 87–66, §8(a), June 30, 1961, 75 Stat. 147; Pub. L. 90–269, §5, Mar. 18, 1968, 82 Stat. 50; Pub. L. 90–349, §5(b), June 19, 1968, 82 Stat. 189.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 4 of the Old Series Currency Adjustment Act, referred to in text, which was classified to section 913 of former Title 31, was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
Codification
Section is comprised of the fifth par. of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913. Section was formerly comprised of the fifth and sixth pars. of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913, before repeal of the sixth par. by Pub. L. 90–269, see 1968 Amendment note below. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 16, see Codification note set out under section 411 of this title.
Amendments
1968—Pub. L. 90–349 added Special Drawing Right certificates to the types of deposits which Federal Reserve banks may use in reducing their liability for outstanding Federal Reserve notes.
Pub. L. 90–269 struck out second par. (sixth par. of section 16 of Act Dec. 23, 1913), which read as follows: "The Federal Reserve agent shall hold such gold certificates or lawful money available exclusively for exchange for the outstanding Federal Reserve notes when offered by the Reserve bank of which he is a director. Upon the request of the Secretary of the Treasury the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall require the Federal Reserve agent to transmit to the Treasurer of the United States so much of the gold certificates held by him as collateral security for Federal Reserve notes as may be required for the exclusive purpose of the redemption of such Federal Reserve notes, but such gold certificates when deposited with the Treasurer shall be counted and considered as if collateral security on deposit with the Federal Reserve agent."
1961—Pub. L. 87–66 provided for reduction of liability for outstanding notes by payment of notes of series prior to 1928.
1934—Act Jan. 30, 1934, struck out "gold" wherever it appeared before "gold certificates," and inserted "certificates" after "gold" wherever latter stood alone.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§416. Withdrawal of collateral deposited to protect notes and substitution of other collateral; retirement of notes; payment of notes of series prior to 1928; recovery of collateral; reissue of deposited notes
Any Federal Reserve bank may at its discretion withdraw collateral deposited with the local Federal Reserve agent for the protection of its Federal Reserve notes issued to it, and shall at the same time substitute therefor other collateral of equal amount with the approval of the Federal Reserve agent under regulations to be prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Any Federal Reserve bank may retire any of its Federal Reserve notes by depositing them with the Federal Reserve agent or with the Treasurer of the United States, and such Federal Reserve bank shall thereupon be entitled to receive back the collateral deposited with the Federal Reserve agent for the security of such notes. Any Federal Reserve bank shall further be entitled to receive back the collateral deposited with the Federal Reserve agent for the security of any notes with respect to which such bank has made payment to the Secretary of the Treasury under section 4 of the Old Series Currency Adjustment Act. Federal Reserve notes so deposited shall not be reissued except upon compliance with the conditions of an original issue.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §16 (par.), 38 Stat. 267; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §7, 40 Stat. 237; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 87–66, §8(b), June 30, 1961, 75 Stat. 147; Pub. L. 90–269, §6, Mar. 18, 1968, 82 Stat. 50.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 4 of the Old Series Currency Adjustment Act, referred to in text, which was classified to section 913 of former Title 31, was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
Codification
Section is comprised of the sixth par. (formerly the seventh par.) of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 16, see Codification note set out under section 411 of this title.
Amendments
1968—Pub. L. 90–269 repealed fourth sentence which provided that Federal Reserve banks shall not be required to maintain the reserve or the redemption fund against Federal Reserve notes which have been retired, or as to which payment has been made to the Secretary of the Treasury under section 4 of the Old Series Currency Adjustment Act, on notes of series prior to 1928.
1961—Pub. L. 87–66 provided for recovery of collateral upon payment of notes of series prior to 1928 and removed requirement of reserve or redemption fund for such notes.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
For transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 55 of this title.
§417. Custody and safe-keeping of notes issued to and collateral deposited with Reserve agent
All Federal Reserve notes and all gold certificates, Special Drawing Right certificates, and lawful money issued to or deposited with any Federal Reserve agent under the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act shall hereafter be held for such agent, under such rules and regulations as the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may prescribe, in the joint custody of himself and the Federal Reserve bank to which he is accredited. Such agent and such Federal Reserve bank shall be jointly liable for the safe-keeping of such Federal Reserve notes, gold certificates, Special Drawing Right certificates, and lawful money. Nothing herein contained, however, shall be construed to prohibit a Federal Reserve agent from depositing gold certificates and Special Drawing Right certificates with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, to be held by such Board subject to his order, or with the Treasurer of the United States for the purposes authorized by law.
(June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §7 (par.), 40 Stat. 238; Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §2(b)(6), 48 Stat. 339; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 90–349, §5(c), June 19, 1968, 82 Stat. 189.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Federal Reserve Act, referred to in text, is act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Hereafter, referred to in text, probably means on and after June 21, 1917.
Codification
Section is comprised of last par. of section 7 of act June 21, 1917. The preceding pars. of section 7 amended pars. two, three, four, five, six, and seven of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of section 16, see Codification note set out under section 411 of this title.
Amendments
1968—Pub. L. 90–349, which directed amendment of "[t]he seventh paragraph of section 16 of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. 417)" by inserting ", Special Drawing Right certificates," after "gold certificates" in the first sentence, "Special Drawing Right certificates," after "gold certificates," in the second sentence, and "and Special Drawing Right certificates" after "gold certificates" in the third sentence, was executed by making the insertions in this section, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
1934—Act Jan. 30, 1934, which directed general amendment of the eighth par. of section 16 of the Federal Reserve Act, was executed to this section, to reflect the probable intent of Congress. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "All Federal reserve notes and all gold, gold certificates, and lawful money issued to or deposited with any Federal reserve agent under the provisions of the Federal reserve Act shall hereafter be held for such agent, under such rules and regulations as the Federal Reserve Board may prescribe, in the joint custody of himself and the Federal reserve bank to which he is accredited. Such agent and such Federal reserve bank shall be jointly liable for the safe-keeping of such Federal reserve notes, gold, gold certificates, and lawful money. Nothing herein contained, however, shall be construed to prohibit a Federal reserve agent from depositing gold or gold certificates with the Federal Reserve Board, to be held by such board subject to his order, or with the Treasurer of the United States for the purposes authorized by law."
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
For transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 55 of this title.
§418. Printing of notes; denomination and form
In order to furnish suitable notes for circulation as Federal reserve notes, the Secretary of the Treasury shall cause plates and dies to be engraved in the best manner to guard against counterfeits and fraudulent alterations, and shall have printed therefrom and numbered such quantities of such notes of the denominations of $1, $2, $5, $10, $20, $50, $100, $500, $1,000, $5,000, $10,000 as may be required to supply the Federal Reserve banks. Such notes shall be in form and tenor as directed by the Secretary of the Treasury under the provisions of this chapter and shall bear the distinctive numbers of the several Federal reserve banks through which they are issued.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §16 (par.), 38 Stat. 267; Sept. 26, 1918, ch. 177, §3, 40 Stat. 969; Pub. L. 88–36, title I, §3, June 4, 1963, 77 Stat. 54; Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(g)(3), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2293.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of the seventh par. (formerly the eighth par.) of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 16, see Codification note set out under section 411 of this title.
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–325, which directed amendment of "[t]he 1st sentence of the 8th undesignated paragraph of section 16 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 418)" by substituting "the Secretary of the Treasury shall" for "the Comptroller of the Currency shall under the direction of the Secretary of the Treasury," was executed by making the substitution in this section for "the Comptroller of the Currency shall, under the direction of the Secretary of the Treasury," to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
1963—Pub. L. 88–36, which directed amendment of "[t]he first sentence of the ninth paragraph of section 16 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 418)" by inserting "$1, $2," after "notes of the denominations of", was executed by making the insertion in this section, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
1918—Act Sept. 26, 1918, which directed general amendment of "the ninth paragraph of section sixteen of the Federal reserve Act, as amended by the Acts approved September seventh, nineteen hundred and sixteen, and June twenty-first, nineteen hundred and seventeen," was executed to the eighth par. of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913 (now classified to this section), to reflect the probable intent of Congress. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "In order to furnish suitable notes for circulation as Federal reserve notes, the Comptroller of the Currency shall, under the direction of the Secretary of the Treasury, cause plates and dies to be engraved in the best manner to guard against counterfeits and fraudulent alterations, and shall have printed therefrom and numbered such quantities of such notes of the denominations of $5, $10, $20, $50, $100, as may be required to supply the Federal reserve banks. Such notes shall be in form and tenor as directed by the Secretary of the Treasury under the provisions of this Act and shall bear the distinctive numbers of the several Federal reserve banks through which they are issued."
§419. Delivery of notes prior to delivery to banks
When such notes have been prepared, the notes shall be delivered to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System subject to the order of the Secretary of the Treasury for the delivery of such notes in accordance with this chapter.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §16 (par.), 38 Stat. 267; May 29, 1920, ch. 214, §1, 41 Stat. 654; Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(g)(4), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2293.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, as amended, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of the eighth par. (formerly the ninth par.) of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 16, see Codification note set out under section 411 of this title.
On authority of act May 29, 1920, which abolished offices of Assistant Treasurers and distributed their functions, "designated depositary" substituted for "subtreasury" in 1926 ed. of the Code.
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–325, which directed general amendment of "[t]he 9th undesignated paragraph of section 16 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 419)", was executed to this section to reflect the probable intent of Congress. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "When such notes have been prepared, they shall be deposited in the Treasury, or in the designated depositary or mint of the United States nearest the place of business of each Federal reserve bank and shall be held for the use of such bank subject to the order of the Comptroller of the Currency for their delivery, as provided by this chapter."
§420. Control and direction of plates and dies; expense of issue and retirement of notes paid by banks
The plates and dies to be procured by the Secretary of the Treasury for the printing of such circulating notes shall remain under his control and direction, and the expenses necessarily incurred in executing the laws relating to the procuring of such notes, and all other expenses incidental to their issue and retirement, shall be paid by the Federal reserve banks, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall include in its estimate of expenses levied against the Federal reserve banks a sufficient amount to cover the expenses herein provided for.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §16 (par.), 38 Stat. 267; Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(g)(5), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2293.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Phrase "herein provided for", referred to in text, probably means as provided for in section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of section 16, see Codification note set out under section 411 of this title.
Codification
Section is comprised of the ninth par. (formerly the tenth par.) of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 16, see Codification note set out under section 411 of this title.
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–325, which directed amendment of "[t]he 10th undesignated paragraph of section 16 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 420)" by substituting "Secretary of the Treasury" for "Comptroller of the Currency" and "Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System" for "Federal Reserve Board", was executed by making the substitutions in this section to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
§421. Examination of plates and dies
The Secretary of the Treasury may examine the plates, dies, bed pieces, and other material used in the printing of Federal Reserve notes and issue regulations relating to such examinations.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §16 (par.), 38 Stat. 267; Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(g)(6), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2293.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the tenth (formerly the eleventh) par. of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 16, see Codification note set out under section 411 of this title.
Amendments
1994—Pub. L. 103–325, which directed general amendment of "[t]he 11th undesignated paragraph of section 16 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 421)", was executed to this section to reflect the probable intent of Congress. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The examination of plates, dies, bed pieces, and so forth, and regulations relating to such examination of plates, dies, and so forth, of national-bank notes provided for in section 108 of this title, is extended to include notes herein provided for."
§422. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §16 (par.), 38 Stat. 267, which made permanent appropriations for printing notes besides authorizing use of certain printing stock on hand Dec. 23, 1913, was superseded by act June 26, 1934, ch. 756, §1(a), (b)(3), 48 Stat. 1225.
SUBCHAPTER XIII—CIRCULATING NOTES AND BONDS SECURING SAME
§§441 to 448. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Sections, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §18, 38 Stat. 268, as amended by acts Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title IV, §401, 48 Stat. 6; Sept. 23, 1994, Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(g)(7), 108 Stat. 2293, are omitted as obsolete.
Section 441 provided that at any time during a period of twenty years from Dec. 23, 1915, any member bank desiring to retire the whole or any part of its circulating notes file with the Treasurer of the United States an application to sell for its account, at par and accrued interest, United States bonds, securing circulation to be retired.
Section 442 related to purchase of bonds by reserve banks.
Section 443 related to transfer of bonds purchased, payment, and cancellation of circulating notes of member banks.
Section 444 related to issuance of circulating notes to reserve banks purchasing bonds.
Section 445 provided for issuance of circulating notes to Federal Reserve banks. Act June 12, 1945, ch. 186, §3, 59 Stat. 238, provided that all power and authority with respect to the issuance of circulating notes, known as Federal Reserve bank notes, pursuant to this section would cease and terminate on June 12, 1945.
Section 446 related to exchange by reserve banks of bonds bearing circulating privilege for those without such privilege.
Section 447 related to form of bonds and conditions of issuance.
Section 448 related to exchange of one-year gold notes for 3 per centum gold bonds.
SUBCHAPTER XIV—BANK RESERVES
§461. Reserve requirements
(a) Establishment of applicable definitions, payment of interest, obligations as deposits, and regulations
The Board is authorized for the purposes of this section 1 to define the terms used in this section,1 to determine what shall be deemed a payment of interest, to determine what types of obligations, whether issued directly by a member bank or indirectly by an affiliate of a member bank or by other means, and, regardless of the use of the proceeds, shall be deemed a deposit, and to prescribe such regulations as it may deem necessary to effectuate the purposes of this section 1 and to prevent evasions thereof.
(b) Additional definitions; required amounts of reserves maintained against transaction accounts; waiver of ratio limits in extraordinary circumstances; supplemental reserves; reserves related to foreign obligations or assets; exemption for certain deposits; discount and borrowing; transitional adjustments; additional exemptions and waivers; earnings on balances
(1) The following definitions and rules apply to this subsection, subsection (c), and sections 248–1, 248a, 342, 360, and 412 of this title:
(A) The term "depository institution" means—
(i) any insured bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1813] or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act [12 U.S.C. 1815];
(ii) any mutual savings bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act;
(iii) any savings bank as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or any bank which is eligible to make application to become an insured bank under section 5 of such Act;
(iv) any insured credit union as defined in section 1752 of this title or any credit union which is eligible to make application to become an insured credit union pursuant to section 1781 of this title;
(v) any member as defined in section 1422 of this title;
(vi) any savings association (as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1813]) which is an insured depository institution (as defined in such Act [12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.]) or is eligible to apply to become an insured depository institution under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; and
(vii) for the purpose of sections 248–1, 342 to 347, 347c, 347d, and 372 of this title, any association or entity which is wholly owned by or which consists only of institutions referred to in clauses (i) through (vi).
(B) The term "bank" means any insured or noninsured bank, as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1813], other than a mutual savings bank or a savings bank as defined in such section.
(C) The term "transaction account" means a deposit or account on which the depositor or account holder is permitted to make withdrawals by negotiable or transferable instrument, payment orders of withdrawal, telephone transfers, or other similar items for the purpose of making payments or transfers to third persons or others. Such term includes demand deposits, negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, savings deposits subject to automatic transfers, and share draft accounts.
(D) The term "nonpersonal time deposits" means a transferable time deposit or account or a time deposit or account representing funds deposited to the credit of, or in which any beneficial interest is held by, a depositor who is not a natural person.
(E) The term "reservable liabilities" means transaction accounts, nonpersonal time deposits, and all net balances, loans, assets, and obligations which are, or may be, subject to reserve requirements under paragraph (5).
(F) In order to prevent evasions of the reserve requirements imposed by this subsection, after consultation with the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Comptroller of the Currency, and the National Credit Union Administration Board, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System is authorized to determine, by regulation or order, that an account or deposit is a transaction account if such account or deposit may be used to provide funds directly or indirectly for the purpose of making payments or transfers to third persons or others.
(2)(A) Each depository institution shall maintain reserves against its transaction accounts as the Board may prescribe by regulation solely for the purpose of implementing monetary policy—
(i) in a ratio of not greater than 3 percent (and which may be zero) for that portion of its total transaction accounts of $25,000,000 or less, subject to subparagraph (C); and
(ii) in the ratio of 12 per centum, or in such other ratio as the Board may prescribe not greater than 14 per centum (and which may be zero), for that portion of its total transaction accounts in excess of $25,000,000, subject to subparagraph (C).
(B) Each depository institution shall maintain reserves against its nonpersonal time deposits in the ratio of 3 per centum, or in such other ratio not greater than 9 per centum and not less than zero per centum as the Board may prescribe by regulation solely for the purpose of implementing monetary policy.
(C) Beginning in 1981, not later than December 31 of each year the Board shall issue a regulation increasing for the next succeeding calendar year the dollar amount which is contained in subparagraph (A) or which was last determined pursuant to this subparagraph for the purpose of such subparagraph, by an amount obtained by multiplying such dollar amount by 80 per centum of the percentage increase in the total transaction accounts of all depository institutions. The increase in such transaction accounts shall be determined by subtracting the amount of such accounts on June 30 of the preceding calendar year from the amount of such accounts on June 30 of the calendar year involved. In the case of any such 12-month period in which there has been a decrease in the total transaction accounts of all depository institutions, the Board shall issue such a regulation decreasing for the next succeeding calendar year such dollar amount by an amount obtained by multiplying such dollar amount by 80 per centum of the percentage decrease in the total transaction accounts of all depository institutions. The decrease in such transaction accounts shall be determined by subtracting the amount of such accounts on June 30 of the calendar year involved from the amount of such accounts on June 30 of the previous calendar year.
(D) Any reserve requirement imposed under this subsection shall be uniformly applied to all transaction accounts at all depository institutions. Reserve requirements imposed under this subsection shall be uniformly applied to nonpersonal time deposits at all depository institutions, except that such requirements may vary by the maturity of such deposits.
(3) Upon a finding by at least 5 members of the Board that extraordinary circumstances require such action, the Board, after consultation with the appropriate committees of the Congress, may impose, with respect to any liability of depository institutions, reserve requirements outside the limitations as to ratios and as to types of liabilities otherwise prescribed by paragraph (2) for a period not exceeding 180 days, and for further periods not exceeding 180 days each by affirmative action by at least 5 members of the Board in each instance. The Board shall promptly transmit to the Congress a report of any exercise of its authority under this paragraph and the reasons for such exercise of authority.
(4)(A) The Board may, upon the affirmative vote of not less than 5 members, impose a supplemental reserve requirement on every depository institution of not more than 4 per centum of its total transaction accounts. Such supplemental reserve requirement may be imposed only if—
(i) the sole purpose of such requirement is to increase the amount of reserves maintained to a level essential for the conduct of monetary policy;
(ii) such requirement is not imposed for the purpose of reducing the cost burdens resulting from the imposition of the reserve requirements pursuant to paragraph (2);
(iii) such requirement is not imposed for the purpose of increasing the amount of balances needed for clearing purposes; and
(iv) on the date on which the supplemental reserve requirement is imposed, except as provided in paragraph (11), the total amount of reserves required pursuant to paragraph (2) is not less than the amount of reserves that would be required if the initial ratios specified in paragraph (2) were in effect.
(B) The Board may require the supplemental reserve authorized under subparagraph (A) only after consultation with the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Comptroller of the Currency, and the National Credit Union Administration Board. The Board shall promptly transmit to the Congress a report with respect to any exercise of its authority to require supplemental reserves under subparagraph (A) and such report shall state the basis for the determination to exercise such authority.
(C) If a supplemental reserve under subparagraph (A) has been required of depository institutions for a period of one year or more, the Board shall review and determine the need for continued maintenance of supplemental reserves and shall transmit annual reports to the Congress regarding the need, if any, for continuing the supplemental reserve.
(D) Any supplemental reserve imposed under subparagraph (A) shall terminate at the close of the first 90-day period after such requirement is imposed during which the average amount of reserves required under paragraph (2) are less than the amount of reserves which would be required during such period if the initial ratios specified in paragraph (2) were in effect.
(5) Foreign branches, subsidiaries, and international banking facilities of nonmember depository institutions shall maintain reserves to the same extent required by the Board of foreign branches, subsidiaries, and international banking facilities of member banks. In addition to any reserves otherwise required to be maintained pursuant to this subsection, any depository institution shall maintain reserves in such ratios as the Board may prescribe against—
(A) net balances owed by domestic offices of such depository institution in the United States to its directly related foreign offices and to foreign offices of nonrelated depository institutions;
(B) loans to United States residents made by overseas offices of such depository institution if such depository institution has one or more offices in the United States; and
(C) assets (including participations) held by foreign offices of a depository institution in the United States which were acquired from its domestic offices.
(6) The requirements imposed under paragraph (2) shall not apply to deposits payable only outside the States of the United States and the District of Columbia, except that nothing in this subsection limits the authority of the Board to impose conditions and requirements on member banks under section 25 of this Act [12 U.S.C. 601 et seq.] or the authority of the Board under section 3105 of this title.
(7) Any depository institution in which transaction accounts or nonpersonal time deposits are held shall be entitled to the same discount and borrowing privileges as member banks. In the administration of discount and borrowing privileges, the Board and the Federal Reserve banks shall take into consideration the special needs of savings and other depository institutions for access to discount and borrowing facilities consistent with their long-term asset portfolios and the sensitivity of such institutions to trends in the national money markets.
(8)(A) Any depository institution required to maintain reserves under this subsection which was engaged in business on July 1, 1979, but was not a member of the Federal Reserve System on or after that date, shall maintain reserves against its deposits during the first twelve-month period following the effective date of this paragraph in amounts equal to one-eighth of those otherwise required by this subsection, during the second such twelve-month period in amounts equal to one-fourth of those otherwise required, during the third such twelve-month period in amounts equal to three-eighths of those otherwise required, during the fourth twelve-month period in amounts equal to one-half of those otherwise required, and during the fifth twelve-month period in amounts equal to five-eighths of those otherwise required, during the sixth twelve-month period in amounts equal to three-fourths of those otherwise required, and during the seventh twelve-month period in amounts equal to seven-eighths of those otherwise required. This subparagraph does not apply to any category of deposits or accounts which are first authorized pursuant to Federal law in any State after April 1, 1980.
(B) With respect to any bank which was a member of the Federal Reserve System during the entire period beginning on July 1, 1979, and ending on the effective date of the Monetary Control Act of 1980, the amount of required reserves imposed pursuant to this subsection on and after the effective date of such Act that exceeds the amount of reserves which would have been required of such bank if the reserve ratios in effect during the reserve computation period immediately preceding such effective date were applied may, at the discretion of the Board and in accordance with such rules and regulations as it may adopt, be reduced by 75 per centum during the first year which begins after such effective date, 50 per centum during the second year, and 25 per centum during the third year.
(C)(i) With respect to any bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve System on the effective date of the Monetary Control Act of 1980, the amount of reserves which would have been required of such bank if the reserve ratios in effect during the reserve computation period immediately preceding such effective date were applied that exceeds the amount of required reserves imposed pursuant to this subsection shall, in accordance with such rules and regulations as the Board may adopt, be reduced by 25 per centum during the first year which begins after such effective date, 50 per centum during the second year, and 75 per centum during the third year.
(ii) If a bank becomes a member bank during the four-year period beginning on the effective date of the Monetary Control Act of 1980, and if the amount of reserves which would have been required of such bank, determined as if the reserve ratios in effect during the reserve computation period immediately preceding such effective date were applied, and as if such bank had been a member during such period, exceeds the amount of reserves required pursuant to this subsection, the amount of reserves required to be maintained by such bank beginning on the date on which such bank becomes a member of the Federal Reserve System shall be the amount of reserves which would have been required of such bank if it had been a member on the day before such effective date, except that the amount of such excess shall, in accordance with such rules and regulations as the Board may adopt, be reduced by 25 per centum during the first year which begins after such effective date, 50 per centum during the second year, and 75 per centum during the third year.
(D)(i) Any bank which was a member bank on July 1, 1979, and which withdrew from membership in the Federal Reserve System during the period beginning July 1, 1979, and ending on March 31, 1980, shall maintain reserves during the first twelve-month period beginning on October 15, 1982, in amounts equal to one-half of those otherwise required by this subsection, during the second such twelve-month period in amounts equal to two-thirds of those otherwise required, and during the third such twelve-month period in amounts equal to five-sixths of those otherwise required.
(ii) Any bank which withdraws from membership in the Federal Reserve System after March 31, 1980, shall maintain reserves in the same amount as member banks are required to maintain under this subsection, pursuant to subparagraphs (B) and (C)(i).
(E) This subparagraph applies to any depository institution that, on August 1, 1978, (i) was engaged in business as a depository institution in a State outside the continental limits of the United States, and (ii) was not a member of the Federal Reserve System at any time on or after such date. Such a depository institution shall not be required to maintain reserves against its deposits held or maintained at its offices located in a State outside the continental limits of the United States until the first day of the sixth calendar year which begins after the effective date of the Monetary Control Act of 1980. Such a depository institution shall maintain reserves against such deposits during the sixth calendar year which begins after such effective date in an amount equal to one-eighth of that otherwise required by paragraph (2), during the seventh such year in an amount equal to one-fourth of that otherwise required, during the eighth such year in an amount equal to three-eighths of that otherwise required, during the ninth such year in an amount equal to one-half of that otherwise required, during the tenth such year in an amount equal to five-eighths of that otherwise required, during the eleventh such year in an amount equal to three-fourths of that otherwise required, and during the twelfth such year in an amount equal to seven-eighths of that otherwise required.
(9) This subsection shall not apply with respect to any financial institution which—
(A) is organized solely to do business with other financial institutions;
(B) is owned primarily by the financial institutions with which it does business; and
(C) does not do business with the general public.
(10) In individual cases, where a Federal supervisory authority waives a liquidity requirement, or waives the penalty for failing to satisfy a liquidity requirement, the Board shall waive the reserve requirement, or waive the penalty for failing to satisfy a reserve requirement, imposed pursuant to this subsection for the depository institution involved when requested by the Federal supervisory authority involved.
(11)(A)(i) Notwithstanding the reserve requirement ratios established under paragraphs (2) and (5) of this subsection, a reserve ratio of zero per centum shall apply to any combination of reservable liabilities, which do not exceed $2,000,000 (as adjusted under subparagraph (B)), of each depository institution.
(ii) Each depository institution may designate, in accordance with such rules and regulations as the Board shall prescribe, the types and amounts of reservable liabilities to which the reserve ratio of zero per centum shall apply, except that transaction accounts which are designated to be subject to a reserve ratio of zero per centum shall be accounts which would otherwise be subject to a reserve ratio of 3 per centum under paragraph (2).
(iii) The Board shall minimize the reporting necessary to determine whether depository institutions have total reservable liabilities of less than $2,000,000 (as adjusted under subparagraph (B)). Consistent with the Board's responsibility to monitor and control monetary and credit aggregates, depository institutions which have reserve requirements under this subsection equal to zero per centum shall be subject to less overall reporting requirements than depository institutions which have a reserve requirement under this subsection that exceeds zero per centum.
(B)(i) Beginning in 1982, not later than December 31 of each year, the Board shall issue a regulation increasing for the next succeeding calendar year the dollar amount specified in subparagraph (A), as previously adjusted under this subparagraph, by an amount obtained by multiplying such dollar amount by 80 per centum of the percentage increase in the total reservable liabilities of all depository institutions.
(ii) The increase in total reservable liabilities shall be determined by subtracting the amount of total reservable liabilities on June 30 of the preceding calendar year from the amount of total reservable liabilities on June 30 of the calendar year involved. In the case of any such twelve-month period in which there has been a decrease in the total reservable liabilities of all depository institutions, no adjustment shall be made. A decrease in total reservable liabilities shall be determined by subtracting the amount of total reservable liabilities on June 30 of the calendar year involved from the amount of total reservable liabilities on June 30 of the previous calendar year.
(12)
(A)
(B)
(i) the payment of earnings in accordance with this paragraph;
(ii) the distribution of such earnings to the depository institutions which maintain balances at such banks, or on whose behalf such balances are maintained; and
(iii) the responsibilities of depository institutions, Federal Home Loan Banks, and the National Credit Union Administration Central Liquidity Facility with respect to the crediting and distribution of earnings attributable to balances maintained, in accordance with subsection (c)(1)(A), in a Federal Reserve bank by any such entity on behalf of depository institutions.
(C)
(c) Promulgation of rules and regulations respecting maintenance of balances
(1) Reserves held by a depository institution to meet the requirements imposed pursuant to subsection (b) shall, subject to such rules and regulations as the Board shall prescribe, be in the form of—
(A) balances maintained for such purposes by such depository institution in the Federal Reserve bank of which it is a member or at which it maintains an account, except that (i) the Board may, by regulation or order, permit depository institutions to maintain all or a portion of their required reserves in the form of vault cash, except that any portion so permitted shall be identical for all depository institutions, and (ii) vault cash may be used to satisfy any supplemental reserve requirement imposed pursuant to subsection (b)(4), except that all such vault cash shall be excluded from any computation of earnings pursuant to subsection (b); and
(B) balances maintained by a depository institution in a depository institution which maintains required reserve balances at a Federal Reserve bank, in a Federal Home Loan Bank, or in the National Credit Union Administration Central Liquidity Facility, if such depository institution, Federal Home Loan Bank, or National Credit Union Administration Central Liquidity Facility maintains such funds in the form of balances in a Federal Reserve bank of which it is a member or at which it maintains an account. Balances received by a depository institution from a second depository institution and used to satisfy the reserve requirement imposed on such second depository institution by this section shall not be subject to the reserve requirements of this section imposed on such first depository institution, and shall not be subject to assessments or reserves imposed on such first depository institution pursuant to section 7 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1817), section 404 of the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1727),1 or section 202 of the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1782).
(2) The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements of subsection (b) by a depository institution in a Federal Reserve bank or passed through a Federal Home Loan Bank or the National Credit Union Administration Central Liquidity Facility or another depository institution to a Federal Reserve bank may be used to satisfy liquidity requirements which may be imposed under other provisions of Federal or State law.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19(a)–(c), formerly §19 (pars.), 38 Stat. 270; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §10, 40 Stat. 239; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §324(a), 49 Stat. 714; renumbered §19(a)–(c) and amended Pub. L. 89–597, §2(a), Sept. 21, 1966, 80 Stat. 823; Pub. L. 91–151, title I, §§4(a), 5, Dec. 23, 1969, 83 Stat. 374, 375; Pub. L. 93–501, title I, §101(a), Oct. 29, 1974, 88 Stat. 1557; Pub. L. 96–221, title I, §§103, 104(a), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 133, 138; Pub. L. 97–35, title III, §385, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 433; Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §411, title VII, §708, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1520, 1540; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §744(i)(2), (3), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 439; Pub. L. 109–351, title II, §§201, 202, title VI, §603, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1968, 1969, 1980; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §366(2), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1556.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This section, referred to in subsec. (a), means section 19 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to sections 142, 371b, 371b–1, 374, 374a, 461, 463 to 466, 505, and 506 of this title.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(A)(vi), is act Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 967, §2, 64 Stat. 873, which is classified generally to chapter 16 (§1811 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1811 of this title and Tables.
Section 25 of this Act and section 25, referred to in subsec. (b)(6), (12)(C), mean section 25 of act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, which is classified to subchapter I (§601 et seq.) of chapter 6 of this title.
For the effective date of the Monetary Control Act of 1980, referred to in subsec. (b)(8), see section 108 of Pub. L. 96–221, set out as an Effective Date of 1980 Amendment note under section 248 of this title.
Section 25A, referred to in subsec. (b)(12)(C), means section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, known as the Edge Act, which is classified to subchapter II (§611 et seq.) of chapter 6 of this title.
Section 404 of the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1727), referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(B), was repealed by Pub. L. 101–73, title IV, §407, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 363.
Codification
Section is comprised of subsecs. (a) to (c), formerly first six pars., of section 19 of act Dec. 23, 1913 (such first, second through fifth, and sixth pars. formerly classified to sections 461, 462, and 462b of this title, respectively), as redesignated by Pub. L. 89–597. For credits prior to enactment of Pub. L. 89–597 on Sept. 21, 1966, see notes set out under sections 462 and 462b of this title.
Amendments
2010—Subsec. (b)(1)(F), (4)(B). Pub. L. 111–203 substituted "Comptroller of the Currency" for "Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision".
2006—Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 109–351, §202, substituted "a ratio of not greater than 3 percent (and which may be zero)" for "the ratio of 3 per centum" in cl. (i) and "(and which may be zero)," for "and not less than 8 per centum," in cl. (ii).
Subsec. (b)(4)(C) to (E). Pub. L. 109–351, §201(b)(1), redesignated subpars. (D) and (E) as (C) and (D), respectively, and struck out former subpar. (C) which read as follows: "The supplemental reserve authorized under subparagraph (A) shall be maintained by the Federal Reserve banks in an Earnings Participation Account. Except as provided in subsection (c)(1)(A)(ii) of this section, such Earnings Participation Account shall receive earnings to be paid by the Federal Reserve banks during each calendar quarter at a rate not more than the rate earned on the securities portfolio of the Federal Reserve System during the previous calendar quarter. The Board may prescribe rules and regulations concerning the payment of earnings on Earnings Participation Accounts by Federal Reserve banks under this paragraph."
Subsec. (b)(12). Pub. L. 109–351, §201(a), added par. (12).
Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 109–351, §201(b)(2), substituted "subsection (b)" for "subsection (b)(4)(C)".
Subsec. (c)(1)(B). Pub. L. 109–351, §603, struck out "which is not a member bank" after "balances maintained by a depository institution".
1989—Subsec. (b)(1)(A)(vi). Pub. L. 101–73, §744(i)(2), amended cl. (vi) generally. Prior to amendment, cl. (vi) read as follows: "any insured institution as defined in section 1724 of this title or any institution which is eligible to make application to become an insured institution under section 1726 of this title; and".
Subsec. (b)(1)(F), (4)(B). Pub. L. 101–73, §744(i)(3), substituted "Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision" for "Federal Home Loan Bank Board".
1982—Subsec. (b)(1)(E), (F). Pub. L. 97–320, §411(c), added subpar. (E) and redesignated former subpar. (E) as (F).
Subsec. (b)(4)(A)(iv). Pub. L. 97–320, §411(b), inserted "except as provided in paragraph (11)".
Subsec. (b)(8)(D)(i). Pub. L. 97–320, §708(1), substituted provisions relating to reserve requirements for banks which withdraw from the Federal Reserve System for provision that any bank which was a member bank on July 1, 1979, and which withdrew from membership in the Federal Reserve System during the period beginning on July 1, 1979, and ending on the day before March 31, 1980, would maintain reserves beginning on March 31, 1980, in an amount equal to the amount of reserves it would have been required to maintain if it had been a member bank on March 31, 1980, and that after March 31, 1980, any such bank was directed to maintain reserves in the same amounts as member banks were required to maintain under this subsection, pursuant to subparagraphs (B) and (C)(i).
Subsec. (b)(8)(D)(ii). Pub. L. 97–320, §708(2), struck out "on or" after "Reserve System".
Subsec. (b)(11). Pub. L. 97–320, §411(a), added par. (11).
1981—Subsec. (b)(8)(E). Pub. L. 97–35 substituted provisions relating to applicability to any depository institution that was on Aug. 1, 1978, engaged in such business in a State outside the continental limits and was not a member of the Federal Reserve System at any time on or after such date, for provisions relating to applicability to any depository institution that was on Aug. 1, 1978, engaged in such business under the laws of a State, was not a member of the Federal Reserve System on that date, and the principal office of which was outside the continental limits on that date and has remained outside ever since.
1980—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–221, §103, substituted provisions setting forth additional definitions applicable to reserve requirements and requirements respecting amounts of reserves maintained against transaction accounts, waiver of ratio limits in extraordinary circumstances, supplemental reserves, reserves related to foreign obligations or assets, exemptions for certain deposits, discounts and borrowings, transitional adjustments, and additional exemptions and waivers, for provisions relating to determinations respecting maintenance of reserves against deposits.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 96–221, §104(a), substituted provisions relating to the promulgation of rules and regulations respecting maintenance of balances, for provisions relating to form of reserves held by member banks.
1974—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 93–501 substituted "and, regardless of the use of the proceeds, shall be deemed a deposit" for "shall be deemed a deposit".
1969—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 91–151, §4(a), authorized Board to determine type of obligations that would be deemed deposits.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 91–151, §5, authorized Board to prescribe ratio of indebtedness of member banks to foreign banks, up to a maximum of 22 percent.
1966—Pub. L. 89–597 designated first par. provisions of section 19 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as subsec. (a), substituted a general provision authorizing Board to define terms used in sections 142, 371a, 371b, 374, 374a, and 463 to 466 of this title for former provisions defining terms "demand deposits", "gross demand deposits", "deposits payable on demand", "time deposits", "savings deposits", and "trust funds", struck out inclusion of "savings deposits" in term "time deposits" in regard to reserve requirements of member banks, and added subsecs. (b) and (c) to such section 19, superseding second through sixth pars., which authorized Board to fix reserve requirements against time deposits between the limits of 3 and 10 percent, in lieu of prior limits of 3 and 6 percent, and struck out provision for modification of reserve requirements to prevent injurious credit to expansion or contraction.
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, abrogated statutory construction of demand deposits.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 351 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 906 of Title 2, The Congress.
Effective Date of 2006 Amendment
Pub. L. 109–351, title II, §203, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1969, as amended by Pub. L. 110–343, div. A, title I, §128, Oct. 3, 2008, 122 Stat. 3796, provided that: "The amendments made by this title [amending this section] shall take effect October 1, 2008."
Effective Date of 1980 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–221 effective on first day of sixth month which begins after Mar. 31, 1980, except that the amendments regarding subsec. (b)(7) and (8)(D) effective on Mar. 31, 1980, see section 108 of Pub. L. 96–221, set out as a note under section 248 of this title.
Effective Date of 1974 Amendment
Pub. L. 93–501, title I, §101(b), Oct. 29, 1974, 88 Stat. 1557, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall not apply to any bank holding company which has filed prior to the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 29, 1974], an irrevocable declaration with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to divest itself of all of its banks under section 4 of the Bank Holding Company Act [12 U.S.C. 1843], or to any debt obligation which is an exempted security under section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 [15 U.S.C. 77c(a)(3)]."
Effective and Termination Dates of 1966 Amendment
Pub. L. 89–597, §7, Sept. 21, 1966, 80 Stat. 825, as amended by Pub. L. 90–87, Sept. 21, 1967, 81 Stat. 226; Pub. L. 90–505, §1, Sept. 21, 1968, 82 Stat. 856; Pub. L. 91–71, Sept. 22, 1969, 83 Stat. 115; Pub. L. 91–151, title I, §1, Dec. 23, 1969, 83 Stat. 371; Pub. L. 92–8, §1, Mar. 31, 1971, 85 Stat. 13; Pub. L. 92–15, §1, May 18, 1971, 85 Stat. 38; Pub. L. 93–63, July 6, 1973, 87 Stat. 147; Pub. L. 93–100, §1, Aug. 16, 1973, 87 Stat. 342; Pub. L. 93–495, title I, §107, Oct. 28, 1974, 88 Stat. 1505; Pub. L. 94–200, title I, §101, Dec. 31, 1975, 89 Stat. 1124; Pub. L. 95–22, title I, §101, Apr. 19, 1977, 91 Stat. 49; Pub. L. 95–188, title I, §101, Nov. 16, 1977, 91 Stat. 1387; Pub. L. 95–630, title XVI, §1601, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3713, which provided effective and termination dates for 1966 amendments by Pub. L. 89–597 (affecting sections 371b, 1425b, and 1828(g) of this title), was repealed by Pub. L. 96–221, title II, §207(a), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 144.
Elimination or Reduction of Interest Rate Differential Between Savings Banks and Savings and Loan, Building and Loan, or Homestead Associations
Pub. L. 94–200, title I, §102, Dec. 31, 1975, 89 Stat. 1124, as amended by Pub. L. 95–630, title XVI, §1602, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3713, which had provided that an interest rate differential for any category of deposits or accounts which was in effect on December 10, 1975, between (1) any bank (other than a savings bank) the deposits of which were insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and (2) any savings and loan, building and loan, or homestead association (including cooperative banks) the deposits or accounts of which were insured by the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation or any mutual savings bank as defined in section 3(f) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(j)) [section 1813(f) of this title] could not be eliminated or reduced unless (A) written notification was given by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to the Congress; and (B) the House of Representatives and the Senate approved, by concurrent resolution, the proposed elimination or reduction of the interest rate differential, was repealed by Pub. L. 97–320, title III, §326(a), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1500. See section 326(b)–(d) of Pub. L. 97–320, set out as a note under section 1828 of this title. See, also, section 207(b)(1) of Pub. L. 96–221 providing for repeal of section 102 of Pub. L. 94–200 effective 6 years after Mar. 31, 1980.
Interest Rates: Controls
Pub. L. 89–597, §1, Sept. 21, 1966, 80 Stat. 823, provided that: "The Secretary of the Treasury, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, in implementation of their respective powers under existing law and this Act [enacting section 1425b of this title, amending this section, sections 355, 371b, and 1828 of this title, and section 771 of former Title 31, Money and Finance, repealing section 462a–1 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section], shall take action to bring about the reduction of interest rates to the maximum extent feasible in the light of prevailing money market and general economic conditions."
Effective and termination dates of control of interest rates provisions, see Effective and Termination Dates of 1966 Amendment note above.
Outstanding Rate Regulations
Pub. L. 89–597, §5, Sept. 21, 1966, 80 Stat. 825, provided that: "Any regulation prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation with respect to the payment of deposits and interest thereon by member banks or insured nonmember banks which is in effect when this Act is enacted [Sept. 21, 1966] shall continue in effect unless and until it is modified or rescinded after consultation with the Board of Directors or the Board of Governors, as the case may be, and the Federal Home Loan Bank Board."
Effective and termination dates of existing rate regulations, see Effective and Termination Dates of 1966 Amendment note under this section.
1 See References in Text note below.
§462. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, acts Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19 (par.), 38 Stat. 270; Aug. 15, 1914, ch. 252, 38 Stat. 691; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §10, 40 Stat. 239; Sept. 26, 1918, ch. 177, §4, 40 Stat. 970; July 28, 1959, Pub. L. 86–114, §§1, 2(a), 3(b)(7)–(9), 73 Stat. 863, which related to balances member banks were required to keep in reserve banks, was omitted from the Code in view of the striking out of second through fifth pars. of section 19 of act Dec. 23, 1913 (formerly comprising this section), and incorporation of provisions of such paragraphs in subsecs. (a) to (c) of section 19 of act Dec. 23, 1913 by section 2(a) of Pub. L. 89–597, Sept. 21, 1966, 80 Stat. 823. See section 461 of this title.
§462a. Repealed. Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068
Section, act Apr. 24, 1917, ch. 4, §7, 40 Stat. 37, related to reserves against United States deposits.
§462a–1. Repealed. Pub. L. 89–597, §2(d), Sept. 21, 1966, 80 Stat. 824
Section, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19 (par.), as added Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §324(d), 49 Stat. 715; amended Apr. 13, 1943, ch. 62, §2, 57 Stat. 65, prescribed maintenance of same bank reserves against deposits by United States as were required against other deposits.
§§462b, 462c. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section 462b, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19 (par.), as added May 12, 1933, ch. 25, title III, §46, 48 Stat. 54; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §207, 49 Stat. 706; July 7, 1942, ch. 488, §2, 56 Stat. 648; July 28, 1959, Pub. L. 86–114, §§2(b), 3(b)(10), (11), 73 Stat. 263, 264, related to change of requirements as to reserves in order to prevent credit expansion or contraction, and was omitted from the Code in view of the striking out of the sixth par. of section 19 of act Dec. 23, 1913 (formerly comprising this section), and incorporation of its provisions in subsecs. (a) to (c) of section 19 of act Dec. 23, 1913 by section 2(a) of Pub. L. 89–597, Sept. 21, 1966, 80 Stat. 823. See section 461 of this title.
Section 462c, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19 (par.), as added Aug. 16, 1948, ch. 836, §2, 62 Stat. 1291, related to change of requirements as to reserves to check credit expansion, and terminated on June 30, 1949.
§463. Limitation on amount of balance with any depository institution without access to Federal Reserve advances
No member bank shall keep on deposit with any depository institution which is not authorized to have access to Federal Reserve advances under section 347b 1 of this title a sum in excess of 10 per centum of its own paid-up capital and surplus.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19(e), formerly §19 (par. 8), 38 Stat. 270; Aug. 15, 1914, ch. 252, 38 Stat. 691; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §10, 40 Stat. 239; renumbered §19(e), Pub. L. 89–597, §2(b), Sept. 21, 1966, 80 Stat. 824; Pub. L. 96–221, title I, §105(e), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 140.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 347b of this title, referred to in text, was in the original a reference to section 10(b) of this Act, meaning section 10(b) of the Federal Reserve Act. Section 10(b) of that Act was renumbered section 10B by Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(a)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2279, without a corresponding amendment to this section.
Codification
Section is comprised of part of subsec. (e), formerly eighth par., of section 19 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as redesignated by Pub. L. 89–597. Remainder of subsec. (e) of such section 19 is classified to section 374 of this title.
Amendments
1980—Pub. L. 96–221 substituted provisions limiting amount of balance required to be kept with any depository institution without access to Federal Reserve advances, for provisions limiting amount of balance required to be kept with any State bank or trust company.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1980 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–221 effective on first day of sixth month which begins after Mar. 31, 1980, see section 108 of Pub. L. 96–221, set out as a note under section 248 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
§464. Checking against and withdrawal of reserve balance
The required balance carried by a member bank with a Federal reserve bank may, under the regulations and subject to such penalties as may be prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, be checked against and withdrawn by such member bank for the purpose of meeting existing liabilities.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19(f), formerly §19 (par. 9), 38 Stat. 270; Aug. 15, 1914, ch. 252, 38 Stat. 691; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §10, 40 Stat. 239; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; July 7, 1942, ch. 488, §3, 56 Stat. 648; renumbered §19(f), Pub. L. 89–597, §2(b), Sept. 21, 1966, 80 Stat. 824.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of subsec. (f), formerly ninth par., of section 19 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as redesignated by Pub. L. 89–597.
Amendments
1942—Act July 7, 1942, struck out proviso which prohibited making new loans or paying dividends until required balance was restored.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§465. Basis for ascertaining deposits against which required balance is determined
In estimating the reserve balances required by this chapter, member banks may deduct from the amount of their gross demand deposits the amounts of balances due from other banks (except Federal Reserve banks and foreign banks) and cash items in process of collection payable immediately upon presentation in the United States, within the meaning of these terms as defined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19(g), formerly §19 (par. 10), 38 Stat. 270; Aug. 15, 1914, ch. 252, 38 Stat. 692; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §10, 40 Stat. 240; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §324(b), 49 Stat. 714; renumbered §19(g), Pub. L. 89–597, §2(b), Sept. 21, 1966, 80 Stat. 824.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of subsec. (g), formerly tenth par., of section 19 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as redesignated by Pub. L. 89–597.
Amendments
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, changed method of estimating reserve balances.
§466. Reserves of banks in dependencies or insular possessions
National banks, or banks organized under local laws, located in a dependency or insular possession or any part of the United States outside the continental United States, may remain nonmember banks, and shall in that event maintain reserves and comply with all the conditions now provided by law regulating them; or said banks may with the consent of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, become member banks of any one of the reserve districts, and shall in that event take stock, maintain reserves, and be subject to all the other provisions of this chapter.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19(h), formerly §19 (par. 11), 38 Stat. 270; Aug. 15, 1914, ch. 252, 38 Stat. 692; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §10, 40 Stat. 240; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 86–70, §8(b), June 25, 1959, 73 Stat. 142; renumbered §19(h), Pub. L. 89–597, §2(b), Sept. 21, 1966, 80 Stat. 824.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of subsec. (h), formerly eleventh par., of section 19 of act Dec. 23, 1913, as redesignated by Pub. L. 89–597.
Amendments
1959—Pub. L. 86–70 struck out "in Alaska or" before "in a dependency".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§467. Deposits of gold coin, gold certificates, and Special Drawing Right certificates with United States Treasurer
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to receive deposits of gold or of gold certificates or of Special Drawing Right certificates with the Treasurer or any designated depositary of the United States when tendered by any Federal Reserve bank or Federal Reserve agent for credit to its or his account with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The Secretary shall prescribe by regulation the form of receipt to be issued by the Treasurer or designated depositary to the Federal Reserve bank or Federal Reserve agent making the deposit, and a duplicate of such receipt shall be delivered to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System by the Treasurer at Washington upon proper advices from any designated depositary that such deposit has been made. Deposits so made shall be held subject to the orders of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and deposits of gold or gold certificates shall be payable in gold certificates, and deposits of Special Drawing Right certificates shall be payable in Special Drawing Right certificates, on the order of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to any Federal Reserve bank or Federal Reserve agent at the Treasury or at the subtreasury of the United States nearest the place of business of such Federal Reserve bank or such Federal Reserve agent. The order used by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in making such payments shall be signed by the chairman or vice chairman, or such other officers or members as the Board may by regulation prescribe. The form of such order shall be approved by the Secretary of the Treasury.
The expenses necessarily incurred in carrying out these provisions, including the cost of the certificates or receipts issued for deposits received, and all expenses incident to the handling of such deposits shall be paid by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and included in its assessments against the several Federal Reserve banks.
Nothing in this section 1 shall be construed as amending section six of the Act of March fourteenth, nineteen hundred, as amended by the Acts of March fourth, nineteen hundred and seven, March second, nineteen hundred and eleven, and June twelfth, nineteen hundred and sixteen, nor shall the provisions of this section 1 be construed to apply to the deposits made or to the receipts or certificates issued under those Acts.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §16 (pars.), as added June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §8, 40 Stat. 238; amended May 29, 1920, ch. 214, §1, 41 Stat. 654; Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, §2(b)(7), (8), 48 Stat. 339, 340; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 89–3, §2, Mar. 3, 1965, 79 Stat. 5; Pub. L. 90–269, §7, Mar. 18, 1968, 82 Stat. 50; Pub. L. 90–349, §5(d), June 19, 1968, 82 Stat. 189.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Words "this section", referred to in last par., mean section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification to this title of section 16, see Codification note set out under section 411 of this title.
Section six of the Act of March fourteenth, nineteen hundred, as amended by the Acts of March fourth, nineteen hundred and seven, March second, nineteen hundred and eleven, and June twelfth, nineteen hundred and sixteen, referred to in text, which was classified to section 429 of former Title 31, was repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
Codification
Section is comprised of the fourteenth to sixteenth pars. of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913. Section was formerly comprised of the fifteenth to eighteenth pars. of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913, before repeal of the sixth and seventeenth pars. of section 16 by Pub. L. 90–269, see 1968 Amendment notes set out under this section and section 415 of this title. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 16, see Codification note set out under section 411 of this title.
On authority of act May 29, 1920, which abolished offices of Assistant Treasurers and distributed their functions, the 1926 ed. of the Code omitted two references to Assistant Treasurers; those references were restored by act January 30, 1934.
Amendments
1968—Pub. L. 90–349, which directed amendment of "[t]he fifteenth paragraph of section 16 of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. 467)," by inserting "or of Special Drawing Right certificates" after "gold certificates" in the first sentence and substituting "Deposits so made shall be held subject to the orders of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and deposits of gold or gold certificates shall be payable in gold certificates, and deposits of Special Drawing Right certificates shall be payable in Special Drawing Right certificates, on the order of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to any Federal Reserve bank or Federal Reserve agent at the Treasury or at the subtreasury of the United States nearest the place of business of such Federal Reserve bank or such Federal Reserve agent." for the third sentence, was executed to the first par. of this section to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Pub. L. 90–269, which directed striking out of "[t]he paragraph which, prior to the amendments made by this Act [amending sections 248, 391, and 413 to 416 of this title and sections 405b, 408a, 408b, and 821 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and repealing section 408 of Title 31], was the eighteenth paragraph of section 16 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 467)", was executed, to reflect the probable intent of Congress (see H.R. Rept. No. 1095, 90th Cong., pp. 1–7 (purpose of legislation), 10 (Ramseyer version) (1968)), by striking out the third par. of this section (seventeenth par. of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913), which read as follows: "Deposits made under this section standing to the credit of any Federal Reserve bank with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall, at the option of said bank, be counted as part of the lawful reserve which it is required to maintain against outstanding Federal Reserve notes."
1965—Pub. L. 89–3, which directed amendment of "[t]he eighteenth paragraph of section 16 of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. 467), * * * by substituting a period for the comma after the word 'notes' and striking out the remainder of the paragraph", was executed to the third par. of this section (seventeenth par. of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913) to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
1934—Act Jan. 30, 1934, which directed general amendment of the sixteenth and eighteenth pars. of act Dec. 23, 1913, was executed to the first and third pars. of this section (fifteenth and seventeenth pars. of section 16 of act Dec. 23, 1913, respectively) to reflect the probable intent of Congress. Prior to amendment, the first par. of this section authorized and directed the Secretary of the Treasury to receive deposits of gold coin or gold certificates and to prescribe by regulation the form of a receipt to be issued to the Federal reserve bank or agent; the third par. of this section provided that a Federal reserve bank's gold deposits could count towards its reserve requirement.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
For transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 55 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
SUBCHAPTER XV—BANK EXAMINATIONS
§481. Appointment of examiners; examination of member banks, State banks, and trust companies; reports
The Comptroller of the Currency, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, shall appoint examiners who shall examine every national bank as often as the Comptroller of the Currency shall deem necessary. The examiner making the examination of any national bank shall have power to make a thorough examination of all the affairs of the bank and in doing so he shall have power to administer oaths and to examine any of the officers and agents thereof under oath and shall make a full and detailed report of the condition of said bank to the Comptroller of the Currency: Provided, That in making the examination of any national bank the examiners shall include such an examination of the affairs of all its affiliates other than member banks as shall be necessary to disclose fully the relations between such bank and such affiliates and the effect of such relations upon the affairs of such bank; and in the event of the refusal to give any information required in the course of the examination of any such affiliate, or in the event of the refusal to permit such examination, all the rights, privileges, and franchises of the bank shall be subject to forfeiture in accordance with section 2 of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended (U.S.C., title 12, secs. 141, 222–225, 281–286, and 502).1 The Comptroller of the Currency shall have power, and he is authorized, to publish the report of his examination of any national banking association or affiliate which shall not within one hundred and twenty days after notification of the recommendations or suggestions of the Comptroller, based on said examination, have complied with the same to his satisfaction. Ninety days' notice prior to such publicity shall be given to the bank or affiliate.
The examiner making the examination of any affiliate of a national bank shall have power to make a thorough examination of all the affairs of the affiliate, and in doing so he shall have power to administer oaths and to examine any of the officers, directors, employees, and agents thereof under oath and to make a report of his findings to the Comptroller of the Currency. If any affiliate of a national bank refuses to pay any assessments, fees, or other charges imposed by the Comptroller of the Currency pursuant to this subchapter or fails to make such payment not later than 60 days after the date on which they are imposed, the Comptroller of the Currency may impose such assessments, fees, or charges against the affiliated national bank, and such assessments, fees, or charges shall be paid by such national bank. If the affiliation is with 2 or more national banks, such assessments, fees, or charges may be imposed on, and collected from, any or all of such national banks in such proportions as the Comptroller of the Currency may prescribe. The examiners and assistant examiners making the examinations of national banking associations and affiliates thereof herein provided for and the chief examiners, reviewing examiners and other persons whose services may be required in connection with such examinations or the reports thereof, shall be employed by the Comptroller of the Currency with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury; the employment and compensation of examiners, chief examiners, reviewing examiners, assistant examiners, and of the other employees of the office of the Comptroller of the Currency whose compensation is and shall be paid from assessments on banks or affiliates thereof or from other fees or charges imposed pursuant to this subchapter shall be set and adjusted subject to chapter 71 of title 5 and without regard to the provisions of other laws applicable to officers or employees of the United States. The funds derived from such assessments, fees, or charges may be deposited by the Comptroller of the Currency in accordance with the provisions of section 192 of this title and shall not be construed to be Government funds or appropriated monies; and the Comptroller of the Currency is authorized and empowered to prescribe regulations governing the computation and assessment of the expenses of examinations herein provided for and the collection of such assessments from the banks and/or affiliates examined or of other fees or charges imposed pursuant to this subchapter. Such funds shall not be subject to apportionment for the purpose of chapter 15 of title 31 or under any other authority. If any affiliate of a national bank shall refuse to permit an examiner to make an examination of the affiliate or shall refuse to give any information required in the course of any such examination, the national bank with which it is affiliated shall be subject to a penalty of not more than $5,000 for each day that any such refusal shall continue. Such penalty may be assessed by the Comptroller of the Currency and collected in the same manner as expenses of examinations. The Comptroller of the Currency, upon the request of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, is authorized to assign examiners appointed under this subchapter to examine foreign operations of State banks which are members of the Federal Reserve System.
(R.S. §5240 (pars.); Feb. 19, 1875, ch. 89, 18 Stat. 329; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §21, 38 Stat. 271; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §28, 48 Stat. 192; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), title III, §343, 49 Stat. 704, 722; June 30, 1948, ch. 762, §1, 62 Stat. 1163; Apr. 30, 1956, ch. 228, §1, 70 Stat. 124; Pub. L. 96–221, title VII, §709, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 188; Pub. L. 100–86, title V, §505(b), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 633; Pub. L. 101–73, title IX, §907(f), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 470; Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §114(b), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2248; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §318(a)(1), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1526.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 2 of the Federal Reserve Act, referred to in first par., is section 2 of act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, which is classified to former section 141, sections 222 to 225 and 281 to 283, former section 284, and sections 285, 286, 501a, and 502 of this title. See Codification note set out under section 222 of this title.
This subchapter, referred to in second par., was in the original a reference to this section, meaning section 5240 of the Revised Statutes.
Codification
R.S. §5240 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §54, 13 Stat. 116, which was part of the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
R.S. §5240, as amended by acts Dec. 23, 1913, July 2, 1932, June 16, 1933, Pub. L. 101–73, and Pub. L. 102–242, is comprised of 7 undesignated paragraphs. Pars. 1 and 2 are classified to section 481 of this title, pars. 3 and 4 are classified to section 482 of this title, and pars. 5 to 7 are classified to sections 483 to 485, respectively, of this title.
Amendments
2010—Pub. L. 111–203, in fourth sentence of second par., substituted "set and adjusted subject to chapter 71 of title 5 and without regard to the provisions of other laws applicable to officers or employees of the United States" for "without regard to the provisions of other laws applicable to officers or employees of the United States".
1991—Pub. L. 102–242, in second par., inserted second and third sentences and struck out former second and third sentences which read as follows: "The expense of examinations of such affiliates may be assessed by the Comptroller of the Currency upon the affiliates examined in proportion to assets or resources held by the affiliates upon the dates of examination of the various affiliates. If any such affiliate shall refuse to pay such expenses or shall fail to do so within sixty days after the date of such assessment, then such expenses may be assessed against the affiliated national bank and, when so assessed, shall be paid by such national bank: Provided, however, That, if the affiliation is with two or more national banks, such expenses may be assessed against, and collected from, any or all of such national banks in such proportions as the Comptroller of the Currency may prescribe.", in fourth sentence, inserted "or from other fees or charges imposed pursuant to this subchapter" after "assessments on banks or affiliates thereof", and in fifth sentence, inserted ", fees, or charges" before "may be deposited" and "or of other fees or charges imposed pursuant to this subchapter" before period.
1989—Pub. L. 101–73, in second par., increased the penalty for refusal to allow the examination from $100 to $5,000.
1987—Pub. L. 100–86 inserted after fifth sentence of second par. "Such funds shall not be subject to apportionment for the purpose of chapter 15 of title 31 or under any other authority."
1980—Pub. L. 96–221 inserted provisions relating to examination of foreign operations of State banks which are members of the Federal Reserve System, and substituted provisions authorizing examinations as often as the Comptroller deems necessary, for provisions requiring examinations twice in every calendar year, and provisions authorizing the Comptroller to waive one examination or require additional examinations.
1956—Act Apr. 30, 1956, allowed Comptroller to waive 1 of the 2 examinations required each year, but not more than one waiver every two years.
1948—Act June 30, 1948, struck out in first sentence after first proviso of second par. ", including retirement annuities to be fixed by the Comptroller of the Currency,".
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, §343, substituted in first sentence after first proviso of second par. "including retirement annuities to be fixed by the Comptroller of the Currency, is and shall be" for "is".
1933—Act June 16, 1933, inserted proviso and last two sentences at end of first par. and added second par.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 318(e) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as an Effective Date note under section 16 of this title.
Effective Date of 1989 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 101–73 applicable to conduct engaged in after Aug. 9, 1989, except that increased maximum penalties of $5,000 and $25,000 may apply to conduct engaged in before such date if such conduct is not already subject to a notice issued by the appropriate agency and occurred after completion of the last report of the examination of the institution by the appropriate agency occurring before Aug. 9, 1989, see section 907(l) of Pub. L. 101–73, set out as a note under section 93 of this title.
Effective Date of 1948 Amendment
Amendment by act June 30, 1948, effective on first day of first pay period beginning at least 30 days after June 30, 1948, see section 5 of that act.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
§482. Employees of Office of Comptroller of the Currency; appointment; compensation and benefits
Notwithstanding any of the provisions of section 481 of this title or section 301(f)(1) of title 31 to the contrary, the Comptroller of the Currency shall, subject to chapter 71 of title 5, fix the compensation and number of, and appoint and direct, all employees of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Rates of basic pay for all employees of the Office may be set and adjusted by the Comptroller without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 or subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5. The Comptroller may provide additional compensation and benefits to employees of the Office if the same type of compensation or benefits are then being provided by any other Federal bank regulatory agency or, if not then being provided, could be provided by such an agency under applicable provisions of law, rule, or regulation. In setting and adjusting the total amount of compensation and benefits for employees of the Office, the Comptroller shall consult with, and seek to maintain comparability with, other Federal banking agencies.
The Comptroller of the Currency may impose and collect assessments, fees, or other charges as necessary or appropriate to carry out the responsibilities of the office 1 of the Comptroller. Such assessments, fees, and other charges shall be set to meet the Comptroller's expenses in carrying out authorized activities.
(R.S. §5240 (pars.); Feb. 19, 1875, ch. 89, 18 Stat. 329; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §21, 38 Stat. 272; July 2, 1932, ch. 392, 47 Stat. 568; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §343, 49 Stat. 722; Apr. 30, 1956, ch. 228, §§2, 3, 70 Stat. 124; Pub. L. 101–73, title XII, §1202, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 520; Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §114(a), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2248; Pub. L. 102–550, title XVI, §1603(b)(5), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4079; Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §331(b)(1), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2232; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §318(a)(2), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1526.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Provisions of section 481 of this title, referred to in first par., was in the original "preceding provisions of this section", meaning R.S. §5240. See Codification note set out below.
Codification
R.S. §5240 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §54, 13 Stat. 116, which was part of the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Section is comprised of third and fourth pars. of R.S. §5240, as amended. The former fifth par. of R.S. §5440, which comprised the third par. of this section, was repealed by Pub. L. 102–242. See Codification note set out under section 481 of this title.
Amendments
2010—Pub. L. 111–203, in first sentence of first par., substituted "shall, subject to chapter 71 of title 5, fix" for "shall fix".
1994—Pub. L. 103–325 inserted "or section 301(f)(1) of title 31" after "provisions of section 481 of this title".
1992—Pub. L. 102–550 substituted "office" for "duties" in second par.
1991—Pub. L. 102–242 added second par. and struck out former second and third pars. which read as follows:
"The expense of the examinations provided for in this subchapter shall be assessed by the Comptroller of the Currency upon national banks in proportion to their assets or resources. The assessments may be made more frequently than annually at the discretion of the Comptroller of the Currency. The annual rate of such assessment shall be the same for all national banks, except that banks examined more frequently than twice in one calendar year shall, in addition, be assessed the expense of these additional examinations.
"In addition to the expense of examination to be assessed by the Comptroller of the Currency as heretofore provided, all national banks exercising fiduciary powers and all banks or trust companies in the District of Columbia exercising fiduciary powers shall be assessed by the Comptroller of the Currency for the examination of their fiduciary activities a fee adequate to cover the expense thereof."
1989—Pub. L. 101–73, in first paragraph, substituted "Notwithstanding any of the provisions of section 481 of this title to the contrary, the Comptroller of the Currency shall fix the compensation and number of, and appoint and direct, all employees of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Rates of basic pay for all employees of the Office may be set and adjusted by the Comptroller without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 or subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5. The Comptroller may provide additional compensation and benefits to employees of the Office if the same type of compensation or benefits are then being provided by any other Federal bank regulatory agency or, if not then being provided, could be provided by such an agency under applicable provisions of law, rule, or regulation. In setting and adjusting the total amount of compensation and benefits for employees of the Office, the Comptroller shall consult with, and seek to maintain comparability with, other Federal banking agencies." for "The Comptroller of the Currency shall fix the salaries of all bank examiners and make report thereof to Congress." and redesignated remaining sentences of first paragraph as a second paragraph. Former second paragraph became third paragraph.
1956—Act Apr. 30, 1956, provided that assessments may be made more frequently than annually and the annual rate of such assessment shall be the same for all national banks except that banks examined more than twice in one year shall be assessed the expense of the additional examinations, and based additional charges for examining all national banks exercising fiduciary powers and all banks or trust companies in the District of Columbia exercising fiduciary powers on the cost of making the examination rather than the amount of trust assets under administration.
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, substituted in first sentence "The Comptroller of the Currency" for "The Federal Reserve Board, upon the recommendation of the Comptroller of the Currency".
1932—Act July 2, 1932, added last par.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 318(e) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as an Effective Date note under section 16 of this title.
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 102–550 effective as if included in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, Pub. L. 102–242, as of Dec. 19, 1991, see section 1609(a) of Pub. L. 102–550, set out as a note under section 191 of this title.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be capitalized.
§483. Special examination of member banks; information of condition furnished to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
In addition to the examinations made and conducted by the Comptroller of the Currency, every Federal reserve bank may, with the approval of the Federal reserve agent or the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, provide for special examination of member banks within its district. The expense of such examinations may, in the discretion of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, be assessed against the banks examined, and, when so assessed, shall be paid by the banks examined. Such examinations shall be so conducted as to inform the Federal reserve bank of the condition of its member banks and of the lines of credit which are being extended by them. Every Federal reserve bank shall at all times furnish to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System such information as may be demanded concerning the condition of any member bank within the district of the said Federal reserve bank.
(R.S. §5240 (par.); Feb. 19, 1875, ch. 89, 18 Stat. 329; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §21, 38 Stat. 272; June 26, 1930, ch. 611, §2, 46 Stat. 814; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5240 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §54, 13 Stat. 116, which was part of the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Section is comprised of fifth par. of R.S. §5240, as amended. See Codification note set out under section 481 of this title.
Amendments
1930—Act June 26, 1930, substituted second sentence "The expense of such examinations may, in the discretion of the Federal Reserve Board, be assessed against the banks examined, and, when so assessed, shall be paid by the banks examined." for "The expense of such examinations shall be borne by the bank examined."
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§484. Limitation on visitorial powers
(a) No national bank shall be subject to any visitorial powers except as authorized by Federal law, vested in the courts of justice or such as shall be, or have been exercised or directed by Congress or by either House thereof or by any committee of Congress or of either House duly authorized.
(b) Notwithstanding subsection (a), lawfully authorized State auditors and examiners may, at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to a bank, review its records solely to ensure compliance with applicable State unclaimed property or escheat laws upon reasonable cause to believe that the bank has failed to comply with such laws.
(R.S. §5240 (par.); Feb. 19, 1875, ch. 89, 18 Stat. 329; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §21, 38 Stat. 272; Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §412, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1521; Pub. L. 97–457, §23(a), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2510.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5240 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §54, 13 Stat. 116, which was part of the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Section is comprised of sixth par. of R.S. §5240, as amended. See Codification note set out under section 481 of this title.
Section 412 of Pub. L. 97–320, set out in the credit of this section, was amended by section 23(a) of Pub. L. 97–457 to correct an error in the directory language of section 412 of Pub. L. 97–320. That amendment involved only directory language and not the content of the text being amended by Pub. L. 97–320 so no change in the text of this section resulted from the amendment by Pub. L. 97–457.
Amendments
1982—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–320, as amended by Pub. L. 97–457, designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), and amended subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment subsec. (a) read as follows: "No bank shall be subject to any visitorial powers other than such as are authorized by law, or vested in the courts of justice or such as shall be or shall have been exercised or directed by Congress, or by either House thereof or by any committee of Congress or of either House duly authorized".
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–320, as amended by Pub. L. 97–457, added subsec. (b).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1983 Amendment
Pub. L. 97–457, §23(b), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2510, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending section 412 of Pub. L. 97–320, which amended this section] shall be deemed to have taken effect upon the enactment of Public Law 97–320 [Oct. 15, 1982]."
§485. Examination of Federal reserve banks
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall, at least once each year, order an examination of each Federal reserve bank, and upon joint application of ten member banks the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall order a special examination and report of the condition of any Federal reserve bank.
(R.S. §5240 (par.); Feb. 19, 1875, ch. 89, 18 Stat. 329; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §21, 38 Stat. 272; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5240 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §54, 13 Stat. 116, which was part of the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Section is comprised of seventh par. of R.S. §5240, as amended. See Codification note set out under section 481 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§486. Waiver of requirements as to reports from or examinations of affiliates
Whenever member banks are required to obtain reports from affiliates, or whenever affiliates of member banks are required to submit to examination, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the Comptroller of the Currency, as the case may be, may waive such requirements with respect to any such report or examination of any affiliate if in the judgment of the said Board or Comptroller, respectively, such report or examination is not necessary to disclose fully the relations between such affiliate and such bank and the effect thereof upon the affairs of such bank.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §21 (par.), as added Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §325, 49 Stat. 715.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
This section was not enacted as part of R.S. §5240 which comprises this subchapter. Act Dec. 23, 1913, derived from R.S. §5240.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
SUBCHAPTER XVI—CIVIL LIABILITY OF FEDERAL RESERVE AND MEMBER BANKS, SHAREHOLDERS, AND OFFICERS
§501. Liability of Federal reserve or member bank for certifying check when amount of deposit was inadequate
It shall be unlawful for any officer, director, agent, or employee of any Federal reserve bank, or any member bank as defined in this chapter, to certify any check drawn upon such Federal reserve bank or member bank unless the person, firm, or corporation drawing the check has on deposit with such Federal reserve bank or member bank, at the time such check is certified, an amount of money not less than the amount specified in such check. Any check so certified by a duly authorized officer, director, agent, or employee shall be a good and valid obligation against such Federal reserve bank or member bank; but the act of any officer, director, agent, or employee of any such Federal reserve bank or member bank in violation of this section shall, in the discretion of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, subject such Federal reserve bank to the penalties imposed by subsection (h) of section 248 of this title, and shall subject such member banks, if a national bank, to the liability and proceedings on the part of the Comptroller of the Currency provided for in section 192 of this title, and shall, in the discretion of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, subject any other member bank to the penalties imposed by subchapter VIII of chapter 3 of this title for the violation of any of the provisions of this chapter.
(R.S. §5208; Sept. 26, 1918, ch. 177, §7, 40 Stat. 972; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §12, 44 Stat. 1231; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "the act of December 23, 1913, known as the Federal Reserve Act," and "said act," respectively, meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Subchapter VIII of chapter 3 of this title, referred to in text, was in the original "section nine of said Federal reserve Act". Section 9 is classified generally to subchapter VIII (§321 et seq.) of chapter 3 of this title.
Codification
R.S. §5208 derived from act Mar. 3, 1869, ch. 135, 15 Stat. 335.
The last sentence of R.S. §5208, as amended, which provided penalties for certification of certain checks, was repealed by section 21 of act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, 62 Stat. 862, 865, and the provisions thereof were reenacted as section 1004 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Amendments
1927—Act Feb. 25, 1927, substituted "deposited in the bank of the drawer thereof" after "regularly" in last sentence.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§501a. Forfeiture of franchise of national banks for failure to comply with provisions of this chapter
Should any national banking association in the United States now organized fail within one year after December 23, 1913, to become a member bank or fail to comply with any of the provisions of this chapter applicable thereto, all of the rights, privileges, and franchises of such association granted to it under the national-bank Act [12 U.S.C. 21 et seq.], or under the provisions of this chapter, shall be thereby forfeited. Any noncompliance with or violation of this chapter shall, however, be determined and adjudged by any court of the United States of competent jurisdiction in a suit brought for that purpose in the district or territory in which such bank is located, under direction of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, by the Comptroller of the Currency in his own name before the association shall be declared dissolved. In cases of such noncompliance or violation, other than the failure to become a member bank under the provisions of this chapter, every director who participated in or assented to the same shall be held liable in his personal or individual capacity for all damages which said bank, its shareholders, or any other person shall have sustained in consequence of such violation.
Such dissolution shall not take away or impair any remedy against such corporation, its stockholders, or officers, for any liability or penalty which shall have been previously incurred.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §2 (pars.), 38 Stat. 252; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
The national-bank Act, referred to in text, is act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, 13 Stat. 99, which is classified principally to chapter 2 (§21 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 38 of this title.
Codification
Section is comprised of the sixth and seventh pars. of section 2 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification of other pars. of section 2 of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 222 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§502. Liability of shareholders of Federal reserve banks on contracts, etc.
The shareholders of every Federal reserve bank shall be held individually responsible, equally and ratably, and not one for another, for all contracts, debts, and engagements of such bank to the extent of the amount of their subscriptions to such stock at the par value thereof in addition to the amount subscribed, whether such subscriptions have been paid up in whole or in part under the provisions of this chapter.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §2 (par.), 38 Stat. 252.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of the fourth par. of section 2 of act Dec. 23, 1913. For classification of other pars. of section 2 of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 222 of this title.
§503. Liability of directors and officers of member banks
If the directors or officers of any member bank shall knowingly violate or permit any of the agents, officers, or directors of any member bank to violate any of the provisions of sections 375, 375a, 375b, and 376 of this title or regulations of the board made under authority thereof, or any of the provisions of sections 217, 218, 219, 220,1 655, 1005, 1014, 1906, or 1909 of title 18, every director and officer participating in or assenting to such violation shall be held liable in his personal and individual capacity for all damages which the member bank, its shareholders, or any other persons shall have sustained in consequence of such violation.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §22(f), as added Sept. 26, 1918, ch. 177, §5, 40 Stat. 971; amended Sept. 3, 1954, ch. 1263, §28, 68 Stat. 1236.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Sections 217, 218, 219, and 220 of title 18, referred to in text, were renumbered sections 212, 213, 214, and 215 of title 18, respectively, by Pub. L. 87–849, §1(d), Oct. 23, 1962, 76 Stat. 1125. Sections 212 and 213 of title 18, as redesignated, were subsequently repealed by Pub. L. 108–198, §2(a), Dec. 19, 2003, 117 Stat. 2899.
Codification
In text, "sections 375, 375a, 375b, and 376 of this title" was in the original "this section", meaning section 22 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which was also classified to sections 593 to 599 of this title. Such sections were repealed by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862, eff. Sept. 1, 1948, and the provisions thereof were reenacted as sections 217, 218, 219, 220, 655, 1005, 1014, 1906, and 1909 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. Reference to such repealed sections was omitted from the text in view of act Sept. 3, 1954, which amended the text by incorporating therein the reference to the sections of Title 18. The text of section 375 of this title was struck out by Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §615(b), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1615.
Amendments
1954—Act Sept. 3, 1954, inserted "or any of the provisions of sections 217, 218, 219, 220, 655, 1005, 1014, 1906, or 1909 of title 18,".
1 See References in Text note below.
§504. Civil money penalty
(a) First tier
Any member bank which, and any institution-affiliated party (within the meaning of section 1813(u) of this title) with respect to such member bank who, violates any provision of section 371c, 371c–1, 375, 375a, 375b, 376, or 503 of this title, or any regulation issued pursuant thereto, shall forfeit and pay a civil penalty of not more than $5,000 for each day during which such violation continues.
(b) Second tier
Notwithstanding subsection (a), any member bank which, and any institution-affiliated party (within the meaning of section 1813(u) of this title) with respect to such member bank who 1
(1)(A) commits any violation described in subsection (a);
(B) recklessly engages in an unsafe or unsound practice in conducting the affairs of such member bank; or
(C) breaches any fiduciary duty;
(2) which violation, practice, or breach—
(A) is part of a pattern of misconduct;
(B) causes or is likely to cause more than a minimal loss to such member bank; or
(C) results in pecuniary gain or other benefit to such party,
shall forfeit and pay a civil penalty of not more than $25,000 for each day during which such violation, practice, or breach continues.
(c) Third tier
Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b), any member bank which, and any institution-affiliated party (within the meaning of section 1813(u) of this title) with respect to such member bank who—
(1) knowingly—
(A) commits any violation described in subsection (a);
(B) engages in any unsafe or unsound practice in conducting the affairs of such credit union; 2 or
(C) breaches any fiduciary duty; and
(2) knowingly or recklessly causes a substantial loss to such credit union 2 or a substantial pecuniary gain or other benefit to such party by reason of such violation, practice, or breach,
shall forfeit and pay a civil penalty in an amount not to exceed the applicable maximum amount determined under subsection (d) for each day during which such violation, practice, or breach continues.
(d) Maximum amounts of penalties for any violation described in subsection (c)
The maximum daily amount of any civil penalty which may be assessed pursuant to subsection (c) for any violation, practice, or breach described in such subsection is—
(1) in the case of any person other than a member bank, an amount to not exceed $1,000,000; and
(2) in the case of a member bank, an amount not to exceed the lesser of—
(A) $1,000,000; or
(B) 1 percent of the total assets of such member bank.
(e) Assessment; etc.
Any penalty imposed under subsection (a), (b), or (c) shall be assessed and collected 3 by
(1) in the case of a national bank, by the Comptroller of the Currency; and
(2) in the case of a State member bank, by the Board,
in the manner provided in subparagraphs (E), (F), (G), and (I) of section 1818(i)(2) of this title for penalties imposed (under such section) and any such assessment shall be subject to the provisions of such section.
(f) Hearing
The member bank or other person against whom any penalty is assessed under this section shall be afforded an agency hearing if such member bank or person submits a request for such hearing within 20 days after the issuance of the notice of assessment. Section 1818(h) of this title shall apply to any proceeding under this section.
(g) Disbursement
All penalties collected under authority of this paragraph shall be deposited into the Treasury.
(h) "Violate" defined
For purposes of this section, the term "violate" includes any action (alone or with another or others) for or toward causing, bringing about, participating in, counseling, or aiding or abetting a violation.
(i) Regulations
The Comptroller of the Currency and the Board shall prescribe regulations establishing such procedures as may be necessary to carry out this section.
(m) 4 Notice under this section after separation from service
The resignation, termination of employment or participation, or separation of an institution-affiliated party (within the meaning of section 1813(u) of this title) with respect to a member bank (including a separation caused by the closing of such a bank) shall not affect the jurisdiction and authority of the appropriate Federal banking agency to issue any notice and proceed under this section against any such party, if such notice is served before the end of the 6-year period beginning on the date such party ceased to be such a party with respect to such bank (whether such date occurs before, on, or after August 9, 1989).
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §29, as added Pub. L. 95–630, title I, §101, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3641; amended Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §424(c), (d)(1), (e), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1523; Pub. L. 101–73, title IX, §§905(f), 907(g), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 461, 470.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
In subsec. (a), "section 371c, 371c–1, 375, 375a, 375b, 376, or 503 of this title" was in the original "section 22, 23A, or 23B", meaning section 22, 23A, or 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. Sections 23A and 23B are classified to sections 371c and 371c–1, respectively, of this title. Subsections (d) to (h) of section 22 are classified to sections 375, 375a, 375b, 376, and 503 of this title. The text of section 375 of this title was struck out by Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §615(b), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1615.
Amendments
1989—Pub. L. 101–73, §907(g), amended section generally, substituting provisions of subsecs. (a) to (i) for former provisions which related to the following: subsec. (a), making loans, extensions of credit, purchases of securities, etc., respecting affiliates, executive officers, etc.; subsec. (b), amount of penalty; subsec. (c), opportunity for hearing; subsec. (d), review by United States court of appeals; subsec. (e), action by Attorney General for failure to pay assessment; subsec. (f), promulgation of regulations; and subsec. (g), penalties covered into Treasury of United States.
Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 101–73, §905(f), added subsec. (m).
1982—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–320, §424(c), (d)(1), inserted proviso giving agency discretionary authority to compromise, etc., any civil money penalty imposed under its authority, and substituted "may be assessed" for "shall be assessed", respectively.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 97–320, §424(e), substituted "twenty days from the service" for "ten days from the date".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1989 Amendment
Amendment by section 907(g) of Pub. L. 101–73 applicable to conduct engaged in after Aug. 9, 1989, except that increased maximum penalties of $5,000 and $25,000 may apply to conduct engaged in before such date if such conduct is not already subject to a notice issued by the appropriate agency and occurred after completion of the last report of the examination of the institution by the appropriate agency occurring before Aug. 9, 1989, see section 907(l) of Pub. L. 101–73, set out as a note under section 93 of this title.
Effective Date
Section effective with respect to violations occurring or continuing after Nov. 10, 1978, see section 109 of Pub. L. 95–630 set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 93 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be followed by a dash.
2 So in original. Probably should be "such member bank".
3 So in original. Probably should be followed by a dash rather than "by".
4 So in original. No subsecs. (j) to (l) have been enacted.
§505. Civil money penalty
(1) First tier
Any member bank which, and any institution-affiliated party (within the meaning of section 1813(u) of this title) with respect to such member bank who, violates any provision of this section, or any regulation issued pursuant thereto, shall forfeit and pay a civil penalty of not more than $5,000 for each day during which such violation continues.
(2) Second tier
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), any member bank which, and any institution-affiliated party (within the meaning of section 1813(u) of this title) with respect to such member bank who—
(A)(i) commits any violation described in paragraph (1);
(ii) recklessly engages in an unsafe or unsound practice in conducting the affairs of such member bank; or
(iii) breaches any fiduciary duty;
(B) which violation, practice, or breach—
(i) is part of a pattern of misconduct;
(ii) causes or is likely to cause more than a minimal loss to such member bank; or
(iii) results in pecuniary gain or other benefit to such party,
shall forfeit and pay a civil penalty of not more than $25,000 for each day during which such violation, practice, or breach continues.
(3) Third tier
Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2), any member bank which, and any institution-affiliated party (within the meaning of section 1813(u) of this title) with respect to such member bank who—
(A) knowingly—
(i) commits any violation described in paragraph (1);
(ii) engages in any unsafe or unsound practice in conducting the affairs of such member bank; or
(iii) breaches any fiduciary duty; and
(B) knowingly or recklessly causes a substantial loss to such member bank or a substantial pecuniary gain or other benefit to such party by reason of such violation, practice, or breach,
shall forfeit and pay a civil penalty in an amount not to exceed the applicable maximum amount determined under paragraph (4) for each day during which such violation, practice, or breach continues.
(4) Maximum amounts of penalties for any violation described in paragraph (3)
The maximum daily amount of any civil penalty which may be assessed pursuant to paragraph (3) for any violation, practice, or breach described in such paragraph is—
(A) in the case of any person other than a member bank, an amount not to exceed $1,000,000; and
(B) in the case of a member bank, an amount not to exceed the lesser of—
(i) $1,000,000; or
(ii) 1 percent of the total assets of such member bank.
(5) Assessment; etc.
Any penalty imposed under paragraph (1), (2), or (3) may be assessed and collected by the Board in the manner provided in subparagraphs (E), (F), (G), and (I) of section 1818(i)(2) of this title for penalties imposed (under such section) and any such assessment shall be subject to the provisions of such section.
(6) Hearing
The member bank or other person against whom any penalty is assessed under this section shall be afforded an agency hearing if such member bank or person submits a request for such hearing within 20 days after the issuance of the notice of assessment. Section 1818(h) of this title shall apply to any proceeding under this section.
(7) Disbursement
All penalties collected under authority of this section shall be deposited into the Treasury.
(8) "Violate" defined
For purposes of this section, the term "violate" includes any action (alone or with another or others) for or toward causing, bringing about, participating in, counseling, or aiding or abetting a violation.
(9) Regulations
The Board shall prescribe regulations establishing such procedures as may be necessary to carry out this section.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19(l), formerly §19(j), as added Pub. L. 95–630, title I, §102, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3642; renumbered §19(l), Pub. L. 96–221, title I, §105(f), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 140; amended Pub. L. 97–320, title IV, §424(a), (d)(2), (e), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1522, 1523; Pub. L. 101–73, title IX, §907(h), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 472.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This section, referred to in pars. (1) and (8), means section 19 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to sections 142, 371b, 371b–1, 374, 374a, 461, 463 to 466, 505, and 506 of this title.
Amendments
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section generally, revising and restating as pars. (1) to (9) provisions of former pars. (1) to (7) which related to civil penalty respecting depository, reserve, etc., requirements; amount; hearing; review; action by Attorney General; and regulations.
1982—Par. (1). Pub. L. 97–320, §424(a), (d)(2), inserted proviso giving Board discretionary authority to compromise, etc., any civil money penalty imposed under this section, and substituted "may be assessed" for "shall be assessed".
Par. (4). Pub. L. 97–320, §424(e), substituted "twenty days from the service" for "ten days from the date".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1989 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 101–73 applicable to conduct engaged in after Aug. 9, 1989, except that increased maximum penalties of $5,000 and $25,000 may apply to conduct engaged in before such date if such conduct is not already subject to a notice issued by the appropriate agency and occurred after completion of the last report of the examination of the institution by the appropriate agency occurring before Aug. 9, 1989, see section 907(l) of Pub. L. 101–73, set out as a note under section 93 of this title.
Effective Date
Section effective with respect to violations occurring or continuing after Nov. 10, 1978, see section 109 of Pub. L. 95–630 set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 93 of this title.
§506. Notice after separation from service
The resignation, termination of employment or participation, or separation of an institution-affiliated party (within the meaning of section 1813(u) of this title) with respect to a member bank (including a separation caused by the closing of such a bank) shall not affect the jurisdiction and authority of the Board to issue any notice and proceed under this section against any such party, if such notice is served before the end of the 6-year period beginning on the date such party ceased to be such a party with respect to such bank (whether such date occurs before, on, or after August 9, 1989).
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §19(m), as added Pub. L. 101–73, title IX, §905(g), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 461.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This section, referred to in text, means section 19 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to sections 142, 371b, 371b–1, 374, 374a, 461, 463 to 466, 505, and 506 of this title.
SUBCHAPTER XVII—RESERVE-BANK BRANCHES
§521. Reserve-bank branches; establishment; directors; discontinuance of branches; approval for erection of branch bank building
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may permit or require any Federal reserve bank to establish branch banks within the Federal reserve district in which it is located or within the district of any Federal reserve bank which may have been suspended. Such branches, subject to such rules and regulations as the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may prescribe, shall be operated under the supervision of a board of directors to consist of not more than seven nor less than three directors, of whom a majority of one shall be appointed by the Federal reserve bank of the district, and the remaining directors by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Directors of branch banks shall hold office during the pleasure of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may at any time require any Federal reserve bank to discontinue any branch of such Federal reserve bank established under this section. The Federal reserve bank shall thereupon proceed to wind up the business of such branch bank, subject to such rules and regulations as the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may prescribe.
No Federal Reserve bank shall have authority hereafter to enter into any contract or contracts for the erection of any branch bank building of any kind or character or to authorize the erection of any such building, except with the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §3, 38 Stat. 253; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §1, 40 Stat. 232; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §19, 44 Stat. 1234; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 87–622, §2, Aug. 31, 1962, 76 Stat. 418.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1962—Pub. L. 87–622 added par. providing that no Federal Reserve Bank shall have authority to enter into any contract for the erection of a branch bank building or to authorize the erection of such building, except with the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
1927—Act Feb. 25, 1927, added par. authorizing the Federal Reserve Board to discontinue and wind up the business of branch banks.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§522. Federal Reserve branch bank buildings
No Federal Reserve bank may authorize the acquisition or construction of any branch building, or enter into any contract or other obligation for the acquisition or construction of any branch building, without the approval of the Board.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §10 (par.), as added June 3, 1922, ch. 205, 42 Stat. 622; amended Feb. 6, 1923, ch. 60, 42 Stat. 1223; July 30, 1947, ch. 352, 61 Stat. 520; May 29, 1953, ch. 87, 67 Stat. 41; Pub. L. 87–622, §1, Aug. 31, 1962, 76 Stat. 418; Pub. L. 93–495, title I, §108, Oct. 28, 1974, 88 Stat. 1505; Pub. L. 102–491, §2, Oct. 24, 1992, 106 Stat. 3144.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of ninth paragraph of act Dec. 23, 1913, §10, as added June 3, 1922. For classification to this title of other pars. of section 10, see Codification note set out under section 241 of this title.
Amendments
1992—Pub. L. 102–491 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "No Federal reserve bank shall have authority hereafter to enter into any contract or contracts for the erection of any branch bank building of any kind or character, or to authorize the erection of any such building, if the cost of the building proper, exclusive of the cost of the vaults, permanent equipment, furnishings, and fixtures, is in excess of $250,000: Provided, That nothing herein shall apply to any building under construction prior to June 3, 1922: Provided further, That the cost as above specified shall not be so limited as long as the aggregate of such costs which are incurred by all Federal Reserve banks for branch bank buildings with the approval of the Board of Governors after July 30, 1947 does not exceed $140,000,000."
1974—Pub. L. 93–495 increased from $60,000,000 to $140,000,000 the limitation on aggregate costs of constructing branch bank buildings.
1962—Pub. L. 87–622 increased from $30,000,000 to $60,000,000 the limitation on aggregate costs of constructing branch bank buildings.
1953—Act May 29, 1953, increased from $10,000,000 to $30,000,000 the limitation on aggregate cost of constructing branch bank buildings.
1947—Act July 30, 1947, inserted proviso exempting limitation on cost of construction where aggregate costs do not exceed $10,000,000.
CHAPTER 4—TAXATION
SUBCHAPTER I—FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II—NATIONAL BANK CIRCULATION
SUBCHAPTER III—NATIONAL BANK SHARES
SUBCHAPTER IV—STATE BANK CIRCULATION
SUBCHAPTER I—FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS
§531. Exemption from taxation
Federal reserve banks, including the capital stock and surplus therein and the income derived therefrom shall be exempt from Federal, State, and local taxation, except taxes upon real estate.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §7(c), 38 Stat. 258; Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 101, §1, 40 Stat. 1314; Pub. L. 103–66, title III, §3002(c)(2), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 338.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of subsec. (c) [formerly third undesignated par.] of section 7 of act Dec. 23, 1913. Subsec. (a) of section 7 and subsec. (b) [enacted by Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(5) [title III, §302(2)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A-304] of section 7 are classified to section 289 of this title. Another subsec. (b) of section 7 is classified to section 290 of this title.
Amendments
1993—Pub. L. 103–66 inserted section catchline.
SUBCHAPTER II—NATIONAL BANK CIRCULATION
§541. Tax on circulating notes generally
In lieu of all existing taxes, every association shall pay to the Treasurer of the United States, in the months of January and July, a duty of one-half of 1 per centum each half year upon the average amount of its notes in circulation.
(R.S. §5214; Mar. 3, 1883, ch. 121, §1, 22 Stat. 488.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5214 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §41, 13 Stat. 111, which was part of the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
§542. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, act Mar. 14, 1900, ch. 41, §13, 31 Stat. 49, related to tax on circulating notes secured by 2 per centum bonds.
§543. Repealed. Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068
Section, act Dec. 21, 1905, ch. 3, §1, 34 Stat. 5, related to tax on circulating notes secured by Panama Canal 2 per centum bonds and rights and privileges of such bonds.
§§544 to 547. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section 544, R.S. §5215; act Mar. 3, 1883, ch. 121, §1, 22 Stat. 488, related to half-yearly return of circulation.
Section 545, R.S. §5216; act Mar. 3, 1883, ch. 121, §1, 22 Stat. 488, related to penalty for failure to make return.
Section 546, R.S. §5217, related to enforcing tax on circulation.
Section 547, R.S. §5218; act June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §304, 42 Stat. 24, related to refunding excess tax.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Repeals
Effective July 1, 1935, the permanent appropriation provided for in former section 547 of this title was repealed by act June 26, 1934, ch. 756, §2, 48 Stat. 1226, such act authorizing in lieu thereof, an annual appropriation from the general fund of the Treasury.
Redemption of Bonds; Termination of Circulating Notes
In a communication from the Treasury Department dated February 17, 1941, it was stated "The Secretary of the Treasury called for redemption the only outstanding issues of United States bonds bearing the circulation privilege as follows:
"2% Consols. of 1930, as of July 1, 1935,
"2% Panama Canal bonds of 1916–36, and
"2% Panama Canal bonds of 1918–38, as of August 1, 1935.
"The retirement of these issues automatically put an end to National Bank note circulation and the collection of the tax thereon."
SUBCHAPTER III—NATIONAL BANK SHARES
§548. State taxation
For the purposes of any tax law enacted under authority of the United States or any State, a national bank shall be treated as a bank organized and existing under the laws of the State or other jurisdiction within which its principal office is located.
(R.S. §5219; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 267, 42 Stat. 1499; Mar. 25, 1926, ch. 88, 44 Stat. 223; Pub. L. 91–156, §§1(a), 2(a), Dec. 24, 1969, 83 Stat. 434.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5219 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, §41, 13 Stat. 111, which was the National Bank Act, and act Feb. 10, 1868, ch. 7, 15 Stat. 34. See section 38 of this title.
Amendments
1969—Pub. L. 91–156, §2(a), substituted provisions directing that national banks, for purposes of both Federal and State tax laws, be treated as banks organized and existing under the laws of the State or other jurisdiction within which each bank's principal office is located for provisions placing restrictions on the taxation of national bank shares and, for the period until the effective date of such amendment, set out interim provisions regarding intangible personal property taxes of States and local governments on national banks.
Pub. L. 91–156, §1(a), added par. 5.
1926—Act Mar. 25, 1926, among other changes inserted "on their net income" in cl. (3) of former opening par., and added cl. (4) thereto, and inserted proviso in former subsec. 1(c).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1969 Amendment
Pub. L. 91–156, §1(b), Dec. 24, 1969, 83 Stat. 434, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) of this section [setting out interim provisions regarding intangible personal property taxes of State and local governments on national banks] shall be effective from the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 24, 1969] until the effective date [Jan. 1, 1973] of the amendment made by section 2(a) of this Act [removing restrictions on the taxation of national bank shares and directing that national banks, for purposes of both Federal and State tax laws, be treated as banks organized and existing under the laws of the State or other jurisdiction within which each bank's principal office is located]."
Pub. L. 91–156, §2(b), Dec. 24, 1969, 83 Stat. 434, as amended by Pub. L. 92–213, §4(a), Dec. 22, 1971, 85 Stat. 775, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [removing all special restriction on the taxation of national bank shares by State and local taxing authorities] becomes effective on January 1, 1973".
Savings Provision
Pub. L. 91–156, §3, Dec. 24, 1969, 83 Stat. 435, as amended by Pub. L. 92–213, §4(a), Dec. 22, 1971, 85 Stat. 775, provided that:
"(a) Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, prior to January 1, 1973, no tax may be imposed on any class of banks by or under authority of any State legislation in effect prior to the enactment of this Act [Dec. 24, 1969] unless
"(1) the tax was imposed on that class of banks prior to the enactment of this Act [Dec. 24, 1969], or
"(2) the imposition of the tax is authorized by affirmative action of the State legislature after the enactment of this Act [Dec. 24, 1969].
"(b) The prohibition of subsection (a) of this section does not apply to
"(1) any sales tax or use tax complementary thereto,
"(2) any tax (including a documentary stamp tax) on the execution, delivery, or recordation of documents, or
"(3) any tax on tangible personal property (not including cash or currency), or for any license, registration, transfer, excise or other fee or tax imposed on the ownership, use or transfer of tangible personal property,
imposed by a State which does not impose a tax, or an increased rate of tax, in lieu thereof."
State Taxation of Federally Insured Financial Institutions; Study and Report by Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations
Pub. L. 93–100, §7, Aug. 16, 1973, 87 Stat. 347, eff. on the 30th day after Aug. 16, 1973, as amended by Pub. L. 93–495, title I, §114, Oct. 28, 1974, 88 Stat. 1507; Pub. L. 94–222, §§1, 4, Feb. 27, 1976, 90 Stat. 197, 198, eff. Jan. 1, 1976, provided that it was to be cited as the "State Taxation of Depositories Act"; that it was applicable to taxable years or periods beginning on or after Aug. 16, 1973; that an efficient banking system and the free flow of commerce would be furthered by clarification of principles as to State taxation of interstate transactions of banks and other depositories; that taxes measured by income or receipts or other "doing business" taxes in states where depositories do not have their principal offices, should be deferred until uniform and equitable methods are developed; that no such taxes should be imposed on or after Aug. 16, 1973 and before Sept. 12, 1976; that "insured depository" means any bank or institution insured under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation or any member institution of a Federal home loan bank; that "State" means the several States of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Virgin Islands, Guam, and American Samoa; and that the Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations should study the matter of State "doing business" taxes and report to Congress no later than Dec. 31, 1974.
Study by Board of Governors of Federal Reserve System; Report by June 22, 1972
Pub. L. 92–213, §4(b), Dec. 22, 1971, 85 Stat. 775, required the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to make a study of the probable impact on the revenues of State and local governments of the extension until Jan. 1, 1973, under subsection (a), of the termination date of interim provisions regarding intangible personal property taxes of State and local governments on national banks and to report the results of its study to the Congress not later than six months after Dec. 22, 1971.
Study by Board of Governors of Federal Reserve System; Report by Dec. 31, 1970
Pub. L. 91–156, §4, Dec. 24, 1969, 83 Stat. 435, provided that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System make a study to determine the probable impact on the banking system and other economic effects of the changes in existing law made by section 2 of this Act [amending this section] and that such study include the Board's recommendation as to what additional Federal legislation may be needed to reconcile the promotion of economic efficiency in the banking system with the achievement of effectiveness and local autonomy in meeting the fiscal needs of the States and their political subdivisions. The results of the Board's study were to be made to Congress not later than December 31, 1970.
SUBCHAPTER IV—STATE BANK CIRCULATION
§§561 to 570. Omitted
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Repeals
Provisions of these sections were incorporated in Title 26, Internal Revenue Code, as follows:
| This Title | Title 26 |
|---|---|
| 561 | 1905, I.R.C. 1939; 4882, I.R.C. 1954 |
| 562 | 1900(b)(2), I.R.C. 1939; 4881, I.R.C. 1954 |
| 563 | 1900(b)(2) I.R.C. 1939; 4881, I.R.C. 1954 |
| 564 | 1902(b), I.R.C. 1939; 6151(a), I.R.C. 1954 |
| 565 | 1901, I.R.C. 1939; 4883, I.R.C. 1954 |
| 566 | 1902(a)(1)(2), I.R.C. 1939; 6011(a), 6065(a), 6071, 6091(b)(1), (2), I.R.C. 1954 |
| 567 | 1903, 1904, I.R.C. 1939; 4885, I.R.C. 1954 |
| 568 | 1902(a)(4), I.R.C. 1939; omitted, I.R.C. 1954 |
| 569 | 1906, I.R.C. 1939; 4883, I.R.C. 1954 |
| 570 | 3798, I.R.C. 1939; 7507, I.R.C. 1954 |
Insofar as they related exclusively to internal revenue they were repealed by section 4(a) of enacting section of 1939 Internal Revenue Code, preceding subtitle A of Title 26, I.R.C. 1939.
CHAPTER 5—CRIMES AND OFFENSES
SUBCHAPTER I—IN GENERAL
SUBCHAPTER II—FEDERAL RESERVE AND MEMBER BANKS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND EXAMINERS
SUBCHAPTER I—IN GENERAL
§581. Repealed. June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862, eff. Sept. 1, 1948
Section, R.S. §5187, related to unauthorized issue of circulating notes. See section 334 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
§582. Receipt of United States or bank notes as collateral
No national banking association shall hereafter offer or receive United States notes or national-bank notes as security or as collateral security for any loan of money, or for a consideration agree to withhold the same from use, or offer or receive the custody or promise of custody of such notes as security, or as collateral security, or consideration for any loan of money. Any association offending against the provisions of this section shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be fined not more than $1,000 and a further sum equal to one-third of the money so loaned. The officer or officers of any association who shall make any such loan shall be liable for a further sum equal to one-quarter of the money loaned; and any fine or penalty incurred by a violation of this section shall be recoverable for the benefit of the party bringing such suit.
(R.S. §5207.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
R.S. §5207 derived from act Feb. 19, 1869, ch. 32, 15 Stat. 270.
§§583 to 588d. Repealed. June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862, eff. Sept. 1, 1948
Section 583, R.S. §5243; act Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §318, 49 Stat. 712, related to use of words "National", "Federal", or "United States". See section 709 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 584, act May 24, 1926, ch. 377, §1, 44 Stat. 628, related to spurious advertisements or representations as to Federal farm loans and bonds. See section 709 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 585, acts May 24, 1926, ch. 377, §2, 44 Stat. 628; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §332, 49 Stat. 719, related to use of words "Federal", "United States", "Deposit Insurance", "reserve". See section 709 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 586, act May 24, 1926, ch. 377, §3, 44 Stat. 628, related to false advertisements or representations as to membership in Federal Reserve System. See section 709 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 587, acts May 24, 1926, ch. 377, §4, 44 Stat. 628; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §332, 49 Stat. 719, related to penalties for violations of former sections 584–586. See section 709 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 588, act May 24, 1926, ch. 377, §5, 44 Stat. 629, related to separability of former sections 584 to 587.
Section 588a, acts May 18, 1934, ch. 304, §1, 48 Stat. 783; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §333, 49 Stat. 720, defined "bank". See section 2113 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 588b, acts May 18, 1934, ch. 304, §2, 48 Stat. 783; Aug. 24, 1937, ch. 747, 50 Stat. 749; June 29, 1940, ch. 455, 54 Stat. 695, related to robbery of bank. See section 2113 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 588c, act May 18, 1934, ch. 304, §3, 48 Stat. 783, related to killing or kidnapping as incident to robbery of a bank. See section 2113 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 588d, act May 18, 1934, ch. 304, §4, 48 Stat. 783, related to jurisdiction of bank crimes. See section 3231 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
SUBCHAPTER II—FEDERAL RESERVE AND MEMBER BANKS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND EXAMINERS
§§591 to 599. Repealed. June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862, eff. Sept. 1, 1948
Section 591, R.S. §5208; acts July 12, 1882, ch. 290, §13, 22 Stat. 166; Sept. 26, 1918, ch. 177, §7, 40 Stat. 972; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §12, 44 Stat. 1231, related to unlawful certification of checks. See section 1004 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 592, R.S. §5209; acts Sept. 26, 1918, ch. 177, §7, 40 Stat. 972; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §316, 49 Stat. 712, related to embezzlement. See sections 334, 656, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 593, acts Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §22(a), 38 Stat. 272; Sept. 26, 1918, ch. 177, §5, 40 Stat. 970; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, §15, 44 Stat. 1232; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §326(a), 49 Stat. 715, related to loans and gratuities.
Section 594, acts Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §22(b), 38 Stat. 272; Sept. 26, 1918, ch. 177, §5, 40 Stat. 970; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §326(b), 49 Stat. 716, related to bank examiners performing other services for compensation and disclosure of information. See sections 1906 and 1909 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 595, acts Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §22(c), 38 Stat. 272; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, §11, 40 Stat. 240; Sept. 26, 1918, ch. 177, §5, 40 Stat. 970, related to officers and employees accepting commissions and gifts for procuring loans. See section 215 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 596, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §22(h), as added June 19, 1934, ch. 653, §3, 48 Stat. 1107, related to false statements or overvaluation of securities to secure loan. See section 1014 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 597, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §22(i), as added June 19, 1934, ch. 653, §3, 48 Stat. 1107, related to embezzlement, etc. See sections 655 and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 598, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §22(j), as added June 19, 1934, ch. 653, §3, 48 Stat. 1107, related to application of former sections 202 to 207 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 599, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §22(k), as added June 19, 1934, ch. 653, §3, 48 Stat. 1107, related to fees, commissions, and bonuses in connection with loans. See section 214 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
CHAPTER 6—FOREIGN BANKING
SUBCHAPTER I—ESTABLISHMENT BY NATIONAL BANKS OF FOREIGN BRANCHES AND INVESTMENTS IN BANKS DOING FOREIGN BUSINESS
SUBCHAPTER II—ORGANIZATION OF CORPORATIONS TO DO FOREIGN BANKING
SUBCHAPTER I—ESTABLISHMENT BY NATIONAL BANKS OF FOREIGN BRANCHES AND INVESTMENTS IN BANKS DOING FOREIGN BUSINESS
§601. Authorization; conditions and regulations
Any national banking association possessing a capital and surplus of $1,000,000 or more may file application with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System for permission to exercise, upon such conditions and under such regulations as may be prescribed by the said board, the following powers:
First. To establish branches in foreign countries or dependencies or insular possessions of the United States for the furtherance of the foreign commerce of the United States, and to act if required to do so as fiscal agents of the United States.
Second. To invest an amount not exceeding in the aggregate 10 per centum of its paid-in capital stock and surplus in the stock of one or more banks or corporations chartered or incorporated under the laws of the United States or of any State thereof, and principally engaged in international or foreign banking, or banking in a dependency or insular possession of the United States either directly or through the agency, ownership, or control of local institutions in foreign countries, or in such dependencies or insular possessions.
Third. To acquire and hold, directly or indirectly, stock or other evidences of ownership in one or more banks organized under the law of a foreign country or a dependency or insular possession of the United States and not engaged, directly or indirectly, in any activity in the United States except as, in the judgment of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, shall be incidental to the international or foreign business of such foreign bank; and, notwithstanding the provisions of section 371c of this title, to make loans or extensions of credit to or for the account of such bank in the manner and within the limits prescribed by the Board by general or specific regulation or ruling.
Until January 1, 1921, any national banking association, without regard to the amount of its capital and surplus, may file application with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System for permission, upon such conditions and under such regulations as may be prescribed by said board, to invest an amount not exceeding in the aggregate 5 per centum of its paid-in capital and surplus in the stock of one or more corporations chartered or incorporated under the laws of the United States or of any State thereof and, regardless of its location, principally engaged in such phases of international or foreign financial operations as may be necessary to facilitate the export of goods, wares, or merchandise from the United States or any of its dependencies or insular possessions to any foreign country: Provided, however, That in no event shall the total investments authorized by this subchapter by any one national bank exceed 10 per centum of its capital and surplus.
Such application shall specify the name and capital of the banking association filing it, the powers applied for, and the place or places where the banking or financial operations proposed are to be carried on. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall have power to approve or to reject such application in whole or in part if for any reason the granting of such application is deemed inexpedient, and shall also have power from time to time to increase or decrease the number of places where such banking operations may be carried on.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25 (pars.), 38 Stat. 273; Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 755; Sept. 17, 1919, ch. 60, §§1, 2, 41 Stat. 285, 286; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 89–485, §12(b), July 1, 1966, 80 Stat. 241.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in the proviso to the fifth par., was in the original "this section", meaning section 25 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§601 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of the first three undesignated pars. of section 25 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter.
The fourth undesignated par. of section 25 is classified to section 602 of this title.
The fifth undesignated par. of section 25 is classified to section 603 of this title.
The sixth undesignated par. of section 25 is classified to section 604 of this title.
The former seventh undesignated par. was classified to former section 605 of this title.
The seventh undesignated par. is classified to section 604a of this title.
Amendments
1966—Pub. L. 89–485 struck out "either or both of" before "the following powers" in introductory par.
Par. Third. Pub. L. 89–485 added par. Third.
1919—Act Sept. 17, 1919, added par. beginning "Until January 21, 1921" and inserted "financial" in first sentence of last par.
1916—Act Sept. 7, 1916, among other changes, added par. Second, and provisions relating to restrictions on purchasing stock in other banks, investigations as to compliance with regulations, disposal of interest and separation of accounts, etc. which are now contained in section 602 et seq. of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Study by Secretary of the Treasury of Discriminatory Practices by Foreign Nations Against United States Banks; Report and Recommendations to Congress
Pub. L. 95–369, §9(a), formerly §9, Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 623, renumbered Pub. L. 95–630, title III, §311, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3678, provided that the Secretary of the Treasury conduct a study of discriminatory practices by foreign nations against United States banks and report his findings and recommendations to Congress on or before one year after Sept. 17, 1978, along with a description of efforts taken by the United States to eliminate any foreign laws or practices that discriminate against United States banks or serve as a barrier to the financing of United States exports to any country.
§602. Reports and examinations
Every national banking association operating foreign branches shall be required to furnish information concerning the condition of such branches to the Comptroller of the Currency upon demand, and every member bank investing in the capital stock of banks or corporations described in section 601 of this title shall be required to furnish information concerning the condition of such banks or corporations to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System upon demand, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may order special examinations of the said branches, banks, or corporations at such time or times as it may deem best.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25 (par.), 38 Stat. 273; Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 755; Sept. 17, 1919, ch. 60, §3, 41 Stat. 286; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the fourth undesignated par. of section 25 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For classification of other pars. of section 25 of this Act, see Codification note under section 601 of this title.
Amendments
1919—Act Sept. 17, 1919, substituted "above" for "subparagraph 2 of the first paragraph of this section" in the original, which for purposes of codification appears in text as a reference to section 601 of this title.
1916—Act Sept. 7, 1916, substituted "operating" for "which shall receive authority to establish foreign branches" and inserted "every member bank investing in the capital stock of banks or corporations described in subsection second of section 601 of this title".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Executive Documents
Exception as to Transfer of Functions
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this title.
§603. Restrictions imposed by Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System on banks purchasing stock in corporations doing foreign business
Before any national bank shall be permitted to purchase stock in any corporation described in section 601 of this title, the said corporation shall enter into an agreement or undertaking with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to restrict its operations or conduct its business in such manner or under such limitations and restrictions as the said board may prescribe for the place or places wherein such business is to be conducted. If at any time the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall ascertain that the regulations prescribed by it are not being complied with, said board is authorized and empowered to institute an investigation of the matter and to send for persons and papers, subpoena witnesses, and administer oaths in order to satisfy itself as to the actual nature of the transactions referred to. Should such investigation result in establishing the failure of the corporation in question, or of the national bank or banks which may be stockholders therein, to comply with the regulations laid down by the said Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, such national banks may be required to dispose of stock holdings in the said corporation upon reasonable notice.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25 (par.), as added Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 755; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the fifth undesignated par. of section 25 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For classification of other pars. of section 25 of this Act, see Codification note under section 601 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§604. Accounts of foreign branches; profit and loss
Every national banking association operating foreign branches shall conduct the accounts of each foreign branch independently of the accounts of other foreign branches established by it and of its home office, and shall at the end of each fiscal period transfer to its general ledger the profit or loss accrued at each branch as a separate item.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25 (par.), 38 Stat. 273; Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 756.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the sixth undesignated par. of section 25 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For classification of other pars. of section 25 of this Act, see Codification note under section 601 of this title.
The words "national banking association operating foreign branches" were in the original "such banking association".
Amendments
1916—Act Sept. 7, 1916, substituted "accrued" for "accruing".
§604a. Regulations authorizing exercise by foreign branches of usual powers of local banks; restrictions
Regulations issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under this subchapter, in addition to regulating powers which a foreign branch may exercise under other provisions of law, may authorize such a foreign branch, subject to such conditions and requirements as such regulations may prescribe, to exercise such further powers as may be usual in connection with the transaction of the business of banking in the places where such foreign branch shall transact business. Such regulations shall not authorize a foreign branch to engage in the general business of producing, distributing, buying or selling goods, wares, or merchandise; nor, except to such limited extent as the Board may deem to be necessary with respect to securities issued by any "foreign state" as defined in section 632 of this title, shall such regulations authorize a foreign branch to engage or participate, directly or indirectly, in the business of underwriting, selling, or distributing securities.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25 (par.), as added Pub. L. 87–588, Aug. 15, 1962, 76 Stat. 388.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§601 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of the seventh undesignated par. of section 25 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For classification of other pars. of section 25 of this Act, see Codification note under section 601 of this title.
§605. Repealed. Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §329, 49 Stat. 717
Section, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25 (par.), 38 Stat. 273, as amended by act Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 755, related to interlocking directors, officers, and employees. See section 19 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade.
Section was comprised of the former seventh undesignated par. of section 25 of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For classification of other pars. of section 25 of this Act, see Codification note under section 601 of this title.
SUBCHAPTER II—ORGANIZATION OF CORPORATIONS TO DO FOREIGN BANKING
§611. Formation authorized; fiscal agents; depositaries in insular possessions
Corporations to be organized for the purpose of engaging in international or foreign banking or other international or foreign financial operations, or in banking or other financial operations in a dependency or insular possession of the United States, either directly or through the agency, ownership or control of local institutions in foreign countries, or in such dependencies or insular possessions as provided by this subchapter and to act when required by the Secretary of the Treasury as fiscal agents of the United States, may be formed by any number of natural persons, not less in any case than five: Provided, That nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to deny the right of the Secretary of the Treasury to use any corporation organized under this subchapter as depositaries in Panama and the Panama Canal Zone, or other insular possessions and dependencies of the United States.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; amended Feb. 27, 1921, ch. 73, 41 Stat. 1145; Proc. No. 2695, eff. July 4, 1946, 11 F.R. 2517, 60 Stat. 1352; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
For definition of Canal Zone, referred to in text, see section 3602(b) of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse.
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 1 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter.
Par. 2 (undesignated) is classified to section 611a of this title.
Pars. 3 to 5 (undesignated), formerly pars. 2 to 4 (undesignated), respectively, are classified to sections 612 to 614, respectively, of this title.
Pars. 6 and 7 (undesignated), formerly pars. 5 and 6 (undesignated), respectively, are classified to section 615 of this title.
Pars. 8 to 15 (undesignated), formerly pars. 7 to 14 (undesignated), respectively, are classified to sections 616 to 623, respectively, of this title.
Par. (16), formerly par. 16 (undesignated), formerly par. 15 (undesignated), is classified to section 624 of this title.
Pars. 17 to 23 (undesignated), formerly pars. 16 to 22 (undesignated), are classified to sections 625 to 631 of this title.
Words "in the Philippine Islands and" following "Canal Zone, or" were deleted on authority of Proc. No. 2695, which granted independence to the Philippine Islands pursuant to section 1394 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse. Proc. No. 2695 is set out as a note under section 1394 of Title 22.
Amendments
1921—Act Feb. 27, 1921, inserted proviso.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Short Title
Act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added by act Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; amended Feb. 27, 1921, ch. 73, 41 Stat. 1145; Proc. No. 2695, eff. July 4, 1946, 11 F.R. 2517, 60 Stat. 1352; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281, which is classified to this subchapter, is popularly known as the "Edge Act".
§611a. Statement of purposes; rules and regulations
The Congress declares that it is the purpose of this subchapter to provide for the establishment of international banking and financial corporations operating under Federal supervision with powers sufficiently broad to enable them to compete effectively with similar foreign-owned institutions in the United States and abroad; to afford to the United States exporter and importer in particular, and to United States commerce, industry, and agriculture in general, at all times a means of financing international trade, especially United States exports; to foster the participation by regional and smaller banks throughout the United States in the provision of international banking and financing services to all segments of United States agriculture, commerce, and industry, and, in particular small business and farming concerns; to stimulate competition in the provision of international banking and financing services throughout the United States; and, in conjunction with each of the preceding purposes, to facilitate and stimulate the export of United States goods, wares, merchandise, commodities, and services to achieve a sound United States international trade position. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall issue rules and regulations under this subchapter consistent with and in furtherance of the purposes described in the preceding sentence, and, in accordance therewith, shall review and revise any such rules and regulations at least once every five years, the first such period commencing with the effective date of rules and regulations issued pursuant to section 3(a) of the International Banking Act of 1978, in order to ensure that such purposes are being served in light of prevailing economic conditions and banking practices.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Pub. L. 95–369, §3(b), Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 608; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
Section 3(a) of the International Banking Act of 1978, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 95–369, §3(a), Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 608, which is set out below.
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 2 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Elimination or Modification of Restrictions Limiting Foreign Banking; Congressional Declaration of Purpose
Pub. L. 95–369, §3(a), Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 608, provided that: "It is the purpose of this section [adding this section, amending sections 614, 615, 618, and 619 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as note under section 247 of this title] to eliminate or modify provisions in section 25(a) [now 25A] of the Federal Reserve Act [this subchapter] that (1) discriminate against foreign-owned banking institutions, (2) disadvantage or unnecessarily restrict or limit corporations organized under section 25(a) of the Federal Reserve Act in competing with foreign-owned banking institutions in the United States or abroad or (3) impede the attainment of the Congressional purposes set forth in section 25(a) of the Federal Reserve Act as amended by subsection (b) of this section [adding this section]. In furtherance of such purpose, the Congress believes that the Board should review and revise its rules, regulations, and interpretations issued pursuant to section 25(a) of the Federal Reserve Act to eliminate or modify any restrictions, conditions, or limitations not required by section 25(a) of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended, that (1) discriminate against foreign-owned banking institutions, (2) disadvantage or unnecessarily restrict or limit corporations organized under section 25(a) of the Federal Reserve Act in competing with foreign-owned banking institutions in the United States or abroad, or (3) impede the attainment of the Congressional purposes set forth in section 25(a) of the Federal Reserve Act as amended by subsection (b) of this section. Rules and regulations pursuant to this subsection and section 25(a) of the Federal Reserve Act shall be issued not later than 150 days after the date of enactment of this section [Sept. 17, 1978] and shall be issued in final form and become effective not later than 120 days after they are first issued."
§612. Articles of association; contents
The persons described in section 611 of this title shall enter into articles of association which shall specify in general terms the objects for which the association is formed and may contain any other provisions not inconsistent with law which the association may see fit to adopt for the regulation of its business and the conduct of its affairs.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The persons described in section 611 of this title, referred to in text, was in the original "Such persons".
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 3 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
§613. Signing of articles of association; forwarding to and filing by Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; organization certificate; contents
Articles of association described in section 612 of this title shall be signed by all of the persons intending to participate in the organization of the corporation and, thereafter, shall be forwarded to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and shall be filed and preserved in its office. The persons signing the said articles of association shall, under their hands, make an organization certificate which shall specifically state:
First. The name assumed by such corporation, which shall be subject to the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Second. The place or places where its operations are to be carried on.
Third. The place in the United States where its home office is to be located.
Fourth. The amount of its capital stock and the number of shares into which the same shall be divided.
Fifth. The names and places of business or residence of the persons executing the certificate and the number of shares to which each has subscribed.
Sixth. The fact that the certificate is made to enable the persons subscribing the same, and all other persons, firms, companies, and corporations, who or which may thereafter subscribe to or purchase shares of the capital stock of such corporation, to avail themselves of the advantages of this subchapter.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (pars.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Articles of association described in section 612 of this title, referred to in text, was in the original "Such articles of association".
This subchapter, referred to in par. sixth, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 4 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§614. Organization certificate; acknowledgment; forwarding to, filing, and approval by Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; permit to do business; body corporate; name; seal; corporate succession; contracts; suits; directors, officers, and employees; bylaws
The persons signing the organization certificate shall duly acknowledge the execution thereof before a judge of some court of record or notary public, who shall certify thereto under the seal of such court or notary, and thereafter the certificate shall be forwarded to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to be filed and preserved in its office. Upon duly making and filing articles of association and an organization certificate, and after the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has approved the same and issued a permit to begin business, the association shall become and be a body corporate, and as such and in the name designated therein shall have power to adopt and use a corporate seal, which may be changed at the pleasure of its board of directors; to have succession for a period of twenty years unless sooner dissolved by the act of the shareholders owning two-thirds of the stock or by an act of Congress or unless its franchises become forfeited by some violation of law; to make contracts; to sue and be sued, complain, and defend in any court of law or equity; to elect or appoint directors; and, by its board of directors, to appoint such officers and employees as may be deemed proper, define their authority and duties, require bonds of them, and fix the penalty thereof, dismiss such officers or employees, or any thereof, at pleasure and appoint others to fill their places; to prescribe, by its board of directors, bylaws not inconsistent with law or with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System regulating the manner in which its stock shall be transferred, its directors elected or appointed, its officers and employees appointed, its property transferred, and the privileges granted to it by law exercised and enjoyed.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 95–369, §3(c), Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 609; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 5 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
Amendments
1978—Pub. L. 95–369 struck out ", all of whom shall be citizens of the United States" after "to elect or appoint directors".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§615. Powers of corporation
Each corporation organized as provided in sections 611 to 614 of this title shall have power, under such rules and regulations as the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may prescribe:
(a) Dealings in drafts, checks, bills of exchange, acceptances, and other evidences of indebtedness; purchase and sale of securities; letters of credit; purchase and sale of coin, bullion, and exchange; borrowing and loaning money; issue of debentures, bonds, and notes; deposits; limitation of liabilities; reserves
To purchase, sell, discount, and negotiate, with or without its indorsement or guaranty, notes, drafts, checks, bills of exchange, acceptances, including bankers' acceptances, cable transfers, and other evidences of indebtedness; to purchase and sell, with or without its indorsement or guaranty, securities, including the obligations of the United States or of any State thereof but not including shares of stock in any corporation except as herein provided; to accept bills or drafts drawn upon it subject to such limitations and restrictions as the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may impose; to issue letters of credit; to purchase and sell coin, bullion, and exchange; to borrow and to lend money; to issue debentures, bonds, and promissory notes under such general conditions as to security and such limitations as the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may prescribe; to receive deposits outside of the United States and to receive only such deposits within the United States as may be incidental to or for the purpose of carrying out transactions in foreign countries or dependencies or insular possessions of the United States; and generally to exercise such powers as are incidental to the power conferred by this Act or as may be usual, in the determination of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, in connection with the transaction of the business of banking or other financial operations in the countries, colonies, dependencies, or possessions in which it shall transact business and not inconsistent with the powers specifically granted herein. Nothing contained in this subchapter shall be construed to prohibit the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, under its power to prescribe rules and regulations, from limiting the aggregate amount of liabilities of any or all classes incurred by the corporation and outstanding at any one time. Whenever a corporation organized under this subchapter receives deposits in the United States authorized by this subchapter, it shall carry reserves in such amounts as the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may prescribe for member banks of the Federal Reserve System.
(b) Branches or agencies
To establish and maintain for the transaction of its business branches or agencies in foreign countries, their dependencies or colonies, and in the dependencies or insular possessions of the United States, at such places as may be approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and under such rules and regulations as it may prescribe, including countries or dependencies not specified in the original organization certificate.
(c) Purchase of stock in other corporations
With the consent of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to purchase and hold stock or other certificates of ownership in any other corporation organized under the provisions of this subchapter, or under the laws of any foreign country or a colony or dependency thereof, or under the laws of any State, dependency, or insular possession of the United States but not engaged in the general business of buying or selling goods, wares, merchandise, or commodities in the United States, and not transacting any business in the United States except such as in the judgment of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may be incidental to its international or foreign business: Provided, however, That, except with the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, no corporation organized under this subchapter shall invest in any one corporation an amount in excess of 10 per centum of its own capital and surplus, except in a corporation engaged in the business of banking, when 15 per centum of its capital and surplus may be so invested: Provided further, That no corporation organized under this subchapter shall purchase, own, or hold stock or certificates of ownership in any other corporation organized under this subchapter or under the laws of any State which is in substantial competition therewith, or which holds stock or certificates of ownership in corporations which are in substantial competition with the purchasing corporation.
Nothing contained herein shall prevent corporations organized under this subchapter from purchasing and holding stock in any corporation where such purchase shall be necessary to prevent a loss upon a debt previously contracted in good faith; and stock so purchased or acquired in corporations organized under this subchapter shall, within six months from such purchase, be sold or disposed of at public or private sale, unless the time to so dispose of same is extended by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (pars.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 95–369, §3(d), (e), Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 609; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Each corporation organized as provided in sections 611 to 614 of this title, referred to in first par., was in the original "Each corporation so organized".
This act, referred to in subsec. (a), is act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act, which is classified principally to chapter 3 (§221 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
This subchapter, referred to in subsecs. (a) and (c), was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
Organized under this subchapter, referred to in subsec. (c), was in the original "organized hereunder", meaning under section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter.
Codification
Section is comprised of pars. 6 and 7 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
Amendments
1978—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 95–369, §3(d), struck out ", but in no event having liabilities outstanding thereon at any one time exceeding ten times its capital stock and surplus" after "under such general conditions as to security and such limitations as the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may prescribe".
Pub. L. 95–369, §3(e), which directed substituting "for member banks of the Federal Reserve System" for ", but in no event less than ten per centum of its deposits," in the third sentence, was executed by making the substitution for ", but in no event less than 10 per centum of its deposits" to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§616. Place of carrying on business; when business may be begun
No corporation organized under this subchapter shall carry on any part of its business in the United States except such as, in the judgment of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, shall be incidental to its international or foreign business: And provided further, That except such as is incidental and preliminary to its organization, no such corporation shall exercise any of the powers conferred by this subchapter until it has been duly authorized by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to commence business as a corporation organized under the provisions of this subchapter.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 8 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§617. Engaging in commerce or trade in commodities; price fixing; forfeiture of charter; acts forbidden to directors, officers, agents, or employees
No corporation organized under this subchapter shall engage in commerce or trade in commodities except as specifically provided in this subchapter, nor shall it, either directly or indirectly, control or fix or attempt to control or fix the price of any such commodities. The charter of any corporation violating this provision shall be subject to forfeiture in the manner provided in this subchapter. It shall be unlawful for any director, officer, agent, or employee of any such corporation to use or to conspire to use the credit, the funds, or the power of the corporation to fix or control the price of any such commodities, and any such person violating this provision shall be liable to a fine of not less than $1,000 and not exceeding $5,000 or imprisonment not less than one year and not exceeding five years, or both, in the discretion of the court.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 9 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
§618. Capital stock; amount; when paid in
No corporation shall be organized under the provisions of this subchapter with a capital stock of less than $2,000,000, one-quarter of which must be paid in before the corporation may be authorized to begin business, and the remainder of the capital stock of such corporation shall be paid in installments of at least 10 per centum on the whole amount to which the corporation shall be limited as frequently as one installment at the end of each succeeding two months from the time of the commencement of its business operations until the whole of the capital stock shall be paid in: Provided, however, That whenever $2,000,000 of the capital stock of any corporation is paid in the remainder of the corporation's capital stock or any unpaid part of such remainder may, with the consent of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and subject to such regulations and conditions as it may prescribe, be paid in upon call from the board of directors; such unpaid subscriptions, however, to be included in the maximum of 10 per centum of the national bank's capital and surplus which a national bank is permitted under the provisions of this Act to hold in stock of corporations engaged in business of the kind described in this subchapter and subchapter I of this chapter. The capital stock of any such corporation may be increased at any time, with the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, by a vote of two-thirds of its shareholders or by unanimous consent in writing of the shareholders without a meeting and without a formal vote, but any such increase of capital shall be fully paid in within ninety days after such approval; and may be reduced in like manner, provided that in no event shall it be less than $2,000,000. No corporation, except as herein provided, shall during the time it shall continue its operations, withdraw or permit to be withdrawn, either in the form of dividends or otherwise, any portion of its capital. Any national bank may invest in the stock of any corporation organized under this subchapter. The aggregate amount of stock held by any national bank in all corporations engaged in business of the kind described in this subchapter or subchapter I of this chapter shall not exceed an amount equal to 10 percent of the capital and surplus of such bank unless the Board determines that the investment of an additional amount by the bank would not be unsafe or unsound and, in any case, shall not exceed an amount equal to 20 percent of the capital and surplus of such bank.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; amended June 14, 1921, ch. 22, 42 Stat. 28; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 95–369, §3(d), Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 609; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2307, Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–426.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
This Act, referred to in text, is act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, known as the Federal Reserve Act, which is classified principally to chapter 3 (§221 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Subchapter I of this chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "section 25 of the Federal Reserve Act as amended" and "section 25", which is classified to subchapter I (§601 et seq.) of this chapter.
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 10 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
Amendments
1996—Pub. L. 104–208 inserted last sentence and struck out former last sentence which read as follows: "Any national banking association may invest in the stock of any corporation organized under the provisions of said sections, but the aggregate amount of stock held in all corporations engaged in business of the kind described in this subchapter and subchapter I of this chapter shall not exceed 10 per centum of the subscribing bank's capital and surplus."
1978—Pub. L. 95–369 struck out proviso limiting liabilities outstanding at any one time upon debentures, bonds and promissory notes to not in excess of ten times its paid in capital and surplus, after "stock of corporations engaged in business of the kind described in this subchapter and subchapter I of this chapter".
1921—Act June 14, 1921, amended section generally, inserting two provisos.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§619. Capital stock; by whom held; ownership of capital stock by foreign bank
Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, a majority of the shares of the capital stock of any such corporation shall at all times be held and owned by citizens of the United States, by corporations the controlling interest in which is owned by citizens of the United States, chartered under the laws of the United States or of a State of the United States, or by firms or companies, the controlling interest in which is owned by citizens of the United States. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this subchapter, one or more foreign banks, institutions organized under the laws of foreign countries which own or control foreign banks, or banks organized under the laws of the United States, the States of the United States, or the District of Columbia, the controlling interests in which are owned by any such foreign banks or institutions, may, with the prior approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and upon such terms and conditions and subject to such rules and regulations as the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may prescribe, own and hold 50 per centum or more of the shares of the capital stock of any corporation organized under this subchapter and any such corporation shall be subject to the same provisions of law as any other corporation organized under this subchapter, and the terms "controls" and "controlling interest" shall be construed consistently with the definition of "control" in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 [12 U.S.C. 1841]. For the purposes of the preceding sentence of this paragraph the term "foreign bank" shall have the meaning assigned to it in the International Banking Act of 1978 [12 U.S.C. 3101 et seq.]. Any company, other than a bank as defined in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, that after March 5, 1987, directly or indirectly acquires control of a corporation organized or operating under the provisions of this subchapter or subchapter I of this chapter shall be subject to the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 [12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.] in the same manner and to the same extent that bank holding companies are subject thereto, except that such company shall not by reason of this paragraph be deemed a bank holding company for the purpose of section 3 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 [12 U.S.C. 1842].
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, §329, 49 Stat. 717; Pub. L. 95–369, §3(f), Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 609; Pub. L. 100–86, title I, §102(c)(1), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 566; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
The International Banking Act of 1978, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 95–369, Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 607, which enacted chapter 32 (§3101 et seq.) and sections 347d and 611a of this title, amended this section and sections 72, 378, 614, 615, 618, 1813, 1815, 1817, 1818, 1820, 1821, 1822, 1823, 1828, 1829b, 1831b, and 1841 of this title, and enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 247, 611a, and 3101 of this title and formerly set out as notes under sections 36, 247, and 601 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 3101 of this title and Tables.
Subchapter I of this chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "section 25", meaning section 25 of the Federal Reserve Act, which is classified to subchapter I (§601 et seq.) of this chapter.
The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, referred to in text, is act May 9, 1956, ch. 240, 70 Stat. 133, which is classified principally to chapter 17 (§1841 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1841 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 11 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
Amendments
1987—Pub. L. 100–86 inserted provisions which related to any company, other than bank as defined in section 2 of Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, that after Mar. 5, 1987, directly or indirectly acquires control of corporation organized or operating under provisions of this subchapter or subchapter I of this chapter to be subject to provisions of Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 in same manner and to same extent that bank holding companies are subject thereto, except that such company shall not by reason of this paragraph be deemed bank holding company for purpose of section 3 of such Act.
1978—Pub. L. 95–369 inserted "Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter" before "a majority of the shares", and inserted provision relating to the ownership of 50 per centum of the shares of capital stock by a foreign bank with prior approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
1935—Act Aug. 23, 1935, struck out provisions relating to application of section 19 of title 15, to directors, officers or employees of corporations organized under sections 611–631 of this title, and excepting certain persons who received approval of Federal Reserve Board, from application of this section.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Exception for Midland Bank, London, England
Pub. L. 100–86, title I, §102(c)(2), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 566, provided that: "The amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] does not apply to an acquisition pursuant to the application by Midland Bank, plc, London, England, pending before the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System on July 1, 1987, to acquire a corporation organized or operating under section 25(a) [now 25A] of the Federal Reserve Act [12 U.S.C. 611 et seq.]. If Midland Bank, plc, London, England, is not otherwise subject to section 4 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 [12 U.S.C. 1843], the financial activities of Midland Bank, plc, London, England, in the United States shall, upon the determination of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System made at any time, be subject to section 4 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956."
§620. Members of Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System without interest in corporation
No member of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall be an officer or director of any corporation organized under the provisions of this subchapter or of any corporation engaged in similar business organized under the laws of any State, nor hold stock in any such corporation, and before entering upon his duties as a member of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System he shall certify under oath to the Secretary of the Treasury that he has complied with this requirement.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 12 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§621. Liability of shareholders on unpaid subscriptions; membership of corporation in Federal reserve bank prohibited
Shareholders in any corporation organized under the provisions of this subchapter shall be liable for the amount of their unpaid stock subscriptions. No such corporation shall become a member of any Federal reserve bank.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 13 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
§622. Forfeiture of rights and privileges; dissolution; liability of directors and officers
Should any corporation organized under this subchapter violate or fail to comply with any of the provisions of this subchapter, all of its rights, privileges, and franchises derived herefrom may thereby be forfeited. Before any such corporation shall be declared dissolved, or its rights, privileges, and franchises forfeited, any noncompliance with or violation of such laws shall, however, be determined and adjudged by a court of the United States of competent jurisdiction, in a suit brought for that purpose in the district or territory in which the home office of such corporation is located, which suit shall be brought by the United States at the instance of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the Attorney General. Upon adjudication of such noncompliance or violation, each director and officer who participated in, or assented to, the illegal act or acts shall be liable in his personal or individual capacity for all damages which the said corporation shall have sustained in consequence thereof. No dissolution shall take away or impair any remedy against the corporation, its stockholders, or officers for any liability or penalty previously incurred.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Organized under this subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "organized hereunder", meaning under section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913.
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 14 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§623. Voluntary liquidation
Any corporation organized under this subchapter may go into voluntary liquidation and be closed by a vote of its shareholders owning two-thirds of its stock.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Any corporation organized under this subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "Any such corporation".
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 15 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
§624. Appointment of receiver or conservator
(A)
(B)
(C)
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A(16), formerly §25(a) (par.), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; renumbered §25A (par.), Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281; renumbered §25A(16), and amended Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(5) [title I, §112(e)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-396.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of par. (16) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
Amendments
2000—Pub. L. 106–554 amended section catchline and text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Whenever the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall become satisfied of the insolvency of any corporation organized under this subchapter, it may appoint a receiver who shall take possession of all of the property and assets of the corporation and exercise the same rights, privileges, powers, and authority with respect thereto as are now exercised by receivers of national banks appointed by the Comptroller of the Currency of the United States: Provided, however, That the assets of the corporation subject to the laws of other countries or jurisdictions shall be dealt with in accordance with the terms of such laws."
§625. Stockholders' meetings; books and records; reports; examination
Every corporation organized under the provisions of this subchapter shall hold a meeting of its stockholders annually upon a date fixed in its bylaws, such meeting to be held at its home office in the United States. Every such corporation shall keep at its home office books containing the names of all stockholders thereof, and the names and addresses of the members of its board of directors, together with copies of all reports made by it to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Every such corporation shall make reports to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System at such times and in such form as it may require; and shall be subject to examination once a year and at such other times as may be deemed necessary by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System by examiners appointed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the cost of such examinations, including the compensation of the examiners, to be fixed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and to be paid by the Corporation examined.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 17 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§626. Dividends; surplus fund
The directors of any corporation organized under the provisions of this subchapter may, semiannually, declare a dividend of so much of the net profits of the corporation as they shall judge expedient; but each corporation shall, before the declaration of a dividend, carry one-tenth of its net profits of the preceding half year to its surplus fund until the same shall amount to 20 per centum of its capital stock.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 18 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
§627. State taxation
Any corporation organized under the provisions of this subchapter shall be subject to tax by the State within which its home office is located in the same manner and to the same extent as other corporations organized under the laws of that State which are transacting a similar character of business. The shares of stock in such corporation shall also be subject to tax as the personal property of the owners or holders thereof in the same manner and to the same extent as the shares of stock in similar State corporations.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 19 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
§628. Extension of corporate existence
Any corporation organized under the provisions of this subchapter may at any time within the two years next previous to the date of the expiration of its corporate existence, by a vote of the shareholders owning two-thirds of its stock, apply to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System for its approval to extend the period of its corporate existence for a term of not more than twenty years, and upon certified approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System such corporation shall have its corporate existence for such extended period unless sooner dissolved by the act of the shareholders owning two-thirds of its stock, or by an Act of Congress or unless its franchise becomes forfeited by some violation of law.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 20 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§629. Conversion of banking corporations into Federal corporations; procedure
Any bank or banking institution, principally engaged in foreign business, incorporated by special law of any State or of the United States or organized under the general laws of any State or of the United States and having an unimpaired capital sufficient to entitle it to become a corporation under the provisions of this subchapter may, by the vote of the shareholders owning not less than two-thirds of the capital stock of such bank or banking association, with the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, be converted into a Federal corporation of the kind authorized by this subchapter with any name approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System: Provided, however, That said conversion shall not be in contravention of the State law. In such case the articles of association and organization certificate may be executed by a majority of the directors of the bank or banking institution, and the certificate shall declare that the owners of at least two-thirds of the capital stock have authorized the directors to make such certificate and to change or convert the bank or banking institution into a Federal corporation. A majority of the directors, after executing the articles of association and the organization certificate, shall have power to execute all other papers and to do whatever may be required to make its organization perfect and complete as a Federal corporation. The shares of any such corporation may continue to be for the same amount each as they were before the conversion, and the directors may continue to be directors of the corporation until others are elected or appointed in accordance with the provisions of this subchapter. When the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has given to such corporation a certificate that the provisions of this subchapter have been complied with, such corporation and all its stockholders, officers, and employees shall have the same powers and privileges, and shall be subject to the same duties, liabilities, and regulations, in all respects, as shall have been prescribed by this subchapter for corporations originally organized thereunder.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 21 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§630. Offenses by officers of corporation; punishment
Every officer, director, clerk, employee, or agent of any corporation organized under this subchapter who embezzles, abstracts, or willfully misapplies any of the moneys, funds, credits, securities, evidences of indebtedness or assets of any character of such corporation; or who, without authority from the directors, issues or puts forth any certificate of deposit, draws any order or bill of exchange, makes any acceptance, assigns any note, bond, debenture, draft, bill of exchange, mortgage, judgment, or decree; or who makes any false entry in any book, report, or statement of such corporation with intent, in either case, to injure or defraud such corporation or any other company, body politic or corporate, or any individual person, or to deceive any officer of such corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any agent or examiner appointed to examine the affairs of any such corporation; and every receiver of any such corporation and every clerk or employee of such receiver who shall embezzle, abstract, or willfully misapply or wrongfully convert to his own use any moneys, funds, credits, or assets of any character which may come into his possession or under his control in the execution of his trust or the performance of the duties of his employment; and every such receiver or clerk or employee of such receiver who shall, with intent to injure or defraud any person, body politic or corporate, or to deceive or mislead the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any agent or examiner appointed to examine the affairs of such receiver, shall make any false entry in any book, report, or record of any matter connected with the duties of such receiver; and every person who with like intent aids or abets any officer, director, clerk, employee, or agent of any corporation organized under this subchapter, or receiver or clerk or employee of such receiver as aforesaid in any violation of this subchapter, shall upon conviction thereof be imprisoned for not less than two years nor more than ten years, and may also be fined not more than $5,000, in the discretion of the court.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 22 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
§631. False representations as to liability of United States for acts of corporation; punishment
Whoever being connected in any capacity with any corporation organized under this subchapter, represents in any way that the United States is liable for the payment of any bond or other obligation, or the interest thereon, issued or incurred by any corporation organized under this subchapter, or that the United States incurs any liability in respect of any act or omission of the corporation, shall be punished by a fine or 1 not more than $10,000 and by imprisonment for not more than five years.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25A (par.), formerly §25(a), as added Dec. 24, 1919, ch. 18, 41 Stat. 378; renumbered §25A, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this section", meaning section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which is classified to this subchapter (§611 et seq.).
Organized under this subchapter, referred to the second time in text, was in the original "organized hereunder", meaning under section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913.
Codification
Section is comprised of par. 23 (undesignated) of section 25A of act Dec. 23, 1913, which comprises this subchapter. For complete classification of section 25A of this Act, see Codification note set out under section 611 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be "of".
§632. Jurisdiction of United States courts; disposition by banks of foreign owned property
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, all suits of a civil nature at common law or in equity to which any corporation organized under the laws of the United States shall be a party, arising out of transactions involving international or foreign banking, or banking in a dependency or insular possession of the United States, or out of other international or foreign financial operations, either directly or through the agency, ownership, or control of branches or local institutions in dependencies or insular possessions of the United States or in foreign countries, shall be deemed to arise under the laws of the United States, and the district courts of the United States shall have original jurisdiction of all such suits; and any defendant in any such suit may, at any time before the trial thereof, remove such suits from a State court into the district court of the United States for the proper district by following the procedure for the removal of causes otherwise provided by law. Such removal shall not cause undue delay in the trial of such case and a case so removed shall have a place on the calendar of the United States court to which it is removed relative to that which it held on the State court from which it was removed.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, all suits of a civil nature at common law or in equity to which any Federal Reserve bank shall be a party shall be deemed to arise under the laws of the United States, and the district courts of the United States shall have original jurisdiction of all such suits; and any Federal Reserve bank which is a defendant in any such suit may, at any time before the trial thereof, remove such suit from a State court into the district court of the United States for the proper district by following the procedure for the removal of causes otherwise provided by law. No attachment or execution shall be issued against any Federal Reserve bank or its property before final judgment in any suit, action, or proceeding in any State, county, municipal, or United States court.
Whenever (1) any Federal Reserve bank has received any property from or for the account of a foreign state which is recognized by the Government of the United States, or from or for the account of a central bank of any such foreign state, and holds such property in the name of such foreign state or such central bank; (2) a representative of such foreign state who is recognized by the Secretary of State as being the accredited representative of such foreign state to the Government of the United States has certified to the Secretary of State the name of a person as having authority to receive, control, or dispose of such property; and (3) the authority of such person to act with respect to such property is accepted and recognized by the Secretary of State, and so certified by the Secretary of State to the Federal Reserve bank, the payment, transfer, delivery, or other disposal of such property by such Federal Reserve bank to or upon the order of such person shall be conclusively presumed to be lawful and shall constitute a complete discharge and release of any liability of the Federal Reserve bank for or with respect to such property.
Whenever (1) any insured bank has received any property from or for the account of a foreign state which is recognized by the Government of the United States, or from or for the account of a central bank of any such foreign state, and holds such property in the name of such foreign state or such central bank; (2) a representative of such foreign state who is recognized by the Secretary of State as being the accredited representative of such foreign state to the Government of the United States has certified to the Secretary of State the name of a person as having authority to receive, control, or dispose of such property; and (3) the authority of such person to act with respect to such property is accepted and recognized by the Secretary of State, and so certified by the Secretary of State to such insured bank, the payment, transfer, delivery, or other disposal of such property by such bank to or upon the order of such person shall be conclusively presumed to be lawful and shall constitute a complete discharge and release of any liability of such bank for or with respect to such property. Any suit or other legal proceeding against any insured bank or any officer, director, or employee thereof, arising out of the receipt, possession, or disposition of any such property shall be deemed to arise under the laws of the United States and the district courts of the United States shall have exclusive jurisdiction thereof, regardless of the amount involved; and any such bank or any officer, director, or employee thereof which is a defendant in any such suit may, at any time before trial thereof, remove such suit from a State court into the district court of the United States for the proper district by following the procedure for the removal of causes otherwise provided by law.
Nothing in this section shall be deemed to repeal or to modify in any manner any of the provisions of the Gold Reserve Act of 1934, as amended, the Silver Purchase Act of 1934, as amended, or subdivision (b) of section 5 of the Act of October 6, 1917, as amended, or any actions, regulations, rules, orders, or proclamations taken, promulgated, made, or issued pursuant to any of such statutes. In any case in which a license to act with respect to any property referred to in this section is required under any of said statutes, regulations, rules, orders, or proclamations, notification to the Secretary of State by the proper Government officer or agency of the issuance of an appropriate license or that appropriate licenses will be issued on application shall be a prerequisite to any action by the Secretary of State pursuant to this section, and the action of the Secretary of State shall relate only to such property as is included in such notification. Each such notification shall include the terms and conditions of such license or licenses and a description of the property to which they relate.
For the purposes of this section, (1) the term "property" includes gold, silver, currency, credits, deposits, securities, choses in action, and any other form of property, the proceeds thereof, and any right, title, or interest therein; (2) the term "foreign state" includes any foreign government or any department, district, province, county, possession, or other similar governmental organization or subdivision of a foreign government, and any agency or instrumentality of any such foreign government or of any such organization or subdivision; (3) the term "central bank" includes any foreign bank or banker authorized to perform any one or more of the functions of a central bank; (4) the term "person" includes any individual, or any corporation, partnership, association, or other similar organization; and (5) the term "insured bank" shall have the meaning given to it in section 12B of this Act.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25B, formerly §25(b), as added June 16, 1933, ch. 89, §15, 48 Stat. 184; amended Apr. 7, 1941, ch. 43, §2, 55 Stat. 131; renumbered §25B, Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §142(e)(3), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2281.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Gold Reserve Act of 1934, as amended, referred to in text, is act Jan. 30, 1934, ch. 6, 48 Stat. 337, which enacted sections 315b, 405b, 408a, 408b, 440 to 446, 754a, 754b, 822a, 822b, and 824 of former Title 31, Money and Finance, and amended sections 314, 316, 733, 734, 752, 753, 767, 771, and 821 of former Title 31 and sections 411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 417, and 467 of this title. Title 31 was revised, codified, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 97–258, §1, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 877. For disposition of sections of former Title 31 into revised Title 31, see Table preceding section 101 of Title 31. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
The Silver Purchase Act of 1934, as amended, referred to in text, is act June 19, 1934, ch. 674, 48 Stat. 1178, which was classified to sections 311a, 316a, 316b, 405a, 448 to 448e, 734a, and 734b of former Title 31, Money and Finance, and was repealed by Pub. L. 88–36, title I, §1, June 4, 1963, 77 Stat. 54. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Subdivision (b) of section 5 of the Act of October 6, 1917, referred to in text, is classified to section 4305(b) of Title 50, War and National Defense.
Section 12B of this Act, referred to in the text, was section 12B of the Federal Reserve Act and was formerly classified to section 264 of this title. Section 12B was withdrawn from the Federal Reserve Act and made a separate act to be known as the Federal Deposit Insurance Act by section 1 of act Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 967, 64 Stat. 873. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act is classified generally to chapter 16 (§1811 et seq.) of this title.
Codification
Section was enacted as section 25B, formerly section 25(b), of the Federal Reserve Act, and not as part of section 25A of that Act which comprises this subchapter.
Amendments
1941—Act Apr. 7, 1941, added last four pars.
§633. Potential liability on foreign accounts
(a) Exceptions from repayment requirement
A member bank shall not be required to repay any deposit made at a foreign branch of the bank if the branch cannot repay the deposit due to—
(1) an act of war, insurrection, or civil strife; or
(2) an action by a foreign government or instrumentality (whether de jure or de facto) in the country in which the branch is located;
unless the member bank has expressly agreed in writing to repay the deposit under those circumstances.
(b) Regulations
The Board and the Comptroller of the Currency may jointly prescribe such regulations as they deem necessary to implement this section.
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, §25C, as added Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §326(a), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2229.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as section 25C of the Federal Reserve Act, and not as part of section 25A of that Act which comprises this subchapter.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Existing Claims Not Affected
Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §326(c), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2229, provided that: "Section 25C of the Federal Reserve Act [this section] (as added by subsection (a)) shall not be applied retroactively and shall not be construed to affect or apply to any claim or cause of action addressed by that section arising from events or circumstances that occurred before the date of enactment of this Act [Sept. 23, 1994]."
CHAPTER 6A—EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF THE UNITED STATES
SUBCHAPTER I—GENERAL PROVISIONS
SUBCHAPTER II—EXPORT FINANCING
SUBCHAPTER III—TIED AID CREDIT EXPORT SUBSIDIES
SUBCHAPTER I—GENERAL PROVISIONS
§635. Powers and functions of Bank
(a) General banking business; use of mails; publication of documents, reports, contracts, etc.; use of assets and allocated or borrowed money; payment of dividends; medium-term financing; dissemination of information; enhancement of medium-term program
(1) There is created a corporation with the name Export-Import Bank of the United States, which shall be an agency of the United States of America. The objects and purposes of the Bank shall be to aid in financing and to facilitate exports of goods and services, imports, and the exchange of commodities and services between the United States or any of its territories or insular possessions and any foreign country or the agencies or nationals of any such country, and in so doing to contribute to the employment of United States workers. The Bank's objective in authorizing loans, guarantees, insurance, and credits shall be to contribute to maintaining or increasing employment of United States workers. In connection with and in furtherance of its objects and purposes, the bank is authorized and empowered to do a general banking business except that of circulation; to receive deposits; to purchase, discount, rediscount, sell, and negotiate, with or without its endorsement or guaranty, and to guarantee notes, drafts, checks, bills of exchange, acceptances, including bankers' acceptances, cable transfers, and other evidences of indebtedness; to guarantee, insure, coinsure, and reinsure against political and credit risks of loss; to purchase, sell, and guarantee securities but not to purchase with its funds any stock in any other corporation except that it may acquire any such stock through the enforcement of any lien or pledge or otherwise to satisfy a previously contracted indebtedness to it; to accept bills and drafts drawn upon it; to issue letters of credit; to purchase and sell coin, bullion, and exchange; to borrow and to lend money; to perform any act herein authorized in participation with any other person, including any individual, partnership, corporation, or association; to adopt, alter, and use a corporate seal, which shall be judicially noticed; to sue and to be sued, to complain and to defend in any court of competent jurisdiction; to represent itself or to contract for representation in all legal and arbitral proceedings outside the United States; and the enumeration of the foregoing powers shall not be deemed to exclude other powers necessary to the achievement of the objects and purposes of the bank. The bank shall be entitled to the use of the United States mails in the same manner and upon the same conditions as the executive departments of the Government. The Bank is authorized to publish or arrange for the publication of any documents, reports, contracts, or other material necessary in connection with or in furtherance of its objects and purposes without regard to the provisions of section 501 of title 44 whenever the Bank determines that publication in accordance with the provisions of such section would not be practicable. Subject to regulations which the Bank shall issue pursuant to section 553 of title 5, the Bank may impose and collect reasonable fees to cover the costs of conferences and seminars sponsored by, and publications provided by, the Bank, and may accept reimbursement for travel and subsistence expenses incurred by a director, officer, or employee of the Bank, in accordance with subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5. Amounts received under the preceding sentence shall be credited to the fund which initially paid for such activities and shall be offset against the expenses of the Bank for such activities. The bank is authorized to use all of its assets and all moneys which have been or may hereafter be allocated to or borrowed by it in the exercise of its functions. Net earnings of the bank after reasonable provision for possible losses shall be used for payment of dividends on capital stock. Any such dividends shall be deposited into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts.
(2) In order for the Bank to be competitive in all of its financing programs with countries whose exports compete with United States exports, the Bank shall establish a program that—
(A) provides medium-term financing where necessary to be fully competitive—
(i) at rates of interest to the customer which are equal to rates established in international agreements;
(ii) in amounts up to 85 percent of the total cost of the exports involved; and
(iii) with principal amounts of not more than $25,000,000; and
(B) enables the Bank to cooperate fully with the Secretary of Commerce and the Administrator of the Small Business Administration to develop a program for purposes of disseminating information (using existing private institutions) to small business concerns regarding the medium-term financing provided under this paragraph.
(3)
(A) improve the competitiveness of the Bank's medium-term financing and ensure that its medium-term financing is fully competitive with that of other major official export credit agencies;
(B) ease the administrative burdens and procedural and documentary requirements imposed on the users of medium-term financing;
(C) attract the widest possible participation of private financial institutions and other sources of private capital in the medium-term financing of United States exports; and
(D) render the Bank's medium-term financing as supportive of United States exports as is its Direct Loan Program.
(b) Guarantees, insurance, and extension of credit functions; competitive with Government-supported rates and terms and conditions of foreign exporting countries; survey and report; interest rates; private capital encouragement; national interest determinations; delivery of United States services in international commerce; small business concern encouragement; coverage of losses by Foreign Credit Insurance Association; loans to Union of Soviet Socialist Republics for fossil fuel research, etc.; nuclear safeguards violations resulting in limitations on exports and credit; defense article credit sales to less developed countries; amount outstanding; supplementation of Commodity Credit Corporation programs; limitations on authority of Bank; prohibition relating to Angola
(1)(A) It is the policy of the United States to foster expansion of exports of manufactured goods, agricultural products, and other goods and services, thereby contributing to the promotion and maintenance of high levels of employment and real income, a commitment to reinvestment and job creation, and the increased development of the productive resources of the United States. To meet this objective in all its programs, the Export-Import Bank is directed, in the exercise of its functions, to provide guarantees, insurance, and extensions of credit at rates and on terms and other conditions which are fully competitive with the Government-supported rates and terms and other conditions available for the financing of exports of goods and services from the principal countries whose exporters compete with United States exporters, including countries the governments of which are not members of the Arrangement (as defined in section 635i–3(h)(3) of this title). The Bank shall, in cooperation with the export financing instrumentalities of other governments, seek to minimize competition in government-supported export financing and shall, in cooperation with other appropriate United States Government agencies, seek to reach international agreements to reduce government subsidized export financing.
(B) It is further the policy of the United States that loans made by the Bank in all its programs shall bear interest at rates determined by the Board of Directors, consistent with the Bank's mandate to support United States exports at rates and on terms and conditions which are fully competitive with exports of other countries, and consistent with international agreements. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, rates and terms and conditions need not be identical in all respects to those offered by foreign countries, but should be established so that the effect of such rates, terms, and conditions for all the Bank's programs, including those for small businesses and for medium-term financing, will be to neutralize the effect of such foreign credit on international sales competition. The Bank shall consider its average cost of money as one factor in its determination of interest rates, where such consideration does not impair the Bank's primary function of expanding United States exports through fully competitive financing. The Bank may not impose a credit application fee unless (i) the fee is competitive with the average fee charged by the Bank's primary foreign competitors, and (ii) the borrower or the exporter is given the option of paying the fee at the outset of the loan or over the life of the loan and the present value of the fee determined under either such option is the same amount. It is also the policy of the United States that the Bank in the exercise of its functions should supplement and encourage, and not compete with, private capital; that the Bank, in determining whether to provide support for a transaction under the loan, guarantee, or insurance program, or any combination thereof, shall consider the need to involve private capital in support of United States exports as well as the cost of the transaction as calculated in accordance with the requirements of the Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990 [2 U.S.C. 661 et seq.]; that the Bank shall accord equal opportunity to export agents and managers, independent export firms, export trading companies, and small commercial banks in the formulation and implementation of its programs; that the Bank should give emphasis to assisting new and small business entrants in the agricultural export market, and shall, in cooperation with other relevant Government agencies, including the Commodity Credit Corporation, develop a program of education to increase awareness of export opportunities among small agribusinesses and cooperatives; that loans, so far as possible consistent with the carrying out of the purposes of subsection (a), shall generally be for specific purposes, and, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, offer reasonable assurance of repayment; and that in authorizing any loan or guarantee, the Board of Directors shall take into account any serious adverse effect of such loan or guarantee on the competitive position of United States industry, the availability of materials which are in short supply in the United States, and employment in the United States, and shall give particular emphasis to the objective of strengthening the competitive position of United States exporters and thereby of expanding total United States exports. Only in cases where the President, after consultation with the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate, determines that such action would be in the national interest where such action would clearly and importantly advance United States policy in such areas as international terrorism (including, when relevant, a foreign nation's lack of cooperation in efforts to eradicate terrorism), nuclear proliferation, the enforcement of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the Arms Export Control Act [22 U.S.C. 2751 et seq.], the International Emergency Economic Powers Act [50 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.], or the Export Administration Act of 1979, environmental protection and human rights (such as are provided in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights adopted by the United Nations General Assembly on December 10, 1948) (including child labor), should the Export-Import Bank deny applications for credit for nonfinancial or noncommercial considerations. Each such determination shall be delivered in writing to the President of the Bank, shall state that the determination is made pursuant to this section, and shall specify the applications or categories of applications for credit which should be denied by the Bank in furtherance of the national interest.
(C) Consistent with the policy of section 3261 of title 22 and section 2151q 1 of title 22, the Board of Directors shall name an officer of the Bank whose duties shall include advising the President of the Bank on ways of promoting the export of goods and services to be used in the development, production, and distribution of nonnuclear renewable energy resources, disseminating information concerning export opportunities and the availability of Bank support for such activities, and acting as a liaison between the Bank and the Department of Commerce and other appropriate departments and agencies.
(D) It is further the policy of the United States to foster the delivery of United States services in international commerce. In exercising its powers and functions, the Bank shall give full and equal consideration to making loans and providing guarantees for the export of services (independently, or in conjunction with the export of manufactured goods, equipment, hardware or other capital goods) consistent with the Bank's policy to neutralize foreign subsidized credit competition and to supplement the private capital market.
(E)(i)(I) It is further the policy of the United States to encourage the participation of small business (including women-owned businesses, minority-owned businesses, veteran-owned businesses, businesses owned by persons with disabilities, and businesses in rural areas) and start-up businesses in international commerce, and to educate such businesses about how to export goods using the Bank.
(II) In exercising its authority, the Bank shall develop a program which gives fair consideration to making loans and providing guarantees for the export of goods and services by small businesses.
(ii) It is further the policy of the United States that the Bank shall give due recognition to the policy stated in section 631(a) of title 15 that "the Government should aid, counsel, assist, and protect, insofar as is possible, the interests of small business concerns in order to preserve free competitive enterprise".
(iii) In furtherance of this policy, the Board of Directors shall designate an officer of the Bank who—
(I) shall be responsible to the President of the Bank for all matters concerning or affecting small business concerns; and
(II) among other duties, shall be responsible for advising small business concerns of the opportunities for small business concerns in the functions of the Bank, with particular emphasis on conducting outreach and increasing loans to socially and economically disadvantaged small business concerns (as defined in section 637(a)(4) of title 15), small business concerns (as defined in section 632(a) of title 15) owned by women, and small business concerns (as defined in section 632(a) of title 15) employing fewer than 100 employees, and for maintaining liaison with the Small Business Administration and other departments and agencies in matters affecting small business concerns.
(iv) The Director appointed to represent the interests of small business under section 635a(c) of this title shall ensure that the Bank carries out its responsibilities under clauses (ii) and (iii) of this subparagraph and that the Bank's financial and other resources are, to the maximum extent possible, appropriately used for small business needs.
(v) To assure that the purposes of clauses (i) and (ii) of this subparagraph are carried out, the Bank shall make available, from the aggregate loan, guarantee, and insurance authority available to it, an amount to finance exports directly by small business concerns (as defined under section 632 of title 15) which shall be not less than 30 percent of such authority for each fiscal year. From the amount made available under the preceding sentence, it shall be a goal of the Bank to increase the amount made available to finance exports directly by small business concerns referred to in section 635a(i)(1) of this title. For the purpose of calculating the amounts of authority required under this clause, the Bank shall, with respect to insurance, exclude unutilized authorizations that terminated during the fiscal year.
(vi) The Bank shall utilize the amount set aside pursuant to clause (v) of this subparagraph to offer financing for small business exports on terms which are fully competitive with regard to interest rates and with regard to the portion of financing which may be provided, guaranteed, or insured. Financing under this clause (vi) shall be available without regard to whether financing for the particular transaction was disapproved by any other Federal agency.
(vii)(I) The Bank shall utilize a part of the amount set aside pursuant to clause (v) to provide lines of credit or guarantees to consortia of small or medium size banks, export trading companies, State export finance agencies, export financing cooperatives, small business investment companies (as defined in section 662 of title 15), or other financing institutions or entities in order to finance small business exports.
(II) Financing under this clause (vii) shall be made available only where the consortia or the participating institutions agree to undertake processing, servicing, and credit evaluation functions in connection with such financing.
(III) To the maximum extent practicable, the Bank shall delegate to the consortia or other financing institutions or entities the authority to approve financing under this clause (vii).
(IV) In the administration of the program under this clause (vii), the Bank shall provide appropriate technical assistance to participating consortia and may require such consortia periodically to furnish information to the Bank regarding the number and amount of loans made and the creditworthiness of the borrowers.
(viii) In order to assure that the policy stated in clause (i) is carried out, the Bank shall promote small business exports and its small business export financing programs in cooperation with the Secretary of Commerce, the Office of International Trade of the Small Business Administration, and the private sector, particularly small business organizations, State agencies, chambers of commerce, banking organizations, export management companies, export trading companies, and private industry.
(ix) The Bank shall provide, through creditworthy trade associations, export trading companies, State export finance companies, export finance cooperatives, and other multiple-exporter organizations, medium-term risk protection coverage for the members and clients of such organizations. Such coverage shall be made available to each such organization under a single risk protection policy covering its members or clients. Nothing in this provision shall be interpreted as limiting the Bank's authority to deny support for specific transactions or to disapprove a request by such an organization to participate in such coverage.
(x) The Bank shall implement technology improvements that are designed to improve small business outreach, including allowing customers to use the Internet to apply for the Bank's small business programs.
(F) Consistent with international agreements, the Bank shall urge the Foreign Credit Insurance Association to provide coverage against 100 per centum of any loss with respect to exports having a value of less than $100,000.
(G) Participation in or access to long-, medium-, and short-term financing, guarantees, and insurance provided by the Bank shall not be denied solely because the entity seeking participation or access is not a bank or is not a United States person.
(H)(i) It is further the policy of the United States to foster the development of democratic institutions and market economies in countries seeking such development, and to assist the export of high technology items to such countries.
(ii) In exercising its authority, the Bank shall develop a program for providing guarantees and insurance with respect to the export of high technology items to countries making the transition to market based economies, including eligible East European countries (within the meaning of section 5402 of title 22).
(iii) As part of the ongoing marketing and outreach efforts of the Bank, the Bank shall, to the maximum extent practicable, inform high technology companies, particularly small business concerns (as such term is defined in section 632 of title 15), about the programs of the Bank for United States companies interested in exporting high technology goods to countries making the transition to market based economies, including any eligible East European country (within the meaning of section 5402 of title 22).
(iv) In carrying out clause (iii), the Bank shall—
(I) work with other agencies involved in export promotion and finance; and
(II) invite State and local governments, trade centers, commercial banks, and other appropriate public and private organizations to serve as intermediaries for the outreach efforts.
(I) The President of the Bank shall undertake efforts to enhance the Bank's capacity to provide information about the Bank's programs to small and rural companies which have not previously participated in the Bank's programs. Not later than 1 year after November 26, 1997, the President of the Bank shall submit to Congress a report on the activities undertaken pursuant to this subparagraph.
(J) The Bank shall implement an electronic system designed to track all pending transactions of the Bank.
(K) The Bank shall promote the export of goods and services related to renewable energy sources, energy efficiency (including battery electric vehicles, batteries for electric vehicles, and electric vehicle charging infrastructure), and energy storage. It shall be a goal of the Bank to ensure that not less than 5 percent of the applicable amount (as defined in section 635e(a)(2) of this title) is made available each fiscal year for the financing of renewable energy, energy efficiency (including battery electric vehicles, batteries for electric vehicles, and electric vehicle charging infrastructure), and energy storage technology exports.
(L) The Bank shall require an applicant for assistance from the Bank to disclose whether the applicant has been found by a court of the United States to have violated the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the Arms Export Control Act [22 U.S.C. 2751 et seq.], the International Emergency Economic Powers Act [50 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.], or the Export Administration Act of 1979 within the preceding 12 months, and shall maintain, in cooperation with the Department of Justice, for not less than 3 years a record of such applicants so found to have violated any such Act.
(M) Not later than 2 years after December 4, 2015, the Bank shall implement policies—
(i) to accept electronic documents with respect to transactions whenever possible, including copies of bills of lading, certifications, and compliance documents, in such manner so as not to undermine any potential civil or criminal enforcement related to the transactions; and
(ii) to accept electronic payments in all of its programs.
(2)
(A)
(i) in connection with the purchase or lease of any product by a Marxist-Leninist country, or agency or national thereof; or
(ii) in connection with the purchase or lease of any product by any other foreign country, or agency or national thereof, if the product to be purchased or leased by such other country, agency, or national is, to the knowledge of the Bank, principally for use in, or sale or lease to, a Marxist-Leninist country.
(B)
(i)
(ii)
(I) Democratic People's Republic of Korea.
(II) Democratic Republic of Afghanistan.
(III) People's Republic of China.
(IV) Republic of Cuba.
(V) Socialist Republic of Vietnam.
(VI) Tibet.
(C)
(D)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(I) the end of the 30-day period beginning on the date of such determination; or
(II) the date the Bank takes final action with respect to the first transaction involving the country, agency, or national for which such determination is made after January 4, 1975, unless a report of a determination with respect to such country, agency, or national was made and reported before January 4, 1975.
(iv)
(I) the end of the 30-day period beginning on the date of such determination; or
(II) the date the Bank takes final action with respect to the transaction for which such determination is made.
(3) Except as provided by the fourth sentence of this paragraph, no loan or financial guarantee or general guarantee or insurance facility or combination thereof (i) in an amount which equals or exceeds $100,000,000, or (ii) for the export of technology, fuel, equipment, materials, or goods or services to be used in the construction, alteration, operation, or maintenance of nuclear power, enrichment, reprocessing, research, or heavy water production facilities, shall be finally approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank, unless in each case the Bank has submitted to the Congress with respect to such loan, financial guarantee, or combination thereof, a detailed statement describing and explaining the transaction, at least 25 days of continuous session of the Congress prior to the date of final approval. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, continuity of a session of the Congress shall be considered as broken only by an adjournment of the Congress sine die, and the days on which either House is not in session because of an adjournment of more than 3 days to a day certain shall be excluded in the computation of the 25 day period referred to in such sentence. Such statement shall contain—
(A) in the case of a loan or financial guarantee—
(i) a brief description of the purposes of the transaction;
(ii) the identity of the party or parties requesting the loan or financial guarantee;
(iii) the nature of the goods or services to be exported and the use for which the goods or services are to be exported; and
(iv) in the case of a general guarantee or insurance facility—
(I) a description of the nature and purpose of the facility;
(II) the total amount of guarantees or insurance; and
(III) the reasons for the facility and its methods of operation; and
(B) a full explanation of the reasons for Bank financing of the transaction, the amount of the loan to be provided by the Bank, the approximate rate and repayment terms at which such loan will be made available and the approximate amount of the financial guarantee.
If the Bank submits a statement to the Congress under this paragraph and either House of Congress is in an adjournment for a period which continues for at least ten days after the date of submission of the statement, then any such loan or guarantee or combination thereof may, subject to the second sentence of this paragraph, be finally approved by the Board of Directors upon the termination of the twenty-five-day period referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph or upon the termination of a thirty-five-calendar-day period (which commences upon the date of submission of the statement), whichever occurs sooner.
(4)(A) If the Secretary of State determines that—
(i) any country that has agreed to International Atomic Energy Agency nuclear safeguards materially violates, abrogates, or terminates, after October 26, 1977, such safeguards;
(ii) any country that has entered into an agreement for cooperation concerning the civil use of nuclear energy with the United States materially violates, abrogates, or terminates, after October 26, 1977, any guarantee or other undertaking to the United States made in such agreement;
(iii) any country that is not a nuclear-weapon state detonates, after October 26, 1977, a nuclear explosive device;
(iv) any country willfully aids or abets, after June 29, 1994, any non-nuclear-weapon state to acquire any such nuclear explosive device or to acquire unsafeguarded special nuclear material; or
(v) any person knowingly aids or abets, after September 23, 1996, any non-nuclear-weapon state to acquire any such nuclear explosive device or to acquire unsafeguarded special nuclear material,
then the Secretary of State shall submit a report to the appropriate committees of the Congress and to the Board of Directors of the Bank stating such determination and identifying each country or person the Secretary determines has so acted.
(B)(i) If the Secretary of State makes a determination under subparagraph (A)(v) with respect to a foreign person, the Congress urges the Secretary to initiate consultations immediately with the government with primary jurisdiction over that person with respect to the imposition of the prohibition contained in subparagraph (C).
(ii) In order that consultations with that government may be pursued, the Board of Directors of the Bank shall delay imposition of the prohibition contained in subparagraph (C) for up to 90 days if the Secretary of State requests the Board to make such delay. Following these consultations, the prohibition contained in subparagraph (C) shall apply immediately unless the Secretary determines and certifies to the Congress that that government has taken specific and effective actions, including appropriate penalties, to terminate the involvement of the foreign person in the activities described in subparagraph (A)(v). The Board of Directors of the Bank shall delay the imposition of the prohibition contained in subparagraph (C) for up to an additional 90 days if the Secretary requests the Board to make such additional delay and if the Secretary determines and certifies to the Congress that that government is in the process of taking the actions described in the preceding sentence.
(iii) Not later than 90 days after making a determination under subparagraph (A)(v), the Secretary of State shall submit to the appropriate committees of the Congress a report on the status of consultations with the appropriate government under this subparagraph, and the basis for any determination under clause (ii) that such government has taken specific corrective actions.
(C) The Board of Directors of the Bank shall not give approval to guarantee, insure, or extend credit, or participate in the extension of credit in support of United States exports to any country, or to or by any person, identified in the report described in subparagraph (A).
(D) The prohibition in subparagraph (C) shall not apply to approvals to guarantee, insure, or extend credit, or participate in the extension of credit in support of United States exports to a country with respect to which a determination is made under clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of subparagraph (A) regarding any specific event described in such clause if the President determines and certifies in writing to the Congress not less than 45 days prior to the date of the first approval following the determination that it is in the national interest for the Bank to give such approvals.
(E) The prohibition in subparagraph (C) shall not apply to approvals to guarantee, insure, or extend credit, or participate in the extension of credit in support of United States exports to or by a person with respect to whom a determination is made under clause (v) of subparagraph (A) regarding any specific event described in such clause if—
(i) the Secretary of State determines and certifies to the Congress that the appropriate government has taken the corrective actions described in subparagraph (B)(ii); or
(ii) the President determines and certifies in writing to the Congress not less than 45 days prior to the date of the first approval following the determination that—
(I) reliable information indicates that—
(aa) such person has ceased to aid or abet any non-nuclear-weapon state to acquire any nuclear explosive device or to acquire unsafeguarded special nuclear material; and
(bb) steps have been taken to ensure that the activities described in item (aa) will not resume; or
(II) the prohibition would have a serious adverse effect on vital United States interests.
(F) For purposes of this paragraph:
(i) The term "country" has the meaning given to "foreign state" in section 1603(a) of title 28.
(ii) The term "knowingly" is used within the meaning of the term "knowing" in section 78dd–2(h)(3) of title 15.
(iii) The term "person" means a natural person as well as a corporation, business association, partnership, society, trust, any other nongovernmental entity, organization, or group, and any governmental entity operating as a business enterprise, and any successor of any such entity.
(iv) The term "nuclear-weapon state" has the meaning given the term in Article IX(3) of the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons, signed at Washington, London, and Moscow on July 1, 1968.
(v) The term "non-nuclear-weapon state" has the meaning given the term in section 6305(5) of title 22.
(vi) The term "nuclear explosive device" has the meaning given the term in section 6305(4) of title 22.
(vii) The term "unsafeguarded special nuclear material" has the meaning given the term in section 6305(8) of title 22.
(5) The Bank shall not guarantee, insure, or extend credit, or participate in the extension of credit in connection with (A) the purchase of any product, technical data, or other information by a national or agency of any nation which engages in armed conflict, declared or otherwise, with the Armed Forces of the United States, (B) the purchase by any nation (or national or agency thereof) of any product, technical data, or other information which is to be used principally by or in any such nation described in clause (A), or (C) the purchase of any liquid metal fast breeder nuclear reactor or any nuclear fuel reprocessing facility. The Bank shall not guarantee, insure, or extend credit, or participate in the extension of credit in connection with the purchase of any product, technical data, or other information by a national or agency of any nation if the President determines that any such transaction would be contrary to the national interest.
(6)(A) The Bank shall not guarantee, insure, or extend credit, or participate in an extension of credit in connection with any credit sale of defense articles and defense services to any country.
(B) Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to any sale of defense articles or services if—
(i) the Bank is requested to provide a guarantee or insurance for the sale;
(ii) the President determines that the defense articles or services are being sold primarily for anti-narcotics purposes;
(iii) section 2291j(e) of title 22 does not apply with respect to the purchasing country;
(iv) the President determines, in accordance with subparagraph (C), that the sale is in the national interest of the United States; and
(v) the Bank determines that, notwithstanding the provision of a guarantee or insurance for the sale, not more than 5 percent of the guarantee and insurance authority available to the Bank in any fiscal year will be used by the Bank to support the sale of defense articles or services.
(C) In determining whether a sale of defense articles or services would be in the national interest of the United States, the President shall take into account whether the sale would—
(i) be consistent with the anti-narcotics policy of the United States;
(ii) involve the end use of a defense article or service in a major illicit drug producing or major drug-transit country (as defined in section 2291(e) of title 22); and
(iii) be made to a country with a democratic form of government.
(D)(i) The Board shall not give approval to guarantee or insure a sale of defense articles or services unless—
(I) the President determines, in accordance with subparagraph (C), that it is in the national interest of the United States for the Bank to provide such guarantee or insurance;
(II) the President determines, after consultation with the Assistant Secretary of State for Human Rights and Humanitarian Affairs, that the purchasing country has complied with all restrictions imposed by the United States on the end use of any defense articles or services for which a guarantee or insurance was provided under subparagraph (B), and has not used any such defense articles or services to engage in a consistent pattern of gross violations of internationally recognized human rights; and
(III) such determinations have been reported to the Speaker and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives, and to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate, not less than 25 days of continuous session of the Congress before the date of such approval.
(ii) For purposes of clause (i), continuity of a session of the Congress shall be considered as broken only by an adjournment of the Congress sine die, and the days on which either House is not in session because of an adjournment of more than 3 days to a day certain shall be excluded in the computation of the 25-day period referred to in such clause.
(E) The provision of a guarantee or insurance under subparagraph (B) shall be deemed to be the provision of security assistance for purposes of section 2304 of title 22 (relating to governments which engage in a consistent pattern of gross violations of internationally recognized human rights).
(F) To the extent that defense articles or services for which a guarantee or insurance is provided under subparagraph (B) are used for a purpose other than anti-narcotics purposes, they may be used only for those purposes for which defense articles and defense services sold under the Arms Export Control Act [22 U.S.C. 2751 et seq.] (relating to the foreign military sales program) may be used under section 4 of such Act [22 U.S.C. 2754].
(G) As used in subparagraphs (B), (C), (D), and (F), the term "defense articles or services" means articles, services, and related technical data that are designated as defense articles and defense services pursuant to sections 38 and 47(7) of the Arms Export Control Act [22 U.S.C. 2778, 2794(7)] and listed on the United States Munitions List (part 121 of title 22 of the Code of Federal Regulations).
(H) Once in each calendar quarter, the Bank shall submit a report to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate, and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives on all instances in which the Bank, during the reporting quarter, guaranteed, insured, or extended credit or participated in an extension of credit in connection with any credit sale of an article, service, or related technical data described in subparagraph (G) that the Bank determined would not be put to a military use or described in subparagraph (I)(i). Such report shall include a description of each of the transactions and the justification for the Bank's actions.
(I)(i) Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to a transaction involving defense articles or services if—
(I) the Bank determines that—
(aa) the defense articles or services are nonlethal; and
(bb) the primary end use of the defense articles or services will be for civilian purposes; and
(II) at least 15 calendar days before the date on which the Board of Directors of the Bank gives final approval to Bank participation in the transaction, the Bank provides notice of the transaction to the Committees on Financial Services and on Appropriations of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs and on Appropriations of the Senate.
(ii) Not more than 10 percent of the loan, guarantee, and insurance authority available to the Bank for a fiscal year may be used by the Bank to support the sale of defense articles or services to which subparagraph (A) does not apply by reason of clause (i) of this subparagraph.
(iii) Not later than September 1 of each fiscal year, the Comptroller General of the United States, in consultation with the Bank, shall submit to the Committees on Financial Services and on Appropriations of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs and on Appropriations of the Senate a report on the end uses of any defense articles or services described in clause (i) with respect to which the Bank provided support during the second preceding fiscal year.
(7) In no event shall the Bank have outstanding at any time in excess of 7½ per centum of the limitation imposed by section 635e of this title for such guarantees, insurance, credits or participation in credits with respect to exports of defense articles and services to countries which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Bank, are less developed.
(8) The Bank shall supplement but not compete with private capital and the programs of the Commodity Credit Corporation to ensure that adequate financing will be made available to assist the export of agricultural commodities, except that, consistent with paragraph (1)(A) of this subsection, the Bank in assisting any such export transactions shall, in cooperation with the export financing instrumentalities of other governments, seek to minimize competition in Government-supported export financing, and shall, in cooperation with other appropriate United States Government agencies, seek to reach international agreements to reduce Government subsidized export financing. In order to carry out the purposes of this subsection, the Bank shall consult with the Secretary of Agriculture and where the Secretary of Agriculture has recommended against Bank financing of the export of a particular agricultural commodity, shall take such recommendation into consideration in determining whether to provide credit or other assistance for any export sale of such commodity, and shall consider the importance of agricultural commodity exports to the United States export market and the nation's balance of trade in deciding whether or not to provide assistance under this subsection.
(9)(A) The Board of Directors of the Bank shall, in consultation with the Secretary of Commerce and the Trade Promotion Coordinating Committee, take prompt measures, consistent with the credit standards otherwise required by law, to promote the expansion of the Bank's financial commitments in sub-Saharan Africa under the loan, guarantee, and insurance programs of the Bank.
(B)(i) The Board of Directors shall establish and use an advisory committee to advise the Board of Directors on the development and implementation of policies and programs designed to support the expansion described in subparagraph (A).
(ii) The advisory committee shall make recommendations to the Board of Directors on how the Bank can facilitate greater support by United States commercial banks for trade with sub-Saharan Africa.
(iii) The advisory committee shall terminate on the date on which the authority of the Bank expires under section 635f of this title.
(C) The Bank shall include in the annual report to the Congress submitted under section 635g(a) of this title a separate section that contains a report on the efforts of the Bank to—
(i) improve its working relationships with the African Development Bank, the African Export-Import Bank, and other institutions in the region that are relevant to the purposes of subparagraph (A) of this paragraph; and
(ii) coordinate closely with the United States Foreign Service and Foreign Commercial Service, and with the overall strategy of the United States Government for economic engagement with Africa pursuant to the African Growth and Opportunity Act [19 U.S.C. 3701 et seq.].
(D) Consistent with the requirement that the Bank obtain a reasonable assurance of repayment in connection with each transaction the Bank supports, the Bank shall, in consultation with the entities described in subparagraph (C), seek to qualify a greater number of appropriate African entities for participation in programs of the Bank.
(10)(A) The Bank shall not, without a specific authorization by law, guarantee, insure, or extend credit (or participate in the extension of credit) to—
(i) assist specific countries with balance of payments financing; or
(ii) assist (as the primary purpose of any such guarantee, insurance, or credit) any country in the management of its international indebtedness, other than its outstanding obligations to the Bank.
(B) Nothing contained in subparagraph (A) shall preclude guarantees, insurance, or credit the primary purpose of which is to support United States exports.
(11)
(A) is willing, and is actively seeking, to achieve an equitable political settlement of the conflict in Angola, including free and fair elections, through a mutual cease-fire and a dialogue with the opposition armed forces;
(B) has demonstrated progress in protecting internationally recognized human rights, and particularly in—
(i) ending, through prosecution or other means, involvement of members of the military and security forces in political violence and abuses of internationally recognized human rights;
(ii) vigorously prosecuting persons engaged in political violence who are connected with the government; and
(iii) bringing to justice those responsible for the abduction, torture, and murder of citizens of Angola and citizens of the United States; and
(C) has demonstrated progress in its respect for, and protection of—
(i) the freedom of the press;
(ii) the freedom of speech;
(iii) the freedom of assembly;
(iv) the freedom of association (including the right to organize for political purposes);
(v) internationally recognized worker rights; and
(vi) other attributes of political pluralism and democracy.
The President shall include in each report made pursuant to this paragraph a detailed statement with respect to each of the conditions set forth in this paragraph. This paragraph shall not be construed to impose any requirement with respect to Angola that is more restrictive than any requirement imposed by this section generally on all other countries.
(12)
(13)
(c) Guarantees, insurance, coinsurance, and reinsurance functions; fractional charge; aggregate outstanding amount; fees and premiums; issuance, service and adjustments by agents; transferability of guarantees
(1) The Bank shall charge fees and premiums commensurate, in the judgment of the Bank, with risks covered in connection with the contractual liability that the Bank incurs for guarantees, insurance, coinsurance, and reinsurance against political and credit risks of loss.
(2) The Bank may issue such guarantees, insurance, coinsurance, and reinsurance to or with exporters, insurance companies, financial institutions, or others, or groups thereof, and where appropriate may employ any of the same to act as its agent in the issuance and servicing of such guarantees, insurance, coinsurance, and reinsurance, and the adjustment of claims arising thereunder.
(3)
(A)
(B)
(d) Equal and nondiscriminatory opportunities for domestic companies to bid for insurance
(1) In carrying out its responsibilities under this subchapter, the Bank shall work to ensure that United States companies are afforded an equal and nondiscriminatory opportunity to bid for insurance in connection with transactions assisted by the Bank.
(2)
(3)
(A) may approve or deny the loan or guarantee after considering whether such action would be likely to achieve competitive access for United States insurance companies; and
(B) shall forward information regarding any foreign country that denies United States insurance companies a fair and open competitive opportunity to the Secretary of Commerce and to the United States Trade Representative for consideration of a recommendation to the President that access by such country to export credit of the United States should be restricted.
(4)
(5)
(A) the term "United States insurance company"—
(i) includes an individual, partnership, corporation, holding company, or other legal entity which is authorized (or in the case of a holding company, subsidiaries of which are authorized) by a State to engage in the business of issuing insurance contracts or reinsuring the risk underwritten by insurance companies; and
(ii) includes foreign operations, branches, agencies, subsidiaries, affiliates, or joint ventures of any entity described in clause (i); and
(B) the term "fair and open competitive opportunity" means, with respect to the provision of insurance by a United States insurance company, that the company—
(i) has received notice of the opportunity to provide such insurance; and
(ii) has been evaluated for such opportunity on a nondiscriminatory basis.
(e) Limitation on assistance which adversely affects the United States
(1) In general
The Bank may not extend any direct credit or financial guarantee for establishing or expanding production of any commodity for export by any country other than the United States, if—
(A) the Bank determines that—
(i) the commodity is likely to be in surplus on world markets at the time the resulting commodity will first be sold; or
(ii) the resulting production capacity is expected to compete with United States production of the same, similar, or competing commodity; and
(B) the Bank determines that the extension of such credit or guarantee will cause substantial injury to United States producers of the same, similar, or competing commodity.
In making the determination under subparagraph (B), the Bank shall determine whether the facility that would benefit from the extension of a credit or guarantee is reasonably likely to produce a commodity in addition to, or other than, the commodity specified in the application and whether the production of the additional commodity may cause substantial injury to United States producers of the same, or a similar or competing, commodity.
(2) Outstanding orders and preliminary injury determinations
(A) Orders
The Bank shall not provide any loan or guarantee to an entity for the resulting production of substantially the same product that is the subject of—
(i) a countervailing duty or antidumping order under title VII of the Tariff Act of 1930 [19 U.S.C. 1671 et seq.]; or
(ii) a determination under title II of the Trade Act of 1974 [19 U.S.C. 2251 et seq.].
(B) Affirmative determination
Within 60 days after June 14, 2002, the Bank shall establish procedures regarding loans or guarantees provided to any entity that is subject to a preliminary determination of a reasonable indication of material injury to an industry under title VII of the Tariff Act of 1930. The procedures shall help to ensure that these loans and guarantees are likely to not result in a significant increase in imports of substantially the same product covered by the preliminary determination and are likely to not have a significant adverse impact on the domestic industry. The Bank shall report to the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate on the implementation of these procedures.
(C) Comment period
The Bank shall establish procedures under which the Bank shall notify interested parties and provide a comment period of not less than 14 days (which, on request of any affected party, shall be extended to a period of not more than 30 days) with regard to loans or guarantees reviewed pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D).
(D) Consideration of investigations under title II of the Trade Act of 1974
In making any determination under paragraph (1) for a transaction involving more than $10,000,000, the Bank shall consider investigations under title II of the Trade Act of 1974 that have been initiated at the request of the President of the United States, the United States Trade Representative, the Committee on Finance of the Senate, or the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives, or by the International Trade Commission on its own motion.
(E) Anti-circumvention
The Bank shall not provide a loan or guarantee if the Bank determines that providing the loan or guarantee will facilitate circumvention of an order or determination referred to in subparagraph (A).
(3) Exception
Paragraphs (1) and (2) shall not apply in any case where, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Bank, the short- and long-term benefits to industry and employment in the United States are likely to outweigh the short- and long-term injury to United States producers and employment of the same, similar, or competing commodity.
(4) Definition
For purposes of paragraph (1)(B), the extension of any credit or guarantee by the Bank will cause substantial injury if the amount of the capacity for production established, or the amount of the increase in such capacity expanded, by such credit or guarantee equals or exceeds 1 percent of United States production.
(5) Designation of sensitive commercial sectors and products
Not later than 120 days after December 20, 2006, the Bank shall submit a list to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives, which designates sensitive commercial sectors and products with respect to which the provision of financing support by the Bank is deemed unlikely by the President of the Bank due to the significant potential for a determination that such financing support would result in an adverse economic impact on the United States. The President of the Bank shall review on an annual basis thereafter the list of sensitive commercial sectors and products and the Bank shall submit an updated list to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives of such sectors and products.
(6) Financial threshold determinations
For purposes of determining whether a proposed transaction exceeds a financial threshold under this subsection or under the procedures or rules of the Bank, the Bank shall aggregate the dollar amount of the proposed transaction and the dollar amounts of all loans and guarantees, approved by the Bank in the preceding 24-month period, that involved the same foreign entity and substantially the same product to be produced.
(7) Procedures to reduce adverse effects of loans and guarantees on industries and employment in United States
(A) Consideration of economic effects of proposed transactions
If, in making a determination under this paragraph with respect to a loan or guarantee, the Bank conducts a detailed economic impact analysis or similar study, the analysis or study, as the case may be, shall include consideration of—
(i) the factors set forth in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1); and
(ii) the views of the public and interested parties.
(B) Notice and comment requirements
(i) In general
If, in making a determination under this subsection with respect to a loan or guarantee, the Bank intends to conduct a detailed economic impact analysis or similar study, the Bank shall publish in the Federal Register a notice of the intent, and provide a period of not less than 14 days (which, on request by any affected party, shall be extended to a period of not more than 30 days) for the submission to the Bank of comments on the economic effects of the provision of the loan or guarantee, including comments on the factors set forth in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1). In addition, the Bank shall seek comments on the economic effects from the Department of Commerce, the Office of Management and Budget, the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate, and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives.
(ii) Content of notice
The notice shall include appropriate, nonproprietary information about—
(I) the country to which the goods involved in the transaction will be shipped;
(II) the type of goods being exported;
(III) the amount of the loan or guarantee involved;
(IV) the goods that would be produced as a result of the provision of the loan or guarantee;
(V) the amount of increased production that will result from the transaction;
(VI) the potential sales market for the resulting goods; and
(VII) the value of the transaction.
(iii) Procedure regarding materially changed applications
(I) In general
If a material change is made to an application for a loan or guarantee from the Bank after a notice with respect to the intent described in clause (i) is published under this subparagraph, the Bank shall publish in the Federal Register a revised notice of the intent, and shall provide for a comment period, as provided in clauses (i) and (ii).
(II) Material change defined
As used in subclause (I), the term "material change", with respect to an application, includes—
(aa) a change of at least 25 percent in the amount of a loan or guarantee requested in the application; and
(bb) a change in the principal product to be produced as a result of any transaction that would be facilitated by the provision of the loan or guarantee.
(C) Requirement to address views of adversely affected persons
Before taking final action on an application for a loan or guarantee to which this section applies, the staff of the Bank shall provide in writing to the Board of Directors the views of any person who submitted comments pursuant to subparagraph (B).
(D) Publication of conclusions
Within 30 days after a party affected by a final decision of the Board of Directors with respect to a loan or guarantee makes a written request therefor, the Bank shall provide to the affected party a non-confidential summary of the facts found and conclusions reached in any detailed economic impact analysis or similar study conducted pursuant to subparagraph (B) with respect to the loan or guarantee, that were submitted to the Board of Directors.
(E) Maintenance of documentation
The Bank shall maintain documentation relating to economic impact analyses and similar studies conducted under this subsection in a manner consistent with the Standards for Internal Control of the Federal Government issued by the Comptroller General of the United States.
(F) Rule of interpretation
This paragraph shall not be construed to make subchapter II of chapter 5 of title 5 applicable to the Bank.
(G) Regulations
The Bank shall implement such regulations and procedures as may be appropriate to carry out this paragraph.
(f) Authority to deny application for assistance based on fraud or corruption by party involved in the transaction
In addition to any other authority of the Bank, the Bank may deny an application for assistance with respect to a transaction if the Bank has substantial credible evidence that any party to the transaction or any party involved in the transaction has committed an act of fraud or corruption in connection with the transaction, and shall deny an application for assistance if the end user, borrower, lender, or exporter has been convicted of an act of fraud or corruption in connection with an application for support from the Bank made in the preceding 5 years. The Bank may proceed with an application described in this subsection only if an end user, borrower, lender, or exporter can be fully excluded from the transaction.
(g) Process for notifying applicants of application status
The Bank shall establish and adhere to a clearly defined process for—
(1) acknowledging receipt of applications;
(2) informing applicants that their applications are complete or, if incomplete or containing a minor defect, of the additional material or changes that, if supplied or made, would make the application eligible for consideration; and
(3) keeping applicants informed of the status of their applications, including a clear and timely notification of approval or disapproval, and, in the case of disapproval, the reason for disapproval, as appropriate.
(h) Response to application for financing; implementation of online loan request and tracking process
(1) Response to applications
Within 5 days after the Bank receives an application for financing, the Bank shall notify the applicant that the application has been received, and shall include in the notice—
(A) a request for such additional information as may be necessary to make the application complete;
(B) the name of a Bank employee who may be contacted with questions relating to the application; and
(C) a unique identification number which may be used to review the status of the application at a website established by the Bank.
(2) Website
Not later than September 1, 2007, the Bank shall exercise the authority granted by subparagraphs (E)(x) and (J) of subsection (b)(1) to establish, and thereafter to maintain, a website through which—
(A) Bank products may be applied for; and
(B) information may be obtained with respect to—
(i) the status of any such application;
(ii) the Small Business Division of the Bank; and
(iii) incentives, preferences, targets, and goals relating to small business concerns (as defined in section 632(a) of title 15), including small business concerns exporting to Africa.
(i) Due diligence standards for lender partners
The Bank shall set due diligence standards for its lender partners and participants, which should be applied across all programs consistently. To minimize or prevent fraudulent activity, the Bank shall require all delegated lenders to implement "Know your customer practices".
(j) Non-subordination requirement
In entering into financing contracts, the Bank shall seek a creditor status which is not subordinate to that of all other creditors, in order to reduce the risk to, and enhance recoveries for, the Bank.
(k) Prohibition on discrimination based on industry
(1) In general
Except as provided in this subchapter, the Bank may not—
(A) deny an application for financing based solely on the industry, sector, or business that the application concerns; or
(B) promulgate or implement policies that discriminate against an application based solely on the industry, sector, or business that the application concerns.
(2) Applicability
The prohibitions under paragraph (1) apply only to applications for financing by the Bank for projects concerning the exploration, development, production, or export of energy sources and the generation or transmission of electrical power, or combined heat and power, regardless of the energy source involved.
(l) Program on China and Transformational Exports
(1) In general
The Bank shall establish a Program on China and Transformational Exports to support the extension of loans, guarantees, and insurance, at rates and on terms and other conditions, to the extent practicable, that are fully competitive with rates, terms, and other conditions established by the People's Republic of China or by a covered country, that aim to—
(A) directly neutralize export subsidies for competing goods and services financed by official export credit, tied aid, or blended financing provided by the People's Republic of China or by a covered country; or
(B) advance the comparative leadership of the United States with respect to the People's Republic of China, or support United States innovation, employment, and technological standards, through direct exports in any of the following areas:
(i) Artificial intelligence.
(ii) Biotechnology.
(iii) Biomedical sciences.
(iv) Wireless communications equipment (including 5G or subsequent wireless technologies).
(v) Quantum computing.
(vi) Renewable energy, energy efficiency, and energy storage.
(vii) Semiconductor and semiconductor machinery manufacturing.
(viii) Emerging financial technologies, including technologies that facilitate—
(I) financial inclusion through increased access to capital and financial services;
(II) data security and privacy;
(III) payments, the transfer of funds, and associated messaging services; and
(IV) efforts to combat money laundering and the financing of terrorism.
(ix) Water treatment and sanitation, including technologies and infrastructure to reduce contaminants and improve water quality.
(x) High performance computing.
(xi) Associated services necessary for use of any of the foregoing exports.
(2) Covered countries
In this subsection, the term "covered country" means any country that—
(A) the Secretary of the Treasury designates as a covered country in a report to the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Development of the Senate;
(B) is not a participant in the Arrangement on Officially Supported Export Credits of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (in this subsection referred to as the "Arrangement"); and
(C) is not in substantial compliance with the financial terms and conditions of the Arrangement.
(3) Financing
(A) In general
It shall be a goal of the Bank to reserve not less than 20 percent of the applicable amount (as defined in section 635e(a)(2) of this title) for support made pursuant to the Program on China and Transformational Exports.
(B) Exception
The Secretary of the Treasury may reduce or eliminate the 20 percent goal in subparagraph (A), on reporting to the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate that the People's Republic of China is in substantial compliance with—
(i) the financial terms and conditions of the Arrangement; and
(ii) the rules and principles of the Paris Club.
(C) Sunset and report
The program established under paragraph (1) shall expire on December 31, 2026. Not later than 4 years after December 20, 2019, the President of the Bank shall submit a report to the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate assessing the following:
(i) The capacity and demand of United States entities to export goods and services in the areas described in paragraph (1)(B), as assessed in consultation with the Secretary of Commerce.
(ii) The availability of private-sector financing for exports in the areas.
(iii) The feasibility and advisability of continuing the goal of subparagraph (A) of this paragraph with respect to paragraph (1)(B) after December 31, 2026.
(D) National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems
The National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems shall ensure that Bank authorizations pursuant to the Program on China and Transformational Exports are considered or reviewed expeditiously, consistent with the other credit standards required by law.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §2, 59 Stat. 526; Dec. 28, 1945, ch. 602, 59 Stat. 666; June 9, 1947, ch. 101, §1, 61 Stat. 130; May 21, 1953, ch. 64, §1, 67 Stat. 28; Pub. L. 87–311, Sept. 26, 1961, 75 Stat. 673; Pub. L. 88–101, §1(a), Aug. 20, 1963, 77 Stat. 128; Pub. L. 90–267, §1(a)–(c), Mar. 13, 1968, 82 Stat. 47–49; Pub. L. 92–126, §1(b)(1), (2), (5), (6), Aug. 17, 1971, 85 Stat. 345, 346; Pub. L. 93–646, §§2–6, 13, Jan. 4, 1975, 88 Stat. 2333–2335, 2337; Pub. L. 95–143, §§1–3, Oct. 26, 1977, 91 Stat. 1210; Pub. L. 95–630, title XIX, §§1902–1904, 1907(a), 1909, 1910, 1915, 1916, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3724–3727; Pub. L. 96–470, title II, §210, Oct. 19, 1980, 94 Stat. 2245; Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §§612, 616(a), 617, 618(a), (c), 619(b)–(d), 620(a), 622], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1255, 1257, 1258, 1260, 1261; Pub. L. 99–440, title II, §204, Oct. 2, 1986, 100 Stat. 1096; Pub. L. 99–472, §§2–11, 20(a), Oct. 15, 1986, 100 Stat. 1200–1203, 1209; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095; Pub. L. 100–418, title III, §3304, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1384; Pub. L. 100–690, title IV, §4703, Nov. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4293; Pub. L. 101–240, title I, §§101(a), (c), (d), 102, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2493–2495; Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562 (part), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2031; Pub. L. 101–623, §16, Nov. 21, 1990, 104 Stat. 3357; Pub. L. 102–145, §121(2), (3), Oct. 28, 1991, as added Pub. L. 102–266, §102, Apr. 1, 1992, 106 Stat. 95; Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §§104, 105, 107, 109(a), 110–112(d), 114, 116, 121(a), Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2189, 2190, 2193-2196, 2198; Pub. L. 102–583, §§6(c), 12(a), (c)(1)(A), Nov. 2, 1992, 106 Stat. 4932, 4935; Pub. L. 103–149, §4(b)(5), Nov. 23, 1993, 107 Stat. 1505; Pub. L. 103–236, title VIII, §825, Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 514; Pub. L. 103–428, §1(a), (b), Oct. 31, 1994, 108 Stat. 4375; Pub. L. 103–447, title I, §102(a), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4693; Pub. L. 104–201, div. A, title XIII, §1303(a), Sept. 23, 1996, 110 Stat. 2702; Pub. L. 105–121, §§5, 7(a), 9–12, Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2529, 2530; Pub. L. 106–569, title XI, §§1103(d)(1), 1104(a)(1), (2), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3031; Pub. L. 107–189, §§2, 6(a), (b), 7–8(b), 11, 13, 15–19, 21, 24(a)(1)–(2)(D), (b)(1)–(3), June 14, 2002, 116 Stat. 698, 700, 704-709; Pub. L. 109–438, §§3(a), (b)(2), (c), 5, 6(b)(2), 7, 8, 11, 12, 13(b), (c), 14(b), Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 3268, 3269, 3272, 3273, 3276, 3277, 3279, 3280; Pub. L. 112–122, §§7, 8, 12(b), 22, 23, May 30, 2012, 126 Stat. 354, 357, 363; Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LII, §52001(a), title LIII, §53001, title LIV, §§54001(c), 54002(a), (b), title LV, §55001, Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1767–1769; Pub. L. 116–94, div. I, title IV, §§402(a), 403, 404(a), 405–407, Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 3021, 3023, 3024.)
Amendment of Section
For termination of amendment by section 1(c) of Pub. L. 103–428, see Effective and Termination Dates of 1994 Amendments note below.
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(B), is title V of Pub. L. 93–344, as added by Pub. L. 101–508, title XIII, §13201(a), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–609, which is classified generally to subchapter III (§661 et seq.) of chapter 17A of Title 2, The Congress. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 621 of Title 2 and Tables.
The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(B), (L), is title I of Pub. L. 95–213, Dec. 19, 1977, 91 Stat. 1494, which enacted sections 78dd–1 to 78dd–3 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and amended sections 78m and 78ff of Title 15. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1977 Amendment note set out under section 78a of Title 15 and Tables.
The Arms Export Control Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(B), (L), (6)(F), is Pub. L. 90–629, Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1320, which is classified principally to chapter 39 (§2751 et seq.) of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2751 of Title 22 and Tables.
The International Emergency Economic Powers Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(B), (L), is title II of Pub. L. 95–223, Dec. 28, 1977, 91 Stat. 1626, which is classified generally to chapter 35 (§1701 et seq.) of Title 50, War and National Defense. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1701 of Title 50 and Tables.
The Export Administration Act of 1979, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(B), (L), is Pub. L. 96–72, Sept. 29, 1979, 93 Stat. 503, which was classified principally to chapter 56 (§4601 et seq.) of Title 50, War and National Defense, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 115–232, div. A, title XVII, §1766(a), Aug. 13, 2018, 132 Stat. 2232, except for sections 11A, 11B, and 11C thereof (50 U.S.C. 4611, 4612, 4613).
Section 2151q of title 22, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(C), was repealed by Pub. L. 96–533, title III, §304(g), Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3147. See section 2151d(a)(2), (b)(2), (c) of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse.
The African Growth and Opportunity Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(9)(C), is title I of Pub. L. 106–200, May 18, 2000, 114 Stat. 252, which is classified principally to chapter 23 (§3701 et seq.) of Title 19, Customs Duties. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 3701 of Title 19 and Tables.
The Tariff Act of 1930, referred to in subsec. (e)(2)(A)(i), (B), is act June 17, 1930, ch. 497, 46 Stat. 590. Title VII of the Act is classified generally to subtitle IV (§1671 et seq.) of chapter 4 of Title 19, Customs Duties. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1654 of Title 19 and Tables.
The Trade Act of 1974, referred to in subsec. (e)(2)(A)(ii), (D), is Pub. L. 93–618, Jan. 3, 1975, 88 Stat. 1978. Title II of the Act is classified generally to subchapter II (§2251 et seq.) of chapter 12 of Title 19, Customs Duties. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 2101 of Title 19 and Tables.
December 20, 2006, referred to in subsec. (e)(5), was in the original "the date of the enactment of this Act", which was translated as meaning the date of enactment of Pub. L. 109–438, which enacted subsec. (e)(5), to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Codification
Section 1(c) of Pub. L. 90–267 added pars. (2) to (5) of subsec. (b) and another section of Pub. L. 90–267 also designated 1(c) substituted "$3,500,000,000" for "$2,000,000,000" in subsec. (c)(1). See, also, 1968 Amendments hereunder.
Amendments
2019—Subsec. (b)(1)(E)(i)(I). Pub. L. 116–94, §403, added subcl. (I) and struck out former subcl. (I) which read as follows: "It is further the policy of the United States to encourage the participation of small business in international commerce."
Subsec. (b)(1)(E)(v). Pub. L. 116–94, §405, inserted at end "For the purpose of calculating the amounts of authority required under this clause, the Bank shall, with respect to insurance, exclude unutilized authorizations that terminated during the fiscal year."
Pub. L. 116–94, §404(a), substituted "30" for "25".
Subsec. (b)(1)(K). Pub. L. 116–94, §407, inserted before period at end ", energy efficiency (including battery electric vehicles, batteries for electric vehicles, and electric vehicle charging infrastructure), and energy storage. It shall be a goal of the Bank to ensure that not less than 5 percent of the applicable amount (as defined in section 635e(a)(2) of this title) is made available each fiscal year for the financing of renewable energy, energy efficiency (including battery electric vehicles, batteries for electric vehicles, and electric vehicle charging infrastructure), and energy storage technology exports".
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 116–94, §406(1), inserted before period at end ", and shall deny an application for assistance if the end user, borrower, lender, or exporter has been convicted of an act of fraud or corruption in connection with an application for support from the Bank made in the preceding 5 years. The Bank may proceed with an application described in this subsection only if an end user, borrower, lender, or exporter can be fully excluded from the transaction".
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 116–94, §406(2), substituted "shall require" for "should require".
Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 116–94, §402(a), added subsec. (l).
2015—Subsec. (a)(2)(A)(iii). Pub. L. 114–94, §54002(a), added cl. (iii).
Subsec. (b)(1)(E)(v). Pub. L. 114–94, §52001(a), substituted "25 percent" for "20 percent".
Subsec. (b)(1)(M). Pub. L. 114–94, §53001, added subpar. (M).
Subsec. (b)(9)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 114–94, §54001(c), substituted "the date on which the authority of the Bank expires under section 635f of this title" for "September 30, 2014".
Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 114–94, §54002(b), substituted "$25,000,000" for "$10,000,000".
Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 114–94, §55001, added subsec. (k).
2012—Subsec. (b)(2)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 112–122, §22, redesignated subcls. (II), (III), (V), (VI), (VIII), and (IX) as (I) to (VI), respectively, and struck out subcls. (I), (IV), and (VII) which deemed Cambodian People's Republic, Lao People's Democratic Republic, and Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia as Marxist-Leninist countries for purposes of par. (2).
Subsec. (b)(9)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 112–122, §23, substituted "2014" for "2011".
Subsec. (e)(7)(E) to (G). Pub. L. 112–122, §12(b), added subpar. (E) and redesignated former subpars. (E) and (F) as (F) and (G), respectively.
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 112–122, §7, added subsec. (i).
Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 112–122, §8, added subsec. (j).
2006—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 109–438, §13(b), (c), inserted ", including countries the governments of which are not members of the Arrangement (as defined in section 635i–3(h)(3) of this title)" after "United States exporters" in second sentence and struck out fourth to twelfth sentences which related to compliance reporting requirements.
Subsec. (b)(1)(E)(v). Pub. L. 109–438, §14(b), inserted at end "From the amount made available under the preceding sentence, it shall be a goal of the Bank to increase the amount made available to finance exports directly by small business concerns referred to in section 635a(i)(1) of this title."
Subsec. (b)(1)(E)(vii)(III). Pub. L. 109–438, §6(b)(2), inserted "or other financing institutions or entities" after "consortia".
Subsec. (b)(9)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 109–438, §3(a), substituted "2011" for "2006".
Subsec. (b)(9)(C), (D). Pub. L. 109–438, §3(b)(2), (c), added subpars. (C) and (D).
Subsec. (b)(13). Pub. L. 109–438, §11, added par. (13).
Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 109–438, §7(1), inserted concluding provisions.
Subsec. (e)(2)(C). Pub. L. 109–438, §8(b), inserted "of not less than 14 days (which, on request of any affected party, shall be extended to a period of not more than 30 days)" after "comment period".
Subsec. (e)(2)(E). Pub. L. 109–438, §7(2), added subpar. (E).
Subsec. (e)(5) to (7). Pub. L. 109–438, §§5, 7(3), 8(a), added pars. (5) to (7).
Subsecs. (g), (h). Pub. L. 109–438, §12, added subsecs. (g) and (h).
2002—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 107–189, §2, substituted "The objects and purposes of the Bank shall be to aid in financing and to facilitate exports of goods and services, imports, and the exchange of commodities and services between the United States or any of its territories or insular possessions and any foreign country or the agencies or nationals of any such country, and in so doing to contribute to the employment of United States workers. The Bank's objective in authorizing loans, guarantees, insurance, and credits shall be to contribute to maintaining or increasing employment of United States workers." for "The objects and purposes of the bank shall be to aid in financing and to facilitate exports and imports and the exchange of commodities and services between the United States or any of its Territories or insular possessions and any foreign country or the agencies or nationals thereof."
Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 107–189, §§11, 13(b), substituted "not later than June 30 of each year" for "on an annual basis" in fourth sentence, inserted "(including through use of market windows)" after "which foreign exporters compete with the United States exporters" in fifth sentence, inserted "With respect to the preceding sentence, the Bank shall use all available information to estimate the annual amount of export financing available from each government and government-related agency." after fifth sentence, and inserted at end "The Bank shall include in the annual report a description of all Bank transactions which shall be classified according to their principal purpose, such as to correct a market failure or to provide matching support. The Bank shall include in the annual report a description of the efforts undertaken under subparagraph (K)."
Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 107–189, §§15, 17, 21, 24(a)(1), substituted "Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives" for "Committee on Banking and Financial Services of the House of Representatives" and inserted "(including, when relevant, a foreign nation's lack of cooperation in efforts to eradicate terrorism)" after "international terrorism", "the enforcement of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the Arms Export Control Act, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, or the Export Administration Act of 1979," after "nuclear proliferation," and "(such as are provided in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights adopted by the United Nations General Assembly on December 10, 1948)" after "human rights".
Subsec. (b)(1)(E)(iii)(II). Pub. L. 107–189, §7(b), inserted ", with particular emphasis on conducting outreach and increasing loans to socially and economically disadvantaged small business concerns (as defined in section 637(a)(4) of title 15), small business concerns (as defined in section 632(a) of title 15) owned by women, and small business concerns (as defined in section 632(a) of title 15) employing fewer than 100 employees," after "Bank".
Subsec. (b)(1)(E)(v). Pub. L. 107–189, §7(a), substituted "20 percent" for "10 percent".
Subsec. (b)(1)(E)(x). Pub. L. 107–189, §8(a), added cl. (x).
Subsec. (b)(1)(H)(ii), (iii). Pub. L. 107–189, §24(b)(1), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 5402 of title 22.
Subsec. (b)(1)(J). Pub. L. 107–189, §8(b), added subpar. (J).
Subsec. (b)(1)(K). Pub. L. 107–189, §13(a), added subpar. (K).
Subsec. (b)(1)(L). Pub. L. 107–189, §19, added subpar. (L).
Subsec. (b)(6)(D)(i)(III). Pub. L. 107–189, §24(a)(2)(A), substituted "Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives" for "Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives".
Subsec. (b)(6)(E). Pub. L. 107–189, §24(b)(3), substituted "internationally" for "international".
Subsec. (b)(6)(H). Pub. L. 107–189, §24(a)(2)(B), substituted "Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives" for "Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives".
Subsec. (b)(6)(I)(i)(II), (iii). Pub. L. 107–189, §24(a)(2)(C), (D), substituted "Committees on Financial Services" for "Committees on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs".
Subsec. (b)(9)(A). Pub. L. 107–189, §6(b), inserted ", in consultation with the Secretary of Commerce and the Trade Promotion Coordinating Committee," after "shall".
Subsec. (b)(9)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 107–189, §6(a), amended cl. (iii) generally. Prior to amendment, cl. (iii) read as follows: "The advisory committee shall terminate 4 years after November 26, 1997."
Subsec. (b)(12). Pub. L. 107–189, §24(b)(2), realigned margins.
Subsec. (e)(2) to (4). Pub. L. 107–189, §18, substituted "Paragraphs (1) and (2)" for "Paragraph (1)" in par. (2), added a new par. (2), and redesignated former pars. (2) and (3) as (3) and (4), respectively.
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 107–189, §16, added subsec. (f).
2000—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 106–569, §1103(d)(1), substituted "The Bank shall, on an annual basis, report" for "The Bank shall, on a annual basis, report" and inserted at end "The annual report required under this subparagraph shall include the report required under section 635i–3(g) of this title."
Subsec. (b)(1)(D). Pub. L. 106–569, §1104(a)(1), struck out "(i)" after "(D)" and struck out cl. (ii) which read as follows: "The Bank shall include in its annual report a summary of its programs regarding the export of services."
Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 106–569, §1104(a)(2), struck out at end "The Bank shall include in the report to Congress under section 635g(a) of this title a description of the measures undertaken by it pursuant to this subsection."
1997—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 105–121, §10, in first sentence, substituted "real income, a commitment to reinvestment and job creation, and the increased development of the productive resources of the United States" for "real income and to the increased development of the productive resources of the United States".
Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 105–121, §11, inserted "(including child labor)" after "human rights" in penultimate sentence.
Pub. L. 105–121, §5(2), inserted at end "Each such determination shall be delivered in writing to the President of the Bank, shall state that the determination is made pursuant to this section, and shall specify the applications or categories of applications for credit which should be denied by the Bank in furtherance of the national interest."
Pub. L. 105–121, §5(1), in penultimate sentence, inserted ", after consultation with the Committee on Banking and Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate," after "President".
Subsec. (b)(1)(I). Pub. L. 105–121, §9, added subpar. (I).
Subsec. (b)(9). Pub. L. 105–121, §7(a), added par. (9).
Subsec. (b)(12). Pub. L. 105–121, §12, added par. (12).
1996—Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 104–201 amended par. (4) generally, restating provisions of former single par. as subpars. (A) to (F) with addition of provisions relating to persons knowingly aiding or abetting non-nuclear-weapon states to acquire nuclear explosive devices or unsafeguarded special nuclear material and requiring Secretary of State to initiate consultations with governments having jurisdiction over such persons.
1994—Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 103–236 inserted "(as defined in section 6305(4) of title 22), or that any country has willfully aided or abetted any non-nuclear-weapon state (as defined in section 6305(5) of title 22) to acquire any such nuclear explosive device or to acquire unsafeguarded special nuclear material (as defined in section 6305(8) of title 22)." after "device" at end of first sentence.
Subsec. (b)(6)(C)(ii). Pub. L. 103–447 substituted "defined in section 2291(e) of title 22" for "determined under section 2291j(h) or 2291(e), as appropriate, of title 22".
Subsec. (b)(6)(H). Pub. L. 103–428, §1(b), (c), temporarily inserted "or described in subparagraph (I)(i)" before period at end of first sentence. See Effective and Termination Dates of 1994 Amendments note below.
Subsec. (b)(6)(I). Pub. L. 103–428, §1(a), (c), temporarily added subpar. (I). See Effective and Termination Dates of 1994 Amendments note below.
1993—Subsec. (b)(9). Pub. L. 103–149 struck out par. (9) which prohibited the Bank from taking certain actions with respect to business affecting Republic of South Africa.
1992—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 102–429, §121(a)(1), struck out "(A)
Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 102–429, §121(a)(2), added sentence at end and struck out former last sentence which read as follows: "The Bank shall also include in the annual report a description of each loan by the Bank involving the export of any product or service related to the production, refining or transportation of any type of energy or the development of any energy resource with a statement assessing the impact, if any, on the availability of such products, services, or energy supplies thus developed for use within the United States."
Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 102–429, §104, inserted after first semicolon in fifth sentence "that the Bank, in determining whether to provide support for a transaction under the loan, guarantee, or insurance program, or any combination thereof, shall consider the need to involve private capital in support of United States exports as well as the cost of the transaction as calculated in accordance with the requirements of the Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990;".
Subsec. (b)(1)(E)(v). Pub. L. 102–429, §121(a)(3), substituted "not less than 10 percent of such authority for each fiscal year." for "not less than—
"(I) 6 per centum of such authority for fiscal year 1984;
"(II) 8 per centum of such authority for fiscal year 1985; and
"(III) 10 per centum of such authority for fiscal year 1986 and thereafter."
Pub. L. 102–429, §116, inserted "directly" after "to finance exports".
Subsec. (b)(1)(H). Pub. L. 102–429, §114, added subpar. (H).
Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 102–429, §110, amended subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (B) read as follows:
"(i)
"(I) maintains a centrally planned economy based on the principles of Marxist-Leninism, or
"(II) is economically and militarily dependent on the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics or on any other Marxist-Leninist country.
"(ii)
"Cambodian People's Republic.
"Cooperative Republic of Guyana.
"Czechoslovak Socialist Republic.
"Democratic People's Republic of Korea.
"Democratic Republic of Afghanistan.
"Estonia.
"German Democratic Republic.
"Hungarian People's Republic.
"Lao People's Democratic Republic.
"Latvia.
"Lithuania.
"Mongolian People's Republic.
"People's Democratic Republic of Yemen.
"People's Republic of Albania.
"People's Republic of Angola.
"People's Republic of Benin.
"People's Republic of Bulgaria.
"People's Republic of China.
"People's Republic of the Congo.
"People's Republic of Mozambique.
"Polish People's Republic.
"Republic of Cuba.
"Republic of Nicaragua.
"Socialist Ethiopia.
"Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia.
"Socialist Republic of Romania.
"Socialist Republic of Vietnam.
"Surinam.
"Tibet.
"Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (including its captive constituent republics)."
Subsec. (b)(6)(A). Pub. L. 102–583, §12(c)(1)(A), which directed the substitution of ", except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (B)." for "designated" and all that follows through the end of the subparagraph could not be executed because the words did not appear subsequent to the amendment by Pub. L. 102–429, §112(d)(1). See below.
Pub. L. 102–429, §112(d)(1), struck out before period at end "designated under section 4916 of title 26 as an economically less developed country for purposes of the tax imposed by section 4911 of title 26. The prohibitions set forth in this subparagraph shall not apply with respect to any transaction the consummation of which the President determines would be in the national interest and reports such determination (within thirty days after making the same) to the Senate and House of Representatives. In making any such determination the President shall take into account, among other considerations, the national interest in avoiding arms races among countries not directly menaced by the Soviet Union or by Communist China; in avoiding arming military dictators who are denying social progress to their own peoples; and in avoiding expenditures by developing countries of scarce foreign exchange needed for peaceful economic progress".
Subsec. (b)(6)(B). Pub. L. 102–429, §112(d)(2)(A), struck out ", and section 32 of the Arms Export Control Act," after "Subparagraph (A)".
Subsec. (b)(6)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 102–583, §6(c)(1), substituted "section 2291j(e) of title 22" for "section 2291(h)(5) of title 22".
Subsec. (b)(6)(B)(iv), (v). Pub. L. 102–429, §112(a)(1), (2), (d)(2)(B), inserted "and" at end of cl. (iv) and substituted "articles or services." for "articles and services; and" at end of cl. (v).
Subsec. (b)(6)(B)(vi). Pub. L. 102–583, §12(a), which directed the substitution of "1997" for "1992" in cl. (vi), could not be executed because cl. (vi) was struck out by Pub. L. 102–429, §112(a)(3). See below.
Pub. L. 102–429, §112(a)(3), struck out cl. (vi) which read as follows: "the sale is made on or before September 30, 1992."
Subsec. (b)(6)(C)(ii). Pub. L. 102–583, §6(c)(2), substituted "determined under section 2291j(h) or 2291(e), as appropriate, of title 22" for "defined in section 2291(i) of title 22".
Subsec. (b)(6)(D)(i). Pub. L. 102–429, §112(b), (d)(3), struck out "and" at end of subcl. (I), added subcl. (II), redesignated former subcl. (II) as (III), and substituted "determinations have" for "determination has" in subcl. (III).
Subsec. (b)(6)(D)(ii). Pub. L. 102–429, §112(d)(4), substituted "clause" for "sentence" before period at end.
Subsec. (b)(6)(G). Pub. L. 102–429, §112(d)(5), substituted "or services" for "and services".
Subsec. (b)(6)(H). Pub. L. 102–429, §112(c), added subpar. (H).
Subsec. (b)(11), (12). Pub. L. 102–429, §111, redesignated par. (12) as (11), substituted "The President" for "Notwithstanding any determination by the President under paragraph (2) or (11), the", and struck out former par. (11) which read as follows: "
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 102–429, §109(a), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: "The Bank is authorized and empowered to charge against the limitations imposed by section 635e of this title, not less than 25 per centum of the related contractual liability which the Bank incurs for guarantees, insurance, coinsurance, and reinsurance against political and credit risks of loss. The aggregate amount of guarantees, insurance, coinsurance, and reinsurance which may be charged on this fractional basis pursuant to this section shall not exceed $25,000,000,000 outstanding at any one time. Fees and premiums shall be charged in connection with such contracts commensurate, in the judgment of the Bank, with risks covered."
Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 102–429, §105, designated existing provisions as subpar. (A), inserted heading, and added subpar. (B).
Subsec. (d)(2) to (5). Pub. L. 102–429, §107, added pars. (2) to (5) and struck out former pars. (2) and (3) which read as follows:
"(2) In furtherance of such effort, the Chairman of the Bank shall review Bank policies and programs in regard to this issue, and in coordination with the United States Trade Representative and the appropriate agencies of the Department of State, the Department of the Treasury, and the Department of Commerce, undertake actions designed to promote equal and nondiscriminatory opportunities to bid for insurance in connection with all aspects of international trade activities.
"(3) The Bank shall report to the Committee or Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate not later than May 15, 1984, regarding—
"(A) the existing obstacles to equal and nondiscriminatory bidding for insurance related to transactions assisted by the Bank;
"(B) the efforts that the Bank has taken in addressing such problems; and
"(C) recommendations for such legislative or administrative actions as the Bank considers necessary."
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 102–429, §121(a)(4), struck out subsec. (f) which related to interest subsidy payments.
1991—Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 102–145, §121(2), (3), as added by Pub. L. 102–266, amended par. (3) in introductory provisions by redesignating cl. (iii) as (ii) and striking out "(ii) in an amount which equals or exceeds $25,000,000 for the export of goods or services involving research, exploration, or production of fossil fuel energy resources in the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics,".
1990—Subsec. (b)(6)(B)(vi). Pub. L. 101–513 and Pub. L. 101–623 amended cl. (vi) identically, substituting "1992" for "1990".
1989—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 101–240, §101(c), substituted "Subject to regulations which the Bank shall issue pursuant to section 553 of title 5, the Bank may" for "The Bank may" in sixth sentence and inserted before period ", and may accept reimbursement for travel and subsistence expenses incurred by a director, officer, or employee of the Bank, in accordance with subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5" and inserted before period in seventh sentence "and shall be offset against the expenses of the Bank for such activities".
Subsec. (b)(6)(G). Pub. L. 101–240, §101(d), substituted "subparagraphs (B), (C), (D), and (F)" for "this paragraph".
Subsec. (b)(12). Pub. L. 101–240, §102, added par. (12).
Subsec. (f)(2). Pub. L. 101–240, §101(a)(1), redesignated par. (3) as (2) and struck out former par. (2) which read as follows: "
Subsec. (f)(3). Pub. L. 101–240, §101(a)(1), (2), redesignated par. (4) as (3) and amended it generally. Prior to amendment, such par. read as follows:
"(A)
"(B)
Subsec. (f)(4), (5). Pub. L. 101–240, §101(a)(1), (3), redesignated par. (5) as (4) and substituted "1991" for "1988". Former par. (4) redesignated (3).
1988—Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 100–690 designated existing provision as subpar. (A), substituted "subparagraph" for "paragraph", and added subpars. (B) to (G).
Subsec. (e)(1)(A)(i). Pub. L. 100–418, §3304(a), substituted "commodity will first be sold" for "productive capacity is expected to become operative".
Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 100–418, §3304(b), substituted "short- and long-term injury" for "injury" and "producers and employment" for "producers".
Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 100–418, §3304(c), added par. (3).
1986—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 99–472, §2, inserted provisions which related to imposition and collection of reasonable fees by Bank to cover costs of conferences and seminars sponsored, and publications provided, by Bank, and credit of amounts thus received to fund which initially paid for such activities.
Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 99–472, §4, added par. (3).
Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 99–472, §§3, 5, substituted "need not be identical in all respects to those" for "need not be equivalent to those" and inserted provisions which prohibited Bank from imposing credit application fee unless Bank's fee is competitive with average fee charged by Bank's primary foreign competitors, and option of paying fee at outset of, or over life of, loan is given to borrower or exporter, and present value of fee determined under either option is same amount.
Subsec. (b)(1)(E)(ix). Pub. L. 99–472, §6, added cl. (ix).
Subsec. (b)(1)(G). Pub. L. 99–472, §7, added subpar. (G).
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 99–472, §8, amended par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (2) read as follows: "The Bank in the exercise of its functions shall not guarantee, insure, or extend credit, or participate in any extension of credit—
"(A) in connection with the purchase or lease of any product by a Communist country (as defined in section 2370(f) of title 22), or agency, or national thereof, or
"(B) in connection with the purchase or lease of any product by any other foreign country, or agency or national thereof, if the product to be purchased or leased by such other country, agency, or national is, to the knowledge of the Bank, principally for use in, or sale or lease to, a Communist country (as so defined),
unless the President determines that guarantees, insurance, or extensions of credit in connection therewith to such Communist or such other country or agency or national thereof would be in the national interest. The President shall make a separate determination with respect to each transaction in which the bank would extend a loan to such Communist or other country, or agency, or national thereof an amount of $50,000,000 or more. Any determination required under the first sentence of this paragraph shall be reported to the Congress not later than the earlier of thirty days following the date of such determination, or the date on which the Bank takes final action on a transaction which is the first transaction involving such country or agency or national after January 4, 1975, unless a determination with respect to such country or agency or national has been made and reported prior to January 4, 1975. Any determination required to be made under the second sentence of this paragraph shall be reported to the Congress not later than the earlier of thirty days following the date of such determination or the date on which the Bank takes final action on the transaction involved."
Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted "Internal Revenue Code of 1986" for "Internal Revenue Code of 1954", which for purposes of codification was translated as "title 26" thus requiring no change in text.
Subsec. (b)(9). Pub. L. 99–440 designated existing provisions of par. (9) as subpar. (A), substituted "Except as provided in subparagraph (B), in no event" for "In no event", and added subpar. (B).
Subsec. (b)(11). Pub. L. 99–472, §9, added par. (11).
Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 99–472, §10, added par. (3).
Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 99–472, §§11, 20(a), added subsecs. (e) and (f).
1983—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 98–181, §616(a)(1), substituted "the exchange of commodities and services" for "the exchange of commodities".
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 98–181, §622, added par. (2).
Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 98–181, §§612(a), 616(a)(2), in second sentence inserted "in all its programs" after "To meet this objective", inserted "fully" after "other conditions which are", and substituted "exports of goods and services" for "exports".
Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 98–181, §§612(b), (c), 618(a)(1), substituted provisions that loans under this section shall bear interest at rates consistent with the Bank's mandate to support exports at rates and on terms and conditions which are fully competitive with exports of other countries, and consistent with international agreements, and that such rates, terms and conditions need not be equivalent to those offered by foreign countries, but should be established so as to neutralize the effect of such foreign credit on international sales competition, and that the Board shall consider its average cost of money in determination of interest rates, where such consideration does not impair the Bank's function of expanding exports through fully competitive financing for provisions that loans made by the Bank had to be at interest at rates determined by the Board of Directors of the Bank, taking into consideration the average cost of money to the Bank as well as the Bank's mandate to support United States exports at rates and on terms and conditions which were competitive with exports of other countries; inserted "export trading companies," after "independent export firms,"; and struck out provision which required the Bank to give due recognition to the policy stated in section 631(a) of Title 15 that the government should aid, counsel, assist, and protect the interests of small business in order to preserve free competitive enterprise, and that in furtherance of this policy the Board of Directors had to designate an officer of the Bank to handle small business concerns, including advising small businessmen and maintaining liaison with the Small Business Administration and other departments and agencies in matters affecting small business concerns.
Subsec. (b)(1)(D). Pub. L. 98–181, §616(a)(3), added subpar. (D).
Subsec. (b)(1)(E). Pub. L. 98–181, §618(a)(2), added subpar. (E).
Subsec. (b)(1)(F). Pub. L. 98–181, §618(c), added subpar. (F).
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 98–181, §619(b), substituted "no loan or financial guarantee or general guarantee or insurance facility" for "no loan or financial guarantee" in provisions preceding subpar. (A).
Subsec. (b)(3)(A). Pub. L. 98–181, §619(c), inserted language limiting existing provisions to loans or financial guarantees, designated existing provisions as cls. (i), (ii), and (iii), and added cl. (iv).
Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 98–181, §620(a), substituted "the Secretary" for "he" before "determines that any country" in first sentence, and before "has determined to have so acted" in second sentence.
Subsec. (b)(7) to (10). Pub. L. 98–181, §619(d), redesignated second par. (7) and par. (8), as added by Pub. L. 95–630, as pars. (8) and (9), respectively, and added par. (10).
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 98–181, §617, added subsec. (d).
1980—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 96–470 substituted "annual" for "semiannual" in three places.
1978—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 95–630, §1910, substituted "manufactured goods, agricultural products, and other goods and services" for "goods and related services".
Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 95–630, §§1904, 1916, inserted "that the Bank should give emphasis to assisting new and small business entrants in the agricultural export market, and shall, in cooperation with other relevant Government agencies, including the Commodity Credit Corporation, develop a program of education to increase awareness of export opportunities among small agribusinesses and cooperatives;" after "in matters affecting small business concerns;" and substituted "and shall give particular emphasis to the objective of strengthening the competitive position of the United States exporters and thereby of expanding total United States exports. Only in cases where the President determines that such action would be in the national interest where such action would clearly and importantly advance United States policy in such areas as international terrorism, nuclear proliferation, environmental protection and human rights, should the Export-Import Bank deny applications for credit for nonfinancial or noncommercial considerations" for "and shall also take into account, in consultation with the Secretary of State, the observance of and respect for human rights in the country to receive the exports supported by a loan or financial guarantee and the effect such exports may have on human rights in such country".
Subsec. (b)(1)(C). Pub. L. 95–630, §1907(a), added subpar. (C).
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 95–630, §1902, substituted "Except as provided by the fourth sentence of this paragraph, no loan" for "No loan" and "$100,000,000" for "$60,000,000" and inserted provisions following subpar. (B).
Subsec. (b)(7) to (9). Pub. L. 95–630, §§1909, 1915, added a second par. (7) and par. (8), which were editorially designated pars. (8) and (9). See 1983 Amendment note above.
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 95–630, §1903, substituted "$25,000,000,000" for "$20,000,000,000".
1977—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 95–143, §1, inserted "and shall, in cooperation with other appropriate United States Government agencies, seek to reach international agreements to reduce government subsidized export financing" after "government-supported export financing".
Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 95–143, §2, inserted ", and shall also take into account, in consultation with the Secretary of State, the observance of and respect for human rights in the country to receive the exports supported by a loan or financial guarantee and the effect such exports may have on human rights in such country" after "employment in the United States".
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 95–143, §3(a), inserted "(i)" after "No loan or financial guarantee or combination thereof" and ", or (iii) for the export of technology, fuel, equipment, materials, or goods or services to be used in the construction, alteration, operation, or maintenance of nuclear power, enrichment, reprocessing, research, or heavy water production facilities," after "Union of Soviet Socialist Republics" and substituted ", (ii) in an amount" for "shall be finally approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank, and no loan or financial guarantee or combination thereof".
Subsec. (b)(4) to (7). Pub. L. 95–143, §3(b), (c), added par. (4), redesignated former par. (4) as (5) and, as so redesignated, added cl. (C), and redesignated former pars. (5) and (6) as (6) and (7), respectively.
1975—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 93–646, §2, inserted provisions authorizing the Bank to guarantee, insure, coinsure, and reinsure against political and credit risks of loss, to represent itself or to contract for representation in all legal and arbitral proceedings outside the United States, and to publish any documents, reports, etc., without regard to section 501 of title 44, whenever compliance with such section would not be practicable.
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 93–646, §13, eff. at the close of Sept. 30, 1976, repealed par. (2), which related to inclusion of receipts and disbursements of the bank in the federal budget and exemption of such receipts and disbursements from budget limitations, to the transmittal to Congress of a budget for program activities and for administrative expenses of the bank, and to the annual report of the net lending of the bank.
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 93–646, §3, designated existing provisions as subpars. (A) and (B), and as so designated, substituted provisions requiring a comparison of the rates and terms of the Bank with other countries for provisions requiring a report to include ways in which the Bank's terms are equal to or superior to those of other countries, and inserted provisions requiring the appointment of a Bank officer to be responsible for all matters affecting small business, and to act as liaison with the Small Business Administration and other agencies in matters affecting small business concerns, in order to carry out the policy of the Small Business Act.
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 93–646, §4, inserted provision requiring a separate Presidential determination of national interest with respect to each transaction over $50,000,000, and substituted provision requiring a report to Congress either within 30 days of the President's finding or on the day the Bank takes final action on the proposed credit, whichever is earlier, for provision requiring a report of his finding to Congress within thirty days after making such finding.
Subsec. (b)(3) to (6). Pub. L. 93–646, §5, added par. (3) and redesignated former pars. (3), (4), and (5) as (4), (5) and (6), respectively.
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 93–646, §6, removed the $10 billion limit on the Bank's insurance authority, and increased the Bank's authority to charge such guarantees and insurance on a fractional charge basis from $10 billion to $20 billion.
1971—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 92–126, §1(b)(1), designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 92–126, §1(b)(6), inserted provisions declaring the policy of the United States to be to foster expansion of goods and related services, contributing to the proposition and maintenance of high levels of employment and real income and to the increased development of the productive resources of the United States and laid down directives to achieve this objective.
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 92–126, §1(b)(5), substituted provisions prohibiting the Bank from extending assistance in export sales to any nation which engages in armed conflict with the United States or to any other nation when the export is to be used principally by or in any nation which engages in armed conflict with the United States and further prohibiting such assistance to any export sales which the President determines would be contrary to the national interest for provisions placing limitations on the Bank's activity in connection with any nation which supplies goods or assistance to a country with whom the United States is engaged in armed conflict.
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 92–126, §1(b)(2), increased the amount of insurance outstanding at any one time from "$3,500,000,000" to "$10,000,000,000".
1968—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 90–267, §1(a), changed name of "Export-Import Bank of Washington" to "Export-Import Bank of the United States".
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 90–267, §1(b), designated existing provisions as par. (1) and required the Board of Directors when authorizing loans to take into account the possible adverse effects upon the economy of the United States.
Subsec. (b)(2) to (5). Pub. L. 90–267, §1(c), added pars. (2) to (5).
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 90–267, §1(a), (c), increased amount of insurance outstanding at any one time from $2,000,000,000 to $3,500,000,000 and changed name of "Export-Import Bank of Washington" to "Export-Import Bank of the United States".
1963—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 88–101 substituted "$2,000,000,000" for "$1,000,000,000".
1961—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 87–311 amended subsection generally, and among other changes, authorized the Bank to guarantee, insure, coinsure, and reinsure United States exporters and foreign exporters doing business in the United States, increased the maximum amount of insurance, etc., outstanding at any one time to $1,000,000,000, limited the types of risks the Bank would insure, etc., to political and credit risks, required reserves to be maintained at not less than 25 per centum of the related contractual liability of the Bank, provided that for contracts of insurance, etc., only the Bank's liabilities represented by the aforementioned reserves shall be considered for purposes of applying the limitations of section 635e of this title, required the charging of fees and premiums, and authorized issuance of insurance, etc., to exporters, insurance companies, financial institutions, or others, and where appropriate, to employ any of the same as agent, and struck out provisions authorizing insurance for the benefit of United States citizens against loss of tangible personal property of United States origin, exported from the United States, and located in a friendly country, from hostile or warlike actions including internal strife, or from governmental confiscation or expropriation, to the extent owned by the assured or constituting security for obligations owed the assured, limiting the issuance of insurance to the extent that it could not be obtained from private companies authorized to do business in the United States, or from United States Government agencies providing marine or air war-risk insurance, permitting reinsurance of companies authorized to do an insurance business in the United States, or to use such company or companies as agent, and limiting the term of coverage of any insurance issued to one year, subject to renewals or extensions, from time to time, of one year periods.
1953—Subsec. (c). Act May 21, 1953, added subsec. (c).
1947—Subsec. (a). Act June 9, 1947, provided for the reincorporation of the Bank as a corporate agency of the United States and specifically provided for the following powers which the bank formerly possessed by implication: (1) to acquire stock through the enforcement of any lien or pledge or to satisfy an indebtedness; (2) to sue and be sued, to complain and defend in any court of competent jurisdiction; (3) to use the United States mails as any other executive department; and (4) after provision for possible losses to use the net earnings as dividends on capital stock and to deposit said dividends as miscellaneous receipts in the Treasury.
1945—Subsec. (a). Act Dec. 28, 1945, inserted "(or the Philippine Islands)" after "any foreign country".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2019 Amendment
Pub. L. 116–94, div. I, title IV, §404(b), Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 3023, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on January 1, 2021."
Effective Date of 2015 Amendment
Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LII, §52001(b), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1767, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply with respect to fiscal year 2016 and each fiscal year thereafter."
Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LIV, §54001(d), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1768, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 635f of this title and provisions set out as a note under this section] shall take effect on the earlier of the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 4, 2015] or June 30, 2015."
Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LIV, §54002(e), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1769, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 635a and 635i–5 of this title] shall apply with respect to fiscal year 2016 and each fiscal year thereafter."
Effective Date of 2012 Amendment
Pub. L. 112–122, §25, May 30, 2012, 126 Stat. 364, provided that: "Except as provided in section 9(b) [enacting provisions set out as a note under section 635a of this title], this Act [see Short Title of 2012 Amendment note set out below] and the amendments made by this Act shall take effect on the earlier of June 1, 2012, or the date of the enactment of this Act [May 30, 2012]."
Effective and Termination Dates of 1994 Amendments
Pub. L. 103–428, §1(c), Oct. 31, 1994, 108 Stat. 4376, as amended by Pub. L. 105–121, §4, Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2529; Pub. L. 109–438, §4, Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 3269; Pub. L. 112–122, §24, May 30, 2012, 126 Stat. 364; Pub. L. 112–136, §1, June 21, 2012, 126 Stat. 385; Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LIV, §54001(b), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1768, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall remain in effect during the period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 31, 1994] and ending on the date on which the authority of the Export-Import Bank of the United States expires under section 7 of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 (12 U.S.C. 635f)."
[Pub. L. 113–235, div. J, title VI, Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2598, provided in part: "That notwithstanding section 1(c) of Public Law 103–428 [set out above], as amended, sections 1(a) and (b) of Public Law 103–428 [amending this section] shall remain in effect through October 1, 2015."]
[Prior similar extensions of section 1(a) and (b) of Pub. L. 103–428 were contained in the following acts:
[Pub. L. 113–76, div. K, title VI, Jan. 17, 2014, 128 Stat. 489.
[Pub. L. 112–74, div. I, title VI, Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 1191.
[Pub. L. 111–117, div. F, title VI, Dec. 16, 2009, 123 Stat. 3341.
[Pub. L. 111–8, div. H, title VI, Mar. 11, 2009, 123 Stat. 858.
[Pub. L. 110–161, div. J, title II, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2289.
[Pub. L. 109–102, title I, Nov. 14, 2005, 119 Stat. 2172.
[Pub. L. 108–447, div. D, title I, Dec. 8, 2004, 118 Stat. 2968.
[Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title I, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 143.
[Pub. L. 108–7, div. E, title I, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 159.
[Pub. L. 107–229, §129, as added by Pub. L. 107–240, §5, Oct. 11, 2002, 116 Stat. 1494.]
[For provisions continuing functions of Export-Import Bank of the United States through June 14, 2002, notwithstanding section 1(c) of Pub. L. 103–428, set out above, see Continuation of Bank Functions note set out under section 635f of this title.]
Amendment by Pub. L. 103–236 effective 60 days after Apr. 30, 1994, see section 831 of Pub. L. 103–236, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6301 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse.
Effective Date of 1978 Amendment
Pub. L. 95–630, title XIX, §1917, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3727, provided that: "This title [enacting sections 635a–1 to 635a–3 of this title and section 2153e–1 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and amending this section and sections 635e to 635g of this title] shall take effect upon enactment [Nov. 10, 1978]."
Short Title of 2015 Amendment
Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, §50001, Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1763, provided that: "This division [enacting section 635a–7 of this title, amending this section and sections 635a, 635a–5, 635a–6, 635e to 635g, and 635i–5 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 635a, 635a–5, 635e, and 635g of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the 'Export-Import Bank Reform and Reauthorization Act of 2015'."
Short Title of 2012 Amendment
Pub. L. 112–122, §1(a), May 30, 2012, 126 Stat. 350, provided that: "This Act [enacting sections 635a–5 and 635a–6 of this title, amending this section and sections 635a and 635e to 635g of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 635a and 635a–2 of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the 'Export-Import Bank Reauthorization Act of 2012'."
Short Title of 2006 Amendment
Pub. L. 109–438, §1(a), Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 3268, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 635g–1 of this title, amending this section and sections 635a, 635e, 635f, 635g, 635i–3, and 635i–5 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section, and amending provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the 'Export-Import Bank Reauthorization Act of 2006'."
Short Title of 2002 Amendment
Pub. L. 107–189, §1(a), June 14, 2002, 116 Stat. 698, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 635i–9 of this title, amending this section, sections 635a, 635e to 635g, 635i–3, 635i–6, and 635i–8 of this title, section 5315 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, sections 9 and 11 of the Inspector General Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95–452, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, and section 1105 of Title 31, Money and Finance, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section, sections 635a, 635g, and 635i–9 of this title, and section 5315 of Title 5, and amending provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the 'Export-Import Bank Reauthorization Act of 2002'."
Short Title of 1997 Amendment
Pub. L. 105–121, §1(a), Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2528, provided that: "This Act [amending this section and sections 635a, 635f, and 635i–3 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and section 635f of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the 'Export-Import Bank Reauthorization Act of 1997'."
Short Title of 1992 Amendment
Pub. L. 102–429, §1(a), Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2186, provided that: "This Act [enacting sections 635i–5 to 635i–7 of this title, section 831 of Title 2, The Congress, and sections 4727 to 4729 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, amending this section and sections 635a, 635b, 635e, 635f, and 635i–3 of this title, and sections 4052 and 4721 of Title 15, repealing sections 635c, 635i to 635i–2, and 635i–4 of this title, section 713b of Title 15, and section 2772 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section, section 635a of this title, and section 4728 of Title 15] may be cited as the 'Export Enhancement Act of 1992'."
Short Title of 1988 Amendment
Pub. L. 100–418, title III, §3301, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1383, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle D (§§3301–3304) of title III of Pub. L. 100–418, amending this section and section 635i–3 of this title and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 635i–3 of this title] may be cited as the 'Export-Import Bank and Tied Aid Credit Amendments of 1988'."
Short Title of 1986 Amendment
Pub. L. 99–472, §1, Oct. 15, 1986, 100 Stat. 1200, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 635i–3 of this title and section 262h of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse, amending this section and sections 635a, 635a–2, 635a–3, and 635e to 635g of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 635g of this title] may be cited as the 'Export-Import Bank Act Amendments of 1986'."
Short Title of 1983 Amendment
Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §601], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1254, provided that: "This title [enacting sections 635i–1, 635i–2, and 635o–635t of this title and section 1671g of Title 19, Customs Duties, amending this section, sections 635a, 635a–2, 635a–3, 635a–4, 635b, 635e, 635f, and 635g of this title, and sections 1671a and 1671b of Title 19, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 635a and 635o of this title] may be cited as the 'Export-Import Bank Act Amendments of 1983'."
For short title of title I [part C (§§641–647) of title VI] of Pub. L. 98–181, which enacted subchapter III (§635o et seq.) of this chapter and section 1671g of Title 19 and amended sections 1671a and 1671b of Title 19, as the "Trade and Development Enhancement Act of 1983", see Short Title note set out under section 635o of this title.
Short Title of 1981 Amendment
Pub. L. 97–35, title III, §380, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 431, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle B (§§380–385) of title III of Pub. L. 97–35, amending sections 461 and 635e of this title, and section 369 of former Title 31, Money and Finance, enacting provisions set out as a note under section 369 of former Title 31, and amending provisions set out as notes under sections 1735f–7 and 1904 of this title] may be cited as the 'Banking and Related Programs Authorization Adjustment Act'."
Short Title of 1978 Amendment
Pub. L. 95–630, title XIX, §1901, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3724, provided: "That this title [enacting sections 635a–1 to 635a–3 of this title and section 2153e–1 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending this section and sections 635e to 635g of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the 'Export-Import Bank Act Amendments of 1978'."
Short Title of 1975 Amendment
Pub. L. 93–646, §1, Jan. 4, 1975, 88 Stat. 2333, provided that: "This Act [amending this section and sections 82 and 635d to 635g of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section] may be cited as the 'Export-Import Bank Amendments of 1974'."
Short Title of 1971 Amendment
Pub. L. 92–126, §1(a), Aug. 17, 1971, 85 Stat. 345, provided that: "This Act [amending this section and sections 635e and 635f of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 95a of this title] may be cited as the 'Export Expansion Finance Act of 1971'."
Short Title
Act July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §1, 59 Stat. 526, provided: "That this Act [this subchapter] may be cited as the 'Export-Import Bank Act of 1945'."
Rule of Construction
Pub. L. 116–94, div. I, title IV, §402(c), Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 3023, provided that: "Nothing in section 2(l)(1)(B) of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 [12 U.S.C. 635(l)(1)(B)] shall be construed to weaken any export controls affecting critical technologies (as defined in section 721(a)(6)(A) of the Defense Production Act of 1950 (50 U.S.C. 4565(a)(6)(A)))."
Authority of Secretary of State
Except as otherwise provided, Secretary of State to have and exercise any authority vested by law in any official or office of Department of State and references to such officials or offices deemed to refer to Secretary of State or Department of State, as appropriate, see section 2651a of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse, and section 161(d) of Pub. L. 103–236, set out as a note under section 2651a of Title 22.
Board of Directors
A Board of Directors was reestablished for the Export-Import Bank of Washington by section 1 of act Aug. 9, 1954, ch. 660, 68 Stat. 677, amending section 635a of this title. The Board had previously been abolished and its functions transferred to the Managing Director of the Bank by Reorg. Plan No. 5 of 1953, eff. June 30, 1953, 18 F.R. 3741, 67 Stat. 637, set out as a note under section 635a of this title. The 1953 Reorg. Plan was superseded by sections 1, 4 of act Aug. 9, 1954. See section 635a of this title and 1954 Amendment and Effective Date of 1954 Amendment notes thereunder.
History of Bank
The Export-Import Bank of Washington was organized as a District of Columbia banking corporation under Ex. Ord. No. 6581, Feb. 2, 1934. It was continued as an agency of the United States by act Jan. 31, 1935, ch. 2, §9, 49 Stat. 4, formerly set out as section 713b of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, as amended by acts Jan. 26, 1937, ch. 6, §2(a), 50 Stat. 5; Mar. 4, 1939, ch. 5, §1(b)(c), 53 Stat. 510; Mar. 2, 1940, ch. 34, 54 Stat. 38; Sept. 26, 1940, ch. 734, §3, 54 Stat. 962, and repealed by section 10 of act July 31, 1945. The Second Export-Import Bank of Washington, D.C., was established under Ex. Ord. No. 6638, Mar. 9, 1934. Its commitments were transferred to the Export-Import Bank of Washington and it was abolished by Ex. Ord. No. 7365, May 7, 1936, 1 F.R. 372. The "Export-Import Bank of Washington" was renamed the "Export-Import Bank of the United States". See the 1968 Amendment note under this section.
Waiver of Sanctions
Sanctions contained in subsec. (b)(4) waived in certain regards with respect to India and Pakistan by the following Determinations of the President, set out as notes under section 2799aa–1 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse:
Determination of President of the United States, No. 2000–4, Oct. 27, 1999, 64 F.R. 60649.
Determination of President of the United States, No. 2000–18, Mar. 16, 2000, 65 F.R. 16297.
Reporting on Financing Related to China
Pub. L. 116–94, div. I, title IV, §408, Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 3024, provided that:
"(a)
"(1) report to the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate that the Bank has consulted with the Secretary of State and any other relevant department or agency, as deemed appropriate by the President of the United States, to assess any risks posed by the entity or the transaction to the national interest of the United States; and
"(2) include a summary of the transaction and the consultation.
"(b)
"(c)
"(1) The Board of Directors of the Bank shall prescribe policies for the Bank with respect to—
"(A) procedures required by the consultation described in subsection (a)(1);
"(B) establishment of a period of not less than 25 days to complete the consultations described in subsection (a) during which time consulted parties may submit any appropriate information to the Bank; and
"(C) efforts by the Bank to assess and determine ownership or control by the government of China pursuant to the requirements of subsection (a).
"(2) In prescribing the policies described under paragraph (1) of this subsection, the Board of Directors of the Bank shall—
"(A) consult with the Secretary of State with respect to the procedures referred to in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1) of this subsection, and seek to ensure that the procedures—
"(i) are consistent, wherever appropriate, with national interest determinations made under section 2(b)(1)(B) of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 [12 U.S.C. 635(b)(1)(B)]; and
"(ii) include coordination between the Secretary of State and the Director of National Intelligence, wherever appropriate; and
"(B) consult with the Secretary of the Treasury with respect to the efforts described in paragraph (1)(C) of this subsection.
"(d)
"(1) the state and the government of China, as well as any political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof;
"(2) any entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by any of the foregoing, including any partnership, association, or other entity in which any of the foregoing owns a 50 percent or greater interest or a controlling interest, and any entity which is otherwise controlled by any of the foregoing;
"(3) any person that is or has been acting or purporting to act, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any of the foregoing; and
"(4) any other person which the Secretary of the Treasury has notified the Bank is included in any of the foregoing.
"(e)
"(1) December 31, 2026; or
"(2) the date that is 30 days after the date that the President of the United States reports to the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate that China is in substantial compliance with—
"(A) the financial terms and conditions of the Arrangement on Officially Supported Export Credits of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; and
"(B) the rules and principles of the Paris Club."
Pilot Program for Reinsurance
Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LI, §51008, Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1766, provided that:
"(a)
"(b)
"(1)
"(2)
"(c)
"(d)
"(e)
Publication of Guidelines for Economic Impact Analyses
Pub. L. 112–122, §12(a), May 30, 2012, 126 Stat. 357, provided that: "Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [May 30, 2012], the Export-Import Bank of the United States shall develop and make publicly available methodological guidelines to be used by the Bank in conducting economic impact analyses or similar studies under section 2(e) of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 [12 U.S.C. 635(e)]. In developing the guidelines, the Bank shall take into consideration any relevant guidance from the Office of Management and Budget."
Prohibitions on Financing for Certain Persons Involved in Sanctionable Activities With Respect to Iran
Pub. L. 112–122, §18, May 30, 2012, 126 Stat. 360, provided that:
"(a)
"(1)
"(2)
"(A) that neither the person nor any other person owned or controlled by the person—
"(i) engages in any activity described in section 5(a) of the Iran Sanctions Act of 1996 (Public Law 104–172; 50 U.S.C. 1701 note) for which the person may be subject to sanctions under that Act;
"(ii) exports sensitive technology, as defined in section 106 of the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability, and Divestment Act of 2010 (22 U.S.C. 8515), to Iran; or
"(iii) engages in any activity prohibited by part 560 of title 31, Code of Federal Regulations (commonly known as the 'Iranian Transactions Regulations'), unless the activity is disclosed to the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the Department of the Treasury when the activity is discovered; or
"(B) if the person or any other person owned or controlled by the person has engaged in an activity described in subparagraph (A), that—
"(i) in the case of an activity described in subparagraph (A)(i)—
"(I) the President has waived the imposition of sanctions with respect to the person that engaged in that activity pursuant to section 4(c), 6(b)(5), or 9(c) of the Iran Sanctions Act of 1996 (Public Law 104–172; 50 U.S.C. 1701 note);
"(II)(aa) the President has invoked the special rule described in section 4(e)(3) of that Act with respect to the person that engaged in that activity; or
"(bb)(AA) the person that engaged in that activity determines, based on its best knowledge and belief, that the person meets the criteria described in subparagraph (A) of such section 4(e)(3) and has provided to the President the assurances described in subparagraph (B) of that section; and
"(BB) the Secretary of State has issued an advisory opinion to that person that the person meets such criteria and has provided to the President those assurances; or
"(III) the President has determined that the criteria have been met for the exception provided for under section 5(a)(3)(C) of the Iran Sanctions Act of 1996 [Pub. L. 104–172, 50 U.S.C. 1701 note] to apply with respect to the person that engaged in that activity; or
"(ii) in the case of an activity described in subparagraph (A)(ii), the President has waived, pursuant to section 401(b)(1) of the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability, and Divestment Act of 2010 (22 U.S.C. 8551(b)(1)), the application of the prohibition under section 106(a) of that Act (22 U.S.C. 8515(a)) with respect to that person.
"(b)
"(c)
"(1)
"(2)
"(d)
"(1)
"(2)
Master Guarantee Agreements With African Regional Financial Institutions
Pub. L. 109–438, §3(b)(1), Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 3268, provided that: "Within 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 20, 2006], the Export-Import Bank of the United States shall seek to ensure that there is in effect a contract between each approved lender in Africa and the Bank, which sets forth the Bank's guarantee undertakings and related obligations between the Bank and each lender."
Enhance Delegated Loan Authority for Medium Term Transactions
Pub. L. 109–438, §6(b)(1), Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 3272, provided that: "The Export-Import Bank of the United States shall seek to expand the exercise of authority under section 2(b)(1)(E)(vii) of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 (12 U.S.C. 635(b)(1)(E)(vii)) with respect to medium term transactions for small business concerns."
Deadline for Enhancing Delegated Loan Authority for Medium Term Transactions
Pub. L. 109–438, §6(b)(3), Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 3272, provided that: "Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 20, 2006], the Export-Import Bank of the United States shall make available lines of credit and guarantees to carry out section 2(b)(1)(E)(vii) of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 [12 U.S.C. 635(b)(1)(E)(vii)] pursuant to policies and procedures established by the Board of Directors of the Export-Import Bank of the United States."
GAO Study of Bank Performance Standards for Assistance to Small Businesses, Especially Those Owned by Socially and Economically Disadvantaged Individuals and Those Owned by Women
Pub. L. 109–438, §19, Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 3282, provided that:
"(a)
"(b)
"(1) an assessment of the performance standards developed by the Bank pursuant to subsection (a); and
"(2) using the performance standards developed pursuant to subsection (a), an assessment of the Bank's efforts to carry out subparagraphs (E) and (I) of section 2(b)(1) of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 [12 U.S.C. 635(b)(1)(E), (I)], and the functions described in subsections (f)(1), (g)(1), (h)(1), and (i)(1) of section 3 of such Act [12 U.S.C. 635a(f)(1), (g)(1), (h)(1), (i)(1)]."
GAO Report on Comparative Reserve Practices of Export Credit Agencies and Private Banks
Pub. L. 107–189, §14, June 14, 2002, 116 Stat. 705, provided that: "Within 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act [June 14, 2002], the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate a report that examines the reserve ratios of the Export-Import Bank of the United States as compared with the reserve practices of private banks and foreign export credit agencies."
Reports to Congress
Pub. L. 105–121, §7(b), Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2529, as amended by Pub. L. 107–189, §6(c), June 14, 2002, 116 Stat. 700, provided that: "Within 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act [Nov. 26, 1997], and annually for each of the 8 years thereafter, the Board of Directors of the Export-Import Bank of the United States shall submit to Congress a report on the steps that the Board has taken to implement section 2(b)(9)(B) of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 [12 U.S.C. 635(b)(9)(B)] and any recommendations of the advisory committee established pursuant to such section."
Declaration of Policy
Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §101, Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2186, provided that: "The Congress finds that—
"(1) as the world's largest economy, the United States has an enormous stake in the future of the global trading system;
"(2) exports are a crucial force driving the United States economy;
"(3) during 1991, the value of United States exports increased by 7.1 percent from the 1990 level to $421,600,000,000, supporting more than 7,000,000 full-time United States jobs, and affecting the lives of all of the people of the United States;
"(4) exports also support the global strategic position of the United States;
"(5) a significant part of a country's influence is drawn from the reputation of its goods, its industrial connections with other countries, and the capital it has available for investment, and trade finance is a critical component of this equation;
"(6) the growth in United States exports has increased the demand for financing from the Export-Import Bank of the United States;
"(7) during 1991, the value of exports assisted by the Export-Import Bank rose 28.7 percent, from $9,700,000,000 to $12,100,000,000, the highest level since 1981;
"(8) the Export-Import Bank used its entire budget authority provided for 1991, and still could not meet all of the demand for its financing assistance; and
"(9) accordingly, the charter of the Export-Import Bank, which is scheduled to expire on September 30, 1992, must be renewed in order that the Bank continue to arrange competitive and innovative financing for the foreign sales of United States exporters."
Report on Financing of Services
Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §119, Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2197, directed Export-Import Bank of the United States, not later than 1 year after Oct. 21, 1992, to submit a report to Congress on ways of facilitating the export financing of high technology services.
Report on Demand for Trade Finance for the Baltic States, the Independent States of the Former Soviet Union, and Central and Eastern Europe
Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §120, Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2197, directed Export-Import Bank, not later than 1 year after Oct. 21, 1992, to transmit to Congress a report analyzing present and future demand for loans, guarantees, and insurance for trade between the United States and the Baltic States, between the United States and the independent States of the former Soviet Union, and between the United States and Central and Eastern Europe, and to make recommendations regarding the adequacy of financing for trade between the United States and such countries.
Export-Import Programs to People's Republic of China Prohibited Unless Certain Conditions Met
Pub. L. 101–240, title I, §103, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2496, provided that:
"(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law and subject to the provisions of subsections (b) and (c), the Export-Import Bank of the United States shall not finance any trade with, nor extend any loan, credit, credit guarantee, insurance or reinsurance to the People's Republic of China.
"(b) The prohibitions described in subsection (a) of this section shall not apply to food or agricultural commodities.
"(c) The President may waive the prohibitions in subsection (a) if he makes a report to Congress either—
"(1) that the Government of the People's Republic of China has made progress on a program of political reform throughout the country, as well as in Tibet, which includes—
"(A) lifting of martial law;
"(B) halting of executions and other reprisals against individuals for the nonviolent expression of their political beliefs;
"(C) release of political prisoners;
"(D) increased respect for internationally recognized human rights, including freedom of expression, the press, assembly, and association; and
"(E) permitting a freer flow of information, including an end to the jamming of Voice of America and greater access for foreign journalists; or
"(2) it is in the national interest of the United States to terminate a suspension under subsection (a)."
Export-Import Bank Programs for Poland and Hungary
Pub. L. 101–179, title III, §303, Nov. 28, 1989, 103 Stat. 1312, provided that:
"(a)
"(b)
Restrictions on Loans
Pub. L. 93–646, §12, Jan. 4, 1975, 88 Stat. 2337, provided that, until Jan. 3, 1975, no loan, guarantee, insurance, or credit could be extended by the Export-Import Bank of the United States to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics.
Executive Documents
Delegation of Functions
For delegation of functions of the President under subsec. (b)(6) of this section, see section 1(u) of Ex. Ord. No. 13637, Mar. 8, 2013, 78 F.R. 16131, set out as a note under section 2751 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse. Functions were previously delegated by Ex. Ord. No. 11958, which was formerly set out as a note under section 2751 of Title 22 and was revoked, subject to a savings provision, by section 4 of Ex. Ord. No. 13637.
Ex. Ord. No. 12166. Delegation of Function of President Relating to Application for Credit to Secretary of State
Ex. Ord. No. 12166, Oct. 19, 1979, 44 F.R. 60971, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President of the United States of America by Section 2(b)(1)(B) of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945, as amended (12 U.S.C. 635(b)(1)(B)), and by Section 301 of Title 3 of the United States Code, it is hereby ordered as follows:
1–101. The function vested in the President by Section 2(b)(1)(B) of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945, as amended (12 U.S.C. 635(b)(1)(B)), is delegated to the Secretary of State. That function is the authority to determine that a denial by the Export-Import Bank of an application for credit would be in the national interest, where such action could clearly and importantly advance United States policy in such areas as international terrorism, nuclear proliferation, environmental protection and human rights.
1–102. Before making such a determination, the Secretary of State shall consult with the Secretary of Commerce and the heads of other interested Executive agencies.
1–103. In accord with Section 2(b)(1)(B) of that Act, only in those cases where the Secretary of State has made such a determination should the Export-Import Bank deny an application for credit for nonfinancial or noncommercial considerations.
Jimmy Carter.
Assignment of Functions Under Section 530 of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act for Fiscal Years 1994 and 1995, and Section 2(b)(4) of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945, as Amended
Memorandum of President of the United States, Mar. 23, 2007, 72 F.R. 18103, provided:
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and laws of the United States of America, including section 301 of title 3 of the United States Code, I hereby assign to you:
(1) the functions of the President under section 530 of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act for Fiscal Years 1994 and 1995 (Public Law 103–236) (22 U.S.C. 2429a–2); and
(2) the functions of the President under section 2(b)(4) of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945, as amended (12 U.S.C. 635).
You are authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the Federal Register.
George W. Bush.
Presidential Determinations Relating to Countries Deemed to Be Marxist-Leninist Countries
The following Presidential Determinations determined that the listed countries had ceased to be Marxist-Leninist countries within the definition of such term in subsection (b)(2)(B)(i) of this section:
Determination No. 2009–20, June 12, 2009, 74 F.R. 28865.—Kingdom of Cambodia.
Determination No. 2009–21, June 12, 2009, 74 F.R. 28867.—Lao People's Democratic Republic.
1 See References in Text note below.
§635a. Management of Bank
(a) Establishment as independent agency
The Export-Import Bank of the United States shall constitute an independent agency of the United States and neither the Bank nor any of its functions, powers, or duties shall be transferred to or consolidated with any other department, agency, or corporation of the Government unless the Congress shall otherwise by law provide.
(b) President and First Vice President of the Bank; appointment; duties
There shall be a President of the Export-Import Bank of the United States, who shall be appointed by the President of the United States by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, and who shall serve as chief executive officer of the Bank. There shall be a First Vice President of the Bank, who shall be appointed by the President of the United States by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, who shall serve as President of the Bank during the absence or disability of or in the event of a vacancy in the office of President of the Bank, and who shall at other times perform such functions as the President of the Bank may from time to time prescribe.
(c) Board of Directors; composition; oath; terms; duties; quorum; bylaws
(1) There shall be a Board of Directors of the Bank consisting of the President of the Export-Import Bank of the United States, who shall serve as Chairman, the First Vice President who shall serve as Vice Chairman, and three additional persons appointed by the President of the United States by and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
(2) Of the five members of the Board, not more than three shall be members of any one political party.
(3) Omitted
(4) Before entering upon his duties, each of the directors shall take an oath faithfully to discharge the duties of his office.
(5) The directors, in addition to their duties as members of the Board, shall perform such additional duties and may hold such other offices in the administration of the Bank as the President of the Bank may from time to time prescribe.
(6)(A) A quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of at least three members.
(B)(i) If there is an insufficient number of directors to constitute a quorum under subparagraph (A) for 120 consecutive days during the term of a President of the United States, a temporary Board, consisting of the following members, shall act in the stead of the Board of Directors:
(I) The United States Trade Representative.
(II) The Secretary of the Treasury.
(III) The Secretary of Commerce.
(IV) The members of the Board of Directors.
(ii) If, at a meeting of the temporary Board—
(I) a member referred to in clause (i)(IV) is present, the meeting shall be chaired by such a member, consistent with Bank bylaws; or
(II) no such member is present, the meeting shall be chaired by the United States Trade Representative.
(iii) A member described in subclause (I), (II), or (III) of clause (i) may delegate the authority of the member to vote on whether to authorize a transaction, whose value does not exceed $100,000,000, to—
(I) if the member is the United States Trade Representative, the Deputy United States Trade Representative; or
(II) if the member is referred to in such subclause (II) or (III), the Deputy Secretary of the department referred to in the subclause.
(iv) If the temporary Board consists of members of only one political party, the President of the United States shall, to the extent practicable, appoint to the temporary Board a qualified member of a different political party who occupies a position requiring nomination by the President, by and with the consent of the Senate.
(v) The temporary board may not change or amend Bank policies, procedures, bylaws, or guidelines.
(vi) The temporary Board shall expire at the end of the term of the President of the United States in office at the time the temporary Board was constituted or upon restoration of a quorum of the Board of Directors as defined in subparagraph (A).
(vii) With respect to a transaction that equals or exceeds $100,000,000, the Chairperson of the temporary Board shall ensure that the Bank complies with section 635(b)(3) of this title.
(7) The Board of Directors shall adopt, and may from time to time amend, such bylaws as are necessary for the proper management and functioning of the Bank, and shall, in such bylaws, designate the vice presidents and other officers of the Bank and prescribe their duties.
(8)(A) The terms of the directors, including the President and the First Vice President of the Bank, appointed under this section shall be four years, except that—
(i) during their terms of office, the directors shall serve at the pleasure of the President of the United States;
(ii) the term of any director appointed after November 30, 1983, to serve before January 20, 1985, shall expire on January 20, 1985;
(iii) of the directors first appointed to serve beginning on or after January 21, 1985, two directors (other than the President and First Vice President of the Bank) shall be appointed for terms of two years, as designated by the President of the United States at the time of their appointment; and
(iv) any director first appointed to serve for a term beginning on any date after January 21, 1985, shall serve only for the remainder of the period for which such director would have been appointed if such director's term had begun on January 21, 1985. If such term would have expired before the date on which such director's term actually begins, the term of such director shall be the four-year period, or remainder thereof, as if such director had been preceded by a director whose term had begun on January 21, 1985.
(B) Of the five members of the Board appointed by the President, not less than one such member shall be selected from among the small business community and shall represent the interests of small business.
(C) Any person chosen to fill a vacancy shall be appointed only for the unexpired term of the director whom such person succeeds.
(D) Any director whose term has expired may be reappointed.
(E) Any director whose term has expired may continue to serve on the Board of Directors until the earlier of—
(i) the date on which such director's successor is qualified; or
(ii) the end of the 6-month period beginning on the date such director's term expires.
(9) At the request of any 2 members of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board shall place an item pertaining to the policies or procedures of the Bank on the agenda for discussion by the Board. Within 30 days after the date such a request is made, the Chairman shall hold a meeting of the Board at which the item shall be discussed.
(10)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(i)
(I) publish in the Federal Register a notice of the application proposing the transaction;
(II) provide a period of not less than 25 days for the submission to the Bank of comments on the application; and
(III) notify the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate, and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives of the application, and seek comments on the application from the Department of Commerce and the Office of Management and Budget.
(ii)
(I) a brief non-proprietary description of the purposes of the transaction and the anticipated use of any item being exported, including, to the extent the Bank is reasonably aware, whether the item may be used to produce exports or provide services in competition with the exportation of goods or the provision of services by a United States industry;
(II) the identities of the obligor, principal supplier, and guarantor; and
(III) a description, such as type or model number, of any item with respect to which Bank financing is being sought, but only to the extent the description does not disclose any information that is confidential or proprietary business information, that would violate the Trade Secrets Act, or that would jeopardize jobs in the United States by supplying information which competitors could use to compete with companies in the United States.
(D)
(i)
(ii)
(E)
(F)
(G)
(d) Advisory Committee; appointment; composition; meetings; advice to Bank; report to Congress
(1)(A) There is established an Advisory Committee to consist of 17 members who shall be appointed by the Board of Directors on the recommendation of the President of the Bank.
(B) Such members shall be broadly representative of environment, production, commerce, finance, agriculture, labor, services, State government, and the textile industry.
(2)(A) Not less than three members appointed to the Advisory Committee shall be representative of the small business community.
(B) Not less than 2 members appointed to the Advisory Committee shall be representative of the labor community, except that no 2 representatives of the labor community shall be selected from the same labor union.
(C) Not less than 2 members appointed to the Advisory Committee shall be representative of the environmental nongovernmental organization community, except that no 2 of the members shall be from the same environmental organization.
(3) The Advisory Committee shall meet at least once each quarter.
(4) The Advisory Committee shall advise the Bank on its programs, and shall submit, with the report specified in section 635(b)(1)(A) of this title, its own comments to the Congress on the extent to which the Bank is meeting its mandate to provide competitive financing to expand United States exports, and any suggestions for improvements in this regard.
(5) In carrying out paragraph (4), the Advisory Committee shall consider ways to promote the financing of Bank transactions for the textile industry, consistent with the requirement that the Bank obtain a reasonable assurance of repayment, and determine ways to—
(A) increase Bank support for the exports of textile components or inputs made in the United States; and
(B) support the maintenance, promotion and expansion of jobs in the United States that are critical to the manufacture of textile components and inputs.
(e) Conflicting personal interests
(1) No director, officer, attorney, agent, or employee of the Bank shall in any manner, directly or indirectly, participate in the deliberation upon or the determination of any question affecting such individual's personal interests, or the interests of any corporation, partnership or association in which such individual is directly or indirectly personally interested.
(2) The General Counsel of the Bank shall ensure that the directors, officers, and employees of the Bank have available appropriate legal counsel for advice on, and oversight of, issues relating to personnel matters and other administrative law matters by designating an attorney to serve as Assistant General Counsel for Administration, whose duties, under the supervision of the General Counsel, shall be concerned solely or primarily with such issues.
(f) Small Business Division
(1) Establishment
There is established a Small Business Division (in this subsection referred to as the "Division") within the Bank in order to—
(A) carry out the provisions of subparagraphs (E) and (I) of section 635(b)(1) of this title relating to outreach, feedback, product improvement, and transaction advocacy for small business concerns (as defined in section 632(a) of title 15);
(B) advise and seek feedback from small business concerns on the opportunities and benefits for small business concerns in the financing products offered by the Bank, with particular emphasis on conducting outreach, enhancing the tailoring of products to small business needs and increasing loans to small business concerns;
(C) maintain liaison with the Small Business Administration and other departments and agencies in matters affecting small business concerns; and
(D) provide oversight of the development, implementation, and operation of technology improvements to strengthen small business outreach, including the technology improvement required by section 635(b)(1)(E)(x) of this title.
(2) Management
The President of the Bank shall appoint an officer, who shall rank not lower than senior vice president and whose sole executive function shall be to manage the Division. The officer shall—
(A) have substantial recent experience in financing exports by small business concerns; and
(B) advise the Board, particularly the director appointed under subsection (c)(8)(B) to represent the interests of small business, on matters of interest to, and concern for, small business.
(g) Small business specialists
(1) Dedicated personnel
The President of the Bank shall ensure that each operating division within the Bank has staff that specializes in processing transactions that primarily benefit small business concerns (as defined in section 632(a) of title 15).
(2) Responsibilities
The small business specialists shall be involved in all aspects of processing applications for loans, guarantees, and insurance to support exports by small business concerns, including the approval or disapproval, or staff recommendations of approval or disapproval, as applicable, of such applications. In carrying out these responsibilities, the small business specialists shall consider the unique business requirements of small businesses and shall develop exporter performance criteria tailored to small business exporters.
(3) Approval authority
In an effort to maximize the speed and efficiency with which the Bank processes transactions primarily benefitting small business concerns, the small business specialists shall be authorized to approve applications for working capital loans and guarantees, and insurance in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Board. It is the sense of Congress that the policies and procedures should not prohibit, where appropriate, small business specialists from approving applications for working capital loans and guarantees, and for insurance, in support of exports which have a value of less than $25,000,000.
(4) Identification
The Bank shall prominently identify the small business specialists on its website and in promotional material.
(5) Employee evaluations
The evaluation of staff designated by the President of the Bank under paragraph (1), including annual reviews of performance of duties related to transactions in support of exports by small business concerns, and any resulting recommendations for salary adjustments, promotions, and other personnel actions, shall address the criteria established pursuant to subsection (h)(2)(B)(iii) and shall be conducted by the manager of the relevant operating division following consultation with the officer appointed to manage the Small Business Division pursuant to subsection (f)(2).
(6) Staff recommendations
Staff recommendations of denial or withdrawal for medium-term applications, exporter held multi-buyer policies, single buyer policies, and working capital applications processed by the Bank shall be transmitted to the officer appointed to manage the Small Business Division pursuant to subsection (f)(2) not later than 2 business days before a final decision.
(7) Rule of interpretation
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to prevent the delegation to the Division of any authority necessary to carry out subparagraphs (E) and (I) of section 635(b)(1) of this title.
(h) Small Business Committee
(1) Establishment
There is established a management committee to be known as the "Small Business Committee".
(2) Purpose and duties
(A) Purpose
The purpose of the Small Business Committee shall be to coordinate the Bank's initiatives and policies with respect to small business concerns (as defined in section 632(a) of title 15), including the timely processing and underwriting of transactions involving direct exports by small business concerns, and the development and coordination of efforts to implement new or enhanced Bank products and services pertaining to small business concerns.
(B) Duties
The duties of the Small Business Committee shall be determined by the President of the Bank and shall include the following:
(i) Assisting in the development of the Bank's small business strategic plans, including the Bank's plans for carrying out section 635(b)(1)(E) (v) and (x) of this title, and measuring and reporting in writing to the President of the Bank, at least once a year, on the Bank's progress in achieving the goals set forth in the plans.
(ii) Evaluating and reporting in writing to the President of the Bank, at least once a year, with respect to—
(I) the performance of each operating division of the Bank in serving small business concerns;
(II) the impact of processing and underwriting standards on transactions involving direct exports by small business concerns; and
(III) the adequacy of the staffing and resources of the Small Business Division.
(iii) Establishing criteria for evaluating the performance of staff designated by the President of the Bank under subsection (g)(1).
(iv) Coordinating the provision of services with other United States Government departments and agencies to small business concerns.
(3) Composition
(A) Chairperson
The Chairperson of the Small Business Committee shall be the officer appointed to manage the Small Business Division pursuant to subsection (f)(2). The Chairperson shall have the authority to call meetings of the Small Business Committee, set the agenda for Committee meetings, and request policy recommendations from the Committee's members.
(B) Other members
Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the President of the Bank shall determine the composition of the Small Business Committee, and shall appoint or remove the members of the Small Business Committee. In making such appointments, the President of the Bank shall ensure that the Small Business Committee is comprised of—
(i) the senior managing officers responsible for underwriting and processing transactions; and
(ii) other officers and employees of the Bank with responsibility for outreach to small business concerns and underwriting and processing transactions that involve small business concerns.
(4) Reporting
The Chairperson shall provide to the President of the Bank minutes of each meeting of the Small Business Committee, including any recommendations by the Committee or its individual members.
(i) Office of financing for socially and economically disadvantaged small business concerns and small business concerns owned by women
(1) Establishment
The President of the Bank shall establish in the Small Business Division an office whose sole functions shall be to continue and enhance the outreach activities of the Bank with respect to, and increase the total amount of loans, guarantees, and insurance provided by the Bank to support exports by, socially and economically disadvantaged small business concerns (as defined in section 637(a)(4) of title 15) and small business concerns owned by women.
(2) Management
The office shall be managed by a Bank officer of appropriate rank who shall report to the Bank officer designated under subsection (f)(2).
(3) Staffing
To the maximum extent practicable, the President of the Bank shall ensure that qualified minority and women applicants are considered when filling any position in the office.
(j) Authority to use portion of bank surplus to update information technology systems
(1) In general
Subject to paragraphs (3) and (4), the Bank may use an amount equal to 1.25 percent of the surplus of the Bank during fiscal years 2015 through 2019 to—
(A) seek to remedy any of the operational weakness and risk management vulnerabilities of the Bank which are the result of the information technology system of the Bank;
(B) remedy data fragmentation, enhance information flow throughout the Bank, and manage data across the Bank; and
(C) enhance the operational capacity and risk management capabilities of the Bank to better enable the Bank to increase exports and grow jobs while protecting the taxpayer.
(2) Surplus
In paragraph (1), the term "surplus" means the amount (if any) by which—
(A) the sum of the interest and fees collected by the Bank; exceeds
(B) the sum of—
(i) the funds set aside to cover expected losses on transactions financed by the Bank; and
(ii) the costs incurred to cover the administrative expenses of the Bank.
(3) Limitation
The aggregate of the amounts used in accordance with paragraph (1) for fiscal years 2015 through 2019 shall not exceed $20,000,000.
(4) Subject to appropriations
The authority provided by paragraph (1) may be exercised only to such extent and in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
(k) Office of Ethics
(1) Establishment
There is established an Office of Ethics within the Bank, which shall oversee all ethics issues within the Bank.
(2) Head of office
(A) In general
The head of the Office of Ethics shall be the Chief Ethics Officer, who shall report to the Board of Directors.
(B) Appointment
Not later than 180 days after December 4, 2015, the Chief Ethics Officer shall be—
(i) appointed by the President of the Bank from among persons—
(I) with a background in law who have experience in the fields of law and ethics; and
(II) who are not serving in a position requiring appointment by the President of the United States before being appointed to be Chief Ethics Officer; and
(ii) approved by the Board.
(C) Designated agency ethics official
The Chief Ethics Officer shall serve as the designated agency ethics official for the Bank pursuant to chapter 131 of title 5.
(3) Duties
The Office of Ethics has jurisdiction over all employees of, and ethics matters relating to, the Bank. With respect to employees of the Bank, the Office of Ethics shall—
(A) recommend administrative actions to establish or enforce standards of official conduct;
(B) refer to the Office of the Inspector General of the Bank alleged violations of—
(i) the standards of ethical conduct applicable to employees of the Bank under parts 2635 and 6201 of title 5, Code of Federal Regulations;
(ii) the standards of ethical conduct established by the Chief Ethics Officer; and
(iii) any other laws, rules, or regulations governing the performance of official duties or the discharge of official responsibilities that are applicable to employees of the Bank;
(C) report to appropriate Federal or State authorities substantial evidence of a violation of any law applicable to the performance of official duties that may have been disclosed to the Office of Ethics; and
(D) render advisory opinions regarding the propriety of any current or proposed conduct of an employee or contractor of the Bank, and issue general guidance on such matters as necessary.
(l) Chief Risk Officer
(1) In general
There shall be a Chief Risk Officer of the Bank, who shall—
(A) oversee all issues relating to risk within the Bank; and
(B) report to the President of the Bank.
(2) Appointment
Not later than 180 days after December 4, 2015, the Chief Risk Officer shall be—
(A) appointed by the President of the Bank from among persons—
(i) with a demonstrated ability in the general management of, and knowledge of and extensive practical experience in, financial risk evaluation practices in large governmental or business entities; and
(ii) who are not serving in a position requiring appointment by the President of the United States before being appointed to be Chief Risk Officer; and
(B) approved by the Board.
(3) Duties
The duties of the Chief Risk Officer are—
(A) to be responsible for all matters related to managing and mitigating all risk to which the Bank is exposed, including the programs and operations of the Bank;
(B) to establish policies and processes for risk oversight, the monitoring of management compliance with risk limits, and the management of risk exposures and risk controls across the Bank;
(C) to be responsible for the planning and execution of all Bank risk management activities, including policies, reporting, and systems to achieve strategic risk objectives;
(D) to develop an integrated risk management program that includes identifying, prioritizing, measuring, monitoring, and managing internal control and operating risks and other identified risks;
(E) to ensure that the process for risk assessment and underwriting for individual transactions considers how each such transaction considers the effect of the transaction on the concentration of exposure in the overall portfolio of the Bank, taking into account fees, collateralization, and historic default rates; and
(F) to review the adequacy of the use by the Bank of qualitative metrics to assess the risk of default under various scenarios.
(m) Risk Management Committee
(1) Establishment
There is established a management committee to be known as the "Risk Management Committee".
(2) Membership
The membership of the Risk Management Committee shall be the members of the Board of Directors, with the President and First Vice President of the Bank serving as ex officio members.
(3) Duties
The duties of the Risk Management Committee shall be—
(A) to oversee, in conjunction with the Office of the Chief Financial Officer of the Bank—
(i) periodic stress testing on the entire Bank portfolio, reflecting different market, industry, and macroeconomic scenarios, and consistent with common practices of commercial and multilateral development banks; and
(ii) the monitoring of industry, geographic, and obligor exposure levels; and
(B) to review all required reports on the default rate of the Bank before submission to Congress under section 635g(g) of this title.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §3, 59 Stat. 527; Aug. 9, 1954, ch. 660, §1, 68 Stat. 677; Pub. L. 90–267, §1(a), (d), Mar. 13, 1968, 82 Stat. 47, 49; Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §§613, 614(a), 620(b)], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1255, 1261; Pub. L. 99–472, §18, Oct. 15, 1986, 100 Stat. 1205; Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §113, Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2195; Pub. L. 105–121, §§6, 8, Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2529, 2530; Pub. L. 106–46, §1(a), Aug. 11, 1999, 113 Stat. 227; Pub. L. 107–189, §24(b)(4), June 14, 2002, 116 Stat. 709; Pub. L. 109–438, §§6(a), 14(a), 15, 18(a), Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 3270, 3280, 3281; Pub. L. 112–122, §§9(a), 19–20(b)(1), May 30, 2012, 126 Stat. 354, 361, 362; Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LI, §§51004–51006(a), title LIII, §53002, title LIV, §54002(c), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1764–1766, 1768, 1769; Pub. L. 116–94, div. I, title IV, §409(a), Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 3025; Pub. L. 117–286, §4(c)(22), Dec. 27, 2022, 136 Stat. 4357.)
Termination of Amendment
For termination of amendment by Pub. L. 116–94, see Termination Date of 2019 Amendment note below.
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Trade Secrets Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(10)(C)(ii)(III), is probably a reference to section 1905 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Codification
Provisions of subsecs. (b) and (c)(3) of this section, which prescribed the annual compensation of the President, the First Vice President, and other members of the Board of Directors, were omitted to conform to the provisions of the Executive Schedule. See sections 5314 and 5315 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Amendments
2022—Subsec. (k)(2)(C). Pub. L. 117–286 substituted "chapter 131 of title 5." for "the Ethics in Government Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App. 101 et seq.)."
2019—Subsec. (c)(6). Pub. L. 116–94 designated existing provisions as subpar. (A) and added subpar. (B).
2015—Subsec. (g)(3). Pub. L. 114–94, §54002(c), substituted "$25,000,000" for "$10,000,000".
Subsec. (j)(1). Pub. L. 114–94, §53002(1), substituted "2015 through 2019" for "2012, 2013, and 2014" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (j)(2)(B). Pub. L. 114–94, §53002(2), substituted "(i) the funds" for "(I) the funds".
Subsec. (j)(3). Pub. L. 114–94, §53002(3), substituted "2015 through 2019" for "2012, 2013, and 2014".
Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 114–94, §51004, added subsec. (k).
Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 114–94, §51005, added subsec. (l).
Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 114–94, §51006(a), added subsec. (m).
2012—Subsec. (c)(10). Pub. L. 112–122, §9(a), added par. (10).
Subsec. (d)(1)(B). Pub. L. 112–122, §20(a), substituted "State government, and the textile industry" for "and State government".
Subsec. (d)(5). Pub. L. 112–122, §20(b)(1), added par. (5).
Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 112–122, §19, added subsec. (j).
2006—Subsec. (c)(9). Pub. L. 109–438, §15, added par. (9).
Subsec. (d)(1)(A). Pub. L. 109–438, §18(a)(1)(A), substituted "17" for "15".
Subsec. (d)(1)(B). Pub. L. 109–438, §18(a)(1)(B), inserted "environment," before "production,".
Subsec. (d)(2)(C). Pub. L. 109–438, §18(a)(2), added subpar. (C).
Subsecs. (f) to (h). Pub. L. 109–438, §6(a), added subsecs. (f) to (h).
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 109–438, §14(a), added subsec. (i).
2002—Subsec. (d)(2)(B). Pub. L. 107–189 realigned margins.
1999—Subsec. (c)(6). Pub. L. 106–46 amended par. (6) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (6) read as follows: "A majority of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum."
1997—Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 105–121, §8, designated existing provisions as subpar. (A) and added subpar. (B).
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–121, §6, designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).
1992—Subsec. (d)(1)(A). Pub. L. 102–429 substituted "15 members" for "twelve members".
1986—Subsec. (c)(8)(E). Pub. L. 99–472 added subpar. (E).
1983—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98–81, §614(a), designated first through seventh sentences as pars. (1) through (7), respectively, substituted "The" for "Terms of the directors shall be at the pleasure of the President of the United States, and the" at beginning of par. (5) as so designated, and added par. (8).
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 98–181, §613, amended subsec. (d) generally. Prior to amendment subsec. (d) read as follows: "There shall be an Advisory Committee of nine members, appointed by the Board of Directors on the recommendation of the President of the Bank, who shall be broadly representative of production, commerce, finance, agriculture and labor. The Advisory Committee shall meet one or more times per year, on the call of the President of the Bank, to advise with the Bank on its program. Members, not otherwise in the regular full-time employ of the United States, may be compensated at rates not exceeding the per diem equivalent of the rate for grade 18 of the General Schedule (5 U.S.C. 5332) for each day spent in travel or attendance at meetings of the Committee, and while so serving away from their homes or regular places of business, they may be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by section 5703 of title 5 for individuals in the Government service employed intermittently."
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 98–181, §620(b), substituted "such individual's" for "his" and "such individual" for "he".
1968—Subsecs. (a) to (c). Pub. L. 90–267, §1(a), changed name of "Export-Import Bank of Washington" to "Export-Import Bank of the United States".
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 90–267, §1(d), substituted provisions for compensation of members, not otherwise in the regular full-time employ of the United States, at rates not exceeding the per diem equivalent of the rate for grade 18 of the General Schedule for each day spent in travel or attendance at meetings of the Committee, and for allowance of travel expenses, when serving away from home or regular place of business, as authorized by section 5703 of title 5 for individuals in the Government service employed intermittently for former provisions for allowance for attendance at meetings and travel expenses of $50 and $10, respectively.
1954—Act Aug. 9, 1954, amended section generally to provide for the independent management of the Bank under a Board of Directors and for the appointment of a President and First Vice President of the Bank.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Termination Date of 2019 Amendment
Pub. L. 116–94, div. I, title IV, §409(b), Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 3026, provided that: "The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall have no force or effect after December 31, 2026."
Effective Date of 2015 Amendment
Amendment by section 54002(c) of Pub. L. 114–94 applicable with respect to fiscal year 2016 and each fiscal year thereafter, see section 54002(e) of Pub. L. 114–94, set out as a note under section 635 of this title.
Effective Date of 2012 Amendment
Pub. L. 112–122, §9(b), May 30, 2012, 126 Stat. 356, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect 60 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [May 30, 2012]."
Amendment by sections 19–20(b)(1) of Pub. L. 112–122 effective May 30, 2012, see section 25 of Pub. L. 112–122, set out as a note under section 635 of this title.
Effective Date of 1954 Amendment
Act Aug. 9, 1954, ch. 660, §4, 68 Stat. 678, provided that: "The provisions of this Act for the appointment of a President and a First Vice President of the Bank and the members of the Board of Directors shall be effective upon its enactment [Aug. 9, 1954]. The remaining provisions of this Act shall become effective when the President and First Vice President of the Bank and one other member of the Board of Directors initially appointed hereunder enter upon office, and shall thereupon supersede Reorganization Plan No. 5 of 1953 [set out below]."
Termination of Audit Committee
Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LI, §51006(b), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1766, provided that: "Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 4, 2015], the Board of Directors of the Export-Import Bank of the United States shall revise the bylaws of the Bank to terminate the Audit Committee established by section 7 of the bylaws."
Untied Aid
Pub. L. 107–189, §10(a), June 14, 2002, 116 Stat. 702, provided that:
"(1)
"(2)
Board of Directors; Exception to Quorum Requirement
Pub. L. 106–46, §1(b), Aug. 11, 1999, 113 Stat. 227, as amended by Pub. L. 106–62, §122, Sept. 30, 1999, 113 Stat. 509; Pub. L. 106–85, Oct. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1297; Pub. L. 106–88, Nov. 5, 1999, 113 Stat. 1304; Pub. L. 106–94, Nov. 10, 1999, 113 Stat. 1311; Pub. L. 106–105, Nov. 18, 1999, 113 Stat. 1484; Pub. L. 106–106, Nov. 19, 1999, 113 Stat. 1485, provided that: "Notwithstanding section 3(c)(6) of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 [12 U.S.C. 635a(c)(6)], if, during the period that begins on July 21, 1999, and ends on December 2, 1999, there are fewer than three persons holding office on the Board of Directors of the Export-Import Bank of the United States, the entire membership of such Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum until the end of such period."
Compensation of Employees
Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §117, Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2196, provided that:
"[(a) Repealed. Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §117(b), Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2196.]
"(b)
"(c)
"(1) the recruitment and employee retention problems of the Bank;
"(2) any relief from such problems afforded by the Office of Personnel Management;
"(3) any use of the authority provided in subsection (a); and
"(4) the conclusions and recommendations of the Bank with respect to—
"(A) whether such problems have been satisfactorily addressed; and
"(B) whether or not the authority of subsection (a) should be extended."
[Pub. L. 118–47, div. F, title VI, Mar. 23, 2024, 138 Stat. 753, provided in part: "That notwithstanding subsection (b) of section 117 of the Export Enhancement Act of 1992 [Pub. L. 102–429, set out above], subsection (a) of such section shall remain in effect until September 30, 2024".]
[Prior to repeal, section 117(a) of Pub. L. 102–429 read as follows: "
[Prior similar extensions of section 117(a) of Pub. L. 102–429 were contained in the following acts:
[Pub. L. 117–328, div. K, title VI, Dec. 29, 2022, 136 Stat. 4997.
[Pub. L. 117–103, div. K, title VI, Mar. 15, 2022, 136 Stat. 588.
[Pub. L. 116–260, div. K, title VI, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 1716.
[Pub. L. 113–235, div. J, title VI, Dec. 16, 2014, 128 Stat. 2598.
[Pub. L. 113–76, div. K, title VI, Jan. 17, 2014, 128 Stat. 489.
[Pub. L. 112–74, div. I, title VI, Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 1191.
[Pub. L. 111–117, div. F, title VI, Dec. 16, 2009, 123 Stat. 3341.
[Pub. L. 111–8, div. H, title VI, Mar. 11, 2009, 123 Stat. 859.
[Pub. L. 110–161, div. J, title II, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2290.
[Pub. L. 109–102, title I, Nov. 14, 2005, 119 Stat. 2173.
[Pub. L. 108–447, div. D, title I, Dec. 8, 2004, 118 Stat. 2969.
[Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title I, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 143.
[Pub. L. 108–7, div. E, title I, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 160.
[Pub. L. 107–115, title I, Jan. 10, 2002, 115 Stat. 2119.
[Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title I], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A-4.
[Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(2) [title I], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A-64.
[Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title I], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681-151.
[Pub. L. 105–118, title I, Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2387.
[Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title I], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009-122.
[Pub. L. 104–107, title I, Feb. 12, 1996, 110 Stat. 705.
[Pub. L. 103–306, title IV, Aug. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 1623.]
Report on Regional Offices
Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §118, Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2197, directed Export-Import Bank, not later than 1 year after Oct. 21, 1992, to submit a report to Congress on the Bank's plan to establish and operate regional offices.
Appointment of Member of Board To Represent Interests of Small Business Community
Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §614(b)], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1256, provided that: "In order to carry out the amendment made by subsection (a) regarding section 3(c)(8)(B) of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 [subsec. (c)(8)(B) of this section], the first member, other than a member who will serve as Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Bank, appointed by the President of the United States to the Board of Directors of the Export-Import Bank of the United States after the date of the enactment of this section [Nov. 30, 1983] shall be selected from among the small business community and shall represent the interests of small business."
Board of Directors; Advisory Committee
A Board of Directors and an Advisory Committee reestablished for the Export-Import Bank of Washington, see note set out under section 635 of this title.
Termination of Advisory Committees
Advisory committees established after Jan. 5, 1973, to terminate not later than the expiration of the 2-year period beginning on the date of their establishment, unless, in the case of a committee established by the President or an officer of the Federal Government, such committee is renewed by appropriate action prior to the expiration of such 2-year period, or in the case of a committee established by the Congress, its duration is otherwise provided by law. See section 1013 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Executive Documents
Termination of Foreign Economic Administration
Foreign Economic Administration and office of its Administrator terminated by Ex. Ord. No. 9630, Sept. 27, 1945, 10 F.R. 12245.
REORGANIZATION PLAN NO. 5 OF 1953
18 F.R. 3741, 67 Stat. 637
Prepared by the President and transmitted to the Senate and the House of Representatives in Congress assembled, April 30, 1953, pursuant to the provisions of the Reorganization Act of 1949, approved June 20, 1949, as amended [see 5 U.S.C. 901 et seq.].
THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF WASHINGTON
Section 1. The Managing Director
There is hereby established the office of Managing Director of the Export-Import Bank of Washington, hereinafter referred to as the "Managing Director." The Managing Director shall be appointed by the President by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, and shall receive compensation at the rate of $17,500 per annum.
Sec. 2. Deputy Director
There is hereby established the office of Deputy Director of the Export-Import Bank of Washington. The Deputy Director shall be appointed by the President by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall receive compensation at the rate of $16,000 per annum, shall perform such functions as the Managing Director may from time to time prescribe, and shall act as Managing Director during the absence or disability of the Managing Director or in the event of a vacancy in the office of Managing Director.
Sec. 3. Assistant Director
There is hereby established the office of Assistant Director of the Export-Import Bank of Washington. The Assistant Director shall be appointed by the Managing Director under the classified civil service, shall receive compensation at the rate now or hereafter fixed by law for grade GS–18 of the general schedule established by the Classification Act of 1949, as amended [chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of Title 5], and shall perform such functions as the Managing Director may from time to time prescribe.
Sec. 4. Functions Transferred to the Managing Director
All functions of the Board of Directors of the Export-Import Bank of Washington are hereby transferred to the Managing Director.
Sec. 5. General Policies
The National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems shall from time to time establish general lending and other financial policies which shall govern the Managing Director in the conduct of the lending and other financial operations of the bank.
Sec. 6. Performance of Transferred Functions
The Managing Director may from time to time make such provisions as he deems appropriate authorizing the performance of any of the functions of the Managing Director by any other officer, or by any agency or employee, of the bank.
Sec. 7. Abolition
The following are hereby abolished: (1) The Board of Directors of the Export-Import Bank of Washington, including the offices of the members thereof provided for in section 3(a) of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945, as amended [subsection (a) of this section]; (2) the Advisory Board of the Bank, together with the functions of the said Advisory Board; and (3) the function of the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Export-Import Bank of Washington of being a member of the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems. The Managing Director shall make such provisions as may be necessary for winding up any outstanding affairs of the said abolished boards and offices not otherwise provided for in this reorganization plan.
Sec. 8. Effective Date
Sections 3 to 7, inclusive, of this reorganization plan shall become effective when the Managing Director first appointed hereunder enters upon office pursuant to the provisions of this reorganization plan.
[A Board of Directors was reestablished for the Export-Import Bank of Washington by section 1 of act Aug. 9, 1954, ch. 660, 68 Stat. 677, which amended this section. The Board had previously been abolished and its functions transferred to the Managing Director of the Bank by Reorg. Plan No. 5 of 1953, set out above. The 1953 Reorg. Plan was superseded by sections 1, 4 of act Aug. 9, 1954. See this section and 1954 Amendment and Effective Date of 1954 Amendment notes set out above. The "Export-Import Bank of Washington" was renamed the "Export-Import Bank of the United States" by Pub. L. 90–267, §1(a), Mar. 13, 1968, 82 Stat. 47.]
United States Trade Representative and Secretary of Commerce as Additional Members of Board of Directors of Export-Import Bank of the United States
For provisions directing that the United States Trade Representative and the Secretary of Commerce serve, ex officio and without vote, as additional members of the Board of Directors of the Export-Import Bank of the United States, see section 3 of 1979 Reorg. Plan No. 3, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
§635a–1. Export credit competition
(a) The President is authorized and requested to begin negotiations at the ministerial level with other major exporting countries to end predatory export financing programs and other forms of export subsidies, including mixed credits, in third country markets as well as within the United States. The President shall report to the Congress prior to January 15, 1979, on progress toward meeting the goals of this section.
(b) The Export-Import Bank of the United States is authorized to provide guarantees, insurance, and extensions of credit at rates and terms and other conditions which are, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Bank, competitive with those provided by the government-supported export credit instrumentalities of other nations.
(Pub. L. 95–630, title XIX, §1908, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3725.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Export-Import Bank Act Amendments of 1978, and not as part of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 which comprises this subchapter.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date
Section effective Nov. 10, 1978, see section 1917 of Pub. L. 95–630, set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 635 of this title.
§635a–2. Implementation of regulations and procedures to lessen adverse effect of loans and guarantees on industries in United States; report by United States International Trade Commission; written consideration of views of adversely affected parties
The Bank shall implement such regulations and procedures as may be appropriate to insure that full consideration is given to the extent to which any loan or financial guarantee is likely to have an adverse effect on industries, including agriculture, and employment in the United States, either by reducing demand for goods produced in the United States or by increasing imports to the United States. To carry out the purposes of this subsection,1 the Bank shall request, and the United States International Trade Commission shall furnish, a report assessing the impact of the Bank's activities on industries and employment in the United States. Such report shall include an assessment of previous loans or financial guarantees and shall provide recommendations concerning general areas which may adversely affect domestic industries, including agriculture, and employment. After October 1, 1983, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section. In all cases to which this section applies, the Bank shall consider and address in writing the views of parties or persons who may be substantially adversely affected by the loan or guarantee prior to taking final action on the loan or guarantee. This requirement does not subject the Bank to the provisions of subchapter II of chapter 5 of title 5.
(Pub. L. 95–630, title XIX, §1911, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3726; Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §632], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1262; Pub. L. 99–472, §12, Oct. 15, 1986, 100 Stat. 1204.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Export-Import Bank Act Amendments of 1978, and not as part of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 which comprises this subchapter.
Amendments
1986—Pub. L. 99–472 inserted provisions which required written consideration by Bank of views of parties or persons who may be substantially adversely affected by loan or guarantee prior to taking final action on loan or guarantee without subjecting Bank to subchapter II of chapter 5 of title 5.
1983—Pub. L. 98–181 inserted provision that after October 1, 1983, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date
Section effective Nov. 10, 1978, see section 1917 of Pub. L. 95–630, set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 635 of this title.
Improvement of Method for Calculating the Effects of Bank Financing on Job Creation and Maintenance in the United States
Pub. L. 112–122, §16, May 30, 2012, 126 Stat. 359, provided that:
"(a)
"(b)
"(c)
1 So in original. Probably should be "section,".
§635a–3. Export-Import Bank financing to match foreign financing
(a) Noncompetitive financing; inquiry by Secretary; notification of foreign country and prospective parties to transaction
(1) Upon receipt of information that foreign sales to the United States are being offered involving foreign official export credits which exceed limits under existing standstills, minutes, or practices to which the United States and other major exporting countries have agreed, irrespective of whether these credits are being offered by governments which are signatories to such standstills, minutes, or practices, the Secretary of the Treasury shall immediately conduct an inquiry to determine whether "noncompetitive financing" is being offered. The inquiry, and where appropriate, the determination and authorization to the Export-Import Bank of the United States referred to in this section shall be completed and made within 60 days of the receipt of such information.
(2) If the Secretary determines that such foreign "noncompetitive" financing is being offered, the Secretary shall request the immediate withdrawal of such financing by the foreign official export credit agency involved.
(3) If the offer is not withdrawn or if there is no immediate response to the withdrawal request, the Secretary of the Treasury shall notify the country offering such financing and all parties to the proposed transaction that the Eximbank may be authorized to provide competing United States sellers with financing to match that available through the foreign official export financing entity.
(b) Issuance of authorization to Bank to provide guarantees, insurance, and credits to competing United States sellers
The Secretary of the Treasury shall issue such authorization to the Bank to provide guarantees, insurance, and credits to competing United States sellers, unless the Secretary determines that—
(1) the availability of foreign official noncompetitive financing is not likely to be a significant factor in the sale; or
(2) the foreign noncompetitive financing has been withdrawn.
(c) Provision of financing by Bank pursuant to authorization
Upon receipt of authorization by the Secretary of the Treasury, the Export-Import Bank may provide financing to match that offered by the foreign official export credit entity: Provided, however, That loans, guarantees and insurance provided under this authority shall conform to all provisions of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945, as amended [12 U.S.C. 635 et seq.].
(Pub. L. 95–630, title XIX, §1912, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3726; Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §§631, 633], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1262, 1263; Pub. L. 99–472, §15, Oct. 15, 1986, 100 Stat. 1204.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Export-Import Bank Act of 1945, as amended, referred to in subsec. (c), is act July 31, 1945, ch. 341, 59 Stat. 526, which is classified generally to subchapter 1 (§635 et seq.) of this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 635 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Export-Import Bank Act Amendments of 1978, and not as part of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 which comprises this subchapter.
Amendments
1986—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 99–472, §15(b), which directed the insertion of "irrespective of whether these credits are being offered by governments which are signatories to such standstills, minutes, or practices," after "major export countries have agreed," was executed by inserting that phrase after "major exporting countries have agreed," as the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–472, §15(a), amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (b) read as follows: "The Secretary of the Treasury shall only issue such authorization to the Bank to provide guarantees, insurance and credits to competing United States sellers, if the Secretary determines that:
"(1) the availability of foreign official noncompetitive financing is likely to be a significant factor in the sale, and
"(2) the foreign noncompetitive financing has not been withdrawn on the date the Bank is authorized to provide competitive financing."
1983—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 98–181, §631(1), inserted provision that the inquiry, and where appropriate, the determination and authorization to the Export-Import Bank of the United States referred to in this section shall be completed and made within 60 days of the receipt of such information.
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 98–181, §633(b), substituted "the Secretary shall request" for "he shall request".
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–181, §633(a), substituted "if the Secretary determines that" for "if he determines that" in provisions preceding par. (1).
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 98–181, §631(2), substituted "significant factor" for "determining factor".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date
Section effective Nov. 10, 1978, see section 1917 of Pub. L. 95–630, set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 635 of this title.
§635a–4. Guarantees for export accounts receivable and inventory
The Export-Import Bank of the United States is authorized and directed to establish a program to provide guarantees for loans extended by financial institutions or other public or private creditors to export trading companies as defined in section 1843(c)(14)(F)(i) of this title, or to other exporters, when such loans are secured by export accounts receivable, inventories of exportable goods, accounts receivable from leases, performance contracts, grant commitments, participation fees, member dues, revenue from publications, or such other collateral as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate, and when in the judgment of the Board of Directors—
(1) the private credit market is not providing adequate financing to enable otherwise creditworthy export trading companies or exporters to consummate export transactions; and
(2) such guarantees would facilitate expansion of exports which would not otherwise occur.
The Board of Directors shall attempt to insure that a major share of any loan guarantees ultimately serves to promote exports from small, medium-size, and minority businesses or agricultural concerns. Guarantees provided under the authority of this section shall be subject to limitations contained in annual appropriations Acts.
(Pub. L. 97–290, title II, §206, Oct. 8, 1982, 96 Stat. 1239; Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §616(b)], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1257.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Bank Export Services Act, and not as part of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 which comprises this subchapter.
Amendments
1983—Pub. L. 98–181 substituted "export accounts receivable, inventories of exportable goods, accounts receivable from leases, performance contracts, grant commitments, participation fees, member dues, revenue from publications, or such other collateral as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate," for "export accounts receivable or inventories of exportable goods".
§635a–5. Negotiations to end export credit financing
(a) In general
The President shall initiate and pursue negotiations—
(1) with other major exporting countries, including members of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (in this section referred to as the "OECD") and non-OECD members, to substantially reduce, with the possible goal of eliminating, before the date that is 10 years after December 4, 2015,,1 subsidized export financing programs and other forms of export subsidies; and
(2) with all countries that finance air carrier aircraft with funds from a state-sponsored entity, to substantially reduce, with the ultimate goal of eliminating, aircraft export credit financing for all aircraft covered by the 2007 Sector Understanding on Export Credits for Civil Aircraft (in this section referred to as the "ASU"), including any modification thereof, and all of the following types of aircraft:
(A) Heavy aircraft that are capable of a takeoff weight of 300,000 pounds or more, whether or not operating at such a weight during a particular phase of flight.
(B) Large aircraft that are capable of a takeoff weight of more than 41,000 pounds, and have a maximum certificated takeoff weight of not more than 300,000 pounds.
(C) Small aircraft that have a maximum certificated takeoff weight of 41,000 pounds or less.
(b) Annual reports on progress of negotiations
Not later than 180 days after May 30, 2012, and annually thereafter, the President shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives—
(1) a report on the progress of any negotiations described in subsection (a)(1), until the President certifies in writing to the committees that all countries that support subsidized export financing programs have agreed to end the support; and
(2) a report on the progress of any negotiations described in subsection (a)(2), including the progress of any negotiations with respect to each classification of aircraft set forth in subsection (a)(2), until the President certifies in writing to the committees that all countries that support subsidized export financing programs have agreed to end the support of aircraft covered by the ASU.
(c) Report on strategy
Not later than 180 days after December 4, 2015, the President shall submit to Congress a proposal, and a strategy for achieving the proposal, that the United States Government will pursue with other major exporting countries, including OECD members and non-OECD members, to eliminate over a period of not more than 10 years subsidized export-financing programs, tied aid, export credits, and all other forms of government-supported export subsidies.
(d) Negotiations with non-OECD members
The President shall initiate and pursue negotiations with countries that are not OECD members to bring those countries into a multilateral agreement establishing rules and limitations on officially supported export credits.
(e) Annual reports on progress of negotiations
Not later than 180 days after December 4, 2015, and annually thereafter through calendar year 2019, the President shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives a report on the progress of any negotiations described in subsection (d).
(Pub. L. 112–122, §11, May 30, 2012, 126 Stat. 356; Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LV, §55002(a), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1769.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Export-Import Bank Reauthorization Act of 2012, and not as part of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 which comprises this subchapter.
Amendments
2015—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 114–94, §55002(a)(1)(A), in introductory provisions, substituted "President" for "Secretary of the Treasury (in this section referred to as the 'Secretary')".
Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 114–94, §55002(a)(1)(B), substituted "(in this section referred to as the 'OECD')" for "(OECD)" and "possible goal of eliminating, before the date that is 10 years after December 4, 2015," for "ultimate goal of eliminating".
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 114–94, §55002(a)(2), substituted "President" for "Secretary" wherever appearing.
Subsecs. (c) to (e). Pub. L. 114–94, §55002(a)(3), added subsecs. (c) to (e).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2015 Amendment
Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LV, §55002(b), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1770, provided that: "The amendments made by paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply with respect to reports required to be submitted under section 11(b) of the Export-Import Bank Reauthorization Act of 2012 (12 U.S.C. 635a–5(b)) after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 4, 2015]."
Executive Documents
Delegation of Authority Under Section 11 of the Export-Import Bank Reauthorization Act of 2012
Memorandum of President of the United States, Mar. 11, 2016, 81 F.R. 14367, provided:
Memorandum for the Secretary of the Treasury
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, including section 301 of title 3, United States Code, I hereby delegate to you the functions and authorities vested in the President by section 11 of the Export-Import Bank Reauthorization Act of 2012, as amended.
In exercising functions and authority delegated by this memorandum, you shall ensure that all actions taken by you are consistent with the President's constitutional authority to (A) conduct the foreign affairs of the United States, including the commencement, conduct, and termination of negotiations with foreign countries and international organizations; and (B) withhold information the disclosure of which could impair the foreign relations, the national security, the deliberative processes of the Executive, or the performance of the Executive's constitutional duties.
You are authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the Federal Register.
Barack Obama.
§635a–6. Periodic audits of bank transactions
(a) In general
Within 2 years after May 30, 2012, and periodically (but not less frequently than every 4 years) thereafter, the Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct an audit of the loan and guarantee transactions of the Export-Import Bank of the United States to determine the compliance of the Bank with the underwriting guidelines, lending policies, due diligence procedures, and content guidelines of the Bank.
(b) Review of fraud controls
Not later than 4 years after December 4, 2015, and every 4 years thereafter, the Comptroller General of the United States shall—
(1) review the adequacy of the design and effectiveness of the controls used by the Export-Import Bank of the United States to prevent, detect, and investigate fraudulent applications for loans and guarantees and the compliance by the Bank with the controls, including by auditing a sample of Bank transactions; and
(2) submit a written report regarding the findings of the review and providing such recommendations with respect to the controls described in paragraph (1) as the Comptroller General deems appropriate to—
(A) the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate; and
(B) the Committee on Financial Services and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives.
(Pub. L. 112–122, §17, May 30, 2012, 126 Stat. 359; Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LI, §51003, Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1763.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Export-Import Bank Reauthorization Act of 2012, and not as part of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 which comprises this subchapter.
Amendments
2015—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 114–94 amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The Comptroller General of the United States shall review the adequacy of the design and effectiveness of the controls used by the Export-Import Bank of the United States to prevent, detect, and investigate fraudulent applications for loans and guarantees, including by auditing a sample of Bank transactions, and submit to the Congress a written report which contains such recommendations with respect to the controls as the Comptroller General deems appropriate."
§635a–7. Independent audit of bank portfolio
(a) Audit
The Inspector General of the Export-Import Bank of the United States shall conduct an audit or evaluation of the portfolio risk management procedures of the Bank, including a review of the implementation by the Bank of the duties assigned to the Chief Risk Officer under section 635a(l) of this title, as amended by section 51005.
(b) Report
Not later than 1 year after December 4, 2015, and not less frequently than every 3 years thereafter, the Inspector General shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives a written report containing all findings and determinations made in carrying out subsection (a).
(Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LI, §51007, Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1766.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 635a(l) of this title, as amended by section 51005, referred to in subsec. (a), is section 635a(l) of this title, as amended by section 51005 of Pub. L. 114–94.
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act, also known as the FAST Act, and not as part of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 which comprises this subchapter.
§635b. Capitalization of Bank; method of capital stock payments; public-debt transactions; issuance of stock certificates
The Export-Import Bank of the United States shall have a capital stock of $1,000,000,000 subscribed by the United States. Certificates evidencing stock ownership of the United States shall be issued by the Bank to the President of the United States, or to such other person or persons as the President may designate from time to time, to the extent of payments made for the capital stock of the Bank.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §4, 59 Stat. 528; Pub. L. 90–267, §1(a), Mar. 13, 1968, 82 Stat. 47; Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §620(c)], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1261; Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §121(b), Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2198.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1992—Pub. L. 102–429 inserted second sentence and struck out former second through last sentences which read as follows: "Payment for $1,000,000 of such capital stock shall be made by the surrender to the Bank for cancellation of the common stock issued prior to July 31, 1945, by the Bank and purchased by the United States. Payment for $174,000,000 of such capital stock shall be made by the surrender to the Bank for cancellation of the preferred stock heretofore issued by the Bank and purchased by the Reconstruction Finance Corporation. Payment for the $825,000,000 balance of such capital stock shall be subject to call at any time in whole or in part by the Board of Directors of the Bank. For the purpose of making payments of such balance, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to use as a public-debt transaction the proceeds of any securities issued after July 31, 1945, under chapter 31 of title 31, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under that chapter are extended to include such purpose. Payment under this section of the subscription of the United States to the Bank and repayments thereof shall be treated as public-debt transactions of the United States. Certificates evidencing stock ownership of the United States shall be issued by the Bank to the President of the United States, or to such other person or persons as the President may designate from time to time, to the extent of the common and preferred stock surrendered and other payments made for the capital stock of the Bank under this section."
1983—Pub. L. 98–181 substituted "the President" for "he" before "may designate".
1968—Pub. L. 90–267 changed name of "Export-Import Bank of Washington" to "Export-Import Bank of the United States".
§635c. Repealed. Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §121(c)(1), Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2199
Section, act July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §5, 59 Stat. 528, related to reimbursement of Reconstruction Finance Corporation for cancellation of Bank stock, public debt transactions, and payment of accumulated dividends.
§635d. Issuance of debentures, bonds, etc.; obligations redeemable; payment of interest; obligations purchasable by Secretary of the Treasury; public-debt transactions
The Export-Import Bank of the United States is authorized to issue from time to time for purchase by the Secretary of the Treasury its notes, debentures, bonds, or other obligations; but the aggregate amount of such obligations outstanding at any one time shall not exceed $6,000,000,000. Such obligations shall be redeemable at the option of the bank before maturity in such manner as may be stipulated in such obligations and shall have such maturity as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the bank with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury. Each such Bank obligation issued to the Treasury after January 4, 1975, shall bear interest at a rate not less than the current average yield on outstanding marketable obligations of the United States of comparable maturity during the month preceding the issuance of the obligation of the Bank as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to purchase any obligations of the Bank issued hereunder and for such purpose the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to use as a public-debt transaction the proceeds of any securities issued after July 31, 1945, under chapter 31 of title 31, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under that chapter are extended to include such purpose. Payment under this section of the purchase price of such obligations of the Bank and repayments thereof by the Bank shall be treated as public-debt transactions of the United States.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §5, formerly §6, 59 Stat. 528; June 9, 1947, ch. 101, §2, 61 Stat. 131; Oct. 3, 1951, ch. 445, §1(a), 65 Stat. 367; Aug. 9, 1954, ch. 660, §3(a), 68 Stat. 678; Pub. L. 85–424, §1(1), May 22, 1958, 72 Stat. 133; Pub. L. 90–267, §1(a), Mar. 13, 1968, 82 Stat. 47; Pub. L. 93–646, §7, Jan. 4, 1975, 88 Stat. 2336; renumbered §5, Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §121(c)(2), Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2199.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
"Chapter 31 of title 31" and "that chapter" substituted in text for "the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended" and "that Act", respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
Prior Provisions
A prior section 5 of act July 31, 1945, ch. 341, was classified to section 635c of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–429, §121(c)(1).
Amendments
1975—Pub. L. 93–646 substituted provision making mandatory that each Bank obligation bear interest at a rate not less than the current average yield on outstanding obligations of comparable maturity, for provision requiring that only the current average rate be taken into consideration.
1968—Pub. L. 90–267 changed name of "Export-Import Bank of Washington" to "Export-Import Bank of the United States".
1958—Pub. L. 85–424 substituted "$6,000,000,000" for "$4,000,000,000".
1954—Act Aug. 9, 1954, substituted "$4,000,000,000" for "three and one-half times the authorized capital stock of the Bank".
1951—Act Oct. 3, 1951, substituted "three and one-half" for "two and one-half".
1947—Act June 9, 1947, struck out "and bear such rate of interest" before "as may be determined" in the second sentence and added the third sentence relating to the rate of interest on obligations.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1954 Amendment
For effective date of amendment by act Aug. 9, 1954, see note set out under section 635a of this title.
Board of Directors
A Board of Directors reestablished for the Export-Import Bank of Washington, see note under section 635 of this title.
§635e. Aggregate loan, guarantee, and insurance authority
(a) Limitation on outstanding amounts
(1) In general
The Export-Import Bank of the United States shall not have outstanding at any one time loans, guarantees, and insurance in an aggregate amount in excess of the applicable amount.
(2) Applicable amount defined
In this subsection, the term "applicable amount", for each of fiscal years 2020 through 2027, means $135,000,000,000.
(3) Freezing of lending cap if default rate is 2 percent or more
If the rate calculated under section 635g(g)(1) of this title is 2 percent or more for a quarter, the Bank may not exceed the amount of loans, guarantees, and insurance outstanding on the last day of that quarter until the rate calculated under section 635g(g)(1) of this title is less than 2 percent.
(4) Subject to appropriations
All spending and credit authority provided under this subchapter shall be effective for any fiscal year only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in appropriation Acts.
(b) Reserve requirement
The Bank shall build to and hold in reserve, to protect against future losses, an amount that is not less than 5 percent of the aggregate amount of disbursed and outstanding loans, guarantees, and insurance of the Bank.
(c) Presidential determination
(1) In general
Not later than March 31 of each fiscal year, the President of the United States shall determine whether the authority available to the Bank for such fiscal year will be sufficient to meet the Bank's needs, particularly those needs arising from—
(A) increases in the level of exports unforeseen at the time of the original budget request for such fiscal year;
(B) any increased foreign export credit subsidies; or
(C) the lack of progress in negotiations to reduce or eliminate export credit subsidies.
(2) Request for legislation
(A) In general
If the President of the United States finds that the amount of direct loan authority or guarantee authority available to the Bank for the fiscal year involved exceeds the amount which will be necessary to carry out the Bank's functions consistent with the availability of qualified applications and limitations imposed by law during such year, the President of the United States shall promptly transmit to the Congress a request for legislation to eliminate the amount of such excess direct loan, loan guarantee, or insurance authority.
(B) Continued availability of authority
The Bank shall continue to make remaining amounts of its authority available for the fiscal year involved, in accordance with its practices and the requirements of this subchapter, unless otherwise directed pursuant to law.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §6, formerly §7, 59 Stat. 529; Oct. 3, 1951, ch. 445, §1(b), 65 Stat. 367; May 21, 1953, ch. 64, §2, 67 Stat. 28; Aug. 9, 1954, ch. 660, §3(b), 68 Stat. 678; Pub. L. 85–424, §1(2), May 22, 1958, 72 Stat. 133; Pub. L. 88–101, §1(b), Aug. 20, 1963, 77 Stat. 128; Pub. L. 90–267, §1(a), (e), Mar. 13, 1968, 82 Stat. 47, 49; Pub. L. 92–126, §1(b)(3), Aug. 17, 1971, 85 Stat. 345; Pub. L. 93–646, §8, Jan. 4, 1975, 88 Stat. 2336; Pub. L. 95–630, title XIX, §§1905, 1914, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3725, 3727; Pub. L. 97–35, title III, §381(a), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 431; Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §§615, 620(d)], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1256, 1261; Pub. L. 99–472, §§13, 17, Oct. 15, 1986, 100 Stat. 1204, 1205; Pub. L. 102–145, §121(1), Oct. 28, 1991, as added Pub. L. 102–266, §102, Apr. 1, 1992, 106 Stat. 95; renumbered §6 and amended Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §§109(b), 121(c)(2), Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2193, 2199; Pub. L. 106–569, title XI, §1104(a)(3), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3031; Pub. L. 107–189, §5, June 14, 2002, 116 Stat. 699; Pub. L. 109–438, §9, Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 3275; Pub. L. 112–122, §3, May 30, 2012, 126 Stat. 350; Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LI, §§51001, 51002(a), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1763; Pub. L. 116–94, div. I, title IV, §401(b), Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 3021.)
Editorial Notes
Prior Provisions
A prior section 6 of act July 31, 1945, ch. 341, was renumbered section 5 and is classified to section 635d of this title.
Amendments
2019—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 116–94 substituted "for each of fiscal years 2020 through 2027" for "for each of fiscal years 2015 through 2019".
2015—Subsec. (a)(2) to (4). Pub. L. 114–94, §51001, added pars. (2) and (3), redesignated former par. (3) as (4), and struck out former par. (2) which defined the term "applicable amount".
Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 114–94, §51002(a), added subsec. (b) and redesignated former subsec. (b) as (c).
2012—Subsec. (a)(2)(F). Pub. L. 112–122 added subpar. (F).
2006—Subsec. (a)(2)(E). Pub. L. 109–438 amended subpar. (E) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (E) read as follows: "during fiscal year 2006, $100,000,000,000."
2002—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 107–189 reenacted heading without change and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The Export-Import Bank of the United States shall not have outstanding at any one time loans, guaranties, and insurance in an aggregate amount in excess of $75,000,000,000. All spending and credit authority provided under this subchapter shall be effective for any fiscal year only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in appropriation Acts."
2000—Subsec. (b)(2), (3). Pub. L. 106–569 redesignated par. (3) as (2) and struck out heading and text of former par. (2). Text read as follows: "Not later than April 15 of each year, the President of the United States shall transmit to the Congress a report on such determination."
1992—Pub. L. 102–429, §109(b), inserted section catchline, redesignated former subsec. (a)(1) as subsec. (a), inserted subsec. heading, substituted "$75,000,000,000" for "$40,000,000,000", redesignated former subsec. (a)(2) as subsec. (b), redesignated former subpar. (A)(i) as par. (1), former subcls. (I) to (III) as subpars. (A) to (C), respectively, former subpar. (A)(ii) as par. (2), former subpar. (B) as par. (3), and former cls. (i) and (ii) as subpars. (A) and (B), respectively, inserted headings for subsec. (b), pars. (1) to (3), and subpars. (A) and (B) of par. (3), and struck out former subsec. (a)(3) which read as follows: "
1991—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–145, §121(1), as added by Pub. L. 102–266, struck out subsec. (b) which read as follows: "After January 4, 1975, the Bank shall not approve any loans or financial guarantees, or combination thereof, in connection with exports to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in an aggregate amount in excess of $300,000,000. No such loan or financial guarantee, or combination thereof, shall be for the purchase, lease, or procurement of any product or service for production (including processing and distribution) of fossil fuel energy resources. Not more than $40,000,000 of such aggregate amount shall be for the purchase, lease, or procurement of any product or service which involves research or exploration of fossil fuel energy resources. The President may establish a limitation in excess of $300,000,000 if the President determines that such higher limitation is in the national interest and if the President reports such determination to the Congress together with the reasons therefor, including the amount of such proposed increase which would be available for the export of products and services for research, exploration, and production (including processing and distribution) of fossil fuel energy resources in the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, and if, after the receipt of such report together with the reasons, the Congress adopts a concurrent resolution approving such determination."
1986—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 99–472, §17, substituted "All spending and credit authority" for "All spending authority".
Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 99–472, §13, added par. (3).
1983—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 98–181, §615, amended par. (2) generally, substituting provisions requiring a Presidential determination, not later than March 31 of each fiscal year, as to whether the authority available to the Bank for such fiscal year will be sufficient to meet the Bank's needs, requiring the President to transmit to Congress a report on such determination no later than April 15 of each year, and establishing procedures if the direct loan or guarantee authority available exceeds the amount necessary, for provision limiting gross obligations for the principal amount of direct loans authorized by the Bank during fiscal years 1982 and 1983 to $10,478,000,000, and designating specified amounts thereof for each fiscal year.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–181, §620(d), substituted "the President" for "he" before "determines that such higher limitation" and "reports such determination".
1981—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–35 designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).
1978—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 95–630 substituted "$40,000,000,000" for "$25,000,000,000" and inserted provision that all spending authority provided under this chapter be effective for any fiscal year only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in appropriation Acts.
1975—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 93–646, §8(1), (2), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and substituted "$25,000,000,000" for "$20,000,000,000".
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 93–646, §8(3), added subsec. (b).
1971—Pub. L. 92–126 substituted "$20,000,000,000" for "$13,500,000,000".
1968—Pub. L. 90–267 changed name of "Export-Import Bank of Washington" to "Export-Import Bank of the United States" and substituted "$13,500,000,000" for "$9,000,000,000".
1963—Pub. L. 88–101 substituted "$9,000,000,000" for "$7,000,000,000".
1958—Pub. L. 85–424 substituted "$7,000,000,000" for "$5,000,000,000".
1954—Act Aug. 9, 1954, substituted "$5,000,000,000" for "four and one-half times the authorized capital stock of the Bank".
1953—Act May 21, 1958, substituted "loans, guaranties, and insurance" for "loans and guaranties".
1951—Act Oct. 3, 1951, substituted "four and one-half" for "three and one-half".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2015 Amendment
Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LI, §51002(b), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1763, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on the date that is one year after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 4, 2015]."
Effective Date of 1978 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–630 effective Nov. 10, 1978, see section 1917 of Pub. L. 95–630, set out as a note under section 635 of this title.
Effective Date of 1954 Amendment
For effective date of amendment by act Aug. 9, 1954, see note set out under section 635a of this title.
§635f. Termination date of Bank's functions; exceptions; liquidation
Export-Import Bank of the United States shall continue to exercise its functions in connection with and in furtherance of its objects and purposes until the close of business on December 31, 2026, but the provisions of this section shall not be construed as preventing the bank from acquiring obligations prior to such date which mature subsequent to such date or from assuming prior to such date liability as guarantor, endorser, or acceptor of obligations which mature subsequent to such date or from issuing, either prior or subsequent to such date, for purchase by the Secretary of the Treasury or any other purchasers, its notes, debentures, bonds, or other obligations which mature subsequent to such date or from continuing as a corporate agency of the United States and exercising any of its functions subsequent to such date for purposes of orderly liquidation, including the administration of its assets and the collection of any obligations held by the bank.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §7, formerly §8, 59 Stat. 529; June 9, 1947, ch. 101, §3, 61 Stat. 131; Oct. 3, 1951, ch. 445, §1(c), 65 Stat. 367; Pub. L. 85–55, June 17, 1957, 71 Stat. 82; Pub. L. 88–101, §2, Aug. 20, 1963, 77 Stat. 128; Pub. L. 90–267, §1(a), (f), Mar. 13, 1968, 82 Stat. 47, 49; Pub. L. 92–126, §1(b)(4), Aug. 17, 1971, 85 Stat. 345; Pub. L. 93–331, July 4, 1974, 88 Stat. 289; Pub. L. 93–374, Aug. 14, 1974, 88 Stat. 445; Pub. L. 93–425, Sept. 30, 1974, 88 Stat. 1166; Pub. L. 93–450, Oct. 18, 1974, 88 Stat. 1368; Pub. L. 93–646, §9, Jan. 4, 1975, 88 Stat. 2336; Pub. L. 95–143, §4, Oct. 26, 1977, 91 Stat. 1211; Pub. L. 95–407, Sept. 30, 1978, 92 Stat. 882; Pub. L. 95–630, title XIX, §1906, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3725; Pub. L. 98–109, §6, Oct. 1, 1983, 97 Stat. 746; Pub. L. 98–143, Nov. 1, 1983, 97 Stat. 916; Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §611], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1254; Pub. L. 99–472, §14, Oct. 15, 1986, 100 Stat. 1204; renumbered §7 and amended Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §§102, 121(c)(2), Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2187, 2199; Pub. L. 105–46, §122, Sept. 30, 1997, 111 Stat. 1158; Pub. L. 105–121, §2(a), Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2528; Pub. L. 107–189, §3, June 14, 2002, 116 Stat. 699; Pub. L. 109–438, §2, Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 3268; Pub. L. 112–122, §2, May 30, 2012, 126 Stat. 350; Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LIV, §54001(a), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1768; Pub. L. 116–94, div. I, title IV, §401(a), Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 3021.)
Editorial Notes
Prior Provisions
A prior section 7 of act July 31, 1945, ch. 341, was renumbered section 6 and is classified to section 635e of this title.
Amendments
2019—Pub. L. 116–94 substituted "December 31, 2026" for "September 30, 2019".
2015—Pub. L. 114–94 substituted "2019" for "2014".
2012—Pub. L. 112–122 substituted "2014" for "2011".
2006—Pub. L. 109–438 substituted "2011" for "2006".
2002—Pub. L. 107–189 substituted "September 30, 2006" for "September 30, 2001".
1997—Pub. L. 105–121 substituted "September 30, 2001" for "September 30, October 23, 1997".
Pub. L. 105–46 substituted "October 23, 1997" for "1997".
1992—Pub. L. 102–429, §102, substituted "1997" for "1992".
1986—Pub. L. 99–472 substituted "September 30, 1992" for "September 30, 1986".
1983—Pub. L. 98–181 substituted "September 30, 1986" for "November 18, 1983".
Pub. L. 98–143 substituted "November 18, 1983" for "October 31, 1983".
Pub. L. 98–109 substituted "October 31, 1983" for "September 30, 1983".
1978—Pub. L. 95–630 substituted "September 30, 1983" for "December 31, 1978".
Pub. L. 95–407 substituted "December 31, 1978" for "September 30, 1978".
1977—Pub. L. 95–143 substituted "September 30, 1978" for "June 30, 1978".
1975—Pub. L. 93–646 substituted "June 30, 1978" for "November 30, 1974".
1974—Pub. L. 93–450 substituted "November 30, 1974" for "October 15, 1974".
Pub. L. 93–425 substituted "October 15, 1974" for "September 30, 1974".
Pub. L. 93–374 substituted "September 30, 1974" for "July 30, 1974".
Pub. L. 93–331 substituted "July 30, 1974" for "June 30, 1974".
1971—Pub. L. 92–126 substituted "June 30, 1974" for "June 30, 1973" and "Secretary of the Treasury or any other purchasers" for "Secretary of the Treasury".
1968—Pub. L. 90–267 changed name of "Export-Import Bank of Washington" to "Export-Import Bank of the United States" and substituted "June 30, 1973" for "June 30, 1968".
1963—Pub. L. 88–101 substituted "June 30, 1968" for "June 30, 1963".
1957—Pub. L. 85–55 substituted "June 30, 1963" for "June 30, 1958".
1951—Act Oct. 3, 1951, substituted "June 30, 1958" for "June 30, 1953".
1947—Act June 9, 1947, struck out former section and inserted present section to provide for the termination of the Bank as of June 30, 1953, and its orderly liquidation thereafter.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2015 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 114–94 effective on June 30, 2015, see section 54001(d) of Pub. L. 114–94, set out as a note under section 635 of this title.
Effective Date of 1997 Amendment
Pub. L. 105–121, §2(b), Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2528, provided that: "The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall take effect on September 30, 1997."
Effective Date of 1978 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–630 effective Nov. 10, 1978, see section 1917 of Pub. L. 95–630, set out as a note under section 635 of this title.
Continuation of Bank Functions
Provisions extending the date that the Export-Import Bank of the United States could continue to exercise its functions in connection with and in furtherance of its objects and purposes notwithstanding the dates specified in this section and section 1(c) of Pub. L. 103–428, set out as an Effective and Termination Dates of 1994 Amendments note under section 635 of this title, were contained in the following acts:
Pub. L. 112–74, div. I, title VI, Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 1191, extending the date to May 31, 2012.
Pub. L. 107–186, §1, May 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 589, extending the date to June 14, 2002.
Pub. L. 107–168, §1, May 1, 2002, 116 Stat. 131, extending the date to May 31, 2002.
Pub. L. 107–156, §1, Mar. 31, 2002, 116 Stat. 117, extending the date to Apr. 30, 2002.
Pub. L. 107–115, title V, §588, Jan. 10, 2002, 115 Stat. 2174, extending the date to Mar. 31, 2002.
Pub. L. 107–44, §115, as added by Pub. L. 107–48, Oct. 12, 2001, 115 Stat. 261, extending the date to Jan. 10, 2002.
Pub. L. 107–44, §115, Sept. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 256, extending the date to Oct. 16, 2001, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 107–48, Oct. 12, 2001, 115 Stat. 261.
Termination date for Bank's functions was temporarily extended until the following dates by the acts listed below:
Until Nov. 7, 1997, by Pub. L. 105–64, Oct. 23, 1997, 111 Stat. 1343.
Until Nov. 9, 1997, by Pub. L. 105–68, Nov. 7, 1997, 111 Stat. 1453.
Until Nov. 10, 1997, by Pub. L. 105–69, Nov. 9, 1997, 111 Stat. 1454.
Until Nov. 14, 1997, by Pub. L. 105–71, Nov. 10, 1997, 111 Stat. 1456.
Until Nov. 26, 1997, by Pub. L. 105–84, Nov. 14, 1997, 111 Stat. 1628.
Financial Assistance to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
Pub. L. 93–450, §1, Oct. 18, 1974, 88 Stat. 1368, provided in part that the Bank shall not authorize any financial assistance to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics during the life of Pub. L. 93–450, which extended the termination date from Oct. 15, 1974, to Nov. 30, 1974.
§635g. Report to Congress; time for submission; contents
(a) Annual submission of report
The Export-Import Bank of the United States shall transmit to the Congress annually a complete and detailed report of its operations. Such report shall be as of the close of business on the last day of each fiscal year.
(b) Report on allocation of sums set aside for small business exports
(1) The Bank shall include in its annual report to the Congress a report on the allocation of the sums set aside for small business exports pursuant to section 635(b)(1)(E) of this title.
(2) Such report shall specify—
(A) the total number and dollar volume of loans made from the sums set aside;
(B) the number and dollar volume of loans made through the consortia program under section 635(b)(1)(E)(vii) of this title;
(C) the amount of guarantees and insurance provided for small business exports;
(D) the number of recipients of financing from the sums set aside who have not previously participated in the Bank's programs;
(E) the number of commitments entered into in amounts less than $500,000; and
(F) any recommendations for increasing the participation of banks and other institutions in the programs authorized under section 635(b)(1)(E) of this title.
(3) For the purpose of this subsection, the Bank's report shall be transmitted to the Committee on Small Business of the Senate and the Committee on Small Business of the House of Representatives.
(c) Technology to assist small businesses
The Bank shall include in its annual report to the Congress under subsection (a) of this section for each of fiscal years 2002 through 2006 a report on the efforts made by the Bank to carry out subparagraphs (E)(x) and (J) of section 635(b)(1) of this title, and on how the efforts are assisting small business concerns (as defined in section 632(a) of title 15).
(d) Number of small business suppliers of Bank users
The Bank shall estimate on the basis of an annual survey or tabulation the number of entities that are suppliers of users of the Bank and that are small business concerns (as defined in section 632(a) of title 15) located in the United States, and shall include the estimate in its annual report to the Congress under subsection (a) of this section.
(e) Outreach to certain small businesses
The Bank shall include in its annual report to the Congress under subsection (a) of this section a description of outreach efforts made by the Bank to any socially and economically disadvantaged small business concerns (as defined in section 637(a)(4) of title 15), small business concerns (as defined in section 632(a) of title 15) owned by women, and small business concerns (as defined in section 632(a) of title 15) employing fewer than 100 employees.
(f) Additional reports
Not later than March 31 of each year, the Bank shall submit to the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate reports on—
(1) the extent to which the Bank has been able to use the authority provided, and has complied with the mandates contained, in section 635(b)(1)(E) of this title, and to the extent the Bank has been unable to fully use such authority and comply with such mandates, a report on the reasons for the Bank's inability to do so and the steps the Bank is taking to remedy such inability;
(2) the extent to which financing has been made available to small business concerns (described in subsection (e)) to enable them to participate in exports by major contractors, including through access to the supply chains of the contractors through direct or indirect funding;
(3) the specific measures the Bank will take in the upcoming year to achieve the small business objectives of the Bank, including expanded outreach, product improvements, and related actions;
(4) the progress made by the Bank in supporting exports by socially and economically disadvantaged small business concerns (defined in section 637(a)(4) of title 15) and small business concerns (as defined in section 632(a) of title 15) owned by women, including estimates of the amounts made available to finance exports directly by such small business concerns, a comparison of these amounts with the amounts made available to all small business concerns, and a comparison of such amounts with the amounts so made available during the 2 preceding years;
(5) with respect to each type of transaction, the interest and fees charged by the Bank to exporters (including a description of fees and interest, if any, charged to small business concerns), buyers, and other applicants in connection with each financing program of the Bank, and the highest, lowest, and average fees charged by the Bank for short term insurance transactions;
(6) the effects of the fees on the ability of the Bank to achieve the objectives of the Bank relating to small business;
(7) the fee structure of the Bank as compared with those of foreign export credit agencies; and
(8)(A) the efforts made by the Bank to carry out subparagraphs (E)(x) and (J) of section 635(b)(1) of this title, including the total amount expended by the Bank to do so; and
(B) if the Bank has been unable to comply with such subparagraphs—
(i) an analysis of the reasons therefor; and
(ii) what the Bank is doing to achieve, and the date by which the Bank expects to have achieved, such compliance.
(g) Monitoring of default rates on bank financing; reports on default rates; safety and soundness review
(1) Monitoring of default rates
Not less frequently than quarterly, the Bank shall calculate the rate at which the entities to which the Bank has provided short-, medium-, or long-term financing are in default on a payment obligation under the financing, by dividing the total amount of the required payments that are overdue by the total amount of the financing involved.
(2) Additional calculation by type of product, by key market, and by industry sector; report to Congress
In addition, the Bank shall, not less frequently than quarterly—
(A) calculate the rate of default—
(i) with respect to whether the products involved are short-term loans, medium-term loans, long-term loans, insurance, medium-term guarantees, or long-term guarantees;
(ii) with respect to each key market involved; and
(iii) with respect to each industry sector involved; and
(B) submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives a report on each such rate and any information the Bank deems relevant.
(3) Report on causes of default rate; plan to reduce default rate
Within 45 days after a rate calculated under paragraph (1) equals or exceeds 2 percent, the Bank shall submit to the Congress a written report that explains the circumstances that have caused the default rate to be at least 2 percent, and includes a plan to reduce the default rate to less than 2 percent.
(4) Plan contents
The plan referred to in paragraph (3) shall—
(A) provide a detailed explanation of the processes and controls by which the Bank monitors and tracks outstanding loans;
(B) detail specific planned actions, including a time frame for completing the actions, to reduce the default rate described in paragraph (1) to less than 2 percent.
(5) Monthly reports required while default rate is at least 2 percent
For so long as the default rate calculated under paragraph (1) is at least 2 percent, the Bank shall submit monthly reports to the Congress describing the specific actions taken during such period to reduce the default rate.
(6) Safety and soundness review
If the default rate calculated under paragraph (1) remains above 2 percent for a period of 6 months, the Secretary of the Treasury shall provide for an independent third party to—
(A) conduct a review of the loan programs and funds of the Bank, which shall determine—
(i) the financial safety and soundness of the programs and funds; and
(ii) the extent of loan loss reserves and capital adequacy of the programs and funds; and
(B) submit to the Secretary, within 60 days after the end of the 6-month period, a report that—
(i) describes the methodology and standards used to conduct the review required by subparagraph (A);
(ii) sets forth the results and findings of the review, including the extent of loan loss reserves and capital adequacy of the programs and funds of the Bank; and
(iii) includes recommendations regarding restoring the reserves and capital to maintain the programs and funds in a safe and sound condition.
(h) Categorization of purpose of loans and long-term guarantees
In the annual report of the Bank under subsection (a), the Bank shall categorize each loan and long-term guarantee made by the Bank in the fiscal year covered by the report, and according to the following purposes:
(1) "To assume commercial or political risk that exporter or private financial institutions are unwilling or unable to undertake".
(2) "To overcome maturity or other limitations in private sector export financing".
(3) "To meet competition from a foreign, officially sponsored, export credit competition".
(4) "Not identified", and the reason why the purpose is not identified.
(i) Access to Bank products by the textile industry
The Bank shall include in its annual report to the Congress under subsection (a) of this section a report on the determinations made by the Advisory Committee under section 635a(d)(5) of this title in the year covered by the report.
(j) Textile and apparel supply chain financing
The Bank shall include in its annual report to the Congress under subsection (a) of this section a description of the success of the Bank in providing effective and reasonably priced financing to the United States textile and apparel industry for exports of goods manufactured in the United States that are used as components in global textile and apparel supply chains in the year covered by the report, and steps the Bank has taken to increase the use of Bank products by such firms.
(k) Report on programs for small- and medium-sized businesses
The Bank shall include in its annual report to Congress under subsection (a) a report on the programs of the Bank for United States businesses with less than $250,000,000 in annual sales.
(l) Report on authorizations under the Program on China and Transformational Exports
The Bank shall include in its annual report to Congress under subsection (a) a narrative and financial summary of the authorizations made under the Program on China and Transformational Exports.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §8, formerly §9, 59 Stat. 529; Pub. L. 90–267, §1(a), Mar. 13, 1968, 82 Stat. 47; Pub. L. 93–646, §10, Jan. 4, 1975, 88 Stat. 2336; Pub. L. 95–630, title XIX, §1907(b), Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3725; Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §§618(b), 623], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1259, 1262; Pub. L. 99–472, §20(b), (c), Oct. 15, 1986, 100 Stat. 1209, 1210; renumbered §8, Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §121(c)(2), Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2199; Pub. L. 106–569, title XI, §1104(a)(4), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3032; Pub. L. 107–189, §12, June 14, 2002, 116 Stat. 704; Pub. L. 109–438, §20, Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 3282; Pub. L. 112–122, §§6, 10, 20(b)(2), 21(c), May 30, 2012, 126 Stat. 353, 356, 362, 363; Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LII, §52002(a), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1767; Pub. L. 116–94, div. I, title IV, §402(b), Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 3023.)
Editorial Notes
Prior Provisions
A prior section 8 of act July 31, 1945, ch. 341, was renumbered section 7 and is classified to section 635f of this title.
Amendments
2019—Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 116–94 added subsec. (l).
2015—Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 114–94 added subsec. (k).
2012—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 112–122, §6, added subsec. (g).
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 112–122, §10, added subsec. (h).
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 112–122, §20(b)(2), added subsec. (i).
Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 112–122, §21(c), added subsec. (j).
2006—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 109–438 added subsec. (f).
2002—Subsecs. (c) to (e). Pub. L. 107–189 added subsecs. (c) to (e).
2000—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 106–569 redesignated subsec. (c) as (b) and struck out former subsec. (b) which read as follows: "The report shall contain a description of actions taken by the Bank in pursuance of the policy of aiding, counseling, assisting, and protecting, insofar as is possible, the interests of small business concerns and of the activities of the member of the Board appointed to represent the interest of small business. In addition, the Bank shall include in the report a description of specific activities and programs undertaken by it to achieve the policy of section 3261 of title 22, and section 2151q of title 22, as required by section 635(b)(1)(C) of this title."
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 106–569 redesignated subsec. (c) as (b) and directed redesignation of subsec. (e) as (c).
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 106–569 struck out subsec. (d) which required report to include actions taken by Bank to aid industries, preserve and create highly skilled jobs, and enhance opportunity for business growth and expansion and comments of Advisory Committee.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 106–569, which directed redesignation of subsec. (e) as (c), could not be executed. See 1986 Amendment note and Termination Date of 1986 Amendment note below.
1986—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 99–472 temporarily added subsec. (e). See Termination Date of 1986 Amendment note below.
1983—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–181, §618(b)(1), inserted "and of the activities of the member of the Board appointed to represent the interests of small business".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98–181, §618(b)(2), added subsec. (c).
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 98–181, §623, added subsec. (d).
1978—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 95–630 inserted provision that in addition, the Bank include in the report a description of specific activities and programs undertaken by it to achieve the policy of section 3261 of title 22, and section 2151q of title 22, as required by section 635(b)(1)(C) of this title.
1975—Pub. L. 93–646 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), substituted provisions calling for an annual report as of the close of business on the last day of each fiscal year, for provisions calling for a semiannual report as of the close of business on June 30 and Dec. 31 of each year, and added subsec. (b).
1968—Pub. L. 90–267 changed name of "Export-Import Bank of Washington" to "Export-Import Bank of the United States".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Committee on Small Business of Senate changed to Committee on Small Business and Entrepreneurship of Senate. See Senate Resolution No. 123, One Hundred Seventh Congress, June 29, 2001.
Effective Date of 2015 Amendment
Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LII, §52002(b), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1767, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply with respect to the report of the Export-Import Bank of the United States submitted to Congress under section 8 of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 (12 U.S.C. 635g) for the first year that begins after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 4, 2015]."
Termination Date of 1986 Amendment
Pub. L. 99–472, §20(c), Oct. 15, 1986, 100 Stat. 1210, provided that: "Effective March 2, 1988, the amendment made by subsection (b) [amending this section] is repealed."
Effective Date of 1978 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–630 effective Nov. 10, 1978, see section 1917 of Pub. L. 95–630, set out as a note under section 635 of this title.
Reports
Pub. L. 107–189, §8(c), June 14, 2002, 116 Stat. 701, provided that: "The Export-Import Bank of the United States shall include in the annual report required by section 8(a) of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 [12 U.S.C. 635g(a)] for each of fiscal years 2002 through 2006 a report on the efforts made by the Bank to carry out subparagraphs (E)(x) and (J) of section 2(b)(1) of such Act [12 U.S.C. 635(b)(1)], and on how the efforts are assisting small businesses."
Financing for Renewable Energy Projects
Pub. L. 101–167, title V, §534(d), Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1231, provided that:
"(1) Of the financing provided by the Export-Import Bank that is utilized for the support of exports for the energy sector, the Bank shall seek to provide not less than 5 per centum of such financing for renewable energy projects.
"(2) The Export-Import Bank shall take all appropriate steps to finance information exchanges and training whose purpose it is to help link United States producers in the renewable energy sector with assistance programs and potential foreign customers.
"(3) Beginning on April 15, 1990, the Chairman of the Export-Import Bank shall submit an annual report to the Committees on Appropriations on the Bank's implementation of this subsection."
Modification of Reporting Requirements
Pub. L. 89–348, §2(9), Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1312, modified the reporting requirements of this section as follows: "From semiannual to annual submission to the Congress by the Export-Import Bank of Washington of a report concerning its operations under the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 (59 Stat. 529; 12 U.S.C. 635g)." This section was later amended by Pub. L. 93–646 to require annual instead of semiannual reports.
§635g–1. Annual competitiveness report
(a) In general
Not later than June 30 of each year, the Bank shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report that includes the following:
(1) Actions of Bank in providing financing on a competitive basis, and to minimize competition in government-supported export financing
A description of the actions of the Bank in complying with the second and third sentences of section 635(b)(1)(A) of this title. In this part of the report, the Bank shall include a survey of all other major export-financing facilities available from other governments and government-related agencies through which foreign exporters compete with United States exporters (including through use of market windows (as defined pursuant to section 635i–3(h)(7) of this title)) and, to the extent such information is available to the Bank, indicate in specific terms the ways in which the Bank's rates, terms, and other conditions compare with those offered from such other governments directly or indirectly. With respect to the preceding sentence, the Bank shall use all available information to estimate the annual amount of export financing available from each such government and government-related agency. In this part of the report, the Bank shall include a survey of a representative number of United States exporters and United States commercial lending institutions which provide export credit on the experience of the exporters and institutions in meeting financial competition from other countries whose exporters compete with United States exporters.
(2) Role of Bank in implementing strategic plan prepared by the Trade Promotion Coordinating Committee
A description of the role of the Bank in implementing the strategic plan prepared by the Trade Promotion Coordinating Committee in accordance with section 4727 of title 15.
(3) Tied aid credit program and fund
The report required by section 635i–3(g) of this title.
(4) Purpose of all Bank transactions
A description of all Bank transactions which shall be classified according to their principal purpose, such as to correct a market failure or to provide matching support.
(5) Efforts of Bank to promote export of goods and services related to renewable energy sources
A description of the activities of the Bank with respect to financing renewable energy projects undertaken under section 635(b)(1)(K) of this title, and an analysis comparing the level of credit extended by the Bank for renewable energy projects with the level of credit so extended for the preceding fiscal year.
(6) Size of Bank program account
A separate section which—
(A) compares, to the extent practicable, the size of the Bank program account with the size of the program accounts of the other major export-financing facilities referred to in paragraph (1); and
(B) makes recommendations, if appropriate, with respect to the relative size of the Bank program account, based on factors including whether the size differences are in the best interests of the United States taxpayer.
(7) Co-financing programs of the Bank and of other export credit agencies
A description of the co-financing programs of the Bank and of the other major export-financing facilities referred to in paragraph (1), which includes a list of countries with which the United States has in effect a memorandum of understanding relating to export credit agency co-financing and, if such a memorandum is not in effect with any country with a major export credit-financing facility, an explanation of why such a memorandum is not in effect.
(8) Services supported by the Bank and by other export credit agencies
A separate section which describes the participation of the Bank in providing funding, guarantees, or insurance for services, which shall include appropriate information on the involvement of the other major export-financing facilities referred to in paragraph (1) in providing such support for services, and an explanation of any differences among the facilities in providing the support.
(9) Export finance cases not in compliance with the arrangement
Detailed information on cases reported to the Bank of export financing that appear not to comply with the Arrangement (as defined in section 635i–3(h)(3) of this title) or that appear to exploit loopholes in the Arrangement for the purpose of obtaining a commercial competitive advantage. The President of the Bank, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, may provide to the appropriate congressional committees the information required by this subsection in a separate and confidential report, instead of providing such information in the report required by this subsection.
(10) Foreign export credit agency activities not consistent with the WTO agreement on subsidies and countervailing measures
A description of the extent to which the activities of foreign export credit agencies and other entities sponsored by a foreign government, particularly those that are not members of the Arrangement (as defined in section 635i–3(h)(3) of this title), appear not to comply with the Arrangement and appear to be inconsistent with the terms of the Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures referred to in section 3511(d)(12) of title 19, and a description of the actions taken by the United States Government to address the activities. The President of the Bank, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, may provide to the appropriate congressional committees, the information required by this subsection in a separate and confidential report, instead of providing such information in the report required by this subsection.
(b) Inclusion of additional comments
The report required by subsection (a) shall include such additional comments as any member of the Board of Directors may submit to the Board for inclusion in the report.
(c) Appropriate congressional committees
The term "appropriate congressional committees" means the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §8A, as added Pub. L. 109–438, §13(a), Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 3277.)
§635h. Exemption from prohibition of section 955 of title 18
Notwithstanding the provisions of section 955 of title 18, any person, including any individual, partnership, corporation, or association, may act for or participate with the Export-Import Bank of the United States in any operation or transaction, or may acquire any obligation issued in connection with any operation or transaction, engaged in by the Bank.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §9, formerly §11, 59 Stat. 529; Sept. 3, 1954, ch. 1263, §29, 68 Stat. 1237; Pub. L. 90–267, §1(a), Mar. 13, 1968, 82 Stat. 47; renumbered §9, Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §121(c)(3), Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2199.)
Editorial Notes
Prior Provisions
A prior section 9 of act July 31, 1945, ch. 341, was renumbered section 8 and is classified to section 635g of this title.
Amendments
1968—Pub. L. 90–267 changed name of "Export-Import Bank of Washington" to "Export-Import Bank of the United States".
1954—Act Sept. 3, 1954, substituted "section 955 of title 18" for "section 804a of title 31".
§§635i to 635i–2. Repealed. Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §121(c)(1), Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2199
Section 635i, act July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §12, as added June 9, 1947, ch. 101, §4, 61 Stat. 131; amended Mar. 13, 1968, Pub. L. 90–267, §1(a), 82 Stat. 47, related to assumption of rights and liabilities of existing Bank by Export-Import Bank of the United States including transfer of funds, property, personnel, etc.
Section 635i–1, act July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §13, as added Nov. 30, 1983, Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §619(a)], 97 Stat. 1260, related to establishment of special facilities in support of export transactions to Brazil and Mexico.
Section 635i–2, act July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §14, as added Nov. 30, 1983, Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §621], 97 Stat. 1261, related to notification to Congress of decrease in capital level of Bank.
§635i–3. Tied Aid Credit Fund and program
(a) Findings
The Congress finds that—
(1) tied aid and partially untied aid credits offered by other countries are a predatory method of financing exports because of their market-distorting effects;
(2) these distortions have caused the United States to lose export sales, with resulting losses in economic growth and employment;
(3) these practices undermine market mechanisms that would otherwise result in export purchase decisions made on the basis of price, quality, delivery, and other factors directly related to the export, where official financing is not subsidized and would be a neutral factor in the transaction;
(4) support of commercial exports by donor countries with tied aid and partially untied aid credits impedes the growth of developing countries because it diverts development assistance funds from essential developmental purposes;
(5) the Bank has, at a minimum, the following two tasks—
(A)(i) first, the Bank should match foreign export credit agencies and aid agencies when they engage in tied aid outside the confines of the Arrangement and when they exploit loopholes, such as untied aid;
(ii) such matching is needed to provide the United States with leverage in efforts at the OECD to reduce the overall level of export subsidies;
(iii) only through matching foreign export credit offers can the Bank buttress United States negotiators in their efforts to bring these loopholes within the disciplines of the Arrangement; and
(iv) in order to bring untied aid within the discipline of the Arrangement, the Bank should consider initiating highly competitive financial support when the Bank learns that foreign untied aid offers will be made; and
(B) second, the Bank should support United States exporters when the exporters face foreign competition that is consistent with the Arrangement and the Subsidies Code of the World Trade Organization, but which places United States exporters at a competitive disadvantage; and
(6) there should be established in the Bank a tied aid program to target the export markets of those countries, including those that are not a party to the Arrangement, which make extensive use of tied aid or partially untied aid credits, or untied aid used to promote exports as if it were tied aid, for commercial advantage for the purposes of—
(A) enforcing compliance with the existing Arrangement restricting the use of tied aid and partially untied aid credits for commercial purposes; and
(B) facilitating efforts to negotiate, establish, and enforce new or revised comprehensive international arrangements effectively restricting the use of tied aid and partially untied aid credits, or untied aid used to promote exports as if it were tied aid, for commercial purposes; and
(C) promoting compliance with Arrangement rules among foreign export credit agencies that are not a party to the Arrangement;
and such program should be used aggressively for such purposes.
(b) Establishment of tied aid credit program
(1) In general
The Bank shall establish a tied aid credit program under which grants shall be made from funds available in the Tied Aid Credit Fund established under subsection (c)—
(A) to supplement the financing of a United States export when there is a reasonable expectation that predatory financing will be provided by another country for a sale by a competitor of the United States exporter with respect to such export and with special attention to matching tied aid and partially untied aid credits extended by other governments—
(i) in violation of the Arrangement; or
(ii) in cases in which the Bank determines that United States trade or economic interests justify the matching of tied aid credits extended in compliance with the Arrangement, including grandfathered cases;
(B) to supplement the financing of United States exports to foreign markets which are actual or potential export markets for any country which the Bank determines—
(i) engages in predatory official export financing through the use of tied aid or partially untied aid credits, and impedes negotiations or violates agreements on tied aid to eliminate the use of such credits for commercial purposes; or
(ii) engages in predatory financing practices that seek to circumvent international agreements on tied aid; or
(C) to supplement the financing of United States exports under such other circumstances as the Bank may determine to be appropriate for carrying out the purposes of this section.
(2) Administration of program
The tied aid credit program shall be administered by the Bank—
(A) in consultation with the Secretary and in accordance with the principles, process, and standards developed pursuant to paragraph (5) of this subsection and the purposes described in subsection (a)(5);
(B) in cooperation with United States exporters and private financial institutions or entities, and in consultation with other Federal agencies, as appropriate; and
(C) in consultation with the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies.
(3) Coordination with other export financing
Under the tied aid credit program, the Bank may combine grants from the Tied Aid Credit Fund with—
(A) any guarantee, insurance, or other extension of credit provided by the Bank under this subchapter;
(B) any export financing provided by any private financial institution or other entity; and
(C) any other type of export financing,
in such manner and under such terms as the Bank determines to be appropriate, including combinations of export financing in the form of blended financing and parallel financing.
(4) Information on countries which engage in official predatory export financing and impede negotiations
In order to assist the Bank to make the most efficient use of funds available for supplemental financing under paragraph (1)(B), the United States Trade Representative and the Secretary of Commerce may provide information on principal sectors and key markets of countries described in paragraph (1)(B) to the Bank, the Secretary, and the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies. The Bank shall also request and take into consideration the views of the private sector on principal sectors and key markets of countries described in paragraph (1)(B).
(5) Principles, process, and standards governing use of the Fund
(A) In general
The Secretary and the Bank jointly shall develop a process for, and the principles and standards to be used in, determining how the amounts in the Tied Aid Credit Fund could be used most effectively and efficiently to carry out the purposes of subsection (a)(6).
(B) Content of principles, process, and standards
(i) Consideration of certain principles and standards
In developing the principles and standards referred to in subparagraph (A), the Secretary and the Bank shall consider administering the Tied Aid Credit Fund in accordance with the following principles and standards:
(I) The Tied Aid Credit Fund should be used to leverage multilateral negotiations to restrict the scope for aid-financed trade distortions through new multilateral rules, to police existing rules, and to seek compliance by those countries that are not a party to the Arrangement.
(II) The Tied Aid Credit Fund will be used to counter a foreign tied aid credit confronted by a United States exporter when bidding for a capital project.
(III) Credible information about an offer of foreign tied aid will be required before the Tied Aid Credit Fund is used to offer specific terms to match such an offer. In cases where information about a specific offer of foreign tied aid (or untied aid used to promote exports as if it were tied aid) is not available in a timely manner, or is unavailable because the foreign export credit agency involved is not subject to the reporting requirements under the Arrangement, then the Bank may decide to use the Tied Aid Credit Fund based on credible evidence of a history of such offers under similar circumstances or other forms of credible evidence.
(IV) The Tied Aid Credit Fund will be used to enable a competitive United States exporter to pursue further market opportunities on commercial terms made possible by the use of the Fund.
(V) Each use of the Tied Aid Credit Fund will be in accordance with the Arrangement unless a breach of the Arrangement has been committed by a foreign export credit agency.
(VI) The Tied Aid Credit Fund may only be used to defend potential sales by United States companies to a project that is environmentally sound.
(VII) The Tied Aid Credit Fund may be used to preemptively counter potential foreign tied aid offers without triggering foreign tied aid use.
(ii) Process
In handling individual applications involving the use or potential use of the Tied Aid Credit Fund the following process shall exclusively apply pursuant to subparagraph (A):
(I) The Bank shall process an application for tied aid in accordance with the principles and standards developed pursuant to subparagraph (A) and clause (i) of this subparagraph.
(II) Twenty days prior to the scheduled meeting of the Board of Directors at which an application will be considered (unless the Bank determines that an earlier discussion is appropriate based on the facts of a particular financing), the Bank shall brief the Secretary on the application and deliver to the Secretary such documents, information, or data as may reasonably be necessary to permit the Secretary to review the application to determine if the application complies with the principles and standards developed pursuant to subparagraph (A) and clause (i) of this subparagraph.
(III) The Secretary may request a single postponement of the consideration by the Board of Directors of the application for up to 14 days to allow the Secretary to submit to the Board of Directors a memorandum objecting to the application.
(IV) Case-by-case decisions on whether to approve the use of the Tied Aid Credit Fund shall be made by the Board of Directors, except that the approval of the Board of Directors (or a commitment letter based on that approval) shall not become final (except as provided in subclause (V)), if the Secretary indicates to the President of the Bank in writing the Secretary's intention to appeal the decision of the Board of Directors to the President of the United States and makes the appeal in writing not later than 20 days after the meeting at which the Board of Directors considered the application.
(V) The Bank shall not grant final approval of an application for any tied aid credit (or a commitment letter based on that approval) if the President of the United States, after consulting with the President of the Bank and the Secretary, determines within 30 days of an appeal by the Secretary under subclause (IV) that the extension of the tied aid credit would materially impede achieving the purposes described in subsection (a)(6). If no such Presidential determination is made during the 30-day period, the approval by the Bank of the application (or related commitment letter) that was the subject of such appeal shall become final.
(C) Initial principles, process, and standards
As soon as is practicable but not later than 6 months after June 14, 2002, the Secretary and the Bank shall submit to the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate a copy of the principles, process, and standards developed pursuant to subparagraph (A).
(D) Transitional principles and standards
The principles and standards set forth in subparagraph (B)(i) shall govern the use of the Tied Aid Credit Fund until the principles, process, and standards required by subparagraph (C) are submitted.
(E) Update and revision
The Secretary and the Bank jointly should update and revise, as needed, the principles, process, and standards developed pursuant to subparagraph (A), and, on doing so, shall submit to the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate a copy of the principles, process, and standards so updated and revised.
(6) Reconsideration of decisions
(A) In general
Taking into consideration the time sensitivity of transactions, the Board of Directors of the Bank shall expeditiously pursuant to paragraph (2) reconsider a decision of the Board to deny an application for the use of the Tied Aid Credit Fund if the applicant submits the request for reconsideration within 3 months of the denial.
(B) Procedural rules
In any such reconsideration, the applicant may be required to provide new information on the application.
(c) Tied Aid Credit Fund
(1) In general
There is hereby established within the Bank a fund to be known as the "Tied Aid Credit Fund" (hereinafter in this section referred to as the "Fund"), consisting of such amounts as may be appropriated to the Fund pursuant to the authorization contained in subsection (e).
(2) Expenditures from Fund
Amounts in the Fund shall be available for grants made by the Bank under the tied aid credit program established pursuant to subsection (b) and to reimburse the Bank for the amount equal to the concessionality level of any tied aid credits authorized by the Bank.
(d) Consistency with Arrangement
Any export financing involving the use of a grant under the tied aid credit program shall be consistent with the procedures established by the Arrangement, as in effect at the time such financing is approved.
(e) Authorization
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Fund such sums as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this section. Such sums are authorized to remain available until expended.
(f) Nonreviewability
No action taken under this section shall be reviewable by any court, except for abuse of discretion.
(g) Report to Congress
(1) In general
The Bank, in consultation with the Secretary, shall submit an annual report on tied aid credits to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives.
(2) Contents of reports
Each report required under paragraph (1) shall contain a description of—
(A) the implementation of the Arrangement restricting tied aid and partially untied aid credits for commercial purposes, including the operation of notification and consultation procedures;
(B) all principal offers of tied aid credit financing by foreign countries during the previous 6-month period, including all offers notified by countries participating in the Arrangement, and in particular—
(i) offers grandfathered under the Arrangement; and
(ii) notifications of exceptions under the Arrangement;
(C) any use by the Bank of the Tied Aid Credit Fund to match specific offers, including those that are grandfathered or exceptions under the Arrangement; and
(D) other actions by the United States Government to combat predatory financing practices by foreign governments, including additional negotiations among participating governments in the Arrangement.
(3) Confidential information
To the extent the Bank determines any information required to be included in the report under this subsection should not be made public, such information may be submitted separately on a confidential basis or provided orally, rather than in written form, to the Chairmen and ranking minority Members of the Committees of the Senate and the House of Representatives with jurisdiction over the subject matter of the report.
(h) Definitions
For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
(1) Tied aid and partially untied aid credit
The terms "tied aid credit" and "partially untied aid credit" mean any credit which—
(A) has a grant element greater than zero percent, as determined by the Development Assistance Committee of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development;
(B) is, in fact or in effect, tied to—
(i) the procurement of goods or services from the donor country, in the case of tied aid credit; or
(ii) the procurement of goods or services from a restricted number of countries, in the case of partially untied aid credit; and
(C) is financed either exclusively from public funds or partly from public and partly from private funds.
(2) Secretary
The term "Secretary" means the Secretary of the Treasury.
(3) Arrangement
The term "Arrangement" means the Arrangement on Guidelines for Officially Supported Export Credits established through the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.
(4) Blended financing
The term "blended financing" means financing provided through any combination of official development assistance, official export credits, and private commercial credit which is integrated into a single agreement with a single set of financial terms.
(5) Parallel financing
The term "parallel financing" means financing provided by any combination of official development assistance, official export credits, and private commercial credit which is not integrated into a single agreement and does not have a single set of financial terms.
(6) Offers grandfathered under the Arrangement
The term "offers grandfathered under the Arrangement" means—
(A) financing offers made or lines of credit extended on or before February 15, 1992; or
(B) financing offers extended for subloans under lines of credit referred to in subparagraph (A) made on or before August 15, 1992, or, in the case of Mexico, on or before December 31, 1992.
(7) Market window
The Bank, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, shall define "market window" for purposes of this section.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §10, formerly §15, as added Pub. L. 99–472, §19, Oct. 15, 1986, 100 Stat. 1205; amended Pub. L. 100–217, Dec. 29, 1987, 101 Stat. 1454; Pub. L. 100–418, title III, §3302(b), Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1383; Pub. L. 101–240, title I, §101(b), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2493; Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(d), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2036; renumbered §10 and amended Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §§103, 121(c)(4), Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2187, 2199; Pub. L. 104–97, §1, Jan. 11, 1996, 109 Stat. 984; Pub. L. 104–107, title V, §579, Feb. 12, 1996, 110 Stat. 751; Pub. L. 105–121, §3, Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2528; Pub. L. 106–569, title XI, §1103(d)(2), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3031; Pub. L. 107–189, §§9, 10(c), (d), 24(a)(2)(E), June 14, 2002, 116 Stat. 701, 703, 704, 708; Pub. L. 109–438, §10, Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 3275.)
Editorial Notes
Prior Provisions
A prior section 10 of act July 31, 1945, ch. 341, repealed section 713b of Title 15, Commerce and Trade.
Amendments
2006—Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 109–438, §10(b)(1)(A), inserted ", including those that are not a party to the Arrangement," after "countries" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (a)(6)(C). Pub. L. 109–438, §10(b)(1)(B), (C), added subpar. (C).
Subsec. (b)(5)(B)(i)(I). Pub. L. 109–438, §10(b)(2)(A)(i), struck out "and" after "multilateral rules," and inserted ", and to seek compliance by those countries that are not a party to the Arrangement" before period.
Subsec. (b)(5)(B)(i)(III). Pub. L. 109–438, §10(b)(2)(A)(ii), inserted at end "In cases where information about a specific offer of foreign tied aid (or untied aid used to promote exports as if it were tied aid) is not available in a timely manner, or is unavailable because the foreign export credit agency involved is not subject to the reporting requirements under the Arrangement, then the Bank may decide to use the Tied Aid Credit Fund based on credible evidence of a history of such offers under similar circumstances or other forms of credible evidence."
Subsec. (b)(5)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 109–438, §10(a), amended cl. (ii) heading and text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Once the principles, process and standards referred to in subparagraph (A) are followed, the final case-by-case decisions on the use of the Tied Aid Credit Fund shall be made by the Bank: Provided however, That the Bank shall not approve the extension of a proposed tied aid credit if the President of the United States determines, after consulting with the President of the Bank and the Secretary of the Treasury, that the extension of the tied aid credit would materially impede achieving the purposes described in subsection (a)(6) of this section."
2002—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 107–189, §10(c)(1), struck out "and" at end.
Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 107–189, §10(c)(3), added par. (5). Former par. (5) redesignated (6).
Pub. L. 107–189, §10(c)(2), inserted ", or untied aid used to promote exports as if it were tied aid," before "for commercial" in introductory provisions and in subpar. (B).
Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 107–189, §10(c)(3), redesignated par. (5) as (6).
Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 107–189, §9(a)(1), added subpar. (A) and struck out former subpar. (A) which read as follows: "in consultation with the Secretary and in accordance with the Secretary's recommendations on how such credits could be used most effectively and efficiently to carry out the purposes described in subsection (a)(5) of this section;".
Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 107–189, §9(a)(2), added par. (5).
Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 107–189, §9(b), added par. (6).
Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 107–189, §24(a)(2)(E), substituted "Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives" for "Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives".
Subsec. (h)(7). Pub. L. 107–189, §10(d), added par. (7).
2000—Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 106–569 substituted "The Bank" for "On or before October 15, 1992, and every 6 months thereafter, the Bank" and "submit an annual report" for "submit a report".
1997—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 105–121, §3(a), struck out "through September 30, 1997" after "authorized by the Bank".
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–121, §3(b), amended first sentence generally. Prior to amendment first sentence read as follows: "There are authorized to be appropriated to the Fund such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 1996 and 1997."
1996—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 104–107, §579(a), which directed substitution of "1997" for "1995", could not be executed because "1995" does not appear in text after amendment by Pub. L. 104–97. See below.
Pub. L. 104–97, §1(a), substituted "1997" for "1995".
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 104–107, §579(b), which directed substitution of "1996 and 1997" for "1993, 1994, and 1995", could not be executed because that language does not appear in text after general amendment by Pub. L. 104–97. See below.
Pub. L. 104–97, §1(b), substituted "There are authorized to be appropriated to the Fund such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 1996 and 1997." for "There are authorized to be appropriated to the Fund $500,000,000 for each of fiscal years 1993, 1994, and 1995."
1992—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–429, §103(c)(1), (2), substituted "predatory" for "predacious" in par. (1), struck out "temporary" before "tied aid program" in introductory provisions of par. (5), and substituted "existing Arrangement" for "existing arrangement" in par. (5)(A).
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 102–429, §103(c)(3)(A), substituted "The" for "To carry out the purposes of subsection (a)(5) of this section, the".
Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 102–429, §103(c)(1), (3)(B), substituted "predatory" for "predacious" and inserted before semicolon "and with special attention to matching tied aid and partially untied aid credits extended by other governments—" followed by cls. (i) and (ii).
Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 102–429, §103(c)(1), (3)(C), in cl. (i) substituted "predatory" for "predacious" and "partially untied aid credits, and impedes negotiations or violates agreements on tied aid to eliminate the use of such credits for commercial purposes; or" for "partially untied aid credits; and", added cl. (ii), and struck out former cl. (ii) which read as follows: "impedes negotiations to eliminate the use of such credits for commercial purposes; or".
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 102–429, §103(c)(4), (5), struck out "of the Treasury" after "Secretary" in subpar. (A) and substituted "United States exporters and private financial institutions or entities, and in consultation with other Federal agencies" for "private financial institutions or entities" in subpar. (B).
Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 102–429, §103(c)(6), inserted at end "The Bank shall also request and take into consideration the views of the private sector on principal sectors and key markets of countries described in paragraph (1)(B)."
Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 102–429, §103(a), substituted "September 30, 1995" for "fiscal year 1992".
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102–429, §103(b), amended subsec. (e) generally, substituting present provisions for provisions which authorized appropriations for fiscal years 1987 through 1992 and provided authority for Presidential rescission.
Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 102–429, §103(c)(7), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: "
Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 102–429, §103(c)(7), amended par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (2) read as follows: "
"(A) the principal offers of predacious financing by foreign countries during the course of the previous 6 months;
"(B) steps taken by the United States to combat specific predacious financing practices of foreign countries;
"(C) any use by the Bank of the Tied Aid Credit Fund to match specific predacious financing practices of foreign countries and to initiate tied aid credit offers;
"(D) any additional steps the United States may take in the future to discourage use of predacious financing practices; and
"(E) the progress achieved by negotiations conducted to carry out the purposes described in subsection (a)(5) of this section."
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 102–429, §103(c)(8), substituted "For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:" for "For the purpose of this section—" in introductory provisions and added par. (6).
1990—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 101–513, §562(d)(2), substituted "1992" for "1991".
Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 101–513, §562(d)(1), substituted "for fiscal year 1990, $300,000,000, and for each of fiscal years 1991 and 1992, $500,000,000" for "and for fiscal years 1990 and 1991, $300,000,000".
1989—Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 101–240, §101(b)(1), substituted "for the purposes of—", pars. (A) and (B), and concluding provisions for "for the purpose of facilitating the negotiation of a comprehensive international arrangement restricting the use of tied aid and partially untied aid credits for commercial purposes, and such program should be aggressively used until such an arrangement is established."
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 101–240, §101(b)(2), inserted introductory provisions and struck out former introductory provisions which read as follows: "For the purpose of facilitating the negotiation of a comprehensive international arrangement restricting the use of tied aid and partially untied aid credits for commercial purposes, the Bank shall establish a tied aid credit program under which grants shall be made from funds available in the Tied Aid Credit Fund established under subsection (c) of this section—".
Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 101–240, §101(b)(3), substituted "carry out the purposes described in subsection (a)(5) of this section" for "promote the negotiation of a comprehensive international arrangement restricting the use of tied aid and partially untied aid credits for commercial purposes".
Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 101–240, §101(b)(4), substituted "amount equal to the concessionality level" for "cost" and "through fiscal year 1991" for "during fiscal years 1986, 1987, 1988, and 1989".
Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 101–240, §101(b)(7), which directed the insertion of ", and for fiscal years 1990, 1991, and 1992, $200,000,000" after "$300,000,000" was not executed in view of earlier amendment by section 101(b)(5) of Pub. L. 101–240, which inserted ", and for fiscal years 1990 and 1991, $300,000,000" after "$300,000,000", and in view of Senate floor amendment of the bill which added the authorization contained in section 101(b)(5) and was intended to replace the authorization now appearing in section 101(b)(7). See Cong. Rec., vol. 135, pt. 22, pp. 31199, 31203, Nov. 21, 1989.
Pub. L. 101–240, §101(b)(5), inserted ", and for fiscal years 1990 and 1991, $300,000,000" after "$300,000,000".
Subsec. (g)(2)(E). Pub. L. 101–240, §101(b)(6), amended subpar. (E) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (E) read as follows: "any progress achieved in negotiations to establish a comprehensive international arrangement restricting the use of tied aid and partially untied credits for commercial purposes."
1988—Subsecs. (c)(2), (e)(1). Pub. L. 100–418 substituted "1988, and 1989" for "and 1988".
1987—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 100–217 substituted "during fiscal years 1986, 1987, and 1988" for "during fiscal year 1986".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Use of Fund To Discourage Predatory Financing Practices
Pub. L. 100–418, title III, §3302(a), Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1383, provided that: "The Congress finds that—
"(1) negotiations have led to an international agreement to increase the grant element required in tied aid credit offers;
"(2) concern continues to exist that countries party to the agreement may continue to offer tied aid credits that deviate from the agreement;
"(3) in such cases, the United States could continue to lose export sales in connection with the aggressive, and in some cases, unfair, tied aid practices of such countries; and
"(4) in such cases, the Export-Import Bank of the United States should continue to use the Tied Aid Credit Fund established by section 15(c) [now 10(c)] of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 [12 U.S.C. 635i–3(c)] to discourage the use of such predatory financing practices."
§635i–4. Repealed. Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §121(c)(1), Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2199
Section, act July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §16, as added Oct. 21, 1986, Pub. L. 99–509, title II, §2002, 100 Stat. 1880, related to procedures and terms for sale of Bank loans to public.
§635i–5. Environmental policy and procedures
(a) Environmental effects consideration
(1) In general
Consistent with the objectives of section 635(b)(1)(A) of this title, the Bank shall establish procedures to take into account the potential beneficial and adverse environmental effects of goods and services for which support is requested under its direct lending and guarantee programs. Such procedures shall provide for the public disclosure of environmental assessments and supplemental environmental reports required to be submitted to the Bank, including remediation or mitigation plans and procedures, and related monitoring reports. The preceding sentence shall not be interpreted to require the public disclosure of any information described in section 1905 of title 18. Such procedures shall apply to any transaction involving a project—
(A) for which long-term support of $25,000,000 (or, if less than $25,000,000, the threshold established pursuant to international agreements, including the Common Approaches for Officially Supported Export Credits and Environmental and Social Due Diligence, as adopted by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development Council on June 28, 2012, and the risk-management framework adopted by financial institutions for determining, assessing, and managing environmental and social risk in projects (commonly referred to as the "Equator Principles")) or more is requested from the Bank;
(B) for which the Bank's support would be critical to its implementation; and
(C) which may have significant environmental effects upon the global commons or any country not participating in the project, or may produce an emission, an effluent, or a principal product that is prohibited or strictly regulated pursuant to Federal environmental law.
(2) Authority to withhold financing
The procedures established under paragraph (1) shall permit the Board of Directors, in its judgment, to withhold financing from a project for environmental reasons or to approve financing after considering the potential environmental effects of a project.
(b) Use of Bank programs to encourage certain exports
(1) In general
The Bank shall encourage the use of its programs to support the export of goods and services that have beneficial effects on the environment or mitigate potential adverse environmental effects (such as exports of products and services used to aid in the monitoring, abatement, control, or prevention of air, water, and ground contaminants or pollution, or which provide protection in the handling of toxic substances, subject to a final determination by the Bank, and products and services for foreign environmental projects dedicated entirely to the prevention, control, or cleanup of air, water, or ground pollution, including facilities to provide for control or cleanup, and used in the retrofitting of facility equipment for the sole purpose of mitigating, controlling, or preventing adverse environmental effects, subject to a final determination by the Bank). The Board of Directors shall name an officer of the Bank to advise the Board on ways that the Bank's programs can be used to support the export of such goods and services. The officer shall act as liaison between the Bank and other Federal Government agencies, including the agencies whose representatives are members of the Environmental Trade Promotion Working Group of the Trade Promotion Coordinating Committee, with respect to overall United States Government policy on the environment.
(2) Limitations on authorization of appropriations
In addition to other funds available to support the export of goods and services described in paragraph (1), there are authorized to be appropriated to the Bank not more than $35,000,000 for the cost (as defined in section 661a(5) of title 2) of supporting such exports. If, in any fiscal year, the funds appropriated in accordance with this paragraph are not fully utilized due to insufficient qualified transactions for the export of such goods and services, such funds may be expended for other purposes eligible for support by the Bank.
(c) Inclusion in report to Congress
The Bank shall provide in its annual report to the Congress a summary of its activities under subsections (a) and (b).
(d) Interpretation
Nothing in this section shall be construed to create any cause of action.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §11, formerly §17, as added and renumbered §11, Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §§106, 121(c)(5), Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2189, 2199; amended Pub. L. 103–428, §2(a), Oct. 31, 1994, 108 Stat. 4376; Pub. L. 109–438, §18(b), Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 3281; Pub. L. 114–94, div. E, title LIV, §54002(d), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1769.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Another section 11 of act July 31, 1945, ch. 341, was renumbered section 14 and is classified to section 635i–8 of this title.
Prior Provisions
A prior section 11 of act July 31, 1945, ch. 341, was renumbered section 9 and is classified to section 635h of this title.
Amendments
2015—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 114–94 substituted "$25,000,000 (or, if less than $25,000,000, the threshold established pursuant to international agreements, including the Common Approaches for Officially Supported Export Credits and Environmental and Social Due Diligence, as adopted by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development Council on June 28, 2012, and the risk-management framework adopted by financial institutions for determining, assessing, and managing environmental and social risk in projects (commonly referred to as the 'Equator Principles')) or more" for "$10,000,000 or more".
2006—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 109–438 inserted after first sentence "Such procedures shall provide for the public disclosure of environmental assessments and supplemental environmental reports required to be submitted to the Bank, including remediation or mitigation plans and procedures, and related monitoring reports. The preceding sentence shall not be interpreted to require the public disclosure of any information described in section 1905 of title 18."
1994—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–428 inserted par. (1) designation and heading, inserted before period at end of first sentence "(such as exports of products and services used to aid in the monitoring, abatement, control, or prevention of air, water, and ground contaminants or pollution, or which provide protection in the handling of toxic substances, subject to a final determination by the Bank, and products and services for foreign environmental projects dedicated entirely to the prevention, control, or cleanup of air, water, or ground pollution, including facilities to provide for control or cleanup, and used in the retrofitting of facility equipment for the sole purpose of mitigating, controlling, or preventing adverse environmental effects, subject to a final determination by the Bank)", and added par. (2).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2015 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 114–94 applicable with respect to fiscal year 2016 and each fiscal year thereafter, see section 54002(e) of Pub. L. 114–94, set out as a note under section 635 of this title.
§635i–6. Debt reduction; Enterprise for the Americas Initiative
(a) Definitions
For purposes of this section—
(1) the term "eligible country" means a country designated by the President in accordance with subsection (b);
(2) the term "Facility" means the entity established in the Department of the Treasury by section 1738 of title 7; and
(3) the term "IMF" means the International Monetary Fund.
(b) Eligibility for benefits under the Facility
(1) Requirements
To be eligible for benefits from the Facility under this section, a country must—
(A) be a Latin American or Caribbean country;
(B) have in effect, have received approval for, or, as appropriate in exceptional circumstances, be making significant progress toward—
(i) an IMF standby arrangement, extended IMF arrangement, or an arrangement under the structural adjustment facility or enhanced structural adjustment facility or, in exceptional circumstances, an IMF monitored program or its equivalent; and
(ii) as appropriate, structural or sectoral adjustment loans from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development or the International Development Association;
(C) have put in place major investment reforms in conjunction with an Inter-American Development Bank loan or otherwise be implementing, or making significant progress toward, an open investment regime; and
(D) if appropriate, have agreed with its commercial bank lenders on a satisfactory financing program, including, as appropriate, debt or debt service reduction.
(2) Eligibility determinations
The President shall determine whether a country is an eligible country for purposes of paragraph (1).
(c) Loans eligible for sale, reduction, or cancellation
(1) Authority to sell, reduce, or cancel certain loans
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the President may, in accordance with this section, sell to any eligible purchaser any loan or portion thereof made before January 1, 1992, to any eligible country or any agency thereof pursuant to this subchapter, or, on receipt of payment from an eligible purchaser, reduce or cancel such loan or portion thereof, only for the purpose of facilitating—
(A) debt-for-equity swaps, debt-for-development swaps, or debt-for-nature swaps; or
(B) a debt buy-back by an eligible country of its own qualified debt, only if the eligible country uses an additional amount of the local currency of the eligible country, equal to not less than 40 percent of the price paid for such debt by such eligible country, or the difference between the price paid for such debt and the face value of such debt, to support activities that link conservation and sustainable use of natural resources with local community development, and child survival and other child development activities, in a manner consistent with sections 1738f through 1738k of title 7,
if the sale, reduction, or cancellation would not contravene any term or condition of any prior agreement relating to such loan.
(2) Terms and conditions
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the President shall, in accordance with this section, establish the terms and conditions under which loans may be sold, reduced, or canceled pursuant to this section.
(3) Treatment under securities laws
The filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 [15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.] shall not be required with respect to the sale or offer for sale by the Bank of a loan or any interest therein pursuant to this section. For purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, the Bank shall not be deemed to be an issuer or underwriter with respect to any subsequent sale or other disposition of such loan (or any interest therein) or any security received by an eligible purchaser pursuant to any debt-for-equity swap, debt-for-development swap, or debt-for-nature swap.
(4) Administration
The Facility shall notify the Bank of purchasers that the President has determined to be eligible, and shall direct the Bank to carry out the sale, reduction, or cancellation of a loan pursuant to this section. The Bank shall make an adjustment in its accounts to reflect the sale, reduction, or cancellation.
(5) Limitations
The authorities of this subsection may be exercised only to such extent as provided for in advance in appropriations Acts, as necessary to implement the Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990 [2 U.S.C. 661 et seq.].
(d) Deposit of proceeds
The proceeds from the sale, reduction, or cancellation of any loan sold, reduced, or canceled pursuant to this section shall be deposited in the United States Government account or accounts established for the repayment of such loan.
(e) Eligible purchasers
A loan may be sold pursuant to subsection (c)(1)(A) only to a purchaser who presents plans satisfactory to the President for using the loan for the purpose of engaging in debt-for-equity swaps, debt-for-development swaps, or debt-for-nature swaps.
(f) Debtor consultation
Before the sale to any eligible purchaser, or any reduction or cancellation pursuant to this section, of any loan made to an eligible country, the President shall consult with the country concerning the amount of loans to be sold, reduced, or canceled and their uses for debt-for-equity swaps, debt-for-development swaps, or debt-for-nature swaps.
(g) Authorization of appropriations
For the sale, reduction, and cancellation of loans or portions thereof pursuant to this section, there are authorized to be appropriated to the President such sums as may be necessary, which are authorized to remain available until expended.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §12, formerly §18, as added and renumbered §12, Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §§108, 121(c)(6), Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2191, 2199; amended Pub. L. 107–189, §24(b)(5), June 14, 2002, 116 Stat. 709; Pub. L. 110–246, title III, §3001(b)(1)(A), (2)(L), June 18, 2008, 122 Stat. 1820.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Securities Act of 1933, referred to in subsec. (c)(3), is title I of act May 27, 1933, ch. 38, 48 Stat. 74, which is classified generally to subchapter I (§77a et seq.) of chapter 2A of Title 15, Commerce and Trade. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 77a of Title 15 and Tables.
The Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990, referred to in subsec. (c)(5), is title V of Pub. L. 93–344, as added Pub. L. 101–508, title XIII, §13201(a), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–609, which is classified generally to subchapter III (§661 et seq.) of chapter 17A of Title 2, The Congress. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1990 Amendment note set out under section 621 of Title 2 and Tables.
Prior Provisions
A prior section 12 of act July 31, 1945, ch. 341, was classified to section 635i of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–429, §121(c)(1).
Amendments
2008—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 110–246 made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 1738 of title 7.
Subsec. (c)(1)(B). Pub. L. 110–246 made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to sections 1738f through 1738k of title 7.
2002—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 107–189 substituted "subsection (b) of this section" for "section (b) of this section".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2008 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 110–246 effective May 22, 2008, see section 4(b) of Pub. L. 110–246, set out as an Effective Date note under section 8701 of Title 7, Agriculture.
§635i–7. Cooperation on export financing programs
The Bank shall, subject to appropriate memoranda of understanding—
(1) provide complete and current information on all of its programs and financing practices to—
(A) the Small Business Administration and other Federal agencies involved in promoting exports and marketing export financing programs; and
(B) State and local export financing organizations that indicate a desire to participate in export promotion; and
(2) consistent with the provisions of section 4721(f)(2) of title 15, undertake a program to provide training for personnel designated in such memoranda with respect to such financing programs.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §13, formerly §19, as added and renumbered §13, Pub. L. 102–429, title I, §§115, 121(c)(7), Oct. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 2196, 2199.)
Editorial Notes
Prior Provisions
A prior section 13 of act July 31, 1945, ch. 341, was classified to section 635i–1 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–429, §121(c)(1).
§635i–8. Special debt relief for poorest, most heavily indebted countries
(a) Debt reduction authority
The President may reduce amounts of principal and interest owed by any eligible country to the Bank as a result of loans or guarantees made under this subchapter.
(b) Limitations
(1) Types of debt reduction
The authority provided by subsection (a) may be exercised only to implement multilateral agreements to reduce the burden of official bilateral debt as set forth in the minutes of the so-called "Paris Club" (also known as "Paris Club Agreed Minutes").
(2) Eligible countries
(A) "Eligible country" defined
As used in subsection (a), the term "eligible country" means any country that—
(i) has excessively burdensome external debt;
(ii) is eligible to borrow from the International Development Association; and
(iii) is not eligible to borrow from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development.
(B) Determinations
Subject to subparagraph (A), the President may determine whether a country is an eligible country for purposes of subsection (a).
(c) Conditions
The authority provided by this section may be exercised only with respect to a country whose government—
(1) does not have an excessive level of military expenditures;
(2) has not repeatedly provided support for acts of international terrorism;
(3) is not failing to cooperate on international narcotics control matters; and
(4) (including its military or other security forces) does not engage in a consistent pattern of gross violations of internationally recognized human rights.
(d) Appropriations
The authority provided by subsection (a) may be exercised only in such amounts or to such extent as is provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §14, formerly §11, as added Pub. L. 103–87, title V, §570(b), Sept. 30, 1993, 107 Stat. 970; renumbered §14, Pub. L. 103–428, §2(b), Oct. 31, 1994, 108 Stat. 4376; Pub. L. 107–189, §24(b)(6), June 14, 2002, 116 Stat. 709.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2002—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 107–189 substituted "principal" for "principle".
Executive Documents
Delegation of Authority With Respect to Debt Reduction for Poorest Countries
Memorandum of President of the United States, June 20, 1994, 59 F.R. 33413, provided:
Memorandum for the Secretary of the Treasury
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, including section 570 of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1994 (Public Law 103–87) (the "Act") [enacting 12 U.S.C. 635i–8], section 14 of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 (12 U.S.C. 635—635i–8) [probably means 12 U.S.C. 635i–8], and section 301 of title 3 of the United States Code, it is hereby ordered as follows:
1. There are delegated to the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State and the Secretary of Defense, the functions, authorities, and duties conferred upon the President by section 570(a) of the Act [107 Stat. 970].
2. There are delegated to the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State and the President of the Export-Import Bank, the functions, authorities, and duties conferred upon the President by section 570(b) of the Act and section 14(a) of the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945 (12 U.S.C. 635—635i–8).
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the Federal Register.
William J. Clinton.
§635i–9. Market windows
(a) Enhanced transparency
To ensure that the Bank financing remains fully competitive, the United States should seek enhanced transparency over the activities of market windows in the OECD Export Credit Arrangement. If such transparency indicates that market windows are disadvantaging United States exporters, the United States should seek negotiations for multilateral disciplines and transparency within the OECD Export Credit Arrangement.
(b) Authorization
The Bank may provide financing on terms and conditions that are inconsistent with those permitted under the OECD Export Credit Arrangement—
(1) to match financing terms and conditions that are being offered by market windows on terms that are inconsistent with those permitted under the OECD Export Credit Arrangement, if—
(A) matching such terms and conditions advances the negotiations for multilateral disciplines and transparency within the OECD Export Credit Arrangement; or
(B) transparency verifies that the market window financing is being offered on terms that are more favorable than the terms and conditions that are available from private financial markets; and
(2) when the foreign government-supported institution refuses to provide sufficient transparency to permit the Bank to make a determination under paragraph (1).
(c) Definition
In this section, the term "OECD" means the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 341, §15, as added Pub. L. 107–189, §10(b)(1), June 14, 2002, 116 Stat. 703.)
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Report
Pub. L. 107–189, §10(b)(2), June 14, 2002, 116 Stat. 703, provided that: "Within 2 years after the date of the enactment of this Act [June 14, 2002], the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate a report on the rationale for seeking or not seeking negotiations for multilateral disciplines and transparency, the successes, failures, and obstacles in initiating negotiations, and if negotiations were initiated, in reaching an agreement."
SUBCHAPTER II—EXPORT FINANCING
§635j. Export financing program to foster foreign trade and commercial interest of the United States
(a) Congressional statement of policy
It is the policy of the Congress that the Export-Import Bank of the United States should facilitate through loans, guarantees, and insurance (including coinsurance and reinsurance) those export transactions which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Bank, offer sufficient likelihood of repayment to justify the Bank's support in order to actively foster the foreign trade and long-term commercial interest of the United States.
(b) Designation of transactions on books of the Bank; limitation on commitments
The Bank shall specially designate loans, guarantees, and insurance on the books of the Bank made under authority of this subchapter. In connection with guarantees and insurance, not less than 25 per centum of the related contractual liability of the Bank shall be taken into account for the purpose of applying the limitation imposed by section 635e of this title; but the full amount of the related contractual liability of such guarantees and insurance shall be taken into account for the purpose of applying the limitation in section 635(c)(1) of this title, concerning the amount of guarantees and insurance the Bank may have outstanding at any one time thereunder. The aggregate amount of loans plus 25 per centum of the contractual liability of guarantees and insurance outstanding at any one time under this subchapter shall not exceed $500,000,000.
(Pub. L. 90–390, §1, July 7, 1968, 82 Stat. 296; Pub. L. 96–470, title I, §115, Oct. 19, 1980, 94 Stat. 2240.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1980—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 96–470 struck out subsec. (c) which required the Board of Directors of the Bank to submit to Congress for the calendar ending Sept. 30, 1968, and each calendar quarter thereafter, a report of all actions taken under authority of sections 635j to 635n of this title during such quarter.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Termination of Advisory Committees
Advisory Committees in existence on Jan. 5, 1973, to terminate not later than the expiration of the 2-year period following Jan. 5, 1973, unless, in the case of a committee established by the President or an officer of the Federal Government, such committee is renewed by appropriate action prior to the expiration of such 2-year period, or in the case of a committee established by the Congress, its duration is otherwise provided by law, see section 1013 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Executive Documents
Ex. Ord. No. 11420. Export Expansion Advisory Committee
Ex. Ord. No. 11420, July 31, 1968, 33 F.R. 10997, provided:
WHEREAS foreign trade is an essential and continuing element in sustaining the growth, strength, and prosperity of our economy, contributes to the improvement of our balance of payments, and fosters the long-term commercial interest of the United States; and
WHEREAS, on March 20, 1968, I requested the Congress to empower the Export-Import Bank of the United States to use up to $500,000,000 of its loan, guarantee, and insurance authority to finance a broadened program to sell American goods in foreign markets; and
WHEREAS the Congress has authorized the Bank to extend loans, guarantees, and insurance which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Bank, offer sufficient likelihood of repayment to justify the Bank's support in order to actively foster the foreign trade and long-term commercial interest of the United States; and
WHEREAS it is desirable and appropriate that guidance concerning the commercial interests and the balance of payments objectives of the United States be provided to the Board of Directors of the Bank in the use of such loan, guarantee, and insurance authority allocated to finance export expansion, and I have stated that I would establish an Export Expansion Advisory Committee to provide such guidance to the Board of Directors of the Bank:
NOW, THEREFORE, by virtue of the authority vested in me as President of the United States, it is ordered as follows:
(b) The Committee shall be composed of the following members: the Secretary of Commerce, who shall be Chairman of the Committee, the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of State, and the President and Chairman of the Board of the Export-Import Bank of the United States.
Lyndon B. Johnson.
§635k. Apportionment of losses incurred on loans, guarantees, and insurance; reimbursement; contingent obligations
In the event of any losses, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Bank, incurred on loans, guarantees, and insurance extended under this subchapter, the first $100,000,000 of such losses shall be borne by the Bank; the second $100,000,000 of such losses shall be borne by the Secretary of the Treasury; and any losses in excess thereof shall be borne by the Bank. Reimbursement of the Bank by the Secretary of the Treasury of the amount of losses which are to be borne by the Secretary of the Treasury as aforesaid shall be from funds made available pursuant to section 635l of this title. All guarantees and insurance issued by the Bank shall be considered contingent obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the Government of the United States of America.
(Pub. L. 90–390, §2, July 7, 1968, 82 Stat. 297.)
§635l. Authorization for appropriation of funds for losses
There are hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary of the Treasury without fiscal year limitation $100,000,000 to cover the amount of any losses which are to be borne by the Secretary of the Treasury as provided in section 635k of this title.
(Pub. L. 90–390, §3, July 7, 1968, 82 Stat. 297.)
§635m. Loans, guarantees, and insurance subject to the provisions of this chapter
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed as a limitation on the powers of the Bank under subchapter I of this chapter; and except as to the standard of reasonable assurance of repayment required under section 635(b)(1) of this title, all loans, guarantees, and insurance extended hereunder shall be subject to the provisions of subchapter I of this chapter and to the policies of the Bank with respect to terms of repayment, interest rates, fees, and premiums applicable to loans, guarantees, and insurance extended under subchapter I of this chapter.
(Pub. L. 90–390, §4, July 7, 1968, 82 Stat. 297.)
§635n. Prohibition of loans, guarantees, and insurance as to sales of defense articles or services
The Bank shall not extend loans, guarantees, or insurance under this subchapter in connection with the sale of defense articles or defense services.
(Pub. L. 90–390, §5, July 7, 1968, 82 Stat. 297.)
SUBCHAPTER III—TIED AID CREDIT EXPORT SUBSIDIES
§635o. Congressional statement of purpose
The purpose of this subchapter is—
(1) to expand employment and economic growth in the United States by expanding United States exports to the markets of the developing world;
(2) to stimulate the economic development of countries in the developing world by improving their access to credit for the importation of United States products and services for developmental purposes;
(3) to neutralize the predatory financing engaged in by many nations whose exports compete with United States exports, and thereby restore export competition to a market basis; and
(4) to encourage foreign governments to enter into effective and comprehensive agreements with the United States to end the use of tied aid credits for exports, and to limit and govern the use of export credit subsidies generally.
(Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §642], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1263.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this part", meaning part C (§§641–647, 650) of title VI of Pub. L. 98–181, title I, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1263, known as the Trade and Development Enhancement Act of 1983, which enacted this subchapter and section 1671g of Title 19, Customs Duties, and amended sections 1671a and 1671b of Title 19. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note below and Tables.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Short Title
Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §641], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1263, provided that: "This part [part C (§§641–647, 650) of title VI, enacting this subchapter and section 1671g of Title 19, Customs Duties, and amending sections 1671a and 1671b of Title 19] may be referred to as the 'Trade and Development Enhancement Act of 1983'."
§635p. Presidential mandate to negotiate; objectives
The President shall vigorously pursue negotiations to limit and set rules for the use of tied aid for exports. The negotiating objectives of the United States should include reaching agreements—
(1) to define the various forms of tied aid credit, particularly mixed credits under the Arrangement on Guidelines for Officially Supported Export Credits established through the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (hereinafter in this subchapter referred to as the "Arrangement");
(2) to phase out the use of government-mixed credits by a date certain;
(3) to set rules governing the use of public-private cofinancing, or other forms of mixed financing, which may have the same result as government-mixed credits of drawing on concessional development assistance to produce subsidized export financing;
(4) to raise the threshold for notification of the use of tied aid credit to a 50 per centum level of concessionality;
(5) to improve notification procedures so that advance notification must be given on all uses of tied aid credit; and
(6) to prohibit the use of tied aid credit for production facilities for goods which are in structural oversupply in the world.
(Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §643], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1263.)
§635q. Establishment of tied aid credit program in United States Export-Import Bank
(a) Establishment and elements of program; cooperation with Trade and Development Agency and private institutions and entities
(1) The Chairman of the Export-Import Bank of the United States shall establish, within the Export-Import Bank of the United States, a program of tied aid credits for United States exports.
(2) The program shall be carried out in cooperation with the Trade and Development Agency and with private financial institutions or entities, as appropriate.
(3) The program may include—
(A) the combined use of the credits, loans, or guarantees offered by the Export-Import Bank of the United States with concessional financing or grants made available under section 635r(d) of this title, by methods including the blending of the financing of, or parallel financing by, the Bank and the Trade and Development Agency; and
(B) the combined use of credits, loans, or guarantees offered by the Bank, with financing offered by private financial institutions or entities, by methods including the blending of the financing of, or parallel financing by, the Bank and private institutions or entities.
(b) Purpose of program
The purpose of the tied aid credit program under this section is to offer or arrange for financing for the export of United States goods and services which is substantially as concessional as foreign financing for which there is reasonable proof that such foreign financing is being offered to, or arranged for, a bona fide foreign competitor for a United States export sale.
(c) Fund
The Chairman of the Bank is authorized to establish a fund, as necessary, for carrying out the tied aid credit program described in this section.
(d) Availability of concessional financing or grants
Concessional financing or grants made available under section 635r(d) of this title for the purposes of the mixed financing program established under this section shall be made available in accordance with the provisions of section 635r(c) of this title.
(Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §644], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1264; Pub. L. 100–418, title II, §2204(c)(1)(A), Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1330; Pub. L. 102–549, title II, §202(c)(1), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3658.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1992—Subsec. (a)(2), (3)(A). Pub. L. 102–549 substituted "Development Agency" for "Development Program".
1988—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 100–418, §2204(c)(1)(A)(i), substituted "Trade and Development Program" for "Agency for International Development".
Subsec. (a)(3)(A). Pub. L. 100–418, §2204(c)(1)(A)(ii), substituted "made available under section 635r(d) of this title" for "offered by the Agency for International Development" and "Trade and Development Program" for "Agency for International Development".
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 100–418, §2204(c)(1)(A)(iii), substituted "made available under section 635r(d) of this title" for "offered by the Agency for International Development" and "section 635r(c) of this title" for "subsections (c) and (d) of section 635r of this title".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Transition Provisions
Pub. L. 100–418, title II, §2204(d)(2), Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1331, provided that:
"(A) The Administrator of the Agency for International Development shall transfer to the Director of the Trade and Development Program [now Trade and Development Agency] all records, contracts, applications, and any other documents or information in connection with the functions transferred by virtue of the amendments made by subsection (c)(1) [amending sections 635q and 635r of this title].
"(B) All determinations, regulations, and contracts—
"(i) which have been issued, made, granted, or allowed to become effective by the President, the Agency for International Development, or by a court of competent jurisdiction, in the performance of the functions transferred by virtue of the amendments made by subsection (c)(1), and
"(ii) which are in effect at the time this section takes effect,
shall continue in effect according to their terms until modified, terminated, superseded, set aside, or revoked in accordance with the law by the President, the Director of the Trade and Development Program [now Trade and Development Agency], or other authorized official, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or by operation of law.
"(C)(i) The amendments made by subsection (c)(1) shall not affect any proceedings, including notices of proposed rulemaking, or any application for any financial assistance, which is pending on the effective date of this section [Aug. 23, 1988] before the Agency for International Development in the exercise of functions transferred by virtue of the amendments made by subsection (c)(1). Such proceedings and applications, to the extent that they relate to functions so transferred, shall be continued.
"(ii) Orders shall be issued in such proceedings, appeals shall be taken therefrom, and payments shall be made pursuant to such orders, as if this section [amending sections 635q, 635r, and 635s of this title, section 5314 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and section 2421 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 2421 of Title 22] had not been enacted. Orders issued in any such proceedings shall continue in effect until modified, terminated, superseded, or revoked by the Director of the Trade and Development Program [now Trade and Development Agency] or other authorized official, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or by operation of law.
"(iii) Nothing in this subparagraph shall be deemed to prohibit the discontinuance or modification of any such proceeding under the same terms and conditions and to the same extent that such proceeding could have been discontinued or modified if this section had not been enacted.
"(iv) The Director of the Trade and Development Program [now Trade and Development Agency] is authorized to issue regulations providing for the orderly transfer to the Trade and Development Program of proceedings continued under this subparagraph.
"(D) With respect to any function transferred by virtue of the amendments made by subsection (c)(1) and exercised on or after the effective date of this section [Aug. 23, 1988], reference in any other Federal law to the Agency for International Development or any officer shall be deemed to refer to the Trade and Development Program [now Trade and Development Agency] or other official to which such function is so transferred."
§635r. Establishment of tied aid credit program administered by Trade and Development Agency
(a) Establishment and elements of program
The Director of the Trade and Development Agency shall carry out a program of tied aid credits for United States exports. The program shall be carried out in cooperation with the Export-Import Bank of the United States and with private financial institutions or entities, as appropriate. The program may include—
(1) the combined use of the credits, loans, or guarantees offered by the Bank with concessional financing or grants made available under subsection (d), by methods including the blending of the financing of, or parallel financing by, the Bank and the Trade and Development Agency; and
(2) the combination of concessional financing or grants made available under subsection (d) with financing offered by private financial institutions or entities, by methods including the blending of the financing of, or parallel financing by, the Trade and Development Agency and private institutions or entities.
(b) Combination of funds with financing by Export-Import Bank or private commercial financing
These funds may be combined with financing by the Export-Import Bank of the United States or private commercial financing in order to offer, or arrange for, financing for the exportation of United States goods and services which is substantially as concessional as foreign financing for which there is reasonable proof that such foreign financing is being offered to, or arranged for, a bona fide foreign competitor for a United States export sale.
(c) Limitation on use of Agency funds; authorization for establishment of fund
(1) Funds which are used to carry out a tied aid credit program authorized by subsections (a) and (b) shall be offered only to finance United States exports which can reasonably be expected to contribute to the advancement of the development objectives of the importing country or countries, and shall be consistent with the economic, security, and political criteria used to establish country allocations of Economic Support Funds.
(2) The Director of the Trade and Development Agency is authorized to establish a fund, as necessary, for carrying out a tied aid credit financing program as described in this section.
(d) Use of Economic Support Funds
Funds available to carry out chapter 4 of part II of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2346 et seq.] may be used by the Director of the Trade and Development Agency, with the concurrence of the Secretary of State (as provided under section 531 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2346]), for the purposes for which funds made available under this subsection are authorized to be used in section 635q of this title and this section. The Secretary of State shall exercise his authority in cooperation with the Administrator of the Agency for International Development. Funds made available pursuant to this subsection may be used to finance a tied aid credit activity in any country eligible for tied aid credits under this subchapter.
(Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §645], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1264; Pub. L. 100–418, title II, §2204(c)(1)(B), Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1330; Pub. L. 102–549, title II, §202(c), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3658.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, referred to in subsec. (d), is Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424. Chapter 4 of part II of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 is classified generally to part IV (§2346 et seq.) of subchapter II of chapter 32 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of Title 22 and Tables.
This subchapter, referred to in subsec. (d), was in the original "this Act" and was translated as meaning the Trade and Development Enhancement Act of 1983, part C (§§641–647, 650) of title VI of Pub. L. 98–181, title I, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1263, which enacted this subchapter and section 1671g of Title 19, Customs Duties, and amended sections 1671a and 1671b of Title 19. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note below and Tables.
Amendments
1992—Pub. L. 102–549 substituted "Development Agency" for "Development Program" in section catchline and wherever appearing in subsecs. (a), (c), and (d).
1988—Pub. L. 100–418, §2204(c)(1)(B)(i), in section catchline, substituted reference to program administered by Trade and Development Program for reference to program in Agency for International Development.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–418, §2204(c)(1)(B)(ii)(I), substituted "Director of the Trade and Development Program shall carry out" for "Administrator of the Agency for International Development shall establish within the Agency".
Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 100–418, §2204(c)(1)(B)(ii)(II), (III), substituted "made available under subsection (d) of this section" for "offered by the Agency for International Development" and "Trade and Development Program" for "Agency for International Development".
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 100–418, §2204(c)(1)(B)(ii)(IV), (V), substituted "made available under subsection (d) of this section" for "offered by the Agency for International Development" and "Trade and Development Program" for "Agency for International Development".
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 100–418, §2204(c)(1)(B)(iii)(I), which directed that par. (1) be amended by striking out "of the Agency for International Development" after "Funds", was executed by striking out "of the agency for International Development", to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 100–418, §2204(c)(1)(B)(iii)(II), substituted "Director of the Trade and Development Program" for "Administrator of the Agency for International Development".
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 100–418, §2204(c)(1)(B)(iv), amended subsec. (d) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (d) read as follows: "The Administrator of the Agency for International Development may draw on Economic Support Funds allocated for Commodity Import Programs to finance a tied aid credit activity."
§635s. Implementation
(a)(1) The National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies shall coordinate the implementation of the tied aid credit programs authorized by sections 635q and 635r of this title.
(2) No financing may be approved under the tied aid credit programs authorized by section 635q or 635r of this title without the unanimous consent of the members of the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies.
(b) The Trade and Development Agency shall be represented at any meetings of the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies for discussion of tied aid credit matters, and the representative of the Trade and Development Agency at any such meeting shall have the right to vote on any decisions of the Advisory Council relating to tied aid credit matters.
(Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §646], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1265; Pub. L. 100–418, title II, §2204(c)(2), Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1331; Pub. L. 102–549, title II, §202(c)(1), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3658.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1992—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–549 substituted "Development Agency" for "Development Program" in two places.
1988—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100–418 added subsec. (b).
§635t. Definitions
For purposes of this subchapter—
(1) the term "tied aid credit" means credit—
(A) which is provided for development aid purposes;
(B) which is tied to the purchase of exports from the country granting the credit;
(C) which is financed either exclusively from public funds, or, as a mixed credit, partly from public and partly from private funds; and
(D) which has a grant element, as defined by the Development Assistance Committee of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, greater than zero percent;
(2) the term "government-mixed credits" means the combined use of credits, insurance, and guarantees offered by the Export-Import Bank of the United States with concessional financing or grants offered by the Agency for International Development to finance exports;
(3) the term "public-private cofinancing" means the combined use of either official development assistance or official export credit with private commercial credit to finance exports;
(4) the term "blending of financings" means the use of various combinations of official development assistance, official export credit, and private commercial credit, integrated into a single package with a single set of financial terms, to finance exports;
(5) the term "parallel financing" means the related use of various combinations of separate lines of official development assistance, official export credits, and private commercial credit, not combined into a single package with a single set of financial terms, to finance exports; and
(6) the term "Bank" means the Export-Import Bank of the United States.
(Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VI, §647], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1265.)
CHAPTER 7—FARM CREDIT ADMINISTRATION
Editorial Notes
Codification
The bulk of this chapter was repealed by Pub. L. 92–181, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 625, which completely rewrote the farm credit laws and represented a fundamental reworking of the statutory basis for the farm credit system. The farm credit system is covered in chapter 23 (§2001 et seq.) of this title. See notes set out under section 2001 of this title.
FARM CREDIT ADMINISTRATION; GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
§§636 to 636h. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 636, acts May 12, 1933, ch. 25, title II, §40, 48 Stat. 51; Sept. 6, 1966, Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), 80 Stat. 648, provided for organization of Farm Credit Administration. See section 2247 of this title.
Section 636a, act Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §2, 67 Stat. 390, stated Congressional declaration of policy concerning agricultural credit. See section 2001 of this title.
Section 636a note, act Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §1, 67 Stat. 390, provided that such act Aug. 6, 1953, should be known as "Farm Credit Act of 1953".
Section 636b, act Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §3, 67 Stat. 390, covered the creation of Farm Credit Administration as an independent agency in executive branch. See section 2241 et seq. of this title.
Section 636c, acts Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §4, 67 Stat. 390; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title IV, §402, 69 Stat. 666; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387; Aug. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–525, §6, 80 Stat. 335, provided for creation of Federal Farm Credit Board. See section 2242 et seq. of this title.
Section 636d, act Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §5, 67 Stat. 392; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(j), 73 Stat. 387; Oct. 4, 1961, Pub. L. 87–367, title III, §302(a), 75 Stat. 793, provided for position of Governor of Farm Credit Administration. See section 2244 et seq. of this title.
Section 636e, act Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §6, 67 Stat. 393, covered duties of Federal Farm Credit Board. See section 2227 of this title.
Section 636f, acts Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §7, 67 Stat. 393; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title I, §110(c), 69 Stat. 662; Oct. 4, 1961, Pub. L. 87–353, §3(n), 75 Stat. 774, provided for abolishment of certain offices and funds under program as it existed prior to 1953.
Section 636g, acts Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §8, 67 Stat. 394; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §107(a), 70 Stat. 666; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, authorized delegation of powers to institutions in farm credit districts.
Section 636h, act Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §17(b), 67 Stat. 399, covered administrative expenditures of Farm Credit Administration. See section 2249 of this title.
§§637, 638. Repealed. Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §19, 67 Stat. 400
Section 637, acts May 12, 1933, ch. 25, title II, §39, 48 Stat. 50; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 273, related to certain functions, powers, authority, and duties of Land Bank Commissioner.
Section 638, act June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §80, 48 Stat. 273, changed name of office of Farm Loan Commissioner to Land Bank Commissioner, contained provisions relating to his term of office, and contained provisions relating to appointment (within the Farm Credit Administration), compensation, expenses and duties of a Production Credit Commissioner, a Cooperative Bank Commissioner, and an Intermediate Credit Commissioner.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of Repeal
Repeal effective 120 days after Aug. 6, 1953, see act Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §18, 67 Stat. 399.
§§639, 640. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 639, act June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §82, 48 Stat. 273, made a supplementary grant of powers to Governor of Farm Credit Administration.
Section 640, act June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §85, 48 Stat. 273, authorized Farm Credit Administration to have a seal. See section 2248 of this title.
§640–1. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, act July 1, 1944, ch. 364, 58 Stat. 675, related to prepayment of balance of purchase price with respect to contracts or agreements for sale of real estate having been in force for five years.
DISTRICT ORGANIZATIONS UNDER SUPERVISION OF FARM CREDIT ADMINISTRATION; FARM CREDIT DISTRICTS AND FARM CREDIT BOARDS
§§640a to 640l. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 640a, acts Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(a), 50 Stat. 704; Oct. 29, 1949, ch. 786, §5, 63 Stat. 986, created farm credit districts. See section 2221 of this title.
Section 640b, acts Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(b), 50 Stat. 704; Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §14, 67 Stat. 396; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title IV, §401(a), 69 Stat. 666; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, provided for creation of district farm credit boards. See section 2222 of this title.
Section 640c, act Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(c), 50 Stat. 704, provided for initial board of directors of each district.
Section 640d, acts Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(d), 50 Stat. 704; Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §15, 67 Stat. 397; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title IV, §401(b), 69 Stat. 666; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §106(a)(1), 70 Stat. 666; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, provided for replacement of district directors. See section 2221 et seq. of this title.
Section 640e, acts Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(e), 50 Stat. 705; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387; Aug. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–525, §5, 80 Stat. 334, provided for nomination of elected directors. See section 2223 of this title.
Section 640f, acts Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(f), 50 Stat. 705; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387; Aug. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–525, §5, 80 Stat. 334, provided for election of elected directors. See section 2223 of this title.
Section 640g, act Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(g), 50 Stat. 705, provided for term of office and filling of vacancies. See section 2221 et seq. of this title.
Section 640h, acts Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(h), 50 Stat. 705; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §106(a)(2), 70 Stat. 666, set out general qualifications of members of each farm credit board. See section 2222 of this title.
Section 640i, act Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(i), 50 Stat. 706, made felons and defrauders ineligible for membership. See section 2222 of this title.
Section 640j, act Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(j), 50 Stat. 706, provided for compensation of members of farm credit boards. See section 2226 of this title.
Section 640k, act Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(k), 50 Stat. 706, declared sections 640a to 640j of this title as not affecting laws making agricultural credit laws applicable to territories and possessions.
Section 640l, acts Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §6, 50 Stat. 706; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §106(b), 70 Stat. 666; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title II, §201, 73 Stat. 387; Sept. 6, 1966, Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), 80 Stat. 649, set out status of farm credit banks and employees. See section 2221 et seq. of this title.
SUBCHAPTER I—FEDERAL LAND BANKS, JOINT-STOCK LAND BANKS, AND FEDERAL LAND BANK ASSOCIATIONS
§§641, 642. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 641, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §1, 39 Stat. 360; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §§1, 2, 42 Stat. 1454; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, directed that act July 17, 1916, be administered by the Farm Credit Administration.
Section 642, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §2, 39 Stat. 360; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, defined terms "first mortgage" and "farm-loan bonds".
Administrative Provisions Relative to This Subchapter
§651. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §3, 39 Stat. 360; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, provided for creation of Federal Farm Loan Bureau.
§§652 to 655. Repealed. Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §19, 67 Stat. 400
Sections, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §3 (part), 39 Stat. 360, related to appointment, compensation, and oath of Land Bank Commissioner, restriction on his right to engage in certain business and filling vacancies.
Section 652 was amended by act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §301, 42 Stat. 1473; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; and act June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 273.
Sections 653, 654, and 655 were each amended by Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; and act June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 273.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of Repeal
Repeal effective 120 days after Aug. 6, 1953, see act Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §18, 67 Stat. 399.
§§656, 656a. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 656, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §3, 39 Stat. 361; Apr. 20, 1920, ch. 154, §1, 41 Stat. 570; Ex. Ord. No. 6084 Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §§5(a), 20, 50 Stat. 704, 710; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §101(a), 73 Stat. 384, provided for appointment of registrars, appraisers, and examiners.
Section 656a, act Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §20, 50 Stat. 710, provided for designation of farm credit examiners.
§657. Repealed. Sept. 21, 1944, ch. 412, §601(d), 58 Stat. 741, eff. July 1, 1944
Section, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §3, 39 Stat. 361, as amended by acts Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §302, 42 Stat. 1473; Mar. 4, 1925, ch. 524, §3, 43 Stat. 1262; June 26, 1930, ch. 613, 46 Stat. 815, related to payment of salaries and expenses of certain employees of Federal Farm Loan Bureau.
§§658, 659. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §101(b), (c), Aug. 18, 1959, 73 Stat. 384, eff. Dec. 31, 1959
Section 658, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §3, 39 Stat. 361; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §302, 42 Stat. 1473; Mar. 4, 1925, ch. 524, §3, 43 Stat. 1262, related to compensation and manner of payment of Federal landbank appraisers and appraisers or inspectors of Federal intermediate credit banks.
Section 659, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §3, 39 Stat. 361; Mar. 4, 1925, ch. 524, §4, 43 Stat. 1263, related to employment of attorneys, experts, and other employees.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of Repeal
Repeal effective Dec. 31, 1959, see Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(k), Aug. 18,1959, 73 Stat. 387.
§§660 to 665. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 660, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §3, 39 Stat. 361; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, provided for submission of statements covering salaries paid by land banks.
Section 661, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §3, 39 Stat. 361; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, required filing of an annual report to Congress by Farm Credit Administration. See section 2221 et seq. of this title.
Section 662, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §3, 39 Stat. 361; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §101(d), 73 Stat. 384, provided for examinations and reports. See section 2254 of this title.
Section 663, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §3, 39 Stat. 361; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title III, §301(a), 69 Stat. 664; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, provided for statements of condition of land bank associations and land banks. See section 2254 of this title.
Section 664, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §3, 39 Stat. 361; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, authorized preparation of bulletins and circulars by Farm Credit Administration. See section 2252 of this title.
Section 665, acts Jan. 23, 1932, ch. 9, §6, 47 Stat. 14; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title I, §110(d), 69 Stat. 662, authorized Farm Credit Administration to make rules and regulations. See section 2252 of this title.
Organization of Federal Land Banks
§671. Repealed. Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §7(a), 50 Stat. 707
Section, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §4, 39 Stat. 362, related to designation of Federal land bank districts by Farm Credit Administration.
§§672 to 677a. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 672, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §4, 39 Stat. 362; Feb. 27, 1921, ch. 78, 41 Stat. 1148; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §303, 42 Stat. 1474; Mar. 4, 1929, ch. 700, 45 Stat. 1558; May 17, 1932, ch. 190, 47 Stat. 158; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(a), 50 Stat. 704; June 30, 1945, ch. 204, §3, 59 Stat. 267; Oct. 29, 1949, ch. 786, §1(a), 63 Stat. 985; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, provided for establishment of Federal land banks. See section 2011 of this title.
Section 672a, acts Mar. 10, 1924, ch. 46, §2, 43 Stat. 17; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(a), 50 Stat. 704, provided for extension of farm credit system under Farm Credit Administration to Hawaii.
Section 673, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §4, 39 Stat. 362; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, provided for temporary management of Federal land banks.
Section 674, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §4, 39 Stat. 362; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 273; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, set out requisite contents of organization certificates for land banks.
Section 675, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §4, 39 Stat. 363; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, authorized changes in organization certificates on direction of Farm Credit Administration.
Section 676, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §4, 39 Stat. 363; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, set time for commencement of corporate existence of land banks and enumerated their powers. See section 2012 of this title.
Section 677, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §4, 39 Stat. 363; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, set time for termination of temporary management of land banks.
Section 677a, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §4, 39 Stat. 363; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §304, 42 Stat. 1474; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VII, §70a(a)(1)–(4), title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 269, 273; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §7(b), 50 Stat. 707, provided for compensation of director of farm credit boards of each farm credit district. See section 2226 of this title.
§§678 to 682. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Sections were stricken by act Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §7(b), 50 Stat. 707, and former section 677a of this title was substituted in lieu thereof.
Section 678, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §4, 39 Stat. 363; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §304, 42 Stat. 1474; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VII, §70a(a)(1), 48 Stat. 269, related to number and qualifications of directors.
Section 678a, act June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VII, §70a(b), 48 Stat. 270, related to successors of directors.
Section 679, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §4, 39 Stat. 363; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §304, 42 Stat. 1474; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VII, §70a(a)(2), 48 Stat. 270, related to nomination of candidates for local directors.
Section 680, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §4, 39 Stat. 363; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §304, 42 Stat. 1474; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VII, §70a(a)(3), 48 Stat. 270, related to election of local directors.
Section 681, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §4, 39 Stat. 363; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §304, 42 Stat. 1474; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VII, §70a(a)(4), 48 Stat. 270, related to appointment and election of district directors and director at large, and filling of vacancies.
Section 682, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §4, 39 Stat. 363; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §304, 42 Stat. 1474, related to qualifications of directors and limitation on engagement in other business.
§682a. Repealed. Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §7(c), 50 Stat. 707
Section, act June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §23, 49 Stat. 320, related to disqualification of persons convicted of felony or fraud for positions with Federal land banks. See section 640i of this title.
§683. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §4, 39 Stat. 363; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §304, 42 Stat. 1474; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VII, §70, title VIII, §80a, 48 Stat. 269, 273, related to compensation and allowances of directors, officers, and employees, and was stricken by act Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §7(b), 50 Stat. 707. Section 70 of act June 16, 1933, ch. 98, was repealed by Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 648. See section 2226 of this title.
Capital Stock of Federal Land Banks
§§691 to 697. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 691, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §5, 39 Stat. 364; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, provided for minimum amount of original capital for Federal land banks. See section 2013 of this title.
Section 692, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §5, 39 Stat. 364, provided for distribution and value of stock for Federal land banks. See section 2013 of this title.
Section 693, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §5, 39 Stat. 364; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, covered transfer of stock held by land bank associations. See section 2013 of this title.
Section 694, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §5, 39 Stat. 364; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 273; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, covered dividends for land bank stock. See section 2013 of this title.
Section 695, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §5, 39 Stat. 364; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(a), 50 Stat. 704, covered subscription by United States for unsubscribed balance of original capital stock of Federal land banks. See section 2001 et seq. of this title.
Section 696, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §5, 39 Stat. 364; Jan. 23, 1932, ch. 9, §1, 47 Stat. 12; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, covered retirement of original stock of Federal land banks. See section 2051 of this title.
Section 697, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §5, 39 Stat. 364; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, set out required proportion of capital of Federal land banks that had to be held in form of quick assets. See section 2051 of this title.
§698. Repealed. Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title III, §302, 69 Stat. 664
Section, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §5 (par.), as added Jan. 23, 1932, ch. 9, §2, 47 Stat. 12, related to subscriptions by United States to capital stock of Federal land banks.
Land Banks as Government Depositaries and Agents
§701. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §6, 39 Stat. 365, covered land banks as government depositaries and agents. See section 2012 of this title.
Federal Land Bank Associations Generally
§§711 to 724. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 711, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §7, 39 Stat. 365; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, provided for organization of land bank associations. See section 2031 of this title.
Section 712, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §7, 39 Stat. 365; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §21, 59 Stat. 266; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), (i), 73 Stat. 387, provided for directors, officers, and loan committee of land bank associations. See section 2031 et seq. of this title.
Section 713, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §7, 39 Stat. 365; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(i), 73 Stat. 387, provided for compensation and qualifications of directors. See section 2032 of this title.
Section 714, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §7, 39 Stat. 365; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §305, 42 Stat. 1476; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title III, §301(b), 69 Stat. 664; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), (i), 73 Stat. 387, set out duties of manager of each land bank association. See section 2031 of this title.
Section 715, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §7, 39 Stat. 365; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), (i), 73 Stat. 387, provided for expenses of personnel of land bank associations. See section 2033 of this title.
Section 716, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §7, 39 Stat. 365; June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §19(a), (b), 49 Stat. 319; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), (i), 73 Stat. 387, provided for incorporators, organization, directors, and managers of land bank associations. See section 2031 et seq. of this title.
Section 717, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §7, 39 Stat. 365; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(i), 73 Stat. 387, covered report and affidavit accompanying articles of association. See section 2031 of this title.
Section 718, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §7, 39 Stat. 365; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, provided for investigation of solvency of applicants for incorporation. See section 2254 of this title.
Section 719, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §7, 39 Stat. 365; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §8, 50 Stat. 707; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, covered grant or refusal of charters to land bank associations. See section 2031 et seq. of this title.
Section 720, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §7, 39 Stat. 365; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, authorized receipt of funds to be loaned to members. See section 2033 of this title.
Section 721, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §7, 39 Stat. 365; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, covered subscriptions to land bank stock as collateral and retirement of stock. See section 2034 of this title.
Section 722, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §7, 39 Stat. 365, placed a limitation on reduction of capital stock of land banks. See section 2034 of this title.
Section 723, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §7 (pt.), as added Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 270, §1, 47 Stat. 1547; amended May 12, 1933, ch. 25, title II, §26, 48 Stat. 44; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 273; Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §6, 48 Stat. 346; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §§5(a), 22, 50 Stat. 704, 710; Oct. 29, 1949, ch. 786, §1(b), 63 Stat. 986; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), (i), 73 Stat. 387; Oct. 4, 1961, Pub. L. 87–353, §3(a), (e), 75 Stat. 773, 774, authorized direct loans. See section 2020 of this title.
Section 724, acts Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §25(b), 50 Stat. 711; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, provided for loans when an association's stock is impaired. See section 2020 of this title.
Capital Stock of Federal Land Bank Associations
§§731 to 734. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 731, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §8, 39 Stat. 367; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, set a $5 par value for shares of land bank association stock. See section 2031 of this title.
Section 732, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §8, 39 Stat. 367; Aug. 9, 1937, ch. 704, §23, 50 Stat. 710, set out voting privileges for land bank association stock. See section 2034 of this title.
Section 733, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §8, 39 Stat. 367; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, limited borrowers to members. See section 2034 of this title.
Section 734, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §8, 39 Stat. 367; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title III, §301(c), 69 Stat. 664; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, provided for increases in stock. See section 2034 of this title.
Federal Land Bank Associations; Special Provisions
§§741 to 747. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 741, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §9, 39 Stat. 368; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, covered members' rights to loans. See section 2201 of this title.
Section 742, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §9, 39 Stat. 368; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §102(a), 73 Stat. 384, covered payments for stock from proceeds of member's mortgage loan. See section 2033 of this title.
Section 743, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §9, 39 Stat. 368; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, authorized retention of commissions on interest payments. See section 2033 of this title.
Section 744, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §9, 39 Stat. 368; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, provided for individual liability of shareholders.
Section 744a, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VII, §72, 48 Stat. 271; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, relieved shareholders of land bank associations of personal liability for contracts, debts, and engagements entered into after June 16, 1933.
Section 745, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §9, 39 Stat. 368; June 3, 1935, ch. 164, 20, 49 Stat. 319; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §24, 50 Stat. 710; June 30, 1945, ch. 204, §1(b), 59 Stat. 266; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), (i), 73 Stat. 387, provided for new members for land bank associations. See section 2033 of this title.
Section 746, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §9 (par.) as added Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §25(a), 50 Stat. 710; amended Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, provided for a common board of directors for two or more associations. See section 2032 of this title.
Section 747, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §9 (par.), as added Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §25(a), 50 Stat. 711; amended Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, provided for transfer of powers to a loan committee. See section 2033 of this title.
Appraisal for Farm Loans
§§751 to 757. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 751, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §10(a), 39 Stat. 369; Apr. 20, 1920, ch. 154, §2, 41 Stat. 570; June 30, 1945, ch. 204, §2, 59 Stat. 266; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §102(b), 73 Stat. 384, covered investigation of applications for mortgage loans by the loan committee. See section 2033 of this title.
Section 752, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §10(b), 39 Stat. 369; Apr. 20, 1920, ch. 154, §2, 41 Stat. 570; June 30, 1945, ch. 204, §2, 59 Stat. 266; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §102(b), 73 Stat. 385, covered submission of loan applications and required reports to land banks. See section 2033 of this title.
Section 753, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §10(c), 39 Stat. 369; June 30, 1945, ch. 204, §2, 59 Stat. 266; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §102(b), 73 Stat. 385, provided for form for appraisal reports.
Section 754, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §10(d), 39 Stat. 369; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §102(b), 73 Stat. 385, dealt with conflicting interests of farm credit or land bank appraisers, committeemen, and association directors. See section 2254 of this title.
Section 755, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §10(e), 39 Stat. 369; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §102(b), 73 Stat. 385, provided for appraisal standards studies by Federal land banks. See section 2033 of this title.
Section 756, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §10(f), 39 Stat. 369; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §102(b), 73 Stat. 385, covered appraisals, reports, and standards by farm credit appraisers. See section 2012 of this title.
Section 757, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §10(g), as added Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title III, §303, 69 Stat. 664; amended Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §102(b), 73 Stat. 385, set out duties of farm credit appraisers. See section 2254 of this title.
Powers of Federal Land Bank Associations
§761. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §11, 39 Stat. 369; Apr. 20, 1920, ch. 154, §3, 41 Stat. 570; Ex. Ord. No. 6084 Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §25(c), 50 Stat. 713; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, enumerated powers of Federal land bank associations. See section 2033 of this title.
Restriction on Loans of Federal Land Banks Based on First Mortgages
§§771, 772. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 771, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, §12, 39 Stat. 370; Apr. 20, 1920, ch. 154, §4, 41 Stat. 570; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §§306, 307, 42 Stat. 1476; Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 270, §2, 47 Stat. 1547; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; May 12, 1933, ch. 25, title II, §§24, 25, 41, 48 Stat. 43, 44, 51; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VII, §§73, 74, title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 271, 273; June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §§3, 18, 22, 49 Stat. 314, 319; June 24, 1936, ch. 762, 49 Stat. 1912; July 22, 1937, ch. 516, §1, 50 Stat. 521; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704; §§5(a), 12, 50 Stat. 704, 708; June 16, 1938, ch. 462, §1, 52 Stat. 709; June 29, 1940, ch. 441, §1, 54 Stat. 684; June 27, 1942, ch. 449, §1, 56 Stat. 391; June 30, 1945, ch. 204, §4, 59 Stat. 267; Oct. 29, 1949, ch. 786, §2, 63 Stat. 986; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title III, §304, 69 Stat. 664; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(a), (h), 73 Stat. 386, 387; Oct. 3, 1961, Pub. L. 87–343, §1(a), 75 Stat. 758; Aug. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–525, §2, 80 Stat. 334; Dec. 15, 1967, Pub. L. 90–204, §2, 81 Stat. 612, set out restrictions on loans. See section 2011 et seq. of this title.
Section 772, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §12, 39 Stat. 370; Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §7, 48 Stat. 346; Oct. 4, 1961, Pub. L. 87–353, §3(f), 75 Stat. 774, authorized transmittal of loan funds to land bank associations either in form of current funds or farm loan bonds.
§773. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, act May 15, 1922, ch. 190, §3, 42 Stat. 542, which related to mortgages on farm lands under United States reclamation projects, and contained a definition of "first mortgage" as used in section 771 of this title, was omitted because of the repeal of section 771 and other sections of this title that were based on the Federal Farm Loan Act.
§773a. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, acts June 4, 1936, ch. 496, 49 Stat. 1461; Pub. L. 87–353, §3(k), Oct. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 774, provided for loans on lands in drainage, irrigation, or conservancy districts.
Powers of Federal Land Banks Generally
§781. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, §13, 39 Stat. 372; Jan. 23, 1932, ch. 9, §5, 47 Stat. 14; Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 270, §§3, 4, 47 Stat. 1548; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; May 12, 1933, ch. 25, title II, §§22, 23, 48 Stat. 42, 43; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VII, §79, title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 272, 273; Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §8(a), 48 Stat. 347; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §§5(a), 15(a), (b), 16, 17, 19, 50 Stat. 704, 708, 709; June 30, 1945, ch. 204, §§5–7, 59 Stat. 267; Oct. 29, 1949, ch. 786, §3, 63 Stat. 986; June 1, 1955, ch. 117, 69 Stat. 81; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title III, §305, 69 Stat. 665; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §104(e), 70 Stat. 664; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387; Oct. 4, 1961, Pub. L. 87–353, §3(g), (h), 75 Stat. 774; Aug. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–525, §2, 80 Stat. 334, enumerated powers of Federal land banks generally. See section 2012 of this title.
Restrictions on Federal Land Banks
§791. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §14, 39 Stat. 372; Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 270, §5(a), (b), 47 Stat. 1549; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VII, §§71, 75(a), 48 Stat. 271; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, set out an enumeration of restriction on Federal land banks. See section 2012 et seq. of this title.
Loans by Federal Land Banks Through Agents
§§801 to 808. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 801, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §15, 39 Stat. 373; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, authorized loans by Federal land banks through agents. See section 2020 of this title.
Section 802, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §15, 39 Stat. 373; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, covered manner of making loan through agents. See section 2020 of this title.
Section 803, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §15, 39 Stat. 373, placed limits on who could be employed as agent. See section 2020 of this title.
Section 804, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §15, 39 Stat. 373, covered expenses of and commissions to agents. See section 2020 of this title.
Section 805, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §15, 39 Stat. 373, provided for addition of expenses of agents to loans. See section 2020 of this title.
Section 806, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §15, 39 Stat. 373, covered collection of loan payments. See section 2020 of this title.
Section 807, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §15, 39 Stat. 373, covered indorsement of loans and liability thereon. See section 2020 of this title.
Section 808, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §15, 39 Stat. 373; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, provided when loans were to cease. See section 2020 of this title.
Joint-Stock Land Banks
§§810 to 824. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 810, act May 12, 1933, ch. 25, title II, §29, 48 Stat. 46, prohibited making of loans or issuing of bonds after May 12, 1933, by joint-stock land banks.
Section 811, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §16, 39 Stat. 374, provided for organization of joint-stock banks.
Section 812, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §16, 39 Stat. 374, provided for individual liability of shareholders in joint-stock land banks.
Section 813, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §16, 39 Stat. 374, covered powers, duties, and liabilities of joint-stock land banks.
Section 814, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §16, 39 Stat. 374, placed a limit on amount of issue of bonds and prohibited transacting of unauthorized business.
Section 815, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §16, 39 Stat. 374; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, provided for minimum allowable capital stock for joint-stock land banks.
Section 816, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §16, 39 Stat. 374, prohibited issuance of bonds before capital stock of joint-stock land banks was entirely paid up.
Section 817, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §16, 39 Stat. 374; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, set out required form for bonds issued by joint-stock land banks.
Section 818, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §16, 39 Stat. 374; Mar. 4, 1931, ch. 518, §1, 46 Stat. 1548, set out interest rates and restrictions on mortgage loans for joint-stock land banks.
Section 819, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §16, 39 Stat. 374, set a limitation on interest rates.
Section 820, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §16, 39 Stat. 374, prohibited unauthorized commissions or charges by joint-stock land banks.
Section 821, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §16, 39 Stat. 374; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, authorized issuance of bonds by joint-stock land banks.
Section 822, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §16 (par.), as added May 29, 1920, ch. 215, 41 Stat. 691, and amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, provided for voluntary liquidation of joint-stock land banks.
Section 823, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §16 (pars.), as added May 29, 1920, ch. 215, 41 Stat. 691; amended Mar. 4, 1925, ch. 524, §5, 43 Stat. 1263; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, provided for acquisition of assets of a liquidating joint-stock land bank.
Section 824, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §16 (par.), as added Mar. 4, 1931, ch. 518, §2, 46 Stat. 1548; amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, covered insolvency and receivership of joint-stock land banks.
Powers of Farm Credit Administration
§§831 to 833. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 831, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §17, 39 Stat. 375; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §9, 50 Stat. 707; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, contained an enumeration of the powers of Farm Credit Administration. See section 2252 of this title.
Section 832, acts Sept. 21, 1944, ch. 412, title VI, §601(a) to (c), 58 Stat. 740; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title III, §307, 69 Stat. 665; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §108, 70 Stat. 667; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, provided for allocation of administrative expenses rendered each year by Farm Credit Administration. See section 2250 of this title.
Section 833, act Sept. 21, 1944, ch. 412, title VI, §602, 58 Stat. 741, authorized purchase of manuscripts, data, and special reports by Farm Credit Administration.
Applications for Farm-Loan Bonds
§§841 to 844. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 841, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §18, 39 Stat. 375; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, provided for application for farm loan bonds. See section 2154 of this title.
Section 842, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §18, 39 Stat. 375; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, provided for investigation and appraisal of securities tendered. See section 2154 of this title.
Section 843, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §18, 39 Stat. 375; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, provided for transmission of decisions to land bank and registrar.
Section 844, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §18, 39 Stat. 375; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, required Farm Credit Administration to execute a writing when approving a farm-loan bond issue.
Issue of Farm-Loan Bonds
§§851 to 857. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 851, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §19, 39 Stat. 376; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, set out duties of farm-loan registrar on approval of a bond issue.
Section 852, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §19, 39 Stat. 376; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, covered return of collateral security whenever Farm Credit Administration rejects entirely an application for an issue of farm-loan bonds.
Section 853, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §19, 39 Stat. 376; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, provided for disposition of security on approval of an application for issue of farm-loan bonds.
Section 854, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §19, 39 Stat. 376; Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 270, §6(a), 47 Stat. 1549; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, set out conditions for mortgages eligible as collateral.
Section 855, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §19, 39 Stat. 376, set out duties of farm loan registrars and authorized receipt of United States bonds or cash in lieu of mortgages withdrawn.
Section 856, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §19, 39 Stat. 376; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, authorized Farm Loan Administration to call on any farm loan bank for additional security to protect the bonds issued by it.
Section 857, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §19 (par.), as added Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 270, §6(b), 47 Stat. 1549; amended June 30, 1945, ch. 204, §8, 59 Stat. 268, covered deposit of acceptable collateral security with farm loan registrar.
Form of Farm Loan Bonds
§§861 to 864. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 861, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §20, 39 Stat. 377; Apr. 20, 1920, ch. 154, §5, 41 Stat. 571; Mar. 4, 1921, ch. 151, 41 Stat. 1362; Aug. 13, 1921, ch. 63, 42 Stat. 159; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; June 30, 1945, ch. 204, §9, 59 Stat. 268; Aug. 18, 1958, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(b), 73 Stat. 386, authorized issuance of farm loan bonds in amount, denominations, and terms as Farm Credit Administration authorized. See section 2153 of this title.
Section 862, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §20, 39 Stat. 377; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, directed the Farm Credit Administration to prescribe rules and regulations concerning circumstances and manner in which farm loan bonds shall be paid and retired. See section 2153 of this title.
Section 863, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §20, 39 Stat. 377, directed that farm loan bonds be delivered through registrar of the district to bank applying for them.
Section 864, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §20, 39 Stat. 377; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(b), 73 Stat. 386, covered preparation of bonds, custody of plates and dies, exchange for registered bonds, and reexchange for coupons.
Special Provisions of Farm Loan Bonds
§§871 to 886. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 871, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §21, 39 Stat. 377; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, provided that land banks be bound by the acts of officers and Farm Credit Administration in issue of bonds.
Section 872, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §21, 39 Stat. 377; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, covered liability of each land bank for bonds issued by it and by other land banks.
Section 873, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §21, 39 Stat. 377, directed that board of directors of each land bank obligate each such bank to become liable on farm loan bonds.
Section 874, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §21, 39 Stat. 377; Apr. 20, 1920, ch. 154, §6, 41 Stat. 571; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VII, §75(b), title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 271, 273; June 30, 1945, ch. 204, §10(a), 59 Stat. 268, provided for signing and attesting of bonds and certificate of Land Bank Commissioner.
Section 875, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §21 (par.), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §308, 42 Stat. 1476, authorized consolidation of bonds and their sale through a common selling agency.
Section 876, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §21 (par.), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §308, 42 Stat. 1476; amended June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §§80(a), 81, 48 Stat. 273, provided for signature and attestation of bonds, joint and several obligations, and recitals.
Section 877, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §21 (par.), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §308, 42 Stat. 1476, directed that consolidated bonds be made payable at any land bank and authorized provisions making them payable at Federal reserve banks or other designated banks as well.
Section 878, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §21 (par.), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §308, 42 Stat. 1476; amended Mar. 4, 1925, ch. 524, §6, 43 Stat. 1264; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §§80(a), 81, 48 Stat. 273, directed that land banks on whose behalf consolidated bonds are issued be bound by acts of Land Bank Commissioner and any deputy land bank commissioner.
Section 879, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §21 (par.), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §308, 42 Stat. 1476; amended June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §§80(a), 81, 48 Stat. 273, directed that boards of directors of land banks, before participating in a consolidated issue, obligate such banks to be liable on farm loan bonds and to be bound by action of Land Bank Commissioner and any deputy land bank commissioner.
Section 880, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §21 (par.), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §308, 42 Stat. 1476; amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VII, §75(b), title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 271, 273; June 30, 1945, ch. 204 §10(b), 59 Stat. 269, covered certificate of Land Bank Commissioner appearing on face of every farm loan bond issued.
Section 881, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §21, 39 Stat. 377; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title VIII, §308, 42 Stat. 1476; Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 270, §7, 47 Stat. 1550; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, covered special provisions of farm loan bonds, consolidated bonds, the participation of land banks in their issuance, and collateral.
Section 882, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §21 (par.), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §308, 42 Stat. 1476; amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, covered action to be taken upon failure of a participating bank to pay interest or principal.
Section 883, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §21 (par.), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §308, 42 Stat. 1476; amended Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §18, 50 Stat. 709, covered bond committee of Federal land banks and acts of such committee in conducting its business.
Section 884, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §21 (par.), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §308, 42 Stat. 1476; amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §§80(a), 81, 48 Stat. 273, set out duties of bond committee on contemplation of an issue of consolidated bonds.
Section 885, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §21 (par.), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §308, 42 Stat. 1476, covered proper charging of expenses of bond committee and of sale of bonds.
Section 886, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §21 (par.), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §308, 42 Stat. 1476, provided for compensation of members of bond committee.
Application of Amortization and Interest Payments
§§891 to 899. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 891, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §22, 39 Stat. 378; Oct. 29, 1949, ch. 786, §4, 63 Stat. 986, covered payments on mortgages pledged as collateral for a bond issue, notice to farm-loan registrar, and cancellation of mortgage and discharge of lien on full payment.
Section 892, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §22, 39 Stat. 378, covered withdrawal of collateral and substitution of other security.
Section 893, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §22, 39 Stat. 378; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, provided for place and mode of payment of bonds or interest thereon and cancellation of payment.
Section 894, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §22, 39 Stat. 378, provided for withdrawal of collateral security on surrender of bonds.
Section 895, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §22, 39 Stat. 378, covered interest payments on pledged securities.
Section 896, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §22, 39 Stat. 378, provided for payment of bonds, coupons, and interest at maturity.
Section 897, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §22, 39 Stat. 378; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §309, 42 Stat. 1477; Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §8(b), 48 Stat. 347; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §§5(a), 15(c), 50 Stat. 704, 708; Oct. 4, 1961, Pub. L. 87–353, §3(i), 75 Stat. 774, provided for a trust fund from payments on mortgages held as collateral.
Section 898, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §22, 39 Stat. 378, covered deposit of trust funds with registrars as substituted collateral security.
Section 899, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §22, 39 Stat. 378, covered notice to registrars of dispositions of principal payments on mortgages held as collateral and transfer to registrar on demand.
Reserves and Dividends of Land Banks
§§901 to 903. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 901, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §23, 39 Stat. 379; Jan. 23, 1932, ch. 9, §3(a), 47 Stat. 13; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title III, §306(a), 69 Stat. 665; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(c), 73 Stat. 386, provided for amount to be carried in reserve accounts, withdrawal of excess, and restoration of impairment. See section 2051 of this title.
Section 902, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §23, 39 Stat. 379; Jan. 23, 1932, ch. 9, §3(a), (b), 47 Stat. 13; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title III, §306(a), 69 Stat. 665, authorized declaration of dividends on balance of net earnings and investment of reserves. See section 2051 et seq. of this title.
Section 903, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §23 (par.), as added Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §10, 67 Stat. 395, provided for payment of franchise tax before dividends. See section 2051 of this title.
Reserve and Dividends of Federal Land Bank Associations
§§911 to 915. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 911, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §24, 39 Stat. 379; Jan. 23, 1932, ch. 9, §4, 47 Stat. 13; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title III, §306(b), 69 Stat. 665; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(d), (h), 73 Stat. 386, 387, provided for amount to be carried in reserve account by land bank associations. See section 2052 of this title.
Section 912, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §24, 39 Stat. 379; Jan. 23, 1932, ch. 9, §4, 47 Stat. 13, covered making good of any impairment of reserve before payment of any dividends.
Section 913, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §24, 39 Stat. 379; Jan. 23, 1932, ch. 9, §4, 47 Stat. 13; June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §4, 49 Stat. 315, provided for payment of dividends by land bank associations on balance of net earnings. See section 2052 of this title.
Section 914, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §24, 39 Stat. 379; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, covered investment of reserves of land bank associations.
Section 915, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §24, 39 Stat. 379, provided for disposition of reserves on liquidation of land bank associations.
Defaulted Farm Loans
§921. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §25, 39 Stat. 380; Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §310, 42 Stat. 1477; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, provided for notice to indorsing association in event of a default on a mortgage held by a land bank and for making good of such default by association.
Exemption From Taxation
§931. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §26, 39 Stat. 380; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, exempted land banks and land bank associations from taxation and directed that mortgages and bonds be deemed instrumentalities of government. See section 2055 of this title.
§931a. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Provisions of this section, act May 28, 1938, ch. 289, §817, 52 Stat. 578, were incorporated as section 3799 of Title 26 (I.R.C. 1939). See section 76 of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code.
§§932, 933. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 932, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §26, 39 Stat. 380, covered joint-stock land banks and limitations on state taxation of shares thereof.
Section 933, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §26, 39 Stat. 380; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, prohibited a construction of statute which might serve to render exempt real property of land banks and land bank associations from state, county, or municipal taxes.
Investment in Farm-Loan Bonds
§§941 to 943. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 941, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §27, 39 Stat. 380, directed that farm-loan bonds be deemed lawful investments for all fiduciary and trust funds.
Section 942, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §27, 39 Stat. 380, covered buying and selling of farm-loan bonds by member banks of the Federal reserve system.
Section 943, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §27, 39 Stat. 380, covered additional purchases and sales by Federal reserve banks.
Examinations
§§951, 952. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 951, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §28, 39 Stat. 381; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §20, 50 Stat. 710, provided for appointment of farm credit examiners.
Section 952, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §28, 39 Stat. 381; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 273; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §20, 50 Stat. 710; July 12, 1943, ch. 215, 57 Stat. 424; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, covered requirements, responsibilities, and penalties applicable to examiners, and made provision for examinations and reports.
§953. Repealed. Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 643
Section, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §28, 39 Stat. 381, related to salaries of Farm credit examiners.
Receivers and Conservators
§§961 to 963. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 961, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §29, 39 Stat. 381; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(a), 50 Stat. 704; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, covered institution and conduct of receiverships for land bank associations and duties and powers of receivers.
Section 962, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §29, 39 Stat. 381; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, covered the disposition of moneys collected by receivers and reports to be made thereon.
Section 963, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §29, 39 Stat. 381; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, provided for institution and conduct of receiverships for federal and joint-stock land banks.
§963a. Repealed. June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title II, §206(c), 61 Stat. 208
Section, act May 12, 1933, ch. 25, §27, 48 Stat. 45, related to authorization of receiver to borrow money for paying taxes on real estate.
§§964 to 966. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 964, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §29, 39 Stat. 381; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; July 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 273; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, provided for disposition of land bank association's stock in land bank on declaration of insolvency and appointment of receiver for association.
Section 965, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §29, 39 Stat. 381; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, required written consent from Farm Credit Administration for a land bank, land bank association, or joint stock land bank to go into voluntary liquidation.
Section 966, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §29 (par.), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title III, §311, 42 Stat. 1748, and amended Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, provided for disposition of a land bank association's stock in land bank on voluntary liquidation of an association and for personal liability of members.
Dissolution and Appointment of Receivers
§967. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §29 (pars.), as added Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §25(d), 50 Stat. 713; amended Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(e), (h), 73 Stat. 386, 387, provided for a conservator in lieu of a receiver for land bank associations which have failed to meet their outstanding obligations.
State Legislation Impairing Security of Farm Loans
§§971 to 973. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 971, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §30, 39 Stat. 382; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 273, directed Land Bank Commissioner to make examination of State legislation which might impair the security of farm loans.
Section 972, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §30, 39 Stat. 382; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 273, authorized Farm Credit Administration to declare first mortgages on farm lands ineligible as basis for an issue of farm loan bonds.
Section 973, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §30, 39 Stat. 382; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, authorized Farm Credit Administration to prepare a statement for chief executive of any state setting forth in what respects requirement of Administration cannot be complied with under existing State laws.
Penalties
§§981 to 987. Repealed. June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862, eff. Sept. 1, 1948
Section 981, acts July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §31, 39 Stat. 382; June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §21, 49 Stat. 319, related to false statements in applications for loans. See section 1014 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 982, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §31, 39 Stat. 382, related to counterfeiting bonds or coupons. See section 493 of Title 18.
Section 983, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §31, 39 Stat. 382, related to charging or receiving unauthorized fees or commissions. See sections 216 and 1907 of Title 18.
Section 984, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §31, 39 Stat. 382, related to fraud and embezzlement. See sections 657 and 1006 of Title 18.
Section 985, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §31, 39 Stat. 382, related to false pretenses as to character of bonds or coupons. See section 1013 of Title 18.
Section 986, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §31, 39 Stat. 382, related to detection and arrest of violators. See section 3056 of Title 18.
Section 987, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §31 (par.), as added June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VII, §78, 48 Stat. 272, related to false statements by mortgagee. See section 1011 of Title 18.
Government Deposits in Land Banks
§991. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §32, 39 Stat. 384; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, covered government deposits in land banks, interest rate, security, and maximum amounts.
§§992 to 993. Repealed. Pub. L. 87–353, §3(a), (w), Oct. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 773, 774
Section 992, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, §32 (par.), as added May 12, 1933, ch. 25, title II, §21, 48 Stat. 41; amended June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 273, related to Government guaranty of interest on qualified Federal land bank bonds issued during limited period, use of proceeds of such bonds, limitation on aggregate amount of such bonds, payment of interest by Government on inability of issuing bank and rights of Government after such payment.
Section 992a, act Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §5, 48 Stat. 346, prohibited any Federal land bank, ninety days after January 31, 1934, from issuing any bonds under provisions of section 992 of this title, subject to guarantee of interest on such bonds by United States except for purpose of refinancing any bond which was or had been issued subject to such guarantee of interest.
Section 993, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, §32 (par.), as added May 12, 1933, ch. 25, title II, §21, 48 Stat. 41, related to delivery of bonds issued under section 992 of this title in payment of certain mortgages.
Organization Expenses
§1001. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §33, 39 Stat. 384, appropriated $100,000 for carrying this chapter into effect.
Limitation of Court Decisions
§1011. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §34, 39 Stat. 384, set limits on effects of any court decisions respecting validity of provisions of act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, 39 Stat. 360.
Amendments to Chapter
§1012. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title I, §35, 39 Stat. 384, reserved to Congress the right to amend, alter, or repeal former subchapter I or III of this chapter.
SUBCHAPTER II—LOANS TO FARMERS BY LAND BANK COMMISSIONER
§1016. Repealed and Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section (except subsec. (h)), acts May 12, 1933, ch. 25, title II, §32, 48 Stat. 48; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 273; Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §§9, 10, 48 Stat. 347; June 11, 1934, ch. 446, 48 Stat. 929; May 28, 1935, ch. 150, §32, 49 Stat. 300; June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §2, 49 Stat. 313; July 22, 1937, ch. 516, §2, 50 Stat. 521; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §§13, 14, 50 Stat. 708; June 16, 1938, ch. 462, §2, 52 Stat. 709; Feb. 1, 1940, ch. 19, 54 Stat. 19; June 29, 1940, ch. 441, §1, 54 Stat. 684; June 3, 1942, ch. 321, 56 Stat. 306; June 27, 1942, ch. 449, §2, 56 Stat. 392; June 26, 1943, ch. 146, 57 Stat. 196; June 30, 1944, ch. 329, 58 Stat. 646; June 30, 1945, ch. 204, §§11–13, 59 Stat. 269; July 12, 1946, ch. 570, §1, 60 Stat. 532; June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title II, §206(h), 61 Stat. 208; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387; Oct. 4, 1961, Pub. L. 87–353, §3(b), 75 Stat. 773, related to general provisions governing loans to farmers by Land Bank Commission, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 87–353, §3(b), Oct. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 773.
Subsec. (h) provided: "Any instrument heretofore or hereafter executed on behalf of the Land Bank Commissioner and/or the Federal Farm Mortgage Corporation by a Federal land bank, through its duly authorized officers, shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly authorized by the Land Bank Commissioner and the Federal Farm Mortgage Corporation."
§§1017 to 1019. Repealed. Pub. L. 87–353, §3(b), Oct. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 773
Section 1017, acts May 12, 1933, ch. 25, title II, §33, 48 Stat. 49; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 273, authorized Land Bank Commissioner to make rules and regulations and to appoint, employ and fix compensation of officers, employees, attorneys and agents.
Section 1018, acts May 12, 1933, ch. 25, title II, §34, 48 Stat. 49; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §80(a), 48 Stat. 273, related to making available to Land Bank Commissioner of facilities of Federal land banks and Federal land bank associations.
Section 1019, act May 12, 1933, ch. 25, title II, §35, 48 Stat. 49, prescribed a penalty of not more than $1,000 fine or six months' imprisonment or both for false representations in obtaining loan.
SUBCHAPTER II–A—FEDERAL FARM MORTGAGE CORPORATION
§§1020 to 1020a–1. Repealed. Pub. L. 87–353, §3(a), (v), Oct. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 773, 774
Section 1020, act Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §1, 48 Stat. 344, provided for establishment of Federal Farm Mortgage Corporation, and for board of directors, bylaws, regulations and employment of officers and employees.
Section 1020a, act Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §2, 48 Stat. 345, related to period of succession of Federal Farm Mortgage Corporation, its powers, free use of mails and use of Government facilities.
Section 1020a–1, act Sept. 21, 1944, ch. 412, title VI, §603, 58 Stat. 741, provided for treatment of capital investment expenditures as nonadministrative expenses.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Abolition of Federal Farm Mortgage Corporation
Pub. L. 87–353, §§1, 2, Oct. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 773, abolished Federal Farm Mortgage Corporation established by the Act of Jan. 31, 1934, 48 Stat. 344, formerly set out in section 1020 of this title, terminated all powers and functions of Corporation, transferred all assets owned by Corporation and all authority of the Corporation relating to collection of notes receivable from Federal land banks to Secretary of the Treasury, authorized Federal land bank of appropriate district to execute in its own name or the name of Corporation any instrument necessary to perfect title to real property (other than reserved mineral interests) which appeared to be in Land Bank Commissioner in a particular district or Corporation, reserved mineral interests of Corporation which were not disposed of to United States of America to be administered by Secretary of the Interior, provided that any moneys collected by Secretary of the Treasury by virtue of act be deposited in general fund of the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts and further provided that no proceeding commenced by or against the Corporation would abate as the court on motion filed within twelve months after the date of enactment of the act (Oct. 4, 1961) could allow the same to be maintained by or against Secretary of the Treasury.
§§1020a–2, 1020a–3. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section 1020a–2, act June 4, 1956, ch. 355, title IV, 70 Stat. 239, which related to maximum amounts available for administrative expenses, was from the Department of Agriculture and Farm Credit Administration Appropriation Act, 1957, and was not repeated in subsequent appropriation acts.
Section 1020a–3, Pub. L. 87–112, title IV, July 26, 1961, 75 Stat. 240, which limited the aggregate amount of bonds issued and outstanding, was from the Department of Agriculture and Related Agencies Appropriation Act, 1962, and was not repeated in subsequent appropriations acts.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Similar Provisions
Similar provisions to section 1020a–2 of this title were contained in the following acts:
May 23, 1955, ch. 43, title IV, 69 Stat. 62.
June 29, 1954, ch. 409, title IV, 68 Stat. 317.
July 28, 1953, ch. 251, title II, 67 Stat. 222.
July 5, 1952, ch. 574, title II, 66 Stat. 353.
Aug. 31, 1951, ch. 374, title III, 65 Stat. 245.
Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, Ch. VI, title II, 64 Stat. 677.
June 29, 1949, ch. 280, title II, 63 Stat. 346, 347.
Similar provisions to section 1020a–3 of this title were contained in the following acts:
June 29, 1960, Pub. L. 86–532, title III, 74 Stat. 244.
July 8, 1959, Pub. L. 86–80, title III, 73 Stat. 179.
June 13, 1958, Pub. L. 85–459, title III, 72 Stat. 199.
Aug. 2, 1957, Pub. L. 85–118, title IV, 71 Stat. 339.
§§1020b, 1020c. Repealed. Pub. L. 87–353, §3(a), Oct. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 773
Section 1020b, acts Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §3, 48 Stat. 345; June 25, 1940, ch. 427, §4, 54 Stat. 573; June 30, 1945, ch. 204, §14, 59 Stat. 269; July 12, 1946, ch. 570, §2, 60 Stat. 532, prescribed the capital of the Federal Farm Mortgage Corporation to be in the sum of $200,000,000 and provided for subscription by the United States and repayment by the Corporation.
Section 1020c, acts Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §4(a), 48 Stat. 345; Apr. 27, 1934, ch. 168, §14, 48 Stat. 647, authorized the issuance of bonds not exceeding $2,000,000,000 at any one time and provided for purchase and sale by United States and exchange of such bonds for consolidated farm loan bonds.
§1020c–1. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, act June 4, 1956, ch. 355, title IV, 70 Stat. 240, which limited the aggregate amount of bonds issued and outstanding, was from the Department of Agriculture and Farm Credit Administration Appropriation Act, 1957, and was not repeated in subsequent appropriation acts.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Similar Provisions
Similar provisions to section 1020c–1 of this title were contained in the following acts:
May 23, 1955, ch. 43, title IV, 69 Stat. 62.
June 29, 1954, ch. 409, title IV, 68 Stat. 318.
July 28, 1953, ch. 251, title II, 67 Stat. 222.
July 5, 1952, ch. 574, title II, 66 Stat. 353.
Aug. 31, 1951, ch. 374, title III, 65 Stat. 244.
Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, Ch. VI, title II, 64 Stat. 678.
June 29, 1949, ch. 280, title II, 63 Stat. 347.
June 30, 1948, ch. 773, title II, 62 Stat. 1191.
§§1020d to 1020h. Repealed. Pub. L. 87–353, §3(a), Oct. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 773
Section 1020d, acts Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §4(b), 48 Stat. 346; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §§2, 4, 50 Stat. 703; June 30, 1945, ch. 204, §15, 59 Stat. 269, provided for the purchase of consolidated farm loan bonds, loans to Federal and joint-stock land banks, investment in mortgages, extensions, and sale and assignment of notes and mortgages.
Section 1020e, act Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §4(c), 48 Stat. 346, related to preparation of bonds.
Section 1020f, acts Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §12, 48 Stat. 347; Feb. 26, 1934, ch. 33, 48 Stat. 360, provided for exemptions from taxation.
Sections 1020g, 1020h, act Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §§17, 18, 48 Stat. 348, 349, related to the severability clause and reservation of right to amend, and short title, respectively.
SUBCHAPTER II–B—LOANS TO FARMERS BY GOVERNOR OF FARM CREDIT ADMINISTRATION
§§1020i to 1020n. Repealed. Aug. 14, 1946, ch. 964, §2(a)(2), 60 Stat. 1062
Sections 1020i to 1020n, act Jan. 29, 1937, ch. 7, §§1–6, 50 Stat. 5, provided for loans to farmers by the Governor of the Farm Credit Administration for production and harvesting of crops, feed for livestock and other related purposes.
§1020n–1. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, acts June 30, 1939, ch. 253, title II, 53 Stat. 979; June 25, 1940, ch. 421, 54 Stat. 569; July 1, 1941, ch. 267, 55 Stat. 444; July 22, 1942, ch. 516, 56 Stat. 701, related to the personal liability of Federal employees approving loans fraudulently obtained under sections 1020i to 1020n and 1020o of this title, which were repealed by act Aug. 14, 1946, ch. 964, §2(a)(2), 60 Stat. 1062.
§1020o. Repealed. Aug. 14, 1946, ch. 964, §2(a)(2), 60 Stat. 1062
Section, act Jan. 29, 1937, ch. 7, §7, 50 Stat. 7, related to appropriations and expenditures for loans under sections 1020i to 1020n of this title.
SUBCHAPTER III—FEDERAL INTERMEDIATE CREDIT BANKS
Editorial Notes
Codification
Provisions of this subchapter concerning Federal intermediate credit banks constituted title II of the Federal Farm Loan Act, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, 39 Stat. 360, as added to that act by act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, 42 Stat. 1454. The Federal Farm Loan Act was repealed by Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624.
This subchapter formerly constituted chapter 8 of this title.
Organization
§§1021 to 1023. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 1021, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §201(a), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1454; amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, authorized the Farm Credit Administration to grant charters for 12 intermediate credit banks. See section 2071 of this title.
Section 1022, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §201 (b), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1454; amended June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VII, §76(a), 48 Stat. 271; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §10, 50 Stat. 707; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §104(a), 70 Stat. 663, covered the location, directors, officers, employees, and by-laws of intermediate credit banks. See section 2072 of this title.
Section 1023, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §201(c), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1454; amended Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §26, 50 Stat. 715, set out the corporate powers of intermediate credit banks. See section 2072 of this title.
§1023a. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, Pub. L. 85–459, title III, June 13, 1958, 72 Stat. 199, which related to availability of funds for administrative expenses, was from the Department of Agriculture and Farm Credit Administration Appropriation Act, 1959, and was not repeated in subsequent appropriation acts.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Similar Provisions
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Aug. 2, 1957, Pub. L. 85–118, title IV, 71 Stat. 339.
June 4, 1956, ch. 355, title IV, 70 Stat. 240.
May 23, 1955, ch. 43, title IV, 69 Stat. 62.
June 29, 1954, ch. 409, title IV, 68 Stat. 318.
July 28, 1953, ch. 251, title II, 67 Stat. 222.
July 5, 1952, ch. 574, title II, 66 Stat. 353.
Aug. 31, 1951, ch. 374, title III, 65 Stat. 244.
Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, Ch. VI, title II, 64 Stat. 678.
June 29, 1949, ch. 280, title II, 63 Stat. 346, 347.
§§1023b to 1027. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 1023b, act July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title II, §201(b), 70 Stat. 667, provided for utilization of funds for administrative expenses of intermediate credit banks.
Section 1024, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §201(d), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1454, authorized intermediate credit banks to serve as fiscal agents for the United States.
Section 1025, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §201(e), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1454; amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(h), 73 Stat. 387, covered insolvency and receivership of intermediate credit banks.
Section 1026, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §201(f), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1454; amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, provided for grant of charters to intermediate credit banks upon application in form prescribed by Farm Credit Administration.
Section 1027, act July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §101(a) to (c), 70 Stat. 659, covered merger of production credit corporations in Federal intermediate credit banks.
Section 1027 note, act July 26, 1956, ch. 741, §2, 70 Stat. 659, set out a Congressional declaration of policy to be followed in construing provisions of act July 26, 1956.
Discounts and Loans
§§1031 to 1033. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 1031, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §202(a), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1455; amended Mar. 4, 1925, ch. 524, §7, 43 Stat. 1264; June 26, 1930, ch. 616, §1, 46 Stat. 816; May 19, 1932, ch. 191, §1, 47 Stat. 159; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VII, §76(b), (c), 48 Stat. 271; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §5(a), (b), 49 Stat. 315; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §104(b), 70 Stat. 663; Oct. 4, 1965, Pub. L. 89–237, §1(a), 79 Stat. 922; Aug. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–525, §3(a), 80 Stat. 334, set out lending powers of intermediate credit banks. See section 2074 of this title.
Section 1032, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §202(b), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1455, placed a limitation on amount of purchases by intermediate credit banks for national banks, State banks, trust companies, or saving institutions.
Section 1033, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §202(c), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1455; amended June 26, 1930, ch. 616, §2, 46 Stat. 816; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §104(c), 70 Stat. 664; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(f), 73 Stat. 386; Oct. 3, 1961, Pub. L. 87–343, §1(b), 75 Stat. 758, covered maturity, sale, and purchase of loans, advances, and discounts of intermediate credit banks.
§1034. Repealed. June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §5(c), 49 Stat. 315
Section, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §202(d), as added act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1456, related to interest and discount charges and rediscount of paper of other intermediate credit banks.
Issue of Debentures
§§1040 to 1045. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 1040, act Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §39, 50 Stat. 718, defined "debenture" and "debentures" as used in purchase, sale, or use as security of debentures issued by or for benefit of intermediate credit banks.
Section 1041, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §203(a), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1456; amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §6(a), 49 Stat. 315; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §27, 50 Stat. 715; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §104(f), 70 Stat. 664; Oct. 4, 1965. Pub. L. 89–237, §1(b), 79 Stat. 922; June 18, 1968, Pub. L. 90–345, §1(a), 82 Stat. 182, empowered intermediate credit banks to borrow money and issue and sell collateral trust debentures. See section 2074 of this title.
Section 1042, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §203(b), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1456; amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §28, 50 Stat. 715; Sept. 20, 1966, Pub. L. 89–595, 80 Stat. 821, directed Farm Credit Administration to prescribe rules and regulations governing collateral and handling thereof and to fix interest rates.
Section 1043, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §203(c), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1456; amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, prohibited assumption of liability on debentures or other obligations issued pursuant to former section 1041 of this title by the United States.
Section 1044, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §203(d), as added June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §6(b), 49 Stat. 315; amended July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §104(f), 70 Stat. 664, authorized intermediate credit banks to issue and sell consolidated debentures or other similar obligations.
Section 1045, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §203(e), as added June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §6(b), 49 Stat. 316; amended July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §104(f), 70 Stat. 664, covered investment of fiduciary and trust funds in debentures and other similar obligations of intermediate credit banks and security for public deposits.
Discount Rates
§§1051 to 1053. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 1051, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §204(a), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1456; amended Mar. 4, 1925, ch. 524, §2, 43 Stat. 1262; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §7, 49 Stat. 316; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §104(d), 70 Stat. 664, provided for discount rates to be charged by intermediate credit banks. See section 2075 of this title.
Section 1052, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §204(b), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1456; amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, placed a limitation on interest rate charged original borrower on paper discounted with bank.
Section 1053, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §204(c), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1456; amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §29, 50 Stat. 715, covered purchases by intermediate credit banks of debentures or other similar obligations issued by or for benefit of such bank or other intermediate credit banks.
Capital Stock and Participation Certificates
§§1061, 1062. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 1061, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §205, as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1457; amended May 19, 1932, ch. 191, §2, 47 Stat. 159; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §15(b), (c), 48 Stat. 348; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §102, 70 Stat. 660; Oct. 4, 1965, Pub. L. 89–237, §1(c), 79 Stat. 922; June 18, 1968, Pub. L. 90–345, §1(b), 82 Stat. 183; Oct. 17, 1968, Pub. L. 90–582, §1, 82 Stat. 1145, provided for classes of stock, ownership, dividends, retirement of stock, liens, and participation certificates of intermediate credit banks. See section 2073 of this title.
Section 1062, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §206(a), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1457; amended Mar. 4, 1925, ch. 524, §1, 43 Stat. 1262, provided for salaries and expenses of Federal Farm Loan Bureau and for assessments against banks for proportionate share of expense.
Application of Earnings
§1072. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §206(b), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1457; amended Mar. 4, 1925, ch. 524, §1, 43 Stat. 1262; May 19, 1932, ch. 191, §3, 47 Stat. 1459; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §30, 50 Stat. 715; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §103, 70 Stat. 662; Oct. 4, 1965, Pub. L. 89–237, §1(d), 79 Stat. 923; June 18, 1968, Pub. L. 90–345, §1(c), 82 Stat. 183, provided for application of net earnings of intermediate credit banks. See section 2077 of this title.
Liability on Debentures or Other Such Obligations
§1081. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §207, as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1458; amended May 19, 1932, ch. 191, §4, 47 Stat. 159; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, covered liability of intermediate credit banks on debentures or other such obligations. See section 2074 of this title.
Examinations and Reports
§§1091 to 1095. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 1091, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §208(a), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1458; amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §20, 50 Stat. 710, authorized Comptroller of the Currency to furnish reports of condition of banks and other lending institutions rediscounting with intermediate credit banks and covered examinations and audit of credit banks.
Section 1092, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §208(b), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1458; amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–525, §3(b), 80 Stat. 334, authorized Farm Credit Administration to require reports from intermediate credit banks.
Section 1093, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §208(c), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1458; amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §20, 50 Stat. 710; Aug. 18, 1959, Pub. L. 86–168, title I, §104(g), 73 Stat. 387, covered investigations and reports by farm credit appraisers and examiners.
Section 1094, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §208(d), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1458; amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, authorized assessment of cost of investigations and examination against organization investigated.
Section 1095, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §208(e), as added June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §8, 49 Stat. 316; amended Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, §203(a), 49 Stat. 704; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §31, 50 Stat. 716, provided for reports on condition of institutions receiving loans or deposits.
Rules and Regulations
§1101. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §209, as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1459; amended Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, authorized promulgation of rules and regulations by Farm Credit Administration covering operation of intermediate credit banks.
Tax Exemption
§1111. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §210, as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1459, set out a tax exemption for capital and income of intermediate credit banks and provided that their debentures be deemed instrumentalities of the government. See section 2079 of this title.
Penalty Provisions
§§1121 to 1128. Repealed. June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862, eff. Sept. 1, 1948
Section 1121, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §211(a), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1459, related to offenses by officers, employees, or agents. See sections 657 and 1006 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 1122, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §211(b), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1459, related to false statements to banks. See section 1014 of Title 18.
Section 1123, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §211(c), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1459, related to overvaluation of property for loan purposes. See section 1014 of Title 18.
Section 1124, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §211(d), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1459, related to offenses by examiners. See sections 1907 and 1909 of Title 18.
Section 1125, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §211(e), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1459, related to offenses by officers, employees, and agents. See section 215 of Title 18.
Section 1126, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §211(f), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1459, related to forgery and counterfeiting offenses. See section 493 of Title 18.
Section 1127, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §211(g), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1459, related to false representations as to debentures, etc., of banks. See section 1013 of Title 18.
Section 1128, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §211(h), as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1459, related to use of words "Federal intermediate credit bank". See section 709 of Title 18.
§1129. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, act July 17, 1916, ch. 245, title II, §212, as added Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title I, §2, 42 Stat. 1461, prohibited unauthorized charging of fees or commissions by intermediate credit banks.
SUBCHAPTER IV—PRODUCTION CREDIT ASSOCIATIONS
§1131. Repealed. Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 648
Section, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title I, §2, 48 Stat. 257; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §11, 50 Stat. 708, provided for establishment of twelve Production Credit Corporations, their locations and officers.
§1131a. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, act June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title I, §3, 48 Stat. 257, provided for the granting of a charter to the Production Credit Corporation, and authorized the directors to adopt by-laws. Section 3 of act June 16, 1933, was amended by act July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(b), 70 Stat. 665, to eliminate provisions relating to the Production Credit Corporation. Section 3 of act June 16, 1933, was classified in its entirety to section 1134a of this title.
§1131a–1. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, act June 4, 1956, ch. 355, title IV, 70 Stat. 240, which related to availability of funds for administrative expenses, was from the Department of Agriculture and Farm Credit Administration Appropriation Act, 1957, and was not repeated in subsequent appropriation acts.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Similar Provisions
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
May 23, 1955, ch. 43, title IV, 69 Stat. 62.
June 29, 1954, ch. 409, title IV, 68 Stat. 318.
July 28, 1953, ch. 251, title II, 67 Stat. 222.
July 5, 1952, ch. 574, title II, 66 Stat. 353.
Aug. 31, 1951, ch. 374, title III, 65 Stat. 244.
Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, Ch. VI, title II, 64 Stat. 678.
June 29, 1949, ch. 280, title II, 63 Stat. 346, 347.
§1131b. Repealed. July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(c), 70 Stat. 665
Section, act June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title I, §4, 48 Stat. 257, provided for capital stock of Production Credit Corporations, value of shares, amount and subscription for initial stock, and payments for stock subscribed on behalf of the United States.
§1131c. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title I, §6, 48 Stat. 259; Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §11, 67 Stat. 395; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(e), 70 Stat. 665; Oct. 17, 1968, Pub. L. 90–582, §2(a), 82 Stat. 1145, covered purchase of stock of production credit associations and payment, retirement, and cancellation of stock. See section 2094 of this title.
Production Credit Associations
§§1131d to 1131g. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 1131d, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title II, §20, 48 Stat. 259; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(f), 70 Stat. 665, authorized organization of production credit associations and provided for charters, bylaws, powers of governor, and other powers of such associations. See section 2093 of this title.
Section 1131e, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title II, §21, 48 Stat. 260; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title II, §201, 69 Stat. 663; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(g), 70 Stat. 665, provided for capital stock of production credit associations and its value, classes, voting rights, limitations on transfer, exchange, and dividends. See section 2094 of this title.
Section 1131e–1, acts Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §16, 67 Stat. 399; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §107(b), 70 Stat. 666; Oct. 17, 1968, Pub. L. 90–582, §2(b), 82 Stat. 1145, provided for issuance of class C stock for production credit associations and conditions, privileges, restrictions, limitations, and qualifications placed on such stock.
Section 1131f, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title II, §22, 48 Stat. 261; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title II, §202, 69 Stat. 663; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(h), 70 Stat. 665; Oct. 3, 1961, Pub. L. 87–343, §2(2), 75 Stat. 758; Oct. 4, 1965, Pub. L. 89–237, §2(a), 78 Stat. 924, covered application of earnings of production credit associations and restoration of capital, impairment, surplus account, distribution of earnings, and allocation on a patronage basis. See section 2095 of this title.
Section 1131g, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title II, §23, 48 Stat. 261; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title II, §204, 69 Stat. 663; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(i), 70 Stat. 665; Oct. 4, 1965, Pub. L. 89–237, §2(b), 79 Stat. 924; Dec. 15, 1967, Pub. L. 90–204, §3(a), 81 Stat. 612; June 18, 1968, Pub. L. 90–345, §2, 82 Stat. 183, authorized loans to farmers by production credit associations, terms and conditions, rates of interest, security, limitations on indebtedness, ownership of stock, and investments in equity reserve. See section 2096 of this title.
§1131g–1. Repealed. July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(q), 70 Stat. 666
Section, act June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §86a, as added June 27, 1934, ch. 847, title V, §504, 48 Stat. 1263, which was formerly designated section 1131gg of this title, authorized production credit associations to make loans to farmers for home alterations, repairs and improvements without purchase of class B stock, and permitted associations to sell, discount, assign, or otherwise dispose of such loans.
§§1131g–2, 1131h. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 1131g–2, acts June 18, 1934, ch. 574, 48 Stat. 983; June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §17(c), 49 Stat. 318, provided for loans to oyster planters and purchase and discount of paper by intermediate credit banks.
Section 1131h, act June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title II, §24, 48 Stat. 261, covered borrowing from and rediscounting paper with intermediate credit banks and limitations on power to borrow from or rediscount paper with other institutions.
Revolving Fund
§1131i. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title I, §5, 48 Stat. 258; Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §§14, 15(a), 48 Stat. 348; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(d), 70 Stat. 665; Oct. 3, 1961, Pub. L. 87–343, §2(1), 75 Stat. 758, provided for a revolving fund for investment in production credit association and intermediate credit banks. See Revolving Funds note under section 2152 of this title.
§1131j. Transferred
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, acts June 18, 1934, ch. 574, 48 Stat. 983; June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §17(c), 49 Stat. 318, transferred to section 1131g–2 of this title.
SUBCHAPTER V—REGIONAL BANKS FOR COOPERATIVES AND CENTRAL BANK FOR COOPERATIVES
Regional Banks
§§1134 to 1134e. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 1134, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98 title I, §2, 48 Stat. 257; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §11, 50 Stat. 708; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(a), 70 Stat. 664, authorized creation of regional banks for cooperatives and establishment of boards of directors of such banks. See section 2121 of this title.
Section 1134a, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title I, §3, 48 Stat. 257; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(b), 70 Stat. 665, provided for charters and bylaws for banks for cooperatives. See section 2121 of this title.
Section 1134b, act June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title IV, §40, 48 Stat. 264, provided for capital stock of banks for cooperatives and its amounts, value, and payments. See section 2124 of this title.
Section 1134c, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title IV, §41, 48 Stat. 264; June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §14, 49 Stat. 317; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §36, 50 Stat. 717; Oct. 31, 1949, ch. 792, title IV, §417(a), 63 Stat. 1058; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title I, §107, 69 Stat. 662; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(k), 70 Stat. 665; Aug. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–525, §4(a), 80 Stat. 334; Dec. 15, 1967, Pub. L. 90–204, §3(b), 81 Stat. 612, covered lending powers of banks for cooperatives. See section 2122 of this title.
Section 1134d, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title IV, §42, 48 Stat. 264; Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §13, 67 Stat. 396; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title I, §101, 69 Stat. 655, provided for stock of banks for cooperatives. See section 2124 of this title.
Section 1134e, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title IV, §43, 48 Stat. 265; Oct. 17, 1968, Pub. L. 90–582, §3, 82 Stat. 1145, provided for retirement of stock in banks for cooperatives held by the government. See section 2126 of this title.
Central Bank
§§1134f to 1134m. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 1134f, act June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title III, §30, 48 Stat. 261, authorized the creation of a central bank for cooperatives. See section 2121 of this title.
Section 1134g, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title III, §31, 48 Stat. 262; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title I, §104, 69 Stat. 659; June 11, 1960, Pub. L. 86–503, §1 (part), 74 Stat. 197, provided for a board of directors for central bank for cooperatives. See section 2123 of this title.
Section 1134h, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title III, §32, 48 Stat. 262; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title I, §105, 69 Stat. 661, set out powers of board of directors for central bank for cooperative. See section 2123 of this title.
Section 1134i, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title III, §33, 48 Stat. 262; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title I, §108(a), 69 Stat. 662, provided for capital stock of central bank for cooperatives. See section 2124 of this title.
Section 1134j, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title III, §§34, 38, 48 Stat. 262, 264; June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §13, 49 Stat. 317; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §35, 50 Stat. 716; Oct. 31, 1949, ch. 792, title IV, §417(b), 63 Stat. 1059; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title I, §§106, 108(b), 69 Stat. 661, 662; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(j), 70 Stat. 665; Aug. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–525, §4(a), 80 Stat. 334; Dec. 15, 1967, Pub. L. 90–204, §3(b), 81 Stat. 612, authorized central bank to make loans and provided for prevention of duplication of effort on part of central bank and banks for cooperatives. See section 2122 of this title.
Section 1134k, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title III, §35, 48 Stat. 263; June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §15, 49 Stat. 318; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title I, §102, 69 Stat. 658, made regional bank stock provisions applicable to ownership of stock by central bank borrowers and provided for payments for such stock. See section 2130 of this title.
Section 1134l, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title III, §36, 48 Stat. 263; Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §12, 67 Stat. 395; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title I, §103(a), 69 Stat. 658; Oct. 3, 1961, Pub. L. 87–343, §2(3), 75 Stat. 758; Aug. 31, 1964, Pub. L. 88–528, 78 Stat. 736, provided for disposition of earnings and maintenance of reserves of central bank. See section 2132 of this title.
Section 1134m, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title III, §37, 48 Stat. 263; Aug. 23, 1954, ch. 834, §1, 68 Stat. 770, covered debentures, amount of such debentures, security, preparation, and issuance of such debentures, and consolidated debentures of central and regional banks for cooperatives. See section 2153 of this title.
SUBCHAPTER VI—PROVISIONS COMMON TO PRODUCTION CREDIT ASSOCIATIONS, AND REGIONAL AND CENTRAL BANKS FOR COOPERATIVES
§§1138 to 1138c. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section 1138, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VI, §60, 48 Stat. 266; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(a), 50 Stat. 704; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(l), 70 Stat. 666, set out general corporate powers common to banks for cooperatives and production credit associations. See sections 2093 and 2122 of this title.
Section 1138a, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VI, §61, 48 Stat. 267; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(m), 70 Stat. 666, provided for examination of parts of farm credit system by examiners of Farm Credit Administration. See section 2254 of this title.
Section 1138b, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VI, §62, 48 Stat. 267; Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §11, 48 Stat. 347; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(n), 70 Stat. 666; Oct. 4, 1961, Pub. L. 87–353, §3(j), 75 Stat. 774, gave designated parts of farm credit system authority to act as fiscal agents of United States.
Section 1138c, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VI, §63, 48 Stat. 267, Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title II, §205, 69 Stat. 663; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(o), 70 Stat. 666, provided that obligations of banks for cooperatives and production credit associations be deemed instrumentalities of United States and provided for termination of tax exemption after retirement of government-owned stock. See sections 2098 and 2134 of this title.
§1138d. Repealed. June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862, eff. Sept. 1, 1948
Section, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VI, §64, 48 Stat. 267; Jan. 31, 1934, ch. 7, §13, 48 Stat. 347, related to offenses and penalties. See sections 371, 433, 493, 657, 658, 1006, and 1014 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
§1138e. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VI, §65, 48 Stat. 269; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title I, §110(a), 69 Stat. 662; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title I, §105(p), 70 Stat. 666, provided for receivership and voluntary liquidation for production credit associations and banks for cooperatives. See section 2183 of this title.
§1138f. Repealed. Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title I, §110(b), 69 Stat. 662
Section, acts June 16, 1938, ch. 98, title VI, §66, 48 Stat. 269; Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, title XII, §1201, 63 Stat. 972; Oct. 24, 1951, ch. 554, §3, 65 Stat. 614; June 28, 1955, ch. 189, §5, 69 Stat. 178, limited to $14,620 per annum compensation which could be paid directors, officers, or employees of banks for cooperatives, production credit corporations, and production credit associations.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of Repeal
Act Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title I, §112, 69 Stat. 662, provided that: "This title [repealing this section and amending section 1141f of this title] shall take effect on the first day of the month next following one hundred and twenty days after its enactment [Aug. 11, 1955]."
CHAPTER 7A—AGRICULTURAL MARKETING
Editorial Notes
Codification
This chapter contains the Agricultural Marketing Act, approved June 15, 1929.
In view of the amendments to the Agricultural Marketing Act made by the Farm Credit Act of 1933, approved June 16, 1933, and by the Farm Credit Act of 1935, approved June 3, 1935, and of the transfer of its administration to the Governor of the Farm Credit Administration by Executive Order No. 6084, set out preceding section 2241 of this title, the provisions of the Agricultural Marketing Act, as amended, have been transferred to this chapter from Title 7, Agriculture.
§1141. Declaration of policy; effective merchandising of agricultural commodities; speculation; cooperative marketing; surpluses; administration of chapter
(a) It is declared to be the policy of Congress to promote the effective merchandising of agricultural commodities in interstate and foreign commerce so that the industry of agriculture will be placed on a basis of economic equality with other industries, and to that end to protect, control, and stabilize the currents of interstate and foreign commerce in the marketing of agricultural commodities and their food products—
(1) by minimizing speculation.
(2) by preventing inefficient and wasteful methods of distribution.
(3) by encouraging the organization of producers into effective associations or corporations under their own control for greater unity of effort in marketing and by promoting the establishment and financing of a farm marketing system of producer-owned and producer-controlled cooperative associations and other agencies.
(4) by aiding in preventing and controlling surpluses in any agricultural commodity, through orderly production and distribution, so as to maintain advantageous domestic markets and prevent such surpluses from causing undue and excessive fluctuations or depressions in prices for the commodity.
(b) There shall be considered as a surplus for the purposes of this chapter any seasonal or year's total surplus, produced in the United States and either local or national in extent, that is in excess of the requirements for the orderly distribution of the agricultural commodity or is in excess of the domestic requirements for such commodity.
(c) The Farm Credit Administration shall execute the powers vested in it by this chapter only in such manner as will, in the judgment of the administration, aid to the fullest practicable extent in carrying out the policy above declared.
(June 15, 1929, ch. 24, §1, 46 Stat. 11; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was formerly classified to section 521 of Title 7, Agriculture.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Farm Credit Administration" and "administration" substituted in text for "Federal Farm Loan Board" and "board", respectively, pursuant to Ex. Ord. No. 6084, set out preceding section 2241 of this title.
Short Title
For short title of this chapter as the Agricultural Marketing Act, see section 1141j(e) of this title.
Transfer of Functions
Establishment of Farm Credit Administration as an independent agency, composition of Farm Credit Administration, appointment of Governor of Farm Credit Administration and duties thereof, including duty to perform functions, etc., of Farm Credit Administration, see section 2241 et seq. of this title.
Executive Documents
Exceptions From Transfer of Functions
Functions of Farm Credit Administration or any agency, officer, or entity of, under, or subject to supervision of said Administration excepted from functions of officers, agencies, and employees transferred to Secretary of Agriculture by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1953, §1, eff. June 4, 1953, 18 F.R. 3219, 67 Stat. 633, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
§1141a. Repealed. Aug. 6, 1953, ch. 335, §19, 67 Stat. 400
Section, act June 15, 1929, ch. 24, §2, 46 Stat. 11; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1943; act Oct. 15, 1949, ch. 695, §6(a), 63 Stat. 881, related to appointment, compensation, qualifications, term of office, and expenses of the Governor of the Farm Credit Administration. See section 2244 et seq. of this title.
§§1141b to 1141f. Repealed. Pub. L. 115–334, title V, §5411(52)–(56), (58), Dec. 20, 2018, 132 Stat. 4685
Section 1141b, act June 15, 1929, ch. 24, §4, 46 Stat. 13; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §37, 50 Stat. 717; Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, title XI, §1106(a), 63 Stat. 972; Pub. L. 96–592, title V, §510, Dec. 24, 1980, 94 Stat. 3451, set out general powers of the Farm Credit Administration.
Section 1141c, act June 15, 1929, ch. 24, §5, 46 Stat. 13; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title V, §50(a), 48 Stat. 265, set out special powers of the Farm Credit Administration.
Section 1141d, act June 15, 1929, ch. 24, §6, 46 Stat. 14; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title III, §§33, 34, title IV, §§40, 41, 48 Stat. 262, 264; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §38, 50 Stat. 718; Pub. L. 87–494, June 25, 1962, 76 Stat. 109, established and authorized an appropriation for a revolving fund.
Section 1141d–1, act June 22, 1939, ch. 239, 53 Stat. 853, related to limits on interest rates charged on loans made from the revolving fund.
Section 1141e, act June 15, 1929, ch. 24, §7, 46 Stat. 14; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title V, §§50–53, 48 Stat. 265; June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §§9, 10, 49 Stat. 316, related to loans made to cooperative associations.
Section 1141f, act June 15, 1929, ch. 24, §8, 46 Stat. 14; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title V, §54, 48 Stat. 266; June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §11, 49 Stat. 316; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(a), 50 Stat. 704; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 785, title I, §109, 69 Stat. 662; Pub. L. 89–525, §4(b), Aug. 2, 1966, 80 Stat. 334, set out miscellaneous loan provisions.
Editorial Notes
Codification
Sections 1141b to 1141d, 1141e, and 1141f were formerly classified to sections 524 to 526, 527, and 528, respectively, of Title 7, Agriculture.
§1141g. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, act June 15, 1929, ch. 24, §9, 46 Stat. 15; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, provided for the recognition, upon application of the advisory commodity committee, of stabilization corporations for commodities, and prescribed functions and operations in connection therewith. Ex. Ord. No. 6084 abolished the authority conferred by this section and ordered the Farm Credit Administration to take appropriate steps for winding up the activities of such corporations. The order is set out as a note preceding section 2241 of this title.
§1141h. Avoidance of duplication; cooperation with other governmental establishments; obtaining information and data; cooperation with States, Territories, and agencies or subdivisions thereof; indicating research problems; transfer of offices, functions, etc.
(a) The administration shall, in cooperation with any governmental establishment in the Executive branch of the Government, including any field service thereof at home or abroad, avail itself of the services and facilities thereof in order to avoid preventable expense or duplication of effort.
(b) The President may by Executive order direct any such governmental establishment to furnish the administration such information and data as such governmental establishment may have pertaining to the functions of the administration; except that the President shall not direct that the administration be furnished with any information or data supplied by any person in confidence to any governmental establishment in pursuance of any provision of law or of any agreement with a governmental establishment.
(c) The administration may cooperate with any State or Territory, or department, agency, or political subdivision thereof, or with any person.
(d) The administration shall, through the governor, indicate to the appropriate bureau or division of the Department of Agriculture any special problem on which a research is needed to aid in carrying out the provisions of this chapter.
(e) The President is authorized, by Executive order, to transfer to or retransfer from the jurisdiction and control of the administration the whole or any part of (1) any office, bureau, service, division, commission, or board in the Executive branch of the Government engaged in scientific or extension work, or the furnishing of services, with respect to the marketing of agricultural commodities, (2) its functions pertaining to such work or services, and (3) the records, property, including office equipment, personnel, and unexpended balances of appropriation, pertaining to such work or services.
(June 15, 1929, ch. 24, §13, 46 Stat. 17; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was formerly classified to section 533 of Title 7, Agriculture.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Administration" substituted in text for "board" pursuant to Ex. Ord. No. 6084, set out preceding section 2241 of this title.
Transfer of Functions
Establishment of Farm Credit Administration as an independent agency, composition of Farm Credit Administration, appointment of Governor of Farm Credit Administration, and duties thereof, including duty to perform functions, etc., of Farm Credit Administration, see section 2241 et seq. of this title.
Executive Documents
Exceptions From Transfer of Functions
Functions of Farm Credit Administration or any agency, officer, or entity of, under, or subject to supervision of said Administration excepted from functions of officers, agencies, and employees transferred to Secretary of Agriculture by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1953, §1, eff. June 4, 1953, 18 F.R. 3219, 67 Stat. 633, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
§1141i. Repealed. Pub. L. 115–334, title V, §5411(57), Dec. 20, 2018, 132 Stat. 4685
Section, act June 15, 1929, ch. 24, §14, 46 Stat. 18; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; Aug. 30, 1954, ch. 1076, §1(30), 68 Stat. 968; Pub. L. 108–271, §8(b), July 7, 2004, 118 Stat. 814, related to finality of certain vouchers approved for expenditures and examination of financial transactions.
Section was formerly classified to section 534 of Title 7, Agriculture.
§1141j. Miscellaneous provisions
(a) "Cooperative association" defined
As used in this chapter, the term "cooperative association" means any association in which farmers act together in processing, preparing for market, handling, and/or marketing the farm products of persons so engaged, and also means any association in which farmers act together in purchasing, testing, grading, processing, distributing, and/or furnishing farm supplies and/or farm business services: Provided, however, That such associations are operated for the mutual benefit of the members thereof as such producers or purchasers and conform to one or both of the following requirements:
First. That no member of the association is allowed more than one vote because of the amount of stock or membership capital he may own therein; and
Second. That the association does not pay dividends on stock or membership capital in excess of 8 per centum per annum.
And in any case to the following:
Third. That the association shall not deal in farm products, farm supplies, and farm business services with or for nonmembers in an amount greater in value than the total amount of such business transacted by it with or for members. All business transacted by any cooperative association for or on behalf of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof shall be disregarded in determining the volume of member and nonmember business transacted by such association.
(b) Speculation prohibited
It shall be unlawful for the governor, or any officer or employee of the Farm Credit Administration to speculate directly or indirectly, in any agricultural commodity or product thereof, or in contracts relating thereto, or in the stock or membership interests of any association or corporation engaged in handling, processing, or disposing of any such commodity or product. Any person violating this subdivision shall upon conviction thereof be fined not more than $10,000, or imprisoned not more than ten years, or both.
(c) Confidential information; disclosure prohibited
It shall be unlawful (1) for any cooperative association, stabilization corporation, clearing-house association, or commodity committee, or (2) for any director, officer, employee, or member or person acting on behalf of any such association, corporation, or committee, to which or to whom information has been imparted in confidence by the administration, to disclose such information in violation of any regulation of the administration. Any such association, corporation, or committee, or director, officer, employee, or member thereof, violating this subdivision, shall be fined not more than $5,000, or imprisoned not more than five years, or both.
(d) Separability clause
If any provision of this chapter is declared unconstitutional, or the applicability thereof to any person, circumstance, commodity, or class of transactions with respect to any commodity is held invalid, the validity of the remainder of the chapter and the applicability of such provision to other persons, circumstances, commodities, and classes of transactions shall not be affected thereby.
(e) Citation of chapter
This chapter may be cited as the "Agricultural Marketing Act."
(f) "Agricultural commodity" defined
As used in this chapter, the term "agricultural commodity" includes, in addition to other agricultural commodities, crude gum (oleoresin) from a living tree, and the following products as processed by the original producer of the crude gum (oleoresin) from which derived: Gum spirits of turpentine and gum rosin, as defined in section 92 of title 7.
(June 15, 1929, ch. 24, §15, 46 Stat. 18; Mar. 4, 1931, ch. 520, §3, 46 Stat. 1550; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933; June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title V, §55, 48 Stat. 266; June 3, 1935, ch. 164, §12, 49 Stat. 317; Pub. L. 110–234, title I, §1610, May 22, 2008, 122 Stat. 1018; Pub. L. 110–246, §4(a), title I, §1610, June 18, 2008, 122 Stat. 1664, 1746.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Pub. L. 110–234 and Pub. L. 110–246 made identical amendments to this section. The amendments by Pub. L. 110–234 were repealed by section 4(a) of Pub. L. 110–246.
Section was formerly classified to section 535 of Title 7, Agriculture.
Amendments
2008—Subsecs. (d) to (g). Pub. L. 110–246, §1610, redesignated subsecs. (e) to (g) as (d) to (f), respectively, and struck out former subsec. (d) which read as follows: "The inclusion in any governmental report, bulletin, or other such publication hereafter issued or published of any prediction with respect to cotton prices is prohibited. Any officer or employee of the United States who authorizes or is responsible for the inclusion in any such report, bulletin, or other publication of any such prediction, or who knowingly causes the issuance or publication of any such report, bulletin, or other publication containing any such prediction, shall, upon conviction thereof, be fined not less than $500 or more than $5,000, or imprisoned for not more than five years, or both: Provided, That this subdivision shall not apply to the Governor of the Farm Credit Administration when engaged in the performance of his duties herein provided."
1935—Subsec. (a). Act June 3, 1935, amended definition of cooperative association and inserted second sentence in par. "Third".
1933—Subsec. (a). Act June 16, 1933, among other changes, inserted proviso and all subsequent thereto.
1931—Subsec. (g). Act Mar. 4, 1931, added subsec. (g).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"The Governor" and "Farm Credit Administration" substituted in text for "any member" and "board", respectively, and "Governor of the Farm Credit Administration" substituted for "members of the board", pursuant to Ex. Ord. No. 6084, set out preceding section 2241 of this title.
Effective Date of 2008 Amendment
Amendment of this section and repeal of Pub. L. 110–234 by Pub. L. 110–246 effective May 22, 2008, the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–234, see section 4 of Pub. L. 110–246, set out as an Effective Date note under section 8701 of Title 7, Agriculture.
Transfer of Functions
Establishment of Farm Credit Administration as an independent agency, composition of Farm Credit Administration, appointment of Governor of Farm Credit Administration, and duties thereof, including duty to perform functions, etc., of Farm Credit Administration, see section 2241 et seq of this title.
Executive Documents
Exceptions From Transfer of Functions
Functions of Farm Credit Administration or any agency, officer, or entity of, under, or subject to supervision of said Administration excepted from functions of officers, agencies, and employees transferred to Secretary of Agriculture by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1953, §1, eff. June 4, 1953, 18 F.R. 3219, 67 Stat. 633, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
CHAPTER 7B—REGIONAL AGRICULTURAL CREDIT CORPORATIONS
§1148. Repealed. Pub. L. 115–334, title V, §5411(59), Dec. 20, 2018, 132 Stat. 4685
Section, act July 21, 1932, ch. 520, §201(e), 47 Stat. 713; Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §5(a), 50 Stat. 704; June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title II, §206, 61 Stat. 208, authorized the creation of regional agricultural credit corporations within the farm credit districts.
§1148a. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VIII, §84, 48 Stat. 273; June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title II, §206, 61 Stat. 208, provided for reduction of capital of regional agricultural credit corporations by Farm Credit Administration. See section 2252 of this title.
§§1148a–1 to 1148a–3. Repealed. Pub. L. 87–128, title III, §341(a), Aug. 8, 1961, 75 Stat. 318
Section 1148a–1, acts Apr. 6, 1949, ch. 49, §1, 63 Stat. 43; Aug. 5, 1950, ch. 592, §1(a), 64 Stat. 414, provided for transfer of functions of Regional Agricultural Credit Corporation, Washington, D.C., to Secretary of Agriculture to make disaster loans, abolished such corporation, provided for transfer of assets, funds, rights, liabilities, use of revolving, transfer of personnel and delegation of authority by Secretary of Agriculture.
Section 1148a–2, acts Apr. 6, 1949, ch. 49, §2, 63 Stat. 44; July 14, 1953, ch. 192, §1, 67 Stat. 149; July 7, 1955, ch. 278, §§1, 2, 69 Stat. 263; July 15, 1955, ch. 373, 69 Stat. 366; July 11, 1958, Pub. L. 85–516, 72 Stat. 357; July 26, 1961, Pub. L. 87–106, 75 Stat. 220, authorized the Secretary of Agriculture to make loans to farmers and stockmen, prescribed the rates of interest and terms and conditions of the loans, provided for economic disaster loans and rates of interest and terms thereof, special livestock loans, the effective period of such loans, security, rate of interest, terms and conditions of such loans and local loan committees, emergency assistance in furnishing feed and seed, utilization of Agriculture Department agencies, utilization of revolving fund and transfer of funds into the revolving fund.
Section 1148a–3, act Apr. 6, 1949, ch. 49, §3(a), 63 Stat. 44, provided that no suit or other judicial proceeding instituted by or against the Regional Agricultural Credit Corporation shall abate by reason of sections 1148a–1 and 1148a–2 of this title and permitted substitution of the Secretary as a party in place of the Corporation within six months after Apr. 16, 1949.
For subject matter of former sections 1148a–1 to 1148a–3 of this title see section 1921 et seq. of Title 7, Agriculture.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of Repeal
Repeal effective one hundred and twenty days after Aug. 8, 1961, or such earlier date as the provisions of chapter 50 of Title 7, Agriculture, are made effective by regulations of Secretary of Agriculture, except that repeal of section 1148a–2(c) of this title shall not be effective prior to Jan. 1, 1962, see section 341(a) of Pub. L. 87–128, set out as a note under section 1921 of Title 7.
Repeal effective Oct. 15, 1961, by former section 300.1 of Title 6, Code of Federal Regulations, see Effective Date note set out under section 1921 of Title 7.
Credit Emergency Loans: Termination Date
Act Aug. 31, 1954, ch. 1145, 68 Stat. 999, as amended by acts June 30, 1955, ch. 249, 69 Stat. 223; July 7, 1955, ch. 278, §3, 69 Stat. 263; Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 829, §4, 70 Stat. 804, which authorized the Secretary of Agriculture to make emergency loans for any agricultural purpose until June 30, 1957, described persons eligible for such loans and provided for utilization of a revolving fund of the Farm Credit Administration for loans and administrative expenses and additions to such fund from liquidation of loans, was repealed effective one hundred and twenty days after Aug. 8, 1961, or such earlier date as the provisions of chapter 50 of Title 7, Agriculture, are made effective by regulations of Secretary of Agriculture by provisions of section 341(a) of Pub. L. 87–128, set out as a note under section 1921 of Title 7. See section 1961 et seq. of Title 7.
§§1148a–4 to 1148d. Repealed. Pub. L. 115–334, title V, §5411(60)–(63), Dec. 20, 2018, 132 Stat. 4686
Section 1148a–4, act July 14, 1953, ch. 192, §2, 67 Stat. 150, related to security for economic disaster and special livestock loans.
Section 1148b, act Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §32, 50 Stat. 716; June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title II, §206(s), 61 Stat. 209, set out additional powers of regional agricultural credit corporations.
Section 1148c, act Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §33, 50 Stat. 717; June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title II, §206(s), 61 Stat. 209, related to consolidation or merger of two or more regional agricultural credit corporations.
Section 1148d, act Aug. 19, 1937, ch. 704, §34, 50 Stat. 717, declared the rights and powers of regional agricultural credit corporations, the Farm Credit Administration, or the Governor of the Administration to be unaffected by sections 1148b and 1148c of this title.
CHAPTER 8—ADJUSTMENT AND CANCELLATION OF FARM LOANS
Editorial Notes
Codification
For provisions similar to former chapter 8 of this title, relating to federal intermediate credit banks, see Part A (§2071 et seq.) of subchapter II of chapter 23 of this title.
§1150. Compromise, adjustment, and cancellation of farm loans; conditions; delegation of powers and duties by Secretary of Agriculture
The Secretary of Agriculture, hereinafter referred to as the Secretary, is authorized and directed to compromise, adjust, or cancel indebtedness arising from loans and payments made or credit extended to farmers under the provisions of the several Acts of Congress or programs enumerated in section 1150a of this title: Provided, That the Secretary finds, after such investigation as he deems sufficient to establish the facts, that (1) said indebtedness has been due and payable for five years or more; (2) the debtor is unable to pay said indebtedness in full and has no reasonable prospect of being able to do so; (3) the debtor has acted in good faith in an effort to meet his obligation; and (4) the principal amount of said indebtedness is not in excess of $1,000. The Secretary is further authorized at his discretion to cancel and discharge indebtedness arising under said Acts of Congress or programs when the amount of said indebtedness is less than $10, or the debtor is deceased and there is no reasonable prospect of recovering from his estate, or his whereabouts has remained unknown for two years and there is no reasonable prospect of obtaining collection, or he has been discharged of the indebtedness in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Act or under title 11. The compromises, adjustments, or cancelations 1 authorized by this section shall be effected through such agencies, upon such terms and conditions, and subject to such regulations, as the Secretary may prescribe, and the Secretary may delegate the exercise of any such powers and functions to such officers or employees of the Department of Agriculture as he may designate.
(Dec. 20, 1944, ch. 623, §1, 58 Stat. 836; Pub. L. 95–598, title III, §305, Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2674.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Bankruptcy Act, referred to in text, is act July 1, 1898, ch. 541, 30 Stat. 544, which was classified generally to Title 11, Bankruptcy. The Act was repealed effective Oct. 1, 1979, by Pub. L. 95–598, §§401(a), 402(a), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2682, section 101 of which enacted revised Title 11.
Amendments
1978—Pub. L. 95–598 substituted "Bankruptcy Act or under title 11" for "Act entitled 'An Act to establish a uniform system of bankruptcy throughout the United States' ".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1978 Amendment
Amendment effective Oct. 1, 1979, see section 402(a) of Pub. L. 95–598, set out as an Effective Date note preceding section 101 of Title 11, Bankruptcy.
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
All functions of all officers, agencies, and employees of the Department of Agriculture were transferred, with certain exceptions, to the Secretary of Agriculture by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1953, §1, eff. June 4, 1953, 18 F.R. 3219, 67 Stat. 633, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Exceptions From Transfer of Functions
Functions of Corporations of Department of Agriculture, boards of directors and officers of such corporations, Advisory Board of Commodity Credit Corporation, and Farm Credit Administration or any agency, officer, or entity of, under, or subject to supervision of said Administration excepted from functions of officers, agencies, and employees transferred to Secretary of Agriculture by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1953, §1, eff. June 4, 1953, 18 F.R. 3219, 67 Stat. 633, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
1 So in original. Probably should be "cancellations".
§1150a. Farm loans to which chapter is applicable
The provisions of this chapter shall apply to any indebtedness of farmers arising from loans or payments made or credit extended to them under any of the following Acts or programs: (a) July 1, 1918 (40 Stat. 635); March 3, 1921 (41 Stat. 1347); March 20, 1922 (42 Stat. 467); April 26, 1924 (43 Stat. 110); February 25, 1927 (44 Stat. 1245); February 28, 1927 (44 Stat., part II, 1251); February 25, 1929 (45 Stat. 1306), as amended May 17, 1929 (46 Stat. 3); March 3, 1930 (46 Stat. 78–79), as amended April 24, 1930 (46 Stat. 254); December 20, 1930 (46 Stat. 1032), as amended February 14, 1931 (46 Stat. 1160); February 23, 1931 (46 Stat. 1276); January 22, 1932 (47 Stat. 5); March 3, 1932 (47 Stat. 60); February 4, 1933 (47 Stat. 795); February 23, 1934 (48 Stat. 354); June 19, 1934 (48 Stat. 1056); February 20, 1935 (49 Stat. 28); March 21, 1935 (49 Stat. 50); April 8, 1935 (49 Stat. 115); (Executive Order Numbered 7305); January 29, 1937 (50 Stat. 5); and February 4, 1938 (52 Stat. 27); (b) Agricultural Adjustment Act (of 1933); Bankhead Cotton Act of April 21, 1934, on account of the several cotton tax-exemption certificate pools; Jones-Connally Cattle Act of April 7, 1934; Emergency Appropriation Act, fiscal year 1935, approved June 19, 1934; Kerr Tobacco Act of June 28, 1934, and Public Resolution Numbered 76, approved March 14, 1936; section 32 of the Act of August 24, 1935, and related legislation; Supplemental Appropriation Act, fiscal year 1936; sections 7 to 17 of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act; Sugar Act of 1937; sections 303 and 381(a) of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938 and related or subsequent legislation authorizing parity or price adjustment payments; title IV and title V of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938 and related legislation; any amendment to any of the foregoing Acts heretofore and any other Act of Congress heretofore enacted authorizing payments to farmers under programs administered through the Agricultural Adjustment Agency; (c) Loans made by or through the Resettlement Administration of the Farm Security Administration out of funds appropriated or made available by or pursuant to the following Acts; April 8, 1935 (49 Stat. 115); June 22, 1936 (49 Stat. 1608); February 9, 1937 (50 Stat. 8); June 29, 1937 (50 Stat. 352); The Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, July 22, 1937 (50 Stat. 522 et seq.); the Water Facilities Act of August 28, 1937 (50 Stat. 869 et seq.); March 2, 1938 (52 Stat. 83, Public Resolution Numbered 80); June 21, 1938 (52 Stat. 809); June 30, 1939 (53 Stat. 927); June 26, 1940 (Public Resolution Numbered 88); flood-restoration loans, Second Deficiency Appropriation Act, 1943 (57 Stat. 537, 542); and subsequent legislation appropriating or making available funds for such loans; commodity loan, purchase, sale, and other programs of the Commodity Credit Corporation; and crop-insurance programs formulated pursuant to title V of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938 (the Federal Crop Insurance Act), and any amendment or supplement thereto heretofore or hereafter enacted. This chapter shall also apply to any indebtedness of farmers evidenced by notes or accounts receivable, title to which has been acquired in the liquidation of loans to cooperative associations made under the provisions of the Act of June 15, 1929 (46 Stat. 11).
(Dec. 20, 1944, ch. 623, §2, 58 Stat. 836.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Act of January 22, 1932 (47 Stat. 5), referred to in text, is act Jan. 22, 1932, ch. 8, 47 Stat. 5, known as the Reconstruction Finance Corporation Act, which was formerly classified to chapter 14 (§601 et seq.) of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and which has been eliminated from the Code. For complete classification of this Act prior to its elimination from the Code, see Tables.
Act of March 3, 1932 (47 Stat. 60), referred to in text, is act Mar. 3, 1932, ch. 70, 47 Stat. 60, which was formerly classified to chapter 10 (§1401 et seq.) of this title, and which was repealed by Pub. L. 115–344, title V, §5411(64), Dec. 20, 2018, 132 Stat. 4686.
Act of April 8, 1935 (49 Stat. 115), and (Executive Order Numbered 7305), referred to in text, mean act Apr. 8, 1935, ch. 48, 49 Stat. 115, and Ex. Ord. No. 7305, Feb. 28, 1936, respectively, which were formerly classified to Chapter 16 (§721 et seq.) of Title 15, as legislation supplementary to the Federal Emergency Relief Act of 1933. Such provisions have been eliminated from the Code.
Act of June 19, 1934 (48 Stat. 1056), referred to in text, probably means act June 19, 1934, ch. 648, title II, §1, 48 Stat. 1056. See References in Text note for the Emergency Appropriation Act, fiscal year 1935, below.
Act of January 29, 1937 (50 Stat. 5), referred to in text, is act Jan. 29, 1937, ch. 7, 50 Stat. 5, which was formerly classified to subchapter II–B (§1020i et seq.) of chapter 7 of this title, and which was repealed by act Aug. 14, 1946, ch. 964, §2(a)(2), 60 Stat. 1062.
The Agricultural Adjustment Act (of 1933), referred to in text, probably means title I of act May 12, 1933, ch. 25, 48 Stat. 31, known as the Agricultural Adjustment Act, which is classified generally to chapter 26 (§601 et seq.) of Title 7, Agriculture. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 601 of Title 7 and Tables.
The Bankhead Cotton Act of April 21, 1934, referred to in text, is act Apr. 21, 1934, ch. 157, 48 Stat. 598, which is classified generally to chapter 27 (§701 et seq.) of Title 7. The Bankhead Cotton Act was substantially repealed by act Feb. 10, 1936, ch. 42, 49 Stat. 1106. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
The Jones-Connally Cattle Act of April 7, 1934, referred to in text, is act Apr. 7, 1934, ch. 103, 48 Stat. 528, which is classified to sections 608, 608b, 609, 611, 612, and 612a of Title 7. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Emergency Appropriation Act, fiscal year 1935, approved June 19, 1934, referred to in text, is act June 19, 1934, ch. 648, title II, 48 Stat. 1055, relevant provisions of which were classified to sections 604 and 605 of Title 7, and section 59 of former Title 49, Transportation. Section 605 of Title 7 was repealed by act June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title II, §206(d), 61 Stat. 208, and section 59 of former Title 49, was repealed by Pub. L. 95–473, §4(b), Oct. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 1466, the first section of which enacted subtitle IV (§10101 et seq.) of Title 49, Transportation. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
The Kerr Tobacco Act of June 28, 1934, referred to in text, is act June 28, 1934, ch. 866, §§1 to 16, 48 Stat. 1275, which was formerly classified to chapter 28 (§751 et seq.) of Title 7, and which was repealed by act Feb. 10, 1936, ch. 42, 49 Stat. 1106.
Section 32 of the Act of August 24, 1935, referred to in text, is classified to section 612c of Title 7.
Supplemental Appropriation Act, fiscal year 1936, referred to in text, is act Feb. 11, 1936, ch. 49, 49 Stat. 1134, provisions of which were formerly classified to chapter 16 (§721 et seq.) of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, as legislation supplementary to the Federal Emergency Relief Act of 1933. Such provisions have been eliminated from the Code. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Sections 7 to 17 of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act, referred to in text, are classified to sections 590g, 590h, 590i, and 590j to 590q of Title 16, Conservation. Section 16 of the Act, classified to section 590p of Title 16, was repealed by Pub. L. 104–127, title III, §336(b)(1), Apr. 4, 1996, 110 Stat. 1006.
The Sugar Act of 1937, referred to in text, is act Sept. 1, 1937, ch. 898, 50 Stat. 903, which was formerly classified to chapter 34 (§1100 et seq.) of Title 7, Agriculture. The Sugar Act of 1937 expired on Dec. 31, 1947, and was superseded by the Sugar Act of 1948, which in turn expired on Dec. 31, 1974, and which has now been eliminated from the Code. For complete classification of the Sugar Act of 1937 to the Code prior to its expiration, see Tables.
Sections 303 and 381(a) of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938, referred to in text, are classified to sections 1303 and 1381(a), respectively, of Title 7. Section 1381 of Title 7, was omitted from the Code.
The Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938, referred to in text, is act Feb. 16, 1938, ch. 30, 52 Stat. 31. Title IV of the Act was formerly classified to subchapter III (§1401 et seq.) of chapter 35 of Title 7, and has been eliminated from the Code. Title V of the Act, formerly known as the Federal Crop Insurance Act, is classified generally to chapter 36 (§1501 et seq.) of Title 7. For complete classification of these Acts to the Code, see sections 1281 and 1501 of Title 7 and Tables.
Act of June 22, 1936 (49 Stat. 1608), referred to in text, probably means act June 22, 1936, ch. 689, title II, 49 Stat. 1608, provisions of which were formerly classified to chapter 16 (§721 et seq.) of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, as legislation supplementary to the Federal Emergency Relief Act of 1933. Such provisions have been eliminated from the Code.
Act of June 29, 1937 (50 Stat. 352), referred to in text, probably means act June 29, 1937, ch. 401, 50 Stat. 357, provisions of which were formerly classified to chapter 16 (§721 et seq.) of Title 15, as legislation supplementary to the Federal Emergency Relief Act of 1933. Such provisions have been eliminated from the Code. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
The Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, referred to in text, is act July 22, 1937, ch. 517, 50 Stat. 522, which is classified generally to chapter 33 (§1000 et seq.) of Title 7, Agriculture. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1000 of Title 7 and Tables.
The Water Facilities Act of August 28, 1937 (50 Stat. 869 et seq.), referred to in text, is act Aug. 28, 1937, ch. 870, 50 Stat. 869, which was formerly classified to sections 590r to 590x–4 of Title 16, Conservation, and was repealed by section 341(a) of Pub. L. 87–128, title III, Aug. 8, 1961, 75 Stat. 318. See chapter 50 (§1921 et seq.) of Title 7, Agriculture.
Acts of March 2, 1938 (52 Stat. 83, Public Resolution Numbered 80), June 21, 1938 (52 Stat. 809), and June 30, 1939 (53 Stat. 927), referred to in text, are acts Mar. 2, 1938, ch. 38, 52 Stat. 83, June 21, 1938, ch. 554, 52 Stat. 809, and June 30, 1939, ch. 252, 53 Stat. 927, respectively, which were formerly classified to chapter 16 (§721 et seq.) of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, as legislation supplementary to the Federal Emergency Relief Act of 1933. Such provisions have been eliminated from the Code.
Act of June 26, 1940 (Public Resolution Numbered 88), referred to in text, is act June 26, 1940, ch. 432, 54 Stat. 611, provisions of which were formerly classified to section 609i of Title 15, and also to chapter 16 (§721 et seq.) of Title 15, as legislation supplementary to the Federal Emergency Relief Act of 1933. Such provisions have been eliminated from the Code. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
The Federal Crop Insurance Act, referred to in text, is subtitle A of title V of act Feb. 16, 1938, ch. 30, 52 Stat. 72, which is classified generally to subchapter I (§1501 et seq.) of chapter 36 of Title 7, Agriculture. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1501 of Title 7 and Tables.
Act of June 15, 1929 (46 Stat. 11), referred to in text, is act June 15, 1929, ch. 24, 46 Stat. 11, known as the Agricultural Marketing Act, which is classified generally to chapter 7A (§1141 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1141j(e) of this title and Tables.
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
Functions of all officers, agencies, and employees of Department of Agriculture transferred, with certain exceptions, to Secretary of Agriculture by Reorg. Plan No. 2, of 1953, §1, eff. June 4, 1953, 18 F.R. 3219, 67 Stat. 633, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Functions of Agricultural Adjustment Agency and administration of programs of Commodity Credit Corporation and Federal Crop Insurance Corporation transferred to Secretary of Agriculture by Reorg. Plan No. 3 of 1946, §501, eff. July 16, 1946, 11 F.R. 7877, 60 Stat. 1100, set out in the Appendix to Title 5. See, also, notes under sections 610 and 1503 of Title 7, Agriculture.
Farm Security Administration abolished, see note under sections 1001 to 1006 of Title 7, Agriculture.
Exceptions From Transfer of Functions
Functions of Corporations of Department of Agriculture, boards of directors and officers of such corporations, Advisory Board of Commodity Credit Corporation, and Farm Credit Administration or any agency, officer, or entity of, under, or subject to supervision of said Administration excepted from functions of officers, agencies, and employees transferred to Secretary of Agriculture by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1953, §1, eff. June 4, 1953, 18 F.R. 3219, 67 Stat. 633, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
§1150b. Authorization of appropriations
There is authorized to be appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such amount as may be necessary to enable the Secretary to carry out the provisions of this chapter, and the current and subsequent appropriations to enable the Secretary to administer the respective Acts of Congress or programs to which the aforesaid payments or loans or extensions of credit relate shall also be available for the administrative expenses of carrying out this chapter.
(Dec. 20, 1944, ch. 623, §3, 58 Stat. 837.)
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
Functions of all officers, agencies, and employees of Department of Agriculture transferred, with certain exceptions, to Secretary of Agriculture by Reorg. Plan. No. 2 of 1953, §1, eff. June 4, 1953, 18 F.R. 3219, 67 Stat. 633, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Exceptions From Transfer of Functions
Functions of Corporations of Department of Agriculture, boards of directors and officers of such corporations, Advisory Board of Commodity Credit Corporation, and Farm Credit Administration or any agency, officer, or entity of, under, or subject to supervision of said Administration excepted from functions of officers, agencies, and employees transferred to Secretary of Agriculture by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1953, §1, effective June 4, 1953, 18 F.R. 3219, 67 Stat. 633, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
§1150c. Self-hauling of hay or other roughages under hay transportation assistance program; liability for or refund of excess payments; availability of funds for payments
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no persons who have received or have owing to them, prior to September 24, 1980, payments at rates announced by the Secretary of Agriculture for self-hauling of hay or other roughages under the hay transportation assistance program shall be liable for, or be obligated to refund, any amount that is determined by the Secretary to be in excess of the payment computed in accordance with the maximum rate provided by section 8 of the Farmer-to-Consumer Direct Marketing Act of 1976: Provided, That the Secretary determines that such persons have otherwise complied with the terms and conditions of, and are otherwise entitled to payments under, the hay transportation assistance program. Any payments made pursuant to this section shall be made out of funds appropriated or otherwise available on September 24, 1980 for disaster relief.
(Dec. 20, 1944, ch. 623, §4, as added Pub. L. 96–356, Sept. 24, 1980, 94 Stat. 1177.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 8 of the Farmer-to-Consumer Direct Marketing Act of 1976, referred to in text, is section 8 of Pub. L. 94–463, Oct. 8, 1976, 90 Stat. 1983, which is set out as a note under section 5145 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Codification
"This section" and "September 24, 1980", referred to in the last sentence, were in the original "this Act" and "the date of enactment of this Act". These references were editorially translated as Pub. L. 96–356, Sept. 24, 1980, 94 Stat. 1177 and the date of enactment of Pub. L. 96–356, as the probable intent of Congress.
Prior Provisions
A prior section 1150c, act Dec. 20, 1944, ch. 623, §4, 58 Stat. 837, related to false representations, acceptance of fees, etc., prior to repeal by act June 25, 1948, 645 §21, 62 Stat. 862, effective Sept. 1, 1948. See sections 217 and 1026 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
CHAPTER 9—NATIONAL AGRICULTURAL CREDIT CORPORATIONS
Formation
§1151. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Section, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §201, 42 Stat. 1461, related to purpose, incorporators, articles of association and signing and filing thereof.
§1151a. Repealed. Pub. L. 92–181, title V, §5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624
Section, act June 16, 1933, ch. 98, title VII, §77, 48 Stat. 272, prohibited formation of agricultural credit corporations after June 16, 1933.
Requisites of Articles and Certificate
§§1161 to 1163. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Sections, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §202(a)–(c), 42 Stat. 1461, related to organization certificate and contents, name of corporation, and acknowledgment of organization certificate and articles of association, respectively.
Corporate Powers
§§1171, 1172. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Section 1171, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §202(d), 42 Stat. 1462, related to corporate powers in general, directors and officers.
Section 1172, acts Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §203(a), 42 Stat. 1462; Feb. 8, 1927, ch. 74, 44 Stat. 1059, related to additional powers under regulation of Comptroller.
Debentures and Other Obligations; Liability; Security
§§1181, 1182. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Sections, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §203(b), (c), 42 Stat. 1464, related to liability of United States for debentures and other obligations issued by credit corporations and additional real-estate security for obligations, respectively.
Limitations
§1191. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Section, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §204, 42 Stat. 1464, related to restrictions on amount of indebtedness and on advances, etc., to single persons and on dealings in livestock.
Interest Rates
§§1201, 1202. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Sections, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §205(a), (b), 42 Stat. 1464, related to charges on loans and discounts and exacting unlawful interest, respectively.
Capital Stock
§§1211 to 1215. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Sections, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §206(a)–(e), 42 Stat. 1464, related to amount of capital stock and payment as condition to grant of certificate to do business, increase or reduction of capital stock and withdrawal of paid-in capital, transfer of shares, collection of unpaid subscriptions, and shareholders voting by proxy, respectively.
Rediscount Corporations
§§1221 to 1223. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Sections, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §207(a)–(c), 42 Stat. 1465, related to rediscount powers, limitation upon indebtedness and deposit of bonds or securities, respectively.
Permit To Begin Business
§§1231, 1232. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Sections, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §208(a), (b), 42 Stat. 1466, related to deposit of bonds or obligations of United States as condition to issue of permit and determination as to grant of permit, respectively.
Miscellaneous Administrative Provisions
§§1241 to 1244. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Sections, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §209(a), (b) (pt.), (c), (d), 42 Stat. 1467, related to supervision by Comptroller of Currency, assessment of credit corporations to pay administrative expenses, appointment and compensation of examiners of National Agricultural Credit Corporations and laws applicable, and expenses of examinations, respectively.
§1245. Repealed. June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862, eff. Sept. 1, 1948
Section, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §209(e), 42 Stat. 1468, related to loans and gratuities to examiners.
§§1246, 1247. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Sections, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §209(f), (g), 42 Stat. 1468, related to reports to Comptroller of Currency and licenses to act as inspectors of livestock as basis for loans, suspension or revocation of licenses and false representations as to holding of license, respectively.
§1248. Repealed. June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862, eff. Sept. 1, 1948
Section, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §209(h), 42 Stat. 1468, related to false statements in inspection reports. See section 1014 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
§1249. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Section, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §209(i), 42 Stat. 1468, related to allotment to Department of Agriculture of amount necessary for administration of functions vested therein.
Banks of Federal Reserve System as Stockholders
§1251. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Section, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §210, 42 Stat. 1469, related to right to file application for stock and discretion of Comptroller of Currency.
Taxation
§1261. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Section, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §211, 42 Stat. 1469, related to scope of authority of State to tax.
Deposits
§1271. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Section, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §212, 42 Stat. 1469, related to deposits in Federal reserve member banks.
Conversion of Corporations
§§1281 to 1283. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Sections, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §213(a)–(c), 42 Stat. 1469, related to conversion of State agricultural or livestock financing corporations into National Agricultural Credit Corporations, articles of association and organization certificate, and powers, duties, and liabilities of converted corporation, respectively.
Consolidation of Corporations
§§1291 to 1293. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Sections, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §214(a)–(c), 42 Stat. 1470, related to procedure for consolidation and capital stock, dissenting stockholders, and effect of consolidation, respectively.
Insolvency, Receivership, and Liquidation
§§1301 to 1303. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Sections, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §215(a)–(c), 42 Stat. 1471, related to appointment and powers of receiver, appointment and powers of shareholders' agents, and voluntary liquidation, respectively.
Penalty Provisions
§§1311 to 1318. Repealed. June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862, eff. Sept. 1, 1948
Section 1311, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §216(a), 42 Stat. 1471, related to various criminal acts of officers, employees, or agents. See section 709 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 1312, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §216(b), 42 Stat. 1472, related to false statements. See section 1014 of Title 18.
Section 1313, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §216(c), 42 Stat. 1472, related to overvaluation of property offered as security. See section 1014 of Title 18.
Section 1314, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §216(d), 42 Stat. 1472, related to offenses by examiners. See sections 1908 and 1909 of Title 18.
Section 1315, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §216(e), 42 Stat. 1472, related to acceptance of gifts by officers. See section 215 of Title 18.
Section 1316, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §216(f), 42 Stat. 1473, related to forgery, etc. See section 493 of Title 18.
Section 1317, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §216(g), 42 Stat. 1473, related to false representations as to debentures. See section 1013 of Title 18.
Section 1318, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §216(h), 42 Stat. 1473, related to unlawful use of words "National Agricultural Credit Corporation". See section 709 of Title 18.
Partial Invalidity; Amendments and Repeals
§1321. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title V, §507, 42 Stat. 1482, related to partial invalidity of chapter.
§1322. Repealed. Pub. L. 86–230, §24, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 466
Section, act Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title II, §217, 42 Stat. 1473, related to amendment or repeal of chapter.
CHAPTER 10—LOCAL AGRICULTURAL-CREDIT CORPORATIONS, LIVESTOCK-LOAN COMPANIES AND LIKE ORGANIZATIONS; LOANS TO INDIVIDUALS TO AID IN FORMATION OR TO INCREASE CAPITAL STOCK
§§1401 to 1404. Repealed. Pub. L. 115–334, title V, §5411(64), Dec. 20, 2018, 132 Stat. 4686
Section 1401, act Mar. 3, 1932, ch. 70, §1, 47 Stat. 60; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, related to authorization of loans by the Governor of the Farm Credit Administration.
Section 1402, act Mar. 3, 1932, ch. 70, §2, 47 Stat. 60; Ex. Ord. No. 6084, Mar. 27, 1933, set limitation on loans to individual stockholders and required approval of financial structure of corporation prior to loan made upon its capital stock.
Section 1403, act Mar. 3, 1932, ch. 70, §3, 47 Stat. 60, related to minimum paid-in capital stock for loan or advance.
Section 1404, act Mar. 3, 1932, ch. 70, §4, 47 Stat. 60, authorized appropriations to be paid into a revolving fund.
CHAPTER 11—FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANKS
§1421. Short title
This chapter may be cited as the "Federal Home Loan Bank Act."
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §1, 47 Stat. 725.)
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Short Title of 1999 Amendment
Pub. L. 106–102, title VI, §601, Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1450, provided that: "This title [amending sections 250, 1422, 1422b, 1424, 1426, 1427, 1429, 1430, 1432, 1436, 1438, 1441b, 1464, and 1467a of this title, repealing sections 1442a and 1447 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1441b of this title] may be cited as the 'Federal Home Loan Bank System Modernization Act of 1999'."
Short Title of 1993 Amendment
Pub. L. 103–204, §1(a), Dec. 17, 1993, 107 Stat. 2369, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 1447 of this title and section 8C of the Inspector General Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95–452, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, amending sections 1441a, 1811, 1813, 1815, 1817, 1818, 1821, 1822, 1824, 1831j, and 1831q of this title, sections 5314 and 5315 of Title 5, and sections 8D to 8G and 11 of the Inspector General Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95–452, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1441a, 1811, 1817, 1821, 1822, 1827, and 1831q of this title and section 3 of the Inspector General Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95–452, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, and amending provisions set out as notes under section 396f of Title 16, Conservation, and section 1611 of Title 43, Public Lands] may be cited as the 'Resolution Trust Corporation Completion Act'."
Short Title of 1991 Amendments
Pub. L. 102–233, §1, Dec. 12, 1991, 105 Stat. 1761, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 2907 of this title, amending sections 1441, 1441a, 1441b, 1786, 1818, 1821, 1821a, 1833b, 1833e, 3345, and 3348 of this title, sections 5313 and 5314 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and section 11 of the Inspector General Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95–452, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 1441, 1441a, and 1831n of this title, and amending provisions set out as notes under sections 1437 and 1441a of this title] may be cited as the 'Resolution Trust Corporation Refinancing, Restructuring, and Improvement Act of 1991'."
Pub. L. 102–233, title III, §301, Dec. 12, 1991, 105 Stat. 1767, provided that: "This title [amending sections 1441, 1441a, 1441b, 1786, 1818, 1821, 1833b, and 1833e of this title, sections 5313 and 5314 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and section 11 of the Inspector General Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95–452, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1441 and 1441a of this title, and amending provisions set out as notes under sections 1437 and 1441a of this title] may be cited as the 'Resolution Trust Corporation Thrift Depositor Protection Reform Act of 1991'."
Pub. L. 102–18, §1, Mar. 23, 1991, 105 Stat. 58, provided that: "This Act [amending sections 1441a and 1812 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1441a of this title] may be cited as the 'Resolution Trust Corporation Funding Act of 1991'."
§1422. Definitions
As used in this chapter—
(1)(A)
(B)
(2)
(3) The term "member" means any institution which has subscribed for the stock of a Federal Home Loan Bank.
(4) The term "home mortgage loan" means a loan made by a member upon the security of a home mortgage.
(5) The term "home mortgage" means a mortgage upon real estate, in fee simple, or on a leasehold (1) under a lease for not less than ninety-nine years which is renewable or (2) under a lease having a period of not less than fifty years to run from the date the mortgage was executed, upon which is located, or which comprises or includes, one or more homes or other dwelling units, all of which may be defined by the Director and shall include, in addition to first mortgages, such classes of first liens as are commonly given to secure advances on real estate by institutions authorized under this chapter to become members, under the laws of the State in which the real estate is located, together with the credit instruments, if any, secured thereby.
(6) The term "unpaid principal," when used in respect of a loan secured by a home mortgage means the principal thereof less the sum of (1) payments made on such principal, and (2) in cases where shares or stock are pledged as security for the loan, the payments made on such shares or stock plus earnings or dividends apportioned or credited thereon.
(7) An "amortized" or "installment" home mortgage loan shall, for the purposes of this chapter, be a home mortgage loan to be repaid or liquidated in not less than eight years by means of regular weekly, monthly, or quarterly payments made directly in reduction of the debt or upon stock or shares pledged as collateral for the repayment of such loan.
(8)
(9)
(A) an insured depository institution (as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1813]), and
(B) except as used in sections 1441a 1 and 1441b of this title, an insured credit union (as defined in section 1752 of this title).
(10)
(A)
(i) the deposits of which are insured under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.]; and
(ii) that has, as of the date of the transaction at issue, less than $1,000,000,000 in average total assets, based on an average of total assets over the 3 years preceding that date.
(B)
(11)
(12)
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §2, 47 Stat. 725; June 27, 1934, ch. 847, §507, 48 Stat. 1264; May 28, 1935, ch. 150, §1, 49 Stat. 293; July 14, 1952, ch. 723, §10(c), 66 Stat. 604; Pub. L. 86–70, §9(a), June 25, 1959, 73 Stat. 142; Pub. L. 86–624, §5(a), July 12, 1960, 74 Stat. 411; Pub. L. 87–779, §2(a), Oct. 9, 1962, 76 Stat. 779; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §§701(a), 710(b)(1), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 411, 418; Pub. L. 106–102, title VI, §602, Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1450; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §§1203, 1204(8), (10), 1211(a), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2785, 2786, 2790.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 1441a of this title, referred to in par. (9)(B), was repealed by Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §364(b), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1555.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in par. (10)(A)(i), is act Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 967, §2, 64 Stat. 873, which is classified generally to chapter 16 (§1811 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1811 of this title and Tables.
Amendments
2008—Par. (1). Pub. L. 110–289, §1203(1), (2), redesignated par. (2) as (1) and struck out former par. (1). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The terms 'Finance Board' and 'Board' mean the Federal Housing Finance Board established under section 1422a of this title."
Par. (1)(B). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(8), substituted "the Director" for "the Board".
Pars. (2) to (4). Pub. L. 110–289, §1203(2), redesignated pars. (3) to (5) as (2) to (4), respectively. Former par. (2) redesignated (1).
Par. (5). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(8), substituted "the Director" for "the Board".
Pub. L. 110–289, §1203(2), redesignated par. (6) as (5). Former par. (5) redesignated (4).
Pars. (6) to (9). Pub. L. 110–289, §1203(2), (3), redesignated pars. (7) to (9) and (12) as (6) to (9), respectively. Former par. (6) redesignated (5).
Par. (10). Pub. L. 110–289, §1203(1), (3), redesignated par. (13) as (10) and struck out former par. (10). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The term 'Chairperson' means the Chairperson of the Board."
Par. (10)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 110–289, §1211(a), substituted "$1,000,000,000" for "$500,000,000".
Par. (10)(B). Pub. L. 110–289, §1211(a), substituted "$1,000,000,000" for "$500,000,000".
Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(10), substituted "the Director" for "the Finance Board".
Pars. (11) to (13). Pub. L. 110–289, §1203(1), (3), (4), added pars. (11) and (12), redesignated former pars. (12) and (13) as (9) and (10), respectively, and struck out former par. (11). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The term 'Secretary' means the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development."
1999—Par. (1). Pub. L. 106–102, §602(1), substituted "terms 'Finance Board' and 'Board' mean" for "term 'Board' means".
Par. (3). Pub. L. 106–102, §602(2), added par. (3) and struck out former par. (3) which read as follows: "The term 'State' includes the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands of the United States."
Par. (13). Pub. L. 106–102, §602(3), added par. (13).
1989—Pars. (1), (2). Pub. L. 101–73, §701(a)(1), added pars. (1) and (2) and struck out former pars. (1) and (2) which defined "board" and "Federal Home Loan Bank".
Par. (4). Pub. L. 101–73, §701(a)(2), which directed amendment of par. (4) by striking out "(except when used in reference to the member of the Board)" after " 'member' ", was executed by striking out "(except when used in reference to a member of the board)" as the probable intent of Congress.
Par. (5). Pub. L. 101–73, §710(b)(1), struck out "or a nonmember borrower" after "member".
Pars. (9) to (12). Pub. L. 101–73, §701(a)(3), added pars. (9) to (12) and struck out former par. (9) which read as follows: "The term 'nonmember borrower' includes an institution authorized to secure advances from a Federal Home Loan Bank under the provisions of subsection (e) of section 1426 of this title."
1962—Subsec. (6). Pub. L. 87–779 substituted "upon which is located, or which comprises or includes, one or more homes or other dwelling units, all of which may be defined by the Board" for "upon which there is located a dwelling for not more than four families".
1960—Subsec. (3). Pub. L. 86–624 struck out reference to Territory of Hawaii.
1959—Subsec. (3). Pub. L. 86–70 substituted "Territory of Hawaii" for "Territories of Alaska and Hawaii".
1952—Subsec. (3). Act July 14, 1952, inserted "Guam,".
1935—Subsec. (6). Act May 28, 1935, substituted "four families" for "three families".
1934—Subsec. (6). Act June 27, 1934, struck out "first" before "mortgage" and inserted "or (2) under a lease having a period of not less than fifty years to run from the date the mortgage was executed".
1 See References in Text note below.
§§1422a, 1422b. Repealed. Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1204(1), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2785
Section 1422a, act July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §2A, as added Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §702(a), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 413; amended Pub. L. 102–550, title XIII, §1391, title XVI, §1608, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4009, 4089, established the Federal Housing Finance Board.
Section 1422b, act July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §2B, as added Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §702(a), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 414; amended Pub. L. 106–102, title VI, §606(e)(1), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1454, related to powers and duties of the Federal Housing Finance Board.
§1423. Federal Home Loan Bank districts; number and boundaries; establishment of Federal Home Loan Banks; names
(a) In general
As soon as practicable the Director shall divide the continental United States, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, and the Territories of Alaska and Hawaii into not less than eight nor more than twelve districts. Such districts shall be apportioned with due regard to the convenience and customary course of business of the institutions eligible to and likely to subscribe for stock of a Federal Home Loan Bank to be formed under this chapter, but no such district shall contain a fractional part of any State. The districts thus created may be readjusted and new districts may from time to time be created by the Director, not to exceed twelve in all. Such districts shall be known as Federal Home Loan Bank districts and may be designated by number. As soon as practicable the Director shall establish, in each district, a Federal Home Loan Bank at such city as may be designated by the Director. Its title shall include the name of the city at which it is established.
(b) Authority to reduce districts
Notwithstanding subsection (a), the number of districts may be reduced to a number less than 8—
(1) pursuant to a voluntary merger between Banks, as approved pursuant to section 1446(b) of this title; or
(2) pursuant to a decision by the Director to liquidate a Bank pursuant to section 4617 of this title.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §3, 47 Stat. 726; July 14, 1952, ch. 723, §10(c), 66 Stat. 604; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 412; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §§1204(8), 1210, July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786, 2790.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2008—Pub. L. 110–289, §1210, designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading, and added subsec. (b).
Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(8), substituted "the Director" for "the Board" wherever appearing.
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 substituted "Board" for "board" wherever appearing.
1952—Act July 14, 1952, inserted "Guam," after "Virgin Islands,".
Executive Documents
Admission of Alaska and Hawaii to Statehood
Alaska was admitted into the Union on Jan. 3, 1959, on issuance of Proc. No. 3269, Jan. 3, 1959, 24 F.R. 81, 73 Stat.
§1424. Eligibility for membership
(a) Criteria for eligibility
(1) In general
Any building and loan association, savings and loan association, cooperative bank, homestead association, insurance company, savings bank, community development financial institution, or any insured depository institution (as defined in section 1422 of this title), shall be eligible to become a member of a Federal Home Loan Bank if such institution—
(A) is duly organized under the laws of any State or of the United States;
(B) is subject to inspection and regulation under the banking laws, or under similar laws, of the State or of the United States or, in the case of a community development financial institution, is certified as a community development financial institution under the Community Development Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994 [12 U.S.C. 4701 et seq.].; 1 and
(C) makes such home mortgage loans as, in the judgment of the Director, are long-term loans (except that in the case of a savings bank, this subparagraph applies only if, in the judgment of the Director, its time deposits, as defined in section 461 of this title, warrant its making such loans).
(2) Qualified thrift lender
An insured depository institution that is not a member on January 1, 1989, may become a member of a Federal Home Loan Bank only if—
(A) the insured depository institution (other than a community financial institution) has at least 10 percent of its total assets in residential mortgage loans;
(B) the insured depository institution's financial condition is such that advances may be safely made to such institution; and
(C) the character of its management and its home-financing policy are consistent with sound and economical home financing.
(3) Certain institutions
An insured depository institution commencing its initial business operations after January 1, 1989, may become a member of a Federal Home Loan Bank if it complies with regulations and orders prescribed by the Director for the 10 percent asset requirement (described in the 2 paragraph (2)) within one year after the commencement of its operations.
(4) Limited exemption for community financial institutions
A community financial institution that otherwise meets the requirements of paragraph (2) may become a member without regard to the percentage of its total assets that is represented by residential mortgage loans, as described in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2).
(5) Certain privately insured credit unions
(A) In general
Subject to the requirements of subparagraph (B), a credit union shall be treated as an insured depository institution for purposes of determining the eligibility of such credit union for membership in a Federal home loan bank under paragraphs (1), (2), and (3).
(B) Certification by appropriate supervisor
(i) In general
For purposes of this paragraph and subject to clause (ii), a credit union which lacks Federal deposit insurance and which has applied for membership in a Federal home loan bank may be treated as meeting all the eligibility requirements for Federal deposit insurance only if the appropriate supervisor of the State in which the credit union is chartered has determined that the credit union meets all the eligibility requirements for Federal deposit insurance as of the date of the application for membership.
(ii) Certification deemed valid
If, in the case of any credit union to which clause (i) applies, the appropriate supervisor of the State in which such credit union is chartered fails to make a determination pursuant to such clause by the end of the 6-month period beginning on the date of the application, the credit union shall be deemed to have met the requirements of clause (i).
(C) Security interests of Federal home loan bank not avoidable
Notwithstanding any provision of State law authorizing a conservator or liquidating agent of a credit union to repudiate contracts, no such provision shall apply with respect to—
(i) any extension of credit from any Federal home loan bank to any credit union which is a member of any such bank pursuant to this paragraph; or
(ii) any security interest in the assets of such credit union securing any such extension of credit.
(D) Protection for certain Federal home loan bank advances
Notwithstanding any State law to the contrary, if a Bank makes an advance under section 1430 of this title to a State-chartered credit union that is not federally insured—
(i) the Bank's interest in any collateral securing such advance has the same priority and is afforded the same standing and rights that the security interest would have had if the advance had been made to a federally insured credit union; and
(ii) the Bank has the same right to access such collateral that the Bank would have had if the advance had been made to a federally insured credit union.
(b) Location requirement
An institution eligible to become a member under this section may become a member only of, or secure advances from, the Federal Home Loan Bank of the district in which is located the institution's principal place of business, or of the bank of a district adjoining such district, if demanded by convenience and then only with the approval of the Director.
(c) Inspection and regulation requirements
Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (2) of subsection (a) of this section requiring inspection and regulation under law as a condition with respect to eligibility for membership, any building and loan association which would be eligible to become a member of a Federal Home Loan Bank except for the fact that it is not subject to inspection and regulation under the banking laws or similar laws of the State in which such association is organized shall, upon subjecting itself to such inspection and regulation as the Director shall prescribe, be eligible to become a member.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §4, 47 Stat. 726; June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §3, 48 Stat. 129; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §§701(b)(1), (3)(A), 704(a), 710(b)(1), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 412, 415, 418; Pub. L. 106–102, title VI, §605, Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1452; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §§1204(8), 1206, July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786, 2787; Pub. L. 114–94, div. G, title LXXXII, §82001(a), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1795.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Community Development Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994, referred to in subsec. (a)(1)(B), is subtitle A (§§101–121) of title I of Pub. L. 103–325, Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2163, which is classified principally to subchapter I (§4701 et seq.) of chapter 47 of this title. For complete classification of subtitle A to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 4701 of this title and Tables.
Section 461 of this title, referred to in subsec. (a)(1)(C), was in the original "section 19 of the Federal Reserve Act". Definition provisions of section 19 are classified to section 461 of this title. Other provisions of section 19 are classified to sections 142, 371b, 371b–1, 374, 374a, 463 to 466, 505, and 506 of this title.
Amendments
2015—Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 114–94 added par. (5).
2008—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 110–289, §1206(1), which directed insertion of "community development financial institution," after "savings bank,", was executed by making the insertion after "savings bank," the first time appearing.
Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 110–289, §1206(2), which directed insertion of "or, in the case of a community development financial institution, is certified as a community development financial institution under the Community Development Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994." after "United States,", was executed by making the insertion after "United States" to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Subsecs. (a)(1)(C), (3), (b), (c). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(8), substituted "the Director" for "the Board" wherever appearing.
1999—Subsec. (a)(2) to (4). Pub. L. 106–102 inserted "(other than a community financial institution)" after "institution" in par. (2)(A), designated concluding provisions of par. (2) as par. (3), inserted heading and substituted "paragraph (2)" for "preceding sentence", and added par. (4).
1989—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–73, §704(a), amended subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (a) read as follows: "Any building and loan association, savings and loan association, cooperative bank, homestead association, insurance company, or savings bank shall be eligible to become a member of, or a nonmember borrower of, a Federal Home Loan Bank if such institution (1) is duly organized under the laws of any State or of the United States; (2) is subject to inspection and regulation under the banking laws, or under similar laws, of the State or of the United States; and (3) makes such home mortgage loans as in the judgment of the board, are long-term loans (and in the case of a savings bank if, in the judgment of the board, its time deposits, as defined in section 461 of this title, warrant its making such loans). No institution shall be eligible to become a member of, or a nonmember borrower of, a Federal Home Loan Bank if, in the judgment of the board, its financial condition is such that advances may not safely be made to such institution or the character of its management or its home-financing policy is inconsistent with sound and economical home financing, or with the purposes of this chapter."
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–73, §710(b)(1), struck out "or a nonmember borrower" after "eligible to become a member".
Pub. L. 101–73, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), substituted "Board" for "board".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–73, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), substituted "Board" for "board".
1933—Subsec. (d). Act June 13, 1933, struck out subsec. (d) which provided for direct loans to homeowners. See chapter 12 (§1461 et seq.) of this title.
2 So in original. The word "the" probably should not appear.
§§1425 to 1425b. Repealed. Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §§705, 716, 720, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 416, 421, 423
Section 1425, acts July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §5, 47 Stat. 727; Dec. 24, 1969, Pub. L. 91–152, title IV, §416(a), 83 Stat. 401, related to limitation on lawful contract rate of interest receivable by members and nonmember borrowers, and applicability to home mortgage loans on single-family dwellings.
Section 1425a, act July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §5A, as added June 27, 1950, ch. 369, §1, 64 Stat. 256; amended Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 783, title I, §109(a)(3), 69 Stat. 640; Sept. 21, 1968, Pub. L. 90–505, §4, 82 Stat. 856; Mar. 31, 1980, Pub. L. 96–221, title I, §104(b), title IV, §405, 94 Stat. 139, 158; Oct. 8, 1980, Pub. L. 96–399, title III, §325(a), 94 Stat. 1648; Oct. 15, 1982, Pub. L. 97–320, title III, §332, 96 Stat. 1504; Oct. 17, 1984, Pub. L. 98–479, title II, §207, 98 Stat. 2235, related to liquidity requirements for savings and loan associations and other members.
Section 1425b, act July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §5B, as added Sept. 21, 1966, Pub. L. 89–597, §4, 80 Stat. 824; amended Sept. 21, 1968, Pub. L. 90–505, §2(c), 82 Stat. 856; Dec. 23, 1969, Pub. L. 91–151, §2(b), 83 Stat. 372; Oct. 29, 1974, Pub. L. 93–501, title I, §103, title III, §303, 88 Stat. 1558, 1560; Nov. 5, 1979, Pub. L. 96–104, title II, §203, 93 Stat. 793; Dec. 28, 1979, Pub. L. 96–161, title II, §210, 93 Stat. 1239; Mar. 31, 1980, Pub. L. 96–221, title II, §207(b)(7)–(9), title V, §529, 94 Stat. 144, 168, related to rate of interest payable on deposits, shares or withdrawable accounts by members, insured institutions and other nonmember financial institutions.
§1426. Capital structure of Federal home loan banks
(a) Regulations
(1) Capital standards
Not later than 18 months after November 12, 1999, the Director shall issue regulations prescribing uniform capital standards applicable to each Federal home loan bank, which shall require each such bank to meet—
(A) the leverage requirement specified in paragraph (2); and
(B) the risk-based capital requirements, in accordance with paragraph (3).
(2) Leverage requirement
(A) In general
The leverage requirement shall require each Federal home loan bank to maintain a minimum amount of total capital based on the total assets of the bank and shall be 5 percent.
(B) Treatment of stock and retained earnings
In determining compliance with the minimum leverage ratio established under subparagraph (A), the paid-in value of the outstanding Class B stock and the amount of retained earnings shall be multiplied by 1.5, and such higher amounts shall be deemed to be capital for purposes of meeting the 5 percent minimum leverage ratio, except that a Federal home loan bank's total capital (determined without taking into account any such multiplier) shall not be less than 4 percent of the total assets of the bank.
(3) Risk-based capital standards
(A) Risk-based capital standards
The Director shall, by regulation, establish risk-based capital standards for the Federal Home Loan Banks to ensure that the Federal Home Loan Banks operate in a safe and sound manner, with sufficient permanent capital and reserves to support the risks that arise in the operations and management of the Federal Home Loans Banks.
(B) Consideration of other risk-based standards
In establishing the risk-based standard under subparagraph (A), the Director shall take due consideration of any risk-based capital test established pursuant to section 1361 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 (12 U.S.C. 4611) for the enterprises (as defined in that Act [12 U.S.C. 4501 et seq.]), with such modifications as the Director determines to be appropriate to reflect differences in operations between the Federal home loan banks and those enterprises.
(4) Other regulatory requirements
The regulations issued by the Director under paragraph (1) shall—
(A) permit each Federal home loan bank to issue, with such rights, terms, and preferences, not inconsistent with this chapter and the regulations issued hereunder, as the board of directors of that bank may approve, any 1 or more of—
(i) Class A stock, which shall be redeemable in cash and at par 6 months following submission by a member of a written notice of its intent to redeem such shares; and
(ii) Class B stock, which shall be redeemable in cash and at par 5 years following submission by a member of a written notice of its intent to redeem such shares;
(B) provide that the stock of a Federal home loan bank may be issued to and held by only members of the bank, and that a bank may not issue any stock other than as provided in this section;
(C) prescribe the manner in which stock of a Federal home loan bank may be sold, transferred, redeemed, or repurchased; and
(D) provide the manner of disposition of outstanding stock held by, and the liquidation of any claims of the Federal home loan bank against, an institution that ceases to be a member of the bank, through merger or otherwise, or that provides notice of intention to withdraw from membership in the bank.
(5) Definitions of capital
For purposes of determining compliance with the capital standards established under this subsection—
(A) permanent capital of a Federal home loan bank shall include—
(i) the amounts paid for the Class B stock; and
(ii) the retained earnings of the bank (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles); and
(B) total capital of a Federal home loan bank shall include—
(i) permanent capital;
(ii) the amounts paid for the Class A stock;
(iii) consistent with generally accepted accounting principles, and subject to the regulation of the Director, a general allowance for losses, which may not include any reserves or allowances made or held against specific assets; and
(iv) any other amounts from sources available to absorb losses incurred by the bank that the Director determines by regulation to be appropriate to include in determining total capital.
(6) Transition period
Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, the requirements relating to purchase and retention of capital stock of a Federal home loan bank by any member thereof in effect on the day before November 12, 1999, shall continue in effect with respect to each Federal home loan bank until the regulations required by this subsection have taken effect and the capital structure plan required by subsection (b) has been approved by the Director and implemented by such bank.
(b) Capital structure plan
(1) Approval of plans
Not later than 270 days after the date of publication by the Director of final regulations in accordance with subsection (a), the board of directors of each Federal home loan bank shall submit for approval by the Director a plan establishing and implementing a capital structure for such bank that—
(A) the board of directors determines is best suited for the condition and operation of the bank and the interests of the members of the bank;
(B) meets the requirements of subsection (c); and
(C) meets the minimum capital standards and requirements established under subsection (a) and other regulations prescribed by the Director.
(2) Approval of modifications
The board of directors of a Federal home loan bank shall submit to the Director for approval any modifications that the bank proposes to make to an approved capital structure plan.
(c) Contents of plan
The capital structure plan of each Federal home loan bank shall contain provisions addressing each of the following:
(1) Minimum investment
(A) In general
Each capital structure plan of a Federal home loan bank shall require each member of the bank to maintain a minimum investment in the stock of the bank, the amount of which shall be determined in a manner to be prescribed by the board of directors of each bank and to be included as part of the plan.
(B) Investment alternatives
(i) In general
In establishing the minimum investment required for each member under subparagraph (A), a Federal home loan bank may, in its discretion, include any 1 or more of the requirements referred to in clause (ii), or any other provisions approved by the Director.
(ii) Authorized requirements
A requirement is referred to in this clause if it is a requirement for—
(I) a stock purchase based on a percentage of the total assets of a member; or
(II) a stock purchase based on a percentage of the outstanding advances from the bank to the member.
(C) Minimum amount
Each capital structure plan of a Federal home loan bank shall require that the minimum stock investment established for members shall be set at a level that is sufficient for the bank to meet the minimum capital requirements established by the Director under subsection (a).
(D) Adjustments to minimum required investment
The capital structure plan of each Federal home loan bank shall impose a continuing obligation on the board of directors of the bank to review and adjust the minimum investment required of each member of that bank, as necessary to ensure that the bank remains in compliance with applicable minimum capital levels established by the Director, and shall require each member to comply promptly with any adjustments to the required minimum investment.
(2) Transition rule
(A) In general
The capital structure plan of each Federal home loan bank shall specify the date on which it shall take effect, and may provide for a transition period of not longer than 3 years to allow the bank to come into compliance with the capital requirements prescribed under subsection (a), and to allow any institution that was a member of the bank on November 12, 1999, to come into compliance with the minimum investment required pursuant to the plan.
(B) Interim purchase requirements
The capital structure plan of a Federal home loan bank may allow any member referred to in subparagraph (A) that would be required by the terms of the capital structure plan to increase its investment in the stock of the bank to do so in periodic installments during the transition period.
(3) Disposition of shares
The capital structure plan of a Federal home loan bank shall provide for the manner of disposition of any stock held by a member of that bank that terminates its membership or that provides notice of its intention to withdraw from membership in that bank.
(4) Classes of stock
(A) In general
The capital structure plan of a Federal home loan bank shall afford each member of that bank the option of maintaining its required investment in the bank through the purchase of any combination of classes of stock authorized by the board of directors of the bank and approved by the Director in accordance with its regulations.
(B) Rights requirement
A Federal home loan bank shall include in its capital structure plan provisions establishing terms, rights, and preferences, including minimum investment, dividends, voting, and liquidation preferences of each class of stock issued by the bank, consistent with regulations of the Director and market requirements.
(C) Reduced minimum investment
The capital structure plan of a Federal home loan bank may provide for a reduced minimum stock investment for any member of that bank that elects to purchase Class B 1 in a manner that is consistent with meeting the minimum capital requirements of the bank, as established by the Director.
(D) Liquidation of claims
The capital structure plan of a Federal home loan bank shall provide for the liquidation in an orderly manner, as determined by the bank, of any claim of that bank against a member, including claims for any applicable prepayment fees or penalties resulting from prepayment of advances prior to stated maturity.
(5) Limited transferability of stock
The capital structure plan of a Federal home loan bank shall—
(A) provide that any stock issued by that bank shall be available only to and held only by members of that bank and tradable only between that bank and its members; and
(B) establish standards, criteria, and requirements for the issuance, purchase, transfer, retirement, and redemption of stock issued by that bank.
(6) Bank review of plan
Before filing a capital structure plan with the Director, each Federal home loan bank shall conduct a review of the plan by—
(A) an independent certified public accountant, to ensure, to the extent possible, that implementation of the plan would not result in any write-down of the redeemable bank stock investment of its members; and
(B) at least one major credit rating agency, to determine, to the extent possible, whether implementation of the plan would have any material effect on the credit ratings of the bank.
(d) Termination of membership
(1) Voluntary withdrawal
Any member may withdraw from a Federal home loan bank if the member provides written notice to the bank of its intent to do so and if, on the date of withdrawal, there is in effect a certification by the Director that the withdrawal will not cause the Federal Home Loan Bank System to fail to meet its obligation under section 1441b(f)(2)(C) of this title to contribute to the debt service for the obligations issued by the Resolution Funding Corporation. The applicable stock redemption notice periods shall commence upon receipt of the notice by the bank. Upon the expiration of the applicable notice period for each class of redeemable stock, the member may surrender such stock to the bank, and shall be entitled to receive in cash the par value of the stock. During the applicable notice periods, the member shall be entitled to dividends and other membership rights commensurate with continuing stock ownership.
(2) Involuntary withdrawal
(A) In general
The board of directors of a Federal home loan bank may terminate the membership of any institution if, subject to regulations of the Director, it determines that—
(i) the member has failed to comply with a provision of this chapter or any regulation prescribed under this chapter; or
(ii) the member has been determined to be insolvent, or otherwise subject to the appointment of a conservator, receiver, or other legal custodian, by a Federal or State authority with regulatory and supervisory responsibility for the member.
(B) Stock disposition
An institution, the membership of which is terminated in accordance with subparagraph (A)—
(i) shall surrender redeemable stock to the Federal home loan bank, and shall receive in cash the par value of the stock, upon the expiration of the applicable notice period under subsection (a)(4)(A);
(ii) shall receive any dividends declared on its redeemable stock, during the applicable notice period under subsection (a)(4)(A); and
(iii) shall not be entitled to any other rights or privileges accorded to members after the date of the termination.
(C) Commencement of notice period
With respect to an institution, the membership of which is terminated in accordance with subparagraph (A), the applicable notice period under subsection (a)(4) for each class of redeemable stock shall commence on the earlier of—
(i) the date of such termination; or
(ii) the date on which the member has provided notice of its intent to redeem such stock.
(3) Liquidation of indebtedness
Upon the termination of the membership of an institution for any reason, the outstanding indebtedness of the member to the bank shall be liquidated in an orderly manner, as determined by the bank and, upon the extinguishment of all such indebtedness, the bank shall return to the member all collateral pledged to secure the indebtedness.
(e) Redemption of excess stock
(1) In general
A Federal home loan bank, in its sole discretion, may redeem or repurchase, as appropriate, any shares of Class A or Class B stock issued by the bank and held by a member that are in excess of the minimum stock investment required of that member.
(2) Excess stock
Shares of stock held by a member shall not be deemed to be "excess stock" for purposes of this subsection by virtue of a member's submission of a notice of intent to withdraw from membership or termination of its membership in any other manner.
(3) Priority
A Federal home loan bank may not redeem any excess Class B stock prior to the end of the 5-year notice period, unless the member has no Class A stock outstanding that could be redeemed as excess.
(f) Impairment of capital
If the Director or the board of directors of a Federal home loan bank determines that the bank has incurred or is likely to incur losses that result in or are expected to result in charges against the capital of the bank, the bank shall not redeem or repurchase any stock of the bank without the prior approval of the Director while such charges are continuing or are expected to continue. In no case may a bank redeem or repurchase any applicable capital stock if, following the redemption, the bank would fail to satisfy any minimum capital requirement.
(g) Rejoining after divestiture of all shares
(1) In general
Except as provided in paragraph (2), and notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, an institution that divests all shares of stock in a Federal home loan bank may not, after such divestiture, acquire shares of any Federal home loan bank before the end of the 5-year period beginning on the date of the completion of such divestiture, unless the divestiture is a consequence of a transfer of membership on an uninterrupted basis between banks.
(2) Exception for withdrawals from membership before 1998
Any institution that withdrew from membership in any Federal home loan bank before December 31, 1997, may acquire shares of a Federal home loan bank at any time after that date, subject to the approval of the Director and the requirements of this chapter.
(h) Treatment of retained earnings
(1) In general
The holders of the Class B stock of a Federal home loan bank shall own the retained earnings, surplus, undivided profits, and equity reserves, if any, of the bank.
(2) Exception
Except as specifically provided in this section or through the declaration of a dividend or a capital distribution by a Federal home loan bank, or in the event of liquidation of the bank, a member shall have no right to withdraw or otherwise receive distribution of any portion of the retained earnings of the bank.
(3) Limitation
A Federal home loan bank may not make any distribution of its retained earnings unless, following such distribution, the bank would continue to meet all applicable capital requirements.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §6, 47 Stat. 727; June 27, 1934, ch. 847, §509, 48 Stat. 1264; May 28, 1935, ch. 150, §2, 49 Stat. 293; June 27, 1950, ch. 369, §2, 64 Stat. 257; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 783, title I, §109(a)(1), 69 Stat. 640; Pub. L. 87–210, §§1, 2, Sept. 8, 1961, 75 Stat. 482, 483; Pub. L. 96–153, title III, §327, Dec. 21, 1979, 93 Stat. 1121; Pub. L. 97–320, title III, §§353, 355, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1507, 1508; Pub. L. 97–457, §16, Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2509; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §§701(b)(1), (3)(A), 706, 710(b)(2), (3), 715, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 412, 416, 418, 421; Pub. L. 106–102, title VI, §608, Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1456; Pub. L. 106–569, title XII, §1224, Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3036; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title I, §1110(b), title II, §1204(4), (10), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2676, 2786.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, referred to in subsec. (a)(3)(B), is title XIII of Pub. L. 102–550, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3941, which is classified principally to chapter 46 (§4501 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note under section 4501 of this title and Tables.
Amendments
2008—Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(10), substituted "the Director" for "the Finance Board" wherever appearing in subsecs. (a)(1), (3)(B), (4) to (6), (b)(1)(C), (2), (c)(1), (4)(A), (C), (6), (d)(1), (f), and (g).
Subsec. (a)(3)(A). Pub. L. 110–289, §1110(b)(1), added subpar. (A) and struck out former subpar. (A). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Each Federal home loan bank shall maintain permanent capital in an amount that is sufficient, as determined in accordance with the regulations of the Finance Board, to meet—
"(i) the credit risk to which the Federal home loan bank is subject; and
"(ii) the market risk, including interest rate risk, to which the Federal home loan bank is subject, based on a stress test established by the Finance Board that rigorously tests for changes in market variables, including changes in interest rates, rate volatility, and changes in the shape of the yield curve."
Subsec. (a)(3)(B). Pub. L. 110–289, §1110(b)(2), substituted "(A)" for "(A)(ii)".
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(4)(A), (10), substituted "the Director" for "the Finance Board" and "approval by the Director" for "Finance Board approval" in introductory provisions.
Subsecs. (c)(4)(B), (d)(2)(A). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(4)(B), substituted "regulations of the Director" for "Finance Board regulations".
2000—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 106–569 substituted "18 months" for "1 year" in introductory provisions.
1999—Pub. L. 106–102 amended section generally, substituting present provisions for provisions authorizing banks to issue capital stock and providing for minimum subscriptions, retirement of oversubscriptions, cancellation of oversubscriptions, aggregate unpaid loan principal, reports and information, payments for stock, transfer or hypothecation of stock, withdrawal or removal of members, surrender and cancellation of stock, prepayment penalties, disposal of stock, dividends, and acquisition of membership after expiration of period of withdrawal.
1989—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–73, §§701(b)(1), (3)(A), 706(1), redesignated subsec. (b) as (a), substituted "Board" for "board", and struck out former subsec. (a) which related to minimum amount of capital stock and subscription books.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–73, §§701(b)(1), (3)(A), 706(1), redesignated subsec. (c) as (b) and substituted "Board may" for "Federal Home Loan Bank Board may" in par. (1), and "The Board" for "The Federal Home Loan Bank Board" in par. (5). Former subsec. (b) redesignated (a).
Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 101–73, §706(1), redesignated subsecs. (d) and (h) as (c) and (d), respectively. Former subsec. (c) redesignated (b).
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 101–73, §710(b)(3), which directed amendment of subsec. (e) by striking out "or deprive any nonmember borrower of the privilege of further advances," after "remove any member from membership," was executed by striking "or deprive any nonmember borrower of the privilege of obtaining further advances," as the probable intent of Congress.
Pub. L. 101–73, §710(b)(2), struck out "or nonmember borrower" after "such member" wherever appearing.
Pub. L. 101–73, §706(2), substituted "If any member's membership in a Federal Home Loan Bank is terminated, the indebtedness of such member to the Federal Home Loan Bank shall be liquidated in an orderly manner (as determined by the Federal Home Loan Bank), and upon completion of such liquidation, the capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank owned by such member shall be surrendered and canceled. Any such liquidation shall be deemed a prepayment of any such indebtedness, and shall be subject to any penalties or other fees applicable to such prepayment." for "In any such case, the indebtedness of such member or nonmember borrower to the Federal Home Loan Bank shall be liquidated, and the capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank owned by such member shall be surrendered and canceled, except that in the case of a voluntary withdrawal, such liquidation shall be deemed a prepayment of any such indebtedness, and shall be subject to any penalties applicable to such prepayment."
Pub. L. 101–73, §§701(b)(1), (3)(A), 706(1), redesignated subsec. (i) as (e), substituted "Board" for "board" wherever appearing, and struck out former subsec. (e) which related to loans to institutions not authorized to subscribe to stock.
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 101–73, §§701(b)(1), (3)(A), 706(1), redesignated subsec. (j) as (f), substituted "Board" for "board", and struck out former subsec. (f) which related to subscription by United States, maximum amounts, and payments.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 101–73, §706(1), redesignated subsec. (k) as (g) and struck out former subsec. (g) which related to retirement of stock of United States.
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 101–73, §715, substituted "10" for "five".
Pub. L. 101–73, §706(3), substituted "charter as a Federal savings association (as defined in section 1813 of this title)" for "charter from the Federal Home Loan Bank Board".
Pub. L. 101–73, §706(1), redesignated subsec. (m) as (h). Former subsec. (h) redesignated (d).
Subsecs. (i) to (k). Pub. L. 101–73, §706(1), redesignated former subsecs. (i) to (k) as (e) to (g), respectively.
Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 101–73, §706(1), redesignated former subsec. (m) as (h).
1983—Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 97–457 substituted "banks or in connection with obtaining a charter from the Federal Home Loan Bank Board" for "Banks" after "between".
1982—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 97–320, §353, struck out cl. (i) limitations which had prohibited members from reducing stock to less than the amount held on Sept. 8, 1961, except for a reduction at any time to not less than 2 percent of its aggregate unpaid loan principal as of the beginning of the calendar year in which reduction was made, but not less than $500, or if reduced to less than 2 percent, such reduction to be in the discretion of the Board; and reenacted cl. (ii) limitations as par. (2), substituting "the Board defining such term" for "said Board defining said term".
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 97–320, §355(a), provided for treatment of a liquidation of indebtedness, in the case of a voluntary withdrawal of an institution from membership, as a prepayment of the indebtedness, subject to applicable prepayment penalties.
Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 97–320, §355(b), added subsec. (m).
1979—Subsec. (c)(2)(ii). Pub. L. 96–153 substituted "twenty" for "twelve".
1961—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 87–210, §1, amended subsection generally, and among other changes, authorized the bank to adjust at the end of each calendar year, under Board regulations, the stock held by each member, to retire stock of members in excess of required amounts, prohibited members to reduce stock to less than the amount held on Sept. 8, 1961, except for a reduction at any time to not less than 2 percent of its aggregate unpaid loan principal as of the beginning of the calendar year in which reduction is made, but not less than $500, or if reduced to less than 2 percent, such reduction to be in the discretion of the Board, provided that no bank shall act so as to cause the aggregate outstanding advances, within the meaning of regulations of the Board defining said term, to exceed 12 times the amounts paid in by members for outstanding capital stock held by such members, defined term "aggregate unpaid loan principal" and authorized the board to require members to submit reports and information for purposes of this subsection.
Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 87–210, §2, repealed subsec. (l) which required members to acquire, hold and maintain their stock holding in an amount equal to at least 2 per centum of the aggregate of the unpaid principal of such member's home mortgage loans, home-purchase contracts, and similar obligations, but not less than $500, and provided for the retirement of Government-owned stock.
1955—Subsec. (i). Act Aug. 11, 1955, provided that a Federal savings and loan association may not withdraw voluntarily, inserted proviso clause in item (ii), and inserted provisions authorizing removal of a member institution which has a management or home-financing policy of a character inconsistent with sound and economical home financing or with the purposes of this chapter.
1950—Subsec. (l). Act June 27, 1950, added subsec. (l).
1935—Subsec. (k). Act May 28, 1935, omitted exception clause relating to stock held by the United States.
1934—Subsecs. (c), (e). Act June 27, 1934, substituted "$500" for "$1,500".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1961 Amendment
Pub. L. 87–210, §7, Sept. 8, 1961, 75 Stat. 485, provided that: "This Act [amending this section and section 1727 of this title and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1727 of this title] shall become effective on January 1 next following the date of its enactment [Sept. 8, 1961]."
1 So in original. Probably should be "Class B stock".
§1426a. Exclusion from certain requirements
(a) In general
The Federal Home Loan Banks shall be exempt from compliance with—
(1) sections 78m(e), 78n(a), and 78n(c) of title 15, and related Commission regulations;
(2) section 78o of title 15, and related Commission regulations, with respect to transactions in the capital stock of a Federal Home Loan Bank;
(3) section 78q–1 of title 15, and related Commission regulations, with respect to the transfer of the securities of a Federal Home Loan Bank; and
(4) the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 [15 U.S.C. 77aaa et seq.].
(b) Member exemption
The members of the Federal Home Loan Bank System shall be exempt from compliance with sections 78m(d), 78m(f), 78m(g), 78n(d), and 78p of title 15, and related Commission regulations, with respect to ownership of or transactions in the capital stock of the Federal Home Loan Banks by such members.
(c) Exempted and Government securities
(1) Capital stock
The capital stock issued by each of the Federal Home Loan Banks under section 1426 of this title are—
(A) exempted securities, within the meaning of section 77c(a)(2) of title 15; and
(B) exempted securities, within the meaning of section 78c(a)(12)(A) of title 15, except to the extent provided in section 78oo of title 15.
(2) Other obligations
The debentures, bonds, and other obligations issued under section 1431 of this title are—
(A) exempted securities, within the meaning of section 77c(a)(2) of title 15;
(B) government securities, within the meaning of section 78c(a)(42) of title 15; and
(C) government securities, within the meaning of section 80a–2(a)(16) of title 15.
(3) Brokers and dealers
A person (other than a Federal Home Loan Bank effecting transactions for members of the Federal Home Loan Bank System) that effects transactions in the capital stock or other obligations of a Federal Home Loan Bank, for the account of others or for that person's own account, as applicable, is a broker or dealer, as those terms are defined in paragraphs (4) and (5), respectively, of section 78c(a) of title 15, but is excluded from the definition of—
(A) the term "government securities broker" under section 78c(a)(43) of title 15; and
(B) the term "government securities dealer" under section 78c(a)(44) of title 15.
(d) Exemption from reporting requirements
The Federal Home Loan Banks shall be exempt from periodic reporting requirements under the securities laws pertaining to the disclosure of—
(1) related party transactions that occur in the ordinary course of the business of the Banks with members; and
(2) the unregistered sales of equity securities.
(e) Tender offers
Commission rules relating to tender offers shall not apply in connection with transactions in the capital stock of the Federal Home Loan Banks.
(f) Regulations
(1) In general
The Commission shall promulgate such rules and regulations as may be necessary or appropriate in the public interest or in furtherance of this section and the exemptions provided in this section.
(2) Considerations
In issuing regulations under this section, the Commission shall consider the distinctive characteristics of the Federal Home Loan Banks when evaluating—
(A) the accounting treatment with respect to the payment to the Resolution Funding Corporation;
(B) the role of the combined financial statements of the Federal Home Loan Banks;
(C) the accounting classification of redeemable capital stock; and
(D) the accounting treatment related to the joint and several nature of the obligations of the Banks.
(g) Definitions
As used in this section—
(1) the terms "Bank", "Federal Home Loan Bank", "member", and "Federal Home Loan Bank System" have the same meanings as in section 1422 of this title;
(2) the term "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission; and
(3) the term "securities laws" has the same meaning as in section 78c(a)(47) of title 15.
(Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1208, July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2788.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, referred to in subsec. (a)(4), is title III of act May 27, 1933, ch. 38, as added Aug. 3, 1939, ch. 411, 53 Stat. 1149, which is classified generally to subchapter III (§77aaa et seq.) of chapter 2A of Title 15, Commerce and Trade. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 77aaa of Title 15 and Tables.
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, and also as part of the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008, and not as part of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act which comprises this chapter.
§1427. Directors
(a) Number; election; qualifications; conflicts of interest
(1) In general
Subject to paragraphs (2) through (4), the management of each Federal Home Loan Bank shall be vested in a board of 13 directors, or such other number as the Director determines appropriate.
(2) Board makeup
The board of directors of each Bank shall be comprised of—
(A) member directors, who shall comprise at least the majority of the members of the board of directors; and
(B) independent directors, who shall comprise not fewer than 2/5 of the members of the board of directors.
(3) Selection criteria
(A) In general
Each member of the board of directors shall be—
(i) elected by plurality vote of the members, in accordance with procedures established under this section; and
(ii) a citizen of the United States.
(B) Independent director criteria
(i) In general
Each independent director that is not a public interest director under clause (ii) shall have demonstrated knowledge of, or experience in, financial management, auditing and accounting, risk management practices, derivatives, project development, or organizational management, or such other knowledge or expertise as the Director may provide by regulation.
(ii) Public interest
Not fewer than 2 of the independent directors shall have more than 4 years of experience in representing consumer or community interests on banking services, credit needs, housing, or financial consumer protections.
(iii) Conflicts of interest
No independent director may, during the term of service on the board of directors, serve as an officer of any Federal Home Loan Bank or as a director, officer, or employee of any member of a Bank, or of any person that receives advances from a Bank.
(4) Definitions
For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
(A) Independent director
The terms "independent director" and "independent directorship" mean a member of the board of directors of a Federal Home Loan Bank who is a bona fide resident of the district in which the Federal Home Loan Bank is located, or the directorship held by such a person, respectively.
(B) Member director
The terms "member director" and "member directorship" mean a member of the board of directors of a Federal Home Loan Bank who is an officer or director of a member institution that is located in the district in which the Federal Home Loan Bank is located, or the directorship held by such a person, respectively.
(b) Directorships
(1) Member directorships
Each member directorship shall be designated by the Director as representing the members located in a particular State, and shall be filled by a person who is an officer or director of a member located in that State, each of which members shall be entitled to nominate an eligible person for such directorship, and such office shall be filled from such nominees by a plurality of the votes which such members may cast in an election held for the purpose of filling such office, in which election each such member may cast for such office a number of votes equal to the number of shares of stock in such bank required by this chapter to be held by such member at the end of the calendar year next preceding the election, as determined pursuant to regulation of the Director, but not in excess of the average number of shares of stock in such bank required by this chapter to be held at the end of such calendar year by the respective members of such bank located in such State, as so determined. No person who is an officer or director of a member that fails to meet any applicable capital requirement is eligible to hold the office of Federal Home Loan Bank director. As used in this subsection and in subsection (c) of this section, the term "member" means a member of a Federal home loan bank which was a member of such bank at the end of such calendar year.
(2) Independent directorships
(A) Elections
Each independent director—
(i) shall be elected by the members entitled to vote, from among eligible persons nominated, after consultation with the Advisory Council of the Bank, by the board of directors of the Bank; and
(ii) shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the members of the Bank at large, with each member having the number of votes for each such directorship as it has under paragraph (1) in an election to fill member directorships.
(B) Criteria
Nominees shall meet all applicable requirements prescribed in this section.
(C) Nomination and election procedures
Procedures for nomination and election of independent directors shall be prescribed by the bylaws of each Federal Home Loan Bank, in a manner consistent with the rules and regulations of the Agency.
(c) Apportionment among States in bank district; designation of State location
The number of member directorships designated as representing the members located in each separate State in a bank district shall be determined by the Director in the approximate ratio of the percentage of the required stock, as determined pursuant to regulation of the Director, of the members located in that State at the end of the calendar year next preceding the date of the election to the total required stock, as so determined, of all members of such bank at the end of such year, except that in the case of each State such number shall not be less than one and shall not be more than six. Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, (A) except as provided in clause (B) of this sentence, if at any time the number of member directorships so designated as representing the members located in any State would not be at least equal to the total number of elective directorships which, on December 31, 1960, were filled by officers or directors of members whose principal places of business were located in such State, the Director shall add to the board of directors of the bank of the district in which such State is located such number of member directorships, and shall so designate the directorship or directorships thus added, that the number of member directorships designated as representing the members located in such State will equal said total number, and (B) clause (A) of this sentence shall not apply to the directorships of any Federal Home Loan Bank resulting from the merger of any 2 or more such Banks. Any member directorship so added shall exist only until the expiration of its first term. The Director shall, with respect to each member of a Federal home loan bank, designate the State in the district of such bank in which such member shall, for the purposes of this subsection and subsection (b) of this section, be deemed to be located, and may from time to time change any such designation, but if the principal place of business of any such member is located in a State of such district it shall be the duty of the Director to designate such State as the State in which such member shall, for said purposes, be deemed to be located. As used in the second sentence of this subsection, the term "total number of elective directorships" means the total number of elective directorships on the board of directors of the bank of the district in which such State was located on December 31, 1960, and the term "members" where used for the second time in such sentence means members of such bank.
(d) Terms; rules and regulations governing nominations and elections
The term of each director shall be 4 years. The board of directors of each Federal home loan bank and the Director shall adjust the terms of members first elected after July 30, 2008, to ensure that the terms of the members of the board of directors are staggered with approximately ¼ of the terms expiring each year. If any person, before or after, or partly before and partly after, September 8, 1961, has been elected to each of three consecutive full terms as a director of a Federal home loan bank and has served for all or part of each of said terms, such person shall not be eligible for election to a directorship of such bank for a term which begins earlier than two years after the expiration of the last expiring of said three terms. The Director is authorized to prescribe such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the nomination and election of directors of Federal home loan banks, including, without limitation on the generality of the foregoing, rules and regulations with respect to the breaking of ties and with respect to the inclusion of more than one directorship on a single ballot and the methods of voting and of determining the results of voting in such cases.
(e) Continuation of existing terms; directorship for the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico
Each term, outstanding on the effective date of the amendment to this section abolishing the division of elective directors into classes, of an elective or appointive directorship then existing shall continue until its original date of expiration, and any elective or appointive directorship in existence on said date shall continue to exist to the same extent as if it had been established by or under this section on or after said date. The Director in its 1 discretion may shorten the next succeeding term of any such elective directorship to one year, and may fill such term by appointment. The term "States" or "State" as used in this section shall mean the States of the Union, the District of Columbia, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. The Director, by regulation or otherwise, may add an additional elective directorship to the board of directors of the bank of any district in which the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico is included at the time such directorship is added and which does not then include five or more States, may fix the commencement and the duration, which shall not exceed two years, of the initial term of any directorship so added, and may fill any such initial term by appointment: Provided, That (1) any directorship added pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this sentence shall be designated by the Director, pursuant to subsection (b) of this section, as representing the members located in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, (2) such designation of such directorship shall not be changed, and (3) such directorship shall automatically cease to exist if and when the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico ceases to be included in such district.
(f) Vacancies
(1) In general
A Bank director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office.
(2) Election process
In the event of a vacancy in any Bank directorship, such vacancy shall be filled by an affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Bank directors, regardless of whether such remaining Bank directors constitute a quorum of the Bank's board of directors. A Bank director so elected shall satisfy the requirements for eligibility which were applicable to his predecessor. If any Bank director shall cease to have any qualification set forth in this section, the office held by such person shall immediately become vacant, and such person shall not continue to act as a Bank director.
(g) Chairperson and Vice Chairperson
(1) Election
The Chairperson and Vice Chairperson of the board of directors of each Federal home loan bank shall be elected by a majority of all the directors of such bank from among the directors of the bank.
(2) Terms
The term of office of the Chairperson and the Vice Chairperson of the board of directors of a Federal home loan bank shall be 2 years.
(3) Acting Chairperson
In the event of a vacancy in the position of Chairperson of the board of directors or during the absence or disability of the Chairperson, the Vice Chairperson shall act as Chairperson.
(4) Procedures
The board of directors of each Federal home loan bank shall establish procedures, in the bylaws of such board, for designating an acting chairperson for any period during which the Chairperson and the Vice Chairperson are not available to carry out the requirements of that position for any reason and removing any person from any such position for good cause.
(h) Appointment where members hold less than $1,000,000 of capital stock
If at any time when nominations are required members shall hold less than $1,000,000 of the capital stock of the Federal home loan bank, the Director shall appoint a director or directors to fill the place or places for which such nominations are required, and the Director may, prior to the filing of the certificate mentioned in section 1432 of this title, appoint directors who shall be respectively designated by it as appointive directors and as member directors, in accordance with the provisions of this section.
(i) Directors' compensation
(1) In general
Each bank may pay its directors reasonable compensation for the time required of them, and their necessary expenses, in the performance of their duties, in accordance with the resolutions adopted by such directors, subject to the approval of the board.
(2) Annual report
The Director shall include, in the annual report submitted to the Congress pursuant to section 4521 of this title, information regarding the compensation and expenses paid by the Federal Home Loan Banks to the directors on the boards of directors of the Banks.
(j) Duties of directors
Such board of directors shall administer the affairs of the bank fairly and impartially and without discrimination in favor of or against any member, and shall, subject to the provisions hereof, extend to each institution authorized to secure advances such advances as may be made safely and reasonably with due regard for the claims and demands of other institutions, and with due regard to the maintenance of adequate credit standing for the Federal Home Loan Bank and its obligations.
(k) Indemnification of directors, officers, and employees
The board of directors of each Bank shall determine the terms and conditions under which such Bank may indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents.
(l) 2 Withholding of compensation
Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a Federal Home Loan Bank shall not transfer, disburse, or pay compensation to any executive officer, or enter into an agreement with such executive officer, without the approval of the Director, for matters being reviewed under section 4518 of this title.
(l) 2 Transition rule
Any member of the board of directors of a Bank elected or appointed in accordance with this section prior to July 30, 2008, may continue to serve as a member of that board of directors for the remainder of the existing term of service.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §7, 47 Stat. 730; May 28, 1935, ch. 150, §3, 49 Stat. 294; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 783, title I, §109(a)(2), 69 Stat. 640; Pub. L. 86–349, §§1, 2, Sept. 22, 1959, 73 Stat. 625; Pub. L. 87–211, §1, Sept. 8, 1961, 75 Stat. 486; Pub. L. 87–676, Sept. 19, 1962, 76 Stat. 559; Pub. L. 93–541, §3, Dec. 26, 1974, 88 Stat. 1739; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §§707, 710(b)(4), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 417, 418; Pub. L. 106–102, title VI, §606(a), (b), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1452, 1453; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title I, §1113(b)(3), title II, §§1202, 1204(8)–(10), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2678, 2783, 2786.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The effective date of the amendment to this section, referred to in subsec. (e), probably means the effective date of Pub. L. 87–211. See Effective Date of 1961 Amendment note below.
Codification
Section 1202(2) of Pub. L. 110–289, which directed amendment of this section by substituting "member" for "elective" wherever appearing other than in subsecs. (d), (e), and (f), was executed by making the substitution in subsec. (h) but not in subsecs. (b) and (c) to reflect the probable intent of Congress and subsequent amendment by Pub. L. 110–289, §1202(3)(A), (4)(A). See 2008 Amendment notes below.
Amendments
2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–289, §1202(1), added subsec. (a) and struck out former subsec. (a) which related to number, appointment and election, qualifications, and conflicts of interest of Federal Home Loan Bank directors.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–289, §1202(3), designated existing provisions as par. (1), inserted subsec. (b) and par. (1) headings, substituted "Each member directorship" for "Each elective directorship", and added par. (2).
Pub. L. 110–289, §1202(2), which directed substitution of "member" for "elective" wherever appearing, was not executed in subsec. (b) because of subsequent amendment by Pub. L. 110–289, §1202(3)(A). See Amendment and Codification notes above.
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(8), substituted "the Director" for "the Board" in two places.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(8), (9), substituted "the Director" for "the Board" wherever appearing and "The Director" for "The Board".
Pub. L. 110–289, §1202(4)(B), in second sentence, inserted "(A) except as provided in clause (B) of this sentence," before "if at any time" and ", and (B) clause (A) of this sentence shall not apply to the directorships of any Federal Home Loan Bank resulting from the merger of any 2 or more such Banks" before period at end.
Pub. L. 110–289, §1202(4)(A), substituted "member" for "elective" wherever appearing before "directorship" or "directorships", except second place appearing in second sentence and each place appearing in fifth sentence.
Pub. L. 110–289, §1202(2), which directed substitution of "member" for "elective" wherever appearing, was not executed in subsec. (c) because of subsequent amendment by Pub. L. 110–289, §1202(4)(A). See Amendment and Codification notes above.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(9), (10), substituted "the Director" for "the Finance Board" and "The Director" for "The Board'.
Pub. L. 110–289, §1202(5), in first sentence, struck out ", whether elected or appointed," after "each director" and substituted "4 years" for "3 years", in second sentence, struck out "or appointed" after "first elected" and substituted "July 30, 2008" for "November 12, 1999" and "¼" for "1/3", and in third sentence, substituted "a" for "an elective" after "full terms as" and after "for election to" and struck out "in any elective directorship or elective directorships" after "Federal home loan bank".
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(8), (9), substituted "The Director" for "The Board" in two places and "the Director" for "the Board".
Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 110–289, §1202(6)(B), struck out "appointed or" before "elected" in two places.
Subsec. (f)(2), (3). Pub. L. 110–289, §1202(6)(A), (C), redesignated par. (3) as (2), substituted "Election process" for "Elected bank directors" in heading, struck out "elective" after "in any" and after "If any" in text, and struck out former par. (2). Prior to amendment, text of par. (2) read as follows: "In the event of a vacancy in any appointive Bank directorship, such vacancy shall be filled through appointment by the Board for the unexpired term. If any appointive Bank director shall cease to have the qualifications set forth in subsection (a) of this section, the office held by such person shall immediately become vacant, but such person may continue to act as a Bank director until his or her successor assumes the vacated office or the term of such office expires, whichever occurs first."
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 110–290, §1204(8), substituted "the Director" for "the Board" in two places.
Pub. L. 110–289, §1202(2), substituted "member" for "elective".
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 110–289, §1202(7), substituted "Each" for "Subject to paragraph (2), each" in par. (1), added par. (2), and struck out former par. (2) which related to limitations on compensation of members of the board of directors of a Federal home loan bank.
Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 110–289, §1202(8), added subsec. (l) relating to transition rule.
Pub. L. 110–289, §1113(b), added subsec. (l) relating to withholding of compensation.
1999—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106–102, §606(a)(1), substituted ", and each of whom shall be either a bona fide resident of the district in which such bank is located or an officer or director of a member of such bank located in that district" for "and bona fide residents of the district in which such bank is located".
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 106–102, §606(a)(2), substituted "The term of each director, whether elected or appointed, shall be 3 years. The board of directors of each Federal home loan bank and the Finance Board shall adjust the terms of members first elected or appointed after November 12, 1999, to ensure that the terms of the members of the board of directors are staggered with approximately 1/3 of the terms expiring each year." for "The term of each elective directorship shall be two years and the term of each appointive directorship shall be four years."
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 106–102, §606(a)(3), added subsec. (g) and struck out former subsec. (g) which read as follows: "The Board shall designate one of the directors of each bank to be chairman, and one to be vice chairman, of the board of directors of such bank."
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 106–102, §606(b), inserted heading, designated existing provisions as par. (1), inserted heading, substituted "Subject to paragraph (2), each bank may pay its directors" for "Each bank may pay its directors", and added par. (2).
1989—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–73, §707(1), inserted provisions relating to requirements for at least 2 of the directors and provisions respecting conflicts of interests, and substituted provisions relating to appointment under section 1422a of this title for provisions relating to appointment under section 1437(b) of this title.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–73, §707(2), inserted after first sentence "No person who is an officer or director of a member that fails to meet any applicable capital requirement is eligible to hold the office of Federal Home Loan Bank director."
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 101–73, §707(3), amended subsec. (f) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (f) read as follows: "In the event of a vacancy in any appointive or elective directorship, such vacancy shall be filled through appointment by the Board for the unexpired term: Provided, That if any director shall cease to have the qualifications set forth in subsection (a) of this section, or if any elective director shall cease to have any qualification set forth in this section, the office held by such director shall immediately become vacant, but such director may continue to act as such director until his successor assumes the vacated office or the term of such office expires, whichever shall first occur."
Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 101–73, §710(b)(4), struck out "or nonmember borrower" after "against any member".
Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 101–73, §707(4), added subsec. (k).
1974—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 93–541 increased number of directors from twelve to fourteen, increased number of appointive directors from four to six, and in proviso relating to districts including five or more States, substituted provisions authorizing increase of appointive directors to a number not exceeding three-fourths the number of elective directors for provisions authorizing increase of appointive directors to a number not exceeding one-half the number of elective directors.
1962—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 87–676 included Commonwealth of Puerto Rico within term "States" or "State", and authorized Board to add an additional elective directorship to board of bank of any district in which Commonwealth of Puerto Rico is included at time such directorship is added and which doesn't include five or more States, and to fill such initial term by appointment, provided, that any such added directorship shall be designated as representing members in Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, that such designation shall not be changed, and that such directorship shall cease to exist if and when Commonwealth of Puerto Rico ceases to be included in such district.
1961—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 87–211 authorized Board to increase appointive directors in any district which includes five or more States to a number not exceeding one-half number of elective directors, directed Board to exercise its authority to increase the elective directors to a number at least equal to number of States in a district whenever number of elective directors in district is not at least equal to number of States in district, and struck out provisions which related to apportionment of additional elective directors, required at least one but not more than three elective directors from any of the States in any district in which number of elective directors is increased, limited number of elective directors in any one district to not more than eleven, and defined term "States". See subsec. (c) of this section.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 87–211 amended subsection generally, substituting provisions relating to designation of elective directorships, nominations for such office, manner of election, and voting power of each member, for provisions which required four directors to be appointed by Board, limited their term of office to four years, and which authorized Board to increase total number of appointive directors to not more than one-half total number of elective directors in cases where number of elective directors has been increased. See subsec. (a) of this section.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 87–211 required number of elective directorships designated as representing members located in each separate State in a bank district to be determined by Board in approximate ratio of percentage of required stock of members located in that State at end of calendar year next preceding date of election to total required stock of all members of such bank at end of such year, except that in case of each State such number shall not be less than one and not more than six, directed Board, in cases where number of elective directorships in any State would not be at least equal to total number of elective directorships in such State on Dec. 31, 1960, to add such number of elective directorships so that their number will equal such total number, provided that an elective directorship so added shall exist only until expiration of its first term, authorized designation of State location of each member, defined terms "total number of elective directorships" and "members", and struck out provisions which related to election of two directors from each of classes A, B, and C and limited their term of office to two years. See subsec. (d) of this section.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 87–211 established term of each elective directorship at two years and of each appointive directorship at four years, restricted eligibility for election of persons elected to each of three consecutive full terms and who have served for all or part of each of said terms, empowered Board to prescribe rules and regulations for nomination and election of directors, and struck out provisions which required two directors to be elected by members of bank without regard to classes and limited their term of office to two years.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 87–211 amended subsection generally, substituting provisions permitting continuation of terms of elective and appointive directorships, empowering Board to shorten next succeeding term of any elective directorship to one year and to fill such term by appointment, defining terms "States" and "State", for provisions which required the Board to divide members of each bank into either group A, B, or C, permitted each member to nominate persons for election as directors of class corresponding to group to which member belongs, and limited each member to one vote for each director in its class.
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 87–211 substituted "In the event of a vacancy in any appointive or elective directorship, such vacancy shall be filled through appointment by the Board for the unexpired term" for "Any director appointed or elected as provided in this section to fill a vacancy shall hold office only until the expiration of the term of his predecessor", and inserted proviso stating that if any director ceases to have the qualifications set forth in this section his office shall immediately become vacant but permits him to act as such director until his successor assumes the vacated office or the term of his office expires, whichever first occurs.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 87–211 reenacted subsec. (g) without change.
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 87–211 authorized Board, prior to filing of the certificate mentioned in section 1432 of this title, to appoint directors and required Board to designate appointees as either appointive or elective directors, and struck out provisions which permitted directors appointed under this subsection to serve until expiration of the calendar year during which they took office.
1959—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 86–349, §1, authorized increase of up to 13 in number of elective directors of bank having district which includes five or more States.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 86–349, §2, authorized increase in number of appointive directors of up to one-half number of elective directors in district in which number of elective directors were increased pursuant to subsec. (a), and provided for expiration of term of initial incumbent of any office so established.
1955—Subsec. (a). Act Aug. 11, 1955, authorized an increase in number of elective directors of any Federal Home Loan Bank having a district which includes five or more States.
1935—Act May 28, 1935, amended subsecs. (a) to (c) generally, added subsec. (d), and redesignated former subsecs. (d) to (i) as (e) to (j).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1961 Amendment
Pub. L. 87–211, §2, Sept. 8, 1961, 75 Stat. 488, provided that: "The amendment made by this Act [amending this section] shall take effect on the second day of the first calendar year which begins after the date of enactment of this Act [Sept. 8, 1961]."
Effective Date of 1935 Amendment
Act May 28, 1935, ch. 150, §3, 49 Stat. 294, provided that the amendment made by that section is effective Jan. 1, 1936.
2 So in original. Two subsecs. (l) have been enacted.
§1428. Examination of State laws, regulations, and procedures; studies of values, etc.
The Director shall cause to be made from time to time examinations of the laws of the various States of the United States and the regulations and procedure thereunder governing conditions under which institutions of the kinds which may become members or nonmember borrowers under this chapter are permitted to be formed or to do business, or relating to the conveying or recording of land titles, or to homestead and other rights, or to the enforcement of the rights of holders of mortgages on lands securing loans, or otherwise. If any such examination shall indicate, in the opinion of the Director, that under the laws of any such State or the regulations or procedure thereunder there would be inadequate protection to a Federal Home Loan Bank in making or collecting advances under this chapter, the Director may withhold or limit the operation of any Federal Home Loan Bank in such State until satisfactory conditions of law, regulation, or procedure shall be established. In any State where State examination of members or nonmember borrowers is deemed inadequate for the purposes of the Federal Home Loan Banks, the Director shall establish such examination, all or part of the cost of which may be considered as part of the cost of making advances in such State. The banks and/or the Director may make studies of trends of home and other property values, methods of appraisals, and other subjects such as they may deem useful for the general guidance of their policies and operations and those of institutions authorized to secure advances.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §8, 47 Stat. 731; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 412; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1204(8), (9), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2008—Pub. L. 110–289 substituted "The Director" for "The Board" and "the Director" for "the Board" wherever appearing.
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 substituted "Board" for "board" wherever appearing.
§1428a. Repealed. Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §718, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 422
Section, act July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §8a, as added May 28, 1935, ch. 150, §4, 49 Stat. 294; amended 1947 Reorg. Plan No. 3, eff. July 27, 1947, 12 F.R. 4981, 61 Stat. 954; Dec. 26, 1974, Pub. L. 93–541, §6, 88 Stat. 1739; Oct. 15, 1982, Pub. L. 97–320, title III, §354, 96 Stat. 1508, established Federal Savings and Loan Advisory Council.
§1429. Eligibility to secure advances
Any member of a Federal Home Loan Bank shall be entitled to apply in writing for advances. Such application shall be in such form as shall be required by the Federal Home Loan Bank. Such Federal Home Loan Bank may at its discretion deny any such application, or may grant it on such conditions as the Federal Home Loan Bank may prescribe.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §9, 47 Stat. 731; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §§701(b)(1), (3)(A), 710(a), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 412, 418; Pub. L. 106–102, title VI, §606(f)(1), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1455.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1999—Pub. L. 106–102 struck out "with the approval of the Board" after "Federal Home Loan Bank" in second sentence and struck out ", subject to the approval of the Board," after "deny any such application, or" in third sentence.
1989—Pub. L. 101–73, §710(a), struck out "or nonmember borrower" after "Any member".
Pub. L. 101–73, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), substituted "Board" for "board" wherever appearing.
§1430. Advances to members
(a) In general
(1) All advances
Each Federal Home Loan Bank is authorized to make secured advances to its members upon collateral sufficient, in the judgment of the Bank, to fully secure advances obtained from the Bank under this section or section 1431(g) of this title.
(2) Purposes of advances
A long-term advance may only be made for the purposes of—
(A) providing funds to any member for residential housing finance; and
(B) providing funds to any community financial institution for small businesses, small farms, small agri-businesses, and community development activities.
(3) Collateral
A Bank, at the time of origination or renewal of a loan or advance, shall obtain and maintain a security interest in collateral eligible pursuant to one or more of the following categories:
(A) Fully disbursed, whole first mortgages on improved residential property (not more than 90 days delinquent), or securities representing a whole interest in such mortgages.
(B) Securities issued, insured, or guaranteed by the United States Government or any agency thereof (including without limitation, mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal National Mortgage Corporation, and the Government National Mortgage Association).
(C) Cash or deposits of a Federal Home Loan Bank.
(D) Other real estate related collateral acceptable to the Bank if such collateral has a readily ascertainable value and the Bank can perfect its interest in the collateral.
(E) Secured loans for small business, agriculture, or community development activities or securities representing a whole interest in such secured loans, in the case of any community financial institution.
(4) Additional bank authority
Subparagraphs (A) through (E) of paragraph (3) shall not affect the ability of any Federal Home Loan Bank to take such steps as it deems necessary to protect its security position with respect to outstanding advances, including requiring deposits of additional collateral security, whether or not such additional security would be eligible to originate an advance. If an advance existing on August 9, 1989, matures and the member does not have sufficient eligible collateral to fully secure a renewal of such advance, a Bank may renew such advance secured by such collateral as the Bank determines is appropriate. A member that has an advance secured by such insufficient eligible collateral must reduce its level of outstanding advances promptly and prudently in accordance with a schedule determined by the Federal home loan bank.
(5) Review of certain collateral standards
The Director may review the collateral standards applicable to each Federal home loan bank for the classes of collateral described in subparagraphs (D) and (E) of paragraph (3), and may, if necessary for safety and soundness purposes, require an increase in the collateral standards for any or all of those classes of collateral.
(6) Definitions
For purposes of this subsection, the terms "small business", "agriculture", "small farm", "small agri-business", and "community development activities" shall have the meanings given those terms by regulation of the Director.
(b) Appraisals and other investigations; acceptance of home mortgages as collateral security only by approval of Director
For the purposes of this section, each Home Loan Bank shall have power to make, or to cause or require to be made, such appraisals and other investigations as it may deem necessary. No home mortgage otherwise eligible to be accepted as collateral security for an advance by a Home Loan Bank shall be accepted if any director, officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Home Loan Bank or of the borrowing institution is personally liable thereon, unless the Director has specifically approved such acceptance.
(c) Notes of borrowing members; interest rate; lien on stock
Such advances shall be made upon the note or obligation of the member secured as provided in this section, bearing such rate of interest as the Federal home loan bank may approve or determine, and the Federal Home Loan Bank shall have a lien upon and shall hold the stock of such member as further collateral security for all indebtedness of the member to the Federal Home Loan Bank.
(d) Obligation to repay; additional security; sale of advances to other banks
The institution applying for an advance shall enter into a primary and unconditional obligation to pay off all advances, together with interest and any unpaid costs and expenses in connection therewith according to the terms under which they were made, in such form as shall meet the requirements of the bank. The bank shall reserve the right to require at any time, when deemed necessary for its protection, deposits of additional collateral security or substitutions of security by the borrowing institution, and each borrowing institution shall assign additional or substituted security when and as so required. Any Federal Home Loan Bank shall have power to sell to any other Federal Home Loan Bank, with or without recourse, any advance made under the provisions of this chapter, or to allow to such bank a participation therein, and any other Federal Home Loan Bank shall have power to purchase such advance or to accept a participation therein, together with an appropriate assignment of security therefor.
(e) Priority of certain secured interests
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any security interest granted to a Federal Home Loan Bank by any member of any Federal Home Loan Bank or any affiliate of any such member shall be entitled to priority over the claims and rights of any party (including any receiver, conservator, trustee, or similar party having rights of a lien creditor) other than claims and rights that—
(1) would be entitled to priority under otherwise applicable law; and
(2) are held by actual bona fide purchasers for value or by actual secured parties that are secured by actual perfected security interests.
(g) 1 Community support requirements
(1) In general
Before the end of the 2-year period beginning on August 9, 1989, the Director shall adopt regulations establishing standards of community investment or service for members of Banks to maintain continued access to long-term advances.
(2) Factors to be included
The regulations promulgated pursuant to paragraph (1) shall take into account factors such as a member's performance under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 [12 U.S.C. 2901 et seq.] and the member's record of lending to first-time homebuyers.
(h) Special liquidity advances
(1) In general
Subject to paragraph (2), the Federal Home Loan Banks may, upon the request of the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, make short-term liquidity advances to a savings association that—
(A) is solvent but presents a supervisory concern because of such association's poor financial condition; and
(B) has reasonable and demonstrable prospects of returning to a satisfactory financial condition.
(2) Interest on and security for special liquidity advances
Any loan by a Federal Home Loan Bank pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be subject to all applicable collateral requirements, including the requirements of subsection (a), and shall be at an interest rate no less favorable than those made available for similar short-term liquidity advances to savings associations that do not present such supervisory concern.
(i) Community investment program
(1) In general
Each Bank shall establish a program to provide funding for members to undertake community-oriented mortgage lending. Each Bank shall designate a community investment officer to implement community lending and affordable housing advance programs of the Banks under this subsection and subsection (j) and provide technical assistance and outreach to promote such programs. Advances under this program shall be priced at the cost of consolidated Federal Home Loan Bank obligations of comparable maturities, taking into account reasonable administrative costs.
(2) Community-oriented mortgage lending
For purposes of this subsection, the term "community-oriented mortgage lending" means providing loans—
(A) to finance home purchases by families whose income does not exceed 115 percent of the median income for the area,
(B) to finance purchase or rehabilitation of housing for occupancy by families whose income does not exceed 115 percent of median income for the area,
(C) to finance commercial and economic development activities that benefit low- and moderate-income families or activities that are located in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, and
(D) to finance projects that further a combination of the purposes described in subparagraphs (A) through (C).
(j) Affordable housing program
(1) In general
Pursuant to regulations promulgated by the Director, each Bank shall establish an Affordable Housing Program to subsidize the interest rate on advances to members engaged in lending for long term, low- and moderate-income, owner-occupied and affordable rental housing at subsidized interest rates.
(2) Standards
The Board's 2 regulations shall permit Bank members to use subsidized advances received from the Banks to—
(A) finance homeownership by families with incomes at or below 80 percent of the median income for the area;
(B) finance the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of rental housing, at least 20 percent of the units of which will be occupied by and affordable for very low-income households for the remaining useful life of such housing or the mortgage term; or
(C) during the 2-year period beginning on July 30, 2008, use such percentage as the Director may by regulation establish of any subsidized advances set aside to finance homeownership under subparagraph (A) to refinance loans that are secured by a first mortgage on a primary residence of any family having an income at or below 80 percent of the median income for the area.
(3) Priorities for making advances
In using advances authorized under paragraph (1), each Bank member shall give priority to qualified projects such as the following:
(A) purchase of homes by families whose income is 80 percent or less of the median income for the area,
(B) purchase or rehabilitation of housing owned or held by the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States; and
(C) purchase or rehabilitation of housing sponsored by any nonprofit organization, any State or political subdivision of any State, any local housing authority or State housing finance agency.
(4) Report
Each member receiving advances under this program shall report annually to the Bank making such advances concerning the member's use of advances received under this program.
(5) Contribution to program
Each Bank shall annually contribute the percentage of its annual net earnings prescribed in the following subparagraphs to support subsidized advances through the Affordable Housing Program:
(A) In 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993, 5 percent of the preceding year's net income, or such prorated sums as may be required to assure that the aggregate contribution of all the Banks shall not be less than $50,000,000 for each such year.
(B) In 1994, 6 percent of the preceding year's net income, or such prorated sum as may be required to assure that the aggregate contribution of the Banks shall not be less than $75,000,000 for such year.
(C) In 1995, and subsequent years, 10 percent of the preceding year's net income, or such prorated sums as may be required to assure that the aggregate contribution of the Banks shall not be less than $100,000,000 for each such year.
(6) Grounds for suspending contributions
(A) In general
If a Bank finds that the payments required under this paragraph are contributing to the financial instability of such Bank, it may apply to the Director for a temporary suspension of such payments.
(B) Financial instability
In determining the financial instability of a Bank, the Director shall consider such factors as (i) whether the Bank's earnings are severely depressed, (ii) whether there has been a substantial decline in membership capital, and (iii) whether there has been a substantial reduction in advances outstanding.
(C) Review
The Director shall review the application and any supporting financial data and issue a written decision approving or disapproving such application. The Board's 2 decision shall be accompanied by specific findings and reasons for its action.
(D) Monitoring suspension
If the Director grants a suspension, it shall specify the period of time such suspension shall remain in effect and shall continue to monitor the Bank's financial condition during such suspension.
(E) Limitations on grounds for suspension
The Director shall not suspend payments to the Affordable Housing Program if the Bank's reduction in earnings is a result of (i) a change in the terms for advances to members which is not justified by market conditions, (ii) inordinate operating and administrative expenses, or (iii) mismanagement.
(F) Congressional notification and action
The Director shall notify the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate not less than 60 days before such suspension takes effect. Such suspension shall become effective unless a joint resolution is enacted disapproving such suspension.
(7) Failure to use amounts for affordable housing
If any Bank fails to utilize or commit the full amount provided in this subsection in any year, 90 percent of the amount that has not been utilized or committed in that year shall be deposited by the Bank in an Affordable Housing Reserve Fund administered by the Director. The 10 percent of the unutilized and uncommitted amount retained by a Bank should be fully utilized or committed by that Bank during the following year and any remaining portion must be deposited in the Affordable Housing Reserve Fund. Under regulations established by the Director, funds from the Affordable Housing Reserve Fund may be made available to any Bank to meet additional affordable housing needs in such Bank's district pursuant to this section.
(8) Net earnings
The net earnings of any Federal Home Loan Bank shall be determined for purposes of this paragraph—
(A) after reduction for any payment required under section 1441 or 1441b of this title; and
(B) before declaring any dividend under section 1436 of this title.
(9) Regulations
The Director shall promulgate regulations to implement this subsection. Such regulations shall, at a minimum—
(A) specify activities eligible to receive subsidized advances from the Banks under this program;
(B) specify priorities for the use of such advances;
(C) ensure that advances made under this program will be used only to assist projects for which adequate long-term monitoring is available to guarantee that affordability standards and other requirements of this subsection are satisfied;
(D) ensure that a preponderance of assistance provided under this subsection is ultimately received by low- and moderate-income households;
(E) ensure that subsidies provided by Banks to member institutions under this program are passed on to the ultimate borrower;
(F) establish uniform standards for subsidized advances under this program and subsidized lending by member institutions supported by such advances, including maximum subsidy and risk limitations for different categories of loans made under this subsection; and
(G) coordinate activities under this subsection with other Federal or federally-subsidized affordable housing activities to the maximum extent possible.
(10) Other programs
No provision of this subsection or subsection (i) shall preclude any Bank from establishing additional community investment cash advance programs or contributing additional sums to the Affordable Housing Reserve Fund.
(11) Advisory Council
Each Bank shall appoint an Advisory Council of 7 to 15 persons drawn from community and nonprofit organizations actively involved in providing or promoting low- and moderate-income housing in its district. The Advisory Council shall meet with representatives of the board of directors of the Bank quarterly to advise the Bank on low- and moderate-income housing programs and needs in the district and on the utilization of the advances for these purposes. Each Advisory Council established under this paragraph shall submit to the Director at least annually its analysis of the low-income housing activity of the Bank by which it is appointed.
(12) Reports to Congress
(A) The Director shall monitor and report annually to the Congress and the Advisory Council for each Bank the support of low-income housing and community development by the Banks and the utilization of advances for these purposes.
(B) The analyses submitted by the Advisory Councils to the Director under paragraph (11) shall be included as part of the report required by this paragraph.
(C)
(D)
(13) Definitions
For purposes of this subsection—
(A) Low- or moderate-income household
The term "low- or moderate-income household" means any household which has an income of 80 percent or less of the area median.
(B) Very low-income household
The term "very low-income household" means any household that has an income of 50 percent or less of the area median.
(C) Low- or moderate-income neighborhood
The term "low- or moderate-income neighborhood" means any neighborhood in which 51 percent or more of the households are low- or moderate-income households.
(D) Affordable for very-low income households
For purposes of paragraph (2)(B) the term "affordable for very-low income households" means that rents charged to tenants for units made available for occupancy by low-income families shall not exceed 30 percent of the adjusted income of a family whose income equals 50 percent of the income for the area (as determined by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development) with adjustment for family size.
(k) Public use database
(1) Data
Each Federal Home Loan Bank shall provide to the Director, in a form determined by the Director, census tract level data relating to mortgages purchased, if any, including—
(A) data consistent with that reported under section 4543 of this title;
(B) data elements required to be reported under the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975 [12 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.]; and
(C) any other data elements that the Director considers appropriate.
(2) Public use database
(A) In general
The Director shall make available to the public, in a form that is useful to the public (including forms accessible electronically), and to the extent practicable, the data provided to the Director under paragraph (1).
(B) Proprietary information
Not withstanding subparagraph (A), the Director may not provide public access to, or disclose to the public, any information required to be submitted under this subsection that the Director determines is proprietary or that would provide personally identifiable information and that is not otherwise publicly accessible through other forms, unless the Director determines that it is in the public interest to provide such information.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §10, 47 Stat. 731; Apr. 27, 1934, ch. 168, §10, 48 Stat. 646; June 27, 1934, ch. 847, §501, 48 Stat. 1261; May 28, 1935, ch. 150, §§5, 6, 49 Stat. 294, 295; Mar. 28, 1941, ch. 31, §7, 55 Stat. 62; Aug. 1, 1947, ch. 431, 61 Stat. 714; Apr. 20, 1950, ch. 94, title V, §501, 64 Stat. 80; Sept. 1, 1951, ch. 378, title II, §208, 65 Stat. 303; Aug. 2, 1954, ch. 649, title V, §502, 68 Stat. 634; Pub. L. 85–857, §13(e), Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1264; Pub. L. 87–779, §2(b), Oct. 9, 1962, 76 Stat. 779; Pub. L. 88–560, title IX, §906, Sept. 2, 1964, 78 Stat. 805; Pub. L. 93–449, §4(c), Oct. 18, 1974, 88 Stat. 1367; Pub. L. 95–128, title IV, §406, Oct. 12, 1977, 91 Stat. 1137; Pub. L. 97–320, title III, §352, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1507; Pub. L. 97–457, §15, Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2509; Pub. L. 100–86, title I, §105, title III, §306(d), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 575, 601; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §§701(b)(1), (3)(A), 710(b)(4), (5), (c), 714, 721, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 412, 418, 419, 423; Pub. L. 102–550, title XIII, §1392(a), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4009; Pub. L. 106–102, title VI, §§604(a)–(c), 606(f)(2), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1451, 1452, 1455; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §§1204(5), (8)–(10), (12), 1211(b), 1212, 1218, July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786, 2790, 2793.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, referred to in subsec. (g)(2), is title VIII of Pub. L. 95–128, Oct. 12, 1977, 91 Stat. 1147, which is classified generally to chapter 30 (§2901 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2901 of this title and Tables.
The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, referred to in subsec. (k)(1)(B), is title III of Pub. L. 94–200, Dec. 31, 1975, 89 Stat. 1125, which is classified generally to chapter 29 (§2801 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2801 of this title and Tables.
Amendments
2008—Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 110–289, §1211(b)(1), struck out "and" before "small agri-businesses" and inserted ", and community development activities" before period at end.
Subsec. (a)(3)(E). Pub. L. 110–289, §1211(b)(2), inserted "or community development activities" after "agriculture,".
Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(9), substituted "The Director" for "The Board".
Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 110–289, §1211(b)(3), struck out "and" before " 'small agri-business' " and inserted ", and 'community development activities' " before "shall".
Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(10), substituted "the Director" for "the Finance Board".
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(5), (8), substituted "approval of Director" for "formal Board resolution" in heading and substituted "the Director" for "the Board" and struck out "by formal resolution" before "such acceptance" in text.
Subsecs. (g)(1), (j)(1). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(8), substituted "the Director" for "the Board".
Subsec. (j)(2)(C). Pub. L. 110–289, §1218, added subpar. (C).
Subsec. (j)(6)(A), (B). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(12), substituted "Director" for "Federal Housing Finance Board".
Subsec. (j)(6)(C). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(9), substituted "The Director" for "The Board".
Subsec. (j)(6)(D). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(8), substituted "the Director" for "the Board".
Subsec. (j)(6)(E). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(9), substituted "The Director" for "The Board".
Subsec. (j)(6)(F). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(12), substituted "Director" for "Federal Housing Finance Board".
Subsec. (j)(7). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(8), substituted "the Director" for "the Board" in two places.
Subsec. (j)(9). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(12), substituted "Director" for "Federal Housing Finance Board" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (j)(11) to (12)(B). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(8), (9), substituted "the Director" for "the Board" and "The Director" for "The Board" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (j)(12)(C), (D). Pub. L. 110–289, §1212(1), added subpars. (C) and (D) and struck out former subpar. (C) which read as follows: "The Comptroller General of the United States shall audit and evaluate the Affordable Housing Program established by this subsection after such program has been operating for 2 years. The Comptroller General shall report to Congress on the conclusions of the audit and recommend improvements or modifications to the program."
Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 110–289, §1212(2), added subsec. (k).
1999—Pub. L. 106–102, §604(b), amended section catchline generally.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106–102, §604(a), inserted heading, designated first sentence of introductory provisions as par. (1) and inserted heading, substituted par. (2) for former second sentence of introductory provisions which read as follows: "All long-term advances shall only be made for the purpose of providing funds for residential housing finance.", designated third sentence of introductory provisions as par. (3), inserted heading, redesignated former pars. (1) to (4) as subpars. (A) to (D), respectively, of par. (3) and realigned margins, in subpar. (C), substituted "Cash or deposits" for "Deposits", in subpar. (D), struck out at end "The aggregate amount of outstanding advances secured by such other real estate related collateral shall not exceed 30 percent of such member's capital.", and added subpar. (E), redesignated former par. (5) as (4), inserted heading, substituted "Subparagraphs (A) through (E) of paragraph (3)" for "Paragraphs (1) through (4)", struck out "and the Board" after "such collateral as the Bank" and substituted "determined by the Federal home loan bank" for "determined by the Board", and added pars. (5) and (6).
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 106–102, §606(f)(2)(A), substituted "Federal home loan bank" for "Board" before "may approve or determine" and struck out at end "At no time shall the aggregate outstanding advances made by any Federal Home Loan Bank to any member exceed twenty times the amounts paid in by such member for outstanding capital stock held by it exceed twenty times the value of the security required to be deposited under subsection (e) of section 1426 of this title."
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 106–102, §606(f)(2)(B), struck out "and the approval of the Board" after "requirements of the bank" in first sentence and substituted "Any" for "Subject to the approval of the Board, any" in third sentence.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 106–102, §604(c), struck out subsec. (e) relating to qualified thrift lender status.
1992—Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 102–550 added sentence at end and struck out former second sentence which read as follows: "The aggregate amount of any Bank's advances to members that are not qualified thrift lenders shall not exceed 30 percent of a Bank's total advances."
1989—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–73, §714(a), substituted "upon collateral sufficient, in the judgment of the Bank, to fully secure advances obtained from the Bank under this section or section 1431(g) of this title. All long-term advances shall only be made for the purpose of providing funds for residential housing finance. A Bank, at the time of origination or renewal of a loan or advance, shall obtain and maintain a security interest in collateral eligible pursuant to one or more of the following categories:" and pars. (1) to (5) for "upon such security as the Board may prescribe."
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–73, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), substituted "Board" for "board".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–73, §710(b)(4), (5), struck out "or nonmember borrower" after "obligation of the member", and ", or made to a nonmember borrower" after "stock held by it".
Pub. L. 101–73, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), substituted "Board" for "board".
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 101–73, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), substituted "Board" for "board" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 101–73, §714(b), which directed the general amendment of subsec. (e), was executed to the subsec. (e) added by section 105 of Pub. L. 100–86, as the probable intent of Congress. As thus executed, the amendment substituted provisions relating to qualified thrift lender status for provisions relating to reduced eligibility for advances for certain members which were not qualified thrift lenders.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 101–73, §710(c), added subsec. (g).
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 101–73, §714(c), added subsec. (h).
Subsecs. (i), (j). Pub. L. 101–73, §721, added subsecs. (i) and (j).
1987—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 100–86, §306(d), added subsec. (e) relating to priority of certain secured interests.
Pub. L. 100–86, §105, added subsec. (e) relating to reduced eligibility for advances for certain members which are not qualified thrift lenders.
1982—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–320, §352(1), as amended by Pub. L. 97–457, amended subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment subsec. (a) read as follows: "Each Federal Home Loan Bank is authorized to make advances to its members upon the security of home mortgages, or obligations of the United States, or obligations fully guaranteed by the United States, subject to such regulations, restrictions, and limitations as the Board may prescribe. Any such advance shall be subject to the following limitations as to amount:
"(1) If secured by a mortgage insured under the provisions of title I, title II, title VI, title VIII, or title IX of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1702 et seq., 1707 et seq., 1736 et seq., 1748 et seq., and 1750 et seq., respectively], the advance may be for an amount not in excess of 90 per centum of the unpaid principal of the mortgage loan.
"(2) If secured by a home mortgage given in respect of an amortized home mortgage loan which was for an original term of six years or more, or in cases where shares of stock, which are pledged as security for such loan, mature in a period of six years or more, the advance may be for an amount not in excess of 65 per centum of the unpaid principal of the home mortgage loan; but in no case shall the amount of the advance exceed 60 per centum of the value of the real estate securing the home mortgage loan.
"(3) If secured by a home mortgage given in respect of any other home mortgage loan, the advance shall not be for an amount in excess of 50 per centum of the unpaid principal of the home mortgage loan; but in no case shall the amount of such advance exceed 40 per centum of the value of the real estate securing the home mortgage loan.
"(4) If secured by obligations of the United States, or obligations fully guaranteed by the United States, the advance shall not be for an amount in excess of the face value of such obligations."
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–320, §352(2), struck out provisions relating to acceptance of home mortgages as collateral security for advances by a Home Loan Bank.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 97–320, §352(3), substituted "twenty" for "twelve" wherever appearing.
1977—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 95–128 substituted prohibition against acceptance of a home mortgage as collateral security for an advance by a Federal Home Loan Bank if, at the time the advance is made, the home mortgage exceeds a sum equal to the dollar limitation under the first proviso of the first sentence of section 1464(c) of this title for each home or other dwelling unit covered by such mortgage for prior prohibition where the home mortgage exceeded a sum equal to $55,000 (except that with respect to dwellings in Alaska, Guam, and Hawaii the foregoing limitation, might, by regulation of the Board, be increased by not to exceed 50 per centum) for each home or other dwelling unit covered by the mortgage.
1974—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 93–449 substituted provisions limiting the home mortgage to a sum not to exceed $55,000, except with respect to dwellings in Alaska, Guam, etc., for provisions limiting the home mortgage to a sum not to exceed $40,000.
1964—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 88–560 substituted "thirty" for "twenty-five" in cl. (1) and "$40,000" for "$35,000" in cl. (2).
1962—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 87–779 substituted "exceeds a sum equal to $35,000 for each home or other dwelling unit covered by such mortgage" for "exceeds $35,000".
1958—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 85–857 inserted "chapter 37 of title 38," after "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended,".
1954—Subsec. (b)(2). Act Aug. 2, 1954, substituted "$35,000" for "$20,000".
1951—Subsec. (a)(1). Act Sept. 1, 1951, inserted a reference to subchapter X of chapter 13 of this title.
1950—Subsec. (a) (1). Act Apr. 20, 1950, §501(1), substituted "subchapters I, II, VI, and VIII of chapter 13 of this title" for "sections 1707–1715b and 1736–1742 of this title".
Subsec. (b). Act Apr. 20, 1950, §501(2), inserted "unless such home mortgage is insured under the National Housing Act, as amended, or insured or guaranteed under the Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended" after "Maturity" in first sentence.
1947—Subsec. (b). Act Aug. 1, 1947, increased period collateral security can run from twenty years to twenty-five years.
1941—Subsec. (a)(1). Act Mar. 28, 1941, inserted reference to sections 1736–1742 of this title.
1935—Subsec. (a). Act May 28, 1935, §5, added cl. (4).
Subsec. (b)(1). Act May 28, 1935, §6, substituted "twenty" for "fifteen" and omitted reference to value of real estate in cl. 2.
1934—Subsec. (a). Act June 27, 1934, amended subsec. (a) generally.
Subsec. (b). Act Apr. 27, 1934, inserted "unless the amount," etc. to end of first sentence.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Effective Date of 1958 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 85–857 effective Jan. 1, 1959, see section 2 of Pub. L. 85–857, set out as an Effective Date note preceding Part 1 of Title 38, Veterans' Benefits.
Termination of Reporting Requirements
For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of provisions in subsec. (j)(12)(A) of this section relating to requirement to report annually to Congress, see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and page 170 of House Document No. 103–7.
Authorization of Appropriations for Disbursement to Federal Home Loan Banks for Adjustment of Interest Charges
Pub. L. 91–351, title I, §101, July 24, 1970, 84 Stat. 450, provided that:
"(a) There is authorized to be appropriated not to exceed $250,000,000, without fiscal year limitation, to be used by the Federal Home Loan Bank Board for disbursement to Federal home loan banks for the purpose of adjusting the effective interest charged by such banks on short-term and long-term borrowing to promote an orderly flow of funds into residential construction. The disbursement of sums appropriated hereunder shall be made under such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Board to assure that such sums are used to assist in the provision of housing for low- and middle-income families, and that such families share fully in the benefits resulting from the disbursement of such sums. No member of a Federal home loan bank shall use funds the interest charges on which have been adjusted pursuant to the provisions of this section to make any loan, if—
"(1) the effective rate of interest on such loan exceeds the effective rate of interest on such funds payable by such member by a percentile amount which is in excess of such amount as the Board determines to be appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of this section; or
"(2) the principal obligation of any such loan which is secured by a mortgage on a residential structure exceeds the dollar limitations on the maximum mortgage amount, in effect on the date the mortgage was originated, which would be applicable if the mortgage was insured by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development under section 203(b) or 207 of the National Housing Act [section 1709(b) or 1713 of this title].
"(b) Not more than 20 per centum of the sums appropriated pursuant to subsection (a) shall be disbursed in any one Federal home loan bank district."
1 So in original. No subsec. (f) has been enacted.
2 So in original. Probably should be "The Director's".
§1430a. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, act July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §10a, as added June 27, 1934, ch. 847, §502, 48 Stat. 1261, provided for advances by Federal Home Loan Banks to finance home repairs, improvements, and alterations until July 1, 1936.
§1430b. Advances to nonmember mortgagee; terms and conditions
(a) In general
Each Federal Home Loan Bank is authorized to make advances to nonmember mortgagees approved under title II of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1707 et seq.]. Such mortgagees must be chartered institutions having succession and subject to the inspection and supervision of some governmental agency, and whose principal activity in the mortgage field must consist of lending their own funds. Such advances shall not be subject to the other provisions and restrictions of this chapter, but shall be made upon the security of insured mortgages, insured under title II of the National Housing Act. Advances made under the terms of this section shall be at such rates of interest and upon such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Director, but no advance may be for an amount in excess of 90 per centum of the unpaid principal of the mortgage loan given as security.
(b) Exception
An advance made to a State housing finance agency for the purpose of facilitating mortgage lending that benefits individuals and families that meet the income requirements set forth in section 142(d) or 143(f) of title 26, need not be collateralized by a mortgage insured under title II of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1707 et seq.] or otherwise, if—
(1) such advance otherwise meets the requirements of this subsection; and
(2) such advance meets the requirements of section 1430(a) of this title, and any real estate collateral for such loan comprises single family or multifamily residential mortgages.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §10b, as added May 25, 1935, ch. 150, §7, 49 Stat. 295; amended Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 412; Pub. L. 102–550, title XIII, §1392(b), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4009; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1204(8), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The National Housing Act, referred to in text, is act June 27, 1934, ch. 847, 48 Stat. 1246. Title II of the Act is classified generally to subchapter II (§1707 et seq.) of chapter 13 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1701 of this title and Tables.
Amendments
2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–289 substituted "the Director" for "the Board".
1992—Pub. L. 102–550 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading, and added subsec. (b).
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 substituted "Board" for "Federal Home Loan Bank Board".
§1430c. Housing goals
(a) In general
The Director shall establish housing goals with respect to the purchase of mortgages, if any, by the Federal Home Loan Banks. Such goals shall be consistent with the goals established under sections 4561 through 4564 of this title.
(b) Considerations
In establishing the goals required by subsection (a), the Director shall consider the unique mission and ownership structure of the Federal Home Loan Banks.
(c) Transition period
To facilitate an orderly transition, the Director shall establish interim target goals for purposes of this section for each of the 2 calendar years following July 30, 2008.
(d) Monitoring and enforcement of goals
The requirements of section 4566 1 of this title, shall apply to this section, in the same manner and to the same extent as that section applies to the Federal housing enterprises.
(e) Annual report
The Director shall annually report to Congress on the performance of the Banks in meeting the goals established under this section.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §10C, as added Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1205, July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 4566 of this title, referred to in subsec. (d), was in the original "section 1336 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Safety and Soundness Act of 1992", which was translated as meaning section 1336 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
1 See References in Text note below.
§1431. Powers and duties of banks
(a) Borrowing money; issuing bonds and debentures; general powers
Each Federal Home Loan Bank shall have power, subject to rules and regulations prescribed by the Director, to borrow and give security therefor and to pay interest thereon, to issue debentures, bonds, or other obligations upon such terms and conditions as the Director may approve, and to do all things necessary for carrying out the provisions of this chapter and all things incident thereto.
(b) Issuance of consolidated Federal Home Loan Bank debentures; restrictions
The Office of Finance, as agent for the Banks, may issue consolidated Federal Home Loan Bank debentures which shall be the joint and several obligations of all Federal Home Loan Banks organized and existing under this chapter, in order to provide funds for any such bank or banks, and such debentures shall be issued upon such terms and conditions as such Office may prescribe. No such debentures shall be issued at any time if any of the assets of any Federal Home Loan Bank are pledged to secure any debts or subject to any lien, and neither the Office of Finance nor any Federal Home Loan Bank shall have power to pledge any of the assets of any Federal Home Loan Bank, or voluntarily to permit any lien to attach to the same while any of such debentures so issued are outstanding. The debentures issued under this section and outstanding shall at no time exceed five times the total paid-in capital of all the Federal Home Loan Banks as of the time of the issue of such debentures. It shall be the duty of the Office of Finance not to issue debentures under this section in excess of the notes or obligations of member institutions held and secured under section 1430(a) of this title by all the Federal Home Loan Banks.
(c) Issuance of Federal Home Loan Bank bonds
At any time that no debentures are outstanding under this chapter, or in order to refund all outstanding consolidated debentures issued under this section, the Office of Finance, as agent for the Banks, may issue consolidated Federal Home Loan Bank bonds which shall be the joint and several obligations of all the Federal Home Loan Banks, and shall be secured and be issued upon such terms and conditions as such Office may prescribe.
(d) Additional or substituted collateral on adjustment of equities
The Director shall have full power to require any Federal Home Loan Bank to deposit additional collateral or to make substitutions of collateral or to adjust equities between the Federal Home Loan Banks.
(e) Acceptance of deposits; restrictions on transaction of banking business; collection and settlement of checks, drafts, etc.; charges; rules and regulations
(1) Each Federal Home Loan Bank shall have power to accept deposits made by members of such bank or by any other Federal Home Loan Bank or other instrumentality of the United States, upon such terms and conditions as the Director may prescribe, but no Federal Home Loan Bank shall transact any banking or other business not incidental to activities authorized by this chapter.
(2)(A) The Director may, subject to such rules and regulations, including definitions of terms used in this paragraph, as the Director shall from time to time prescribe, authorize Federal Home Loan Banks to be drawees of, and to engage in, or be agents or intermediaries for, or otherwise participate or assist in, the collection and settlement of (including presentment, clearing, and payment of, and remitting for), checks, drafts, or any other negotiable or nonnegotiable items or instruments of payment drawn on or issued by members of any Federal Home Loan Bank or by institutions which are eligible to make application to become members pursuant to section 1424 of this title, and to have such incidental powers as the Director shall find necessary for the exercise of any such authorization.
(B) A Federal Home Loan Bank shall make charges, to be determined and regulated by the Director consistent with the principles set forth in section 248a(c) of this title, or utilize the services of, or act as agent for, or be a member of, a Federal Reserve bank, clearinghouse, or any other public or private financial institution or other agency, in the exercise of any powers or functions pursuant to this paragraph.
(C) The Director is authorized, with respect to participation in the collection and settlement of any items by Federal Home Loan Banks, and with respect to the collection and settlement (including payment by the payor institution) of items payable by Federal savings and loan associations and Federal mutual savings banks, to prescribe rules and regulations regarding the rights, powers, responsibilities, duties, and liabilities, including standards relating thereto, of such Federal Home Loan Banks, associations, or banks and other parties to any such items or their collection and settlement. In prescribing such rules and regulations, the Director may adopt or apply, in whole or in part, general banking usage and practices, and, in instances or respects in which they would otherwise not be applicable, Federal Reserve regulations and operating letters, the Uniform Commercial Code, and clearinghouse rules.
(f) Rediscount of notes held by other banks; purchase of bonds of other banks
The Director is authorized and empowered to permit or to require Federal Home Loan Banks, upon such terms and conditions as the Director may prescribe, to rediscount the discounted notes of members held by other Federal Home Loan Banks, or to make loans to, or make deposits with, such other Federal Home Loan Banks, or to purchase any bonds or debentures issued under this section.
(g) Reserves
Each Federal Home Loan Bank shall at all times have at least an amount equal to the current deposits received from its members invested in (1) obligations of the United States, (2) deposits in banks or trust companies, (3) advances with a maturity of not to exceed five years which are made to members, upon such terms and conditions as the Director may prescribe, and (4) advances with a maturity of not to exceed five years which are made to members whose creditor liabilities (not including advances from the Federal home loan bank) do not exceed 5 per centum of their net assets, and which may be made without the security of home mortgages or other security, upon such terms and conditions as the Director may prescribe.
(h) Investment of surplus funds
Such part of the assets of each Federal Home Loan Bank (except reserves and amounts provided for in subsection (g)) as are not required for advances to members, may be invested, to such extent as the bank may deem desirable and subject to such regulations, restrictions, and limitations as may be prescribed by the Director, in obligations of the United States, in obligations, participations, or other instruments of or issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Government National Mortgage Association, in mortgages, obligations, or other securities which are or ever have been sold by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation pursuant to section 1454 or section 1455 of this title, in the stock of the Federal National Mortgage Association, in stock, obligations, or other securities of any small business investment company formed pursuant to section 681 of title 15, for the purpose of aiding members of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, and in such securities as fiduciary and trust funds may be invested in under the laws of the State in which the Federal Home Loan Bank is located.
(i) Treasury purchase of banks' obligations; exercise of authority
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized in his discretion to purchase any obligations issued pursuant to this section, as heretofore, now, or hereafter in force and for such purpose the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to use as a public-debt transaction the proceeds of the sale of any securities hereafter issued under chapter 31 of title 31, as now or hereafter in force, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under chapter 31 of title 31, as now or hereafter in force, are extended to include such purchases. The Secretary of the Treasury may, at any time, sell, upon such terms and conditions and at such price or prices as he shall determine, any of the obligations acquired by him under this subsection. All redemptions, purchases, and sales by the Secretary of the Treasury of such obligations under this subsection shall be treated as public-debt transactions of the United States. The Secretary of the Treasury shall not at any time purchase any obligations under this paragraph if such purchase would increase the aggregate principal amount of his then outstanding holdings of such obligations under this paragraph to an amount greater than $4,000,000,000. Each purchase of obligations by the Secretary of the Treasury under this subsection shall be upon terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury and shall bear such rate of interest as may be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury taking into consideration the current average market yield for the month preceding the month of such purchase on outstanding marketable obligations of the United States.
In addition to obligations authorized to be purchased by the preceding paragraph, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to purchase any obligations issued pursuant to this section in amounts not to exceed $2,000,000,000. The authority provided in this paragraph shall expire August 10, 1975.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the authority provided in this subsection may be exercised during any calendar quarter beginning after October 28, 1974, only if the Secretary of the Treasury and the Chairperson of the Director 1 certify to the Congress that (1) alternative means cannot be effectively employed to permit members of the Federal Home Loan Bank System to continue to supply reasonable amounts of funds to the mortgage market, and (2) the ability to supply such funds is substantially impaired because of monetary stringency and a high level of interest rates. Any funds borrowed under this subsection shall be repaid by the Home Loan Banks at the earliest practicable date.
(j) Audits
Notwithstanding the provisions of section 9105(a)(1)(B) 2 of title 31, audits by the Government Accountability Office of the financial transactions of a Federal Home Loan Bank shall not be limited to periods during which Government capital has been invested therein. The provisions of sections 9107(c)(2) and 9108(d)(1) of title 31 shall not apply to any Federal Home Loan Bank.
(k) Bank loans to the Deposit Insurance Fund
(1) Loans authorized
Subject to paragraph (3), the Federal Home Loan Banks may, upon the request of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, make loans to such Corporation for the use of the Deposit Insurance Fund.
(2) Liability of the Fund
Any loan by a Federal Home Loan Bank pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be a direct liability of the Deposit Insurance Fund.
(3) Interest on and security for such loans
Any loan by a Federal Home Loan Bank pursuant to paragraph (1) shall—
(A) bear a rate of interest not less than such Bank's current marginal cost of funds, taking into account the maturities involved; and
(B) be adequately secured.
(l) Temporary authority of Treasury to purchase obligations; conditions
(1) Authority to purchase
(A) General authority
In addition to the authority under subsection (i) of this section, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to purchase any obligations issued by any Federal Home Loan Bank under any section of this chapter, on such terms and conditions as the Secretary may determine and in such amounts as the Secretary may determine. Nothing in this subsection requires a Federal Home Loan Bank to issue obligations or securities to the Secretary without mutual agreement between the Secretary and the Federal Home Loan Bank. Nothing in this subsection permits or authorizes the Secretary, without the agreement of the Federal Home Loan Bank, to engage in open market purchases of the common securities of any Federal Home Loan Bank.
(B) Emergency determination required
In connection with any use of this authority, the Secretary must determine that such actions are necessary to—
(i) provide stability to the financial markets;
(ii) prevent disruptions in the availability of mortgage finance; and
(iii) protect the taxpayer.
(C) Considerations
To protect the taxpayers, the Secretary of the Treasury shall take into consideration the following in connection with exercising the authority contained in this paragraph:
(i) The need for preferences or priorities regarding payments to the Government.
(ii) Limits on maturity or disposition of obligations or securities to be purchased.
(iii) The Federal Home Loan Bank's plan for the orderly resumption of private market funding or capital market access.
(iv) The probability of the Federal Home Loan Bank fulfilling the terms of any such obligation or other security, including repayment.
(v) The need to maintain the Federal Home Loan Bank's status as a private shareholder-owned company.
(vi) Restrictions on the use of Federal Home Loan Bank resources, including limitations on the payment of dividends and executive compensation and any such other terms and conditions as appropriate for those purposes.
(D) Reports to Congress
Upon exercise of this authority, the Secretary shall report to the Committees on the Budget, Financial Services, and Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and the Committees on the Budget, Finance, and Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate as to the necessity for the purchase and the determinations made by the Secretary under subparagraph (B) and with respect to the considerations required under subparagraph (C), and the size, terms, and probability of repayment or fulfillment of other terms of such purchase.
(2) Rights; sale of obligations and securities
(A) Exercise of rights
The Secretary of the Treasury may, at any time, exercise any rights received in connection with such purchases.
(B) Sale of obligations
The Secretary of the Treasury may, at any time, subject to the terms of the security or otherwise upon terms and conditions and at prices determined by the Secretary, sell any obligation acquired by the Secretary under this subsection.
(C) Deficit reduction
The Secretary of the Treasury shall deposit in the General Fund of the Treasury any amounts received by the Secretary from the sale of any obligation acquired by the Secretary under this subsection, where such amounts shall be—
(i) dedicated for the sole purpose of deficit reduction; and
(ii) prohibited from use as an offset for other spending increases or revenue reductions.
(D) Application of sunset to purchased obligations
The authority of the Secretary of the Treasury to hold, exercise any rights received in connection with, or sell, any obligations purchased is not subject to the provisions of paragraph (4).
(3) Funding
For the purpose of the authorities granted in this subsection, the Secretary of the Treasury may use the proceeds of the sale of any securities issued under chapter 31 of title 31, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under chapter 31 of title 31 are extended to include such purchases and the exercise of any rights in connection with such purchases. Any funds expended for the purchase of, or modifications to, obligations and securities, or the exercise of any rights received in connection with such purchases under this subsection shall be deemed appropriated at the time of such purchase, modification, or exercise.
(4) Termination of authority
The authority under this subsection (l), with the exception of paragraphs (2) and (3) of this subsection, shall expire December 31, 2009.
(5) Authority of the Director with respect to executive compensation
The Director shall have the power to approve, disapprove, or modify the executive compensation of the Federal Home Loan Bank, as defined under Regulation S-K, 17 C.F.R. 229.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §11, 47 Stat. 733; June 27, 1934, ch. 847, §503, 48 Stat. 1261; June 27, 1950, ch. 369, §§3, 4, 64 Stat. 257; Aug. 2, 1954, ch. 649, title II, §204(a), 68 Stat. 622; Pub. L. 88–560, title VII, §701(d)(1), Sept. 2, 1964, 78 Stat. 800; Pub. L. 90–448, title VIII, §807(k), Aug. 1, 1968, 82 Stat. 545; Pub. L. 91–151, title I, §3, Dec. 23, 1969, 83 Stat. 374; Pub. L. 91–609, title IX, §914, Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1815; Pub. L. 93–383, title VIII, §805(c)(2), Aug. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 727; Pub. L. 93–495, title I, §112, Oct. 28, 1974, 88 Stat. 1506; Pub. L. 96–153, title III, §324, Dec. 21, 1979, 93 Stat. 1121; Pub. L. 96–221, title III, §311, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 149; Pub. L. 97–320, title I, §125(c), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1485; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §§701(b)(1)–(3)(A), (c), 709, 710(b)(6), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 412, 418; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2704(d)(11)(A), div. D, title II, §208(h)(2), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–489, 3009-747; Pub. L. 108–271, §8(b), July 7, 2004, 118 Stat. 814; Pub. L. 109–171, title II, §2102(b), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 9; Pub. L. 109–173, §9(d)(1), Feb. 15, 2006, 119 Stat. 3616; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title I, §1117(c), title II, §1204(3), (8), (9), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2686, 2786; Pub. L. 111–203, title XIII, §1304(c), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 2134.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 9105 of title 31, referred to in subsec. (j), was amended generally by Pub. L. 101–576, title III, §305, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2853, and, as so amended, subsec. (a) does not contain a par. (1)(B). Prior to the general amendment, subsec. (a)(1)(B) related to audits of mixed-ownership Government corporations during periods in which capital of the United States Government was invested therein.
Codification
In subsecs. (i) (first par.) and (j), "chapter 31 of title 31" substituted for "the Second Liberty Bond Act", and "section 9105(a)(1)(B) of title 31" and "sections 9107(c)(2) and 9108(d)(1) of title 31" substituted for "the first sentence of section 202 of the Government Corporation Control Act [31 U.S.C. 857]" and "the first sentence of subsection (d) of section 303 of the Government Corporation Control Act [31 U.S.C. 868(d)]", respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
Amendments
2010—Subsec. (l)(2)(C), (D). Pub. L. 111–203 added subpar. (C) and redesignated former subpar. (C) as (D).
2008—Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(9), substituted "The Director" for "The Board" wherever appearing in subsecs. (d) to (f).
Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(8), substituted "the Director" for "the Board" wherever appearing in subsecs. (a) and (e) to (i).
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(3)(A), substituted "The Office of Finance, as agent for the Banks," for "The Board" and "such Office" for "the Board" in first sentence and "the Office of Finance" for "the Board" in second and fourth sentences.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(3)(B), substituted "the Office of Finance, as agent for the Banks," for "the Board" before "may issue" and "such Office" for "the Board" before "may prescribe".
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(3)(C), struck out the two commas after "permit" and inserted "or" and struck out the comma after "require".
Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 110–289, §1117(c), added subsec. (l).
2006—Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 109–173 substituted "the Deposit Insurance Fund" for "SAIF" in heading and "Deposit Insurance Fund" for "Savings Association Insurance Fund" in pars. (1) and (2).
Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(11)(A). See 1996 Amendment note below.
2004—Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 108–271 substituted "Government Accountability Office" for "General Accounting Office".
1996—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 104–208, §208(h)(2), substituted "section 681 of title 15" for "section 681(d) of title 15".
Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(11)(A), which directed the amendment of subsec. (k) by substituting "the Deposit Insurance Fund" for "SAIF" in heading and "Deposit Insurance Fund" for "Savings Association Insurance Fund" in pars. (1) and (2), was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below and 2006 Amendment note above.
1989—Subsecs. (a) to (d). Pub. L. 101–73, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), substituted "Board" for "board" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 101–73, §709(1), inserted "incidental to activities" after "other business not".
Pub. L. 101–73, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), substituted "Board" for "board".
Subsec. (e)(2)(C). Pub. L. 101–73, §701(c)(1), which directed insertion of "Federal Home Loan" before "Banks," was executed the second time that term appeared, because "Federal Home Loan" already preceded the term "Banks," the first place it appeared.
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 101–73, §709(2), which directed amendment of subsec. (f) by striking out "or whenever in the judgment of at least 4 members of the board an emergency exists requiring such action" after "empowered to permit,", was executed by striking out "or whenever in the judgment of at least four members of the board an emergency exists requiring such action", as the probable intent of Congress. The amendment probably should also have struck out the comma after "empowered to permit" and the words ", to require," after "such action".
Pub. L. 101–73, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), substituted "Board" for "board" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 101–73, §710(b)(6), struck out "or nonmember borrowers" after "made to members" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 101–73, §710(b)(6), struck out "or nonmember borrowers" after "advances to members".
Pub. L. 101–73, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), substituted "Board" for "board".
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 101–73, §701(c)(2), inserted "Federal" before "Home Loan Bank System".
Pub. L. 101–73, §701(b)(1), (2), substituted "Chairperson of the Board" for "Chairman of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board".
Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 101–73, §709(3), amended subsec. (k) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (k) read as follows: "The Federal Home Loan Banks are hereby authorized, as directed by the Board, to make loans to the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. All such loans shall be made in accordance with the provisions of section 1725(d) of this title."
1982—Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 97–320 added subsec. (k).
1980—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 96–221 designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).
1979—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 96–153 inserted provisions relating to stock, obligations, or other securities of any small business investment company formed pursuant to section 681(d) of title 15, for the purpose of aiding members of the Federal Home Loan Bank System.
1974—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 93–383 inserted reference to mortgages, obligations, or other securities sold by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation pursuant to section 1454 or 1455 of this title.
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 93–495 substituted "obligations under this paragraph" for "obligations under this subsection" wherever appearing in fourth sentence of initial par., in second par. substituted provisions authorizing purchase of obligations issued pursuant to this section in amounts not to exceed $2,000,000,000, for provisions relating to exercise of authority of this subsection by the Secretary of the Treasury, and added third par.
1970—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 91–609 substituted "five years" for "one year" in items (3) and (4).
1969—Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 91–151 increased the borrowing limit to $4,000,000,000 and made it a requirement that the rate charged on such borrowing be set at the current market yield on Treasury obligations and added a new paragraph which allows the Secretary to permit members of the Home Loan Bank System to continue to supply funds to the mortgage market during tight market conditions.
1968—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 90–448 inserted "or the Government National Mortgage Association, in the stock of the Federal National Mortgage Association".
1964—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 88–560 substituted "in obligations, participations, or other instruments of or issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association" for "in obligations of the Federal National Mortgage Association".
1954—Subsec. (h). Act Aug. 2, 1954, inserted reference to obligations of the Federal National Mortgage Association.
1950—Subsec. (g). Act June 27, 1950, §3, struck out requirement that sums paid in on outstanding capital subscriptions of members from the base for determining the amount of money which the Federal Home Loan Banks shall at all times have invested.
Subsecs. (i), (j). Act June 27, 1950, §4, added subsecs. (i) and (j).
1934—Subsecs. (i), (j). Act June 27, 1934, among other changes, struck out subsecs. (i) and (j).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective 1 day after July 21, 2010, except as otherwise provided, see section 4 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as an Effective Date note under section 5301 of this title.
Effective Date of 2006 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 109–173 effective Mar. 31, 2006, see section 9(j) of Pub. L. 109–173, set out as a note under section 24 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective no later than the first day of the first calendar quarter that begins after the end of the 90-day period beginning Feb. 8, 2006, see section 2102(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a Merger of BIF and SAIF note under section 1821 of this title.
Effective Date of 1996 Amendment
Amendment by section 2704(d)(11)(A) of Pub. L. 104–208 effective Jan. 1, 1999, if no insured depository institution is a savings association on that date, see section 2704(c) of Pub. L. 104–208, formerly set out as a note under section 1821 of this title.
Effective Date of 1968 Amendment
For effective date of amendment by title VIII of Pub. L. 90–448, see section 808 of Pub. L. 90–448, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1716b of this title.
1 So in original. See 2008 Amendment note below.
2 See References in Text note below.
§1432. Incorporation of banks; corporate powers; housing project loans
(a) The directors of each Federal Home Loan Bank shall, in accordance with such rules and regulations as the Director may prescribe, make and file with the Director at the earliest practicable date after the establishment of such bank, an organization certificate which shall contain such information as the Director may require. Upon the making and filing of such organization certificate with the Director, such bank shall become, as of the date of the execution of its organization certificate, a body corporate, and as such and in its name as designated by the Director it shall have power to adopt, alter, and use a corporate seal; to make contracts; to purchase or lease and hold or dispose of such real estate as may be necessary or convenient for the transaction of its business; to sue and be sued, to complain and to defend, in any court of competent jurisdiction, State or Federal; to select, employ, and fix the compensation of such officers, employees, attorneys, and agents as shall be necessary for the transaction of its business,; 1 to define their duties, require bonds of them and fix the penalties thereof, and to dismiss at pleasure such officers, employees, attorneys, and agents; and, by the board of directors of the bank, to prescribe, amend, and repeal by-laws governing the manner in which its affairs may be administered, consistent with applicable laws and regulations, as administered by the Director. No officer, employee, attorney, or agent of a Federal home loan bank who receives compensation, may be a member of the board of directors. Each such bank shall have all such incidental powers, not inconsistent with the provisions of this chapter, as are customary and usual in corporations generally.
(b) Subject to such regulations as may be prescribed by the Director, one or more Federal home loan banks may acquire, hold, or dispose of, in whole or in part, or facilitate such acquisition, holding, or disposition by members of any such bank of, housing project loans, or interests therein, having the benefit of any guaranty under section 2181 of title 22, as now or hereafter in effect, or loans, or interests therein, having the benefit of any guaranty under section 2184 of title 22 or any commitment or agreement with respect to such loans, or interests therein, made pursuant to either of such sections. This authority extends to the acquisition, holding, and disposition of loans, or interests therein, having the benefit of any guaranty under section 2181 or 2182 of title 22 or such sections as hereafter amended or extended, or of any commitment or agreement for any such guaranty.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §12, 47 Stat. 735; Pub. L. 89–754, title X, §1016(a), Nov. 3, 1966, 80 Stat. 1293; Pub. L. 90–448, title XVII, §1717, Aug. 1, 1968, 82 Stat. 609; Pub. L. 91–609, title IX, §907(a), Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1811; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 412; Pub. L. 106–102, title VI, §606(d), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1454; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1204(8), (10), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 2184 of title 22, referred to in subsec. (b), which related to housing projects in Latin American countries, was omitted in the general amendment made by section 105 of Pub. L. 91–175, Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 807. See section 2182 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse.
Amendments
2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–289 substituted "administered by the Director" for "administered by the Finance Board" and "the Director" for "the Board" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(8), substituted "the Director" for "the Board".
1999—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106–102, §606(d)(1), struck out ", but, except with the prior approval of the Board, no bank building shall be bought or erected to house any such bank, or leased by such bank under any lease for such purpose which has a term of more than ten years" after "convenient for the transaction of its business", struck out "subject to the approval of the Board" after "necessary for the transaction of its business", substituted "and, by the board of directors of the bank, to prescribe, amend, and repeal by-laws governing the manner in which its affairs may be administered, consistent with applicable laws and regulations, as administered by the Finance Board. No officer, employee, attorney, or agent of a Federal home loan bank" for "and, by its Board of directors, to prescribe, amend, and repeal bylaws, rules, and regulations governing the manner in which its affairs may be administered; and the powers granted to it by law may be exercised and enjoyed subject to the approval of the Board. The president of a Federal Home Loan Bank may also be a member of the Board of directors thereof, but no other officer, employee, attorney, or agent of such bank,", and, in penultimate sentence, substituted "board of directors" for "Board of directors" after "may be a member of the".
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 106–102, §606(d)(2), substituted "Federal home loan banks" for "Federal home loans banks".
1989—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–73 substituted "Board" for "board" wherever appearing.
1970—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 91–609 extended authority to make housing project loans to acquisition, holding, and disposition of loans, or interest therein, having benefit of any guaranty under section 2181 or 2182 of title 22 or such sections as hereafter amended or extended, or of any commitment or agreement for any such guaranty.
1968—Pub. L. 90–448 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
1966—Pub. L. 89–754 substituted "but, except with the prior approval of the board, no bank building shall be bought or erected to house any such bank, or leased by such bank under any lease" for "but no bank building shall be bought or erected to house any such bank, nor shall any such bank make any lease" in second sentence.
§1433. Exemption from taxation; obligations acceptable as credit on debt of home owner
Any and all notes, debentures, bonds, and other such obligations issued by any bank, and consolidated Federal Home Loan Bank bonds and debentures, shall be exempt both as to principal and interest from all taxation (except surtaxes, estate, inheritance, and gift taxes) now or hereafter imposed by the United States, by any Territory, dependency, or possession thereof, or by any State, county, municipality, or local taxing authority. The bank, including its franchise, its capital, reserves, and surplus, its advances, and its income, shall be exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed by the United States, by any Territory, dependency, or possession thereof, or by any State, county, municipality, or local taxing authority; except that in 1 any real property of the bank shall be subject to State, Territorial, county, municipal, or local taxation to the same extent according to its value as other real property is taxed. The notes, debentures, and bonds issued by any bank, with unearned coupons attached, shall be accepted at par by such bank in payment of or as a credit against the obligation of any home-owner debtor of such bank.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §13, 47 Stat. 735; May 28, 1935, ch. 150, §8, 49 Stat. 295.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1935—Act May 28, 1935, inserted "and consolidated Federal Home Loan Bank bonds and debentures" in first sentence.
1 So in original. Word "in" probably should not appear.
§1434. Depositaries of public money; financial agents
When designated for that purpose by the Secretary of the Treasury, each Federal Home Loan Bank shall be a depositary of public money, except receipts from customs, under such regulations as may be prescribed by said Secretary; and it may also be employed as a financial agent of the Government; and it shall perform all such reasonable duties as depositary of public money and financial agent of the Government as may be required of it.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §14, 47 Stat. 736.)
§1435. Obligations as lawful investments; liability of United States for debentures, etc., issued by banks
Obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks issued with the approval of the Board or the Director under this chapter shall be lawful investments, and may be accepted as security, for all fiduciary, trust, and public funds the investment or deposit of which shall be under the authority or control of the United States or any officer or officers thereof. The Federal reserve banks are authorized to act as depositaries, custodians, and/or fiscal agents for Federal Home Loan Banks in the general performance of their powers under this chapter. All obligations of Federal Home Loan Banks shall plainly state that such obligations are not obligations of the United States and are not guaranteed by the United States.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §15, 47 Stat. 736; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 412; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1204(7), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2008—Pub. L. 110–289 inserted "or the Director" after "the Board".
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 substituted "Board" for "board".
§1436. Reserves and dividends; emergency suspensions of requirements
(a) Accumulation and maintenance of reserves; payment of dividends
Each Federal Home Loan Bank may carry to a reserve account from time-to-time such portion of its net earnings as may be determined by its board of directors. Each Federal Home Loan Bank shall establish such additional reserves and/or make such charge-offs on account of depreciation or impairment of its assets as the Director shall require from time to time. No dividends shall be paid except out of previously retained earnings or current net earnings remaining after reductions for all reserves, chargeoffs, purchases of capital certificates of the Financing Corporation, and payments relating to the Funding Corporation required under this chapter have been provided for, other than chargeoffs or expenses incurred by a Bank in connection with the purchase of capital stock of the Financing Corporation under section 1441 of this title or payments relating to the Funding Corporation Principal Fund under section 1441b(e) of this title. The reserves of each Federal Home Loan Bank shall be invested, subject to such regulations, restrictions, and limitations as may be prescribed by the Director, in direct obligations of the United States, in obligations, participations, or other instruments of or issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Government National Mortgage Association, in mortgages, obligations, or other securities which are or ever have been sold by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation pursuant to section 1454 or section 1455 of this title, and in such securities as fiduciary and trust funds may be invested in under the laws of the State in which the Federal Home Loan Bank is located.
(b) Assistance to member institutions in event of severe financial conditions
Notwithstanding subsection (a) or any other provision of this chapter, if the Director determines that severe financial conditions exist threatening the stability of member institutions, the Director may suspend temporarily the requirements of subsection (a) that a portion of net earnings be set aside semiannually by each Federal Home Loan Bank to a reserve account and permit each Federal Home Loan Bank to declare and pay dividends out of undivided profits.
(c) Exception in case of losses in connection with Financing Corporation stock
(1) In general
Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this section, if—
(A) a Federal Home Loan Bank incurs a chargeoff or an expense in connection with such bank's investment in the stock of the Financing Corporation under section 1441 of this title;
(B) the Director determines there is an extraordinary need for the member institutions of the bank to receive dividends; and
(C) the bank has reduced all reserves (other than the reserve account required by the first 2 sentences of subsection (a)) to zero,
the Director may authorize such bank to declare and pay dividends out of undivided profits (as such term is defined in section 1441(d)(7) of this title) or the reserve account required by the first 2 sentences of subsection (a).
(2) Requirements of section 1441 of this title not affected
Notwithstanding any payment of dividends by any Federal Home Loan Bank pursuant to an authorization by the Director under paragraph (1), the applicable provisions of section 1441 of this title shall continue to apply with respect to such bank, and to such bank's investment in the Financing Corporation, in the same manner and to the same extent as if such payment had not been made.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §16, 47 Stat. 736; Aug. 2, 1954, ch. 649, title II, §204(a), 68 Stat. 622; Pub. L. 88–560, title VII, §701(d)(2), Sept. 2, 1964, 78 Stat. 800; Pub. L. 90–448, title VIII, §807(l), Aug. 1, 1968, 82 Stat. 545; Pub. L. 93–383, title VIII, §805(c)(3), Aug. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 727; Pub. L. 97–320, title I, §124, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1485; Pub. L. 100–86, title III, §306(a), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 600; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §§701(b)(1), (3)(A), 724(a), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 412, 428; Pub. L. 106–102, title VI, §606(g), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1455; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1204(8), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2008—Pub. L. 110–289 substituted "the Director" for "the Board" wherever appearing.
1999—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106–102, in third sentence substituted "previously retained earnings or current net earnings" for "net earnings" and struck out ", and then only with the approval of the Federal Housing Finance Board" after "section 1441b(e) of this title" and struck out fourth sentence which read as follows: "Beginning on January 1, 1992, the preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting 'previously retained earnings or current net earnings' for 'net earnings'."
1989—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–73, §724(a)(1), substituted "Each Federal Home Loan Bank may carry to a reserve account from time-to-time such portion of its net earnings as may be determined by its board of directors." for "Each Federal Home Loan Bank shall carry to a reserve account semiannually 20 per centum of its net earnings until said reserve account shall show a credit balance equal to 100 per centum of the paid-in capital of such bank. After said reserve has reached 100 per centum of the paid-in capital of said bank, 5 per centum of its net earnings shall be added thereto semiannually. Whenever said reserve shall have been impaired below 100 per centum of the paid-in capital it shall be restored before any dividends are paid."
Pub. L. 101–73, §724(a)(2), substituted "No dividends shall be paid except out of net earnings remaining after reductions for all reserves, chargeoffs, purchases of capital certificates of the Financing Corporation, and payments relating to the Funding Corporation required under this chapter have been provided for, other than chargeoffs or expenses incurred by a Bank in connection with the purchase of capital stock of the Financing Corporation under section 1441 of this title or payments relating to the Funding Corporation Principal Fund under section 1441b(e) of this title, and then only with the approval of the Federal Housing Finance Board. Beginning on January 1, 1992, the preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting 'previously retained earnings or current net earnings' for 'net earnings'." for "No dividends shall be paid except out of net earnings remaining after all reserves and charge-offs required under this chapter have been provided for, and then only with the approval of the board."
Pub. L. 101–73, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), substituted "Board" for "board" wherever appearing.
1987—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100–86 added subsec. (c).
1982—Pub. L. 97–320 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
1974—Pub. L. 93–383 inserted reference to mortgages, obligations, or other securities sold by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation pursuant to section 1454 or section 1455 of this title.
1968—Pub. L. 90–448 authorized investments in obligations, participations, or other instruments issued by the Government National Mortgage Association.
1964—Pub. L. 88–560 substituted "in obligations, participations, or other instruments of or issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association" for "in obligations of the Federal National Mortgage Association".
1954—Act Aug. 2, 1954, inserted reference to obligations of Federal National Mortgage Association in last sentence.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1989 Amendment
Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §724(b), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 429, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a)(1) [amending this section] shall take effect on January 1, 1992."
Effective Date of 1968 Amendment
For effective date of amendment by title VIII of Pub. L. 90–448, see section 808 of Pub. L. 90–448, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1716b of this title.
§1437. Repealed. Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §703(a), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 415
Section, acts July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §17, 47 Stat. 736; 1947 Reorg. Plan No. 3, eff. July 27, 1947, 12 F.R. 4981, 61 Stat. 954; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 783, title I, §109(a)(3), 69 Stat. 640; June 29, 1977, Pub. L. 95–56, 91 Stat. 252; Aug. 4, 1977, Pub. L. 95–90, §§1, 2, 91 Stat. 564; Oct. 15, 1982, Pub. L. 97–320, title I, §127, 96 Stat. 1486; Jan. 12, 1983, Pub. L. 97–457, §8, 96 Stat. 2507; Nov. 30, 1983, Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title VII, §702(b)], 97 Stat. 1267, set forth powers and duties, etc., of Federal Home Loan Bank Board.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Transfer of Functions, Personnel, and Property of Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation and Federal Home Loan Bank Board
Pub. L. 101–73, title IV, §§401–406, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 354–363, as amended by Pub. L. 102–233, title III, §313, Dec. 12, 1991, 105 Stat. 1770; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §367(5), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1556, provided that:
"SEC. 401. FSLIC AND FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK BOARD ABOLISHED.
"(a)
"(1) FSLIC.—Effective on the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 9, 1989], the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation established under section 402 of the National Housing Act [former 12 U.S.C. 1725] is abolished.
"(2) FHLBB.—Effective at the end of the 60-day period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act, the Federal Home Loan Bank Board and the position of Chairman of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board are abolished.
"(b)
"(1)
"(A) shall, solely for the purpose of winding up the affairs of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation and the Federal Home Loan Bank Board—
"(i) manage the employees of the Board and provide for the payment of the compensation and benefits of any such employee which accrue before the effective date of the transfer of such employee pursuant to section 403; and
"(ii) manage any property of the Board and the Corporation until such property is transferred pursuant to section 405; and
"(B) may take any other action necessary for the purpose of winding up the affairs of the Corporation and the Board.
"(2)
"(A)
"(B)
"(C)
"(D)
"(c)
"(1)
"(2)
"(A) treated as an officer of the United States during the 60-day period referred to in such subparagraph; and
"(B) entitled to compensation at the annual rate of basic pay payable for level III of the Executive Schedule [5 U.S.C. 5314].
"(3)
"(d)
"(1)
"(2)
"(e)
"(1)
"(2)
"(3)
"(A) continue to provide such services, on a reimbursable basis, until the transfer of such functions is complete; and
"(B) consult with any such agency to coordinate and facilitate a prompt and reasonable transition.
"(f)
"(1)
"(A) arises under or pursuant to any section of title IV of the National Housing Act [former 12 U.S.C. 1724 et seq.]; and
"(B) existed on the day before the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 9, 1989].
"(2)
"(g)
"(1)
"(A) arises under or pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Bank Act [12 U.S.C. 1421 et seq.], the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933 [12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq.], or any other provision of law applicable with respect to such Board (other than title IV of the National Housing Act [former 12 U.S.C. 1724 et seq.]); and
"(B) existed on the day before the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 9, 1989].
"(2)
"(A) [sic]
"(h)
"(1) have been issued, made, prescribed, or allowed to become effective by the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation or the Federal Home Loan Bank Board (including orders, resolutions, determinations, and regulations which relate to the conduct of conservatorships and receiverships), or by a court of competent jurisdiction, in the performance of functions which are transferred by this Act [see Tables for classification]; and
"(2) are in effect on the date this Act takes effect [Aug. 9, 1989],
shall continue in effect according to the terms of such orders, resolutions, determinations, and regulations and shall be enforceable by or against the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Housing Finance Board, or the Resolution Trust Corporation, as the case may be, until modified, terminated, set aside, or superseded in accordance with applicable law by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Housing Finance Board, or the Resolution Trust Corporation, as the case may be, by any court of competent jurisdiction, or by operation of law.
"(i)
"(1) identify the regulations and orders which relate to the conduct of conservatorships and receiverships in accordance with the allocation of authority between them under this Act [see Tables for classification] and the amendments made by this Act; and
"(2) promptly publish notice of such identification in the Federal Register.
"SEC. 402. CONTINUATION AND COORDINATION OF CERTAIN REGULATIONS.
"(a)
"(1) the provision, rates, or cancellation of insurance of accounts; or
"(2) the administration of the insurance fund of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation,
shall remain in effect according to the terms of such regulations and orders and shall be enforceable by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation unless determined otherwise by such Corporation after consultation with the Comptroller of the Currency and, with respect to regulations and orders relating to the scope of deposit insurance coverage, pursuant to subsection (c).
"[(b) Repealed. Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §367(5)(B), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1556.]
"(c)
"(1)
"(2)
"(3)
"(A) review its regulations, principles, and interpretations for deposit insurance coverage and those established by the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation; and
"(B) on or before the end of the 270-day period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act, prescribe a uniform set of regulations which shall be applicable to all insured deposits in insured depository institutions (except to the extent any provision of this Act, any amendment made by this Act to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.], or any other provision of law requires or explicitly permits the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to treat insured deposits of Savings Association Insurance Fund members differently than insured deposits of Bank Insurance Fund members).
"(4)
"(5)
"(A) provide for effective notice to depositors in insured depository institutions of any change in deposit insurance coverage which would result under such regulations; and
"(B) take effect on or before the end of the 90-day period beginning on the date such regulations become final.
"(6)
"(A)
"(B)
"(d)
"(1)
"(2)
"(A) the amount of deposit insurance available for custodial accounts shall be determined in accordance with such regulations; and
"(B) paragraph (1) shall cease to apply with respect to such accounts.
"(e)
"(1)
"(2)
"(A) made available by the Comptroller of the Currency, the Chairperson of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the Chairperson of the Federal Housing Finance Agency pursuant to paragraph (3); or
"(B) determined by the Comptroller of the Currency, the Chairperson of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the Chairperson of the Federal Housing Finance Agency, pursuant to paragraph (4), to be substantially similar to the index which is no longer calculated or made available,
may be substituted by the holder of any such adjustable rate mortgage instrument upon notice to the borrower.
"(3)
"(4)
"(A) the new index is based upon data substantially similar to that of the original index; and
"(B) the substitution of the new index will result in an interest rate substantially similar to the rate in effect at the time the original index became unavailable.
"SEC. 403. DETERMINATION OF TRANSFERRED FUNCTIONS AND EMPLOYEES.
"(a)
"(b)
"(1)
"(2)
"(c)
"(d)
"SEC. 404. RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES OF ABOLISHED AGENCIES.
"All employees identified for transfer under subsection (b) of section 403 (other than individuals described in subsection (c) or (d) of such section) shall be entitled to the following rights:
"(1) Each employee so identified shall be transferred to the appropriate agency or entity for employment no later than 60 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 9, 1989] and such transfer shall be deemed a transfer of function for the purpose of section 3503 of title 5, United States Code.
"(2) Each transferred employee shall be guaranteed a position with the same status, tenure, grade, and pay as that held on the day immediately preceding the transfer. Each such employee holding a permanent position shall not be involuntarily separated or reduced in grade or compensation for 1 year after the date of transfer, except for cause or, if the employee is a temporary employee, separated in accordance with the terms of the appointment.
"(3)(A) In the case of employees occupying positions in the excepted service or the Senior Executive Service, any appointment authority established pursuant to law or regulations of the Office of Personnel Management for filling such positions shall be transferred, subject to subparagraph (B).
"(B) An agency or entity may decline a transfer of authority under subparagraph (A) (and the employees appointed pursuant thereto) to the extent that such authority relates to positions excepted from the competitive service because of their confidential, policy-making, policy-determining, or policy-advocating character, and noncareer positions in the Senior Executive Service (within the meaning of section 3132(a)(7) of title 5, United States Code).
"(4) If any agency or entity to which employees are transferred determines, after the end of the 1-year period beginning on the date the transfer of functions to such agency or entity is completed, that a reorganization of the combined work force is required, that reorganization shall be deemed a 'major reorganization' for purposes of affording affected employees retirement under section 8336(d)(2) or 8414(b)(1)(B) of title 5, United States Code.
"(5) Any employee accepting employment with any agency or entity (other than the Office of Thrift Supervision) as a result of such transfer may retain for 1 year after the date such transfer occurs membership in any employee benefit program of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, including insurance, to which such employee belongs on the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 9, 1989] if—
"(A) the employee does not elect to give up the benefit or membership in the program; and
"(B) the benefit or program is continued by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision.
The difference in the costs between the benefits which would have been provided by such agency or entity and those provided by this section shall be paid by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision. If any employee elects to give up membership in a health insurance program or the health insurance program is not continued by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the employee shall be permitted to select an alternate Federal health insurance program within 30 days of such election or notice, without regard to any other regularly scheduled open season.
"(6) Any employee employed by the Office of Thrift Supervision as a result of the transfer may retain membership in any employee benefit program of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, including insurance, which such employee has on the date of enactment of this Act, if such employee does not elect to give up such membership and the benefit or program is continued by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision. If any employee elects to give up membership in a health insurance program or the health insurance program is not continued by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, such employee shall be permitted to select an alternate Federal health insurance program within 30 days of such election or discontinuance, without regard to any other regularly scheduled open season.
"(7) A transferring employee in the Senior Executive Service shall be placed in a comparable position at the agency or entity to which such employee is transferred.
"(8) Transferring employees shall receive notice of their position assignments not later than 120 days after the effective date of their transfer.
"(9) Upon the termination of the Resolution Trust Corporation pursuant to section 21A(m)[(o)] of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act [former 12 U.S.C. 1441a(o)], any employee of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assigned to the Resolution Trust Corporation shall be reassigned to a position within the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (2) and (4) through (7) of this section, except that the liability for any difference in the costs of benefits described in paragraph (5) shall be a liability of the Resolution Trust Corporation and not the Office of Thrift Supervision.
"SEC. 405. DIVISION OF PROPERTY AND FACILITIES.
"Before the end of the 60-day period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 9, 1989], the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Chairperson of the Oversight Board of the Resolution Trust Corporation, the Chairperson of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Chairperson of the Federal Housing Finance Board shall jointly divide all property of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation and the Federal Home Loan Bank Board used to perform functions and activities of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board among the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Resolution Trust Corporation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Federal Housing Finance Board in accordance with the division of responsibilities, functions, and activities effected by this Act [see Tables for classification]. Any disagreement between them in so doing shall be resolved by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.
"SEC. 406. REPORT.
"Before the end of the 60-day period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 9, 1989], the Chairman of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board shall provide by written report to the Secretary of the Treasury, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, and the Congress, a final accounting of the finances and operations of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation."
Transferred Employees of Federal Home Loan Banks and Joint Offices
Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §722, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 426, provided that:
"(a)
"(b)
"(c)
"(d)
"(e)
"(f)
"(g)
Transitional Provisions
Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §723, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 427, provided that:
"(a)
"(1) the numerator of which is the amount of such expenses of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board and the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation paid by the Banks during the 1-year period ending on the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 9, 1989]; and
"(2) the denominator of which is the total expenses of such Board and Corporation during such period.
No payment under this subsection is required after December 31, 1989.
"(b)
"(1) the date which is 120 days after the date of transfer of such supervisory and examination functions to the Office of Thrift Supervision, or
"(2) March 31, 1990.
Payment of such compensation by the Federal Home Loan Banks shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, the payment of compensation by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
"(c)
"(d)
Special Account
Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §725, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 429, provided that: "At the time of dissolution of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, all such moneys and funds as shall remain in the special deposit account of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, or other such accounts, shall become the property of the Federal Housing Finance Board."
Improvements in Supervisory Process
Pub. L. 100–86, title IV, §407(a)–(c), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 616, 617, provided that:
"(a)
"(b)
"(1)
"(2)
"(3)
"(4) 1-
"(c)
"(1)
"(A) any association (within the meaning given to such term in section 2(d) of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933 [former 12 U.S.C. 1462(d)]);
"(B) any insured institution (within the meaning given to such term in section 401(a) of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1724(a)]); and
"(C) any member (within the meaning given to such term in section 2(4) [now 2(3)] of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act [12 U.S.C. 1422(3)]).
"(2)
"(3)
Guidelines Respecting Action on Applications to Bank Board or Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation
Pub. L. 100–86, title IV, §410(a), (c), (d), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 620, provided that:
"(a)
"(c)
"(d)
Guidelines for Asset Disposition
Pub. L. 100–86, title IV, §411, Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 620, which directed Federal Home Loan Bank Board to submit, not later than 6 months after Aug. 10, 1987, to congressional committees a report containing appropriate new guidelines to prevent dumping of assets over which it had direct or indirect control and which the Board was to promulgate at end of such period, ceased to be effective on date that notice of completion of all net new borrowing by Financing Corporation is published in Federal Register (Mar. 30, 1992). See section 416 of Pub. L. 100–86, set out as a Sunset and Savings Provision note under section 1441 of this title.
Expansion of Use of Underutilized Minority Thrift Institutions
Pub. L. 100–86, title IV, §412, Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 620, provided that:
"(a)
"(b)
"(c)
"(d)
Congressional Oversight
Pub. L. 100–86, title IV, §415, Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 622, provided that:
"(a)
"(b)
"(1) a description of the Board's existing manpower and talent;
"(2) an estimate of the Board's projected manpower and talent needs for the year, including the cost of such projected needs;
"(3) a description and explanation of the goals and objectives, of the Board and all its related entities (including the Federal Asset Disposition Association), for the coming year and the management strategies to be employed by such entities in accomplishing such goals and objectives;
"(4) a summary of the operations, receipts, expenses, and expenditures, of the Board and all its related entities (including the Federal Asset Disposition Association), during the preceding year; and
"(5) a summary of the operations and the aggregate receipts, expenses, and expenditures of any other person not referred to in paragraph (4), including receivers, conservators, accountants, attorneys, and consultants, who is engaged in any activity on behalf of the Board or any other entity which is referred to in such paragraph, to the extent such operations, receipts, expenses, and expenditures are in connection with such activity.
"(c)
"(d)
Study and Reports Concerning Direct Investments
Pub. L. 100–86, title XII, §1203, Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 661, provided that:
"(a)
"(1) different sized insured institutions;
"(2) State chartered insured institutions;
"(3) federally chartered insured institutions; and
"(4) insured institutions in each of the Supervisory Examinations Rating Classifications.
"(b)
"(1) the findings and conclusions of the Board concerning the losses to the insurance fund and the degree to which such losses were the result of direct investment activities with respect to each of the classes of institutions described in subsection (a); and
"(2) a comparison of the effects of direct investment activities prior to April 16, 1987, and the effect of such activities on or after April 16, 1987, for each of the classes of institutions described in subsection (a) and the losses to the insurance fund as a result of such activities.
"(c)
"(1)
"(2)
"(d)
§1438. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, act July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §18, 47 Stat. 737; Pub. L. 89–754, title X, §1016(b), Nov. 3, 1966, 80 Stat. 1293; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §§701(b)(2), (b)(3)(B), 711, 712, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 412, 419; Pub. L. 104–66, title II, §2191, Dec. 21, 1995, 109 Stat. 732; Pub. L. 106–102, title VI, §606(h), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1455; Pub. L. 108–271, §8(b), July 7, 2004, 118 Stat. 814; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1204(2), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §364(a), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1555, was omitted in view of the repeal of subsecs. (a) to (c) which comprised this section. Subsec. (a), which related to authorization of appropriations for certain expenses of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, was repealed by Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §712, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 419. Subsec. (b), which related to assessments for administrative expenses of the Federal Housing Finance Board, was repealed by Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1204(2), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786. Subsec. (c), which related to acquisition of property by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, was repealed by Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §364(a), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1555.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §364(a), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1555, provided that, effective 90 days after the transfer date, subsection (c) of this section is repealed. For definition of "transfer date", see section 5301 of this title.
§1438a. Nonadministrative expenses; expenses of studies and investigations
On and after July 12, 1960, expenses of the Board in making studies or investigations specifically directed by law, or requested by the Congress or either House thereof or by a committee of either House, including services authorized by section 3109 of title 5, shall be considered as nonadministrative expenses.
(Pub. L. 86–626, title II, §201, July 12, 1960, 74 Stat. 441.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
"Section 3109 of title 5" substituted in text for "section 15 of the Act of August 2, 1946 (5 U.S.C. 55a)" on authority of section 7(b) of Pub. L. 89–554, Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, section 1 of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
§§1439, 1439–1. Repealed. Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §§708, 712, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 418, 419
Section 1439, acts July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §19, 47 Stat. 737; May 28, 1935, ch. 150, §9, 49 Stat. 295; July 3, 1948, ch. 825, §2, 62 Stat. 1240, related to appointment, compensation, etc., of officers and employees of Board.
Section 1439–1, act July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §19A, as added Aug. 10, 1987, Pub. L. 100–86, title V, §505(d), 101 Stat. 633, related to apportionment of monies received by Board.
§1439a. Deposits in special fund; availability for all purposes of Federal Home Loan Bank Board and Federal Home Loan Bank Administration
All moneys and funds heretofore deposited in the Treasury of the United States under the last sentence of section 1439 1 of this title (including unexpended balances of moneys appropriated therefrom for administrative expenses), and hereafter all moneys and funds which would, except for this provision, be so depositable thereunder, shall be deposited with the Treasurer of the United States in a special deposit account and shall be available, retroactively as well as prospectively, for expenditure for all purposes of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board and the Federal Home Loan Bank Administration, subject to subsections (a) and (b) of section 712a of title 15.
(June 26, 1943, ch. 145, title I, §101, 57 Stat. 186; 1947 Reorg. Plan No. 3, eff. July 27, 1947, 12 F.R. 4981, 61 Stat. 954; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 783, title I, §109(a)(3), 69 Stat. 640.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 1439 of this title, referred to in text, was repealed by Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §708, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 418.
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Independent Offices Appropriation Act, 1944, and not as part of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act which comprises this chapter.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Home Loan Bank Board" changed to "Federal Home Loan Bank Board" by act Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 783, §109(a)(3), which was classified to section 1437(b) of this title prior to the repeal of section 1437 by Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §703(a), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 415. Previously, "Home Loan Bank Board" had been substituted for "Federal Home Loan Bank Board" by Reorg. Plan No. 3 of 1947.
Transfer of Functions
Federal Home Loan Bank Board abolished and functions transferred, see sections 401 to 406 of Pub. L. 101–73, set out as a note under section 1437 of this title.
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
For transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 55 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
§1440. Examinations and audits
The Director shall from time to time, at least annually, require examinations and reports of condition of all Federal Home Loan Banks in such form as the Director shall prescribe and shall furnish periodically statements based upon the reports of the banks to the Director. For the purposes of this chapter, examiners appointed by the Director shall be subject to the same requirements, responsibilities, and penalties as are applicable to examiners under the National Bank Act [12 U.S.C. 21 et seq.] and the Federal Reserve Act [12 U.S.C. 221 et seq.], and shall have, in the exercise of functions under this chapter, the same powers and privileges as are vested in such examiners by law. In addition to such examinations, the Comptroller General may audit or examine the Director and the Banks, to determine the extent to which the Director and the Banks are fairly and effectively fulfilling the purposes of this chapter.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §20, 47 Stat. 738; June 27, 1950, ch. 369, §10, 64 Stat. 259; Aug. 2, 1954, ch. 649, title VIII, §802(f), 68 Stat. 643; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §§701(b)(1), (3)(A), 702(b), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 412, 415; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1204(8), (9), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The National Bank Act, referred to in text, is act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, 13 Stat. 99, which is classified principally to chapter 2 (§21 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 38 of this title.
The Federal Reserve Act, referred to in text, is act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, which is classified principally to chapter 3 (§221 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Amendments
2008—Pub. L. 110–289 substituted "The Director" for "The Board" and "the Director" for "the Board" wherever appearing.
1989—Pub. L. 101–73, §702(b), inserted provisions relating to audit or examination by the Comptroller General.
Pub. L. 101–73, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), substituted "Board" for "board" wherever appearing.
1954—Act Aug. 2, 1954, struck out second sentence relating to annual report of the board to Congress. See section 1437(b) of this title.
1950—Act June 27, 1950, struck out "twice" before "annually".
§1440a. Sharing of information among Federal Home Loan Banks
(a) Information on financial condition
In order to enable each Federal Home Loan Bank to evaluate the financial condition of one or more of the other Federal Home Loan Banks individually and the Federal Home Loan Bank System (including any risks associated with the issuance or repayment of consolidated Federal Home Loan Bank bonds and debentures or other borrowings and the joint and several liabilities of the Banks incurred due to such borrowings), as well as to comply with any of its obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.), the Director shall make available to the Banks such reports, records, or other information as may be available, relating to the condition of any Federal Home Loan Bank.
(b) Sharing of information
(1) In general
The Director shall promulgate regulations to facilitate the sharing of information made available under subsection (a) directly among the Federal Home Loan Banks.
(2) Limitation
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), a Federal Home Loan Bank responding to a request from another Bank or from the Director for information pursuant to this section may request that the Director determine that such information is proprietary and that the public interest requires that such information not be shared.
(c) Limitation
Nothing in this section shall affect the obligations of any Federal Home Loan Bank under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) or the regulations issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.
(d) No waiver of privilege
The Director shall not be deemed to have waived any privilege applicable to any information concerning a Federal Home Loan Bank by transferring, or permitting the transfer of, that information to any other Federal Home Loan Bank for the purposes set out in subsection (a).
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §20A, as added Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1207, July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2787.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, referred to in subsecs. (a) and (c), is act June 6, 1934, ch. 404, 48 Stat. 881, which is classified principally to chapter 2B (§78a et seq.) of Title 15, Commerce and Trade. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 78a of Title 15 and Tables.
§1441. Financing Corporation
(a) Establishment
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Director shall charter a corporation to be known as the Financing Corporation.
(b) Management of Financing Corporation
(1) Directorate
The Financing Corporation shall be under the management of a directorate composed of 3 members as follows:
(A) The Director of the Office of Finance of the Federal Home Loan Banks (or the head of any successor to such office).
(B) 2 members selected by the Director from among the presidents of the Federal Home Loan Banks.
(2) Terms
Each member appointed under paragraph (1)(B) shall be appointed for a term of 1 year.
(3) Vacancy
If any member leaves the office in which such member was serving when appointed to the Directorate—
(A) such member's service on the Directorate shall terminate on the date such member leaves such office; and
(B) the successor to the office of such member shall serve the remainder of such member's term.
(4) Equal representation of banks
No president of a Federal Home Loan Bank may be appointed to serve an additional term on the Directorate until such time as the presidents of each of the other Federal Home Loan Banks have served as many terms on the Directorate as the president of such bank (before the appointment of such president to such additional term).
(5) Chairperson
The Director shall select the chairperson of the Directorate from among the 3 members of the Directorate.
(6) Staff
(A) No paid employees
The Financing Corporation shall have no paid employees.
(B) Powers
The Directorate may, with the approval of the Director, authorize the officers, employees, or agents of the Federal Home Loan Banks to act for and on behalf of the Financing Corporation in such manner as may be necessary to carry out the functions of the Financing Corporation.
(7) Administrative expenses
(A) In general
All administrative expenses of the Financing Corporation shall be paid by the Federal Home Loan Banks.
(B) Pro rata distribution
The amount each Federal Home Loan Bank shall pay shall be determined by the Director by multiplying the total administrative expenses for any period by the percentage arrived at by dividing—
(i) the aggregate amount the Director required such bank to invest in the Financing Corporation (as of the time of such determination) under paragraphs (4) and (5) of subsection (d) (as computed without regard to paragraph (3) or (6) of such subsection); by
(ii) the aggregate amount the Director required all Federal Home Loan Banks to invest (as of the time of such determination) under such paragraphs.
(C) Administrative expenses defined
For purposes of this paragraph, the term "administrative expenses" does not include—
(i) issuance costs (as such term is defined in subsection (g)(5)(A));
(ii) any interest on (and any redemption premium with respect to) any obligation of the Financing Corporation; or
(iii) custodian fees (as such term is defined in subsection (g)(5)(B)).
(8) Regulation by Director
The Directorate shall be subject to such regulations, orders, and directions as the Director may prescribe.
(9) No compensation from Financing Corporation
Members of the Directorate shall receive no pay, allowances, or benefits from the Financing Corporation by reason of their service on the Directorate.
(c) Powers of Financing Corporation
The Financing Corporation shall have only the following powers, subject to the other provisions of this section and such regulations, orders, and directions as the Director may prescribe:
(1) To issue nonvoting capital stock to the Federal Home Loan Banks.
(2) To invest in any security issued by the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation under section 1725(b) of this title prior to August 9, 1989, and thereafter to transfer the proceeds of any obligation issued by the Financing Corporation to the FSLIC Resolution Fund.
(3) To issue debentures, bonds, or other obligations and to borrow, to give security for any amount borrowed, and to pay interest on (and any redemption premium with respect to) any such obligation or amount.
(4) To impose assessments in accordance with subsection (f).
(5) To adopt, alter, and use a corporate seal.
(6) To have succession until dissolved.
(7) To enter into contracts.
(8) To sue and be sued in its corporate capacity, and to complain and defend in any action brought by or against the Financing Corporation in any State or Federal court of competent jurisdiction.
(9) To exercise such incidental powers not inconsistent with the provisions of this section as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this section.
(d) Capitalization of Financing Corporation
(1) Purchase of capital stock by Federal Home Loan Banks
(A) In general
Each Federal Home Loan Bank shall invest in nonvoting capital stock of the Financing Corporation at such times and in such amounts as the Director may prescribe under this subsection.
(B) Par value; transferability
Each share of stock issued by the Financing Corporation to a Federal Home Loan Bank shall have par value in an amount determined by the Director and shall be transferable only among the Federal Home Loan Banks in the manner and to the extent prescribed by the Director at not less than par value.
(2) Aggregate dollar amount limitation on all investments
The aggregate amount of funds invested by all Federal Home Loan Banks in nonvoting capital stock of the Financing Corporation shall not exceed $3,000,000,000.
(3) Maximum investment amount limitation for each Federal Home Loan Bank
The cumulative amount of funds invested in nonvoting capital stock of the Financing Corporation by each Federal Home Loan Bank shall not exceed the aggregate amount of—
(A) the sum of—
(i) the reserves maintained by such bank on December 31, 1985, pursuant to the requirement contained in the first 2 sentences of section 1436 of this title; and
(ii) the undivided profits (as defined in paragraph (7)) of such bank on such date; and
(B) the sum of—
(i) the amounts added to reserves after December 31, 1985, pursuant to the requirement contained in the first 2 sentences of section 1436 of this title; and
(ii) the undivided profits of such bank accruing after such date.
(4) Pro rata distribution of 1st $1,000,000,000 invested in Financing Corporation by Home Loan Banks
Of the first $1,000,000,000 in the aggregate which the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board pursuant to section 1441b of this title or the Director under this section (as the case may be) may require the Federal Home Loan Banks collectively to invest in the stock of the Funding Corporation or invest in the capital stock of the Financing Corporation, respectively, the amount which each Federal Home Loan Bank (or any successor to such Bank) shall invest shall be determined by the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board or the Director (as the case may be) by multiplying the aggregate amount of such payment or investment by all Banks by the percentage appearing in the following table for each such Bank:
| Bank | Percentage |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston | 1.8629 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of New York | 9.1006 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh | 4.2702 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta | 14.4007 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati | 8.2653 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis | 5.2863 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago | 9.6886 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines | 6.9301 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas | 8.8181 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka | 5.2706 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco | 19.9644 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle | 6.1422 |
(5) Pro rata distribution of amounts required to be invested in excess of $1,000,000,000
With respect to any amount in excess of the $1,000,000,000 amount referred to in paragraph (4) which the Director may require the Federal Home Loan Banks to invest in capital stock of the Financing Corporation under this subsection, the amount which each Federal Home Loan Bank (or any successor to such bank) shall invest shall be determined by the Director by multiplying such excess amount by the percentage arrived at by dividing—
(A) the sum of the total assets (as of the most recent December 31) held by all Savings Association Insurance Fund members which are members of such bank; by
(B) the sum of the total assets (as of such date) held by all Savings Association Insurance Fund members which are members of any Federal Home Loan Bank.
(6) Special provisions relating to maximum amount limitations
(A) In general
If the amount any Federal Home Loan Bank is required to invest in capital stock of the Financing Corporation pursuant to a determination by the Director under paragraph (5) (or under subparagraph (B) of this paragraph) exceeds the maximum investment amount applicable with respect to such bank under paragraph (3) at the time of such determination (hereinafter in this paragraph referred to as the "excess amount")—
(i) the Director shall require each remaining Federal Home Loan Bank to invest (in addition to the amount determined under paragraph (5) for such remaining bank and subject to the maximum investment amount applicable with respect to such remaining bank under paragraph (3) at the time of such determination) in such capital stock on behalf of the bank in the amount determined under subparagraph (B);
(ii) the Director shall require the bank to subsequently purchase the excess amount of capital stock from the remaining banks in the manner described in subparagraph (C); and
(iii) the requirements contained in subparagraphs (D) and (E) relating to the use of net earnings shall apply to such bank until the bank has purchased all of the excess amount of capital stock.
(B) Allocation of excess amount among remaining Home Loan Banks
The amount each remaining Federal Home Loan Bank shall be required to invest under subparagraph (A)(i) is the amount determined by the Director by multiplying the excess amount by the percentage arrived at by dividing—
(i) the amount of capital stock of the Financing Corporation held by such remaining bank at the time of such determination; by
(ii) the aggregate amount of such stock held by all remaining banks at such time.
(C) Purchase procedure
The bank on whose behalf an investment in capital stock is made under subparagraph (A)(i) shall purchase, annually and at the issuance price, from each remaining bank an amount of such stock determined by the Director by multiplying the amount available for such purchases (at the time of such determination) by the percentage determined under subparagraph (B) with respect to such remaining bank until the aggregate amount of such capital stock has been purchased by the bank.
(D) Limitation on dividends
The amount of dividends which may be paid for any year by a bank on whose behalf an investment is made under subparagraph (A)(i) shall not exceed an amount equal to ½ of the net earnings of the bank for the year.
(E) Transfer to account for purchase of stock required
Of the net earnings for any year of a bank on whose behalf an investment is made under subparagraph (A)(i), such amount as is necessary to make the purchases of stock required under subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be placed in a reserve account (established in such manner as the Director shall prescribe by regulations) the balance in which shall be available only for such purchases.
(7) Undivided profits defined
For purposes of paragraph (3), the term "undivided profits" means retained earnings minus the sum of—
(A) that portion required to be added to reserves maintained pursuant to the first two sentences of section 1436 of this title; and
(B) the dollar amounts held by the respective Federal Home Loan Banks in special dividend stabilization reserves on December 31, 1985, as determined under the following table:
| Bank | Dollar amount |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston | $3.2 million |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of New York | 7.7 million |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh | 5.2 million |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta | 12.3 million |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati | 5.9 million |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis | 37.4 million |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago | 6.0 million |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines | 32.7 million |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas | 45.0 million |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka | 13.7 million |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco | 21.9 million |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle | 33.6 million |
(e) Obligations of Financing Corporation
(1) Limitation on amount of outstanding obligations
The aggregate amount of obligations of the Financing Corporation which may be outstanding at any time (as determined by the Director) shall not exceed the lesser of—
(A) an amount equal to the greater of—
(i) 5 times the amount of the nonvoting capital stock of the Financing Corporation which is outstanding at such time; or
(ii) the sum of the face amounts (the amount of principal payable at maturity) of securities described in subsection (g)(2) which are held at such time in the segregated account established pursuant to such subsection; or
(B) $10,825,000,000.
(2) Termination of borrowing authority
No obligation of the Financing Corporation shall be issued after December 12, 1991.
(3) Limitation on term of obligations
No obligation of the Financing Corporation may be issued which matures—
(A) more than 30 years after the date of issue; or
(B) after December 31, 2026.
(4) Investment of United States funds in obligations
Obligations issued under this section by the Financing Corporation with the approval of the Director shall be lawful investments, and may be accepted as security, for all fiduciary, trust, and public funds the investment or deposit of which shall be under the authority or control of the United States or any officer of the United States.
(5) Market for obligations
All persons having the power to invest in, sell, underwrite, purchase for their own accounts, accept as security, or otherwise deal in obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks shall also have the power to do so with respect to obligations of the Financing Corporation.
(6) No full faith and credit of the United States
Obligations of the Financing Corporation and the interest payable on such obligations shall not be obligations of, or guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the Federal Home Loan Banks, the United States, or the FSLIC Resolution Fund and the obligations shall so plainly state.
(7) Tax exempt status
(A) In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), obligations of the Financing Corporation shall be exempt from tax both as to principal and interest to the same extent as any obligation of a Federal Home Loan Bank is exempt from tax under section 1433 of this title.
(B) Exception
The Financing Corporation, like the Federal Home Loan Banks, shall be treated as an agency of the United States for purposes of the first sentence of section 3124(b) of title 31 (relating to determination of tax status of interest on obligations).
(8) Obligations are exempt securities
Notwithstanding paragraph (7),1 obligations of the Financing Corporation shall be deemed to be exempt securities (within the meaning of laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission) to the same extent as securities which are direct obligations of the United States or are guaranteed as to principal or interest by the United States.
(9) Minority participation in public offerings
The Chairperson of the Director 2 and the Directorate shall ensure that minority owned or controlled commercial banks, investment banking firms, underwriters, and bond counsels throughout the United States have an opportunity to participate to a significant degree in any public offering of obligations issued under this section.
(f) Sources of funds for interest payments; Financing Corporation assessment authority
The Financing Corporation shall obtain funds for anticipated interest payments, issuance costs, and custodial fees on obligations issued hereunder from the following sources:
(1) Preenactment assessments
The Financing Corporation assessments which were assessed on insured institutions pursuant to this section as in effect prior to August 9, 1989.
(2) New assessment authority
In addition to the amounts obtained pursuant to paragraph (1), the Financing Corporation, with the approval of the Board 3 of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, shall assess against each insured depository institution an assessment (in the same manner as assessments are assessed against such institutions by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under section 1817 of this title).
(3) Receivership proceeds
To the extent the amounts available pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) are insufficient to cover the amount of interest payments, issuance costs, and custodial fees, and if the funds are not required by the Resolution Funding Corporation to provide funds for the Funding Corporation Principal Fund under section 1441b of this title, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation shall transfer to the Financing Corporation, from the liquidating dividends and payments made on claims received by the FSLIC Resolution Fund (established under section 1821a of this title) from receiverships, the remaining amount of funds necessary for the Financing Corporation to make interest payments.
(g) Use and disposition of assets of Financing Corporation not invested in FSLIC
(1) In general
Subject to such regulations, restrictions, and limitations as may be prescribed by the Director, assets of the Financing Corporation, which are not invested in capital certificates or capital stock issued by the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation under section 1725(b)(1)(A) of this title before August 9, 1989, and after August 9, 1989, in capital certificates issued by the FSLIC Resolution Fund, shall be invested in—
(A) direct obligations of the United States;
(B) obligations, participations, or other instruments of, or issued by, the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Government National Mortgage Association;
(C) mortgages, obligations, or other securities for sale by, or which have been disposed of by, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation under section 1454 or 1455 of this title; or
(D) any other security in which it is lawful for fiduciary and trust funds to be invested under the laws of any State.
(2) Segregated account for zero coupon instruments held to assure payment of principal
The Financing Corporation shall invest in, and hold in a segregated account, noninterest bearing instruments—
(A) which are securities described in paragraph (1); and
(B) the total of the face amounts (the amount of principal payable at maturity) of which is approximately equal to the aggregate amount of principal on the obligations of the Financing Corporation,
to assure the repayment of principal on obligations of the Financing Corporation. For purposes of the foregoing, the Financing Corporation shall be deemed to hold noninterest bearing instruments that it lends temporarily to primary United States Treasury dealers in order to enhance market liquidity and facilitate deliveries, provided that United States Treasury securities of equal or greater value have been delivered as collateral.
(3) Dollar amount limitation on investment in zero coupon instruments for segregated account
The aggregate amount invested by the Financing Corporation under paragraph (2) shall not exceed $2,200,000,000 (as determined on the basis of the purchase price).
(4) Exception for payment of issuance costs, interest, and custodian fees
Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (1), the assets of the Financing Corporation referred to in paragraph (1) which are not invested under paragraph (2) may be used to pay—
(A) issuance costs;
(B) any interest on (and any redemption premium with respect to) any obligation of the Financing Corporation; and
(C) custodian fees.
(5) Definitions
For purposes of this subsection—
(A) Issuance costs
The term "issuance costs"—
(i) means issuance fees and commissions incurred by the Financing Corporation in connection with the issuance or servicing of any obligation of the Financing Corporation; and
(ii) includes legal and accounting expenses, trustee and fiscal and paying agent charges, costs incurred in connection with preparing and printing offering materials, and advertising expenses, to the extent that any such cost or expense is incurred by the Financing Corporation in connection with issuing any obligation.
(B) Custodian fees
The term "custodian fee" means—
(i) any fee incurred by the Financing Corporation in connection with the transfer of any security to, or the maintenance of any security in, the segregated account established under paragraph (2); and
(ii) any other expense incurred by the Financing Corporation in connection with the establishment or maintenance of such account.
(h) Miscellaneous provisions relating to Financing Corporation
(1) Treatment for certain purposes
Except as provided in subsection (e)(8)(B), the Financing Corporation shall be treated as a Federal Home Loan Bank for purposes of sections 1433 and 1443 of this title.
(2) Federal Reserve banks as depositaries and fiscal agents
The Federal Reserve banks are authorized to act as depositaries for or fiscal agents or custodians of the Financing Corporation.
(3) Applicability of certain provisions relating to Government corporation
Notwithstanding the fact that no Government funds may be invested in the Financing Corporation, the Financing Corporation shall be treated, for purposes of sections 9105,4 9107, and 9108 of title 31, as a mixed-ownership Government corporation which has capital of the Government.
(i) Termination of Financing Corporation
(1) In general
The Financing Corporation shall be dissolved, as soon as practicable, after the earlier of—
(A) the maturity and full payment of all obligations issued by the Financing Corporation pursuant to this section; or
(B) December 31, 2026.
(2) Director authority to conclude the affairs of Financing Corporation
Effective on the date of the dissolution of the Financing Corporation under paragraph (1), the Director may exercise, on behalf of the Financing Corporation, any power of the Financing Corporation which the Director determines to be necessary to settle and conclude the affairs of the Financing Corporation.
(j) Regulations
The Director may prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section, including regulations defining terms used in this section.
(k) Definitions
For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
(1) Directorate
The term "Directorate" means the directorate established in the manner provided in subsection (b)(1) to manage the Financing Corporation.
(2) Net earnings
The term "net earnings" means net earnings without reduction for any chargeoffs or expenses incurred by a Bank in connection with the purchase of capital stock of the Financing Corporation or the purchase of stock of the Funding Corporation required by the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board under subsections (e) and (f) of section 1441b of this title.
(3) Insured depository institution
The term "insured depository institution" has the same meaning as in section 1813 of this title 5
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §21, as added Pub. L. 100–86, title III, §302, Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 585; amended Pub. L. 101–73, title V, §512, title VII, §§701(b)(2), 713, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 406, 412, 419; Pub. L. 102–233, title I, §104, title III, §302(b), Dec. 12, 1991, 105 Stat. 1762, 1767; Pub. L. 102–550, title XVI, §1611(c), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4090; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2703(a), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–485; Pub. L. 109–173, §9(d)(2), Feb. 15, 2006, 119 Stat. 3616; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1204(6), (8), (12), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 1725 of this title, referred to in subsecs. (c)(2), (e)(2)(A), and (g)(1), was repealed by Pub. L. 101–73, title IV, §407, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 363.
Section 9105 of title 31, referred to in subsec. (h)(3), was amended generally by Pub. L. 101–576, title III, §305, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2853, and, as so amended, no longer contains provisions relating to mixed-ownership Government corporations having capital of the Government.
Prior Provisions
A prior section 1441, act July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §21, 47 Stat. 738, related to unlawful acts and penalties, prior to repeal by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862, eff. Sept. 1, 1948. See sections 433, 493, 657, 659, 660, 709, 1006, 1014, and 2117 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Amendments
2008—Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(12), substituted "Director" for "Federal Housing Finance Board" wherever appearing in subsecs. (a), (b)(1)(B), (6)(B), (7)(B), (8), (c), (d), (e)(1), (4), (9), (g), (i), and (j).
Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(6), substituted "Director" for "Chairperson of the Federal Housing Finance Board".
Subsec. (f)(2). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(8), which directed amendment of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act (this chapter) by substituting "the Director" for "the Board" wherever appearing, was not executed to subsec. (f)(2) to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
2006—Subsec. (f)(2). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(d)(2)(A), struck out before period at end ", except that—
"(A) the assessments imposed on insured depository institutions with respect to any BIF-assessable deposit shall be assessed at a rate equal to 1/5 of the rate of the assessments imposed on insured depository institutions with respect to any SAIF-assessable deposit; and
"(B) no limitation under clause (i) or (iii) of section 7(b)(2)(A) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act shall apply for purposes of this paragraph."
Subsec. (k)(4). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(d)(2)(B), struck out heading and text of par. (4). Text read as follows:
"(A)
"(B)
1996—Subsec. (f)(2). Pub. L. 104–208, §2703(a)(1)(A), in introductory provisions, substituted "In addition to the amounts obtained pursuant to paragraph (1)," for "To the extent the amounts available pursuant to paragraph (1) are insufficient to cover the amount of interest payments, issuance costs, and custodial fees,", "insured depository institution" for "Savings Association Insurance Fund member", and "against such institutions" for "against such members".
Subsec. (f)(2)(A) to (C). Pub. L. 104–208, §2703(a)(1)(B), added subpars. (A) and (B) and struck out former subpars. (A) to (C) which read as follows:
"(A) the sum of—
"(i) the amount assessed under this paragraph; and
"(ii) the amount assessed by the Funding Corporation under section 1441b of this title;
shall not exceed the amount authorized to be assessed against Savings Association Insurance Fund members pursuant to section 1817 of this title;
"(B) the Financing Corporation shall have first priority to make the assessment; and
"(C) the amount of the applicable assessment determined under such section 1817 of this title shall be reduced by the sum described in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph."
Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 104–208, §2703(a)(2)(A), substituted "section, the following definitions shall apply:" for "section—" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (k)(1). Pub. L. 104–208, §2703(a)(2)(B), (C), redesignated par. (2) as (1) and struck out heading and text of former par. (1). Text read as follows: "The term 'Savings Association Insurance Fund member' means a savings association which is a Savings Association Insurance Fund member as defined by section 7(l) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act."
Subsec. (k)(2) to (4). Pub. L. 104–208, §2703(a)(2)(C), (D), added pars. (3) and (4) and redesignated former pars. (2) and (3) as (1) and (2), respectively.
1992—Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 102–550 made technical amendment to reference to December 12, 1991, to correct reference to corresponding provisions of original act.
1991—Subsec. (d)(4). Pub. L. 102–233, §302(b), substituted "Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board" for "Oversight Board" in two places.
Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 102–233, §104, amended par. (2) generally, substituting provisions setting forth termination date of Financing Corporation borrowing authority for provisions relating to investment of proceeds of obligations of such Corporation.
Subsec. (k)(3). Pub. L. 102–233, §302(b), substituted "Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board" for "Oversight Board".
1989—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(2), substituted "Federal Housing Finance Board" for "Board".
Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(2), substituted "Federal Housing Finance Board" for "Federal Home Loan Bank Board".
Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 101–73, §701(b)(2), substituted "Chairperson" for "Chairman".
Pub. L. 101–73, §512(2), substituted "Federal Housing Finance Board" for "Federal Home Loan Bank Board".
Subsecs. (b)(6)(B), (7)(B), (8), (c). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(2), substituted "Federal Housing Finance Board" for "Board" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(3), inserted "prior to August 9, 1989, and thereafter to transfer the proceeds of any obligation issued by the Financing Corporation to the FSLIC Resolution Fund".
Subsec. (c)(9). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(4), struck out "or section 1725(b) of this title" after "with the provisions of this section".
Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(2), substituted "Federal Housing Finance Board" for "Board" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (d)(4). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(5), amended generally the portion of par. (4) appearing before the table. Prior to amendment, such portion read as follows: "With respect to the first $1,000,000,000 which the Board may require the Federal Home Loan Banks to invest in capital stock of the Financing Corporation under this subsection, the amount which each Federal Home Loan Bank (or any successor to such bank) shall invest shall be determined by the Board by applying to the total amount of such investment by all such banks the percentage appearing in the following table for each such bank:".
Subsec. (d)(5). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(6), substituted "the $1,000,000,000 amount referred to in paragraph (4) which the Federal Housing Finance Board" for "$1,000,000,000 which the Board".
Pub. L. 101–73, §512(2), substituted "by the Federal Housing Finance Board" for "by the Board".
Subsec. (d)(5)(A), (B). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(1), which directed the amendment of this section by substituting "Savings Association Insurance Fund member" for "insured institution" wherever appearing, was executed by substituting "Savings Association Insurance Fund members" for "insured institutions", as the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (d)(6)(A). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(2), substituted "Federal Housing Finance Board" for "Board" in introductory provisions and in cls. (i) and (ii).
Subsec. (d)(6)(A)(iii). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(7), struck out "available for dividends" after "use of net earnings".
Subsec. (d)(6)(B), (C). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(2), substituted "Federal Housing Finance Board" for "Board".
Subsec. (d)(6)(D). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(8), struck out "available for dividends" after "net earnings".
Subsec. (d)(6)(E). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(9), struck out "available for dividends" after "Of the net earnings".
Pub. L. 101–73, §512(2), substituted "Federal Housing Finance Board" for "Board".
Subsec. (d)(6)(F). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(10), struck out subpar. (F) which defined "net earnings available for dividends".
Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(2), substituted "Federal Housing Finance Board" for "Board".
Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(12)(A), redesignated par. (3) as (2) and struck out former par. (2) which set an annual limit on net new borrowing by the Financing Corporation.
Pub. L. 101–73, §512(11), which directed amendment of par. (2)(A), was executed, as the probable intent of Congress, to the introductory text of par. (2), to par. (2)(A), and to par. (2)(B), as follows: striking out "used to" after "issued by the Financing Corporation" in the introductory text, inserting "used to" before "purchase" and inserting "prior to August 9, 1989, and thereafter transferred to the FSLIC Resolution Fund" before "; or" in subpar. (A), and by inserting "used to" before "refund" in subpar. (B).
Pub. L. 101–73, §512(2), substituted "Federal Housing Finance Board" for "Board".
Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(12)(A), redesignated par. (4) as (3). Former par. (3) redesignated (2).
Subsec. (e)(4). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(2), (12)(A), redesignated par. (5) as (4) and substituted "Federal Housing Finance Board" for "Board". Former par. (4) redesignated (3).
Subsec. (e)(5). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(12)(A), redesignated par. (6) as (5). Former par. (5) redesignated (4).
Subsec. (e)(6). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(12), redesignated par. (7) as (6) and substituted "FSLIC Resolution Fund" for "Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation". Former par. (6) redesignated (5).
Subsec. (e)(7), (8). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(12)(A), redesignated pars. (8) and (9) as (7) and (8), respectively. Former par. (7) redesignated (6).
Subsec. (e)(9), (10). Pub. L. 101–73, §§512(2), (12)(A), 701(b)(2), redesignated par. (10) as (9) and substituted "Chairperson" for "Chairman" and "Federal Housing Finance Board" for "Board". Former par. (9) redesignated (8).
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(13), amended subsec. (f) generally, substituting provisions enumerating various sources from which Financing Corporation shall obtain funds for anticipated interest payments, issuance costs, and custodial fees on obligations issued from preenactment assessments, new assessment authority, and receivership proceeds, for former provisions which had outlined assessment authority of Financing Corporation, setting up supplementary assessment authority, setting limits on total amount assessed, and providing for termination assessments.
Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(14), inserted reference to before August 9, 1989, and after August 9, 1989, in capital certificates issued by the FSLIC Resolution Fund.
Pub. L. 101–73, §512(2), substituted "Federal Housing Finance Board" for "Board".
Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(15), inserted at end "For purposes of the foregoing, the Financing Corporation shall be deemed to hold noninterest bearing instruments that it lends temporarily to primary United States Treasury dealers in order to enhance market liquidity and facilitate deliveries, provided that United States Treasury securities of equal or greater value have been delivered as collateral."
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 101–73, §713, redesignated subsec. (j) as (i) and struck out former subsec. (i) which related to Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation Industry Advisory Committee.
Subsec. (i)(1)(A). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(16), added subpar. (A) and struck out former subpar. (A) which read as follows: "the date by which all stock purchased by the Financing Corporation in the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation has been retired; or".
Subsec. (i)(2). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(2), substituted "Federal Housing Finance Board" for "Board" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 101–73, §713, redesignated subsec. (k) as (j). Former subsec. (j) redesignated (i).
Pub. L. 101–73, §512(2), substituted "Federal Housing Finance Board" for "Board".
Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 101–73, §713, redesignated subsec. (l) as (k). Former subsec. (k) redesignated (j).
Subsec. (k)(1). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(17)(A), substituted definition of "Savings Association Insurance Fund member" for definition of "insured institution".
Subsec. (k)(2). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(17)(B), redesignated par. (3) as (2) and struck out former par. (2) which defined "insured member".
Subsec. (k)(3), (4). Pub. L. 101–73, §512(10), (17)(B), added par. (4) and redesignated pars. (3) and (4) as (2) and (3), respectively.
Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 101–73, §713, redesignated subsec. (l) as (k).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2006 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 109–173 effective Mar. 31, 2006, see section 9(j) of Pub. L. 109–173, set out as a note under section 24 of this title.
Effective and Termination Dates of 1996 Amendment
Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2703(c), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–485, provided that:
"(1)
"(2)
"(A) December 31, 1999; or
"(B) the date as of which the last savings association ceases to exist."
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Pub. L. 102–550, title XVI, §1618, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4097, provided that: "Except as otherwise provided by a specific provision of this subtitle [subtitle B (§§1611–1618) of title XVI of Pub. L. 102–550, amending this section, sections 1441a, 1441b, 1821, 3345, and 3348 of this title and provisions set out as a note under section 1441a of this title], the amendments made by this subtitle to the Resolution Trust Corporation Refinancing, Restructuring, and Improvement Act of 1991 [Pub. L. 102–233; see Short Title of 1991 Amendment note set out under section 1421 of this title] and the Federal Home Loan Bank Act [12 U.S.C. 1421 et seq.] shall take effect as if such amendments had been included in the Resolution Trust Corporation Refinancing, Restructuring, and Improvement Act of 1991 [Pub. L. 102–233] as of the date of the enactment of such Act [Dec. 12, 1991]."
Effective Date of 1991 Amendment
Pub. L. 102–233, title III, §318, Dec. 12, 1991, 105 Stat. 1773, provided that: "The effective date of the Resolution Trust Corporation Thrift Depositor Protection Reform Act of 1991 [title III of Pub. L. 102–233, amending this section, sections 1441a, 1441b, 1786, 1818, 1821, 1833b, and 1833e of this title, sections 5313 and 5314 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and section 11 of the Inspector General Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95–452, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1441a of this title, and amending provisions set out as notes under sections 1437 and 1441a of this title] shall be February 1, 1992."
Transfer of Functions
Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation abolished and functions transferred, see sections 401 to 406 of Pub. L. 101–73, set out as a note under section 1437 of this title.
Abolition of Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board
Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board abolished, see section 14(a)–(d) of Pub. L. 105–216, formerly set out as a note under section 1441a of this title.
Prohibition on Deposit Shifting
Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2703(d), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–486, provided that:
"(1)
"(2)
"(3)
"(A) is undertaken in the ordinary course of business of such depository institution; and
"(B) is not directed towards the depositors of an insured depository institution affiliate (as defined in section 2(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 [12 U.S.C. 1841(k)]) of such depository institution."
State Cooperative Banks Deemed Insured Institutions Under Subsection (f)(4)(F)
Pub. L. 100–202, §101(f) [title III, §301], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–187, 1329-211, provided that any cooperative bank established under the law of any State which was directed by the State banking authority to obtain Federal deposit insurance between Jan. 1, 1985, and Jan. 1, 1987, would be deemed to be an insured institution described in 12 U.S.C. 1441(f)(4)(F).
Sunset and Savings Provision
Pub. L. 100–86, title IV, §416, Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 623, provided that:
"(a)
"(1) Paragraphs (2), (3), and (5) of—
"(A) section 9(a) of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933 [12 U.S.C. 1467(a)(2), (3), (5)]; and
"(B) section 415(a) of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1730h(a)(2), (3), (5)],
(as added by subsections (a) and (b), respectively, of section 402 of this title).
"(2) Section 10 of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933 [12 U.S.C. 1467a] and section 416 of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1730i] (as added by subsections (a) and (b), respectively, of section 404 of this title).
"(3) Paragraph (6) of section 406(f) of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1729(f)(6)] (as added by section 405 of this title).
"(4) Section 22A of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act [12 U.S.C. 1442a] (as added by section 407(d) of this title).
"(5) Section 411 of this title [12 U.S.C. 1437 note].
"(b)
"(c)
2 So in original. See 2008 Amendment note below.
3 See 2008 Amendment note below.
4 See References in Text note below.
5 So in original. Probably should be followed by a period.
§1441a. Repealed. Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §364(b), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1555
Section, act July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §21A, as added Pub. L. 101–73, title V, §501(a), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 363; amended Pub. L. 101–625, title VIII, §804(d), title IX, §914(c), Nov. 28, 1990, 104 Stat. 4323, 4395; Pub. L. 101–647, title XXV, §§2526(c), 2540, Nov. 29, 1990, 104 Stat. 4876, 4885; Pub. L. 102–18, title I, §§101, 102(a), 103(a), 104, 105, title II, §§201, 202, title III, §301, title IV, §401, Mar. 23, 1991, 105 Stat. 58, 60-63, 65; Pub. L. 102–139, title V, §523(a), Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 781; Pub. L. 102–233, title I, §§101, 103, 105, 106(a)–(e)(1), title II, §201, title III, §§302(b), (c), 303–312, 314, 316, title IV, §§401, 402(a), 403–405, title V, §501, title VI, §§601–611, 613–617, Dec. 12, 1991, 105 Stat. 1761–1765, 1767-1770, 1772-1774, 1776-1789; Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §141(a)(3), title II, §251(c)(1), title IV, §471, Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2276, 2333, 2385; Pub. L. 102–378, §5(e), Oct. 2, 1992, 106 Stat. 1358; Pub. L. 102–550, title V, §§503(c)(3), 509(i), title XVI, §§1611(a), (d)(1)–(3), 1612, 1613(a)(1)–(6), (8), (b)–(h), 1614(a)(1)–(5), (7), (b), 1615(a)(2), 1616, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3780, 3783, 4090-4096; Pub. L. 103–204, §§2–3(b), 4(a), 5(a), (b)(2), 7, 12, 14(a)(1), (c)(2), (d)(1), (e)(1), (f)(1), 15(a), 16(a), 17(a), 21(b), 24, 27(a), 29–31, 36, Dec. 17, 1993, 107 Stat. 2370–2380, 2382, 2383, 2390, 2391, 2395-2400, 2406, 2408, 2410-2413, 2415; Pub. L. 103–211, title IV, §406, Feb. 12, 1994, 108 Stat. 41; Pub. L. 103–325, title VI, §602(b), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2291; Pub. L. 103–328, title II, §201(b), Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2368; Pub. L. 104–66, title II, §2231, Dec. 21, 1995, 109 Stat. 733; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2704(d)(11)(B)–(D), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–489; Pub. L. 105–135, title VI, §604(b), Dec. 2, 1997, 111 Stat. 2633; Pub. L. 106–400, §2, Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1675; Pub. L. 108–271, §8(b), July 7, 2004, 118 Stat. 814; Pub. L. 109–171, title II, §2102(b), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 9; Pub. L. 109–173, §9(d)(3)–(6), Feb. 15, 2006, 119 Stat. 3616, 3617; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1204(8), (12), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786, related to establishment of Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board and Resolution Trust Corporation.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Pub. L. 102–233, title III, §302(a), Dec. 12, 1991, 105 Stat. 1767, redesignated the Oversight Board, as established by former subsec. (a)(1) of this section, as the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board.
Effective Date of Repeal
Repeal effective on the transfer date, see section 351 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as an Effective Date of 2010 Amendment note under section 906 of Title 2, The Congress.
Savings Provision
Pub. L. 102–233, title III, §317, Dec. 12, 1991, 105 Stat. 1773, provided that the rights and duties, actions and proceedings, and orders and regulations that had attached to the Oversight Board as of Feb. 1, 1992, would not be affected by title III of Pub. L. 102–233 and that the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board would assume the role of the Oversight Board where applicable.
Abolition of Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board
Pub. L. 105–216, §14(a)–(d), July 29, 1998, 112 Stat. 908–910, abolished the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board established under former section 1441a of this title, effective at the end of the 3-month period beginning July 29, 1998, provided that, effective July 29, 1998, the Chairperson of the Oversight Board (or the designee of the Chairperson) may exercise on behalf of the Oversight Board any power of the Oversight Board necessary to settle and conclude the affairs of the Oversight Board, included savings provisions, and transferred authority and duties of the Oversight Board under former section 1441a(a)(6)(I) and section 1441b of this title to the Secretary of the Treasury (or the designee of the Secretary).
FDIC–RTC Transition Task Force
Pub. L. 103–204, §6, Dec. 17, 1993, 107 Stat. 2382, required the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the Resolution Trust Corporation (RTC) to establish an interagency transition task force to facilitate the transfer of the assets, personnel, and operations of the RTC to the FDIC or the FSLIC Resolution Fund, as the case may be, in a coordinated manner; prescribed the composition, appointment, and duties of the task force; required the task force to submit certain reports to certain congressional committees; and required the FDIC to submit a follow up report to certain congressional committees.
§1441a–1. Definitions
For purposes of section 1441a–2 of this title:
(1) State housing finance authority
The term "State housing finance authority" means any public agency, authority, or corporation which—
(A) serves as an instrumentality of any State or any political subdivision of any State; and
(B) functions as a source of residential mortgage loan financing in that State.
(2) Nonprofit entity
The term "nonprofit entity" means any not-for-profit corporation chartered under State law that is exempt from Federal taxation under section 501(c) of title 26 and no part of the net earnings of which inures to the benefit of any member, founder, contributor, or individual (including any nonprofit entity established by the corporation established under title IX of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 [42 U.S.C. 3931 et seq.]).
(3) Mortgage-related assets
The term "mortgage-related assets" means—
(A) residential mortgage loans secured by 1- to 4-family or multifamily dwellings; and
(B) real property improved with 1- to 4-family or multifamily residential dwellings,
which are located within the jurisdiction of the applicable State housing finance authority or within the geographical area served by the nonprofit entity.
(4) Net income
The term "net income" means income after deduction of all associated expenses calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
(Pub. L. 101–73, title XIII, §1301, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 547.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, referred to in par. (2), is Pub. L. 90–448, Aug. 1, 1968, 82 Stat. 476. Title IX of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 is classified principally to chapter 49 (§3931 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1968 Amendment note set out under section 1701 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, and not as part of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act which comprises this chapter.
§1441a–2. Authorization for State housing finance agencies and nonprofit entities to purchase mortgage-related assets
(a) Authorization
Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, a State housing finance authority or nonprofit entity may purchase mortgage-related assets from the Resolution Trust Corporation or from financial institutions with respect to which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is acting as a conservator or receiver (including assets associated with any trust business), and any contract for such purchase shall be effective in accordance with its terms without any further approval, assignment, or consent with respect to that contract.
(b) Investment requirement
Any State housing finance authority or nonprofit entity which purchases mortgage-related assets pursuant to subsection (a) shall invest any net income attributable to the ownership of those assets in financing, refinancing, or rehabilitating low- and moderate-income housing within the jurisdiction of the State housing finance authority or within the geographical area served by the nonprofit entity.
(Pub. L. 101–73, title XIII, §1302, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 548.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, and not as part of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act which comprises this chapter.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Definitions
The definitions in section 1441a–1 of this title apply to this section.
§1441a–3. RTC and FDIC properties
(a) Reports
(1) Submission
The Resolution Trust Corporation and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation shall each submit to the Congress for each year a report identifying and describing any property that is covered property of the corporation concerned as of September 30 of such year. The report shall be submitted on or before March 30 of the following year.
(2) Consultation
In preparing the reports required under this subsection, each corporation concerned may consult with the Secretary of the Interior for purposes of identifying the properties described in paragraph (1).
(b) Limitation on transfer
(1) Notice
The Resolution Trust Corporation and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may not sell or otherwise transfer any covered property unless the corporation concerned causes to be published in the Federal Register a notice of the availability of the property for purchase or other transfer that identifies the property and describes the location, characteristics, and size of the property.
(2) Expression of serious interest
During the 90-day period beginning on the date that notice under paragraph (1) concerning a covered property is first published, any governmental agency or qualified organization may submit to the corporation concerned a written notice of serious interest for the purchase or other transfer of a particular covered property for which notice has been published. The notice of serious interest shall be in such form and include such information as the corporation concerned may prescribe.
(3) Prohibition of transfer
During the period under paragraph (2), a corporation concerned may not sell or otherwise transfer any covered property for which notice has been published under paragraph (1). Upon the expiration of such period, the corporation concerned may sell or otherwise transfer any covered property for which notice under paragraph (1) has been published if a notice of serious interest under paragraph (2) concerning the property has not been timely submitted.
(4) Offers and permitted transfer
If a notice of serious interest in a covered property is timely submitted pursuant to paragraph (2), the corporation concerned may not sell or otherwise transfer such covered property during the 90-day period beginning upon the expiration of the period under paragraph (2) except to a governmental agency or qualified organization for use primarily for wildlife refuge, sanctuary, open space, recreational, historical, cultural, or natural resource conservation purposes, unless all notices of serious interest under paragraph (2) have been withdrawn.
(c) Definitions
For purposes of this section:
(1) Corporation concerned
The term "corporation concerned" means—
(A) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, with respect to matters relating to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; and
(B) the Resolution Trust Corporation, with respect to matters relating to the Resolution Trust Corporation.
(2) Covered property
The term "covered property" means any property—
(A) to which—
(i) the Resolution Trust Corporation has acquired title in its corporate or receivership capacity; or
(ii) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has acquired title in its corporate capacity or which was acquired by the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity; and
(B) that—
(i) is located within the John H. Chafee Coastal Barrier Resources System; or
(ii) is undeveloped, greater than 50 acres in size, and adjacent to or contiguous with any lands managed by a governmental agency primarily for wildlife refuge, sanctuary, open space, recreational, historical, cultural, or natural resource conservation purposes.
(3) Governmental agency
The term "governmental agency" means any agency or entity of the Federal Government or a State or local government.
(4) Undeveloped
The term "undeveloped" means—
(A) containing few manmade structures and having geomorphic and ecological processes that are not significantly impeded by any such structures or human activity; and
(B) having natural, cultural, recreational, or scientific value of special significance.
(Pub. L. 101–591, §10, Nov. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 2939; Pub. L. 106–167, §3(c)(5), Dec. 9, 1999, 113 Stat. 1804.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Coastal Barrier Improvement Act of 1990, and not as part of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act which comprises this chapter.
Amendments
1999—Subsec. (c)(2)(B)(i). Pub. L. 106–167 substituted "John H. Chafee Coastal Barrier Resources System" for "Coastal Barrier Resources System".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Termination of Reporting Requirements
For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of provisions in subsec. (a)(1) of this section requiring submittal of an annual report to Congress, see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and pages 168 and 190 of House Document No. 103–7.
§1441b. Resolution Funding Corporation established
(a) Purpose
The purpose of the Resolution Funding Corporation is to provide funds to the Resolution Trust Corporation to enable the Resolution Trust Corporation to carry out the provisions of this chapter.
(b) Establishment
There is established a corporation to be known as the Resolution Funding Corporation.
(c) Management of Funding Corporation
(1) Directorate
The Funding Corporation shall be under the management of a Directorate composed of 3 members as follows:
(A) The director of the Office of Finance of the Federal Home Loan Banks (or the head of any successor office).
(B) 2 members selected by the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board from among the presidents of the Federal Home Loan Banks.
(2) Terms
Of the 2 members appointed under paragraph (1)(B), 1 shall be appointed for an initial term of 2 years and 1 shall be appointed for an initial term of 3 years. Thereafter, such members shall be appointed for a term of 3 years.
(3) Vacancy
If any member leaves the office in which such member was serving when appointed to the Directorate—
(A) such member's service on the Directorate shall terminate on the date such member leaves such office; and
(B) the successor to the office of such member shall serve the remainder of such member's term.
(4) Equal representation of banks
No president of a Federal Home Loan Bank may be appointed to serve an additional term on the Directorate until such time as the presidents of each of the other Federal Home Loan Banks have served as many terms as the president of such bank.
(5) Chairperson
The Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board shall select the chairperson of the Directorate from among the 3 members of the Directorate.
(6) Staff
(A) No paid employees
The Funding Corporation shall have no paid employees.
(B) Powers
The Directorate may, with the approval of the Director authorize the officers, employees, or agents of the Federal Home Loan Banks to act for and on behalf of the Funding Corporation in such manner as may be necessary to carry out the functions of the Funding Corporation.
(7) Administrative expenses
(A) In general
All administrative expenses of the Funding Corporation, including custodian fees, shall be paid by the Federal Home Loan Banks.
(B) Pro rata distribution
The amount each Federal Home Loan Bank shall pay under subparagraph (A) shall be determined by the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board by multiplying the total administrative expenses for any period by the percentage arrived at by dividing—
(i) the aggregate amount the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board required such bank to invest in the Funding Corporation (as of the time of such determination) under paragraphs (4) and (5) of subsection (e) (computed without regard to paragraphs (3) or (6) of such subsection); by
(ii) the aggregate amount the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board required all Federal Home Loan Banks to invest (as of the time of such determination) under such paragraphs.
(8) Regulation by Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board
The Directorate of the Funding Corporation shall be subject to such regulations, orders, and directions as the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board may prescribe.
(9) No compensation from Funding Corporation
Members of the Directorate of the Funding Corporation shall receive no pay, allowance, or benefit from the Funding Corporation for serving on the Directorate.
(d) Powers of Funding Corporation
The Funding Corporation shall have only the powers described in paragraphs (1) through (9), subject to the other provisions of this section and such regulations, orders, and directions as the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board may prescribe:
(1) Issue stock
To issue nonvoting capital stock to the Federal Home Loan Banks.
(2) Purchase capital stock; transfer amounts
To purchase capital certificates issued by the Resolution Trust Corporation under section 1441a of this title, and to transfer amounts to the Resolution Trust Corporation pursuant to subsection (e)(8) of this section.
(3) Issue obligations
To issue debentures, bonds, or other obligations, and to borrow, to give security for any amount borrowed, and to pay interest on (and any redemption premium with respect to) any such obligation or amount.
(4) Impose assessments
To impose assessments in accordance with subsection (e)(7).
(5) Corporate seal
To adopt, alter, and use a corporate seal.
(6) Succession
To have succession until dissolved.
(7) Contracts
To enter into contracts.
(8) Authority to sue
To sue and be sued in its corporate capacity, and to complain and defend in any action brought by or against the Funding Corporation in any State or Federal court of competent jurisdiction.
(9) Incidental powers
To exercise such incidental powers not inconsistent with the provisions of this section and section 1441a of this title as are necessary and appropriate to carry out the provisions of this section.
(e) Capitalization of Funding Corporation, etc.
(1) In general
(A) Amount required
The Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board shall ensure that the aggregate of the amounts obtained under this subsection shall be sufficient so that—
(i) the Funding Corporation may transfer the amounts required under paragraph (8); and
(ii) the total of the face amounts (the amount of principal payable at maturity) of noninterest bearing instruments in the Funding Corporation Principal Fund are equal to the aggregate amount of principal on the obligations of the Funding Corporation.
(B) Purchases of stock by Federal Home Loan Banks
Each Federal Home Loan Bank shall purchase stock in the Funding Corporation at times and in amounts prescribed by the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board.
(2) Par value; transferability
Each share of stock issued by the Funding Corporation to a Federal Home Loan Bank shall have a par value in an amount determined by the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board and shall be transferable at not less than par value only among the Federal Home Loan Banks in the manner and to the extent prescribed by the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board.
(3) Maximum investment amount limitation for each Federal Home Loan Bank
The cumulative amount of funds invested in nonvoting capital stock of the Funding Corporation by each Federal Home Loan Bank under paragraph (1) shall not at any time exceed the sum of the amounts calculated under subparagraphs (A) and (B), as adjusted in subparagraph (C), as follows:
(A) Reserves and undivided profits on December 31, 1988
The sum on December 31, 1988, of—
(i) the reserves maintained by such Bank pursuant to the reserve requirement contained in the first 2 sentences of section 1436 of this title (as in effect on December 31, 1988); and
(ii) the undivided profits of such Bank, minus the amounts invested in the capital stock of the Financing Corporation pursuant to section 1441 of this title.
(B) Subsequent additions to reserves and undivided profits
The amount, calculated until the date on which the Funding Corporation Principal Fund is fully funded, equal to—
(i) the sum of—
(I) the amounts added to reserves by such Bank after December 31, 1988, pursuant to the reserve requirement contained in the first 2 sentences of section 1436 of this title (as in effect on December 31, 1988); and
(II) the quarterly additions to undivided profits of the Bank after December 31, 1988; minus
(ii) the amounts invested by such Bank in the capital stock of the Financing Corporation after December 31, 1988, pursuant to the requirement contained in section 1441 of this title.
(C) Annual adjustment
The amounts in subparagraph (B) shall be adjusted as follows:
(i) Increase in limit
If the aggregate amount for all Federal Home Loan Banks determined under subparagraph (B)(i) is less than $300,000,000 per year, the limit for each Bank shall be increased by an amount determined by the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board by multiplying the aggregate deficiency by the percentage applicable to such Bank arrived at in the manner described in paragraph (5).
(ii) Decrease in limit
If the aggregate amount for all Federal Home Loan Banks determined under subparagraph (B)(i) is more than $300,000,000 per year, the limit for each Bank shall be decreased by an amount determined by the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board by multiplying the aggregate excess by the percentage applicable to such Bank arrived at in the manner described in paragraph (5).
(4) Pro rata distribution of first $1,000,000,000 invested in Funding Corporation by Federal Home Loan Banks
Of the first $1,000,000,000 of the aggregate that the Director (pursuant to section 1441 of this title) or the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board (under this section) may require the Federal Home Loan Banks collectively to invest in the capital stock of the Financing Corporation or invest in the capital stock of the Funding Corporation, respectively, the amount which each Federal Home Loan Bank (or any successor to the Bank) shall invest shall be determined by the Director or the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board (as the case may be) by multiplying the aggregate amount of such investment by all Banks by the percentage appearing in the following table for each such Bank:
| Bank | Percentage |
|---|---|
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston | 1.8629 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of New York | 9.1006 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh | 4.2702 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta | 14.4007 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati | 8.2653 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis | 5.2863 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago | 9.6886 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines | 6.9301 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas | 8.8181 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka | 5.2706 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco | 19.9644 |
| Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle | 6.1422 |
(5) Pro rata distribution of amounts required to be invested in excess of $1,000,000,000
Of any amount which the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board may require the Federal Home Loan Banks to invest in capital stock of the Funding Corporation under this subsection in excess of the $1,000,000,000 amount referred to in paragraph (4), the amount which each Federal Home Loan Bank (or any successor to such Bank) shall invest shall be determined by the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board by multiplying the excess amount by the percentage arrived at by dividing—
(A) the sum of the total assets (as of the most recent December 31) held by all Savings Association Insurance Fund members as of the date of funding which are members of such Bank; by
(B) the sum of the total assets (as of such date) held by all Savings Association Insurance Fund members as of the date of funding which are members of a Federal Home Loan Bank.
(6) Special provisions relating to maximum amount limitations
(A) In general
If the amount of any Federal Home Loan Bank's allocation under paragraph (5) exceeds the maximum amount applicable with respect to such Bank (in this paragraph referred to as a "deficient Bank") under paragraph (3) at the time of such determination (in this paragraph referred to as the "excess amount")—
(i) the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board shall require each Federal Home Loan Bank that is not allocated an amount under paragraph (5) that exceeds its maximum under paragraph (3) (in this paragraph referred to as a "remaining Bank") to purchase stock in the Funding Corporation (in addition to the amount determined under paragraph (5) for such remaining Bank and subject to the maximum amount applicable with respect to such remaining Bank under paragraph (3) at the time of such determination) on behalf of the deficient Bank the amount determined under subparagraph (B);
(ii) the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board shall require the deficient Bank to subsequently reimburse the remaining Banks out of its net earnings (or reimbursements received from other Banks) in the manner described in subparagraphs (C) and (D); and
(iii) the requirements contained in subparagraph (D) relating to the use of net earnings shall apply to the deficient Bank until such Bank has reimbursed the remaining Banks for all of the excess amount.
(B) Allocation of excess amount among remaining Federal Home Loan Banks
(i) In general
The amount of stock each remaining Federal Home Loan Bank shall be required to purchase under subparagraph (A)(i) is the amount determined by the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board by multiplying the excess amount by the percentage arrived at by dividing—
(I) the cumulative amount of stock in the Funding Corporation purchased under this subsection by such remaining Bank at the time of such determination; by
(II) the aggregate of the cumulative amounts invested under this subsection by all remaining Banks at such time.
(ii) Reallocation
If the allocation under this subparagraph results in a remaining Bank exceeding its maximum amount under paragraph (3), such excess amount shall be reallocated to the other remaining Bank in accordance with this subparagraph.
(C) Reimbursement procedure
(i) In general
A Bank on whose behalf stock is purchased under subparagraph (A)(i) shall make payments annually from amounts, if any, in its reserve account (as described in subparagraph (D)) to each Bank that made payments on its behalf until a full reimbursement has been completed. A full reimbursement shall require repayment of the excess amounts invested by other Banks plus interest which shall accrue at a rate equal to the annual average cost of funds in the most recent year to all Federal Home Loan Banks and which shall begin to accrue 2 years after the investments under subparagraph (A)(i) are made.
(ii) Determination of amounts
The Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board shall annually determine the dollar amounts of such reimbursements by distributing the amount available for such reimbursements (at the time of such determination) from the reimbursing Bank to the Banks that made purchases on its behalf according to the shares of the reimbursing Bank's excess amount that the other Banks invested.
(D) Transfer to account for reimbursements required
(i) In general
Of the net earnings for any year of a Bank on whose behalf a purchase is made under subparagraph (A)(i) and any reimbursements received from other Banks, the amount necessary to make the reimbursements required under subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be placed in a reserve account (established in the manner prescribed by the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board), which shall be available only for such reimbursements.
(ii) Limitation
The total amount placed in such reserve account in any year by any Bank shall not exceed an amount equal to 20 percent of the net earnings of such Bank for such year.
(f) Obligations of Funding Corporation
(1) Issuance
The Funding Corporation may issue bonds, notes, debentures, and similar obligations in an aggregate amount not to exceed $30,000,000,000. No obligation may be issued under this paragraph unless, at the time of issuance, the face amounts (the amount of principal payable at maturity) of noninterest bearing instruments in the Funding Corporation Principal Fund are equal to the aggregate amount of principal on the obligations of the Funding Corporation that will be outstanding following such issuance.
(2) Interest payments
The Funding Corporation shall pay the interest due on such obligations from funds obtained for such interest payments from the following sources:
(A) Earnings on certain assets
Earnings on assets of the Funding Corporation which are not invested in the Funding Corporation Principal Fund shall be used for interest payments on outstanding debt of the Funding Corporation.
(B) Proceeds from Resolution Trust Corporation
To the extent the amounts available pursuant to subparagraph (A) are insufficient to cover the amount of interest payments, the Resolution Trust Corporation shall pay to the Funding Corporation—
(i) the liquidating dividends and payments made on claims received by the Resolution Trust Corporation from receiverships to the extent such proceeds are determined by the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board to be in excess of funds presently necessary for resolution costs; and
(ii) any proceeds from warrants and participations acquired by the Resolution Trust Corporation.
(C) Payments by Federal home loan banks
(i) In general
To the extent that the amounts available pursuant to subparagraphs (A) and (B) are insufficient to cover the amount of interest payments, each Federal home loan bank shall pay to the Funding Corporation in each calendar year, 20.0 percent of the net earnings of that Bank (after deducting expenses relating to section 1430(j) of this title and operating expenses).
(ii) Annual determination
The Director annually shall determine the extent to which the value of the aggregate amounts paid by the Federal home loan banks exceeds or falls short of the value of an annuity of $300,000,000 per year that commences on the issuance date and ends on the final scheduled maturity date of the obligations, and shall select appropriate present value factors for making such determinations, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury.
(iii) Payment term alterations
The Director shall extend or shorten the term of the payment obligations of a Federal home loan bank under this subparagraph as necessary to ensure that the value of all payments made by the Banks is equivalent to the value of an annuity referred to in clause (ii).
(iv) Term beyond maturity
If the Director extends the term of payment obligations beyond the final scheduled maturity date for the obligations, each Federal home loan bank shall continue to pay 20.0 percent of its net earnings (after deducting expenses relating to section 1430(j) of this title and operating expenses) to the Treasury of the United States until the value of all such payments by the Federal home loan banks is equivalent to the value of an annuity referred to in clause (ii). In the final year in which the Federal home loan banks are required to make any payment to the Treasury under this subparagraph, if the dollar amount represented by 20.0 percent of the net earnings of the Federal home loan banks exceeds the remaining obligation of the Banks to the Treasury, the Director shall reduce the percentage pro rata to a level sufficient to pay the remaining obligation.
(v) Semiannual reports
The Director shall report semiannually to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives on the projected date for the completion of contributions required by this section.
(D) Proceeds from sale of assets
To the extent the amounts available pursuant to subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) are insufficient to cover the amount of interest payments, the FSLIC Resolution Fund shall transfer to the Funding Corporation any net proceeds from the sale of assets received from the Resolution Trust Corporation, which shall be used by the Funding Corporation to pay such interest.
(E) Treasury backup
(i) In general
To the extent the amounts available pursuant to subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (D) are insufficient to cover the amount of interest payments, the Secretary of the Treasury shall pay to the Funding Corporation the additional amount due, which shall be used by the Funding Corporation to pay such interest.
(ii) Liability of Funding Corporation
In each instance where the Secretary is required to make a payment under this subparagraph to the Funding Corporation, the amount of the payment shall become a liability of the Funding Corporation to be repaid to the Secretary upon dissolution of the Funding Corporation (to the extent the Funding Corporation may have any remaining assets).
(iii) Appropriation of funds
There are hereby appropriated to the Secretary, for fiscal year 1989 and each fiscal year thereafter, such sums as may be necessary to carry out clause (i).
(3) Principal payments
On maturity of an obligation issued under this subsection, the obligation shall be repaid by the Funding Corporation from the liquidation of noninterest bearing instruments held in the Funding Corporation Principal Fund.
(4) Proceeds to be transferred to Resolution Trust Corporation
Subject to terms and conditions approved by the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board, the proceeds (less any discount, plus any premium, net of issuance costs) of any obligation issued by the Funding Corporation shall be used to—
(A) purchase the capital certificates issued by the Resolution Trust Corporation under section 1441a of this title; or
(B) refund any previously issued obligation the proceeds of which were transferred in the manner described in subparagraph (A).
(5) Investment of United States funds in obligations
Obligations issued under this section by the Funding Corporation, at the direction of the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board shall be lawful investments, and may be accepted as security, for all fiduciary, trust, and public funds the investment or deposit of which shall be under the authority or control of the United States or any officer of the United States.
(6) Market for obligations
All persons having the power to invest in, sell, underwrite, purchase for their own accounts, accept as security, or otherwise deal in obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks shall also have the power to do so with respect to obligations of the Funding Corporation.
(7) Tax exempt status
(A) In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), obligations of the Funding Corporation shall be exempt from tax both as to principal and interest to the same extent as any obligation of a Federal Home Loan Bank is exempt from tax under section 1433 of this title.
(B) Exception
The Funding Corporation, like the Federal Home Loan Banks, shall be treated as an agency of the United States for purposes of the first sentence of section 3124(b) of title 31 (relating to determination of tax status of interest on obligations).
(8) Obligations not exempt securities
(A) In general
For purposes of the laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission, obligations of the Funding Corporation—
(i) shall not be considered to be securities issued or guaranteed by a person controlled or supervised by, or acting as an instrumentality of, the Government of the United States; and
(ii) shall not be considered to be "exempted securities" within the meaning of section 78c(a)(12)(A)(i) of title 15, except that such obligations shall be considered to be exempted securities for purposes of section 78o of title 15.
(B) Authority of Commission
Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), the Securities and Exchange Commission may, by rule or order, consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors, exempt securities issued by the Funding Corporation from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 [15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.], subject to such terms and conditions as the Commission may prescribe.
(9) Minority participation in public or negotiated offerings
The Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board and the Directorate shall ensure that minority owned or controlled commercial banks, investment banking firms, underwriters, and bond counsels throughout the United States have an opportunity to participate to a significant degree in any public or negotiated offering of obligations issued under this section.
(10) No full faith and credit of the United States
Obligations of the Funding Corporation shall not be obligations of, or guaranteed as to principal by, the Federal Home Loan Bank System, the Federal Home Loan Banks, the United States, or the Resolution Trust Corporation and the obligations shall so plainly state. The Secretary shall pay interest on such obligations as required pursuant to this subsection.
(g) Use and disposition of assets of Funding Corporation not transferred to Resolution Trust Corporation
(1) In general
Subject to regulations, restrictions, and limitations prescribed by the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board, assets of the Funding Corporation which are not required to be invested in capital certificates issued by the Resolution Trust Corporation under section 1441a of this title and are not needed for current interest payments shall be invested in direct obligations of the United States issued by the Secretary.
(2) Separate account for zero coupon instruments held to ensure payment of principal
Except as provided in subsection (e)(8), the Funding Corporation shall invest amounts received pursuant to subsection (e) in, and hold in a separate account to be known as the Funding Corporation Principal Fund, noninterest bearing instruments—
(A) which are direct obligations of the United States issued by the Secretary; and
(B) the total of the face amounts (the amount of principal payable at maturity) of which is approximately equal to the aggregate amount of principal on the obligations of the Funding Corporation.
(h) Miscellaneous provisions
(1) Treatment for certain purposes
Except as provided in subsection (f)(7)(B), the Funding Corporation shall be treated as a Federal Home Loan Bank for purposes of section 1433 of this title (to the extent such section relates to State, municipal, and local taxation) and section 1443 of this title.
(2) Federal Reserve banks as depositaries and fiscal agents
The Federal Reserve banks are authorized to act as depositaries for or fiscal agents or custodians of the Funding Corporation.
(3) Applicability of certain provisions relating to Government corporations
The Funding Corporation shall be treated, for purposes of sections 9105,1 9107, and 9108 of title 31, as a mixed-ownership Government corporation which has capital of the Government.
(4) Jurisdiction and power to remove
(A) Federal court jurisdiction
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any civil action, suit, or proceeding to which the Funding Corporation is a party shall be deemed to arise under the laws of the United States, and the United States district courts shall have original jurisdiction over such action, suit, or proceeding.
(B) Removal
The Funding Corporation may, without bond or security, remove any such action, suit, or proceeding from a State court to the United States District Court for the District of Columbia.
(i) Annual report
(1) In general
The Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board shall annually submit a full report of the operations, activities, budget, receipts, and expenditures of the Funding Corporation for the preceding 12-month period.
(2) Contents
The report required under paragraph (1) shall include—
(A) audited statements and any information necessary to make known the financial condition and operations of the Funding Corporation in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(B) the financial operating plans and forecasts (including estimates of actual and future spending, and estimates of actual and future cash obligations) of the Funding Corporation taking into account its financial commitments, guarantees, and other contingent liabilities; and
(C) the results of the annual audit of the financial transactions of the Funding Corporation conducted by the Comptroller General pursuant to section 9105(a) of title 31.
(3) Submission to Congress and President
The Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board shall submit each annual report required under this subsection to the Congress and the President as soon as practicable after the end of the calendar year for which the report is made, but not later than June 30 of the year following such calendar year.
(j) Termination of Funding Corporation
(1) In general
The Funding Corporation shall be dissolved, as soon as practicable, after the maturity and full payment of all obligations issued by the Funding Corporation under this section.
(2) Authority of Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board to conclude affairs of Funding Corporation
Effective on the date of the dissolution of the Funding Corporation under paragraph (1), the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board may exercise on behalf of the Funding Corporation any power of the Funding Corporation which the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board determines to be necessary to settle and conclude the affairs of the Funding Corporation.
(k) Definitions
For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
(1) Administrative expenses
The term "administrative expenses" does not include—
(A) any interest on, or any redemption premium with respect to, any obligation of the Funding Corporation; or
(B) issuance costs.
(2) Custodian fee
The term "custodian fee" means—
(A) any fee incurred by the Funding Corporation in connection with the transfer of any security to, or the maintenance of any security in, the segregated account established under subsection (g); and
(B) any other expense incurred by the Funding Corporation in connection with the establishment or maintenance of such account.
(3) Funding Corporation
The term "Funding Corporation" means the Resolution Funding Corporation established in subsection (b).
(4) Funding Corporation Principal Fund
The term "Funding Corporation Principal Fund" means the separate account established under subsection (g)(2).
(5) Issuance costs
The term "issuance costs"—
(A) means issuance fees and commissions incurred by the Funding Corporation in connection with the issuance or servicing of any obligation of the Funding Corporation; and
(B) includes legal and accounting expenses, trustee and fiscal and paying agent charges, costs incurred in connection with preparing and printing offering materials, and advertising expenses, to the extent that any such cost or expense is incurred by the Funding Corporation in connection with issuing any obligation.
(6) Net earnings
The term "net earnings" means net earnings without reduction for chargeoffs or expenses incurred by a Federal Home Loan Bank for the purchase of capital stock of the Financing Corporation or payments relating to the Funding Corporation required by the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board under subsections (e) and (f).
(7) Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board
The term "Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board" means—
(A) the Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board of the Resolution Trust Corporation under section 1441a of this title; and
(B) after the termination of the Resolution Trust Corporation—
(i) the Secretary of the Treasury;
(ii) the Chairman of the Board 2 of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; and
(iii) the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development.
(8) Secretary
The term "Secretary" means the Secretary of the Treasury.
(9) Undivided profits
The term "undivided profits" means earnings retained after dividends have been paid minus the sum of—
(A) that portion required to be added to reserves maintained pursuant to the first 2 sentences of section 1436 of this title; and
(B) the dollar amounts held by the respective Federal Home Loan Banks in special dividend stabilization reserves on December 31, 1985, as determined by the table set forth in section 1441(d)(7) of this title.
(l) Regulations
The Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board may prescribe any regulations necessary to carry out this section.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §21B, as added Pub. L. 101–73, title V, §511(a), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 394; amended Pub. L. 102–233, title III, §302(b), Dec. 12, 1991, 105 Stat. 1767; Pub. L. 102–550, title XVI, §1613(a)(7), (9), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4092; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §2704(d)(5), (11)(E), (F), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–488, 3009-489; Pub. L. 106–102, title VI, §607(a), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1455; Pub. L. 109–171, title II, §2102(b), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 9; Pub. L. 109–173, §9(d)(7), (8), Feb. 15, 2006, 119 Stat. 3617; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §§1204(8)–(10), (12), 1213, July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786, 2791.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Securities Act of 1933, referred to in subsec. (f)(8)(B), is act May 27, 1933, ch. 38, title I, 48 Stat. 74, which is classified generally to subchapter I (§77a et seq.) of chapter 2A of Title 15, Commerce and Trade. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 77a of Title 15 and Tables.
Section 9105 of title 31, referred to in subsec. (h)(3), was amended generally by Pub. L. 101–576, title III, §305, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2853, and, as so amended, no longer contains provisions relating to mixed-ownership Government corporations having capital of the Government.
Amendments
2008—Subsecs. (c)(6)(B), (e)(4). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(12), substituted "Director" for "Federal Housing Finance Board" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (f)(2)(C)(ii) to (iv). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(8)–(10), substituted, in cls. (ii) and (iii), "The Director" for "The Board" and, in cl. (iv), "the Director" for "the Board" before "extends" and "the Director" for "the Finance Board" before "shall reduce".
Subsec. (f)(2)(C)(v). Pub. L. 110–289, §1213, added cl. (v).
Subsec. (k)(7)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(8), which directed amendment of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act (this chapter) by substituting "the Director" for "the Board" wherever appearing, was not executed to subsec. (k)(7)(B)(ii), to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
2006—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(11)(E). See 1996 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (e)(5). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(d)(7)(A), inserted "as of the date of funding" after "Savings Association Insurance Fund members" in subpars. (A) and (B).
Subsec. (e)(7), (8). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(d)(7)(B), struck out pars. (7) and (8) which related to additional sources to fund the Funding Corporation Principal Fund and a transfer of funds to the Resolution Trust Corporation in fiscal year 1989, respectively.
Subsec. (f)(2)(C)(ii)(I), (II). Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(5). See 1996 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(d)(8)(A), in introductory provisions, inserted before colon ", the following definitions shall apply".
Subsec. (k)(8) to (10). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(d)(8)(B), (C), redesignated pars. (9) and (10) as (8) and (9), respectively, and struck out heading and text of former par. (8). Text read as follows: "The term 'Savings Association Insurance Fund member' means a Savings Association Insurance member as such term is defined by section 1817(l) of this title."
Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(11)(F). See 1996 Amendment note below.
1999—Subsec. (f)(2)(C). Pub. L. 106–102 amended subpar. (C) generally, substituting present provisions for provisions requiring Federal Home Loan Banks to pay to the Funding Corporation each calendar year an amount sufficient to cover amount of interest payments made by the Corporation in that year, and provisions relating to determination of each Bank's individual share of such annual amount.
1996—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(11)(E), which directed the amendment of subsec. (e) by inserting, in par. (5), "as of the date of funding" after "Savings Association Insurance Fund members" in two places and by striking par. (7) and redesignating par. (8) as (7), was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below and 2006 Amendment note above.
Subsec. (f)(2)(C)(ii)(I), (II). Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(5), which directed the amendment of subcls. (I) and (II) by substituting "to insured depository institutions, and their successors, which were Savings Association Insurance Fund members on September 1, 1995" for "to Savings Associations Insurance Fund members", was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (k)(8) to (10). Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(11)(F), which directed the amendment of subsec. (k) by striking par. (8) and redesignating pars. (9) and (10) as (8) and (9), respectively, was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below and 2006 Amendment note above.
1992—Subsecs. (c)(8), (j)(2). Pub. L. 102–550, §1613(a)(7), inserted "Thrift Depositor Protection" before "Oversight" in headings.
Subsec. (k)(7). Pub. L. 102–550, §1613(a)(9), substituted "Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight" for "Oversight" in heading.
1991—Pub. L. 102–233 substituted "Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board" for "Oversight Board" wherever appearing in text.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2006 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 109–173 effective Mar. 31, 2006, see section 9(j) of Pub. L. 109–173, set out as a note under section 24 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective no later than the first day of the first calendar quarter that begins after the end of the 90-day period beginning Feb. 8, 2006, see section 2102(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a Merger of BIF and SAIF note under section 1821 of this title.
Effective Date of 1999 Amendment
Pub. L. 106–102, title VI, §607(b), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1456, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall become effective on January 1, 2000. Payments made by a Federal home loan bank before that effective date shall be counted toward the total obligation of that Bank under section 21B(f)(2)(C) of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act [12 U.S.C. 1441b(f)(2)(C)], as amended by this section."
Effective Date of 1996 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 104–208 effective Jan. 1, 1999, if no insured depository institution is a savings association on that date, see section 2704(c) of Pub. L. 104–208, formerly set out as a note under section 1821 of this title.
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 102–550 effective as if included in the Resolution Trust Corporation Refinancing, Restructuring, and Improvement Act of 1991, Pub. L. 102–233, as of Dec. 12, 1991, see section 1618 of Pub. L. 102–550, set out as a note under section 1441 of this title.
Effective Date of 1991 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 102–233 effective Feb. 1, 1992, see section 318 of Pub. L. 102–233, set out as a note under section 1441 of this title.
Abolition of Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board
Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board abolished, see section 14(a)–(d) of Pub. L. 105–216, formerly set out as a note under section 1441a of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
2 See 2008 Amendment note below.
§1442. Member financial information
(a) In general
In order to enable the Federal Home Loan Banks to carry out the provisions of this chapter, the Secretary of the Treasury, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Chairman of the Board 1 of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Chairperson of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Chairperson of the National Credit Union Administration, and the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, upon request by any Federal Home Loan Bank—
(1) shall make available in confidence to any Federal Home Loan Bank, such reports, records, or other information as may be available, relating to the condition of any member of any Federal Home Loan Bank or any institution with respect to which any such Bank has had or contemplates having transactions under this chapter; and
(2) may perform through their examiners or other employees or agents, for the confidential use of the Federal Home Loan Bank, examinations of institutions for which such agency is the appropriate Federal banking regulatory agency.
In addition, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Chairman of the Board 1 of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Chairperson of the National Credit Union Administration, and the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision shall make available to the Director or any Federal Home Loan Bank the financial reports filed by members of any Bank to enable the Director or a Bank to compile and publish cost of funds indices or other financial or statistical reports.
(b) Consent by members
Every member of a Federal Home Loan Bank shall, as a condition precedent thereto, be deemed—
(1) to consent to such examinations as the Bank or the Director may require for the purposes of this chapter;
(2) to agree that reports of examinations by local, State, or Federal agencies or institutions may be furnished by such authorities to the Bank or the Director upon request; and
(3) to agree to give the Bank or the Federal agency, upon request, such information as they may need to compile and publish cost of funds indices and to publish other reports or statistical summaries pertaining to the activities of Bank members.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §22, 47 Stat. 739; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §719, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 422; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1204(8), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2008—Pub. L. 110–289 substituted "the Director" for "the Board" wherever appearing, except in two places in subsec. (a). See note below.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–289, which directed amendment of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act (this chapter) by substituting "the Director" for "the Board" wherever appearing, was not executed to subsec. (a) in two places where "the Board" appeared before "of Governors of the Federal Reserve System", to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows:
"(a) In order to enable the board to carry out the provisions of this chapter, the Treasury Department, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and the Federal reserve banks are authorized, under such conditions as they may prescribe, to make available to the board in confidence for its use and the use of any Federal Home Loan Bank such reports, records, or other information as may be available, relating to the condition of institutions with respect to which any such Federal Home Loan Bank has had or contemplates having transactions under this chapter or relating to persons whose obligations are offered to or held by any Federal Home Loan Bank, and to make through their examiners or other employees, for the confidential use of the board or any Federal Home Loan Bank, examinations of such institutions.
"(b) Every institution which shall apply for advances under this chapter shall, as a condition precedent thereto, consent to such examination as the bank or the board may require for the purposes of this chapter and/or that reports of examinations by constituted authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the bank or the board upon request therefor."
1 See 2008 Amendment note below.
§1442a. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–102, title VI, §606(c), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1454
Section, act July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §22A, as added Aug. 10, 1987, Pub. L. 100–86, title IV, §407(d), 101 Stat. 617, related to informal review of certain supervisory decisions.
§1443. Forms of bank stock and obligations
Any stock, debentures, bonds, notes, or other obligations issued under the authority of this chapter may be issued in uncertificated form, utilizing a book entry method, or in certificated form under such rules, regulations, or guidelines as the Director 1 may provide.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §23, 47 Stat. 739; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §717, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 422; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1204(8), (12), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2008—Pub. L. 110–289, which directed amendment of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act (this chapter) by substituting "the Director" for "the Board" and "Director" for "Federal Housing Finance Board" wherever appearing, was executed to this section by substituting "the Director" for "the Board of Directors of the Federal Housing Finance Board", to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "In order that the Federal Home Loan Banks may be supplied with such forms of stock, debentures, and bonds as may be necessary under this chapter, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to prepare such forms thereof as shall be suitable and approved by the board, which shall be held in the Treasury subject to delivery, upon order of the board. The engraved plates, dies, and bed pieces executed in connection therewith shall remain in the custody of the Secretary of the Treasury. The board shall reimburse the Secretary of the Treasury for any expense incurred in the preparation, custody, and delivery of such stock, debentures, and bonds."
1 See 2008 Amendment note below.
§1444. Eligibility to membership in banks
(a) Any organization organized under the laws of any State and subject to inspection and regulation under the banking or similar laws of such State shall be eligible to become a member under this chapter if—
(1) it is organized solely for the purpose of supplying credit to its members;
(2) its membership (A) is confined exclusively to building and loan associations, savings and loan associations, cooperative banks, and homestead associations; or (B) is confined exclusively to savings banks; and
(3) of the institutions to which its membership is confined which are organized within the State, its membership includes a majority of such institutions.
(b) In all respects, but subject to such additional rules and regulations as the Director may provide, any such organization shall be a member for the purposes of this chapter.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §24, 47 Stat. 739; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 412; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1204(8), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2008—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–289 substituted "the Director" for "the Board".
1989—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–73 substituted "Board" for "board".
§1445. Succession of Federal Home Loan Banks
Each Federal Home Loan Bank shall have succession until dissolved by the Director under this chapter or by further act of Congress.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §25, 47 Stat. 740; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 412; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §1204(8), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2008—Pub. L. 110–289 substituted "the Director" for "the Board".
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 substituted "Board" for "board".
§1446. Liquidation or reorganization; acquisition of assets by other banks; assumption of liabilities
(a) In general
Whenever the Director finds that the efficient and economical accomplishment of the purposes of this chapter will be aided by such action, and in accordance with such rules, regulations, and orders as the Director may prescribe, any Federal Home Loan Bank may be liquidated or reorganized, and its stock paid off and retired in whole or in part in connection therewith after paying or making provision for the payment of its liabilities. In the case of any such liquidation or reorganization, any other Federal Home Loan Bank may, with the approval of the Director, acquire assets of any such liquidated or reorganized bank and assume liabilities thereof, in whole or in part. At least 30 days prior to liquidating or reorganizing any Bank under this section, the Director shall notify the Bank of its determination and the facts and circumstances upon which such determination is based. The Bank may contest that determination in a hearing before the Director, in which all issues shall be determined on the record pursuant to section 554 of title 5.
(b) Voluntary mergers authorized
(1) In general
Any Federal Home Loan Bank may, with the approval of the Director and of the boards of directors of the Banks involved, merge with another Bank.
(2) Regulations required
The Director shall promulgate regulations establishing the conditions and procedures for the consideration and approval of any voluntary merger described in paragraph (1), including the procedures for Bank member approval.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §26, 47 Stat. 740; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §701(b)(1), (3)(A), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 412; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title II, §§1204(8), 1209, 1214, July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2786, 2789, 2791.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2008—Pub. L. 110–289, §1209, designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading, and added subsec. (b).
Pub. L. 110–289, §1204(8), substituted "the Director" for "the Board" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–289, §1214, which directed insertion of "At least 30 days prior to liquidating or reorganizing any Bank under this section, the Director shall notify the Bank of its determination and the facts and circumstances upon which such determination is based. The Bank may contest that determination in a hearing before the Director, in which all issues shall be determined on the record pursuant to section 554 of title 5." at the end of this section, was executed by making the insertion at the end of subsec. (a), to reflect the probable intent of Congress and the amendment by Pub. L. 110–289, §1209. See above.
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 substituted "Board" for "board" wherever appearing.
§1447. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–102, title VI, §606(c), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1454
Section, act July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §27, as added Pub. L. 103–204, §18, Dec. 17, 1993, 107 Stat. 2401, related to Housing Opportunity Hotline program.
A prior section 1447, act July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §27, 47 Stat. 740, related to institutions authorized to subscribe for stock of banks, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §704(c), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 416.
§1448. Effect of partial invalidity of chapter
If any provision of this chapter, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, is held invalid, the remainder of the chapter, and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances, shall not be affected thereby.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §28, 47 Stat. 740.)
§1449. Reservation of right to amend or repeal chapter
The right to alter, amend, or repeal this chapter is expressly reserved.
(July 22, 1932, ch. 522, §30, 47 Stat. 741.)
CHAPTER 11A—FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION
§1451. Definitions
As used in this chapter—
(a) The term "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
(b) The term "Corporation" means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation created by this chapter.
(c) The term "law" includes any law of the United States or of any State (including any rule of law or of equity).
(d) The term "mortgage" includes such classes of liens as are commonly given or are legally effective to secure advances on, or the unpaid purchase price of, real estate under the laws of the State in which the real estate is located or a manufactured home that is personal property under the laws of the State in which the manufactured home is located together with the credit instruments, if any, secured thereby, and includes interests in mortgages.
(e) The term "organization" means any corporation, partnership, association, business trust, or business entity.
(f) The term "prescribe" means to prescribe by regulations or otherwise.
(g) The term "property" includes any property, whether real, personal, mixed, or otherwise, including without limitation on the generality of the foregoing choses in action and mortgages, and includes any interest in any of the foregoing.
(h) The term "residential mortgage" means a mortgage which (1) is a mortgage on real estate, in fee simple or under a leasehold having such term as may be prescribed by the Corporation, upon which there is located a structure or structures designed in whole or in part for residential use, or which comprises or includes one or more condominium units or dwelling units (as defined by the Corporation) and (2) has such characteristics and meets such requirements as to amount, term, repayment provisions, number of families, status as a lien on such real estate, and otherwise, as may be prescribed by the Corporation. The term "residential mortgage" also includes a loan or advance of credit insured under title I of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1702 et seq.] whose original proceeds are applied for in order to finance energy conserving improvements, or the addition of a solar energy system, to residential real estate. The term "residential mortgage" also includes a loan or advance of credit for such purposes, or purchased from any public utility carrying out activities in accordance with the requirements of title II of the National Energy Conservation Policy Act [42 U.S.C. 8211 et seq.] if the residential mortgage to be purchased is a loan or advance of credit the original proceeds of which are applied for in order to finance the purchase and installation of residential energy conservation measures (as defined in section 210(11) 1 of the National Energy Conservation Policy Act) in residential real estate, not having the benefit of such insurance and includes loans made where the lender relies for purposes of repayment primarily on the borrower's general credit standing and forecast of income, with or without other security. The term "residential mortgage" is also deemed to include a secured loan or advance of credit the proceeds of which are intended to finance the rehabilitation, renovation, modernization, refurbishment, or improvement of properties as to which the Corporation may purchase a "residential mortgage" as defined under the first sentence of this subsection. Such term shall also include other secured loans that are secured by a subordinate lien against a property as to which the Corporation may purchase a residential mortgage as defined under the first sentence of this subsection. A "secured loan or advance of credit" is one in which a security interest is taken in the rehabilitated, renovated, modernized, refurbished, or improved property. Such term shall also include a mortgage, lien, or other security interest on the stock or membership certificate issued to a tenant-stockholder or resident-member by a cooperative housing corporation, as defined in section 216 of title 26, and on the proprietary lease, occupancy agreement, or right of tenancy in the dwelling unit of the tenant-stockholder or resident-member in such cooperative housing corporation. The term "residential mortgage" also includes a loan or advance of credit secured by a mortgage or other lien on a manufactured home that is the principal residence of the borrower, without regard to whether the security property is real, personal, or mixed.
(i) The term "conventional mortgage" means a mortgage other than a mortgage as to which the Corporation has the benefit of any guaranty, insurance or other obligation by the United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.
(j) The term "security" has the meaning ascribed to it by section 77b of title 15.
(k) The term "State", whether used as a noun or otherwise, includes the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the territories and possessions of the United States.
(l) The term "mortgage insurance program" includes, in the case of a residential mortgage secured by a manufactured home, any manufactured home lending program under title I of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1702 et seq.].
(Pub. L. 91–351, title III, §302, July 24, 1970, 84 Stat. 451; Pub. L. 95–619, title II, §245, Nov. 9, 1978, 92 Stat. 3233; Pub. L. 95–630, title XVII, §1702, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3718; Pub. L. 96–153, title III, §316(c), Dec. 21, 1979, 93 Stat. 1118; Pub. L. 96–294, title V, §534(a)(2), June 30, 1980, 94 Stat. 741; Pub. L. 98–440, title II, §§202, 203(b)(1), 204, Oct. 3, 1984, 98 Stat. 1693–1695; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095; Pub. L. 102–550, title XIII, §1382(b), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4002.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The National Housing Act, referred to in subsecs. (h) and (l), is act June 27, 1934, ch. 847, 48 Stat. 1246. Title I of the National Housing Act is classified generally to subchapter I (§1702 et seq.) of chapter 13 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1701 of this title and Tables.
The National Energy Conservation Policy Act, referred to in subsec. (h), is Pub. L. 95–619, Nov. 9, 1978, 92 Stat. 3208. Title II of the Act is classified principally to subchapter II (§8211 et seq.) of chapter 91 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. Section 210 of the Act (42 U.S.C. 8211) was omitted from the Code pursuant to section 8229 of Title 42 which terminated authority under that section June 30, 1989. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 8201 of Title 42 and Tables.
Amendments
1992—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 102–550 substituted "purchased from any public utility carrying out activities in accordance with the requirements of title II of the National Energy Conservation Policy Act if the residential mortgage to be purchased is a loan or advance of credit the original proceeds of which are applied for in order to finance the purchase and installation of residential energy conservation measures (as defined in section 210(11) of the National Energy Conservation Policy Act) in residential real estate" for "made by a public utility and purchased by the Corporation pursuant to the first sentence of section 1454(a)(1) of this title".
1986—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted "Internal Revenue Code of 1986" for "Internal Revenue Code of 1954", which for purposes of codification was translated as "title 26" thus requiring no change in text.
1984—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 98–440, §202(a), inserted reference to a manufactured home that is personal property under the laws of the State in which the manufactured home is located.
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 98–440, §203(b)(1), substituted "status as a lien" for "status as a first lien" and "Such term shall also include other secured loans that are secured by a subordinate lien against a property as to which the Corporation may purchase a residential mortgage as defined under the first sentence of this subsection" for "The maximum principal obligation of loans purchased by virtue of the preceding sentence shall not exceed the dollar limits prescribed by the Federal Home Loan Bank Board with respect to similar types of loans made by Federal savings and loan associations".
Pub. L. 98–440, §202(b), inserted provision that term "residential mortgage" also includes a loan or advance of credit secured by a mortgage or other lien on a manufactured home that is the principal residence of the borrower, without regard to whether the security property is real, personal, or mixed.
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 98–440, §204, substituted "any of its agencies or instrumentalities" for "a State or an agency or instrumentality of either".
Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 98–440, §202(c), added subsec. (l).
1980—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 96–294 inserted provision relating to loans or advances of credit made by a public utility and purchased by the Corporation pursuant to section 1454(a)(1) of this title.
1979—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 96–153 expanded definition of residential mortgage to include a mortgage, lien, or other security interest on the stock or membership certificate issued to a tenant-stockholder or resident-member by a cooperative housing corporation, and on the proprietary lease, occupancy agreement, or right of tenancy in the dwelling unit of the tenant-stockholder or resident-member in such cooperative housing corporation.
1978—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 95–630 inserted provisions expanding definition of "residential mortgage" to include a secured loan or advance of credit the proceeds of which are intended to finance the rehabilitation, renovation, modernization, refurbishment, or improvement of properties as to which the Corporation may purchase a "residential mortgage" as defined under first sentence of this subsection, provisions relating to the maximum principal obligation of loans, and provisions defining "secured loan or advance of credit".
Pub. L. 95–619 inserted provisions relating to loans or advances of credit insured under title I of the National Housing Act whose original proceeds were applied for to finance energy conserving improvements or solar energy systems and provisions relating to certain loans or advances of credit for such purposes not so insured.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1978 Amendment
Pub. L. 95–630, title XVII, §1703, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3719, provided that: "This title [amending sections 1451 and 1464 of this title] shall take effect upon enactment [Nov. 10, 1978]."
Short Title of 1981 Amendment
Pub. L. 97–110, title II, §201, Dec. 26, 1981, 95 Stat. 1514, provided that: "This title [amending sections 1454 and 1717 of this title and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1454 of this title] may be cited as the 'Mortgage Purchase Amendments of 1981'."
Short Title and Statement of Purpose
Pub. L. 91–351, title III, §301, July 24, 1970, 84 Stat. 451, as amended by Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §731(a), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 429; Pub. L. 102–550, title XIII, §1382(a), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4002, provided that:
"(a) This title [enacting this chapter] may be cited as the 'Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act'.
"(b) It is the purpose of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation—
"(1) to provide stability in the secondary market for residential mortgages;
"(2) to respond appropriately to the private capital market;
"(3) to provide ongoing assistance to the secondary market for residential mortgages (including activities relating to mortgages on housing for low- and moderate-income families involving a reasonable economic return that may be less than the return earned on other activities) by increasing the liquidity of mortgage investments and improving the distribution of investment capital available for residential mortgage financing; and
"(4) to promote access to mortgage credit throughout the Nation (including central cities, rural areas, and underserved areas) by increasing the liquidity of mortgage investments and improving the distribution of investment capital available for residential mortgage financing."
Regulations
Pub. L. 102–550, title XIII, §1383, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4008, directed the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development and the Director to issue final regulations to implement amendments by subtitle D (§§1381–1383) of title XIII of Pub. L. 102–550 not later than the expiration of the 18-month period beginning on Oct. 28, 1992, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title I, §1161(a)(4), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2779.
1 See References in Text note below.
§1452. Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
(a) Creation; Board of Directors; policies; principal office; membership; term; vacancies
(1) There is hereby created the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, which shall be a body corporate under the direction of a Board of Directors. Within the limitations of law and regulation, the Board of Directors shall determine the general policies that govern the operations of the Corporation. The principal office of the Corporation shall be in the District of Columbia or at any other place determined by the Corporation.
(2)(A) The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall consist of 13 persons, or such other number as the Director determines appropriate, who shall be elected annually by the voting common stockholders. Except to the extent action under section 4636a of this title temporarily results in a lesser number, the Board of Directors shall at all times have as members at least 1 person from the homebuilding industry, at least 1 person from the mortgage lending industry, at least 1 person from the real estate industry, and at least 1 person from an organization that has represented consumer or community interests for not less than 2 years or 1 person who has demonstrated a career commitment to the provision of housing for low-income households.
(B) Each member of the Board of Directors shall be elected for a term ending on the date of the next annual meeting of the voting common stockholders.
(C) Any seat on the Board of Directors that becomes vacant after the annual election of the directors shall be filled by the Board of Directors, but only for the unexpired portion of the term.
(D) Any member of the Board of Directors who is a full-time officer or employee of the Federal Government shall not, as such member, receive compensation for services as such a member.
(b) Capital distributions; limitation
(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), the Corporation may make such capital distributions (as such term is defined in section 4502 of this title) as may be declared by the Board of Directors.
(2) The Corporation may not make any capital distribution that would decrease the total capital of the Corporation (as such term is defined in section 4502 of this title) to an amount less than the risk-based capital level for the Corporation established under section 4611 of this title or that would decrease the core capital of the Corporation (as such term is defined in section 4502 of this title) to an amount less than the minimum capital level for the Corporation established under section 4612 of this title, without prior written approval of the distribution by the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency.
(c) Powers of the Corporation
The Corporation shall have power (1) to adopt, alter, and use a corporate seal; (2) to have succession until dissolved by Act of Congress; (3) to make and enforce such bylaws, rules, and regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes or provisions of this chapter; (4) to make and perform contracts, agreements, and commitments; (5) to prescribe and impose fees and charges for services by the Corporation; (6) to settle, adjust, and compromise, and with or without consideration or benefit to the Corporation to release or waive in whole or in part, in advance or otherwise, any claim, demand, or right of, by, or against the Corporation; (7) to sue and be sued, complain and defend, in any State, Federal, or other court; (8) to acquire, take, hold, and own, and to deal with and dispose of any property; and (9) to determine its necessary expenditures and the manner in which the same shall be incurred, allowed, and paid, and appoint, employ, and fix and provide for the compensation and benefits of officers, employees, attorneys, and agents as the Board of Directors determines reasonable and comparable with compensation for employment in other similar businesses (including publicly held financial institutions or other major financial services companies) involving similar duties and responsibilities, except that a significant portion of potential compensation of all executive officers (as such term is defined in subsection (h)(3)) of the Corporation shall be based on the performance of the Corporation, all without regard to any other law except as may be provided by the Corporation or by laws hereafter enacted by the Congress expressly in limitation of this sentence. The Corporation, with the consent of any such department, establishment, or instrumentality, including any field services thereof, may utilize and act through any such department, establishment, or instrumentality and may avail itself of the use of information, services, facilities, and personnel thereof, and may pay compensation therefor, and all of the foregoing are hereby authorized to provide the same to the Corporation as it may request.
(d) Investment of funds; designation as depositary, custodian, or agent for Corporation of any Federal Reserve bank, Federal home loan bank, or any bank designated as depositary of public money
Funds of the Corporation may be invested in such investments as the Board of Directors may prescribe. Any Federal Reserve bank or Federal home loan bank, or any bank as to which at the time of its designation by the Corporation there is outstanding a designation by the Secretary of the Treasury as a general or other depositary of public money, may be designated by the Corporation as a depositary or custodian or as a fiscal or other agent of the Corporation, and is hereby authorized to act as such depositary, custodian, or agent. When designated for that purpose by the Secretary of the Treasury, the Corporation shall be a depositary of public money, under such regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, and may also be employed as fiscal or other agent of the United States, and it shall perform all such reasonable duties as such depositary or agent as may be required of it.
(e) Exemption from Federal, State, and local taxation; exception; applicability of other provisions
The Corporation, including its franchise, activities, capital, reserves, surplus, and income, shall be exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed by any territory, dependency, or possession of the United States or by any State, county, municipality, or local taxing authority, except that any real property of the Corporation shall be subject to State, territorial, county, municipal, or local taxation to the same extent according to its value as other real property is taxed.
(f) Actions by and against the Corporation; jurisdiction; removal of actions; attachment or execution issued against the Corporation
Notwithstanding section 1349 of title 28 or any other provision of law, (1) the Corporation shall be deemed to be an agency included in sections 1345 and 1442 of such title 28; (2) all civil actions to which the Corporation is a party shall be deemed to arise under the laws of the United States, and the district courts of the United States shall have original jurisdiction of all such actions, without regard to amount or value; and (3) any civil or other action, case or controversy in a court of a State, or in any court other than a district court of the United States, to which the Corporation is a party may at any time before the trial thereof be removed by the Corporation, without the giving of any bond or security, to the district court of the United States for the district and division embracing the place where the same is pending, or, if there is no such district court, to the district court of the United States for the district in which the principal office of the Corporation is located, by following any procedure for removal of causes in effect at the time of such removal.
(g) Mortgages, obligations, or other securities sold by Corporation deemed lawful investments for security purposes
All mortgages, obligations, or other securities which are or have been sold by the Corporation pursuant to section 1454 or section 1455 of this title shall be lawful investments, and may be accepted as security for all fiduciary, trust, and public funds, the investment or deposits of which shall be under the authority and control of the United States or any officers thereof.
(h) Report on comparability of compensation policies and financial performance of Corporation and payments earned by executive officers; prohibition on payments to terminated executive officers
(1) Not later than June 30, 1993, and annually thereafter, the Corporation shall submit a report to the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate on (A) the comparability of the compensation policies of the Corporation with the compensation policies of other similar businesses, (B) in the aggregate, the percentage of total cash compensation and payments under employee benefit plans (which shall be defined in a manner consistent with the Corporation's proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders for the preceding year) earned by executive officers of the Corporation during the preceding year that was based on the Corporation's performance, and (C) the comparability of the Corporation's financial performance with the performance of other similar businesses. The report shall include a copy of the Corporation's proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders for the preceding year.
(2) Notwithstanding the first sentence of subsection (c), after October 28, 1992, the Corporation may not enter into any agreement or contract to provide any payment of money or other thing of current or potential value in connection with the termination of employment of any executive officer of the Corporation, unless such agreement or contract is approved in advance by the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency. The Director may not approve any such agreement or contract unless the Director determines that the benefits provided under the agreement or contract are comparable to benefits under such agreements for officers of other public and private entities involved in financial services and housing interests who have comparable duties and responsibilities. For purposes of this paragraph, any renegotiation, amendment, or change after October 28, 1992, to any such agreement or contract entered into on or before October 28, 1992, shall be considered entering into an agreement or contract.
(3) For purposes of this subsection, the term "executive officer" has the meaning given the term in section 4502 of this title.
(4) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the Corporation shall not transfer, disburse, or pay compensation to any executive officer, or enter into an agreement with such executive officer, without the approval of the Director, for matters being reviewed under section 4518 of this title.
(Pub. L. 91–351, title III, §303, July 24, 1970, 84 Stat. 452; Pub. L. 96–153, title III, §316(b), Dec. 21, 1979, 93 Stat. 1118; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title I, §177(a), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 709; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §731(b)(1), (c), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 429, 431; Pub. L. 102–550, title XIII, §1382(c)(1), (d)–(h), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4002–4004; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title I, §§1113(b)(2), 1153(b)(3), 1161(c)(1), 1162(b)(1), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2678, 2775, 2780, 2781.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2008—Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 110–289, §1162(b)(1)(A), substituted "13 persons, or such other number as the Director determines appropriate, who" for "18 persons, 5 of whom shall be appointed annually by the President of the United States and the remainder of whom" in first sentence and struck out "appointed by the President of the United States" after "as members" in second sentence.
Pub. L. 110–289, §1153(b)(3), substituted "Except to the extent action under section 4636a of this title temporarily results in a lesser number, the" for "The" in second sentence.
Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 110–289, §1162(b)(1)(B), struck out "such or" before "elected" and ", except that any appointed member may be removed from office by the President for good cause" before period at end.
Subsec. (a)(2)(C). Pub. L. 110–289, §1162(b)(1)(C), struck out "elective" after "Any" in second sentence and struck out first sentence which read as follows: "Any appointive seat on the Board of Directors that becomes vacant shall be filled by appointment by the President of the United States, but only for the unexpired portion of the term."
Subsecs. (b)(2), (h)(2). Pub. L. 110–289, §1161(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency" for "Director of the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight of the Department of Housing and Urban Development".
Subsec. (h)(4). Pub. L. 110–289, §1113(b)(2), added par. (4).
1992—Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 102–550, §1382(c)(1), in second sentence, struck out "and" after "mortgage lending industry," and inserted before period ", and at least 1 person from an organization that has represented consumer or community interests for not less than 2 years or 1 person who has demonstrated a career commitment to the provision of housing for low-income households".
Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 102–550, §1382(d), inserted before period at end ", except that any appointed member may be removed from office by the President for good cause".
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–550, §1382(e), amended subsec. (b) generally, substituting present provisions for provisions which outlined general regulatory authority of the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development over Corporation in such areas as mortgage purchases, dividends, examinations and audits, outstanding obligations, conversion of stock and debt obligations, residential mortgage transactions, and approval or disapproval of requests.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–550, §1382(f)(1), (g), in cl. (9) of first sentence, inserted "as the Board of Directors determines reasonable and comparable with compensation for employment in other similar businesses (including publicly held financial institutions or other major financial services companies) involving similar duties and responsibilities, except that a significant portion of potential compensation of all executive officers (as such term is defined in subsection (h)(3)) of the Corporation shall be based on the performance of the Corporation" and struck out after first sentence "Nothing in this chapter or any other law shall be construed to prevent the appointment, employment, and provision for compensation and benefits, as an officer, employee, attorney, or agent of the Corporation, of any officer, employee, attorney, or agent of any department, establishment, or corporate or other instrumentality of the Government, including any Federal home loan bank or member thereof."
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 102–550, §1382(h), struck out at end "No attachment or execution shall be issued against the Corporation or any of its property before final judgment in any State, Federal, or other court."
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 102–550, §1382(f)(2), added subsec. (h).
1989—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–73, §731(b)(1), amended subsec. (a) generally, reorganizing provisions into pars. (1) and (2), and substituting provisions setting forth general policies as governing Board, membership requirements and vacancies, for provisions setting forth status of members, liabilities, and conditions and limitations.
Subsecs. (b) to (g). Pub. L. 101–73, §731(c), added subsec. (b) and redesignated former subsecs. (b) to (f) as (c) to (g), respectively.
1984—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 98–369 struck out "by the United States," before "by any territory", substituted "possession of the United States" for "possession thereof," and struck out "The provisions of this subsection shall be applicable without regard to any other law, including without limitation on the generality of the foregoing section 3301 of title 26, except laws hereafter enacted by Congress expressly in limitation of this subsection."
1979—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 96–153 added subsec. (f).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Pub. L. 102–550, title XIII, §1382(c)(2), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4002, provided that: "The amendments made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall apply to the first annual appointment by the President of members to the Board of Directors of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation that occurs after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 28, 1992]."
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–369, effective Jan. 1, 1985, see section 177(d) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 172 of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code.
Transitional Provisions
Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title I, §1162(b)(2), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2782, provided that: "The amendments made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall not apply to any appointed position of the board of directors of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation until the expiration of the annual term for such position during which the effective date under section 1163 [set out as an Effective Date of 2008 Amendment note under section 3132 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees] occurs."
Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §731(b)(2), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 430, provided that:
"(A)
"(i)
"(ii)
"(I) the President of the Corporation; and
"(II) the persons who were (on the day before the date of the enactment of this Act) the Chairman of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development (or their designees).
"(iii)
"(B)
§1453. Capitalization of Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
(a) Common stock; issuance
The common stock of the Corporation shall consist of voting common stock, which shall be issued to such holders in the manner and amount, and subject to any limitations on concentration of ownership, as may be established by the Corporation.
(b) Par value
The voting common stock shall have such par value and other characteristics as the Corporation provides. The voting common stock shall be vested with all voting rights, each share being entitled to 1 vote. The free transferability of the voting common stock at all times to any person, firm, corporation or other entity shall not be restricted except that, as to the Corporation, it shall be transferable only on the books of the Corporation.
(Pub. L. 91–351, title III, §304, July 24, 1970, 84 Stat. 454; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §731(d)(1), (3), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 432; Pub. L. 102–550, title XIII, §1382(i), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4004.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1992—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–550, §1382(i)(2), (3)(C), redesignated par. (1) as subsec. (a), struck out provisions of par. (1)(A) which related to common stock of Corporation consisting in part of nonvoting common stock issued only to Federal home loan banks, restate provisions of par. (1)(B) as text of subsec. (a), and redesignated par. (2) as subsec. (b).
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–550, §1382(i)(1), (3), redesignated subsec. (a)(2) as (b), struck out "nonvoting common stock and the" before "voting common stock shall have such", struck out at end "Nonvoting common stock of the Corporation shall be evidenced in the manner and shall be transferable only to the extent, to the transferees, and in the manner, provided by the Corporation.", and struck out former subsec. (b) which read as follows: "The Federal home loan banks shall from time to time subscribe, at such price not less than par as the Corporation shall from time to time fix, for such amounts of nonvoting common stock as the Corporation prescribes, and such banks shall pay therefor at such time or times and in such amount or amounts as may from time to time be fixed by call of the Corporation. The amount of the payments for which such banks may be obligated under such subscriptions shall not exceed a cumulative total of $100,000,000."
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–550, §1382(i)(1), struck out subsec. (c) which read as follows: "Subscriptions of the respective Federal home loan banks to nonvoting common stock shall be allocated by the Corporation."
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 102–550, §1382(i)(1), struck out subsec. (d) which read as follows: "The Corporation may retire at any time all or any part of the nonvoting common stock of the Corporation, or may call for retirement all or any part of the nonvoting common stock of the Corporation by (1) publishing a notice of the call in the Federal Register or providing such notice in such other manner as the Corporation may determine to be appropriate, and (2) depositing with the Treasurer of the United States, for the purpose of such retirement, funds sufficient to effect such retirement. No call for the retirement of any nonvoting common stock shall be made, and no nonvoting common stock shall be retired without call, if immediately after such action, the total of the nonvoting common stock not called for retirement and of the reserves and surplus of the Corporation would be less than $100,000,000. The retirement of nonvoting common stock shall be at the par value thereof, or at the price at which such nonvoting common stock was issued if such price is greater than par value. No declaration of any dividend on nonvoting common stock of the Corporation shall be effective with respect to nonvoting common stock which at the time of such declaration is the subject of an outstanding retirement call the effective date of which has arrived."
1989—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–73, §731(d)(1), amended subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (a) read as follows: "The capital stock of the Corporation shall consist of nonvoting common stock which shall be issued only to Federal home loan banks and shall have such par value and such other characteristics as the Corporation prescribes. Stock of the Corporation shall be evidenced in such manner and shall be transferable only to such extent, to such transferees, and in such manner as the Corporation prescribes."
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–73, §731(d)(3)(A), substituted "nonvoting common stock" for "common stock".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–73, §731(d)(3)(B), substituted "nonvoting common stock" for "such stock".
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 101–73, §731(d)(3)(C), inserted "nonvoting common" before "stock" wherever appearing.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Conversion of Stock
Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §731(d)(2), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 432, provided that: "On the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 9, 1989], each share of outstanding senior participating preferred stock of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, with a par value of $2.50 per share, shall be changed into and shall become 1 share of voting common stock of the Corporation. Such voting common stock shall, with respect to the nonvoting common stock of the Corporation, retain all of the rights, priorities and privileges of the senior participating preferred stock. The transformation of the senior participating preferred stock into voting common stock under this paragraph shall be deemed to satisfy the obligation of the Corporation to redeem senior participating preferred stock for non-callable common stock."
§1454. Purchase and sale of mortgages; residential mortgages; conventional mortgages; terms and conditions of sale or other disposition; authority to enter into, perform, and carry out transactions
(a) Authority for purchase and sale; residential mortgages; conventional mortgages; terms and conditions of sale or other disposition; lending activities
(1) The Corporation is authorized to purchase, and make commitments to purchase, residential mortgages. The Corporation may hold and deal with, and sell or otherwise dispose of, pursuant to commitments or otherwise, any such mortgage or interest therein. The operations of the Corporation under this section shall be confined so far as practicable to residential mortgages which are deemed by the Corporation to be of such quality, type, and class as to meet generally the purchase standards imposed by private institutional mortgage investors. The Corporation may establish requirements, and impose charges or fees, which may be regarded as elements of pricing, for different classes of sellers or servicers, and for such purposes the Corporation is authorized to classify sellers or servicers according to type, size, location, assets, or, without limitation on the generality of the foregoing, on such other basis or bases of differentiation as the Corporation may consider necessary or appropriate to effectuate the purposes or provisions of this chapter. The Corporation may specify requirements concerning among other things, (A) minimum net worth; (B) supervisory mechanisms; (C) warranty compensation mechanisms; (D) prior approval of facilities; (E) prior origination and servicing experience with respect to different types of mortgages; (F) capital contributions and substitutes; (G) mortgage purchase volume limits; and (H) reduction of mortgage purchases during periods of borrowing. With respect to any particular type of seller, the Corporation shall not be required to make available programs involving prior approval of mortgages, optional delivery of mortgages, and purchase of other than conventional mortgages to an extent greater than the Corporation elects to make such programs available to other types of eligible sellers. Any requirements specified by the Corporation pursuant to the preceding three sentences must bear a rational relationship to the purposes or provisions of this chapter, but will not be considered discriminatory solely on the grounds of differential effects on types of eligible sellers. Insofar as is practicable, the Corporation shall make reasonable efforts to encourage participation in its programs by each type of eligible seller. Nothing in this section authorizes the Corporation to impose any charge or fee upon any mortgagee approved by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development for participation in any mortgage insurance program under the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.] solely because of such status.
(2) No conventional mortgage secured by a property comprising one- to four-family dwelling units shall be purchased under this section if the outstanding principal balance of the mortgage at the time of purchase exceeds 80 per centum of the value of the property securing the mortgage, unless (A) the seller retains a participation of not less than 10 per centum in the mortgage; (B) for such period and under such circumstances as the Corporation may require, the seller agrees to repurchase or replace the mortgage upon demand of the Corporation in the event that the mortgage is in default; or (C) that portion of the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage which is in excess of such 80 per centum is guaranteed or insured by a qualified insurer as determined by the Corporation. The Corporation shall not issue a commitment to purchase a conventional mortgage prior to the date the mortgage is originated, if such mortgage is eligible for purchase under the preceding sentence only by reason of compliance with the requirements of clause (A) of such sentence. The Corporation may purchase a conventional mortgage which was originated more than one year prior to the purchase date only if the seller is the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Resolution Trust Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration, or any other seller currently engaged in mortgage lending or investing activities. With respect to any transaction in which a seller contemporaneously sells mortgages originated more than one year old prior to the date of sale to the Corporation and receives in payment for such mortgages securities representing undivided interests only in those mortgages, the Corporation shall not impose any fee or charge upon an eligible seller which is not a member of a Federal Home Loan Bank which differs from that imposed upon an eligible seller which is such a member. The Corporation shall establish limitations governing the maximum original principal obligation of conventional mortgages that are purchased by it; in any case in which the Corporation purchases a participation interest in such a mortgage, the limitation shall be calculated with respect to the total original principal obligation of the mortgage and not merely with respect to the interest purchased by the Corporation. Such limitations shall not exceed $417,000 for a mortgage secured by a single-family residence, $533,850 for a mortgage secured by a 2-family residence, $645,300 for a mortgage secured by a 3-family residence, and $801,950 for a mortgage secured by a 4-family residence, except that such maximum limitations shall be adjusted effective January 1 of each year beginning after the effective date of the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008, subject to the limitations in this paragraph. Each adjustment shall be made by adding to each such amount (as it may have been previously adjusted) a percentage thereof equal to the percentage increase, during the most recent 12-month or 4-quarter period ending before the time of determining such annual adjustment, in the housing price index maintained by the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (pursuant to section 4542 of this title). If the change in such house price index during the most recent 12-month or 4-quarter period ending before the time of determining such annual adjustment is a decrease, then no adjustment shall be made for the next year, and the next adjustment shall take into account prior declines in the house price index, so that any adjustment shall reflect the net change in the house price index since the last adjustment. Declines in the house price index shall be accumulated and then reduce increases until subsequent increases exceed prior declines. The foregoing limitations may be increased by not to exceed 50 per centum with respect to properties located in Alaska, Guam, Hawaii, and the Virgin Islands. Such foregoing limitations shall also be increased, with respect to properties of a particular size located in any area for which 115 percent of the median house price for such size residence exceeds the foregoing limitation for such size residence, to the lesser of 150 percent of such limitation for such size residence or the amount that is equal to 115 percent of the median house price in such area for such size residence.
(3) The sale or other disposition by the Corporation of a mortgage under this section may be with or without recourse, and shall be upon such terms and conditions relating to resale, repurchase, guaranty, substitution, replacement, or otherwise as the Corporation may prescribe.
(4)(A) The Corporation is authorized to purchase, service, sell, lend on the security of, and otherwise deal in (i) residential mortgages that are secured by a subordinate lien against a one- to four-family residence that is the principal residence of the mortgagor; and (ii) residential mortgages that are secured by a subordinate lien against a property comprising five or more family dwelling units. If the Corporation shall have purchased, serviced, sold, or otherwise dealt with any other outstanding mortgage secured by the same residence, the aggregate original amount of such other mortgage and the mortgage authorized to be purchased, serviced, sold, or otherwise dealt with under this paragraph shall not exceed the applicable limitation determined under paragraph (2).
(B) The Corporation shall establish limitations governing the maximum original principal obligation of such mortgages. In any case in which the Corporation purchases a participation interest in such a mortgage, the limitation shall be calculated with respect to the total original principal obligation of such mortgage secured by a subordinate lien and not merely with respect to the interest purchased by the Corporation. Such limitations shall not exceed (i) with respect to mortgages described in subparagraph (A)(i), 50 per centum of the single-family residence mortgage limitation determined under paragraph (2); and (ii) with respect to mortgages described in subparagraph (A)(ii), the applicable limitation determined under paragraph (2).
(C) No subordinate mortgage against a one- to four-family residence shall be purchased by the Corporation if the total outstanding indebtedness secured by the property as a result of such mortgage exceeds 80 per centum of the value of such property unless (i) that portion of such total outstanding indebtedness that exceeds such 80 per centum is guaranteed or insured by a qualified insurer as determined by the Corporation; (ii) the seller retains a participation of not less than 10 per centum in the mortgage; or (iii) for such period and under such circumstances as the Corporation may require, the seller agrees to repurchase or replace the mortgage upon demand of the Corporation in the event that the mortgage is in default. The Corporation shall not issue a commitment to purchase a subordinate mortgage prior to the date the mortgage is originated, if such mortgage is eligible for purchase under the preceding sentence only by reason of compliance with the requirements of clause (iii) of such sentence.
(5) The Corporation is authorized to lend on the security of, and to make commitments to lend on the security of, any mortgage that the Corporation is authorized to purchase under this section. The volume of the Corporation's lending activities and the establishment of its loan ratios, interest rates, maturities, and charges or fees in its secondary market operations under this paragraph, shall be determined by the Corporation from time to time; and such determinations shall be consistent with the objectives that the lending activities shall be conducted on such terms as will reasonably prevent excessive use of the Corporation's facilities, and that the operations of the Corporation under this paragraph shall be within its income derived from such operations and that such operations shall be fully self-supporting. The Corporation shall not be permitted to use its lending authority under this paragraph (A) to advance funds to a mortgage seller on an interim basis, using mortgage loans as collateral, pending the sale of the mortgages in the secondary market; or (B) to originate mortgage loans. Notwithstanding any Federal, State, or other law to the contrary, the Corporation is hereby empowered, in connection with any loan under this paragraph, whether before or after any default, to provide by contract with the borrower for the settlement or extinguishment, upon default, of any redemption, equitable, legal, or other right, title, or interest of the borrower in any mortgage or mortgages that constitute the security for the loan; and with respect to any such loan, in the event of default and pursuant otherwise to the terms of the contract, the mortgages that constitute such security shall become the absolute property of the Corporation.
(b) Authority of other institutions to enter into, perform, and carry out transactions
Notwithstanding any other law, authority to enter into and to perform and carry out any transactions or matter referred to in this section is conferred on any Federal home loan bank, the Resolution Trust Corporation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration, any Federal savings and loan association, any Federal home loan bank member, and any other financial institution the deposits or accounts of which are insured by an agency of the United States to the extent that Congress has the power to confer such authority.
(c) Prior approval of Secretary for new programs
The Corporation may not implement any new program (as such term is defined in section 4502 of this title) before obtaining the approval of the Secretary under section 4542 1 of this title.
(d) Use of credit scores as condition for approval of residential mortgages
(1) Definition
In this subsection, the term "credit score" means a numerical value or a categorization created by a third party derived from a statistical tool or modeling system used by a person who makes or arranges a loan to predict the likelihood of certain credit behaviors, including default.
(2) Use of credit scores
The Corporation shall condition purchase of a residential mortgage by the Corporation under this section on the provision of a credit score for the borrower only if—
(A) the credit score is derived from any credit scoring model that has been validated and approved by the Corporation under this subsection; and
(B) the Corporation provides for the use of the credit score by all of the automated underwriting systems of the Corporation and any other procedures and systems used by the Corporation to purchase residential mortgages that use a credit score.
(3) Validation and approval process
The Corporation shall establish a validation and approval process for the use of credit score models, under which the Corporation may not validate and approve a credit score model unless the credit score model—
(A) satisfies minimum requirements of integrity, reliability, and accuracy;
(B) has a historical record of measuring and predicting default rates and other credit behaviors;
(C) is consistent with the safe and sound operation of the corporation;
(D) complies with any standards and criteria established by the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency under section 4548(1) of this title; and
(E) satisfies any other requirements, as determined by the Corporation.
(4) Replacement of credit score model
If the Corporation has validated and approved 1 or more credit score models under paragraph (3) and the Corporation validates and approves an additional credit score model, the Corporation may determine that—
(A) the additional credit score model has replaced the credit score model or credit score models previously validated and approved; and
(B) the credit score model or credit score models previously validated and approved shall no longer be considered validated and approved for the purposes of paragraph (2).
(5) Public disclosure
Upon establishing the validation and approval process required under paragraph (3), the Corporation shall make publicly available a description of the validation and approval process.
(6) Application
Not later than 30 days after the effective date of this subsection, the Corporation shall solicit applications from developers of credit scoring models for the validation and approval of those models under the process required under paragraph (3).
(7) Timeframe for determination; notice
(A) In general
The Corporation shall make a determination with respect to any application submitted under paragraph (6), and provide notice of that determination to the applicant, before a date established by the Corporation that is not later than 180 days after the date on which an application is submitted to the Corporation.
(B) Extensions
The Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency may authorize not more than 2 extensions of the date established under subparagraph (A), each of which shall not exceed 30 days, upon a written request and a showing of good cause by the Corporation.
(C) Status notice
The Corporation shall provide notice to an applicant regarding the status of an application submitted under paragraph (6) not later than 60 days after the date on which the application was submitted to the Corporation.
(D) Reasons for disapproval
If an application submitted under paragraph (6) is disapproved, the Corporation shall provide to the applicant the reasons for the disapproval not later than 30 days after a determination is made under this paragraph.
(8) Authority of Director
If the Corporation elects to use a credit score under this subsection, the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency shall require the Corporation to periodically review the validation and approval process required under paragraph (3) as the Director determines necessary to ensure that the process remains appropriate and adequate and complies with any standards and criteria established pursuant to section 4548(1) of this title.
(9) Extension
If, as of the effective date of this subsection, a credit score model has not been approved under paragraph (3), the Corporation may use a credit score model that was in use before the effective date of this subsection, if necessary to prevent substantial market disruptions, until the earlier of—
(A) the date on which a credit score model is validated and approved under paragraph (3); or
(B) the date that is 2 years after the effective date of this subsection.
(Pub. L. 91–351, title III, §305, July 24, 1970, 84 Stat. 454; Pub. L. 93–383, title VIII, §805(a), (b), Aug. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 726; Pub. L. 93–495, title I, §113, Oct. 28, 1974, 88 Stat. 1506; Pub. L. 95–128, title IV, §408(b), Oct. 12, 1977, 91 Stat. 1138; Pub. L. 95–557, title III, §321(a), (b), Oct. 31, 1978, 92 Stat. 2101; Pub. L. 96–294, title V, §534(a)(1), June 30, 1980, 94 Stat. 740; Pub. L. 96–399, title III, §313(b), Oct. 8, 1980, 94 Stat. 1644; Pub. L. 97–110, title II, §§202(a), (b)(1), 203, Dec. 26, 1981, 95 Stat. 1514, 1515; Pub. L. 98–440, title II, §§201(b), 203(b)(2), 205(b), 206(b), Oct. 3, 1984, 98 Stat. 1693–1696; Pub. L. 100–122, §2(b)(2), Sept. 30, 1987, 101 Stat. 793; Pub. L. 100–154, Nov. 5, 1987, 101 Stat. 890; Pub. L. 100–170, Nov. 17, 1987, 101 Stat. 914; Pub. L. 100–179, Dec. 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 1018; Pub. L. 100–200, Dec. 21, 1987, 101 Stat. 1327; Pub. L. 100–242, title IV, §§443(b), 445, Feb. 5, 1988, 101 Stat. 1922; Pub. L. 100–628, title X, §1068(b), Nov. 7, 1988, 102 Stat. 3726; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §731(e), (f)(2), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 433; Pub. L. 102–550, title XIII, §1382(j)–(m), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4004; Pub. L. 105–276, title II, §202(a), title V, §582(a)(14), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2483, 2644; Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §122, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–546; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title I, §1124(b)(1), (2), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2692; Pub. L. 115–174, title III, §310(b), May 24, 2018, 132 Stat. 1353.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The National Housing Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(1), is act June 27, 1934, ch. 847, 48 Stat. 1246, which is classified principally to chapter 13 (§1701 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1701 of this title and Tables.
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (a)(1), was in the original "this Act" and has been translated as reading "this title", meaning title III of Pub. L. 91–351, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
The effective date of the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), probably means the date of enactment of div. A of Pub. L. 110–289, which was approved July 30, 2008.
Section 4542 of this title, referred to in subsec. (c), was repealed and a new section 4542 was added by Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title I, §§1121(2), 1124(d), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2689, 2693. The new section 4542 does not relate to obtaining the approval of the Secretary.
The effective date of this subsection, referred to in subsec. (d)(6), (9), is 180 days after May 24, 2018, see section 310(d) of Pub. L. 115–174, set out as an Effective Date of 2018 Amendment note below.
Amendments
2018—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 115–174 added subsec. (d).
2008—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 110–289 substituted "Such limitations shall not exceed $417,000 for a mortgage secured by a single-family residence, $533,850 for a mortgage secured by a 2-family residence, $645,300 for a mortgage secured by a 3-family residence, and $801,950 for a mortgage secured by a 4-family residence, except that such maximum limitations shall be adjusted effective January 1 of each year beginning after the effective date of the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008, subject to the limitations in this paragraph. Each adjustment shall be made by adding to each such amount (as it may have been previously adjusted) a percentage thereof equal to the percentage increase, during the most recent 12-month or 4-quarter period ending before the time of determining such annual adjustment, in the housing price index maintained by the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (pursuant to section 4542 of this title). If the change in such house price index during the most recent 12-month or 4-quarter period ending before the time of determining such annual adjustment is a decrease, then no adjustment shall be made for the next year, and the next adjustment shall take into account prior declines in the house price index, so that any adjustment shall reflect the net change in the house price index since the last adjustment. Declines in the house price index shall be accumulated and then reduce increases until subsequent increases exceed prior declines." for "Such limitations shall not exceed $93,750 for a mortgage secured by a single-family residence, $120,000 for a mortgage secured by a two-family residence, $145,000 for a mortgage secured by a three-family residence, and $180,000 for a mortgage secured by a four-family residence, except that such maximum limitations shall be adjusted effective January 1 of each year beginning with 1981. Each such adjustment shall be made by adding to each such amount (as it may have been previously adjusted) a percentage thereof equal to the percentage increase during the twelve-month period ending with the previous October in the national average one-family house price in the monthly survey of all major lenders conducted by the Federal Housing Finance Board." and inserted last sentence.
1998—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 105–276, §582(a)(14), struck out penultimate sentence which read as follows: "With respect to mortgages secured by property comprising five or more family dwelling units, such limitations shall not exceed 125 per centum of the dollar amounts set forth in section 207(c)(3) of the National Housing Act, except that such limitations may be increased by the Corporation (taking into account construction costs) to not to exceed 240 per centum of such dollar amounts in any geographical area for which the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development determines under such section that cost levels require any increase in the dollar amount limitations under such section."
Pub. L. 105–276, §202(a), which directed the amendment of the first sentence of par. (2) by striking out "or" at end of cl. (B) and substituting "; or (D) the mortgage is subject to default loss protection that the Corporation determines is financially equal or superior, on an individual or pooled basis, to the protection provided by clause (C) of this sentence: Provided, That if the Director of the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight subsequently finds that such default loss protection determined by the Corporation does not provide such equal or superior protection, the Corporation shall provide such additional default loss protection for such mortgage, as approved by the Director of the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, necessary to provide such equal or superior protection." for the period at end, was repealed by Pub. L. 105–277, effective upon enactment of Pub. L. 105–276.
1992—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 102–550, §1382(j), in first sentence, substituted a period for "from any Federal home loan bank, the Resolution Trust Corporation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration, any member of a Federal home loan bank, or any other financial institution the deposits or accounts of which are insured by an agency of the United States, or from any financial institution the deposits or accounts of which are insured under the laws of any State if the total amount of time and savings deposits held in all such institutions in that State is more than 20 per centum of the total amount of such deposits in all banks, building and loan, savings and loan, and homestead associations (including cooperative banks) in that State or from any mortgagee approved by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development for participation in any mortgage insurance program under the National Housing Act or from any public utility carrying out activities in accordance with the requirements of title II of the National Energy Conservation Policy Act if the residential mortgage to be purchased is a loan or advance of credit the original proceeds of which are applied for in order to finance the purchase and installation of residential energy conservation measures (as defined in section 210(11) of the National Energy Conservation Policy Act) in residential real estate." and in second sentence, substituted a period for ", and the servicing on any such mortgage may be performed by the seller or by a financial institution qualified as a seller under the provisions of the preceding sentence, or by a mortgagee approved by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development for participation in any mortgage insurance program under the National Housing Act, with which institution or mortgagee the seller may contract."
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 102–550, §1382(k), substituted "Hawaii, and the Virgin Islands" for "and Hawaii" in last sentence.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–550, §1382(l), (m), added subsec. (c) and struck out former subsec. (c) which read as follows: "The Board of Directors may not impose any annual limitation on the maximum aggregate principal amount of mortgages purchased by the Corporation."
1989—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 101–73, §731(e)(1), (f)(2)(A), substituted "Resolution Trust Corporation" for "Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation" and inserted at end "Nothing in this section authorizes the Corporation to impose any charge or fee upon any mortgagee approved by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development for participation in any mortgage insurance program under the National Housing Act solely because of such status."
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 101–73, §731(f)(2), substituted "Resolution Trust Corporation" for "Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation" and "Federal Housing Finance Board" for "Federal Home Loan Bank Board".
Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 101–73, §731(e)(2), added par. (5).
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–73, §731(f)(2)(A), substituted "Resolution Trust Corporation" for "Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation".
1988—Subsec. (a)(4)(A)(i). Pub. L. 100–242, §443(b), struck out "through March 15, 1988," before "residential mortgages".
Subsec. (a)(4)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 100–628 struck out "until October 1, 1985," before "residential mortgages".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100–242, §445, added subsec. (c).
1987—Subsec. (a)(4)(A)(i). Pub. L. 100–200 substituted "March 15, 1988" for "December 16, 1987".
Pub. L. 100–179 substituted "December 16, 1987" for "December 2, 1987".
Pub. L. 100–170 substituted "December 2, 1987" for "November 15, 1987".
Pub. L. 100–154 substituted "November 15, 1987" for "October 31, 1987".
Pub. L. 100–122 substituted "through October 31, 1987" for "until October 1, 1987".
1984—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 98–440, §205(b), which directed insertion of "secured by a property comprising one- to four-family dwelling units" after "mortgages" where first appearing in first sentence was executed by inserting that phrase after "No conventional mortgage" as the probable intent of Congress.
Pub. L. 98–440, §201(b), substituted "The Corporation shall establish limitations governing the maximum original principal obligation of conventional mortgages that are purchased by it; in any case in which the Corporation purchases a participation interest in such a mortgage, the limitation shall be calculated with respect to the total original principal obligation of the mortgage and not merely with respect to the interest purchased by the Corporation" for "The Corporation shall establish limitations governing the maximum principal obligation of conventional mortgages purchased by it".
Pub. L. 98–440, §206(b), inserted provision that the limitations set forth in section 1713(c)(3) of this title may be increased by the Corporation (taking into account construction costs) to not to exceed 240 per centum of such dollar amounts in any geographical area for which the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development determines under such section that cost levels required any increase in the dollar amount limitations under such section.
Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 98–440, §203(b)(2), added par. (4).
1981—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 97–110, §203, added the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the National Credit Union Administration to the enumeration of agencies from which the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation is authorized to purchase residential mortgages.
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 97–110, §202(a), substituted provisions authorizing the Corporation to purchase a conventional mortgage which was originated more than one year prior to the purchase date only if the seller is the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration, or any other seller currently engaged in mortgage lending or investing activities for provisions which had authorized the Corporation to purchase a conventional mortgage which was originated more than one year prior to the purchase date only if the seller was currently engaged in mortgage lending or investing activities and if, as a result thereof, the cumulative aggregate of the principal balances of all conventional mortgages purchased by the Corporation which were originated more than one year prior to the date of purchases did not exceed 20 per centum of the cumulative aggregate of the principal balances of all conventional mortgages purchased by the Corporation.
Pub. L. 97–110, §202(b)(1), inserted provision that, with respect to any transaction in which a seller contemporaneously sells mortgages originated more than one year old prior to the date of sale to the Corporation and receives in payment for such mortgages securities representing undivided interests only in those mortgages, the Corporation shall not impose any fee or charge upon an eligible seller which is not a member of a Federal Home Loan Bank which differs from that imposed upon an eligible seller which is such a member.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–110, §203, added the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the National Credit Union Administration to the enumeration of agencies having the authority to enter into and to perform and carry out transactions and matters referred to in this section.
1980—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 96–294 inserted provisions relating to public utilities carrying out activities in accordance with the requirements of title II of the National Energy Conservation Policy Act.
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 96–399 inserted provisions setting forth limitations respecting mortgages secured by a single-family residence, etc., and struck out provisions making the limitations set forth in first proviso of first sentence of section 1464(c) of this title.
1978—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 95–557 inserted reference to any mortgagee approved by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development at end of first sentence, and inserted last five sentences relating to imposition of charges or fees for different classes of sellers or servicers, etc.
1977—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 95–128 inserted "by more than 25 per centum" after "exceed" in last sentence.
1974—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 93–495 inserted provisions relating to State insurance of deposits or accounts in financial institutions.
Pub. L. 93–383, §805(a), substituted ". The Corporation may hold" for ", and to hold" and inserted provisions relating to the servicing of any such mortgage by the seller or qualified financial institution.
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 93–383, §805(b), substituted "80" for "75" in two places and "not exceed 20" for "not exceed 10", struck out "private" before "insurer" in cl. (C), and substituted provisions relating to limitations contained in first proviso of first sentence of section 1464(c) of this title, for provisions relating to limitations applicable if the mortgage were insured by the Secretary under section 1709(b) or 1713 of this title.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2018 Amendment
Pub. L. 115–174, title III, §310(d), May 24, 2018, 132 Stat. 1355, provided that: "The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending this section and section 1717 of this title] shall take effect on the date that is 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act [May 24, 2018]."
Effective Date of 2008 Amendment
Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title I, §1124(b)(3), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2693, provided that: "The amendments made by paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection [amending this section] shall take effect upon the expiration of the date described in section 201(a) of the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008 (Public Law 110–185) [122 Stat. 619; probably means Dec. 31, 2008]."
Effective Date of 1998 Amendments
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §122, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–546, provided that the amendment made by section 122 is effective upon enactment of Pub. L. 105–276 (Oct. 21, 1998).
Amendment by title V of Pub. L. 105–276 effective and applicable beginning upon Oct. 1, 1999, except as otherwise provided, with provision that Secretary may implement amendment before such date, except to extent that such amendment provides otherwise, and with savings provision, see section 503 of Pub. L. 105–276, set out as a note under section 1437 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Effective Date of 1981 Amendment
Pub. L. 97–110, title II, §202(b)(2), Dec. 26, 1981, 95 Stat. 1514, provided that: "The amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall take effect on January 1, 1982, and shall apply to commitments entered into on or after such date."
Effective Date of 1978 Amendment
Pub. L. 95–557, title III, §321(c), Oct. 31, 1978, 92 Stat. 2102, provided: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall become effective at the end of the two hundred and ten calendar days after enactment of this Act [Oct. 31, 1978], but not before January 31, 1979, or on such earlier date as the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation may prescribe."
Savings Provision
Pub. L. 105–276, title V, §582(b), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2644, provided that: "Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Act [see Tables for classification], the repeals made by subsection (a) [amending this section and section 1717 of this title, repealing sections 1437a–1, 1437j–1, 1438, and 11903a of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending provisions set out as a note under section 1437f of Title 42, and repealing provisions set out as notes under section 1701z–6 of this title and sections 1437f, 1437g, and 1437t of Title 42] shall not affect any legally binding obligations entered into before the effective date under section 503(a) of this Act [set out as a note under section 1437 of Title 42]."
1 See References in Text note below.
§1455. Obligations and securities of the Corporation
(a) Authority to issue; terms and conditions; validity
The Corporation is authorized, upon such terms and conditions as it may prescribe, to borrow, to give security, to pay interest or other return, and to issue notes, debentures, bonds, or other obligations, or other securities, including without limitation mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association in the manner provided in section 1721(g) of this title. Any obligation or security of the Corporation shall be valid and binding notwithstanding that a person or persons purporting to have executed or attested the same may have died, become under disability, or ceased to hold office or employment before the issuance thereof.
(b) Prohibitions and restrictions; creation of liens and charges; rank and priority; causes of action to enforce; jurisdiction; service of process
The Corporation may, by regulation or by writing executed by the Corporation, establish prohibitions or restrictions upon the creation of indebtedness or obligations of the Corporation or of liens or charges upon property of the Corporation, including after-acquired property, and create liens and charges, which may be floating liens or charges, upon all or any part or parts of the property of the Corporation, including after-acquired property. Such prohibitions, restrictions, liens, and charges shall have such effect, including without limitation on the generality of the foregoing such rank and priority, as may be provided by regulations of the Corporation or by writings executed by the Corporation, and shall create causes of action which may be enforced by action in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia or in the United States district court for any judicial district in which any of the property affected is located. Process in any such action may run to and be served in any judicial district or any place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States.
(c) Purchase of obligations; funds, maximum amount of purchases, etc.
(1) The Secretary of the Treasury may purchase any obligations issued under subsection (a). For such purpose, the Secretary may use as a public debt transaction the proceeds of the sale of any securities issued under chapter 31 of title 31, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under such chapter are extended to include such purpose.
(2) The Secretary of the Treasury shall not at any time purchase any obligations under this subsection if the purchase would increase the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding holdings of obligations under this subsection by the Secretary to an amount greater than $2,250,000,000.
(3) Each purchase of obligations by the Secretary of the Treasury under this subsection shall be upon terms and conditions established to yield a rate of return determined by the Secretary to be appropriate, taking into consideration the current average rate on outstanding marketable obligations of the United States as of the last day of the month preceding the making of the purchase.
(4) The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time sell, upon terms and conditions and at prices determined by the Secretary, any of the obligations acquired by the Secretary under this subsection.
(5) All redemptions, purchases and sales by the Secretary of the Treasury of obligations under this subsection shall be treated as public debt transactions of the United States.
(d) Validity of provisions; validity of restrictions, prohibitions, liens, or charges
The provisions of this section and of any restriction, prohibition, lien, or charge referred to in subsection (b) shall be fully effective notwithstanding any other law, including without limitation on the generality of the foregoing any law of or relating to sovereign immunity or priority.
(e) Authority to purchase, hold, or invest by person, trust, or organization
(1) Any person, trust, or organization created pursuant to or existing under the laws of the United States or any State shall be authorized to purchase, hold, and invest in mortgages, obligations, or other securities which are or have been sold by the Corporation pursuant to this section or pursuant to section 1454 of this title to the same extent that such person, trust, or organization is authorized under any applicable law to purchase, hold, or invest in obligations issued by or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof. Where State law limits the purchase, holding, or investment in obligations issued by the United States by such a person, trust, or organization, such Corporation mortgages, obligations, and other securities shall be considered to be obligations issued by the United States for purposes of the limitation.
(2) The provisions of paragraph (1) shall not apply with respect to a particular person, trust, or organization or class thereof in any State which, after December 21, 1979, enacts a statute which specifically names the Corporation and either prohibits or provides for a more limited authority to purchase, hold, or invest in such securities by such person, trust, or organization or class thereof than is provided in paragraph (1). The enactment by any State of any statute of the type described in the preceding sentence shall not affect the validity of any contractual commitment to purchase, hold, or invest which was made prior thereto.
(3) Any authority granted by paragraph (1) and not granted by any other Federal statute shall expire as of the end of June 30, 1985. Such expiration shall not affect the validity of any contractual commitment to purchase, hold, or invest which was made prior thereto pursuant to paragraph (1), and shall not affect the validity of any contractual commitment or other action to purchase, hold, or invest pursuant to any other authorization.
(f) Preferred stock
The Corporation may have preferred stock on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors shall prescribe. Any preferred stock shall not be entitled to vote with respect to the election of any member of the Board of Directors.
(g) Securities exempt from regulation
All securities issued or guaranteed by the Corporation (other than securities guaranteed by the Corporation that are backed by mortgages not purchased by the Corporation) shall, to the same extent as securities that are direct obligations of or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by the United States, be deemed to be exempt securities within the meaning of the laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(h) Securities backed by mortgages not purchased by Corporation
(1) The Corporation may not guarantee mortgage-backed securities or mortgage related payment securities backed by mortgages not purchased by the Corporation.
(2) The Corporation shall insert appropriate language in all of the obligations and securities of the Corporation issued under this section and section 1454 of this title clearly indicating that such obligations and securities, together with the interest thereon, are not guaranteed by the United States and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof other than the Corporation.
(i) Prohibition on assessment or collection of fee or charge by United States
Except for fees paid pursuant to sections 1452(c) 1 and 1455(c) of this title and assessments pursuant to section 4516 of this title, no fee or charge may be assessed or collected by the United States (including any executive department, agency, or independent establishment of the United States) on or with regard to the purchase, acquisition, sale, pledge, issuance, guarantee, or redemption of any mortgage, asset, obligation, or other security by the Corporation. No provision of this subsection shall affect the purchase of any obligation by any Federal home loan bank pursuant to section 1452(a) of this title.
(j) Notes, debentures, or substantially identical types of unsecured obligations; issuance, maturities, interest rates, etc.
(1) Any notes, debentures, or substantially identical types of unsecured obligations of the Corporation evidencing money borrowed, whether general or subordinated, shall be issued upon the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury and shall have such maturities and bear such rate or rates of interest as may be determined by the Corporation with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury.
(2) Any notes, debentures, or substantially identical types of unsecured obligations of the Corporation having maturities of 1 year or less that the Corporation has issued or is issuing as of August 9, 1989, shall be deemed to have been approved by the Secretary of the Treasury as required by this subsection. Such deemed approval shall expire 365 days after August 9, 1989.
(3) Any notes, debentures, or substantially identical types of unsecured obligations of the Corporation having maturities of more than 1 year that the Corporation has issued or is issuing as of August 9, 1989, shall be deemed to have been approved by the Secretary of the Treasury as required by this subsection. Such deemed approval shall expire 60 days after August 9, 1989.
(k) Securities in form of debt obligations or trust certificates of beneficial interest; issuance, maturities, interest rates, etc.
(1) Any securities in the form of debt obligations or trust certificates of beneficial interest, or both, and based upon mortgages held and set aside by the Corporation, shall be issued upon the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury and shall have such maturities and shall bear such rate or rates of interest as may be determined by the Corporation with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury.
(2) Any securities in the form of debt obligations or trust certificates of beneficial interest, or both, and based upon mortgages held and set aside by the Corporation, that the Corporation has issued or is issuing as of August 9, 1989, shall be deemed to have been approved by the Secretary of the Treasury as required by this subsection.
(l) Temporary authority of Treasury to purchase obligations and securities; conditions
(1) Authority to purchase
(A) General authority
In addition to the authority under subsection (c) of this section, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to purchase any obligations and other securities issued by the Corporation under any section of this chapter, on such terms and conditions as the Secretary may determine and in such amounts as the Secretary may determine. Nothing in this subsection requires the Corporation to issue obligations or securities to the Secretary without mutual agreement between the Secretary and the Corporation. Nothing in this subsection permits or authorizes the Secretary, without the agreement of the Corporation, to engage in open market purchases of the common securities of the Corporation.
(B) Emergency determination required
In connection with any use of this authority, the Secretary must determine that such actions are necessary to—
(i) provide stability to the financial markets;
(ii) prevent disruptions in the availability of mortgage finance; and
(iii) protect the taxpayer.
(C) Considerations
To protect the taxpayers, the Secretary of the Treasury shall take into consideration the following in connection with exercising the authority contained in this paragraph:
(i) The need for preferences or priorities regarding payments to the Government.
(ii) Limits on maturity or disposition of obligations or securities to be purchased.
(iii) The Corporation's plan for the orderly resumption of private market funding or capital market access.
(iv) The probability of the Corporation fulfilling the terms of any such obligation or other security, including repayment.
(v) The need to maintain the Corporation's status as a private shareholder-owned company.
(vi) Restrictions on the use of Corporation resources, including limitations on the payment of dividends and executive compensation and any such other terms and conditions as appropriate for those purposes.
(D) Reports to Congress
Upon exercise of this authority, the Secretary shall report to the Committees on the Budget, Financial Services, and Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and the Committees on the Budget, Finance, and Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate as to the necessity for the purchase and the determinations made by the Secretary under subparagraph (B) and with respect to the considerations required under subparagraph (C), and the size, terms, and probability of repayment or fulfillment of other terms of such purchase.
(2) Rights; sale of obligations and securities
(A) Exercise of rights
The Secretary of the Treasury may, at any time, exercise any rights received in connection with such purchases.
(B) Sale of obligation and securities
The Secretary of the Treasury may, at any time, subject to the terms of the security or otherwise upon terms and conditions and at prices determined by the Secretary, sell any obligation or security acquired by the Secretary under this subsection.
(C) Deficit reduction
The Secretary of the Treasury shall deposit in the General Fund of the Treasury any amounts received by the Secretary from the sale of any obligation acquired by the Secretary under this subsection, where such amounts shall be—
(i) dedicated for the sole purpose of deficit reduction; and
(ii) prohibited from use as an offset for other spending increases or revenue reductions.
(D) Application of sunset to purchased obligations or securities
The authority of the Secretary of the Treasury to hold, exercise any rights received in connection with, or sell, any obligations or securities purchased is not subject to the provisions of paragraph (4).
(3) Funding
For the purpose of the authorities granted in this subsection, the Secretary of the Treasury may use the proceeds of the sale of any securities issued under chapter 31 of Title 31, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under chapter 31 of Title 31 are extended to include such purchases and the exercise of any rights in connection with such purchases. Any funds expended for the purchase of, or modifications to, obligations and securities, or the exercise of any rights received in connection with such purchases under this subsection shall be deemed appropriated at the time of such purchase, modification, or exercise.
(4) Termination of authority
The authority under this subsection (l), with the exception of paragraphs (2) and (3) of this subsection, shall expire December 31, 2009.
(5) Authority of the Director with respect to executive compensation
The Director shall have the power to approve, disapprove, or modify the executive compensation of the Corporation, as defined under Regulation S-K, 17 C.F.R. 229.
(Pub. L. 91–351, title III, §306, July 24, 1970, 84 Stat. 455; Pub. L. 96–153, title III, §316(a), Dec. 21, 1979, 93 Stat. 1118; Pub. L. 97–289, §6, Oct. 6, 1982, 96 Stat. 1232; Pub. L. 98–35, §5, May 26, 1983, 97 Stat. 198; Pub. L. 98–440, title II, §§210, 211, Oct. 3, 1984, 98 Stat. 1697; Pub. L. 100–242, title IV, §441(b), Feb. 5, 1988, 101 Stat. 1921; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §731(g)–(i), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 434; Pub. L. 102–550, title XIII, §1382(n), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4005; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title I, §§1117(b), 1161(c)(2), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2684, 2780; Pub. L. 111–203, title XIII, §1304(b), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 2134.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 1452(c) of this title, referred to in subsec. (i), was redesignated section 1452(d) of this title by Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §731(c)(1), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 431.
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (l)(1)(A), was in the original "this Act" and has been translated as reading "this title", meaning title III of Pub. L. 91–351, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Amendments
2010—Subsec. (l)(2)(C), (D). Pub. L. 111–203 added subpar. (C) and redesignated former subpar. (C) as (D).
2008—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 110–289, §1161(c)(2)(A), inserted "the" after "Secretary of".
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 110–289, §1161(c)(2)(B)(ii), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 4516 of this title.
Pub. L. 110–289, §1161(c)(2)(B)(i), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 1455(c) of this title. Amendment was given effect, notwithstanding error in directory language which directed substitution of "section 306(c)" for "section 1316(c)" in the original.
Subsec. (j)(2). Pub. L. 110–289, §1161(c)(2)(C), substituted "or substantially" for "of substantially".
Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 110–289, §1117(b), added subsec. (l).
1992—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 102–550, §1382(n)(1), designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 102–550, §1382(n)(2), substituted "sections 1452(c) and 1455(c) of this title and assessments pursuant to section 4516 of this title" for "section 1452(c) or 1455(c) of this title".
1989—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–73, §731(g), amended subsec. (c) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (c) read as follows: "The Federal home loan banks shall, to such extent as the Board of Directors may prescribe, guarantee the faithful and timely performance by the Corporation of any obligation or undertaking of the Corporation on or with respect to any security (which term as used in this sentence shall not include the capital stock referred to in section 1453 of this title)."
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 101–73, §731(h), amended subsec. (f) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (f) read as follows: "The Corporation may have preferred stock on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors shall prescribe. Any preferred stock shall not affect the status of the capital stock issued under section 1453 of this title as nonvoting common stock, and shall not be entitled to vote with respect to the election of any member of the Board of Directors. Such preferred stock, or any class thereof, may have such terms as would be required for listing of preferred stock on the New York Stock Exchange, except that this sentence does not apply to any preferred stock, or class thereof, the initial sale of which is made directly or indirectly by the Corporation exclusively to any Federal Home Loan Bank or Banks."
Subsecs. (j), (k). Pub. L. 101–73, §731(i), added subsecs. (j) and (k).
1988—Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 100–242 added subsec. (i).
1984—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 98–440, §211, inserted provisions that preferred stock shall not be entitled to vote with respect to the election of any member of the Board of Directors and that such preferred stock, or any class thereof, may have such terms as would be required for listing of preferred stock on the New York Stock Exchange, except for any preferred stock, or class thereof, the initial sale of which is made directly or indirectly by the Corporation exclusively to any Federal Home Loan Bank or Banks.
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 98–440, §210, added subsec. (h).
1983—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 98–35 added subsec. (g).
1982—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 97–289 added subsec. (f).
1979—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 96–153 added subsec. (e).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective 1 day after July 21, 2010, except as otherwise provided, see section 4 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as an Effective Date note under section 5301 of this title.
Repayment of Fees
Pub. L. 111–203, title XIII, §1304(d), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 2134, provided that: "Any periodic commitment fee or any other fee or assessment paid by the Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation to the Secretary of the Treasury as a result of any preferred stock purchase agreement, mortgage-backed security purchase program, or any other program or activity authorized or carried out pursuant to the authorities granted to the Secretary of the Treasury under section 1117 of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (Public Law 110–289; 122 Stat. 2683) [amending this section and sections 1431 and 1719 of this title], including any fee agreed to by contract between the Secretary and the Association or Corporation, shall be deposited in the General Fund of the Treasury where such amounts shall be—
"(1) dedicated for the sole purpose of deficit reduction; and
"(2) prohibited from use as an offset for other spending increases or revenue reductions."
[For definitions of terms used in section 1304(d) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out above, see section 5301 of this title.]
1 See References in Text note below.
§1456. Immunity of Corporation; audits and reporting requirements; data collection; Housing Advisory Council
(a) Rights and remedies of Corporation; State qualifications or similar statutes
All rights and remedies of the Corporation, including without limitation on the generality of the foregoing any rights and remedies of the Corporation on, under, or with respect to any mortgage or any obligation secured thereby, shall be immune from impairment, limitation, or restriction by or under (1) any law (except laws enacted by the Congress expressly in limitation of this sentence) which becomes effective after the acquisition by the Corporation of the subject or property on, under, or with respect to which such right or remedy arises or exists or would so arise or exist in the absence of such law, or (2) any administrative or other action which becomes effective after such acquisition. The Corporation is authorized to conduct its business without regard to any qualification or similar statute in any State.
(b) Government audits; procedure; access to records, etc.; reimbursement of costs
(1) The programs, activities, receipts, expenditures, and financial transactions of the Corporation shall be subject to audit by the Comptroller General of the United States under such rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Comptroller General. The representatives of the Government Accountability Office shall have access to all books, accounts, financial records, reports, files and all other papers, things, or property belonging to or in use by the Corporation and necessary to facilitate the audit, and they shall be afforded full facilities for verifying transactions with the balances or securities held by depositaries, fiscal agents, and custodians. A report on each such audit shall be made by the Comptroller General to the Congress. The Corporation shall reimburse the Government Accountability Office for the full cost of any such audit as billed therefor by the Comptroller General.
(2) To carry out this subsection, the representatives of the Government Accountability Office shall have access, upon request to the Corporation or any auditor for an audit of the Corporation under subsection (d), to any books, accounts, financial records, reports, files, or other papers, things, or property belonging to or in use by the Corporation and used in any such audit and to any papers, records, files, and reports of the auditor used in such an audit.
(c) Financial reports; submission to Director; contents
(1) The Corporation shall submit to the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency annual and quarterly reports of the financial condition and operations of the Corporation which shall be in such form, contain such information, and be submitted on such dates as the Director shall require.
(2) Each such annual report shall include—
(A) financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(B) any supplemental information or alternative presentation that the Director may require; and
(C) an assessment (as of the end of the Corporation's most recent fiscal year), signed by the chief executive officer and chief accounting or financial officer of the Corporation, of—
(i) the effectiveness of the internal control structure and procedures of the Corporation; and
(ii) the compliance of the Corporation with designated safety and soundness laws.
(3) The Corporation shall also submit to the Director any other reports required by the Director pursuant to section 1314 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 [12 U.S.C. 4514].
(4) Each report of financial condition shall contain a declaration by the president, vice president, treasurer, or any other officer designated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation to make such declaration, that the report is true and correct to the best of such officer's knowledge and belief.
(d) Independent audits of financial statements
(1) The Corporation shall have an annual independent audit made of its financial statements by an independent public accountant in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
(2) In conducting an audit under this subsection, the independent public accountant shall determine and report on whether the financial statements of the Corporation (A) are presented fairly in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and (B) to the extent determined necessary by the Director, comply with any disclosure requirements imposed under subsection (c)(2)(B).
(e) Mortgage data collection and reporting requirements
(1) The Corporation shall collect, maintain, and provide to the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency, in a form determined by the Director, data relating to its mortgages on housing consisting of 1 to 4 dwelling units. Such data shall include—
(A) the income, census tract location, race, and gender of mortgagors under such mortgages;
(B) the loan-to-value ratios of purchased mortgages at the time of origination;
(C) whether a particular mortgage purchased is newly originated or seasoned;
(D) the number of units in the housing subject to the mortgage and whether the units are owner-occupied; and
(E) any other characteristics that the Secretary considers appropriate, to the extent practicable.
(2) The Corporation shall collect, maintain, and provide to the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency, in a form determined by the Director, data relating to its mortgages on housing consisting of more than 4 dwelling units. Such data shall include—
(A) census tract location of the housing;
(B) income levels and characteristics of tenants of the housing (to the extent practicable);
(C) rent levels for units in the housing;
(D) mortgage characteristics (such as the number of units financed per mortgage and the amount of loans);
(E) mortgagor characteristics (such as nonprofit, for-profit, limited equity cooperatives);
(F) use of funds (such as new construction, rehabilitation, refinancing);
(G) type of originating institution; and
(H) any other information that the Secretary considers appropriate, to the extent practicable.
(3)(A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), this subsection shall apply only to mortgages purchased by the Corporation after December 31, 1992.
(B) This subsection shall apply to any mortgage purchased by the Corporation after the date determined under subparagraph (A) if the mortgage was originated before such date, but only to the extent that the data referred in paragraph (1) or (2), as applicable, is available to the Corporation.
(f) Report on housing activities; contents; public disclosure
(1) The Corporation shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate, and the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency a report on its activities under subpart B of part 2 of subtitle A of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 [12 U.S.C. 4561 et seq.].
(2) The report under this subsection shall—
(A) include, in aggregate form and by appropriate category, statements of the dollar volume and number of mortgages on owner-occupied and rental properties purchased which relate to each of the annual housing goals established under such subpart;
(B) include, in aggregate form and by appropriate category, statements of the number of families served by the Corporation, the income class, race, and gender of homebuyers served, the income class of tenants of rental housing (to the extent such information is available), the characteristics of the census tracts, and the geographic distribution of the housing financed;
(C) include a statement of the extent to which the mortgages purchased by the Corporation have been used in conjunction with public subsidy programs under Federal law;
(D) include statements of the proportion of mortgages on housing consisting of 1 to 4 dwelling units purchased by the Corporation that have been made to first-time homebuyers, as soon as providing such data is practicable, and identifying any special programs (or revisions to conventional practices) facilitating homeownership opportunities for first-time homebuyers;
(E) include, in aggregate form and by appropriate category, the data provided to the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency under subsection (e)(1)(B);
(F) compare the level of securitization versus portfolio activity;
(G) assess underwriting standards, business practices, repurchase requirements, pricing, fees, and procedures, that affect the purchase of mortgages for low- and moderate-income families, or that may yield disparate results based on the race of the borrower, including revisions thereto to promote affordable housing or fair lending;
(H) describe trends in both the primary and secondary multifamily housing mortgage markets, including a description of the progress made, and any factors impeding progress, toward standardization and securitization of mortgage products for multifamily housing;
(I) describe trends in the delinquency and default rates of mortgages secured by housing for low- and moderate-income families that have been purchased by the Corporation, including a comparison of such trends with delinquency and default information for mortgage products serving households with incomes above the median level that have been purchased by the Corporation, and evaluate the impact of such trends on the standards and levels of risk of mortgage products serving low- and moderate-income families;
(J) describe in the aggregate the seller and servicer network of the Corporation, including the volume of mortgages purchased from minority-owned, women-owned, and community-oriented lenders, and any efforts to facilitate relationships with such lenders;
(K) describe the activities undertaken by the Corporation with nonprofit and for-profit organizations and with State and local governments and housing finance agencies, including how the Corporation's activities support the objectives of comprehensive housing affordability strategies under section 12705 of title 42; and
(L) include any other information that the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency considers appropriate.
(3)(A) The Corporation shall make each report under this subsection available to the public at the principal and regional offices of the Corporation.
(B) Before making a report under this subsection available to the public, the Corporation may exclude from the report information that the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency has determined is proprietary information under section 1326 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 [12 U.S.C. 4546].
(g) Affordable Housing Advisory Council
(1) Not later than 4 months after October 28, 1992, the Corporation shall appoint an Affordable Housing Advisory Council to advise the Corporation regarding possible methods for promoting affordable housing for low- and moderate-income families.
(2) The Affordable Housing Advisory Council shall consist of 15 individuals, who shall include representatives of community-based and other nonprofit and for-profit organizations and State and local government agencies actively engaged in the promotion, development, or financing of housing for low- and moderate-income families.
(Pub. L. 91–351, title III, §307, July 24, 1970, 84 Stat. 456; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §731(j)(1), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 435; Pub. L. 102–550, title XIII, §1382(o)–(t), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4005–4008; Pub. L. 108–271, §8(b), July 7, 2004, 118 Stat. 814; Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title I, §1161(c)(1), (3), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2780.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, referred to in subsec. (f)(1), is title XIII of Pub. L. 102–550, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3941. Subpart B of part 2 of subtitle A of the Act is classified generally to subpart 2 (§4561 et seq.) of part B of subchapter I of chapter 46 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note under section 4501 of this title and Tables.
Amendments
2008—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 110–289, §1161(c)(1), substituted "Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency" for "Director of the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight of the Department of Housing and Urban Development".
Subsec. (e)(1), (2). Pub. L. 110–289, §1161(c)(3)(A), substituted "to the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency, in a form determined by the Director" for "to the Secretary, in a form determined by the Secretary" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 110–289, §1161(c)(3)(B)(i), substituted "and the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency" for "and the Secretary".
Subsec. (f)(2)(E), (L). Pub. L. 110–289, §1161(c)(3)(B)(ii), substituted "the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency" for "the Secretary".
Subsec. (f)(3)(B). Pub. L. 110–289, §1161(c)(3)(B)(iii), substituted "Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency" for "Secretary".
2004—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 108–271 substituted "Government Accountability Office" for "General Accounting Office" wherever appearing.
1992—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–550, §1382(o), designated existing provisions as par. (1), substituted "The programs, activities, receipts, expenditures, and financial transactions of the Corporation shall be subject to audit by the Comptroller General of the United States under such rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Comptroller General." for "The financial transactions of the Corporation shall be subject to audit by the General Accounting Office in accordance with the principles and procedures applicable to commercial corporate transactions under such rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Comptroller General of the United States.", and added par. (2).
Subsecs. (c) to (g). Pub. L. 102–550, §1382(p)–(t), added subsecs. (c) to (g).
1989—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–73 substituted "The Corporation is authorized to conduct its business without regard to any qualification or similar statute in any State." for "The Corporation shall be entitled to all immunities and priorities, including without limitation on the generality of the foregoing all immunities and priorities under any such law or action, to which it would be entitled if it were the United States or if it were an unincorporated agency of the United States."
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Effective Date of 1989 Amendment
Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §731(j)(2), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 435, provided that: "The amendment made by this subsection [amending this section] shall not apply to any assertion of priority by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation with respect to any cause of action or claim filed before the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 9, 1989]."
Termination of Advisory Councils
Advisory councils established after Jan. 5, 1973, to terminate not later than the expiration of the 2-year period beginning on the date of their establishment, unless, in the case of a council established by the President or an officer of the Federal Government, such council is renewed by appropriate action prior to the expiration of such 2-year period, or in the case of a council established by Congress, its duration is otherwise provided by law. See sections 1001(2) and 1013 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
§1457. Prohibited activities; penalties for violations by organizations, officers and members of organizations, and individuals
Except as expressly authorized by statute of the United States, no individual or organization (except the Corporation) shall use the term "Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation", or any combination of words including the words "Federal", and "Home Loan", and "Mortgage", as a name or part thereof under which any individual or organization does any business, but this sentence shall not make unlawful the use of any name under which business is being done on July 24, 1970. No individual or organization shall use or display (1) any sign, device, or insigne prescribed or approved by the Corporation for use or display by the Corporation or by members of the Federal home loan banks, (2) any copy, reproduction, or colorable imitation of any such sign, device, or insigne, or (3) any sign, device, or insigne reasonably calculated to convey the impression that it is a sign, device, or insigne used by the Corporation or prescribed or approved by the Corporation, contrary to regulations of the Corporation prohibiting, or limiting or restricting, such use or display by such individual or organization. An organization violating this subsection shall for each violation be punished by a fine of not more than $10,000. An officer or member of an organization participating or knowingly acquiescing in any violation of this subsection shall be punished by a fine of not more than $5,000 or imprisonment for not more than one year, or both. An individual violating this subsection shall for each violation be punished as set forth in the sentence next preceding this sentence.
(Pub. L. 91–351, title III, §308, July 24, 1970, 84 Stat. 456; Pub. L. 98–479, title II, §204(h), Oct. 17, 1984, 98 Stat. 2233; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §731(k), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 435.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 struck out subsection (a) designation before "Except as expressly", and struck out subsecs. (b) to (f) relating to applicability of criminal provisions of title 18, and defining terms construing such applicability.
1984—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 98–479 substituted "United States" for "United States Code" before ", except in a territorial sense".
§1458. Territorial applicability
Notwithstanding any other law, this chapter shall be applicable to the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the territories and possessions of the United States.
(Pub. L. 91–351, title III, §309, July 24, 1970, 84 Stat. 457.)
§1459. Separability
Notwithstanding any other evidences of the intention of Congress, it is hereby declared to be the controlling intent of Congress that if any provision of this chapter, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, is held invalid, the remainder of this chapter, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.
(Pub. L. 91–351, title III, §310, July 24, 1970, 84 Stat. 457; Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §731(l), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 435.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section catchline and struck out first sentence which read as follows: "Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, or as otherwise provided by the Corporation or by laws hereafter enacted by the Congress expressly in limitation of provisions of this chapter, the powers and functions of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors shall be exercisable, and the provisions of this chapter shall be applicable and effective, without regard to any other law."
CHAPTER 12—SAVINGS ASSOCIATIONS
§1461. Short title
This chapter may be cited as the "Home Owners' Loan Act."
(June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §1 (part), 48 Stat. 128; Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §301, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 277.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section is comprised of the first sentence of section 1 of act June 13, 1933. The remainder of section 1 of the Act included a table of contents for the Act.
Amendments
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section generally, striking out "of 1933" after "Act".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1989 Amendment
Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §305(c), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 352, provided that: "The amendments made by section 301 [amending this chapter] relating to civil penalties shall apply with respect to violations committed and activities engaged in after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 9, 1989], except that the increased maximum civil penalties of $5,000 and $25,000 per violation or per day may apply to such violations or activities committed or engaged in before such date with respect to an institution if such violations or activities—
"(1) are not already subject to a notice issued by the appropriate Federal banking agency or the Board (initiating an administrative proceeding); and
"(2) occurred after the completion of the last report of examination of the institution by the appropriate Federal banking agency (as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1813]) occurring before the date of the enactment of this Act."
Short Title of 1998 Amendment
Pub. L. 105–164, §1, Mar. 20, 1998, 112 Stat. 32, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 1786a of this title, amending sections 1464 and 1818 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1811 of this title] may be cited as the 'Examination Parity and Year 2000 Readiness for Financial Institutions Act'."
Short Title of 1991 Amendment
Pub. L. 102–242, title IV, §436, Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2381, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle G (§§436–441) of title IV of Pub. L. 102–242, amending sections 1464 and 1467a of this title] may be cited as the 'Qualified Thrift Lender Reform Act of 1991'."
Short Title of 1982 Amendment
Pub. L. 97–320, title III, §301, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1496, provided that: "This title [enacting section 1701j–3 of this title, amending sections 1425a, 1426, 1428a, 1430, 1464, 1725, 1730a, 1841, and 3503 of this title, enacting provisions set out as a note under section 3503 of this title, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 461 of this title] may be cited as the 'Thrift Institutions Restructuring Act'."
§1462. Definitions
For purposes of this chapter—
(1) Corporation
The term "Corporation" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
(2) Savings association
The term "savings association" means a savings association, as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1813], the deposits of which are insured by the Corporation.
(3) Federal savings association
The term "Federal savings association" means a Federal savings association or a Federal savings bank chartered under section 1464 of this title.
(4) National bank
The term "national bank" has the same meaning as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1813].
(5) Federal banking agencies
The term "Federal banking agencies" means the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
(6) State
The term "State" has the same meaning as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1813].
(7) Affiliate
The term "affiliate" means any person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, a savings association, except as provided in section 1467a of this title.
(8) Board
The term "Board", other than in the context of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(9) Comptroller
The term "Comptroller" means the Comptroller of the Currency.
(10) Appropriate Federal banking agency
The term "appropriate Federal banking agency" has the same meaning as in section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(q)).
(11) Functionally regulated subsidiary
The term "functionally regulated subsidiary" has the same meaning as in section 5(c)(5) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1844(c)(5)).
(June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §2, 48 Stat. 128; June 27, 1934, ch. 847, title V, §508(a), 48 Stat. 1264; May 28, 1935, ch. 150, §10, 49 Stat. 296; 1947 Reorg. Plan No. 3, eff. July 27, 1947, 12 F.R. 4981, 61 Stat. 954; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 783, title I, §109(a)(3), 69 Stat. 640; Pub. L. 95–630, title XII, §1201, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3710; Pub. L. 97–320, title I, §114(a), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1475; Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §301, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 277; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §369(2), title VI, §604(h)(1), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1557, 1602.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2010—Pars. (1) to (9). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(2), redesignated pars. (2) and (4) to (9) as (1) and (2) to (7), respectively, added pars. (8) and (9), and struck out former pars. (1) and (3) which read as follows:
"(1)
"(3)
Pars. (10), (11). Pub. L. 111–203, §604(h)(1), added pars. (10) and (11).
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section generally, substituting definition of "Director", "Corporation", "Office", "savings association", "Federal savings association", "national bank", "Federal banking agencies", "State", and "affiliate", designated as pars. (1) to (9), for definition of "Board", "Corporation", "home mortgage", "first mortgage", and "association", designated as subsecs. (a) to (d).
1982—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 97–320 substituted reference to Federal savings bank or Federal savings banks for reference to Federal mutual savings bank wherever appearing.
1978—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 95–630 included a Federal mutual savings bank chartered by the Board within definition of "association", and inserted provisions that a reference to a Federal savings and loan association shall be deemed also a reference to a Federal mutual savings bank.
1935—Subsec. (c). Act May 28, 1935, inserted "or dwellings" and "in whole or in part" in cl. (2).
1934—Subsec. (c). Act June 27, 1934, substituted "(1) under a lease for not less than ninety-nine years which is renewable, or (2) under a lease having a period of not less than fifty years to run from the date the mortgage was executed" for "under a lease renewable for not less than ninety nine years".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
"Home Loan Bank Board" changed to "Federal Home Loan Bank Board" by act Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 783, §109(a)(3), which was classified to section 1437(b) of this title prior to the repeal of section 1437 by Pub. L. 101–73, title VII, §703(a), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 415.
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by section 369(2) of Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 351 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 906 of Title 2, The Congress.
Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §604(j), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1604, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 1467a, 1828, and 1842 to 1844 of this title and repealing section 1848a of this title] shall take effect on the transfer date."
[For definition of "transfer date" as used in section 604(j) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out above, see section 5411 of this title.]
Effective Date of 1978 Amendment
Amendment effective upon expiration of 120 days after Nov. 10, 1978, see section 2101 of Pub. L. 95–630 set out as an Effective Date note under section 375b of this title.
Executive Documents
Transfer of Functions
Reorg. Plan No. 3 of 1947, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, abolished Federal Home Loan Bank Board and transferred its functions to Home Loan Bank Board created by the Plan.
§1462a. Administrative provisions
(a) Powers
In accordance with subtitle A of title III of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the appropriate Federal banking agency shall have all powers which—
(1) were vested in the Federal Home Loan Bank Board (in the Board's capacity as such) or the Chairman of such Board on the day before the date of the enactment of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 [Aug. 9, 1989]; and
(2) were not—
(A) transferred to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Housing Finance Board, the Resolution Trust Corporation, or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation pursuant to any amendment made by such Act; or
(B) established under any provision of law repealed by such Act.
(b) State homestead provisions
No provision of this chapter or any other provision of law administered by the appropriate Federal banking agency shall be construed as superseding any homestead provision of any State constitution, including any implementing State statute, in effect on September 29, 1994, or any subsequent amendment to such a State constitutional or statutory provision in effect on September 29, 1994, that exempts the homestead of any person from foreclosure, or forced sale, for the payment of all debts, other than a purchase money obligation relating to the homestead, taxes due on the homestead, or an obligation arising from work and material used in constructing improvements on the homestead.
(June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §3, as added Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §301, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 278; amended Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §331(c), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2232; Pub. L. 103–328, title I, §102(b)(5), Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2352; Pub. L. 109–351, title VII, §712, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1994; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §369(3), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1558.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is Pub. L. 111–203, July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1376. Subtitle A (§§311–319) of title III of the Act enacted part A (§5411 et seq.) of subchapter III of chapter 53 and sections 4b and 16 of this title, amended sections 1, 11, 248, 481, 482, 1813, and 1820 of this title and section 3502 of Title 44, Public Printing and Documents, and enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 1 and 16 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 5301 of this title and Tables.
The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, referred to in subsec. (a), is Pub. L. 101–73, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 183. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Prior Provisions
A prior section 3 of act June 13, 1933, amended section 1424 of this title prior to the general revision of this chapter by Pub. L. 101–73, §301.
Amendments
2010—Pub. L. 111–203, §369(3)(A), inserted section catchline and struck out former section catchline "Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision".
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(3)(B), (C), redesignated subsecs. (e) and (f) as (a) and (b), respectively, and struck out former subsecs. (a) to (d), which related to establishment of the Office of Thrift Supervision, position, appointment and term of Director, and prohibition on financial interests by Director; and subsecs. (g) to (j), which related to annual report requirement, staff, funding through assessments, and GAO audits.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(3)(D), struck out "of the Director" after "Powers" in heading and substituted "In accordance with subtitle A of title III of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the appropriate Federal banking agency" for "The Director" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(3)(E), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director".
2006—Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 109–351, §712(b), designated existing provisions as subpar. (A), inserted subpar. heading, and added subpar. (B).
Subsec. (c)(5). Pub. L. 109–351, §712(a), amended heading and text of par. (5) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2), the Chairman of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board on the date of enactment of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, shall be the Director until the date on which that individual's term as Chairman of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board would have expired."
1994—Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 103–325, §331(c)(1), substituted "(including agency enforcement actions) unless otherwise specifically provided by law" for "unless otherwise provided by law".
Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 103–325, §331(c)(2), added par. (4).
Subsecs. (f) to (j). Pub. L. 103–328 added subsec. (f) and redesignated former subsecs. (f) to (i) as (g) to (j), respectively.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 351 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 906 of Title 2, The Congress.
Executive Documents
Delegation of Authority To Ratify Office of Thrift Supervision Actions
Memorandum of the President of the United States, Apr. 18, 1990, 55 F.R. 15207, provided:
Memorandum for the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision
By the authority vested in me as President of the United States by the Constitution and laws of the United States, including section 301 of title 3 of the United States Code, I hereby delegate to the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision my authority to ratify actions taken on behalf of, or in the name of, the Office of Thrift Supervision or its Director before April 9, 1990.
This memorandum shall be published in the Federal Register.
George Bush.
§1463. Supervision of savings associations
(a) Savings associations
(1) Examination and safe and sound operation
(A) Federal savings associations
The Comptroller shall provide for the examination and safe and sound operation of Federal savings associations.
(B) State savings associations
The Corporation shall provide for the examination and safe and sound operation of State savings associations.
(2) Regulations for savings associations
The Comptroller may prescribe regulations with respect to savings associations, as the Comptroller determines to be appropriate to carry out the purposes of this chapter.
(3) Safe and sound housing credit to be encouraged
The Comptroller and the Corporation shall exercise all powers granted to the Comptroller and the Corporation under this chapter so as to encourage savings associations to provide credit for housing safely and soundly.
(b) Accounting and disclosure
(1) In general
The Comptroller shall, by regulation, prescribe uniform accounting and disclosure standards for savings associations, to be used in determining savings associations' compliance with all applicable regulations.
(2) Specific requirements for accounting standards
Subject to section 1464(t) of this title, the uniform accounting standards prescribed under paragraph (1) shall—
(A) incorporate generally accepted accounting principles to the same degree that such principles are used to determine compliance with regulations prescribed by the Federal banking agencies; and
(B) allow for no deviation from full compliance with such standards as are in effect after December 31, 1993.
(3) Authority to prescribe more stringent accounting standards
The Comptroller may at any time prescribe accounting standards more stringent than required under paragraph (2) if the Comptroller determines that the more stringent standards are necessary to ensure the safe and sound operation of savings associations.
(c) Stringency of standards
The regulations of the Comptroller and the policies of the Comptroller and the Corporation governing the safe and sound operation of savings associations, including regulations and policies governing asset classification and appraisals, shall be no less stringent than those established by the Comptroller for national banks.
(d) Investment of certain funds in accounts of savings associations
The savings accounts and share accounts of savings associations insured by the Corporation shall be lawful investments and may be accepted as security for all public funds of the United States, fiduciary and trust funds under the authority or control of the United States or any officer thereof, and for the funds of all corporations organized under the laws of the United States (subject to any regulatory authority otherwise applicable), regardless of any limitation of law upon the investment of any such funds or upon the acceptance of security for the investment or deposit of any of such funds.
(e) Participation by savings associations in lotteries and related activities
(1) Participation prohibited
No savings association may—
(A) deal in lottery tickets;
(B) deal in bets used as a means or substitute for participation in a lottery;
(C) announce, advertise, or publicize the existence of any lottery; or
(D) announce, advertise, or publicize the existence or identity of any participant or winner, as such, in a lottery.
(2) Use of facilities prohibited
No savings association may permit—
(A) the use of any part of any of its own offices by any person for any purpose forbidden to the institution under paragraph (1); or
(B) direct access by the public from any of its own offices to any premises used by any person for any purpose forbidden to the institution under paragraph (1).
(3) Definitions
For purposes of this subsection—
(A) Deal in
The term "deal in" includes making, taking, buying, selling, redeeming, or collecting.
(B) Lottery
The term "lottery" includes any arrangement, other than a savings promotion raffle, under which—
(i) 3 or more persons (hereafter in this subparagraph referred to as the "participants") advance money or credit to another in exchange for the possibility or expectation that 1 or more but not all of the participants (hereafter in this paragraph referred to as the "winners") will receive by reason of those participants' advances more than the amounts those participants have advanced; and
(ii) the identity of the winners is determined by any means which includes—
(I) a random selection;
(II) a game, race, or contest; or
(III) any record or tabulation of the result of 1 or more events in which any participant has no interest except for the bearing that event has on the possibility that the participant may become a winner.
(C) Lottery ticket
The term "lottery ticket" includes any right, privilege, or possibility (and any ticket, receipt, record, or other evidence of any such right, privilege, or possibility) of becoming a winner in a lottery.
(D) Savings promotion raffle
The term "savings promotion raffle" means a contest in which the sole consideration required for a chance of winning designated prizes is obtained by the deposit of a specified amount of money in a savings account or other savings program, where each ticket or entry has an equal chance of being drawn, such contest being subject to regulations that may from time to time be promulgated by the appropriate prudential regulator (as defined in section 5481 of this title).
(4) Exception for State lotteries
Paragraphs (1) and (2) shall not apply with respect to any savings association accepting funds from, or performing any lawful services for, any State operating a lottery, or any officer or employee of such a State who is charged with administering the lottery.
(5) Regulations
The Comptroller shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to provide for enforcement of this subsection and to prevent any evasion of any provision of this subsection.
(f) Federally related mortgage loan disclosures
A savings association may not make a federally related mortgage loan to an agent, trustee, nominee, or other person acting in a fiduciary capacity without requiring that the identity of the person receiving the beneficial interest of such loan shall at all times be revealed to the savings association. At the request of the appropriate Federal banking agency, the savings association shall report to the appropriate Federal banking agency the identity of such person and the nature and amount of the loan.
(g) Preemption of State usury laws
(1) Notwithstanding any State law, a savings association may charge interest on any extension of credit at a rate of not more than 1 percent in excess of the discount rate on 90-day commercial paper in effect at the Federal Reserve bank in the Federal Reserve district in which such savings association is located or at the rate allowed by the laws of the State in which such savings association is located, whichever is greater.
(2) If the rate prescribed in paragraph (1) exceeds the rate such savings association would be permitted to charge in the absence of this subsection, the receiving or charging a greater rate of interest than that prescribed by paragraph (1), when knowingly done, shall be deemed a forfeiture of the entire interest which the extension of credit carries with it, or which has been agreed to be paid thereon. If such greater rate of interest has been paid, the person who paid it may recover, in a civil action commenced in a court of appropriate jurisdiction not later than 2 years after the date of such payment, an amount equal to twice the amount of the interest paid from the savings association taking or receiving such interest.
(h) Form and maturity of securities
No savings association shall—
(1) issue securities which guarantee a definite maturity except with the specific approval of the appropriate Federal banking agency, or
(2) issue any securities the form of which has not been approved by the appropriate Federal banking agency.
(June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §4, as added Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §301, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 280; amended Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §369(4), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1558; Pub. L. 113–251, §3(d), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2889.)
Editorial Notes
Prior Provisions
A prior section 1463, acts June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §4, 48 Stat. 129; Apr. 27, 1934, ch. 168, §§1(a), 2–4, 13, 48 Stat. 643–645, 647; June 27, 1934, ch. 847, title V, §§506, 508(b), 48 Stat. 1263, 1264; May 28, 1935, ch. 150, §§10–17(a), 49 Stat. 296, 297; Aug. 11, 1939, ch. 684, 53 Stat. 1403; Oct. 24, 1942, ch. 621, 56 Stat. 986; June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title II, §206(f), 61 Stat. 206, related to creation of Home Owners' Loan Corporation, for appointment and compensation of its board of directors, for appointment and compensation of its employees, and for other powers, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 648.
A prior section 1463a, act Apr. 27, 1934, ch. 168, §1(b), 48 Stat. 644, provided that amendments made to subsec. (c) of former section 1463 of this title, except with respect to refunding, by act Apr. 27, 1934, should not apply to any bonds prior to Apr. 27, 1934, issued under subsec. (c), or to any bonds thereafter issued in compliance with commitments of the Corporation outstanding on Apr. 27, 1934.
A prior section 1463b, act Apr. 27, 1934, ch. 168, §9, 48 Stat. 646, related to purchase of obligations of, and loans to, Federal Home Loan Banks, prior to repeal by act May 28, 1935, ch. 150, §17(b), 49 Stat. 297.
Amendments
2014—Subsec. (e)(3)(B). Pub. L. 113–251, §3(d)(1), inserted ", other than a savings promotion raffle," after "arrangement" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (e)(3)(D). Pub. L. 113–251, §3(d)(2), added subpar. (D).
2010—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(4)(A)(i), struck out "Federal" before "savings" in heading.
Subsec. (a)(1), (2). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(4)(A)(ii), added pars. (1) and (2) and struck out former pars. (1) and (2) which read as follows:
"(1)
"(2)
Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(4)(A)(iii), substituted "Comptroller and the Corporation" for "Director" in two places.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(4)(B)(ii), substituted "Comptroller" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(4)(B)(i), inserted "and" at end of subpar. (A), substituted a period for "; and" at end of subpar. (B), and struck out subpar. (C) which read as follows: "prior to January 1, 1994, require full compliance by savings associations with accounting standards in effect at any time before such date not later than provided under the schedule in section 563.23–3 of title 12, Code of Federal Regulations (as in effect on May 1, 1989)."
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(4)(C), substituted "The regulations of the Comptroller and the policies of the Comptroller and the Corporation" for "All regulations and policies of the Director" and struck out "of the Currency" before "for national".
Subsec. (e)(5). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(4)(D), substituted "Comptroller" for "Director".
Subsecs. (f), (h). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(4)(E), (F), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" in two places.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 351 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 906 of Title 2, The Congress.
Preserving Minority Ownership of Minority Financial Institutions
Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §308, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 353, as amended by Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §367(4), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1556, provided that:
"(a)
"(1) Preserving the present number of minority depository institutions.
"(2) Preserving their minority character in cases involving mergers or acquisition of a minority depository institution by using general preference guidelines in the following order:
"(A) Same type of minority depository institution in the same city.
"(B) Same type of minority depository institution in the same State.
"(C) Same type of minority depository institution nationwide.
"(D) Any type of minority depository institution in the same city.
"(E) Any type of minority depository institution in the same State.
"(F) Any type of minority depository institution nationwide.
"(G) Any other bidders.
"(3) Providing technical assistance to prevent insolvency of institutions not now insolvent.
"(4) Promoting and encouraging creation of new minority depository institutions.
"(5) Providing for training, technical assistance, and educational programs.
"(b)
"(1)
"(A) if a privately owned institution, 51 percent is owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals;
"(B) if publicly owned, 51 percent of the stock is owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; and
"(C) in the case of a mutual institution where the majority of the Board of Directors, account holders, and the community which it services is predominantly minority.
"(2)
"(c)
Abolition of Home Owners' Loan Corporation
Act June 30, 1953, ch. 170, §21, 67 Stat. 126, provided for dissolution and abolition of Home Owners' Loan Corporation established by former section 1463 of this title.
§1464. Federal savings associations
(a) In general
In order to provide thrift institutions for the deposit of funds and for the extension of credit for homes and other goods and services, the Comptroller of the Currency is authorized, under such regulations as the Comptroller of the Currency may prescribe—
(1) to provide for the organization, incorporation, examination, operation, and regulation of associations to be known as Federal savings associations (including Federal savings banks), and
(2) to issue charters therefor,
giving primary consideration of the best practices of thrift institutions in the United States. The lending and investment powers conferred by this section are intended to encourage such institutions to provide credit for housing safely and soundly.
(b) Deposits and related powers
(1) Deposit accounts
(A) Subject to the terms of its charter and regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency, a Federal savings association may—
(i) raise funds through such deposit, share, or other accounts, including demand deposit accounts (hereafter in this section referred to as "accounts"); and
(ii) issue passbooks, certificates, or other evidence of accounts.
(B) A Federal savings association may not permit any overdraft (including an intraday overdraft) on behalf of an affiliate, or incur any such overdraft in such savings association's account at a Federal reserve bank or Federal home loan bank on behalf of an affiliate.
All savings accounts and demand accounts shall have the same priority upon liquidation. Holders of accounts and obligors of a Federal savings association shall, to such extent as may be provided by its charter or by regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency, be members of the savings association, and shall have such voting rights and such other rights as are thereby provided.
(C) A Federal savings association may require not less than 14 days notice prior to payment of savings accounts if the charter of the savings association or the regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency so provide.
(D) If a Federal savings association does not pay all withdrawals in full (subject to the right of the association, where applicable, to require notice), the payment of withdrawals from accounts shall be subject to such rules and procedures as may be prescribed by the savings association's charter or by regulation of the Comptroller of the Currency. Except as authorized in writing by the Comptroller of the Currency, any Federal savings association that fails to make full payment of any withdrawal when due shall be deemed to be in an unsafe or unsound condition.
(E) Accounts may be subject to check or to withdrawal or transfer on negotiable or transferable or other order or authorization to the Federal savings association, as the Comptroller of the Currency may by regulation provide.
(F) A Federal savings association may establish remote service units for the purpose of crediting savings or demand accounts, debiting such accounts, crediting payments on loans, and the disposition of related financial transactions, as provided in regulations prescribed by the Comptroller of the Currency.
(2) Other liabilities
To such extent as the Comptroller of the Currency may authorize in writing, a Federal savings association may borrow, may give security, may be surety as defined by the Comptroller of the Currency and may issue such notes, bonds, debentures, or other obligations, or other securities, including capital stock.
(3) Loans from State housing finance agencies
(A) In general
Subject to regulation by the Comptroller of the Currency but without regard to any other provision of this subsection, any Federal savings association that is in compliance with the capital standards in effect under subsection (t) may borrow funds from a State mortgage finance agency of the State in which the head office of such savings association is situated to the same extent as State law authorizes a savings association organized under the laws of such State to borrow from the State mortgage finance agency.
(B) Interest rate
A Federal savings association may not make any loan of funds borrowed under subparagraph (A) at an interest rate which exceeds by more than 1¾ percent per annum the interest rate paid to the State mortgage finance agency on the obligations issued to obtain the funds so borrowed.
(4) Mutual capital certificates
In accordance with regulations issued by the Comptroller of the Currency, mutual capital certificates may be issued and sold directly to subscribers or through underwriters. Such certificates may be included in calculating capital for the purpose of subsection (t) to the extent permitted by the Comptroller of the Currency. The issuance of certificates under this paragraph does not constitute a change of control or ownership under this chapter or any other law unless there is in fact a change in control or reorganization. Regulations relating to the issuance and sale of mutual capital certificates shall provide that such certificates—
(A) are subordinate to all savings accounts, savings certificates, and debt obligations;
(B) constitute a claim in liquidation on the general reserves, surplus, and undivided profits of the Federal savings association remaining after the payment in full of all savings accounts, savings certificates, and debt obligations;
(C) are entitled to the payment of dividends; and
(D) may have a fixed or variable dividend rate.
(c) Loans and investments
To the extent specified in regulations of the Comptroller, a Federal savings association may invest in, sell, or otherwise deal in the following loans and other investments:
(1) Loans or investments without percentage of assets limitation
Without limitation as a percentage of assets, the following are permitted:
(A) Account loans
Loans on the security of its savings accounts and loans specifically related to transaction accounts.
(B) Residential real property loans
Loans on the security of liens upon residential real property.
(C) United States Government securities
Investments in obligations of, or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the United States.
(D) Federal home loan bank and Federal National Mortgage Association securities
Investments in the stock or bonds of a Federal home loan bank or in the stock of the Federal National Mortgage Association.
(E) Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation instruments
Investments in mortgages, obligations, or other securities which are or have been sold by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation pursuant to section 305 or 306 of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act [12 U.S.C. 1454 or 1455].
(F) Other Government securities
Investments in obligations, participations, securities, or other instruments issued by, or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Student Loan Marketing Association, the Government National Mortgage Association, or any agency of the United States. A savings association may issue and sell securities which are guaranteed pursuant to section 306(g) of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1721(g)].
(G) Deposits
Investments in accounts of any insured depository institution, as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1813].
(H) State securities
Investments in obligations issued by any State or political subdivision thereof (including any agency, corporation, or instrumentality of a State or political subdivision). A Federal savings association may not invest more than 10 percent of its capital in obligations of any one issuer, exclusive of investments in general obligations of any issuer.
(I) Purchase of insured loans
Purchase of loans secured by liens on improved real estate which are insured or guaranteed under the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.], the Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944, or chapter 37 of title 38.
(J) Home improvement and manufactured home loans
Loans made to repair, equip, alter, or improve any residential real property, and loans made for manufactured home financing.
(K) Insured loans to finance the purchase of fee simple
Loans insured under section 240 of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1715z–5].
(L) Loans to financial institutions, brokers, and dealers
Loans to—
(i) financial institutions with respect to which the United States or an agency or instrumentality thereof has any function of examination or supervision, or
(ii) any broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
which are secured by loans, obligations, or investments in which the Federal savings association has the statutory authority to invest directly.
(M) Liquidity investments
Investments (other than equity investments), identified by the Comptroller, for liquidity purposes, including cash, funds on deposit at a Federal reserve bank or a Federal home loan bank, or bankers' acceptances.
(N) Investment in the national housing partnership corporation, partnerships, and joint ventures
Investments in shares of stock issued by a corporation authorized to be created pursuant to title IX of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 [42 U.S.C. 3931 et seq.], and investments in any partnership, limited partnership, or joint venture formed pursuant to section 907(a) or 907(c) of such Act [42 U.S.C. 3937(a) or (c)].
(O) Certain HUD insured or guaranteed investments
Loans that are secured by mortgages—
(i) insured under title X of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1749aa et seq.],1 or
(ii) guaranteed under title IV of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, under part B of the National Urban Policy and New Community Development Act of 1970 [42 U.S.C. 4511 et seq.], or under section 802 of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 [42 U.S.C. 1440].
(P) State housing corporation investments
Obligations of and loans to any State housing corporation, if—
(i) such obligations or loans are secured directly, or indirectly through an agent or fiduciary, by a first lien on improved real estate which is insured under the provisions of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.], and
(ii) in the event of default, the holder of the obligations or loans has the right directly, or indirectly through an agent or fiduciary, to cause to be subject to the satisfaction of such obligations or loans the real estate described in the first lien or the insurance proceeds under the National Housing Act.
(Q) Investment companies
A Federal savings association may invest in, redeem, or hold shares or certificates issued by any open-end management investment company which—
(i) is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.], and
(ii) the portfolio of which is restricted by such management company's investment policy (changeable only if authorized by shareholder vote) solely to investments that a Federal savings association by law or regulation may, without limitation as to percentage of assets, invest in, sell, redeem, hold, or otherwise deal in.
(R) Mortgage-backed securities
Investments in securities that—
(i) are offered and sold pursuant to section 4(5) of the Securities Act of 1933; 1 or
(ii) are mortgage related securities (as defined in section 3(a)(41) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) [15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(41)],
subject to such regulations as the Comptroller may prescribe, including regulations prescribing minimum size of the issue (at the time of initial distribution) or minimum aggregate sales price, or both.
(S) Small business related securities
Investments in small business related securities (as defined in section 78c(a)(53) of title 15), subject to such regulations as the Comptroller may prescribe, including regulations concerning the minimum size of the issue (at the time of the initial distribution), the minimum aggregate sales price, or both.
(T) Credit card loans
Loans made through credit cards or credit card accounts.
(U) Educational loans
Loans made for the payment of educational expenses.
(2) Loans or investments limited to a percentage of assets or capital
The following loans or investments are permitted, but only to the extent specified:
(A) Commercial and other loans
Secured or unsecured loans for commercial, corporate, business, or agricultural purposes. The aggregate amount of loans made under this subparagraph may not exceed 20 percent of the total assets of the Federal savings association, and amounts in excess of 10 percent of such total assets may be used under this subparagraph only for small business loans, as that term is defined by the Comptroller.
(B) Nonresidential real property loans
(i) In general
Loans on the security of liens upon nonresidential real property. Except as provided in clause (ii), the aggregate amount of such loans shall not exceed 400 percent of the Federal savings association's capital, as determined under subsection (t).
(ii) Exception
The Comptroller may permit a savings association to exceed the limitation set forth in clause (i) if the Comptroller determines that the increased authority—
(I) poses no significant risk to the safe and sound operation of the association, and
(II) is consistent with prudent operating practices.
(iii) Monitoring
If the Comptroller permits any increased authority pursuant to clause (ii), the Comptroller shall closely monitor the Federal savings association's condition and lending activities to ensure that the savings association carries out all authority under this paragraph in a safe and sound manner and complies with this subparagraph and all relevant laws and regulations.
(C) Investments in personal property
Investments in tangible personal property, including vehicles, manufactured homes, machinery, equipment, or furniture, for rental or sale. Investments under this subparagraph may not exceed 10 percent of the assets of the Federal savings association.
(D) Consumer loans and certain securities
A Federal savings association may make loans for personal, family, or household purposes, including loans reasonably incident to providing such credit, and may invest in, sell, or hold commercial paper and corporate debt securities, as defined and approved by the Comptroller. Loans and other investments under this subparagraph may not exceed 35 percent of the assets of the Federal savings association, except that amounts in excess of 30 percent of the assets may be invested only in loans which are made by the association directly to the original obligor and with respect to which the association does not pay any finder, referral, or other fee, directly or indirectly, to any third party.
(3) Loans or investments limited to 5 percent of assets
The following loans or investments are permitted, but not to exceed 5 percent of assets of a Federal savings association for each subparagraph:
(A) Community development investments
Investments in real property and obligations secured by liens on real property located within a geographic area or neighborhood receiving concentrated development assistance by a local government under title I of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 [42 U.S.C. 5301 et seq.]. No investment under this subparagraph in such real property may exceed an aggregate of 2 percent of the assets of the Federal savings association.
(B) Nonconforming loans
Loans upon the security of or respecting real property or interests therein used for primarily residential or farm purposes that do not comply with the limitations of this subsection.
(C) Construction loans without security
Loans—
(i) the principal purpose of which is to provide financing with respect to what is or is expected to become primarily residential real estate; and
(ii) with respect to which the association—
(I) relies substantially on the borrower's general credit standing and projected future income for repayment, without other security; or
(II) relies on other assurances for repayment, including a guarantee or similar obligation of a third party.
The aggregate amount of such investments shall not exceed the greater of the Federal savings association's capital or 5 percent of its assets.
(4) Other loans and investments
The following additional loans and other investments to the extent authorized below:
(A) Business development credit corporations
A Federal savings association that is in compliance with the capital standards prescribed under subsection (t) may invest in, lend to, or to 2 commit itself to lend to, any business development credit corporation incorporated in the State in which the home office of the association is located in the same manner and to the same extent as savings associations chartered by such State are authorized. The aggregate amount of such investments, loans, and commitments of any such Federal savings association shall not exceed one-half of 1 percent of the association's total outstanding loans or $250,000, whichever is less.
(B) Service corporations
Investments in the capital stock, obligations, or other securities of any corporation organized under the laws of the State in which the Federal savings association's home office is located, if such corporation's entire capital stock is available for purchase only by savings associations of such State and by Federal associations having their home offices in such State. No Federal savings association may make any investment under this subparagraph if the association's aggregate outstanding investment under this subparagraph would exceed 3 percent of the association's assets. Not less than one-half of the investment permitted under this subparagraph which exceeds 1 percent of the association's assets shall be used primarily for community, inner-city, and community development purposes.
(C) Foreign assistance investments
Investments in housing project loans having the benefit of any guaranty under section 221 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2181] or loans having the benefit of any guarantee under section 224 of such Act [22 U.S.C. 2184],1 or any commitment or agreement with respect to such loans made pursuant to either of such sections and in the share capital and capital reserve of the Inter-American Savings and Loan Bank. This authority extends to the acquisition, holding, and disposition of loans guaranteed under section 221 or 222 of such Act [22 U.S.C. 2181 or 2182]. Investments under this subparagraph shall not exceed 1 percent of the Federal savings association's assets.
(D) Small business investment companies
A Federal savings association may invest in stock, obligations, or other securities of any small business investment company formed pursuant to section 301(d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 [15 U.S.C. 681(d)] 1 for the purpose of aiding members of a Federal home loan bank. A Federal savings association may not make any investment under this subparagraph if its aggregate outstanding investment under this subparagraph would exceed 1 percent of the assets of such savings association.
(E) Bankers' banks
A Federal savings association may purchase for its own account shares of stock of a bankers' bank, described in Paragraph Seventh of section 24 of this title or in section 27(b) of this title, on the same terms and conditions as a national bank may purchase such shares.
(F) New Markets Venture Capital companies
A Federal savings association may invest in stock, obligations, or other securities of any New Markets Venture Capital company as defined in section 689 of title 15, except that a Federal savings association may not make any investment under this subparagraph if its aggregate outstanding investment under this subparagraph would exceed 5 percent of the capital and surplus of such savings association.
(5) Transition rule for savings associations acquiring banks
(A) In general
If, under section 5(d)(3) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1815(d)(3)],1 a savings association acquires all or substantially all of the assets of a bank, the appropriate Federal banking agency may permit the savings association to retain any such asset during the 2-year period beginning on the date of the acquisition.
(B) Extension
The appropriate Federal banking agency may extend the 2-year period described in subparagraph (A) for not more than 1 year at a time and not more than 2 years in the aggregate, if the appropriate Federal banking agency determines that the extension is consistent with the purposes of this chapter.
(6) Definitions
For purposes of this subsection, the following definitions shall apply:
(A) Residential property
The terms "residential real property" or "residential real estate" mean leaseholds, homes (including condominiums and cooperatives, except that in connection with loans on individual cooperative units, such loans shall be adequately secured as defined by the Comptroller) and, combinations of homes or dwelling units and business property, involving only minor or incidental business use, or property to be improved by construction of such structures.
(B) Loans
The term "loans" includes obligations and extensions or advances of credit; and any reference to a loan or investment includes an interest in such a loan or investment.
(d) Regulatory authority
(1) In general
(A) Enforcement
The appropriate Federal banking agency shall have power to enforce this section, section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818], and regulations prescribed hereunder. In enforcing any provision of this section, regulations prescribed under this section, or any other law or regulation, or in any other action, suit, or proceeding to which the appropriate Federal banking agency is a party or in which the appropriate Federal banking agency is interested, and in the administration of conservatorships and receiverships, the appropriate Federal banking agency may act in the name of the appropriate Federal banking agency and through the attorneys of the appropriate Federal banking agency. Except as otherwise provided, the Comptroller shall be subject to suit (other than suits on claims for money damages) by any Federal savings association or director or officer thereof with respect to any matter under this section or any other applicable law, or regulation thereunder, in the United States district court for the judicial district in which the savings association's home office is located, or in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia, and the Comptroller may be served with process in the manner prescribed by the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
(B) Ancillary provisions
(i) In making examinations of savings associations, examiners appointed by the appropriate Federal banking agency shall have power to make such examinations of the affairs of all affiliates of such savings associations as shall be necessary to disclose fully the relations between such savings associations and their affiliates and the effect of such relations upon such savings associations. For purposes of this subsection, the term "affiliate" has the same meaning as in section 2(b) of the Banking Act of 1933 [12 U.S.C. 221a(b)], except that the term "member bank" in section 2(b) shall be deemed to refer to a savings association.
(ii) In the course of any examination of any savings association, upon request by the appropriate Federal banking agency, prompt and complete access shall be given to all savings association officers, directors, employees, and agents, and to all relevant books, records, or documents of any type.
(iii) Upon request made in the course of supervision or oversight of any savings association, for the purpose of acting on any application or determining the condition of any savings association, including whether operations are being conducted safely, soundly, or in compliance with charters, laws, regulations, directives, written agreements, or conditions imposed in writing in connection with the granting of an application or other request, the appropriate Federal banking agency shall be given prompt and complete access to all savings association officers, directors, employees, and agents, and to all relevant books, records, or documents of any type.
(iv) If prompt and complete access upon request is not given as required in this subsection, the appropriate Federal banking agency may apply to the United States district court for the judicial district (or the United States court in any territory) in which the principal office of the institution is located, or in which the person denying such access resides or carries on business, for an order requiring that such information be promptly provided.
(v) In connection with examinations of savings associations and affiliates thereof, the appropriate Federal banking agency may—
(I) administer oaths and affirmations and examine and to 2 take and preserve testimony under oath as to any matter in respect of the affairs or ownership of any such savings association or affiliate, and
(II) issue subpoenas and, for the enforcement thereof, apply to the United States district court for the judicial district (or the United States court in any territory) in which the principal office of the savings association or affiliate is located, or in which the witness resides or carries on business.
Such courts shall have jurisdiction and power to order and require compliance with any such subpoena.
(vi) In any proceeding under this section, the appropriate Federal banking agency may administer oaths and affirmations, take depositions, and issue subpenas. The Comptroller may prescribe regulations with respect to any such proceedings. The attendance of witnesses and the production of documents provided for in this subsection may be required from any place in any State or in any territory at any designated place where such proceeding is being conducted.
(vii) Any party to a proceeding under this section may apply to the United States District Court for the District of Columbia, or the United States district court for the judicial district (or the United States court in any territory) in which such proceeding is being conducted, or where the witness resides or carries on business, for enforcement of any subpoena issued pursuant to this subsection or section 10(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1820(c)], and such courts shall have jurisdiction and power to order and require compliance therewith. Witnesses subpoenaed under this section shall be paid the same fees and mileage that are paid witnesses in the district courts of the United States. All expenses of the appropriate Federal banking agency in connection with this section shall be considered as nonadministrative expenses. Any court having jurisdiction of any proceeding instituted under this section by a savings association, or a director or officer thereof, may allow to any such party reasonable expenses and attorneys' fees. Such expenses and fees shall be paid by the savings association.
(2) Conservatorships and receiverships
(A) Grounds for appointing conservator or receiver for insured savings association
The appropriate Federal banking agency may appoint a conservator or receiver for an insured savings association if the appropriate Federal banking agency determines, in the discretion of the appropriate Federal banking agency, that 1 or more of the grounds specified in section 11(c)(5) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1821(c)(5)] exists.
(B) Power of appointment; judicial review
The appropriate Federal banking agency shall have exclusive power and jurisdiction to appoint a conservator or receiver for a Federal savings association. If, in the opinion of the appropriate Federal banking agency, a ground for the appointment of a conservator or receiver for a savings association exists, the appropriate Federal banking agency is authorized to appoint ex parte and without notice a conservator or receiver for the savings association. In the event of such appointment, the association may, within 30 days thereafter, bring an action in the United States district court for the judicial district in which the home office of such association is located, or in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia, for an order requiring the appropriate Federal banking agency to remove such conservator or receiver, and the court shall upon the merits dismiss such action or direct the appropriate Federal banking agency to remove such conservator or receiver. Upon the commencement of such an action, the court having jurisdiction of any other action or proceeding authorized under this subsection to which the association is a party shall stay such action or proceeding during the pendency of the action for removal of the conservator or receiver.
(C) Replacement
The appropriate Federal banking agency may, without any prior notice, hearing, or other action, replace a conservator with another conservator or with a receiver, but such replacement shall not affect any right which the association may have to obtain judicial review of the original appointment, except that any removal under this subparagraph shall be removal of the conservator or receiver in office at the time of such removal.
(D) Court action
Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, no court may take any action for or toward the removal of any conservator or receiver or, except at the request of the appropriate Federal banking agency, to restrain or affect the exercise of powers or functions of a conservator or receiver.
(E) Powers
(i) In general
A conservator shall have all the powers of the members, the stockholders, the directors, and the officers of the association and shall be authorized to operate the association in its own name or to conserve its assets in the manner and to the extent authorized by the appropriate Federal banking agency.
(ii) FDIC as conservator or receiver
Except as provided in section 21A 1 of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act [12 U.S.C. 1441a], the appropriate Federal banking agency, at the Director's 3 discretion, may appoint the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as conservator for a savings association. The appropriate Federal banking agency shall appoint only the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as receiver for a savings association for the purpose of liquidation or winding up the affairs of such savings association. The conservator or receiver so appointed shall, as such, have power to buy at its own sale. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as such conservator or receiver, shall have all the powers of a conservator or receiver, as appropriate, granted under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.], and (when not inconsistent therewith) any other rights, powers, and privileges possessed by conservators or receivers, as appropriate, of savings associations under this chapter and any other provisions of law.
(F) Disclosure requirement for those acting on behalf of conservator
A conservator shall require that any independent contractor, consultant, or counsel employed by the conservator in connection with the conservatorship of a savings association pursuant to this section shall fully disclose to all parties with which such contractor, consultant, or counsel is negotiating, any limitation on the authority of such contractor, consultant, or counsel to make legally binding representations on behalf of the conservator.
(3) Regulations
(A) In general
The Comptroller may prescribe regulations for the reorganization, consolidation, liquidation, and dissolution of savings associations, for the merger of insured savings associations with insured savings associations, for savings associations in conservatorship and receivership, and for the conduct of conservatorships and receiverships. The Comptroller may, by regulation or otherwise, provide for the exercise of functions by members, stockholders, directors, or officers of a savings association during conservatorship and receivership.
(B) FDIC as conservator or receiver
In any case where the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is the conservator or receiver, any regulations prescribed by the Comptroller shall be consistent with any regulations prescribed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.].
(4) Refusal to comply with demand
Whenever a conservator or receiver appointed by the appropriate Federal banking agency demands possession of the property, business, and assets of any savings association, or of any part thereof, the refusal by any director, officer, employee, or agent of such association to comply with the demand shall be punishable by a fine of not more than $5,000 or imprisonment for not more than one year, or both.
(5) "Savings association" defined
As used in this subsection, the term "savings association" includes any savings association or former savings association that retains deposits insured by the Corporation, notwithstanding termination of its status as an institution insured by the Corporation.
(6) Compliance with monetary transaction recordkeeping and report requirements
(A) Compliance procedures required
The Comptroller shall prescribe regulations requiring savings associations to establish and maintain procedures reasonably designed to assure and monitor the compliance of such associations with the requirements of subchapter II of chapter 53 of title 31.
(B) Examinations of savings associations to include review of compliance procedures
(i) In general
Each examination of a savings association by the appropriate Federal banking agency shall include a review of the procedures required to be established and maintained under subparagraph (A).
(ii) Exam report requirement
The report of examination shall describe any problem with the procedures maintained by the association.
(C) Order to comply with requirements
If the appropriate Federal banking agency determines that a savings association—
(i) has failed to establish and maintain the procedures described in subparagraph (A); or
(ii) has failed to correct any problem with the procedures maintained by such association which was previously reported to the association by the appropriate Federal banking agency,
the appropriate Federal banking agency shall issue an order under section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818] requiring such association to cease and desist from its violation of this paragraph or regulations prescribed under this paragraph.
(7) Regulation and examination of savings association service companies, subsidiaries, and service providers
(A) General examination and regulatory authority
A service company or subsidiary that is owned in whole or in part by a savings association shall be subject to examination and regulation by the appropriate Federal banking agency to the same extent as that savings association.
(B) Examination by other banking agencies
The appropriate Federal banking agency may authorize any other Federal banking agency that supervises any other owner of part of the service company or subsidiary to perform an examination described in subparagraph (A).
(C) Applicability of section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act
A service company or subsidiary that is owned in whole or in part by a saving association shall be subject to the provisions of section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818] as if the service company or subsidiary were an insured depository institution. In any such case, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Comptroller, as appropriate, shall be deemed to be the appropriate Federal banking agency, pursuant to section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1813(q)].
(D) Service performed by contract or otherwise
Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), if a savings association, a subsidiary thereof, or any savings and loan affiliate or entity, as identified by section 8(b)(9) 1 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818(b)(9)], that is regularly examined or subject to examination by the appropriate Federal banking agency, causes to be performed for itself, by contract or otherwise, any service authorized under this chapter or, in the case of a State savings association, any applicable State law, whether on or off its premises—
(i) such performance shall be subject to regulation and examination by the appropriate Federal banking agency to the same extent as if such services were being performed by the savings association on its own premises; and
(ii) the savings association shall notify the appropriate Federal banking agency of the existence of the service relationship not later than 30 days after the earlier of—
(I) the date on which the contract is entered into; or
(II) the date on which the performance of the service is initiated.
(E) Administration by the Comptroller and the Corporation
The Comptroller may issue such regulations, and the appropriate Federal banking agency may issue such orders, including those issued pursuant to section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818], as may be necessary to administer and carry out this paragraph and to prevent evasion of this paragraph.
(8) Definitions
For purposes of this section—
(A) the term "service company" means—
(i) any corporation—
(I) that is organized to perform services authorized by this chapter or, in the case of a corporation owned in part by a State savings association, authorized by applicable State law; and
(II) all of the capital stock of which is owned by 1 or more insured savings associations; and
(ii) any limited liability company—
(I) that is organized to perform services authorized by this chapter or, in the case of a company, 1 of the members of which is a State savings association, authorized by applicable State law; and
(II) all of the members of which are 1 or more insured savings associations;
(B) the term "limited liability company" means any company, partnership, trust, or similar business entity organized under the law of a State (as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1813]) that provides that a member or manager of such company is not personally liable for a debt, obligation, or liability of the company solely by reason of being, or acting as, a member or manager of such company; and
(C) the terms "State savings association" and "subsidiary" have the same meanings as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
(e) Character and responsibility
A charter may be granted only—
(1) to persons of good character and responsibility,
(2) if in the judgment of the Comptroller a necessity exists for such an institution in the community to be served,
(3) if there is a reasonable probability of its usefulness and success, and
(4) if the association can be established without undue injury to properly conducted existing local thrift and home financing institutions.
(f) Federal home loan bank membership
After the end of the 6-month period beginning on November 12, 1999, a Federal savings association may become a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, and shall qualify for such membership in the manner provided by the Federal Home Loan Bank Act [12 U.S.C. 1421 et seq.].
(g) Preferred shares
[Repealed.]
(h) Discriminatory State and local taxation prohibited
No State, county, municipal, or local taxing authority may impose any tax on Federal savings associations or their franchise, capital, reserves, surplus, loans, or income greater than that imposed by such authority on other similar local mutual or cooperative thrift and home financing institutions.
(i) Conversions
(1) In general
Any savings association which is, or is eligible to become, a member of a Federal home loan bank may convert into a Federal savings association (and in so doing may change directly from the mutual form to the stock form, or from the stock form to the mutual form). Such conversion shall be subject to such regulations as the Comptroller shall prescribe. Thereafter such Federal savings association shall be entitled to all the benefits of this section and shall be subject to examination and regulation to the same extent as other associations incorporated pursuant to this chapter.
(2) Authority of Comptroller
(A) No savings association may convert from the mutual to the stock form, or from the stock form to the mutual form, except in accordance with the regulations of the Comptroller.
(B) Any aggrieved person may obtain review of a final action of the Comptroller which approves or disapproves a plan of conversion pursuant to this subsection only by complying with the provisions of section 1467a(j) of this title within the time limit and in the manner therein prescribed, which provisions shall apply in all respects as if such final action were an order the review of which is therein provided for, except that such time limit shall commence upon publication of notice of such final action in the Federal Register or upon the giving of such general notice of such final action as is required by or approved under regulations of the Comptroller, whichever is later.
(C) Any Federal savings association may change its designation from a Federal savings association to a Federal savings bank, or the reverse.
(3) Conversion to State association
(A) Any Federal savings association may convert itself into a savings association or savings bank organized pursuant to the laws of the State in which the principal office of such Federal savings association is located if—
(i) the State permits the conversion of any savings association or savings bank of such State into a Federal savings association;
(ii) such conversion of a Federal savings association into such a State savings association is determined—
(I) upon the vote in favor of such conversion cast in person or by proxy at a special meeting of members or stockholders called to consider such action, specified by the law of the State in which the home office of the Federal savings association is located, as required by such law for a State-chartered institution to convert itself into a Federal savings association, but in no event upon a vote of less than 51 percent of all the votes cast at such meeting, and
(II) upon compliance with other requirements reciprocally equivalent to the requirements of such State law for the conversion of a State-chartered institution into a Federal savings association;
(iii) notice of the meeting to vote on conversion shall be given as herein provided and no other notice thereof shall be necessary; the notice shall expressly state that such meeting is called to vote thereon, as well as the time and place thereof; and such notice shall be mailed, postage prepaid, at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the date of the meeting, to the Comptroller and to each member or stockholder of record of the Federal savings association at the member's or stockholder's last address as shown on the books of the Federal savings association;
(iv) when a mutual savings association is dissolved after conversion, the members or shareholders of the savings association will share on a mutual basis in the assets of the association in exact proportion to their relative share or account credits;
(v) when a stock savings association is dissolved after conversion, the stockholders will share on an equitable basis in the assets of the association; and
(vi) such conversion shall be effective upon the date that all the provisions of this chapter shall have been fully complied with and upon the issuance of a new charter by the State wherein the savings association is located.
(B)(i) The act of conversion constitutes consent by the institution to be bound by all the requirements that the Comptroller may impose under this chapter.
(ii) The savings association shall upon conversion and thereafter be authorized to issue securities in any form currently approved at the time of issue by the Comptroller for issuance by similar savings associations in such State.
(iii) If the insurance of accounts is terminated in connection with such conversion, the notice and other action shall be taken as provided by law and regulations for the termination of insurance of accounts.
(4) Savings bank activities
(A) To the extent authorized by the Comptroller, but subject to section 18(m)(3) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(m)(3)]—
(i) any Federal savings bank chartered as such prior to October 15, 1982, may continue to make any investment or engage in any activity not otherwise authorized under this section, to the degree it was permitted to do so as a Federal savings bank prior to October 15, 1982; and
(ii) any Federal savings bank in existence on August 9, 1989, and formerly organized as a mutual savings bank under State law may continue to make any investment or engage in any activity not otherwise authorized under this section, to the degree it was authorized to do so as a mutual savings bank under State law.
(B) The authority conferred by this paragraph may be utilized by any Federal savings association that acquires, by merger or consolidation, a Federal savings bank enjoying grandfather rights hereunder.
(5) Conversion to national or State bank
(A) In general
Any Federal savings association chartered and in operation before November 12, 1999, with branches in operation before November 12, 1999, in 1 or more States, may convert, at its option, with the approval of the Comptroller for each national bank, and with the approval of the appropriate State bank supervisor and the appropriate Federal banking agency for each State bank, into 1 or more national or State banks, each of which may encompass 1 or more of the branches of the Federal savings association in operation before November 12, 1999, in 1 or more States subject to subparagraph (B).
(B) Conditions of conversion
The authority in subparagraph (A) shall apply only if each resulting national or State bank—
(i) will meet all financial, management, and capital requirements applicable to the resulting national or State bank; and
(ii) if more than 1 national or State bank results from a conversion under this subparagraph, has received approval from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under section 5(a) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1815(a)].
(C) No merger application under FDIA required
No application under section 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(c)] shall be required for a conversion under this paragraph.
(D) Definitions
For purposes of this paragraph, the terms "State bank" and "State bank supervisor" have the same meanings as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1813].
(6) Limitation on certain conversions by Federal savings associations
A Federal savings association may not convert to a State bank or State savings association during any period in which the Federal savings association is subject to a cease and desist order (or other formal enforcement order) issued by, or a memorandum of understanding entered into with, the Office of Thrift Supervision or the Comptroller of the Currency with respect to a significant supervisory matter.
(j) Subscription for shares
[Repealed.]
(k) Depository of public money
When designated for that purpose by the Secretary of the Treasury, a savings association the deposits of which are insured by the Corporation shall be a depository of public money and may be employed as fiscal agent of the Government under such regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary and shall perform all such reasonable duties as fiscal agent of the Government as may be required of it. A savings association the deposits of which are insured by the Corporation may act as agent for any other instrumentality of the United States when designated for that purpose by such instrumentality, including services in connection with the collection of taxes and other obligations owed the United States, and the Secretary of the Treasury may deposit public money in any such savings association, and shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this subsection.
(l) Retirement accounts
A Federal savings association is authorized to act as trustee of any trust created or organized in the United States and forming part of a stock bonus, pension, or profit-sharing plan which qualifies or qualified for specific tax treatment under section 401(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [26 U.S.C. 401(d)] and to act as trustee or custodian of an individual retirement account within the meaning of section 408 of such Code [26 U.S.C. 408] if the funds of such trust or account are invested only in savings accounts or deposits in such Federal savings association or in obligations or securities issued by such Federal savings association. All funds held in such fiduciary capacity by any Federal savings association may be commingled for appropriate purposes of investment, but individual records shall be kept by the fiduciary for each participant and shall show in proper detail all transactions engaged in under this paragraph.
(m) Branching
(1) In general
(A) No savings association incorporated under the laws of the District of Columbia or organized in the District or doing business in the District shall establish any branch or move its principal office or any branch without the Director's 4 prior written approval.
(B) No savings association shall establish any branch in the District of Columbia or move its principal office or any branch in the District without the Director's 4 prior written approval.
(2) "Branch" defined
For purposes of this subsection the term "branch" means any office, place of business, or facility, other than the principal office as defined by the Comptroller, of a savings association at which accounts are opened or payments are received or withdrawals are made, or any other office, place of business, or facility of a savings association defined by the Comptroller as a branch within the meaning of such sentence.
(n) Trusts
(1) Permits
The Comptroller may grant by special permit to a Federal savings association applying therefor the right to act as trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, or in any other fiduciary capacity in which State banks, trust companies, or other corporations which compete with Federal savings associations are permitted to act under the laws of the State in which the Federal savings association is located. Subject to the regulations of the Comptroller, service corporations may invest in State or federally chartered corporations which are located in the State in which the home office of the Federal savings association is located and which are engaged in trust activities.
(2) Segregation of assets
A Federal savings association exercising any or all of the powers enumerated in this section shall segregate all assets held in any fiduciary capacity from the general assets of the association and shall keep a separate set of books and records showing in proper detail all transactions engaged in under this subsection. The State banking authority involved may have access to reports of examination made by the Comptroller insofar as such reports relate to the trust department of such association but nothing in this subsection shall be construed as authorizing such State banking authority to examine the books, records, and assets of such associations.
(3) Prohibitions
No Federal savings association shall receive in its trust department deposits of current funds subject to check or the deposit of checks, drafts, bills of exchange, or other items for collection or exchange purposes. Funds deposited or held in trust by the association awaiting investment shall be carried in a separate account and shall not be used by the association in the conduct of its business unless it shall first set aside in the trust department United States bonds or other securities approved by the Comptroller.
(4) Separate lien
In the event of the failure of a Federal savings association, the owners of the funds held in trust for investment shall have a lien on the bonds or other securities so set apart in addition to their claim against the estate of the association.
(5) Deposits
Whenever the laws of a State require corporations acting in a fiduciary capacity to deposit securities with the State authorities for the protection of private or court trusts, Federal savings associations so acting shall be required to make similar deposits. Securities so deposited shall be held for the protection of private or court trusts, as provided by the State law. Federal savings associations in such cases shall not be required to execute the bond usually required of individuals if State corporations under similar circumstances are exempt from this requirement. Federal savings associations shall have power to execute such bond when so required by the laws of the State involved.
(6) Oaths and affidavits
In any case in which the laws of a State require that a corporation acting as trustee, executor, administrator, or in any capacity specified in this section, shall take an oath or make an affidavit, the president, vice president, cashier, or trust officer of such association may take the necessary oath or execute the necessary affidavit.
(7) Certain loans prohibited
It shall be unlawful for any Federal savings association to lend any officer, director, or employee any funds held in trust under the powers conferred by this section. Any officer, director, or employee making such loan, or to whom such loan is made, may be fined not more than $50,000 or twice the amount of that person's gain from the loan, whichever is greater, or may be imprisoned not more than 5 years, or may be both fined and imprisoned, in the discretion of the court.
(8) Factors to be considered
In reviewing applications for permission to exercise the powers enumerated in this section, the Comptroller may consider—
(A) the amount of capital of the applying Federal savings association,
(B) whether or not such capital is sufficient under the circumstances of the case,
(C) the needs of the community to be served, and
(D) any other facts and circumstances that seem to it proper.
The Comptroller may grant or refuse the application accordingly, except that no permit shall be issued to any association having capital less than the capital required by State law of State banks, trust companies, and corporations exercising such powers.
(9) Surrender of charter
(A) Any Federal savings association may surrender its right to exercise the powers granted under this subsection, and have returned to it any securities which it may have deposited with the State authorities, by filing with the Comptroller a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors indicating its intention to surrender its right.
(B) Upon receipt of such resolution, the Comptroller, if satisfied that such Federal savings association has been relieved in accordance with State law of all duties as trustee, executor, administrator, guardian or other fiduciary, may in the Director's 4 discretion, issue to such association a certificate that such association is no longer authorized to exercise the powers granted by this subsection.
(C) Upon the issuance of such a certificate by the Comptroller, such Federal savings association (i) shall no longer be subject to the provisions of this section or the regulations of the Comptroller made pursuant thereto, (ii) shall be entitled to have returned to it any securities which it may have deposited with State authorities, and (iii) shall not exercise thereafter any of the powers granted by this section without first applying for and obtaining a new permit to exercise such powers pursuant to the provisions of this section.
(D) The Comptroller may prescribe regulations necessary to enforce compliance with the provisions of this subsection.
(10) Revocation
(A) In addition to the authority conferred by other law, if, in the opinion of the Comptroller, a Federal savings association is unlawfully or unsoundly exercising, or has unlawfully or unsoundly exercised, or has failed for a period of 5 consecutive years to exercise, the powers granted by this subsection or otherwise fails or has failed to comply with the requirements of this subsection, the Comptroller may issue and serve upon the association a notice of intent to revoke the authority of the association to exercise the powers granted by this subsection. The notice shall contain a statement of the facts constituting the alleged unlawful or unsound exercise of powers, or failure to exercise powers, or failure to comply, and shall fix a time and place at which a hearing will be held to determine whether an order revoking authority to exercise such powers should issue against the association.
(B) Such hearing shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d)(1)(B), and subject to judicial review as therein provided, and shall be fixed for a date not earlier than 30 days and not later than 60 days after service of such notice unless the Comptroller sets an earlier or later date at the request of any Federal savings association so served.
(C) Unless the Federal savings association so served shall appear at the hearing by a duly authorized representative, it shall be deemed to have consented to the issuance of the revocation order. In the event of such consent, or if upon the record made at any such hearing, the Comptroller shall find that any allegation specified in the notice of charges has been established, the Comptroller may issue and serve upon the association an order prohibiting it from accepting any new or additional trust accounts and revoking authority to exercise any and all powers granted by this subsection, except that such order shall permit the association to continue to service all previously accepted trust accounts pending their expeditious divestiture or termination.
(D) A revocation order shall become effective not earlier than the expiration of 30 days after service of such order upon the association so served (except in the case of a revocation order issued upon consent, which shall become effective at the time specified therein), and shall remain effective and enforceable, except to such extent as it is stayed, modified, terminated, or set aside by action of the Comptroller or a reviewing court.
(o) Conversion of State savings banks
(1) Subject to the provisions of this subsection and under regulations of the Comptroller, the Comptroller may authorize the conversion of a State-chartered savings bank into a Federal savings bank, if such conversion is not in contravention of State law, and provide for the organization, incorporation, operation, examination, and regulation of such institution.
(2)(A) Any Federal savings bank chartered pursuant to this subsection shall continue to be insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund.
(B) The Comptroller shall notify the Corporation of any application under this chapter for conversion to a Federal charter by an institution insured by the Corporation, shall consult with the Corporation before disposing of the application, and shall notify the Corporation of the determination of the Comptroller with respect to such application.
(C) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, if the Corporation determines that conversion into a Federal stock savings bank or the chartering of a Federal stock savings bank is necessary to prevent the default of a savings bank it insures or to reopen a savings bank in default that it insured, or if the Corporation determines, with the concurrence of the Comptroller, that severe financial conditions exist that threaten the stability of a savings bank insured by the Corporation and that such a conversion or charter is likely to improve the financial condition of such savings bank, the Corporation shall provide the Comptroller with a certificate of such determination, the reasons therefor in conformance with the requirements of this chapter, and the bank shall be converted or chartered by the Comptroller, pursuant to the regulations thereof, from the time the Corporation issues the certificate.
(D) A bank may be converted under subparagraph (C) only if the board of trustees of the bank—
(i) has specified in writing that the bank is in danger of closing or is closed, or that severe financial conditions exist that threaten the stability of the bank and a conversion is likely to improve the financial condition of the bank; and
(ii) has requested in writing that the Corporation use the authority of subparagraph (C).
(E)(i) Before making a determination under subparagraph (D), the Corporation shall consult the State bank supervisor of the State in which the bank in danger of closing is chartered. The State bank supervisor shall be given a reasonable opportunity, and in no event less than 48 hours, to object to the use of the provisions of subparagraph (D).
(ii) If the State supervisor objects during such period, the Corporation may use the authority of subparagraph (D) only by an affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall provide the State supervisor, as soon as practicable, with a written certification of its determination.
(3) A Federal savings bank chartered under this subsection shall have the same authority with respect to investments, operations, and activities, and shall be subject to the same restrictions, including those applicable to branching and discrimination, as would apply to it if it were chartered as a Federal savings bank under any other provision of this chapter.
(p) Conversions
(1) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, and consistent with the purposes of this chapter, the Comptroller may authorize (or in the case of a Federal savings association, require) the conversion of any mutual savings association or Federal mutual savings bank that is insured by the Corporation into a Federal stock savings association or Federal stock savings bank, or charter a Federal stock savings association or Federal stock savings bank to acquire the assets of, or merge with such a mutual institution under the regulations of the Comptroller.
(2) Authorizations under this subsection may be made only—
(A) if the Comptroller has determined that severe financial conditions exist which threaten the stability of an association and that such authorization is likely to improve the financial condition of the association,
(B) when the Corporation has contracted to provide assistance to such association under section 13 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1823], or
(C) to assist an institution in receivership.
(3) A Federal savings bank chartered under this subsection shall have the same authority with respect to investments, operations and activities, and shall be subject to the same restrictions, including those applicable to branching and discrimination, as would apply to it if it were chartered as a Federal savings bank under any other provision of this chapter, and may engage in any investment, activity, or operation that the institution it acquired was engaged in if that institution was a Federal savings bank, or would have been authorized to engage in had that institution converted to a Federal charter.
(q) Tying arrangements
(1) A savings association may not in any manner extend credit, lease, or sell property of any kind, or furnish any service, or fix or vary the consideration for any of the foregoing, on the condition or requirement—
(A) that the customer shall obtain additional credit, property, or service from such savings association, or from any service corporation or affiliate of such association, other than a loan, discount, deposit, or trust service;
(B) that the customer provide additional credit, property, or service to such association, or to any service corporation or affiliate of such association, other than those related to and usually provided in connection with a similar loan, discount, deposit, or trust service; and
(C) that the customer shall not obtain some other credit, property, or service from a competitor of such association, or from a competitor of any service corporation or affiliate of such association, other than a condition or requirement that such association shall reasonably impose in connection with credit transactions to assure the soundness of credit.
(2)(A) Any person may sue for and have injunctive relief, in any court of the United States having jurisdiction over the parties, against threatened loss or damage by reason of a violation of paragraph (1), under the same conditions and principles as injunctive relief against threatened conduct that will cause loss or damage is granted by courts of equity and under the rules governing such proceedings.
(B) Upon the execution of proper bond against damages for an injunction improvidently granted and a showing that the danger of irreparable loss or damage is immediate, a preliminary injunction may issue.
(3) Any person injured by a violation of paragraph (1) may bring an action in any district court of the United States in which the defendant resides or is found or has an agent, without regard to the amount in controversy, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, and shall be entitled to recover three times the amount of the damages sustained, and the cost of suit, including a reasonable attorney's fee. Any such action shall be brought within 4 years from the date of the occurrence of the violation.
(4) Nothing contained in this subsection affects in any manner the right of the United States or any other party to bring an action under any other law of the United States or of any State, including any right which may exist in addition to specific statutory authority, challenging the legality of any act or practice which may be proscribed by this subsection. No regulation or order issued by the Board under this subsection shall in any manner constitute a defense to such action.
(5) For purposes of this subsection, the term "loan" includes obligations and extensions or advances of credit.
(6)
(r) Out-of-State branches
(1) No Federal savings association may establish, retain, or operate a branch outside the State in which the Federal savings association has its home office, unless the association qualifies as a domestic building and loan association under section 7701(a)(19) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [26 U.S.C. 7701(a)(19)] or meets the asset composition test imposed by subparagraph (C) of that section on institutions seeking so to qualify, or qualifies as a qualified thrift lender, as determined under section 1467a(m) of this title. No out-of-State branch so established shall be retained or operated unless the total assets of the Federal savings association attributable to all branches of the Federal savings association in that State would qualify the branches as a whole, were they otherwise eligible, for treatment as a domestic building and loan association under section 7701(a)(19) or as a qualified thrift lender, as determined under section 1467a(m) of this title, as applicable.
(2) The limitations of paragraph (1) shall not apply if—
(A) the branch results from a transaction authorized under section 13(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1823(k)];
(B) the branch was authorized for the Federal savings association prior to October 15, 1982;
(C) the law of the State where the branch is located, or is to be located, would permit establishment of the branch if the association was a savings association or savings bank chartered by the State in which its home office is located; or
(D) the branch was operated lawfully as a branch under State law prior to the association's conversion to a Federal charter.
(3) The Comptroller of the Currency, for good cause shown, may allow Federal savings associations up to 2 years to comply with the requirements of this subsection.
(s) Minimum capital requirements
(1) In general
Consistent with the purposes of section 908 of the International Lending Supervision Act of 1983 [12 U.S.C. 3907] and the capital requirements established pursuant to such section by the appropriate Federal banking agencies (as defined in section 903(1) of such Act [12 U.S.C. 3902(1)]), the Comptroller of the Currency shall require all savings associations to achieve and maintain adequate capital by—
(A) establishing minimum levels of capital for savings associations; and
(B) using such other methods as the Comptroller of the Currency determines to be appropriate.
(2) Minimum capital levels may be determined by Comptroller of the Currency case-by-case
The Comptroller of the Currency may, consistent with subsection (t), establish the minimum level of capital for a savings association at such amount or at such ratio of capital-to-assets as the Comptroller of the Currency determines to be necessary or appropriate for such association in light of the particular circumstances of the association.
(3) Unsafe or unsound practice
In the discretion of the appropriate Federal banking agency, the appropriate Federal banking agency,6 may treat the failure of any savings association to maintain capital at or above the minimum level required by the Comptroller under this subsection or subsection (t) as an unsafe or unsound practice.
(4) Directive to increase capital
(A) Plan may be required
In addition to any other action authorized by law, including paragraph (3), the appropriate Federal banking agency may issue a directive requiring any savings association which fails to maintain capital at or above the minimum level required by the appropriate Federal banking agency to submit and adhere to a plan for increasing capital which is acceptable to the appropriate Federal banking agency.
(B) Enforcement of plan
Any directive issued and plan approved under subparagraph (A) shall be enforceable under section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818] to the same extent and in the same manner as an outstanding order which was issued under section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and has become final.
(5) Plan taken into account in other proceedings
The appropriate Federal banking agency may—
(A) consider a savings association's progress in adhering to any plan required under paragraph (4) whenever such association or any affiliate of such association (including any company which controls such association) seeks the approval of the appropriate Federal banking agency for any proposal which would have the effect of diverting earnings, diminishing capital, or otherwise impeding such association's progress in meeting the minimum level of capital required by the appropriate Federal banking agency; and
(B) disapprove any proposal referred to in subparagraph (A) if the appropriate Federal banking agency determines that the proposal would adversely affect the ability of the association to comply with such plan.
(t) Capital standards
(1) In general
(A) Requirement for standards to be prescribed
The appropriate Federal banking agency shall, by regulation, prescribe and maintain uniformly applicable capital standards for savings associations. Those standards shall include—
(i) a leverage limit;
(ii) a tangible capital requirement; and
(iii) a risk-based capital requirement.
(B) Compliance
A savings association is not in compliance with capital standards for purposes of this subsection unless it complies with all capital standards prescribed under this paragraph.
(C) Stringency
The standards prescribed under this paragraph shall be no less stringent than the capital standards applicable to national banks.
(2) Content of standards
(A) Leverage limit
The leverage limit prescribed under paragraph (1) shall require a savings association to maintain core capital in an amount not less than 3 percent of the savings association's total assets.
(B) Tangible capital requirement
The tangible capital requirement prescribed under paragraph (1) shall require a savings association to maintain tangible capital in an amount not less than 1.5 percent of the savings association's total assets.
(C) Risk-based capital requirement
Notwithstanding paragraph (1)(C), the risk-based capital requirement prescribed under paragraph (1) may deviate from the risk-based capital standards applicable to national banks to reflect interest-rate risk or other risks, but such deviations shall not, in the aggregate, result in materially lower levels of capital being required of savings associations under the risk-based capital requirement than would be required under the risk-based capital standards applicable to national banks.
(3) [Repealed].
(4) [Repealed].
(5) Separate capitalization required for certain subsidiaries
(A) In general
In determining compliance with capital standards prescribed under paragraph (1), all of a savings association's investments in and extensions of credit to any subsidiary engaged in activities not permissible for a national bank shall be deducted from the savings association's capital.
(B) Exception for agency activities
Subparagraph (A) shall not apply with respect to a subsidiary engaged, solely as agent for its customers, in activities not permissible for a national bank unless the appropriate Federal banking agency, in the sole discretion of the appropriate Federal banking agency, determines that, in the interests of safety and soundness, this subparagraph should cease to apply to that subsidiary.
(C) Other exceptions
Subparagraph (A) shall not apply with respect to any of the following:
(i) Mortgage banking subsidiaries
A savings association's investments in and extensions of credit to a subsidiary engaged solely in mortgage-banking activities.
(ii) Subsidiary insured depository institutions
A savings association's investments in and extensions of credit to a subsidiary—
(I) that is itself an insured depository institution or a company the sole investment of which is an insured depository institution, and
(II) that was acquired by the parent insured depository institution prior to May 1, 1989.
(iii) Certain Federal savings banks
Any Federal savings association existing as a Federal savings association on August 9, 1989—
(I) that was chartered prior to October 15, 1982, as a savings bank or a cooperative bank under State law; or
(II) that acquired its principal assets from an association that was chartered prior to October 15, 1982, as a savings bank or a cooperative bank under State law.
(D) Repealed. Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §369(5)(L)(iii)(II), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1562
(E) Consolidation of subsidiaries not separately capitalized
In determining compliance with capital standards prescribed under paragraph (1), the assets and liabilities of each of a savings association's subsidiaries (other than any subsidiary described in subparagraph (C)(ii)) shall be consolidated with the savings association's assets and liabilities, unless all of the savings association's investments in and extensions of credit to the subsidiary are deducted from the savings association's capital pursuant to subparagraph (A).
(6) Consequences of failing to comply with capital standards
(A) [Reserved].
(B) On or after January 1, 1991
On or after January 1, 1991, the appropriate Federal banking agency—
(i) shall prohibit any asset growth by any savings association not in compliance with capital standards, except as provided in subparagraph (C); and
(ii) shall require any savings association not in compliance with capital standards to comply with a capital directive issued by the appropriate Federal banking agency (which may include such restrictions, including restrictions on the payment of dividends and on compensation, as the appropriate Federal banking agency determines to be appropriate).
(C) Limited growth exception
The appropriate Federal banking agency may permit any savings association that is subject to subparagraph (B) to increase its assets in an amount not exceeding the amount of net interest credited to the savings association's deposit liabilities if—
(i) the savings association obtains the prior approval of the appropriate Federal banking agency;
(ii) any increase in assets is accompanied by an increase in tangible capital in an amount not less than 6 percent of the increase in assets (or, in the discretion of the appropriate Federal banking agency if the leverage limit then applicable is less than 6 percent, in an amount equal to the increase in assets multiplied by the percentage amount of the leverage limit);
(iii) any increase in assets is accompanied by an increase in capital not less in percentage amount than required under the risk-based capital standard then applicable;
(iv) any increase in assets is invested in low-risk assets, such as first mortgage loans secured by 1- to 4-family residences and fully secured consumer loans; and
(v) the savings association's ratio of core capital to total assets is not less than the ratio existing on January 1, 1991.
(D) Additional restrictions in case of excessive risks or rates
The appropriate Federal banking agency may restrict the asset growth of any savings association that the appropriate Federal banking agency determines is taking excessive risks or paying excessive rates for deposits.
(E) Failure to comply with plan, regulation, or order
The appropriate Federal banking agency may treat as an unsafe and unsound practice any material failure by a savings association to comply with any plan, regulation, or order under this paragraph.
(F) Effect on other regulatory authority
This paragraph does not limit any authority of the appropriate Federal banking agency under this chapter or any other provision of law.
(7) Exemption from certain sanctions
(A) Application for exemption
Any savings association not in compliance with the capital standards prescribed under paragraph (1) may apply to the appropriate Federal banking agency for an exemption from any applicable sanction or penalty for noncompliance which the appropriate Federal banking agency may impose under this chapter.
(B) Effect of grant of exemption
If the appropriate Federal banking agency approves any savings association's application under subparagraph (A), the only sanction or penalty to be imposed by the appropriate Federal banking agency under this chapter for the savings association's failure to comply with the capital standards prescribed under paragraph (1) is the growth limitation contained in paragraph (6)(B) or paragraph (6)(C), whichever is applicable.
(C) Standards for approval or disapproval
(i) Approval
The appropriate Federal banking agency may approve an application for an exemption if the appropriate Federal banking agency determines that—
(I) such exemption would pose no significant risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund;
(II) the savings association's management is competent;
(III) the savings association is in substantial compliance with all applicable statutes, regulations, orders, and supervisory agreements and directives; and
(IV) the savings association's management has not engaged in insider dealing, speculative practices, or any other activities that have jeopardized the association's safety and soundness or contributed to impairing the association's capital.
(ii) Denial or revocation of approval
The appropriate Federal banking agency shall deny any application submitted under clause (i) and revoke any prior approval granted with respect to any such application if the appropriate Federal banking agency determines that the association's failure to meet any capital standards prescribed under paragraph (1) is accompanied by—
(I) a pattern of consistent losses;
(II) substantial dissipation of assets;
(III) evidence of imprudent management or business behavior;
(IV) a material violation of any Federal law, any law of any State to which such association is subject, or any applicable regulation; or
(V) any other unsafe or unsound condition or activity, other than the failure to meet such capital standards.
(D) Submission of plan required
Any application submitted under subparagraph (A) shall be accompanied by a plan which—
(i) meets the requirements of paragraph (6)(A)(ii); and
(ii) is acceptable to the appropriate Federal banking agency.
(E) Failure to comply with plan
The appropriate Federal banking agency shall treat as an unsafe and unsound practice any material failure by any savings association which has been granted an exemption under this paragraph to comply with the provisions of any plan submitted by such association under subparagraph (D).
(F) Exemption not available with respect to unsafe or unsound practices
This paragraph does not limit any authority of the appropriate Federal banking agency under any other provision of law, including section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818], to take any appropriate action with respect to any unsafe or unsound practice or condition of any savings association, other than the failure of such savings association to comply with the capital standards prescribed under paragraph (1).
(8) [Repealed].
(9) Definitions
For purposes of this subsection—
(A) Core capital
Unless the Comptroller prescribes a more stringent definition, the term "core capital" means core capital as defined by the Comptroller of the Currency for national banks, less any unidentifiable intangible assets.
(B) Tangible capital
The term "tangible capital" means core capital minus any intangible assets (as intangible assets are defined by the Comptroller for national banks).
(C) Total assets
The term "total assets" means total assets (as total assets are defined by the Comptroller of the Currency for national banks) adjusted in the same manner as total assets would be adjusted in determining compliance with the leverage limit applicable to national banks if the savings association were a national bank.
(10) Use of Comptroller's definitions
(A) In general
The standards prescribed under paragraph (1) shall include all relevant substantive definitions established by the Comptroller of the Currency for national banks.
(B) Special rule
If the Comptroller of the Currency has not made effective regulations defining core capital or establishing a risk-based capital standard, the appropriate Federal banking agency shall use the definition and standard contained in the Comptroller's most recently published final regulations.
(u) Limits on loans to one borrower
(1) In general
Section 5200 of the Revised Statutes [12 U.S.C. 84] shall apply to savings associations in the same manner and to the same extent as it applies to national banks.
(2) Special rules
(A) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), a savings association may make loans to one borrower under one of the following clauses:
(i) For any purpose, not to exceed $500,000.
(ii) To develop domestic residential housing units, not to exceed the lesser of $30,000,000 or 30 percent of the savings association's unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus, if—
(I) the savings association is and continues to be in compliance with the fully phased-in capital standards prescribed under subsection (t);
(II) the appropriate Federal banking agency, by order, permits the savings association to avail itself of the higher limit provided by this clause;
(III) loans made under this clause to all borrowers do not, in aggregate, exceed 150 percent of the savings association's unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus; and
(IV) such loans comply with all applicable loan-to-value requirements.
(B) A savings association's loans to one borrower to finance the sale of real property acquired in satisfaction of debts previously contracted in good faith shall not exceed 50 percent of the savings association's unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus.
(3) Authority to impose more stringent restrictions
The appropriate Federal banking agency may impose more stringent restrictions on a savings association's loans to one borrower if the appropriate Federal banking agency determines that such restrictions are necessary to protect the safety and soundness of the savings association.
(v) Reports of condition
(1) In general
Each association shall make reports of conditions to the appropriate Federal banking agency which shall be in a form prescribed by the appropriate Federal banking agency and shall contain—
(A) information sufficient to allow the identification of potential interest rate and credit risk;
(B) a description of any assistance being received by the association, including the type and monetary value of such assistance;
(C) the identity of all subsidiaries and affiliates of the association;
(D) the identity, value, type, and sector of investment of all equity investments of the associations and subsidiaries; and
(E) other information that the appropriate Federal banking agency may prescribe.
(2) Public disclosure
(A) Reports required under paragraph (1) and all information contained therein shall be available to the public upon request, unless the appropriate Federal banking agency determines—
(i) that a particular item or classification of information should not be made public in order to protect the safety or soundness of the institution concerned or institutions concerned, or the Deposit Insurance Fund; or
(ii) that public disclosure would not otherwise be in the public interest.
(B) Any determination made by the appropriate Federal banking agency under subparagraph (A) not to permit the public disclosure of information shall be made in writing, and if the appropriate Federal banking agency restricts any item of information for savings institutions generally, the appropriate Federal banking agency shall disclose the reason in detail in the Federal Register.
(C) The determinations of the appropriate Federal banking agency under subparagraph (A) shall not be subject to judicial review.
(3) Access by certain parties
(A) Notwithstanding paragraph (2), the persons described in subparagraph (B) shall not be denied access to any information contained in a report of condition, subject to reasonable requirements of confidentiality. Those requirements shall not prevent such information from being transmitted to the Comptroller General of the United States for analysis.
(B) The following persons are described in this subparagraph for purposes of subparagraph (A):
(i) the Chairman and ranking minority member of the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and their designees; and
(ii) the Chairman and ranking minority member of the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and their designees.
(4) First tier penalties
Any savings association which—
(A) maintains procedures reasonably adapted to avoid any inadvertent and unintentional error and, as a result of such an error—
(i) fails to submit or publish any report or information required by the appropriate Federal banking agency under paragraph (1) or (2), within the period of time specified by the appropriate Federal banking agency; or
(ii) submits or publishes any false or misleading report or information; or
(B) inadvertently transmits or publishes any report which is minimally late,
shall be subject to a penalty of not more than $2,000 for each day during which such failure continues or such false or misleading information is not corrected. The savings association shall have the burden of proving by a preponderence 7 of the evidence that an error was inadvertent and unintentional and that a report was inadvertently transmitted or published late.
(5) Second tier penalties
Any savings association which—
(A) fails to submit or publish any report or information required by the appropriate Federal banking agency under paragraph (1) or (2), within the period of time specified by the appropriate Federal banking agency; or
(B) submits or publishes any false or misleading report or information,
in a manner not described in paragraph (4) shall be subject to a penalty of not more than $20,000 for each day during which such failure continues or such false or misleading information is not corrected.
(6) Third tier penalties
If any savings association knowingly or with reckless disregard for the accuracy of any information or report described in paragraph (5) submits or publishes any false or misleading report or information, the appropriate Federal banking agency may assess a penalty of not more than $1,000,000 or 1 percent of total assets, whichever is less, per day for each day during which such failure continues or such false or misleading information is not corrected.
(7) Assessment
Any penalty imposed under paragraph (4), (5), or (6) shall be assessed and collected by the appropriate Federal banking agency in the manner provided in subparagraphs (E), (F), (G), and (I) of section 8(i)(2) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818(i)(2)(E), (F), (G), (I)] (for penalties imposed under such section), and any such assessment (including the determination of the amount of the penalty) shall be subject to the provisions of such subsection.
(8) Hearing
Any savings association against which any penalty is assessed under this subsection shall be afforded a hearing if such savings association submits a request for such hearing within 20 days after the issuance of the notice of assessment. Section 8(h) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818(h)] shall apply to any proceeding under this subsection.
(w) Forfeiture of franchise for money laundering or cash transaction reporting offenses
(1) In general
(A) Conviction of title 18 offense
(I) Duty to notify
If a Federal savings association has been convicted of any criminal offense under section 1956 or 1957 of title 18, the Attorney General shall provide to the Comptroller a written notification of the conviction and shall include a certified copy of the order of conviction from the court rendering the decision.
(II) Notice of termination; pretermination hearing
After receiving written notification from the Attorney General of such a conviction, the Comptroller shall issue to the savings association a notice of the intention of the Comptroller to terminate all rights, privileges, and franchises of the savings association and schedule a pretermination hearing.
(B) Conviction of title 31 offenses
If a Federal savings association is convicted of any criminal offense under section 5322 or 5324 of title 31 after receiving written notification from the Attorney General, the Comptroller may issue to the savings association a notice of the intention of the Comptroller to terminate all rights, privileges, and franchises of the savings association and schedule a pretermination hearing.
(C) Judicial review
Subsection (d)(1)(B)(vii) shall apply to any proceeding under this subsection.
(2) Factors to be considered
In determining whether a franchise shall be forfeited under paragraph (1), the Comptroller shall take into account the following factors:
(A) The extent to which directors or senior executive officers of the savings association knew of, were 8 involved in, the commission of the money laundering offense of which the association was found guilty.
(B) The extent to which the offense occurred despite the existence of policies and procedures within the savings association which were designed to prevent the occurrence of any such offense.
(C) The extent to which the savings association has fully cooperated with law enforcement authorities with respect to the investigation of the money laundering offense of which the association was found guilty.
(D) The extent to which the savings association has implemented additional internal controls (since the commission of the offense of which the savings association was found guilty) to prevent the occurrence of any other money laundering offense.
(E) The extent to which the interest of the local community in having adequate deposit and credit services available would be threatened by the forfeiture of the franchise.
(3) Successor liability
This subsection shall not apply to a successor to the interests of, or a person who acquires, a savings association that violated a provision of law described in paragraph (1), if the successor succeeds to the interests of the violator, or the acquisition is made, in good faith and not for purposes of evading this subsection or regulations prescribed under this subsection.
(4) "Senior executive officer" defined
The term "senior executive officer" has the same meaning as in regulations prescribed under section 32(f) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1831i(f)].
(x) Home State citizenship
In determining whether a Federal court has diversity jurisdiction over a case in which a Federal savings association is a party, the Federal savings association shall be considered to be a citizen only of the State in which such savings association has its home office.
(June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §5, 48 Stat. 132; Apr. 27, 1934, ch. 168, §§5, 6, 48 Stat. 645, 646; May 28, 1935, ch. 150, §18, 49 Stat. 297; Aug. 10, 1939, ch. 666, title IX, §909, 53 Stat. 1402; Aug. 6, 1947, ch. 503, 61 Stat. 786; July 3, 1948, ch. 825, §1, 62 Stat. 1239; Oct. 20, 1951, ch. 521, title III, §313(d), 65 Stat. 490; July 14, 1952, ch. 723, §12, 66 Stat. 604; Aug. 2, 1954, ch. 649, title II, §204(b), title V, §503, 68 Stat. 622, 634; Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 783, title I, §110, 69 Stat. 641; Aug. 7, 1956, ch. 1029, title VI, §604, 70 Stat. 1114; Pub. L. 85–857, §13(f), Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1264; Pub. L. 86–372, title VIII, §805, Sept. 23, 1959, 73 Stat. 687; Pub. L. 86–507, §1(11), June 11, 1960, 74 Stat. 200; Pub. L. 87–70, title IX, §901, June 30, 1961, 75 Stat. 189; Pub. L. 87–779, §1, Oct. 9, 1962, 76 Stat. 778; Pub. L. 87–834, §6(e)(1), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 984; Pub. L. 88–560, title IX, §§901(a), 902–905, 907, 908, 910, Sept. 2, 1964, 78 Stat. 804–806; Pub. L. 89–117, title II, §201(b)(3), title XI, §1110(a)–(c), Aug. 10, 1965, 79 Stat. 465, 507; Pub. L. 89–695, title I, §101(a), Oct. 16, 1966, 80 Stat. 1028; Pub. L. 90–448, title III, §304(b), title IV, §416(c), title VIII, §§804(e), 807(m), title XVII, §1716, Aug. 1, 1968, 82 Stat. 508, 518, 543, 545, 608; Pub. L. 90–505, §5, Sept. 21, 1968, 82 Stat. 858; Pub. L. 90–575, title I, §118(b), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1026; Pub. L. 91–152, title IV, §416(b), Dec. 24, 1969, 83 Stat. 401; Pub. L. 91–351, title VII, §§706, 708, 709, July 24, 1970, 84 Stat. 462, 463; Pub. L. 91–609, title VII, §727(d), title IX, §907(b), (c), Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1803, 1811; Pub. L. 92–318, title I, §133(c)(3), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 270; Pub. L. 93–100, §5(b), Aug. 16, 1973, 87 Stat. 343; Pub. L. 93–383, title VII, §§702–706, title VIII, §§802(i)(2), 805(c)(4), Aug. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 715, 716, 725, 727; Pub. L. 93–449, §4(d), Oct. 18, 1974, 88 Stat. 1367; Pub. L. 93–495, title I, §101(e), Oct. 28, 1974, 88 Stat. 1502; Pub. L. 94–60, July 25, 1975, 89 Stat. 301; Pub. L. 94–375, §22, Aug. 3, 1976, 90 Stat. 1078; Pub. L. 95–128, title IV, §§401–405, Oct. 12, 1977, 91 Stat. 1136, 1137; Pub. L. 95–147, §2(a), Oct. 28, 1977, 91 Stat. 1227; Pub. L. 95–630, title I, §§107(a)(3), (c)(3), (d)(3), (e)(3), 111(c), title II, §208(b), title XII, §§1202, 1204, title XVII, §1701, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3651, 3655, 3659, 3662, 3668, 3675, 3710, 3711, 3714; Pub. L. 96–153, title III, §§325, 326, Dec. 21, 1979, 93 Stat. 1121; Pub. L. 96–161, title I, §102, Dec. 28, 1979, 93 Stat. 1233; Pub. L. 96–221, title III, §§304, 307, title IV, §§401–404, 407(a), 408, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 146, 147, 151, 155, 156, 158-160; Pub. L. 97–320, title I, §§112, 114(b), (c), 121, 141(a)(2), (5), title II, §202(b), title III, §§311–313, 321–325, 328–331, 334, 351, title IV, §§424(a), (d)(8), (e), 427(a), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1471, 1475, 1479, 1489, 1492, 1496, 1497, 1499-1504, 1507, 1522-1524; Pub. L. 97–457, §§2, 12, 14(a)(1), (b), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2507, 2508; Pub. L. 98–440, title I, §105(a), Oct. 3, 1984, 98 Stat. 1691; Pub. L. 98–620, title IV, §402(9), Nov. 8, 1984, 98 Stat. 3357; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095; Pub. L. 99–570, title I, §1359(b), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3207–27; Pub. L. 100–86, title IV, §§406(a), 413(a), title V, §509(a), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 614, 621, 635; Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §301, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 282; Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §§131(d), 133(d), title IV, §441, title V, §501(c), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2267, 2271, 2381, 2391; Pub. L. 102–310, July 1, 1992, 106 Stat. 276; Pub. L. 102–550, title IX, §953, title XV, §1502(b), title XVI, §§1603(d)(8), 1606(f)(1)–(3), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3893, 4046, 4080, 4088; Pub. L. 103–325, title II, §206(a), title III, §322(b), title IV, §411(c)(2)(D), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2199, 2227, 2253; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §§2216(b), 2303(a)–(d), (f), 2704(d)(12)(A), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–413, 3009-424, 3009-490; Pub. L. 105–164, §3(a)(1), Mar. 20, 1998, 112 Stat. 33; Pub. L. 106–102, title VI, §603, title VII, §739, Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1450, 1480; Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(8) [§1(f)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-665; Pub. L. 106–569, title XII, §1201(b)(1), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3032; Pub. L. 109–171, title II, §2102(b), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 9; Pub. L. 109–173, §9(e)(1), Feb. 15, 2006, 119 Stat. 3617; Pub. L. 109–351, title IV, §§402–404, title VI, §608(a), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1974, 1983; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §369(5), title VI, §§610(b), 612(c), 627(a)(2), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1559, 1612, 1613, 1640.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The National Housing Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(I), (O)(i), (P), is act June 27, 1934, ch. 847, 48 Stat. 1246, which is classified principally to chapter 13 (§1701 et seq.) of this title. Title X of the National Housing Act is title X of act June 27, 1934, ch. 847, as added by act Aug. 10, 1965, Pub. L. 89–117, title II, §201(a), 79 Stat. 461, which was classified generally to subchapter IX–A (§1749aa et seq.) of chapter 13 of this title, and was repealed by Pub. L. 101–235, title I, §133(a), Dec. 15, 1989, 103 Stat. 2027. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1701 of this title and Tables.
The Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(I), is act June 22, 1944, ch. 268, 58 Stat. 284, which was classified generally to chapter 11C (§§693 to 697g) of former Title 38, Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief, and which was repealed by section 14(87) of Pub. L. 85–857, Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1273, the first section of which enacted Title 38, Veterans' Benefits. For distribution of sections 693 to 697g of former Title 38 to Title 38, Veterans' Benefits, see Table preceding section 101 of Title 38, Veterans' Benefits.
The Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(N), (O)(ii), is Pub. L. 90–448, Aug. 1, 1968, 82 Stat. 476. Title IX of the Act is classified principally to chapter 49 (§3931 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. Title IV of the Housing and Urban Development Act, which was classified to chapter 48 (§3901 et seq.) of Title 42, was repealed, with certain exceptions which were omitted from the Code, by Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title IV, §474(e)], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1239. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1968 Amendment note set out under section 1701 of this title and Tables.
The National Urban Policy and New Community Development Act of 1970, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(O)(ii), is title VII of Pub. L. 91–609, Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1791. Part B of the Act is classified generally to part B (§4511 et seq.) of chapter 59 of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 4501 of Title 42 and Tables.
Section 802 of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(O)(ii), enacted section 1440 of Title 42, and amended sections 371 and 1464 of this title.
The Investment Company Act of 1940, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(Q)(i), is title I of act Aug. 22, 1940, ch. 686, 54 Stat. 789, which is classified generally to subchapter I (§80a–1 et seq.) of chapter 2D of Title 15, Commerce and Trade. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 80a–51 of Title 15 and Tables.
Section 4 of the Securities Act of 1933, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(R)(i), was amended by section 201(b), (c) of Pub. L. 112–106, and the provisions which formerly appeared in section 4 of the Act now appear in section 4(a) of the Act.
The Housing and Community Development Act of 1974, referred to in subsec. (c)(3)(A), is Pub. L. 93–383, Aug. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 633. Title I of the Act is classified principally to chapter 69 (§5301 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 5301 of Title 42 and Tables.
Section 224 of such Act [22 U.S.C. 2184], referred to in subsec. (c)(4)(C), means section 224 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, which related to housing projects in Latin American countries and was eliminated in the general amendment made by section 105 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1969 (Pub. L. 91–175). See section 222 of such Act [22 U.S.C. 2182].
Section 301(d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, referred to in subsec. (c)(4)(D), which was classified to section 681(d) of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, was repealed by Pub. L. 104–208, div. D, title II, §208(b)(3)(A), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–742.
Section 5(d)(3) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1815(d)(3)], referred to in subsec. (c)(5)(A), which related to optional conversions by insured depository institutions subject to special rules on deposit insurance payments, was repealed and section 5(d)(1)(C) was redesignated section 5(d)(3) by Pub. L. 109–173, §8(a)(4), (5)(D), Feb. 15, 2006, 119 Stat. 3610, 3611.
The Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, referred to in subsec. (d)(1)(A), are set out in the Appendix to Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in subsec. (d)(2)(E)(ii), (3)(B), is act Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 967, §2, 64 Stat. 873, which is classified generally to chapter 16 (§1811 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1811 of this title and Tables.
Section 8(b)(9) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in subsec. (d)(7)(D), was repealed by Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §363(3)(C), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1551.
The Federal Home Loan Bank Act, referred to in subsec. (f), is act July 22, 1932, ch. 522, 47 Stat. 725, which is classified generally to chapter 11 (§1421 et seq.) of this title. Section 21A of the Act was classified to section 1441a of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §364(b), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1555. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1421 of this title and Tables.
Amendments
2010—Subsecs. (a), (b). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(A), (B), substituted "Comptroller of the Currency" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 111–203, §627(a)(2), substituted "savings association may not permit any" for "savings association may not—", struck out cl. (ii) designation before "permit any overdraft", and struck out cl. (i) which read as follows: "pay interest on a demand account; or".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(P), substituted "Comptroller" for "Director" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (c)(1), (2). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(P), substituted "Comptroller" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (c)(5)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(C)(i)(I), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director".
Subsec. (c)(5)(B). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(C)(i)(II), substituted "The appropriate Federal banking agency" for "The Director" and "the appropriate Federal banking agency" for "the Director".
Subsec. (c)(6)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(P), substituted "Comptroller" for "Director".
Subsec. (d)(1)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(D)(i)(I), in first sentence, substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director", in second sentence, substituted "the appropriate Federal banking agency is a party or in which the appropriate Federal banking agency is interested, and in the administration of conservatorships and receiverships, the appropriate Federal banking agency may act in the name of the appropriate Federal banking agency and through the attorneys of the appropriate Federal banking agency" for "the Director is a party or in which the Director is interested, and in the administration of conservatorships and receiverships, the Director may act in the Director's own name and through the Director's own attorneys", and, in third sentence, substituted "Comptroller" for "Director" in two places.
Subsec. (d)(1)(B)(i) to (iv). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(D)(i)(II), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director".
Subsec. (d)(1)(B)(v). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(D)(i)(III)(aa), (cc), which directed amendment of cl. (v) of par. (1) of subsec. (d) by substituting "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" in introductory provisions and "subpoena" for "subpena" in concluding provisions, was executed to subsec. (d)(1)(B)(v), to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (d)(1)(B)(v)(II). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(D)(i)(III)(bb), which directed amendment of cl. (v)(II) of par. (1) of subsec. (d) by substituting "subpoenas" for "subpenas", was executed to subsec. (d)(1)(B)(v)(II), to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (d)(1)(B)(vi). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(D)(i)(IV), which directed amendment of cl. (vi) of par. (1) of subsec. (d) by substituting "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" in first sentence and "Comptroller" for "Director" in second sentence, was executed to subsec. (d)(1)(B)(vi), to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (d)(1)(B)(vii). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(D)(i)(V), which directed amendment of cl. (vii) of par. (1) of subsec. (d) by substituting "subpoena" for "subpena" in first sentence, "subpoenaed" for "subpenaed" in second sentence, and "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" in third sentence, was executed to subsec. (d)(1)(B)(vii), to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (d)(2)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(D)(ii)(I), substituted "The appropriate Federal banking agency" for "The Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision", "an insured savings association" for "any insured savings association", and "appropriate Federal banking agency determines, in the discretion of the appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director determines, in the Director's discretion".
Subsec. (d)(2)(B) to (E). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(D)(ii)(II), (III), (IV)(bb), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (d)(2)(E)(ii). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(D)(ii)(IV)(aa), struck out "or RTC" after "FDIC" in heading and "or the Resolution Trust Corporation, as appropriate," after "the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation" in two places in text.
Subsec. (d)(3)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(D)(iii)(I), substituted "Comptroller" for "Director" in two places.
Subsec. (d)(3)(B). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(D)(iii)(II), in heading, struck out "or RTC" after "FDIC" and, in text, struck out "Corporation or the Resolution Trust" after "where the Federal Deposit Insurance" and substituted "Comptroller" for "Director".
Subsec. (d)(4). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(D)(iv), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director".
Subsec. (d)(6)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(D)(v)(I), substituted "Comptroller" for "Director".
Subsec. (d)(6)(B)(i), (C), (7)(A), (B). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(D)(v)(II), (vi)(I), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (d)(7)(C). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(D)(vi)(II), substituted "Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Comptroller, as appropriate," for "Director".
Subsec. (d)(7)(D). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(D)(vi)(I), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (d)(7)(E). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(D)(vi)(III), added subpar. (E) and struck out former subpar. (E). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The Director may issue such regulations and orders, including those issued pursuant to section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as may be necessary to enable the Director to administer and carry out this paragraph and to prevent evasion of this paragraph."
Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(E), substituted "Comptroller" for "Director".
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(F)(iv), which directed substitution of "Comptroller" for "Director" wherever appearing "except as provided in clauses (i) through (iii)" of Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(F), could not be executed because "Director" did not appear subsequent to amendment by Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(F)(i)–(iii). See notes below.
Subsec. (i)(1). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(F)(i), substituted "Comptroller" for "Director".
Subsec. (i)(2). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(F)(i), (ii), substituted "Comptroller" for "Director" wherever appearing in heading and text.
Subsec. (i)(3)(A)(iii), (B)(i), (ii), (4)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(F)(i), substituted "Comptroller" for "Director".
Subsec. (i)(5)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(F)(iii), struck out "of the Currency" after "Comptroller".
Subsec. (i)(6). Pub. L. 111–203, §612(c), added par. (6).
Subsecs. (m) to (o). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(H), substituted "Comptroller" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (o)(1). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(G)(i), which directed substitution of "Comptroller" for "Director", was executed by making the substitution for "Director" both places it appeared, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (o)(2)(B). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(G)(ii), substituted "determination of the Comptroller" for "Director's determination".
Subsec. (p). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(H), substituted "Comptroller" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (q)(4). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(I)(ii), substituted "Board" for "Director".
Subsec. (q)(6). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(I), substituted "The Board may" for "The Director may" and "the Board in consultation with the Comptroller and the Corporation, considers" for "the Director considers" and struck out "of Governors of the Federal Reserve System" before "pursuant to section 1972".
Subsec. (r)(3). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(J), substituted "Comptroller of the Currency" for "Director".
Subsec. (s)(1), (2). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(K)(i), (ii), which directed substitution of "Comptroller of the Currency" for "Director", was executed by making the substitution for "Director" wherever appearing, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (s)(3). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(P), substituted "by the Comptroller" for "by the Director".
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(K)(iii), substituted "discretion of the appropriate Federal banking agency, the appropriate Federal banking agency," for "Director's discretion, the Director".
Subsec. (s)(4)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(K)(iv), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (s)(5). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(K)(v)(I), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (s)(5)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(K)(v)(II), substituted "approval of the appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director's approval".
Subsec. (t)(1)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(viii), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (t)(1)(D). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(i), struck out subpar. (D). Text read as follows: "The Director shall promulgate final regulations under this paragraph not later than 90 days after August 9, 1989, and those regulations shall become effective not later than 120 days after August 9, 1989."
Subsec. (t)(3). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(ii), substituted "[Repealed]." for provisions relating to transition rule.
Subsec. (t)(5)(B). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(iii)(I), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency, in the sole discretion of the appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Corporation, in its sole discretion".
Subsec. (t)(5)(D). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(iii)(II), struck out subpar. (D) which related to transition rule.
Subsec. (t)(6)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(iv)(I), substituted "[Reserved]." for provisions relating to consequences of failing to comply with capital standards prior to Jan. 1, 1991.
Subsec. (t)(6)(B). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(iv)(II), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (t)(6)(C). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(iv)(III)(cc), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (t)(6)(C)(i). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(iv)(III)(aa), substituted "prior approval of the appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director's prior approval".
Subsec. (t)(6)(C)(ii). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(iv)(III)(bb), substituted "discretion of the appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director's discretion".
Subsec. (t)(6)(D). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(viii), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" in two places.
Subsec. (t)(6)(E). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(iv)(IV), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency may" for "Director shall".
Subsec. (t)(6)(F). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(iv)(V), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency under this chapter or any other provision of law." for "Director under other provisions of law."
Subsec. (t)(7). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(v), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (t)(8). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(vi), substituted "[Repealed]." for provisions relating to temporary authority to make exceptions for eligible savings associations.
Subsec. (t)(9)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(vii)(I), substituted "Comptroller prescribes" for "Director prescribes".
Subsec. (t)(9)(B). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(vii)(III), redesignated subpar. (C) as (B) and struck out former subpar. (B). Prior to amendment, text of subpar. (B) read as follows: "The term 'qualifying supervisory goodwill' means supervisory goodwill existing on April 12, 1989, amortized on a straightline basis over the shorter of—
"(i) 20 years, or
"(ii) the remaining period for amortization in effect on April 12, 1989."
Subsec. (t)(9)(C). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(vii)(III), redesignated subpar. (D) as (C). Former subpar. (C) redesignated (B).
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(vii)(II), struck out "of the Currency" after "Comptroller".
Subsec. (t)(9)(D). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(vii)(III), redesignated subpar. (D) as (C).
Subsec. (t)(10)(B). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(L)(viii), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director".
Subsec. (u)(2)(A)(ii)(II). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(M), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director".
Subsec. (u)(3). Pub. L. 111–203, §610(b), which directed substitution of "Comptroller of the Currency" for "Director" wherever appearing, could not be executed because the word "Director" did not appear subsequent to amendment by Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(M). See below.
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(M), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" in two places.
Subsec. (v). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(N)(ii), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (v)(2)(C). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(N)(i), substituted "determinations of the appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director's determinations".
Subsec. (w)(1)(A)(I). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(P), substituted "Comptroller" for "Director".
Subsec. (w)(1)(A)(II). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(P), substituted "Comptroller shall" for "Director shall".
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(O)(i), substituted "intention of the Comptroller" for "Director's intention".
Subsec. (w)(1)(B). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(P), substituted "Comptroller may" for "Director may".
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(O)(ii), substituted "intention of the Comptroller" for "Director's intention".
Subsec. (w)(2). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(5)(P), substituted "Comptroller" for "Director" in introductory provisions.
2006—Subsec. (c)(5)(A). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(e)(1)(A), struck out "that is a member of the Bank Insurance Fund" after "assets of a bank".
Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(A)(i). See 1996 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (c)(6). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(e)(1)(B), substituted "For purposes of this subsection, the following definitions shall apply:" for "As used in this subsection—" in introductory provisions.
Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(A)(ii). See 1996 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (i)(5). Pub. L. 109–351, §608(a), reenacted heading without change and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows:
"(A)
"(B)
Subsec. (o)(1). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(e)(1)(C), struck out "that is a Bank Insurance Fund member" after "State-chartered savings bank".
Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(A)(iii). See 1996 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (o)(2)(A). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(e)(1)(D), substituted "insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund" for "a Bank Insurance Fund member until such time as it changes its status to a Savings Association Insurance Fund member".
Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(A)(iv). See 1996 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (t)(4). Pub. L. 109–351, §402(1), substituted "(4) [Repealed]." for provisions relating to special rules for purchased mortgage servicing rights.
Subsec. (t)(5)(D)(iii)(II), (7)(C)(i)(I). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(e)(1)(E), (F), substituted "Deposit Insurance Fund" for "affected deposit insurance fund".
Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(A)(v), (vi). See 1996 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (t)(9)(A). Pub. L. 109–351, §402(2), substituted "intangible assets." for "intangible assets, plus any purchased mortgage servicing rights excluded from the Comptroller's definition of capital but included in calculating the core capital of savings associations pursuant to paragraph (4)."
Subsec. (u)(2)(A)(i). Pub. L. 109–351, §404(1), substituted "For any" for "for any" and a period for "; or" at end.
Subsec. (u)(2)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 109–351, §404(2), substituted "To develop domestic" for "to develop domestic" in introductory provisions, redesignated subcls. (II) to (V) as (I) to (IV), respectively, and struck out former subcl. (I) which read as follows: "the purchase price of each single family dwelling unit the development of which is financed under this clause does not exceed $500,000;".
Subsec. (v)(2)(A)(i). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(e)(1)(G), substituted "or the Deposit Insurance Fund" for "the Savings Association Insurance Fund".
Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(A)(vii). See 1996 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (x). Pub. L. 109–351, §403, added subsec. (x).
2000—Subsec. (c)(1)(M). Pub. L. 106–569 amended heading and text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Investments which, when made, are of a type that may be used to satisfy any liquidity requirement imposed by the Director pursuant to section 1465 of this title."
Subsec. (c)(4)(F). Pub. L. 106–554 added subpar. (F).
1999—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 106–102, §603, amended heading and text of subsec. (f) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Each Federal savings association, upon receiving its charter, shall become automatically a member of the Federal home loan bank of the district in which it is located, or if convenience requires and the Director approves, shall become a member of a Federal home loan bank of an adjoining district. Such associations shall qualify for such membership in the manner provided in the Federal Home Loan Bank Act with respect to other members."
Subsec. (i)(5). Pub. L. 106–102, §739, added par. (5).
1998—Subsec. (d)(7), (8). Pub. L. 105–164 added pars. (7) and (8).
1996—Subsec. (b)(4), (5). Pub. L. 104–208, §2303(a), redesignated par. (5) as (4) and struck out heading and text of former par. (4). Text read as follows: "Subject to regulations of the Director, a Federal savings association may issue credit cards, extend credit in connection therewith, and otherwise engage in or participate in credit card operations."
Subsec. (c)(1)(T), (U). Pub. L. 104–208, §2303(b), added subpars. (T) and (U).
Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 104–208, §2303(c), amended heading and text of subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Secured or unsecured loans for commercial, corporate, business, or agricultural purposes. The aggregate amount of loans under this paragraph shall not exceed 10 percent of the assets of the Federal savings association."
Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 104–208, §2303(d), redesignated subpars. (B) to (D) as (A) to (C), respectively, and struck out heading and text of former subpar. (A). Text read as follows: "Loans made for the payment of educational expenses."
Subsec. (c)(5)(A). Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(A)(i), which directed the amendment of subpar. (A) by striking "that is a member of the Bank Insurance Fund", was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below and 2006 Amendment note above.
Subsec. (c)(6). Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(A)(ii), which directed the amendment of par. (6) by substituting "For purposes of this subsection, the following definitions shall apply:" for "As used in this subsection—", was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below and 2006 Amendment note above.
Subsec. (o)(1). Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(A)(iii), which directed the amendment of par. (1) by striking "that is a Bank Insurance Fund member", was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below and 2006 Amendment note above.
Subsec. (o)(2)(A). Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(A)(iv), which directed the amendment of subpar. (A) by substituting "insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund" for "a Bank Insurance Fund member until such time as it changes its status to a Savings Association Insurance Fund member", was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below and 2006 Amendment note above.
Subsec. (q)(6). Pub. L. 104–208, §2216(b), added par. (6).
Subsec. (r)(1). Pub. L. 104–208, §2303(f)(1), in first sentence, substituted "subparagraph (C) of that section" for "subparagraph (c) of that section" and inserted before period at end ", or qualifies as a qualified thrift lender, as determined under section 1467a(m) of this title" and, in second sentence, inserted before period at end "or as a qualified thrift lender, as determined under section 1467a(m) of this title, as applicable".
Subsec. (r)(2)(C). Pub. L. 104–208, §2303(f)(2), added subpar. (C) and struck out former subpar. (C) which read as follows: "the law of the State where the branch would be located would permit the branch to be established if the branch were a Federal savings association chartered by the State in which its home office is located; or".
Subsec. (t)(5)(D)(iii)(II), (7)(C)(i)(I). Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(A)(v), (vi), which directed the substitution of "Deposit Insurance Fund" for "affected deposit insurance fund", was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below and 2006 Amendment note above.
Subsec. (v)(2)(A)(i). Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(A)(vii), which directed the amendment of cl. (i) by substituting "or the Deposit Insurance Fund" for ", the Savings Association Insurance Fund", was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below and 2006 Amendment note above.
1994—Subsec. (c)(1)(S). Pub. L. 103–325, §206(a), added subpar. (S).
Subsec. (c)(4)(E). Pub. L. 103–325, §322(b), added subpar. (E).
Subsec. (w)(1)(B). Pub. L. 103–325, §411(c)(2)(D), substituted "section 5322 or 5324 of title 31" for "section 5322 of title 31".
1992—Subsec. (c)(2)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 102–550, §1606(f)(1), amended cl. (iii) generally. Prior to amendment, cl. (iii) read as follows: "If the Director permits any increased authority pursuant to clause (ii), the Director shall closely monitor the Federal savings association's condition and lending activities to ensure that the savings association carries out all authority under this paragraph in a safe and sound manner and complies with this subparagraph and all relevant laws and regulations".
Subsec. (c)(2)(C). Pub. L. 102–550, §1606(f)(2), struck out comma after "including".
Subsec. (c)(2)(D). Pub. L. 102–550, §1606(f)(3), inserted before period at end of last sentence ", except that amounts in excess of 30 percent of the assets may be invested only in loans which are made by the association directly to the original obligor and with respect to which the association does not pay any finder, referral, or other fee, directly or indirectly, to any third party".
Subsec. (d)(2)(A). Pub. L. 102–550, §1603(d)(8), inserted period at end.
Subsec. (t)(5)(D)(ii). Pub. L. 102–310 substituted "October 31, 1992" for "June 30, 1992" and "November 1, 1992" for "July 1, 1992".
Subsec. (t)(5)(D)(iii) to (ix). Pub. L. 102–550, §953, added cls. (iii) to (viii), redesignated former cl. (iii) as (ix), and inserted "or prescribed under clause (iii)" after "clause (ii)".
Subsec. (w). Pub. L. 102–550, §1502(b), added subsec. (w).
1991—Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 102–242, §441(b), which directed amendment of subpar. (B) by inserting before period at end the following: ", provided however, that no amount in excess of 30 percent of the assets may be invested in loans made directly by the association to the original obligor, and the association does not pay finder, referral, or other fees, directly or indirectly, to a third party.", could not be executed because subpar. (B) did not contain a period at end thereof. The new language probably was intended to be inserted before period at end of subpar. (D).
Subsec. (c)(2)(D). Pub. L. 102–242, §441(a), substituted "35 percent" for "30 percent".
Subsec. (c)(5), (6). Pub. L. 102–242, §501(c), added par. (5) and redesignated former par. (5) as (6).
Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 102–242, §133(d), added subpar. (A), redesignated subpars. (E) to (I) as (B) to (F), respectively, and struck out former subpars. (A) to (D) which related to grounds for appointment of conservator or receiver for Federal savings associations, additional grounds for appointment of such conservator or receiver, grounds for appointment of conservator or receiver for State savings associations, and approval of State officials, respectively.
Subsec. (t)(7)(A), (B). Pub. L. 102–242, §131(d), inserted "under this chapter" before period at end of subpar. (A) and after "imposed by the Director" in subpar. (B).
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section generally, substituting subsecs. (a) to (f), (h), (i), and (k) to (v) relating to Federal savings associations for former subsecs. (a) to (s) relating to thrift institutions, and repealing subsecs. (g) and (j).
1987—Pub. L. 100–86, §509(a), repealed Pub. L. 97–320, §141. See 1982 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (d)(6)(E). Pub. L. 100–86, §413(a), added subpar. (E).
Subsec. (s). Pub. L. 100–86, §406(a), added subsec. (s).
1986—Subsec. (d)(8)(B)(i). Pub. L. 99–570, §1359(b)(2), inserted reference to par. (16) of this subsection.
Subsec. (d)(16). Pub. L. 99–570, §1359(b)(1), added par. (16).
Subsecs. (l), (r)(1). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted "Internal Revenue Code of 1986" for "Internal Revenue Code of 1954".
1984—Subsec. (c)(1)(S). Pub. L. 98–440 added subpar. (S).
Subsec. (d)(6)(A). Pub. L. 98–620 struck out provision that such proceedings had to be given precedence over other cases pending in such courts, and had to be in every way expedited.
1983—Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 97–457, §12, inserted "may accept a demand account from itself and" after "An association".
Subsec. (c)(3)(D). Pub. L. 97–457, §14(a)(1), added subpar. (D).
Subsec. (o)(1). Pub. L. 97–457, §2, inserted "examination," after "operation,".
Subsec. (r)(2)(B). Pub. L. 97–457, §14(b), substituted "prior to the enactment of the Garn-St Germain Depository Institutions Act" for "prior to the enactment of the Depository Institutions Amendments". Because the phrase had been translated as "prior to October 15, 1982" the amendment resulted in no change in text.
1982—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–320, §311, substituted provisions that in order to provide thrift institutions for the deposit or investment of funds and for the extension of credit for homes and other goods and services, the Board is authorized, under such rules and regulations as it may prescribe, to provide for the organization, incorporation, examination, operation, and regulation of associations to be known as Federal savings and loan associations, or Federal savings banks, and to issue charters therefor, giving primary consideration to the best practices of thrift institutions in the United States and that the lending and investment authorities are conferred by this section to provide such institutions the flexibility necessary to maintain their role of providing credit for housing for provisions which authorized the Board to provide for organization, etc. of Federal Savings and Loan Associations or Federal Mutual Savings Banks, and detailed the requirements as to associations which were State mutual savings banks or other associations which were formerly organized as savings banks under State law.
Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 97–320, §312, designated existing first sentence as subpar. (A), struck out from parenthetical phrase "and all of which shall have the same priority upon liquidation" after "savings accounts", authorized the raising of capital in the form of demand accounts of persons or organizations that have a business, corporate, commercial, or agricultural relationship with the association, and substituted "evidence of accounts" for "evidence of savings accounts".
Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 97–320, §312, designated existing second sentence as subpar. (B); authorized an association to accept demand accounts from a commercial, corporate, business, or agricultural entity for the sole purpose of effectuating payments thereto by a nonbusiness customer; barred an association from payment of interest on a demand account; inserted requirement that "All savings accounts and demand accounts shall have the same priority upon liquidation", incorporating such requirement for savings accounts from existing first sentence; and substituted "Holder of accounts" for "Holder of savings accounts".
Subsec. (b)(1)(C). Pub. L. 97–320, §312, designated existing third sentence as subpar. (C) and substituted "an association's charter" for "the association's charter" and "fourteen" days for "thirty" days in two places.
Subsec. (b)(1)(D). Pub. L. 97–320, §312, designated existing fourth sentence as subpar. (D), substituted "accounts" for "savings accounts", and inserted in parenthetical phrase ", where applicable,".
Subsec. (b)(1)(E). Pub. L. 97–320, §312, designated existing fifth sentence as subpar. (E) and substituted "Accounts may be subject" for "Savings accounts shall not be subject" and "transferable or other order or authorization to the association, as the Board may by regulation provide" for "transferable order or authorization to the association, but the Board may by regulation provide for withdrawal or transfer of savings accounts upon nontransferable order or authorization".
Subsec. (b)(1)(F). Pub. L. 97–320, §312, designated existing sixth sentence as subpar. (F) and substituted "Notwithstanding any limitation of this section, associations may establish remote service units" for "This section does not prohibit the establishment of remote service units by associations" and "crediting savings or demand accounts" for "crediting existing savings accounts".
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 97–320, §312, substituted ", including capital stock," for "(except capital stock)".
Subsec. (b)(5)(B). Pub. L. 97–320, §202(b)(1), added subpar. (B). Provisions of former subpar. (B) were moved to subpar. (C) and amended.
Subsec. (b)(5)(C). Pub. L. 97–320, §202(b)(2), added subpar. (C) which consisted of the provisions of former subpar. (B) but with the addition of a reference to net worth certificates issued pursuant to section 1729(f) of this title.
Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 97–320, §321, substituted "transaction accounts" for "negotiable order-of-withdrawal accounts".
Subsec. (c)(1)(B). Pub. L. 97–320, §322, substituted "Loans on the security of liens upon residential or nonresidential real property, except that the loans and investments of an association on nonresidential real property may not exceed 40 per centum of its assets" for "Loans on the security of liens upon residential real property in an amount which, when added to the amount unpaid upon prior mortgages, liens or encumbrances, if any, upon such real estate does not exceed the appraised value thereof, except that the amount of any such loan hereafter made shall not exceed 662/3 per centum of the appraised value if such real estate is unimproved, 75 per centum of the appraised value if such real estate is improved by offsite improvements such as street, water, sewers, or other utilities, 75 per centum of the appraised value if such real estate is in the process of being improved by a building or buildings to be constructed or in the process of construction, or 90 per centum of the appraised value if such real estate is improved by a building or buildings. Notwithstanding the above loan-to-value ratios, the Board may permit a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 90 per centum if such real estate is improved by a building or buildings and that portion of the unpaid balance of such loan which is in excess of an amount equal to 90 per centum of such value is guaranteed or insured by a public or private mortgage insurer or in the case of any loan for the purpose of providing housing for persons of low income, as described in regulations of the Board.
Subsec. (c)(1)(G). Pub. L. 97–320, §323, inserted ", or in the savings accounts, certificates, or other accounts of any institution the accounts of which are insured by the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation" after "Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation".
Subsec. (c)(1)(H). Pub. L. 97–320, §324, substituted "Investments in obligations of, or issued by, any State or political subdivision thereof (including any agency, corporation, or instrumentality of a State or political subdivision), except that an association may not invest more than 10 per centum of its capital and surplus in obligations of any one issuer, exclusive of investments in general obligations of any issuer" for "Investments in general obligations of any State or any political subdivision thereof".
Subsec. (c)(1)(O). Pub. L. 97–320, §328, inserted reference to loans secured by mortgages as to which the association has the benefit of insurance under title X of the National Housing Act or of a commitment or agreement for such insurance.
Subsec. (c)(1)(R). Pub. L. 97–320, §325, added subpar. (R).
Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 97–320, §330(1), substituted "the following percentages" for "20 per centum" in provisions preceding subpar. (A).
Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 97–320, §330(3), substituted "Investments in tangible personal property, including, without limitation, vehicles, manufactured homes, machinery, equipment, or furniture, for rental or sale, but such investment may not exceed 10 per centum of the assets of the association" for "Loans on security of first liens upon other improved real estate".
Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 97–320, §329, inserted ", including loans reasonably incident to the provision of such credit," after "household purposes" and ", except that loans of an association under this subparagraph may not exceed 30 per centum of the assets of the association" after "as defined and approved by the Board".
Subsec. (c)(3)(A). Pub. L. 97–320, §330(4)(B), substituted "educational expenses" for "expenses of college, university, or vocational education".
Subsec. (c)(3)(D). Pub. L. 97–320, §330(4)(A), struck out subpar. (D). See 1983 Amendment note reenacting subpar. (D).
Subsec. (c)(4)(C). Pub. L. 97–320, §330(5)(A), struck out cl. (i) which permitted loans secured by mortgages as to which the association had the benefit of insurance under title X of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1749aa et seq.] or of a commitment or agreement for such insurance, struck out designations of former cls. (ii) and (iii), substituted "guarantee" for "guaranty" in first sentence, inserted "as hereafter amended or extended" after "section 221 or 222 of such Act [22 U.S.C. 2181 or 2182]", and struck out "Investments under clause (i) of this subparagraph shall not be included in any percentage of assets or other percentage referred to in this subsection."
Subsec. (c)(4)(D). Pub. L. 97–320, §330(5)(B), substituted provisions authorizing investments in small business investment companies for provisions that authorized investments in State and local government obligations.
Subsec. (c)(5), (6). Pub. L. 97–320, §330(2), redesignated par. (6) as (5).
Subsec. (d)(4)(C). Pub. L. 97–320, §427(a)(1), added subpar. (C). Former subpar. (C) redesignated (D).
Subsec. (d)(4)(D). Pub. L. 97–320, §427(a)(1)–(3), redesignated former subpar. (C) as (D), and in subpar. (D) as so redesignated, substituted "(A), (B), or (C)" for "(A) or (B)" wherever appearing, and "subparagraph (F)" for "subparagraph (E)". Former subpar. (D) redesignated (E).
Subsec. (d)(4)(E). Pub. L. 97–320, §427(a)(1), redesignated former subpar. (D) as (E). Former subpar. (E) redesignated (F).
Subsec. (d)(4)(F). Pub. L. 97–320, §427(a)(1), (2), (4), redesignated former subpar. (E) as (F), and in subpar. (F) as so redesignated, substituted "(A), (B), or (C)" for "(A) or (B)", and "subparagraph (D)" for "subparagraph (C)".
Subsec. (d)(5)(A). Pub. L. 97–320, §427(a)(5), substituted "(C), or (D)" for "or (C)".
Subsec. (d)(6)(B). Pub. L. 97–320, §114(b)(1), inserted "or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation" after "Federal Savings and Loan Corporation".
Subsec. (d)(6)(D). Pub. L. 97–320, §114(b)(2), inserted ", except as hereafter provided," after "shall appoint".
Pub. L. 97–320, §114(b)(3), inserted provision relating to appointment as receiver and powers of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in the case of a Federal savings bank chartered pursuant to subsec. (o) of this section.
Subsec. (d)(8)(A). Pub. L. 97–320, §351, inserted in last sentence ", which prevails," after "party".
Subsec. (d)(8)(B)(i). Pub. L. 97–320, §424(a), (d)(8), inserted proviso giving Board discretionary authority to compromise, etc., any civil money penalty imposed under this subsection, and substituted "may be assessed" for "shall be assessed".
Subsec. (d)(8)(B)(iv). Pub. L. 97–320, §424(e), substituted "twenty days from the service" for "ten days from the date".
Subsec. (d)(11). Pub. L. 97–320, §114(c), substituted "with associations or any" for "with other" after "merger of associations".
Subsec. (d)(12)(A). Pub. L. 97–320, §427(a)(6), substituted "(4)(D), (4)(E)" for "(4)(C), (4)(D)".
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 97–320, §313, amended subsec. (i) generally, substituting expanded provisions relating to conversions by banks to Federal charters, for provisions relating to conversion of member of Federal Home Loan Bank into Federal Savings and Loan Association, conversion of State stock savings and loan type institution charters into Federal stock charters, and conversion of Federal Savings and Loan Associations into State-chartered institutions.
Subsec. (o). Pub. L. 97–320, §112, added subsec. (o).
Subsec. (o)(2)(F), (G). Pub. L. 97–320, §141(a)(2), which directed the repeal of subpars. (F) and (G) effective Oct. 13, 1986, was repealed by Pub. L. 100–86, §509(a). See Effective and Termination Dates of 1982 Amendment note and Extension of Emergency Acquisition and Net Worth Guarantee Provisions of Pub. L. 97–320 note set out below.
Subsec. (p). Pub. L. 97–320, §141(a)(5), which directed the repeal of subsec. (p) effective Oct. 13, 1986, was repealed by Pub. L. 100–86, §509(a). See Effective and Termination Dates of 1982 Amendment note and Extension of Emergency Acquisition and Net Worth Guarantee Provisions of Pub. L. 97–320 note set out below.
Pub. L. 97–320, §121, added subsec. (p).
Subsecs. (q), (r). Pub. L. 97–320, §§331, 334, added subsecs. (q) and (r).
1980—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 96–221, §408, redesignated existing provisions as par. (1), denominated cls. (1) and (2) as (A) and (B), respectively, wherever appearing, and added pars. (2) and (3).
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 96–221, §§304, 307, inserted provision identical to provision added by Pub. L. 96–161 relating to establishment of remote service units, and repealed the amendment made by Pub. L. 96–161. See Repeals and Effective Date of 1980 Amendment notes below.
Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 96–221, §402, added par. (4).
Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 96–221, §407(a), added par. (5).
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 96–221, §401, generally revised investment authority of an association, with emphasis on provisions respecting loans or investments without percentage of assets limitations, loans or investments limited to 20 per centum of assets, and loans or investments limited to 5 per centum of assets.
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 96–221, §404, inserted provisions relating to conversion of State stock savings and loan type charter into Federal stock charter.
Subsec. (n). Pub. L. 96–221, §403, added subsec. (n).
1979—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 96–161 provided that this section does not prohibit the establishment of remote service units by associations for the purpose of crediting existing savings accounts, debiting such accounts, crediting payments on loans, and the disposition of related financial transactions as provided in regulations prescribed by the Board.
Subsec. (c)(1)(B). Pub. L. 96–153, §326, substituted "$75,000" for "$60,000".
Subsec. (c)(4)(E). Pub. L. 96–153, §325, added subpar. (E).
1978—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 95–630, §1202, inserted provisions relating to the authority of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board to allow a State-chartered mutual savings bank to convert to a Federal charter and be known as a Federal mutual savings bank.
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 95–630, §1701(b), redesignated as subpar. (3), provisions which were formerly contained in undesignated par. 23 of subsec. (c).
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 95–630, §1701, simplified the investment authority for Federal savings and loan associations and provided such associations with more authority to invest in urban areas and transferred provisions of formerly undesignated paragraphs 15, 17, and 23 of this section to subsecs. (m), (l), and (b)(3) of this section, respectively.
Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 95–630, §107(a)(3), in subpar. (A) extended coverage of provisions to include directors, officers, employees, agents, or other persons participating in the conduct of the affairs of any association and added subpar. (C).
Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 95–630, §107(c)(3), in subpars. (A) and (B) inserted references to any director, officer, employee, agent, or other person participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association and in subpar. (A) inserted "prior to the completion of the proceedings conducted pursuant to paragraph (2)(A) of this sub-subsection" after "savings account holders" and "and to take affirmative action to prevent such insolvency, dissipation, condition or prejudice pending completion of such proceedings" after "violation or practice".
Subsec. (d)(4)(A). Pub. L. 95–630, §107(d)(3), inserted "or that the director or officer has received financial gain by reason of such violation or practice or breach of fiduciary duty" before ", and that such violation", ", or a willful or continuing disregard for the safety or soundness of the association" after "the part of such director or officer", and "or to prohibit his further participation in any manner in the conduct of the affairs of the association" after "remove him from office".
Subsec. (d)(4)(B). Pub. L. 95–630, §107(d)(3), inserted references to a willful or continuing disregard for its safety and soundness in two places.
Subsec. (d)(5). Pub. L. 95–630, §111(c)(1), among other changes, in subpar. (A) substituted "crime" for "felony" in two places and "subparagraph (A), (B), or (C)" for "subparagraph (A) or (B)", inserted "which is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under State or Federal law" after "or breach of trust" and ", if continued service or participation by the individual may pose a threat to the interests of the association's depositors or may threaten to impair public confidence in the association" after "the Board may" in two places, and inserted provision that any notice of suspension or order of removal issued under this subparagraph remain effective and outstanding until the completion of any hearing or appeal authorized under subparagraph (C) hereof unless terminated by the Board, and added subpar. (C).
Subsec. (d)(7)(A). Pub. L. 95–630, §111(c)(2), inserted "(other than the hearing provided for in paragraph (5)(C) of this subsection" after "provided for in this subsection (d)".
Subsec. (d)(8). Pub. L. 95–630, §107(e)(3), designated existing provisions as subpar. (A) and added subpar. (B).
Subsec. (d)(12)(A). Pub. L. 95–630, §111(c)(3), substituted "(5)(A), or (5)(C)" for "or (5)(A)".
Subsec. (d)(13)(A)(1). Pub. L. 95–630, §111(c)(4), inserted "or (C)" after "paragraph (5)(A)".
Subsec. (d)(15). Pub. L. 95–630, §208(b), added par. (15).
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 95–630, §1204, inserted "(including a savings bank)" after "member of a Federal Home Loan Bank" in first par.
Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 95–630, §1701(b), redesignated as subsec. (l) the provisions which were formerly contained in undesignated par. 17 of subsec. (c).
Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 95–630, §1701(b), redesignated as subsec. (m) provisions which were formerly contained in undesignated par. 15 of subsec. (c).
1977—Subsec. (c), first par. Pub. L. 95–128, §§402, 405, in first proviso, increased limitation on loans for single family dwellings to $60,000 from $55,000 and inserted "but of said 20 per centum the amount deemed to be loaned in transactions which, except for excess in amount, would be eligible for such association under provisions of this sentence (other than this exception) or under the next following sentence shall be only the outstanding amount of such excess," after "improved real estate without regard to the foregoing limitations,"; and struck out ", and the Board shall by regulation limit to not more than 20 per centum of the assets of the association the aggregate amount or amounts of the investments which may be made by an association under the foregoing provisions of this sentence on the security of property which comprises or includes more than four dwelling units or does not constitute homes or combinations of homes and business property" before "; except".
Subsec. (c), second and third pars. Pub. L. 95–128, §404, increased limitation on loans to $15,000 from $10,000.
Subsec. (c), twenty-first par. Pub. L. 95–128, §401, increased the rate to 5 from 3 per centum.
Subsec. (c), twenty-second par. Pub. L. 95–128, §403, authorized use of real property or interests for farm purposes.
Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 95–147 inserted "shall be a depositary of public money and" after "Federal Home Loan Bank" and ", including services in connection with the collection of taxes and other obligations owed the United States, and the Secretary of the Treasury is hereby authorized to deposit public money in any such Federal savings and loan association or member of a Federal home loan bank, and shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this subsection" after "instrumentality of the United States".
1976—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 94–375 inserted, in cl. (2) of twelfth par., "and in the share capital and capital reserve of the Inter-American Savings and Loan Bank" after "made pursuant to either of such sections".
1975—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 94–60 in seventeenth par. struck out "or section 408(a)" after "under section 401(d)", and inserted "and to act as trustee or custodian of an individual retirement account within the meaning of section 408 of such Code" after "Code of 1954", and "or account" after "funds of such trust".
1974—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 93–495 inserted "may be surety as defined by the Board" after "security,".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 93–383, §§703, 805(c)(4), in first par. increased limitation from $45,000 for each single-family dwelling to $55,000, except that with respect to Alaska, Guam, and Hawaii the limitation may be increased by not more than 50 per centum by regulation of the Board, and inserted reference to mortgages, obligations, or other securities sold by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation pursuant to section 305 or 306 of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act.
Pub. L. 93–383, §705, in second and third pars. substituted "$10,000" for "$5,000".
Pub. L. 93–383, §802(i)(2), in twelfth par. inserted reference to section 802 of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974.
Pub. L. 93–449 in seventeenth par. inserted reference to section 408(a) of title 26. As enacted section 4(d) of Pub. L. 93–449 amended nineteenth par.; however the amendment was executed to seventeenth par. editorially since this would appear to be the probable intent of Congress.
Pub. L. 93–383, §702, added par. authorizing associations to invest an amount not exceeding the greater of (A) the sum of its surplus, undivided profits, and reserves or (B) 3 per centum of its assets, in loans or in interests therein.
Pub. L. 93–383, §704, added par. authorizing associations to invest in loans and advances of credit and interests therein upon the security of or respecting real property or interests therein.
Pub. L. 93–383, §706, added par. authorizing association to borrow funds from a State mortgage finance agency of the State in which the head office of such association is situated.
1973—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 93–100 added par. authorizing associations with general reserves, surplus, and undivided profits aggregating in excess of 5% of their withdrawable accounts to invest in, to lend to, or to commit themselves to lend to State housing corporations incorporated in the state in which the head office of the association is located with certain limitations.
1972—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 92–318 authorized in second proviso investments in obligations or other instruments or securities of the Student Loan Marketing Association.
1970—Subsec. (c), first par. Pub. L. 91–609, §907(c), increased aggregate amount of authorized investments from 15 to 20 per centum of assets of the association.
Pub. L. 91–351, §§706, 709, in first par., inserted "or within the State in which such home office is located" after "their home office", and substituted "$45,000" for "$40,000" in first proviso, and "section" for "proviso" in second proviso.
Pub. L. 91–351, §708, added par. authorizing any association to act as trustee of any trust created or organized in the United States and forming part of a stock bonus, pension, or profit-sharing plan qualifying for specific tax treatment under section 401(d) of title 26.
Pub. L. 91–609, §§727(d), 907(b), in twelfth par., authorized associations to invest in loans or obligations guaranteed under part B of the Urban Growth and New Community Development Act of 1970, and extended authority to make certain investments to acquisition, holding, and disposition of loans, or interests therein, having benefit of any guaranty under section 2181 or 2182 of title 22 or such sections as hereafter amended or extended, or of any commitment or agreement for any such guaranty, respectively.
1969—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 91–152 inserted provision authorizing any association to invest in stock issued by a corporation created pursuant to title IX of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, and to invest in any partnership, etc., formed pursuant to section 907(a) or 907(c) of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968.
1968—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 90–448, §1716(a), struck out provisions which permitted associations to raise their capital only in the form of payments on shares and which prohibited acceptance of deposits or issuance of certificates of indebtedness except for borrowed money, and inserted provisions permitting an association to raise capital in the form of savings deposits, shares, or other accounts and to issue passbooks, time certificates of deposit, or other evidence of savings accounts, requiring holders of savings accounts and obligors to be members of the association, providing for notice for payment of any savings account, and for payment of withdrawals, prohibiting negotiable or transferable orders or authorization for checks or withdrawals or transfers, and empowering the associations to borrow, give security, and issue such notes, bonds, debentures, or other obligations or other securities (except capital stock) as the Board may authorize.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 90–505 allowed an association to invest in any investment which, at the time of the making of the investment, was an asset eligible for inclusion toward satisfaction of any liquidity requirement imposed on the association by section 1425a of this title but only to the extent that the investment was permitted to be so included under regulations issued by the Board or otherwise authorized.
Pub. L. 90–575 amended third par. (as designated prior to amendment by Pub. L. 90–448) to add vocational education expenses to the list of expenses for the payment of which associations are authorized to invest in loan, obligations and advances of credit.
Pub. L. 90–448, §304(b), inserted paragraph permitting an association to invest in loans or obligations, or interests therein, as to which the association has the benefit of insurance under section 1715z–5 of this title, or of a commitment or agreement therefor.
Pub. L. 90–448, §416(c), inserted sentence permitting an association to invest in loans or obligations, or interests therein, as to which the association has the benefit of any guaranty under title IV of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as now or hereafter in effect, or of a commitment or agreement therefor.
Pub. L. 90–448, §804(e), inserted paragraph authorizing any such association to issue and sell securities which are guaranteed pursuant to section 1721(g) of this title.
Pub. L. 90–448, §807(m), amended first par. to authorize investments in obligations, participations, or other instruments of or issued by, or guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the Government National Mortgage Association, and in stock of the Federal National Mortgage Association.
Pub. L. 90–448, §1716(b), in first par., substituted "security of their savings accounts" for "security of their shares", and inserted provisions authorizing investment in time deposits, certificates, or accounts of any bank the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Pub. L. 90–448, §1716(c), inserted provisions in second par. permitting loans for the construction of new structures related to residential use of the property.
Pub. L. 90–448, §1716(d), inserted third par. authorizing loans, or investment in loans, not exceeding $5,000 for repair, equipping, alteration, or improvement of real property, or for mobile home financing.
Pub. L. 90–448, §1716(e), amended par. relating to loans secured by mortgages insured under Title X of the National Housing Act, to permit an association to acquire and hold investments in housing project loans, or interests therein, having the benefit of any guaranty under section 2181 of title 22, to include commitments or agreements with respect to loans, or interests therein, made pursuant to either section 2181 or 2184 of title 22, and to eliminate provisions which stated that investments in loans secured by mortgages insured under Title X of the National Housing Act shall not be included in any percentage of assets or other percentage referred to in this subsection, and that investments in loans guaranteed under section 2184 of title 22 shall not be more than 1 per centum of the assets of the association.
Pub. L. 90–448, §1716(f), inserted par. permitting an association to invest in loans, or interests in loans, to financial institutions with respect to which the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof has any function of examination or supervision, or to any broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, secured by loans, obligations, or investments in which it has any statutory authority to invest directly.
1966—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 89–695 amended provisions generally, substituting pars. (1) to (14) for former pars. (1) (consisting of thirteen sentences) and (2) (consisting of eleven sentences), such pars. (2) to (5), (7) to (10), (12)(A)(B), (13), and (14) being new provisions.
1965—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 89–117 added par. which permitted an association to invest in loans (1) secured by mortgages as to which the association has the benefit of insurance under title X of the National Housing Act or of a commitment or agreement for such insurance, or (2) guaranteed by the President under section 2184 of title 22, and prohibited investments under cl. (2) to exceed 1 per centum of the assets of such association, provided that, for purposes of this subsection, "other dwelling units" would include living accommodations for students, employees, or staff members of a college, or university, or hospital, reduced from 15 to 10 years the time by which a lease period must extend beyond the maturity date of the debt in order that a leasehold interest qualify as "real property" or "real estate" within this section, and added par. which prohibited any District of Columbia building and loan associations from establishing a branch or moving its principal office without the prior written approval of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board and forbade any other building and loan associations from establishing a branch office in the District or moving its principal office in the District without such approval.
1964—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 88–560, §§901(a), 902–905, 907, 908, 910, amended provisions as follows:
Section 901(a) substituted "one hundred miles" for "fifty miles" in first sentence.
Section 902 substituted "$40,000" for "$35,000" in first proviso of first par. and deleted from end of such first proviso ", except that the aggregate sums invested pursuant to the two exceptions in this proviso shall not exceed 30 per centum of the assets of such association".
Section 903 substituted provisions which authorized the association to invest not more than 5 per centum of its assets in, or in interests in, real property located within urban renewal areas and obligations secured by first liens on real property so located but limited the aggregate of such investments to 2 per centum of the assets of the association for former provisions which authorized the association to invest not more than 5 per centum of its assets in certificates of beneficial interest issued by any urban renewal investment trust, defined an "urban renewal investment trust", and provided for rules and regulations to be prescribed by the Federal Home Loan Bank Board for the establishment, operation, etc. of such urban renewal investment trusts.
Section 904 added par. which defined "real property" and "real estate".
Section 905 added par. which authorized an association to invest its assets in a corporation organized in the State where the association's home office is located, if the entire capital stock of such corporation is available for purchase only by savings and loan associations chartered in that State and Federal associations having their home offices therein but limited the aggregate of such investments to 1 per centum of its assets.
Section 907 inserted in second proviso of first par. ", or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by,", authorized an association to invest in participations or other instruments of or issued by, or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the Federal National Mortgage Association or any other agency of the United States, and defined term "State".
Section 908 substituted in first sentence of second par. "20 per centum" and "$5,000" for "15 per centum" and "$3,500", respectively.
Section 910 inserted after second par. the paragraph which authorized the association to invest in loans, obligations, and advances of credit made for the payment of expenses of college or university education but limited such investments to 5 per centum of the assets of the association.
1962—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 87–779, in first par., substituted provisions authorizing loans on the security of first liens upon real property within fifty miles of their home office which constitute first liens upon homes, combinations of homes and business property, other dwelling units, or combinations of dwelling units, including homes, and business property involving only minor or incidental business use, for provisions which permitted loans on the security of first liens upon homes or combination of homes and business property within fifty miles of their home office, and provisions limiting the amount of loan on the security of first liens to not more than $35,000 for each single-family dwelling, and not more than such amount per room as the Board may determine within the limits allowable in section 1713(c)(3) of this title for any other dwelling unit, for provisions which limited the amount of the loan to not more than $35,000 on the security of a first lien upon a home or combination of home and business property, inserted provisions requiring the Board to limit by regulation to not more than 15 per centum of the assets of the association the aggregate amount or amounts of the investments which may be made by an association on the security of property which comprises or includes more than four dwelling units or does not constitute homes or combinations of homes and business property, changed provisions which permitted use of additional sums not exceeding 20 per centum of the assets of the association without regard to area restriction for the making or purchase of participating interests in first liens on one- to four-family homes to permit use of such sums for the making or purchase of participating interests in real property of the type described in the opening provisions of this subsection, and substituted "dollar amount limitation" for "$35,000 limitation" in fourth par.
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 87–834 struck out provisions which exempted such associations, including their franchises, capital, reserves, and surplus, and their loans and income, and all shares of such associations both as to their value and the income therefrom, from all taxation imposed by the United States.
1961—Pub. L. 87–70 inserted provisions in second par. authorizing investments in home improvement loans insured under subchapter II of chapter 13 of this title, and added former fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh par. (now sixth, seventh, eighth, and ninth) authorizing investments in non-amortized loans which are made on the security of first liens upon homes or combinations of homes and business property, in amortized loans or participating interests therein which are secured by first liens upon improved real estate used to provide housing facilities for the aging, in certificates of beneficial interest issued by any urban renewal investment trust, and permitting associations to invest in, to lend to, or to commit themselves to lend to any business development credit corporation incorporated in the State in which the head office of the association is situated.
1960—Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 86–507 inserted "or by certified mail," after "registered mail,".
1959—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 86–372 permitted the use of additional sums not exceeding 20 per centum of the assets of an association without regard to the area restriction for the making or purchase of participating interests in first liens on one- to four-family homes, limited the aggregate sums invested pursuant to the two exceptions to not more than 30 per centum of the assets of the association, provided that participating interests in loans secured by mortgages which have the benefit of insurance or guaranty (or a commitment therefor) under the National Housing Act, the Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944, or chapter 37 of title 38, shall not be taken into account in determining the amount of loans which an association may make within any of the percentage limitations contained in the first proviso, and authorized any association whose general reserves, surplus, and undivided profits aggregate a sum in excess of 5 per centum of its withdrawable accounts to invest an amount not exceeding at any one time 5 per centum of such withdrawable accounts in loans to finance the acquisition and development of land for primarily residential usage.
1958—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 85–857 inserted ", or chapter 37 of Title 38" after "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended" in two places.
1956—Subsec. (c). Act Aug. 7, 1956, substituted "20 per centum" for "15 per centum" in first sentence, and "$3,500" for "$2,500" in proviso at end of second par.
1955—Subsec. (c). Act Aug. 11, 1955, removed the limitation of $2,500 from insured or guaranteed loans.
1954—Subsec. (c). Act Aug. 2, 1954, §§204(b), 503(1), (3), amended provisions as follows: section 204(b) inserted the reference to obligations of the Federal National Mortgage Association in second proviso of first par.; section 503(1), (3), substituted "$35,000" for "$20,000" in two places in first par. and increased from $1,500 to $2,500 the maximum amount of an unsecured loan in which a Federal savings and loan association may invest in second par.
Subsec. (d). Act Aug. 2, 1954, §503(2), amended provisions generally to provide a means by administrative and court proceedings whereby the Board may enforce compliance with law and regulations by Federal savings and loan associations in cases where the Board felt that the appointment of a conservator or receiver was not necessary or desirable; and to set out the grounds, and provide the procedure, for the appointment of conservators, receivers, and supervisory representatives.
1952—Subsec. (c). Act July 14, 1952, inserted penultimate sentence to first par.
1951—Subsec. (h). Act Oct. 20, 1951, inserted "date, and except, in the case of taxable years beginning after December 31, 1951, income, war-profits, and excess-profits taxes".
1948—Subsec. (i). Act July 3, 1948, permitted any Federal savings and loan association to convert into a savings and loan type of organization or a mutual savings bank pursuant to the law of the State in which the principal office of the association is located.
1947—Subsec. (c). Act Aug. 6, 1947, liberalized provisions with respect to loans made by Federal savings and loan associations.
1939—Subsec. (h). Act Aug. 10, 1939, inserted exception contained within first parenthetical.
1935—Subsec. (c). Act May 28, 1935, inserted last proviso.
1934—Subsecs. (i) to (k). Act Apr. 27, 1934, amended subsec. (i) and added subsecs. (j) and (k).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Change of Name
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by section 369(5) of Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 351 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 906 of Title 2, The Congress.
Amendment by section 610(b) of Pub. L. 111–203 effective 1 year after the transfer date, see section 610(c) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 84 of this title.
Amendment by section 612(c) Pub. L. 111–203 effective 1 day after July 21, 2010, except as otherwise provided, see section 4 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as an Effective Date note under section 5301 of this title.
Amendment by section 627(a)(2) of Pub. L. 111–203 effective 1 year after July 21, 2010, see section 627(b) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as an Effective Date of Repeal note under section 371a of this title.
Effective Date of 2006 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 109–173 effective Mar. 31, 2006, see section 9(j) of Pub. L. 109–173, set out as a note under section 24 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective no later than the first day of the first calendar quarter that begins after the end of the 90-day period beginning Feb. 8, 2006, see section 2102(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a Merger of BIF and SAIF note under section 1821 of this title.
Effective Date of 1996 Amendment
Amendment by section 2704(d)(12)(A) of Pub. L. 104–208 effective Jan. 1, 1999, if no insured depository institution is a savings association on that date, see section 2704(c) of Pub. L. 104–208, formerly set out as a note under section 1821 of this title.
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Pub. L. 102–550, title XVI, §1603(d)(8), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4080, provided that the amendment made by that section is effective on the effective date of the amendment made by section 133(d)(1) of Pub. L. 102–242. See Effective Date of 1991 Amendment note below.
Amendment by section 1606(f) of Pub. L. 102–550 effective as if included in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, Pub. L. 102–242, as of Dec. 19, 1991, except that where amendment is to any provision of law added or amended by Pub. L. 102–242 effective after Dec. 19, 1992, then amendment by Pub. L. 102–550 effective on effective date of amendment by Pub. L. 102–242, see section 1609 of Pub. L. 102–550, set out as a note under section 191 of this title.
Effective Date of 1991 Amendment
Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §131(f), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2267, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [enacting section 1831o of this title and amending this section and sections 1813 and 1818 of this title] shall become effective 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 19, 1991]."
Amendment by section 133(d) of Pub. L. 102–242 effective 1 year after Dec. 19, 1991, see section 133(g) of Pub. L. 102–242, set out as a note under section 191 of this title.
Effective Date of 1984 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–620 not applicable to cases pending on Nov. 8, 1984, see section 403 of Pub. L. 98–620, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1657 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
Effective Date of 1983 Amendment
Pub. L. 97–457, §14(a)(2), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2508, provided that: "The amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall be deemed to have taken effect upon the enactment of Public Law 97–320 [Oct. 15, 1982]."
Effective and Termination Dates of 1982 Amendment
Prior to its repeal by section 509(a) of Pub. L. 100–86, Pub. L. 97–320, title I, §141, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1488, as amended by Pub. L. 99–120, §6(a), Oct. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 504; Pub. L. 99–278, §1(a), Apr. 24, 1986, 100 Stat. 397; Pub. L. 99–400, §1(a), Aug. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 902; Pub. L. 99–452, §1(a), Oct. 8, 1986, 100 Stat. 1140, provided that:
"(a) Effective on October 13, 1986—
"(1) section 13(c)(5) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [section 1823(c)(5) of this title], as added by section 111 of this Act, shall be repealed;
"(2) subparagraphs (F) and (G) of section 5(o)(2) of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933 [section 1464(o)(2) of this title], as added by section 112 of this Act, shall be repealed;
"(3) the provision of law amended by section 116 of this Act [section 1823(f) of this title] shall be amended to read as it would without such amendment;
"(4) the provisions of law amended by subsections (a) [section 1843(c)(8) of this title] and (c) [section 1842(d) of this title] of section 118 shall be amended to read as they would without such amendments;
"(5) the provision of law amended by section 121 of this Act [section 1464(p) of this title] shall be amended to read as it would without such amendment;
"(6) the provisions of law amended by subsections (d) through (g) of section 122 of this Act [section 1729(c), (d) of this title] shall be amended to read as they would without such amendments;
"(7) the provisions of law amended by section 123 of this Act [section 1730a(e)(2), (m) of this title] shall be amended to read as they would without such amendments; and
"(8) the provisions of law amended by sections 131 [section 1785(h), (i) of this title] and 132 [section 1786(b)(2), (h)–(p) of this title] shall be amended to read as they would without such amendments.
"(b) The repeal or termination by subsection (a) of any amendment made by this Act shall have no effect on any action taken or authorized while such amendment was in effect."
Effective Date of 1980 Amendment
Pub. L. 96–221, title III, §306, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 147, provided that: "The amendments made by sections 302, 304, and 305 of this title [amending this section and sections 371a, 1752, 1757, 1763, 1785, and 1828 of this title] shall take effect at the close of March 31, 1980, and the amendments made by section 303 of this title [amending section 1832 of this title] shall take effect on December 31, 1980."
Effective and Termination Dates of 1979 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–161 effective Dec. 31, 1979, with that amendment to remain in effect until close of Mar. 31, 1980, see section 104 of Pub. L. 96–161, formerly set out as a note under section 371a of this title.
Effective Date of 1978 Amendment
Amendment by section 107(e)(3) of Pub. L. 95–630, relating to imposition of civil penalties, applicable to violations occurring or continuing after Nov. 10, 1978, see section 109 of Pub. L. 95–630, set out as a note under section 93 of this title.
Amendment by section 1701 of Pub. L. 95–630 effective Nov. 10, 1978, see section 1703 of Pub. L. 95–630, set out as a note under section 1451 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–630 effective, except as otherwise provided, on expiration of 120 days after Nov. 10, 1978, see section 2101 of Pub. L. 95–630 set out as an Effective Date note under section 375b of this title.
Effective Date of 1974 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 93–495 effective on thirtieth day beginning after Oct. 28, 1974, see section 101(g) of Pub. L. 93–495, set out as a note under section 1813 of this title.
Effective Date of 1973 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 93–100 effective Aug. 16, 1973, see section 8 of Pub. L. 93–100, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1469 of this title.
Effective Date of 1968 Amendment
For effective date of amendment by title VIII of Pub. L. 90–448, see section 808 of Pub. L. 90–448, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1716b of this title.
Effective Date of 1966 Amendment
Pub. L. 89–695, title I, §101(b), Oct. 16, 1966, 80 Stat. 1036, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) of this section [amending this section] shall be effective only with respect to proceedings commenced on or after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 16, 1966]. Section 5(d) of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933 [this section] as in effect immediately prior to the date of enactment of this Act shall continue in effect with respect to any proceedings commenced prior to such date."
Expiration of 1966 Amendment
Pub. L. 91–609, title IX, §908, Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1811, repealed Pub. L. 89–695, title IV, §401, Oct. 16, 1966, 80 Stat. 1056, which had provided that: "The provisions of titles I and II of this Act [amending this section and sections 1730, 1813, 1817 to 1820 of this title, repealing section 77 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 1730 and 1813 of this title] and any provisions of law enacted by said titles shall be effective only during the period ending at the close of June 30, 1972. Effective upon the expiration of such period, each provision of law amended by either of such titles is further amended to read as it did immediately prior to the enactment of this Act [Oct. 16, 1966] and each provision of law repealed by either of such titles is reenacted."
Effective Date of 1962 Amendment
Pub. L. 87–834, §6(g)(4), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 985, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that:
"Subsection (e) of this section [amending this section and section 4382 of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code] shall become effective on January 1, 1963, except that—
"(A) in the case of the tax imposed by section 4251 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954, section 4251 of title 26], such subsection shall apply only with respect to amounts paid pursuant to bills rendered after December 31, 1962; and
"(B) in the case of the tax imposed by section 4261 of such Code [section 4261 of title 26], such subsection shall apply only with respect to transportation beginning after December 31, 1962."
Effective Date of 1958 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 85–857 effective Jan. 1, 1959, see section 2 of Pub. L. 85–857, set out as an Effective Date note preceding Part 1 of Title 38, Veterans' Benefits.
Effective Date of 1951 Amendment
Amendment by act Oct. 20, 1951, applicable only with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1951, see act Oct. 20, 1951, ch. 521, title III, §313(j), 65 Stat. 491.
Act Oct. 20, 1951, title VI, §615, 65 Stat. 569, provided that: "No amendment made by this Act [see Tables for classification] shall apply in any case where its application would be contrary to any treaty obligation of the United States."
Short Title of 1974 Amendment
Pub. L. 93–383, title VII, §701, Aug. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 714, provided that: "This title [amending this section and sections 371, 1757, 1759, 1761b, 1761d, 1763, 1772, 1782, 1786, and 1788 of this title] may be cited as the 'Consumer Home Mortgage Assistance Act of 1974'."
Short Title of 1966 Amendment
Pub. L. 89–695, §1, Oct. 16, 1966, 80 Stat. 1028, provided: "That this Act [amending this section and sections 1724, 1728, 1730, 1730a, 1813, and 1817 to 1821 of this title, repealing section 77 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 1724, 1730, and 1813 of this title] may be cited as the 'Financial Institutions Supervisory Act of 1966'."
Effective Date of Regulations Prescribed Under 1986 Amendment
Pub. L. 99–570, title I, §1364(e), Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3207–34, provided that: "The regulations required to be prescribed under the amendments made by section 1359 [amending this section and sections 1730, 1786, and 1818 of this title] shall take effect at the end of the 3-month period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 27, 1986]."
Repeals
Amendment of this section by section 102 of Pub. L. 96–161, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed at the close of Mar. 31, 1980, by section 307 of Pub. L. 96–221, and substantially identical provisions were enacted by section 304 of Pub. L. 96–221, such amendments to take effect at the close of Mar. 31, 1980.
Transitional Rules Regarding Certain Loans
Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §305(a), (b), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 351, as amended by Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §367(3), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1556, provided that:
"(a)
"(b) [Repealed. Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §367(3), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1556.]"
Extension of Emergency Acquisition and Net Worth Guarantee Provisions of Pub. L. 97–320
Pub. L. 100–86, title V, §509(c), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 635, provided that: "No amendment made by part D [section 141, formerly set out as an Effective and Termination Dates of 1982 Amendment note above] of title I or section 206 [set out as an Effective and Termination Dates of 1982 Amendment note under section 1729 of this title] of the Garn-St Germain Depository Institutions Act of 1982 [Pub. L. 97–320], as in effect before the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 10, 1987], to any other provision of law shall be deemed to have taken effect before the date of the enactment of this Act and any such provision of law shall be in effect as if no such amendment had been made before such date of enactment."
Pub. L. 99–452, §1(c), Oct. 8, 1986, 100 Stat. 1140, provided that: "No amendment made by section 141(a) or section 206(a) of the Garn-St Germain Depository Institutions Act of 1982 [set out as Effective and Termination Dates of 1982 Amendment notes under sections 1464 and 1729 of this title], as in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 8, 1986], to any other provision of law shall be deemed to have taken effect before such date of enactment and any such provision of law shall be in effect as if no such amendment had taken effect before such date of enactment."
Pub. L. 99–400, §1(c), Aug. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 902, provided that: "Sections 141(a) and 206(a) of the Garn-St Germain Depository Institutions Act of 1982 [set out as Effective and Termination Dates of 1982 Amendment notes under sections 1464 and 1729 of this title], as such sections are in effect on the day after the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 27, 1986], shall apply as if such sections had been included in the Garn-St Germain Depository Institutions Act of 1982 on the date of the enactment of such Act [Oct. 15, 1982], no amendment made by any such section to any other provision of law shall be deemed to have taken effect before the date of the enactment of this Act, and any such provision of law shall be in effect as if no such amendment had taken effect before the date of the enactment of this Act."
1 See References in Text note below.
3 So in original. Probably should be "appropriate Federal banking agency's".
4 So in original. Probably should be "Comptroller's".
5 So in original. Probably should be preceded by a comma.
6 So in original. The comma probably should not appear.
7 So in original. Probably should be "preponderance".
8 So in original. Probably should be "or were".
§1464a. Election to operate as a covered savings association
(a) Definition
In this section, the term "covered savings association" means a Federal savings association that makes an election that is approved under subsection (b).
(b) Election
(1) In general
In accordance with the rules issued under subsection (f), a Federal savings association with total consolidated assets equal to or less than $20,000,000,000, as reported by the association to the Comptroller as of December 31, 2017, may elect to operate as a covered savings association by submitting a notice to the Comptroller of that election.
(2) Approval
A Federal savings association shall be deemed to be approved to operate as a covered savings association beginning on the date that is 60 days after the date on which the Comptroller receives the notice submitted under paragraph (1), unless the Comptroller notifies the Federal savings association that the Federal savings association is not eligible.
(c) Rights and duties
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, and except as otherwise provided in this section, a covered savings association shall—
(1) have the same rights and privileges as a national bank that has the main office of the national bank situated in the same location as the home office of the covered savings association; and
(2) be subject to the same duties, restrictions, penalties, liabilities, conditions, and limitations that would apply to a national bank described in paragraph (1).
(d) Treatment of covered savings associations
A covered savings association shall be treated as a Federal savings association for the purposes—
(1) of governance of the covered savings association, including incorporation, bylaws, boards of directors, shareholders, and distribution of dividends;
(2) of consolidation, merger, dissolution, conversion (including conversion to a stock bank or to another charter), conservatorship, and receivership; and
(3) determined by regulation of the Comptroller.
(e) Existing branches
A covered savings association may continue to operate any branch or agency that the covered savings association operated on the date on which an election under subsection (b) is approved.
(f) Rule making
The Comptroller shall issue rules to carry out this section—
(1) that establish streamlined standards and procedures that clearly identify required documentation and timelines for an election under subsection (b);
(2) that require a Federal savings association that makes an election under subsection (b) to identify specific assets and subsidiaries that—
(A) do not conform to the requirements for assets and subsidiaries of a national bank; and
(B) are held by the Federal savings association on the date on which the Federal savings association submits a notice of the election;
(3) that establish—
(A) a transition process for bringing the assets and subsidiaries described in paragraph (2) into conformance with the requirements for a national bank; and
(B) procedures for allowing the Federal savings association to submit to the Comptroller an application to continue to hold assets and subsidiaries described in paragraph (2) after electing to operate as a covered savings association;
(4) that establish standards and procedures to allow a covered savings association to—
(A) terminate an election under subsection (b) after an appropriate period of time; and
(B) make a subsequent election under subsection (b) after terminating an election under subparagraph (A);
(5) that clarify requirements for the treatment of covered savings associations, including the provisions of law that apply to covered savings associations; and
(6) as the Comptroller determines necessary in the interests of safety and soundness.
(g) Grandfathered covered savings associations
Subject to the rules issued under subsection (f), a covered savings association may continue to operate as a covered savings association if, after the date on which the election is made under subsection (b), the covered savings association has total consolidated assets greater than $20,000,000,000.
(June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §5A, as added Pub. L. 115–174, title II, §206, May 24, 2018, 132 Stat. 1310.)
§1465. State law preemption standards for Federal savings associations clarified
(a) In general
Any determination by a court or by the Director or any successor officer or agency regarding the relation of State law to a provision of this chapter or any regulation or order prescribed under this chapter shall be made in accordance with the laws and legal standards applicable to national banks regarding the preemption of State law.
(b) Principles of conflict preemption applicable
Notwithstanding the authorities granted under sections 1463 and 1464 of this title, this chapter does not occupy the field in any area of State law.
(c) Visitorial powers
The provisions of sections 1 25b(i) of this title shall apply to Federal savings associations, and any subsidiary thereof, to the same extent and in the same manner as if such savings associations, or subsidiaries thereof, were national banks or subsidiaries of national banks, respectively.
(d) Enforcement actions
The ability of the Comptroller of the Currency to bring an enforcement action under this chapter or section 45 of title 15 does not preclude any private party from enforcing rights granted under Federal or State law in the courts.
(June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §6, as added and amended Pub. L. 111–203, title X, §§1046(a), 1047(b), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 2017, 2018.)
Editorial Notes
Prior Provisions
A prior section 1465, acts June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §6, 48 Stat. 134; Apr. 27, 1934, ch. 168, §11, 48 Stat. 647; May 28, 1935, ch. 150, §19, 49 Stat. 297; Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §301, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 313, which related to liquid asset requirements, was repealed by Pub. L. 106–569, title XII, §1201(a), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3032.
Amendments
2010—Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 111–203, §1047(b), added subsecs. (c) and (d).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date
Enactment and amendment of section by Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the designated transfer date, see section 1048 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 5551 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be "section".
§1466. Applicability
The provisions of this chapter shall apply to the United States and to Puerto Rico, Guam, and the Virgin Islands.
(June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §7, 48 Stat. 134; July 14, 1952, ch. 723, §10(b), 66 Stat. 604; Pub. L. 86–70, §9(b), June 25, 1959, 73 Stat. 142; Pub. L. 86–624, §5(b), July 12, 1960, 74 Stat. 411; Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §301, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 315.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: "The provisions of this chapter shall apply to the continental United States (including Alaska), to the State of Hawaii, and to Puerto Rico, Guam and the Virgin Islands."
1960—Pub. L. 86–624 substituted "State of Hawaii" for "Territory of Hawaii".
1959—Pub. L. 86–70 substituted "continental United States (including Alaska), to the Territory of Hawaii" for "continental United States, to the Territories of Alaska and Hawaii".
1952—Act July 14, 1952, inserted "Guam".
§1466a. District associations
(a) In general
The Comptroller shall, with respect to all incorporated or unincorporated building, building or loan, building and loan, or homestead associations, and similar institutions, of or transacting or doing business in the District of Columbia, or maintaining any office in the District of Columbia (other than Federal savings associations), have the same powers and functions as to examination, operation, and regulation as the Comptroller has with respect to Federal savings associations.
(b) Additional powers
Any such association or institution incorporated under the laws of, or organized in, the District of Columbia shall have in addition to any existing statutory authority such statutory authority as is vested in Federal savings associations.
(c) Charter amendments
Charters, certificates of incorporation, articles of incorporation, constitutions, bylaws, or other organic documents of associations or institutions referred to in subsection (b) of this section may, without regard to anything contained therein or otherwise, be amended in such manner and to such extent and upon such votes if any as the Comptroller may by regulation or otherwise provide.
(d) Limitation
Nothing in this section shall cause, or permit the Comptroller to cause, District of Columbia associations to be or become Federal savings associations, or require the Comptroller to impose on District of Columbia associations the same regulations as are imposed on Federal savings associations.
(June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §8, as added Pub. L. 91–609, title IX, §913, Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1815; amended Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §301, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 315; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §369(6), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1563.)
Editorial Notes
Prior Provisions
A prior section 8 of act June 13, 1933, ch. 64, 48 Stat. 134, was classified to section 1467 of this title, prior to repeal by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862, eff. Sept. 1, 1948.
Amendments
2010—Pub. L. 111–203 substituted "Comptroller" for "Director" wherever appearing.
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section generally, substituting provisions relating to Director and Federal savings associations for former provisions relating to Federal Home Loan Bank Board and Federal savings and loan associations.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 351 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 906 of Title 2, The Congress.
§1467. Examination fees
(a) Examination of savings associations
The cost of conducting examinations of savings associations pursuant to section 1464(d) of this title shall be assessed by—
(1) the Comptroller, against each such Federal savings association, as the Comptroller deems necessary or appropriate; and
(2) the Corporation, against each such State savings association, as the Corporation deems necessary or appropriate.
(b) Examination of affiliates
The cost of conducting examinations of affiliates of savings associations pursuant to this chapter may be assessed by the Comptroller or Corporation, as appropriate 1 against each affiliate that is examined as the Comptroller or Corporation, as appropriate 1 deems necessary or appropriate.
(c) Assessment against association in case of affiliate's refusal to pay
(1) In general
Subject to paragraph (2), if any affiliate of any savings association—
(A) refuses to pay any assessment under subsection (b); or
(B) fails to pay any such assessment before the end of the 60-day period beginning on the date of the assessment,
the appropriate Federal banking agency may assess such cost against, and collect such cost from, such savings association.
(2) Affiliate of more than 1 savings association
If any affiliate referred to in paragraph (1) is an affiliate of more than 1 savings association, the assessment with respect to the affiliate against, and collected from, any affiliated savings association in such proportions as the appropriate Federal banking agency may prescribe.
(d) Civil money penalty for affiliate's refusal to cooperate
(1) Penalty imposed
If any affiliate of any savings association—
(A) refuses to permit any examiner appointed by the appropriate Federal banking agency to make an examination; or
(B) refuses to provide any information required to be disclosed in the course of any examination,
the savings association shall forfeit and pay a civil penalty of not more than $5,000 for each day that any such refusal continues.
(2) Assessment and collection
Any penalty imposed under paragraph (1) shall be assessed and collected by the appropriate Federal banking agency, in the manner provided in section 8(i)(2) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818(i)(2)].
(e) Regulations
The Comptroller may prescribe regulations with respect to—
(1) the computation of, and the assessment for, the cost of conducting examinations pursuant to this section; and
(2) the collection and use of such assessments and any fees under this section.
Such regulations may establish formulas to determine a fee or schedule of fees to cover the costs of examinations and also to cover the cost of processing applications, filings, notices, and requests for approvals by the appropriate Federal banking agency or the designee of the Comptroller.
(f) [Reserved].
(g) Costs of other examinations
(1) Examination of fiduciary activities
In addition to any assessment imposed pursuant to subsection (a), the cost of conducting examinations of fiduciary activities of savings associations which exercise fiduciary powers (including savings associations or similar institutions in the District of Columbia) shall be assessed by the appropriate Federal banking agency against such savings associations (or similar institutions).
(2) Examinations in excess of 2 per calendar year
If any savings association or affiliate of a savings association is examined by the appropriate Federal banking agency for the savings association more than 2 times in any calendar year, the cost of conducting such additional examinations shall be assessed, in addition to any assessment imposed pursuant to subsection (a), by the appropriate Federal banking agency or the Corporation, as the case may be, against such savings association or affiliate.
(h) Additional information
Any savings association and any affiliate of any savings association shall provide the appropriate Federal banking agency with access to any information or report with respect to any examination made by any public regulatory authority and furnish any additional information with respect thereto as the appropriate Federal banking agency may require.
(i) Treatment of examination assessments
(1) Deposits
Amounts received by the appropriate Federal banking agency from assessments under this section (other than an assessment under subsection (d)(2)) or section 1467a(b)(4) of this title may be deposited in the manner provided in section 5234 of the Revised Statutes [12 U.S.C. 192] with respect to assessments by the Comptroller of the Currency.
(2) Assessments are not Government funds
The amounts received by the appropriate Federal banking agency from any assessment under this section shall not be construed to be Government or public funds or appropriated money.
(3) Assessments are not subject to apportionment of funds
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the amounts received by the appropriate Federal banking agency from any assessment under this section shall not be subject to apportionment for the purpose of chapter 15 of title 31 or under any other authority.
(j) Processing fee
The appropriate Federal banking agency may, in the sole discretion of the appropriate Federal banking agency, assess against any person that submits to the appropriate Federal banking agency an application, filing, notice, or request a fee to cover the cost of processing such submission.
(k) Fees for examinations and supervisory activities
The appropriate Federal banking agency may assess against an institution fees to fund the direct and indirect expenses of the Office as the appropriate Federal banking agency deems necessary or appropriate. The fees may be imposed more frequently than annually at the discretion of the appropriate Federal banking agency.
(l) Working capital
The appropriate Federal banking agency is authorized to impose fees and assessments pursuant to subsections (a), (b), (e), and (k) of this section, in excess of actual expenses for any given year, to permit the appropriate Federal banking agency to maintain a working capital fund. The appropriate Federal banking agency shall remit to the payors of such fees and assessments any funds collected in excess of what he deems necessary to maintain such working capital fund.
(m) Use of funds
The appropriate Federal banking agency is authorized to use the combined resources retained through fees and assessments imposed pursuant to this section to pay all direct and indirect salary and administrative expenses of the Office, including contracts and purchases of property and services, and the direct and indirect expenses of the examinations and supervisory activities of the Office.
(June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §9, as added Pub. L. 100–86, title IV, §402(a), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 605; amended Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §301, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 316; Pub. L. 102–242, title I, §114(c), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2248; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §369(7), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1563.)
Editorial Notes
Prior Provisions
A prior section 1467, acts June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §8, 48 Stat. 134; Apr. 27, 1934, ch. 168, §12, 48 Stat. 647; May 28, 1935, ch. 150, §§20, 21, 49 Stat. 298, related to penalties, prior to repeal by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862, eff. Sept. 1, 1948. See sections 223, 433, 493, 657, 1006, and 1014 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
A prior section 9 of act June 13, 1933, was renumbered section 11 and is classified to section 1468 of this title.
Amendments
2010—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(7)(A), substituted "assessed by—" for "assessed by the Director against each such savings association as the Director deems necessary or appropriate." and added pars. (1) and (2).
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(7)(B), substituted "Comptroller or Corporation, as appropriate" for "Director" in two places.
Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(7)(I), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" in two places.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(7)(I), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" in concluding provisions.
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(7)(C), substituted "The Comptroller" for "Only the Director" in introductory provisions and "designee of the Comptroller" for "Director's designee" in concluding provisions.
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(7)(D), substituted "[Reserved]." for text which read as follows: "The Corporation or the Federal home loan banks shall, upon request of and by agreement with the Director, collect fees and assessments on behalf of the Director and be reimbursed for the actual cost of collection."
Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(7)(E)(i), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director".
Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(7)(I), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency or the Corporation" for "Director or the Corporation".
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(7)(E)(ii), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency for the savings association" for "Director, or the Corporation, as the case may be,".
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(7)(I), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" in two places.
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(7)(F), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(7)(I), substituted "The appropriate Federal banking agency" for "The Director" and "submits to the appropriate Federal banking agency" for "submits to the Director".
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(7)(G), substituted "sole discretion of the appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director's sole discretion".
Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(7)(I), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency deems" for "Director deems" and "discretion of the appropriate Federal banking agency" for "discretion of the Director".
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(7)(H), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency may assess against an institution" for "Director may assess against institutions for which the Director is the appropriate Federal banking agency, as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act,".
Subsecs. (l), (m). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(7)(I), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" wherever appearing.
1991—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–242, §114(c)(1), added subsec. (a) and struck out former subsec. (a) which read as follows: "The cost of conducting examinations of savings associations pursuant to section 1464(d) of this title shall be assessed by the Director against each such savings association in proportion to the assets or resources of the savings association."
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–242, §114(c)(1), added subsec. (b) and struck out former subsec. (b) which read as follows: "The cost of conducting examinations of affiliates of savings associations pursuant to this chapter may be assessed by the Director against each affiliate which is examined in proportion to the assets or resources held by the affiliate on the date of any such examination."
Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 102–242, §114(c)(2), amended subsec. (k) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (k) read as follows: "The Director may assess against institutions for which the Director is the appropriate Federal banking agency, within the meaning of section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, fees to fund the direct and indirect expenses of the Office. Such fees shall be imposed in proportion of the assets or resources of the institutions. The fees may be imposed more frequently than annually at the discretion of the Director. The annual rate of such fees shall be the same for all institutions subject to such fees."
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section generally, substituting subsecs. (a) to (m) relating to examination fees for former subsecs. (a) to (f) relating to accounting principles and other standards and requirements.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 351 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 906 of Title 2, The Congress.
Effective Date of 1989 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 101–73 relating to civil penalties applicable with respect to violations committed and activities engaged in after Aug. 9, 1989, except that the increased maximum civil penalties of $5,000 and $25,000 per violation or per day may apply to such violations or activities committed or engaged in before such date with respect to an institution if such violations or activities (1) are not already subject to a notice issued by the appropriate Federal banking agency or the Board (initiating an administrative proceeding); and (2) occurred after the completion of the last report of examination of the institution by the appropriate Federal banking agency (as defined in section 1813 of this title) occurring before Aug. 9, 1989, see section 305(c) of Pub. L. 101–73, set out as a note under section 1461 of this title.
Submission of Proposed Regulations to Congress
Pub. L. 100–86, title IV, §402(c), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 608, provided that: "Not later than the end of the 90-day period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 10, 1987]—
"(1) the Federal Home Loan Bank Board shall submit a copy of the proposed regulations required to be prescribed under the amendment made by subsection (a) [enacting this section] to the Congress; and
"(2) the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation shall submit a copy of the proposed regulations required to be prescribed under the amendment made by subsection (b) [enacting section 1730h of this title] to the Congress."
Effective Date of Regulations
Pub. L. 100–86, title IV, §402(d), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 608, provided that:
"(1)
"(2)
"(A)
"(B)
"(i) the date by which, in the determination of the Board or Corporation, it is feasible for such association or insured institution to achieve compliance with such regulations; or
"(ii) December 31, 1993."
Sunset and Savings Provision
Subsec. (a)(2), (3), (5) ceases to be effective on date that notice of completion of all net new borrowing by Financing Corporation is published in Federal Register [Mar. 30, 1992, 57 F.R. 10763], with such termination not to be construed to affect or limit any authority of Federal Home Loan Bank Board or Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation to prescribe any regulation or engage in any activity with respect to any association or insured institution under any other provision of law, see section 416 of Pub. L. 100–86, set out as a note under section 1441 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be followed by a comma.
§1467a. Regulation of holding companies
(a) Definitions
(1) In general
As used in this section, unless the context otherwise requires—
(A) Savings association
The term "savings association" includes a savings bank or cooperative bank which is deemed by the appropriate Federal banking agency to be a savings association under subsection (l).
(B) Uninsured institution
The term "uninsured institution" means any depository institution the deposits of which are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
(C) Company
The term "company" means any corporation, partnership, trust, joint-stock company, or similar organization, but does not include the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Resolution Trust Corporation, any Federal home loan bank, or any company the majority of the shares of which is owned by the United States or any State, or by an instrumentality of the United States or any State.
(D) Savings and loan holding company
(i) In general
Except as provided in clause (ii), the term "savings and loan holding company" means any company that directly or indirectly controls a savings association or that controls any other company that is a savings and loan holding company.
(ii) Exclusion
The term "savings and loan holding company" does not include—
(I) a bank holding company that is registered under, and subject to, the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.), or to any company directly or indirectly controlled by such company (other than a savings association);
(II) a company that controls a savings association that functions solely in a trust or fiduciary capacity as described in section 2(c)(2)(D) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)(D)); or
(III) a company described in subsection (c)(9)(C) solely by virtue of such company's control of an intermediate holding company established pursuant to section 1467b of this title.
(E) Multiple savings and loan holding company
The term "multiple savings and loan holding company" means any savings and loan holding company which directly or indirectly controls 2 or more savings associations.
(F) Diversified savings and loan holding company
The term "diversified savings and loan holding company" means any savings and loan holding company whose subsidiary savings association and related activities as permitted under paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this section represented, on either an actual or a pro forma basis, less than 50 percent of its consolidated net worth at the close of its preceding fiscal year and of its consolidated net earnings for such fiscal year, as determined in accordance with regulations issued by the appropriate Federal banking agency.
(G) Subsidiary
The term "subsidiary" has the same meaning as in section 1813 of this title.
(H) Affiliate
The term "affiliate" of a savings association means any person which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such savings association.
(I) Bank holding company
The terms "bank holding company" and "bank" have the meanings given to such terms in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 [12 U.S.C. 1841].
(J) Acquire
The term "acquire" has the meaning given to such term in section 1823(f)(8) of this title.
(2) Control
For purposes of this section, a person shall be deemed to have control of—
(A) a savings association if the person directly or indirectly or acting in concert with one or more other persons, or through one or more subsidiaries, owns, controls, or holds with power to vote, or holds proxies representing, more than 25 percent of the voting shares of such savings association, or controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors of such association;
(B) any other company if the person directly or indirectly or acting in concert with one or more other persons, or through one or more subsidiaries, owns, controls, or holds with power to vote, or holds proxies representing, more than 25 percent of the voting shares or rights of such other company, or controls in any manner the election or appointment of a majority of the directors or trustees of such other company, or is a general partner in or has contributed more than 25 percent of the capital of such other company;
(C) a trust if the person is a trustee thereof; or
(D) a savings association or any other company if the Board determines, after reasonable notice and opportunity for hearing, that such person directly or indirectly exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of such association or other company.
(3) Exclusions
Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection, the term "savings and loan holding company" does not include—
(A) any company by virtue of its ownership or control of voting shares of a savings association or a savings and loan holding company acquired in connection with the underwriting of securities if such shares are held only for such period of time (not exceeding 120 days unless extended by the Board) as will permit the sale thereof on a reasonable basis; and
(B) any trust (other than a pension, profit-sharing, shareholders', voting, or business trust) which controls a savings association or a savings and loan holding company if such trust by its terms must terminate within 25 years or not later than 21 years and 10 months after the death of individuals living on the effective date of the trust, and is (i) in existence on June 26, 1967, or (ii) a testamentary trust created on or after June 26, 1967.
(4) Special rule relating to qualified stock issuance
No savings and loan holding company shall be deemed to control a savings association solely by reason of the purchase by such savings and loan holding company of shares issued by such savings association, or issued by any savings and loan holding company (other than a bank holding company) which controls such savings association, in connection with a qualified stock issuance if such purchase is approved by the Board under subsection (q)(1)(D), unless the acquiring savings and loan holding company, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with 1 or more other persons, or through 1 or more subsidiaries, owns, controls, or holds with power to vote, or holds proxies representing, more than 15 percent of the voting shares of such savings association or holding company.
(b) Registration and examination
(1) In general
Within 90 days after becoming a savings and loan holding company, each savings and loan holding company shall register with the Board on forms prescribed by the Board, which shall include such information, under oath or otherwise, with respect to the financial condition, ownership, operations, management, and intercompany relationships of such holding company and its subsidiaries, and related matters, as the Board may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this section. Upon application, the Board may extend the time within which a savings and loan holding company shall register and file the requisite information.
(2) Reports
(A) In general
Each savings and loan holding company and each subsidiary thereof, other than a savings association, shall file with the Board, such reports as may be required by the Board. Such reports shall be made under oath or otherwise, and shall be in such form and for such periods, as the Board may prescribe. Each report shall contain such information concerning the operations of such savings and loan holding company and its subsidiaries as the Board may require.
(B) Use of existing reports and other supervisory information
The Board shall, to the fullest extent possible, use—
(i) reports and other supervisory information that the savings and loan holding company or any subsidiary thereof has been required to provide to other Federal or State regulatory agencies;
(ii) externally audited financial statements of the savings and loan holding company or subsidiary;
(iii) information that is otherwise available from Federal or State regulatory agencies; and
(iv) information that is otherwise required to be reported publicly.
(C) Availability
Upon the request of the Board, a savings and loan holding company or a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company shall promptly provide to the Board any information described in clauses (i) through (iii) of subparagraph (B).
(3) Books and records
Each savings and loan holding company shall maintain such books and records as may be prescribed by the Board.
(4) Examinations
(A) In general
Subject to subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010 [12 U.S.C. 5511 et seq.], the Board may make examinations of a savings and loan holding company and each subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company system, in order to—
(i) inform the Board of—
(I) the nature of the operations and financial condition of the savings and loan holding company and the subsidiary;
(II) the financial, operational, and other risks within the savings and loan holding company system that may pose a threat to—
(aa) the safety and soundness of the savings and loan holding company or of any depository institution subsidiary of the savings and loan holding company; or
(bb) the stability of the financial system of the United States; and
(III) the systems of the savings and loan holding company for monitoring and controlling the risks described in subclause (II); and
(ii) monitor the compliance of the savings and loan holding company and the subsidiary with—
(I) this chapter;
(II) Federal laws that the Board has specific jurisdiction to enforce against the company or subsidiary; and
(III) other than in the case of an insured depository institution or functionally regulated subsidiary, any other applicable provisions of Federal law.
(B) Use of reports to reduce examinations
For purposes of this subsection, the Board shall, to the fullest extent possible, rely on—
(i) the examination reports made by other Federal or State regulatory agencies relating to a savings and loan holding company and any subsidiary; and
(ii) the reports and other information required under paragraph (2).
(C) Coordination with other regulators
The Board shall—
(i) provide reasonable notice to, and consult with, the appropriate Federal banking agency, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or State regulatory agency, as appropriate, for a subsidiary that is a depository institution or a functionally regulated subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company before commencing an examination of the subsidiary under this section; and
(ii) to the fullest extent possible, avoid duplication of examination activities, reporting requirements, and requests for information.
(5) Agent for service of process
The Board may require any savings and loan holding company, or persons connected therewith if it is not a corporation, to execute and file a prescribed form of irrevocable appointment of agent for service of process.
(6) Release from registration
The Board may at any time, upon the motion or application of the Board, release a registered savings and loan holding company from any registration theretofore made by such company, if the Board determines that such company no longer has control of any savings association.
(c) Holding company activities
(1) Prohibited activities
Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, no savings and loan holding company and no subsidiary which is not a savings association shall—
(A) engage in any activity or render any service for or on behalf of a savings association subsidiary for the purpose or with the effect of evading any law or regulation applicable to such savings association;
(B) commence any business activity, other than the activities described in paragraph (2); or
(C) continue any business activity, other than the activities described in paragraph (2), after the end of the 2-year period beginning on the date on which such company received approval under subsection (e) of this section to become a savings and loan holding company subject to the limitations contained in this subparagraph.
(2) Exempt activities
The prohibitions of subparagraphs (B) and (C) of paragraph (1) shall not apply to the following business activities of any savings and loan holding company or any subsidiary (of such company) which is not a savings association:
(A) Furnishing or performing management services for a savings association subsidiary of such company.
(B) Conducting an insurance agency or escrow business.
(C) Holding, managing, or liquidating assets owned or acquired from a savings association subsidiary of such company.
(D) Holding or managing properties used or occupied by a savings association subsidiary of such company.
(E) Acting as trustee under deed of trust.
(F) Any other activity—
(i) which the Board, by regulation, has determined to be permissible for bank holding companies under section 4(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 [12 U.S.C. 1843(c)], unless the Board, by regulation, prohibits or limits any such activity for savings and loan holding companies; or
(ii) in which multiple savings and loan holding companies were authorized (by regulation) to directly engage on March 5, 1987.
(G) In the case of a savings and loan holding company, purchasing, holding, or disposing of stock acquired in connection with a qualified stock issuance if the purchase of such stock by such savings and loan holding company is approved by the Board pursuant to subsection (q)(1)(D).
(H) Any activity that is permissible for a financial holding company (as such term is defined under section 2(p) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(p)) 1 to conduct under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 [12 U.S.C. 1843(k)] if—
(i) the savings and loan holding company meets all of the criteria to qualify as a financial holding company, and complies with all of the requirements applicable to a financial holding company, under sections 4(l) and 4(m) of the Bank Holding Company Act 2 [12 U.S.C. 1843(l), (m)] and section 2903(c) of this title as if the savings and loan holding company was a bank holding company; and
(ii) the savings and loan holding company conducts the activity in accordance with the same terms, conditions, and requirements that apply to the conduct of such activity by a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 [12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.] and the Board's regulations and interpretations under such Act.
(3) Certain limitations on activities not applicable to certain holding companies
Notwithstanding paragraphs (4) and (6) of this subsection, the limitations contained in subparagraphs (B) and (C) of paragraph (1) shall not apply to any savings and loan holding company (or any subsidiary of such company) which controls—
(A) only 1 savings association, if the savings association subsidiary of such company is a qualified thrift lender (as determined under subsection (m)); or
(B) more than 1 savings association, if—
(i) all, or all but 1, of the savings association subsidiaries of such company were initially acquired by the company or by an individual who would be deemed to control such company if such individual were a company—
(I) pursuant to an acquisition under section 1823(c) or 1823(k) of this title or section 408(m) 3 of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1730a(m)]; or
(II) pursuant to an acquisition in which assistance was continued to a savings association under section 1823(i) of this title; and
(ii) all of the savings association subsidiaries of such company are qualified thrift lenders (as determined under subsection (m)).
(4) Prior approval of certain new activities required
(A) In general
No savings and loan holding company and no subsidiary which is not a savings association shall commence, either de novo or by an acquisition (in whole or in part) of a going concern, any activity described in paragraph (2)(F)(i) of this subsection without the prior approval of the Board.
(B) Factors to be considered
In considering any application under subparagraph (A) by any savings and loan holding company or any subsidiary of any such company which is not a savings association, the Board shall consider—
(i) whether the performance of the activity described in such application by the company or the subsidiary can reasonably be expected to produce benefits to the public (such as greater convenience, increased competition, or gains in efficiency) that outweigh possible adverse effects of such activity (such as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest, or unsound financial practices);
(ii) the managerial resources of the companies involved; and
(iii) the adequacy of the financial resources, including capital, of the companies involved.
(C) Board may differentiate between new and ongoing activities
In prescribing any regulation or considering any application under this paragraph, the Board may differentiate between activities commenced de novo and activities commenced by the acquisition, in whole or in part, of a going concern.
(D) Approval or disapproval by order
The approval or disapproval of any application under this paragraph by the Board shall be made in an order issued by the Board containing the reasons for such approval or disapproval.
(5) Grace period to achieve compliance
If any savings association referred to in paragraph (3) fails to maintain the status of such association as a qualified thrift lender, the Board may allow, for good cause shown, any company that controls such association (or any subsidiary of such company which is not a savings association) up to 3 years to comply with the limitations contained in paragraph (1)(C).
(6) Special provisions relating to certain companies affected by 1987 amendments
(A) Exception to 2-year grace period for achieving compliance
Notwithstanding paragraph (1)(C), any company which received approval under subsection (e) of this section to acquire control of a savings association between March 5, 1987, and August 10, 1987, shall not continue any business activity other than an activity described in paragraph (2) after August 10, 1987.
(B) Exemption for activities lawfully engaged in before March 5, 1987
Notwithstanding paragraph (1)(C) and subject to subparagraphs (C) and (D), any savings and loan holding company which received approval, before March 5, 1987, under subsection (e) of this section to acquire control of a savings association may engage, directly or through any subsidiary (other than a savings association subsidiary of such company), in any activity in which such company or such subsidiary was lawfully engaged on such date.
(C) Termination of subparagraph (B) exemption
The exemption provided under subparagraph (B) for activities engaged in by any savings and loan holding company or a subsidiary of such company (which is not a savings association) which would otherwise be prohibited under paragraph (1)(C) shall terminate with respect to such activities of such company or subsidiary upon the occurrence (after August 10, 1987) of any of the following:
(i) The savings and loan holding company acquires control of a bank or an additional savings association (other than a savings association acquired pursuant to section 1823(c) or 1823(k) of this title or section 406(f) or 408(m) 3 of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1729(f) or 1730a(m)]).
(ii) Any savings association subsidiary of the savings and loan holding company fails to qualify as a domestic building and loan association under section 7701(a)(19) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [26 U.S.C. 7701(a)(19)].
(iii) The savings and loan holding company engages in any business activity—
(I) which is not described in paragraph (2); and
(II) in which it was not engaged on March 5, 1987.
(iv) Any savings association subsidiary of the savings and loan holding company increases the number of locations from which such savings association conducts business after March 5, 1987 (other than an increase which occurs in connection with a transaction under section 1823(c) or (k) of this title or section 408(m) 3 of the National Housing Act.
(v) Any savings association subsidiary of the savings and loan holding company permits any overdraft (including an intraday overdraft), or incurs any such overdraft in its account at a Federal Reserve bank, on behalf of an affiliate, unless such overdraft is the result of an inadvertent computer or accounting error that is beyond the control of both the savings association subsidiary and the affiliate.
(D) Order to terminate subparagraph (B) activity
Any activity described in subparagraph (B) may also be terminated by the Board, after opportunity for hearing, if the Board determines, having due regard for the purposes of this chapter, that such action is necessary to prevent conflicts of interest or unsound practices or is in the public interest.
(7) Foreign savings and loan holding company
Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, any savings and loan holding company organized under the laws of a foreign country as of June 1, 1984 (including any subsidiary thereof which is not a savings association), which controls a single savings association on August 10, 1987, shall not be subject to this subsection with respect to any activities of such holding company which are conducted exclusively in a foreign country.
(8) Exemption for bank holding companies
Except for paragraph (1)(A), this subsection shall not apply to any company that is treated as a bank holding company for purposes of section 4 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 [12 U.S.C. 1843], or any of its subsidiaries.
(9) Prevention of new affiliations between S&L holding companies and commercial firms
(A) In general
Notwithstanding paragraph (3), no company may directly or indirectly, including through any merger, consolidation, or other type of business combination, acquire control of a savings association after May 4, 1999, unless the company is engaged, directly or indirectly (including through a subsidiary other than a savings association), only in activities that are permitted—
(i) under paragraph (1)(C) or (2) of this subsection; or
(ii) for financial holding companies under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 [12 U.S.C. 1843(k)].
(B) Prevention of new commercial affiliations
Notwithstanding paragraph (3), no savings and loan holding company may engage directly or indirectly (including through a subsidiary other than a savings association) in any activity other than as described in clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (A).
(C) Preservation of authority of existing unitary S&L holding companies
Subparagraphs (A) and (B) do not apply with respect to any company that was a savings and loan holding company on May 4, 1999, or that becomes a savings and loan holding company pursuant to an application pending before the Office on or before that date, and that—
(i) meets and continues to meet the requirements of paragraph (3); and
(ii) continues to control not fewer than 1 savings association that it controlled on May 4, 1999, or that it acquired pursuant to an application pending before the Office on or before that date, or the successor to such savings association.
(D) Corporate reorganizations permitted
This paragraph does not prevent a transaction that—
(i) involves solely a company under common control with a savings and loan holding company from acquiring, directly or indirectly, control of the savings and loan holding company or any savings association that is already a subsidiary of the savings and loan holding company; or
(ii) involves solely a merger, consolidation, or other type of business combination as a result of which a company under common control with the savings and loan holding company acquires, directly or indirectly, control of the savings and loan holding company or any savings association that is already a subsidiary of the savings and loan holding company.
(E) Authority to prevent evasions
The Board may issue interpretations, regulations, or orders that the Board determines necessary to administer and carry out the purpose and prevent evasions of this paragraph, including a determination (in consultation with the appropriate Federal banking agency) that, notwithstanding the form of a transaction, the transaction would in substance result in a company acquiring control of a savings association.
(F) Preservation of authority for family trusts
Subparagraphs (A) and (B) do not apply with respect to any trust that becomes a savings and loan holding company with respect to a savings association, if—
(i) not less than 85 percent of the beneficial ownership interests in the trust are continuously owned, directly or indirectly, by or for the benefit of members of the same family, or their spouses, who are lineal descendants of common ancestors who controlled, directly or indirectly, such savings association on May 4, 1999, or a subsequent date, pursuant to an application pending before the Office on or before May 4, 1999; and
(ii) at the time at which such trust becomes a savings and loan holding company, such ancestors or lineal descendants, or spouses of such descendants, have directly or indirectly controlled the savings association continuously since May 4, 1999, or a subsequent date, pursuant to an application pending before the Office on or before May 4, 1999.
(d) Transactions with affiliates
Transactions between any subsidiary savings association of a savings and loan holding company and any affiliate (of such savings association subsidiary) shall be subject to the limitations and prohibitions specified in section 1468 of this title.
(e) Acquisitions
(1) In general
It shall be unlawful for—
(A) any savings and loan holding company directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries or through one or more transactions—
(i) to acquire, except with the prior written approval of the Board, the control of a savings association or a savings and loan holding company, or to retain the control of such an association or holding company acquired or retained in violation of this section as heretofore or hereafter in effect;
(ii) to acquire, except with the prior written approval of the Board, by the process of merger, consolidation, or purchase of assets, another savings association or a savings and loan holding company, or all or substantially all of the assets of any such association or holding company;
(iii) to acquire, by purchase or otherwise, or to retain, except with the prior written approval of the Board, more than 5 percent of the voting shares of a savings association not a subsidiary, or of a savings and loan holding company not a subsidiary, or in the case of a multiple savings and loan holding company (other than a company described in subsection (c)(8)), to acquire or retain, and the Board may not authorize acquisition or retention of, more than 5 percent of the voting shares of any company not a subsidiary which is engaged in any business activity other than the activities specified in subsection (c)(2). This clause shall not apply to shares of a savings association or of a savings and loan holding company—
(I) held as a bona fide fiduciary (whether with or without the sole discretion to vote such shares);
(II) held temporarily pursuant to an underwriting commitment in the normal course of an underwriting business;
(III) held in an account solely for trading purposes;
(IV) over which no control is held other than control of voting rights acquired in the normal course of a proxy solicitation;
(V) acquired in securing or collecting a debt previously contracted in good faith, during the 2-year period beginning on the date of such acquisition or for such additional time (not exceeding 3 years) as the Board may permit if the Board determines that such an extension will not be detrimental to the public interest;
(VI) acquired under section 408(m) 3 of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1730a(m)] or section 1823(k) of this title;
(VII) held by any insurance company, as defined in section 2(a)(17) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a–2(a)(17)], except as provided in paragraph (6); or
(VIII) acquired pursuant to a qualified stock issuance if such purchase is approved by the Board under subsection (q)(1)(D);
except that the aggregate amount of shares held under this clause (other than under subclauses (I), (II), (III), (IV), and (VI)) may not exceed 15 percent of all outstanding shares or of the voting power of a savings association or savings and loan holding company; or
(iv) to acquire the control of an uninsured institution, or to retain for more than one year after February 14, 1968, or from the date on which such control was acquired, whichever is later, except that the Board may upon application by such company extend such one-year period from year to year, for an additional period not exceeding 3 years, if the Board finds such extension is warranted and is not detrimental to the public interest; and
(B) any other company, without the prior written approval of the Board, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries or through one or more transactions, to acquire the control of one or more savings associations, except that such approval shall not be required in connection with the control of a savings association, (i) acquired by devise under the terms of a will creating a trust which is excluded from the definition of "savings and loan holding company" under subsection (a) of this section, (ii) acquired in connection with a reorganization in which a person or group of persons, having had control of a savings association for more than 3 years, vests control of that association in a newly formed holding company subject to the control of the same person or group of persons, or (iii) acquired by a bank holding company that is registered under, and subject to, the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 [12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.], or any company controlled by such bank holding company. The Board shall approve an acquisition of a savings association under this subparagraph unless the Board finds the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and association involved to be such that the acquisition would be detrimental to the association or the insurance risk of the Deposit Insurance Fund, and shall render a decision within 90 days after submission to the Board of the complete record on the application.
Consideration of the managerial resources of a company or savings association under subparagraph (B) shall include consideration of the competence, experience, and integrity of the officers, directors, and principal shareholders of the company or association.
(2) Factors to be considered
The Board shall not approve any acquisition under subparagraph (A)(i) or (A)(ii), or of more than one savings association under subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) of this subsection, any acquisition of stock in connection with a qualified stock issuance, any acquisition under paragraph (4)(A), or any transaction under section 1823(k) of this title, except in accordance with this paragraph. In every case, the Board shall take into consideration the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and association involved, the effect of the acquisition on the association, the insurance risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund, and the convenience and needs of the community to be served, and shall render a decision within 90 days after submission to the Board of the complete record on the application. Consideration of the managerial resources of a company or savings association shall include consideration of the competence, experience, and integrity of the officers, directors, and principal shareholders of the company or association. Before approving any such acquisition, except a transaction under section 1823(k) of this title, the Board shall request from the Attorney General and consider any report rendered within 30 days on the competitive factors involved. The Board shall not approve any proposed acquisition—
(A) which would result in a monopoly, or which would be in furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to monopolize or to attempt to monopolize the savings and loan business in any part of the United States,
(B) the effect of which in any section of the country may be substantially to lessen competition, or tend to create a monopoly, or which in any other manner would be in restraint of trade, unless it finds that the anticompetitive effects of the proposed acquisition are clearly outweighed in the public interest by the probable effect of the acquisition in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served,
(C) if the company fails to provide adequate assurances to the Board that the company will make available to the Board such information on the operations or activities of the company, and any affiliate of the company, as the Board determines to be appropriate to determine and enforce compliance with this chapter,
(D) in the case of an application involving a foreign bank, if the foreign bank is not subject to comprehensive supervision or regulation on a consolidated basis by the appropriate authorities in the bank's home country, or
(E) in the case of an application by a savings and loan holding company to acquire an insured depository institution, if—
(i) the home State of the insured depository institution is a State other than the home State of the savings and loan holding company;
(ii) the applicant (including all insured depository institutions which are affiliates of the applicant) controls, or upon consummation of the transaction would control, more than 10 percent of the total amount of deposits of insured depository institutions in the United States; and
(iii) the acquisition does not involve an insured depository institution in default or in danger of default, or with respect to which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation provides assistance under section 1823 of this title.
(3) Interstate acquisitions
No acquisition shall be approved by the Board under this subsection which will result in the formation by any company, through one or more subsidiaries or through one or more transactions, of a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings associations in more than one State, unless—
(A) such company, or a savings association subsidiary of such company, is authorized to acquire control of a savings association subsidiary, or to operate a home or branch office, in the additional State or States pursuant to section 1823(k) of this title;
(B) such company controls a savings association subsidiary which operated a home or branch office in the additional State or States as of March 5, 1987; or
(C) the statutes of the State in which the savings association to be acquired is located permit a savings association chartered by such State to be acquired by a savings association chartered by the State where the acquiring savings association or savings and loan holding company is located or by a holding company that controls such a State chartered savings association, and such statutes specifically authorize such an acquisition by language to that effect and not merely by implication.
(4) Acquisitions by certain individuals
(A) In general
Notwithstanding subsection (h)(2), any director or officer of a savings and loan holding company, or any individual who owns, controls, or holds with power to vote (or holds proxies representing) more than 25 percent of the voting shares of such holding company, may acquire control of any savings association not a subsidiary of such savings and loan holding company with the prior written approval of the Board.
(B) Treatment of certain holding companies
If any individual referred to in subparagraph (A) controls more than 1 savings and loan holding company or more than 1 savings association, any savings and loan holding company controlled by such individual shall be subject to the activities limitations contained in subsection (c) to the same extent such limitations apply to multiple savings and loan holding companies, unless all or all but 1 of the savings associations (including any institution deemed to be a savings association under subsection (l) of this section) controlled directly or indirectly by such individual was acquired pursuant to an acquisition described in subclause (I) or (II) of subsection (c)(3)(B)(i).
(5) Acquisitions pursuant to certain security interests
This subsection and subsection (c)(2) of this section do not apply to any savings and loan holding company which acquired the control of a savings association or of a savings and loan holding company pursuant to a pledge or hypothecation to secure a loan, or in connection with the liquidation of a loan, made in the ordinary course of business. It shall be unlawful for any such company to retain such control for more than one year after February 14, 1968, or from the date on which such control was acquired, whichever is later, except that the Board may upon application by such company extend such one-year period from year to year, for an additional period not exceeding 3 years, if the Board finds such extension is warranted and would not be detrimental to the public interest.
(6) Shares held by insurance affiliates
Shares described in clause (iii)(VII) of paragraph (1)(A) shall not be excluded for purposes of clause (iii) of such paragraph if—
(A) all shares held under such clause (iii)(VII) by all insurance company affiliates of such savings association or savings and loan holding company in the aggregate exceed 5 percent of all outstanding shares or of the voting power of the savings association or savings and loan holding company; or
(B) such shares are acquired or retained with a view to acquiring, exercising, or transferring control of the savings association or savings and loan holding company.
(7) Definitions
For purposes of paragraph (2)(E)—
(A) the terms "default", "in danger of default", and "insured depository institution" have the same meanings as in section 1813 of this title; and
(B) the term "home State" means—
(i) with respect to a national bank, the State in which the main office of the bank is located;
(ii) with respect to a State bank or State savings association, the State by which the savings association is chartered;
(iii) with respect to a Federal savings association, the State in which the home office (as defined by the regulations of the Board 4 of the Office of Thrift Supervision, or, on and after the transfer date,3 the Comptroller of the Currency) of the Federal savings association is located; and
(iv) with respect to a savings and loan holding company, the State in which the amount of total deposits of all insured depository institution subsidiaries of such company was the greatest on the date on which the company became a savings and loan holding company.
(f) Declaration of dividend
Every subsidiary savings association of a savings and loan holding company shall give the Board not less than 30 days' advance notice of the proposed declaration by its directors of any dividend on its guaranty, permanent, or other nonwithdrawable stock. Such notice period shall commence to run from the date of receipt of such notice by the Board. Any such dividend declared within such period, or without the giving of such notice to the Board, shall be invalid and shall confer no rights or benefits upon the holder of any such stock.
(g) Administration and enforcement
(1) In general
The Board is authorized to issue such regulations and orders, including regulations and orders relating to capital requirements for savings and loan holding companies, as the Board deems necessary or appropriate to enable the Board to administer and carry out the purposes of this section, and to require compliance therewith and prevent evasions thereof. In establishing capital regulations pursuant to this subsection, the appropriate Federal banking agency shall seek to make such requirements countercyclical so that the amount of capital required to be maintained by a company increases in times of economic expansion and decreases in times of economic contraction, consistent with the safety and soundness of the company.
(2) Investigations
The Board may make such investigations as the Board deems necessary or appropriate to determine whether the provisions of this section, and regulations and orders thereunder, are being and have been complied with by savings and loan holding companies and subsidiaries and affiliates thereof. For the purpose of any investigation under this section, the Board may administer oaths and affirmations, issue subpenas, take evidence, and require the production of any books, papers, correspondence, memorandums, or other records which may be relevant or material to the inquiry. The attendance of witnesses and the production of any such records may be required from any place in any State. The Board may apply to the United States district court for the judicial district (or the United States court in any territory) in which any witness or company subpenaed resides or carries on business, for enforcement of any subpena issued pursuant to this paragraph, and such courts shall have jurisdiction and power to order and require compliance.
(3) Proceedings
(A) In any proceeding under subsection (a)(2)(D) or under paragraph (5) of this subsection, the Board may administer oaths and affirmations, take or cause to be taken depositions, and issue subpenas. The Board may make regulations with respect to any such proceedings. The attendance of witnesses and the production of documents provided for in this paragraph may be required from any place in any State or in any territory at any designated place where such proceeding is being conducted. Any party to such proceedings may apply to the United States District Court for the District of Columbia, or the United States district court for the judicial district or the United States court in any territory in which such proceeding is being conducted, or where the witness resides or carries on business, for enforcement of any subpena issued pursuant to this paragraph, and such courts shall have jurisdiction and power to order and require compliance therewith. Witnesses subpenaed under this section shall be paid the same fees and mileage that are paid witnesses in the district courts of the United States.
(B) Any hearing provided for in subsection (a)(2)(D) or under paragraph (5) of this section 5 shall be held in the Federal judicial district or in the territory in which the principal office of the association or other company is located unless the party afforded the hearing consents to another place, and shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of chapter 5 of title 5.
(4) Injunctions
Whenever it appears to the Board that any person is engaged or has engaged or is about to engage in any acts or practices which constitute or will constitute a violation of the provisions of this section or of any regulation or order thereunder, the Board may bring an action in the proper United States district court, or the United States court of any territory or other place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, to enjoin such acts or practices, to enforce compliance with this section or any regulation or order, or to require the divestiture of any acquisition in violation of this section, or for any combination of the foregoing, and such courts shall have jurisdiction of such actions. Upon a proper showing an injunction, decree, restraining order, order of divestiture, or other appropriate order shall be granted without bond.
(5) Cease and desist orders
(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the Board may, whenever the Board has reasonable cause to believe that the continuation by a savings and loan holding company of any activity or of ownership or control of any of its noninsured subsidiaries constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness, or stability of a savings and loan holding company's subsidiary savings association and is inconsistent with the sound operation of a savings association or with the purposes of this section or section 1818 of this title, order the savings and loan holding company or any of its subsidiaries, after due notice and opportunity for hearing, to terminate such activities or to terminate (within 120 days or such longer period as the Board directs in unusual circumstances) its ownership or control of any such noninsured subsidiary either by sale or by distribution of the shares of the subsidiary to the shareholders of the savings and loan holding company. Such distribution shall be pro rata with respect to all of the shareholders of the distributing savings and loan holding company, and the holding company shall not make any charge to its shareholders arising out of such a distribution.
(B) The Board may in the discretion of the Board apply to the United States district court within the jurisdiction of which the principal office of the company is located, for the enforcement of any effective and outstanding order issued under this section, and such court shall have jurisdiction and power to order and require compliance therewith. Except as provided in subsection (j), no court shall have jurisdiction to affect by injunction or otherwise the issuance or enforcement of any notice or order under this section, or to review, modify, suspend, terminate, or set aside any such notice or order.
(h) Prohibited acts
It shall be unlawful for—
(1) any savings and loan holding company or subsidiary thereof, or any director, officer, employee, or person owning, controlling, or holding with power to vote, or holding proxies representing, more than 25 percent of the voting shares, of such holding company or subsidiary, to hold, solicit, or exercise any proxies in respect of any voting rights in a savings association which is a mutual association;
(2) any director or officer of a savings and loan holding company, or any individual who owns, controls, or holds with power to vote (or holds proxies representing) more than 25 percent of the voting shares of such holding company, to acquire control of any savings association not a subsidiary of such savings and loan holding company, unless such acquisition is approved by the Board pursuant to subsection (e)(4); or
(3) any individual, except with the prior approval of the Board, to serve or act as a director, officer, or trustee of, or become a partner in, any savings and loan holding company after having been convicted of any criminal offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust.
(i) Penalties
(1) Criminal penalty
(A) Whoever knowingly violates any provision of this section or being a company, violates any regulation or order issued by the Board under this section, shall be imprisoned not more than 1 year, fined not more than $100,000 per day for each day during which the violation continues, or both.
(B) Whoever, with the intent to deceive, defraud, or profit significantly, knowingly violates any provision of this section shall be fined not more than $1,000,000 per day for each day during which the violation continues, imprisoned not more than 5 years, or both.
(2) 6 Civil money penalty
(A) Penalty
Any company which violates, and any person who participates in a violation of, any provision of this section, or any regulation or order issued pursuant thereto, shall forfeit and pay a civil penalty of not more than $25,000 for each day during which such violation continues.
(B) Assessment
Any penalty imposed under subparagraph (A) may be assessed and collected by the Board in the manner provided in subparagraphs (E), (F), (G), and (I) of section 1818(i)(2) of this title for penalties imposed (under such section) and any such assessment shall be subject to the provisions of such section.
(C) Hearing
The company or other person against whom any civil penalty is assessed under this paragraph shall be afforded a hearing if such company or person submits a request for such hearing within 20 days after the issuance of the notice of assessment. Section 1818(h) of this title shall apply to any proceeding under this paragraph.
(D) Disbursement
All penalties collected under authority of this paragraph shall be deposited into the Treasury.
(E) "Violate" defined
For purposes of this section, the term "violate" includes any action (alone or with another or others) for or toward causing, bringing about, participating in, counseling, or aiding or abetting a violation.
(F) Regulations
The Board shall prescribe regulations establishing such procedures as may be necessary to carry out this paragraph.
(3) 6 Civil money penalty
(A) Penalty
Any company which violates, and any person who participates in a violation of, any provision of this section, or any regulation or order issued pursuant thereto, shall forfeit and pay a civil penalty of not more than $25,000 for each day during which such violation continues.
(B) Assessment; etc.
Any penalty imposed under subparagraph (A) may be assessed and collected by the Board in the manner provided in subparagraphs (E), (F), (G), and (I) of section 1818(i)(2) of this title for penalties imposed (under such section) and any such assessment shall be subject to the provisions of such section.
(C) Hearing
The company or other person against whom any penalty is assessed under this paragraph shall be afforded an agency hearing if such company or person submits a request for such hearing within 20 days after the issuance of the notice of assessment. Section 1818(h) of this title shall apply to any proceeding under this paragraph.
(D) Disbursement
All penalties collected under authority of this paragraph shall be deposited into the Treasury.
(E) "Violate" defined
For purposes of this section, the term "violate" includes any action (alone or with another or others) for or toward causing, bringing about, participating in, counseling, or aiding or abetting a violation.
(F) Regulations
The Board shall prescribe regulations establishing such procedures as may be necessary to carry out this paragraph.
(4) Notice under this section after separation from service
The resignation, termination of employment or participation, or separation of an institution-affiliated party (within the meaning of section 1813(u) of this title) with respect to a savings and loan holding company or subsidiary thereof (including a separation caused by the deregistration of such a company or such a subsidiary) shall not affect the jurisdiction and authority of the Board to issue any notice and proceed under this section against any such party, if such notice is served before the end of the 6-year period beginning on the date such party ceased to be such a party with respect to such holding company or its subsidiary (whether such date occurs before, on, or after August 9, 1989).
(j) Judicial review
Any party aggrieved by an order of the Board under this section may obtain a review of such order by filing in the court of appeals of the United States for the circuit in which the principal office of such party is located, or in the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, within 30 days after the date of service of such order, a written petition praying that the order of the Board be modified, terminated, or set aside. A copy of the petition shall be forthwith transmitted by the clerk of the court to the Board, and thereupon the Board shall file in the court the record in the proceeding, as provided in section 2112 of title 28. Upon the filing of such petition, such court shall have jurisdiction, which upon the filing of the record shall be exclusive, to affirm, modify, terminate, or set aside, in whole or in part, the order of the Board. Review of such proceedings shall be had as provided in chapter 7 of title 5. The judgment and decree of the court shall be final, except that the same shall be subject to review by the Supreme Court upon certiorari as provided in section 1254 of title 28.
(k) Savings clause
Nothing contained in this section, other than any transaction approved under subsection (e)(2) of this section or section 1823 of this title, shall be interpreted or construed as approving any act, action, or conduct which is or has been or may be in violation of existing law, nor shall anything herein contained constitute a defense to any action, suit, or proceeding pending or hereafter instituted on account of any act, action, or conduct in violation of the antitrust laws.
(l) Treatment of FDIC insured State savings banks and cooperative banks as savings associations
(1) In general
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a savings bank (as defined in section 1813(g) of this title) and a cooperative bank that is an insured bank (as defined in section 1813(h) of this title) upon application shall be deemed to be a savings association for the purpose of this section, if the appropriate Federal banking agency determines that such bank is a qualified thrift lender (as determined under subsection (m)).
(2) Failure to maintain qualified thrift lender status
If any savings bank which is deemed to be a savings association under paragraph (1) subsequently fails to maintain its status as a qualified thrift lender, as determined by the appropriate Federal banking agency, such bank may not thereafter be a qualified thrift lender for a period of 5 years.
(m) Qualified thrift lender test
(1) In general
Except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (7), any savings association is a qualified thrift lender if—
(A) the savings association qualifies as a domestic building and loan association, as such term is defined in section 7701(a)(19) of title 26; or
(B)(i) the savings association's qualified thrift investments equal or exceed 65 percent of the savings association's portfolio assets; and
(ii) the savings association's qualified thrift investments continue to equal or exceed 65 percent of the savings association's portfolio assets on a monthly average basis in 9 out of every 12 months.
(2) Exceptions granted by appropriate Federal banking agency
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the appropriate Federal banking agency may grant such temporary and limited exceptions from the minimum actual thrift investment percentage requirement contained in such paragraph as the appropriate Federal banking agency deems necessary if—
(A) the appropriate Federal banking agency determines that extraordinary circumstances exist, such as when the effects of high interest rates reduce mortgage demand to such a degree that an insufficient opportunity exists for a savings association to meet such investment requirements; or
(B) the appropriate Federal banking agency determines that—
(i) the grant of any such exception will significantly facilitate an acquisition under section 1823(c) or 1823(k) of this title;
(ii) the acquired association will comply with the transition requirements of paragraph (7)(B), as if the date of the exemption were the starting date for the transition period described in that paragraph; and
(iii) the appropriate Federal banking agency determines that 7 the exemption will not have an undue adverse effect on competing savings associations in the relevant market and will further the purposes of this subsection.
(3) Failure to become and remain a qualified thrift lender
(A) In general
A savings association that fails to become or remain a qualified thrift lender shall immediately be subject to the restrictions under subparagraph (B).
(B) Restrictions applicable to savings associations that are not qualified thrift lenders
(i) Restrictions effective immediately
The following restrictions shall apply to a savings association beginning on the date on which the savings association should have become or ceases to be a qualified thrift lender:
(I) Activities
The savings association shall not make any new investment (including an investment in a subsidiary) or engage, directly or indirectly, in any other new activity unless that investment or activity would be permissible for the savings association if it were a national bank, and is also permissible for the savings association as a savings association.
(II) Branching
The savings association shall not establish any new branch office at any location at which a national bank located in the savings association's home State may not establish a branch office. For purposes of this subclause, a savings association's home State is the State in which the savings association's total deposits were largest on the date on which the savings association should have become or ceased to be a qualified thrift lender.
(III) Dividends
The savings association may not pay dividends, except for dividends that—
(aa) would be permissible for a national bank;
(bb) are necessary to meet obligations of a company that controls such savings association; and
(cc) are specifically approved by the Comptroller of the Currency and the Board after a written request submitted to the Comptroller of the Currency and the Board by the savings association not later than 30 days before the date of the proposed payment.
(IV) Regulatory authority
A savings association that fails to become or remain a qualified thrift lender shall be deemed to have violated section 1464 of this title and subject to actions authorized by section 1464(d) of this title.
(ii) Additional restrictions effective after 3 years
Beginning 3 years after the date on which a savings association should have become a qualified thrift lender, or the date on which the savings association ceases to be a qualified thrift lender, as applicable, the savings association shall not retain any investment (including an investment in any subsidiary) or engage, directly or indirectly, in any activity, unless that investment or activity—
(I) would be permissible for the savings association if it were a national bank; and
(II) is permissible for the savings association as a savings association.
(C) Holding company regulation
Any company that controls a savings association that is subject to any provision of subparagraph (B) shall, within one year after the date on which the savings association should have become or ceases to be a qualified thrift lender, register as and be deemed to be a bank holding company subject to all of the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 [12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.], section 1818 of this title, and other statutes applicable to bank holding companies, in the same manner and to the same extent as if the company were a bank holding company and the savings association were a bank, as those terms are defined in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956.
(D) Requalification
A savings association that should have become or ceases to be a qualified thrift lender shall not be subject to subparagraph (B) or (C) if the savings association becomes a qualified thrift lender by meeting the qualified thrift lender requirement in paragraph (1) on a monthly average basis in 9 out of the preceding 12 months and remains a qualified thrift lender. If the savings association (or any savings association that acquired all or substantially all of its assets from that savings association) at any time thereafter ceases to be a qualified thrift lender, it shall immediately be subject to all provisions of subparagraphs (B) and (C) as if all the periods described in subparagraphs (B)(ii) and (C) had expired.
(E) Exemption for specialized savings associations serving certain military personnel
Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to a savings association subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company if at least 90 percent of the customers of the savings and loan holding company and its subsidiaries and affiliates are active or former members in the United States military services or the widows, widowers, divorced spouses, or current or former dependents of such members.
(F) Exemption for certain Federal savings associations
This paragraph shall not apply to any Federal savings association in existence as a Federal savings association on August 9, 1989—
(i) that was chartered before October 15, 1982, as a savings bank or a cooperative bank under State law; or
(ii) that acquired its principal assets from an association that was chartered before October 15, 1982, as a savings bank or a cooperative bank under State law.
(G) No circumvention of exit moratorium
Subparagraph (A) of this paragraph shall not be construed as permitting any insured depository institution to engage in any conversion transaction prohibited under section 1815(d) 3 of this title.
(4) Definitions
For purposes of this subsection, the following definitions shall apply:
(A) Actual thrift investment percentage
The term "actual thrift investment percentage" means the percentage determined by dividing—
(i) the amount of a savings association's qualified thrift investments, by
(ii) the amount of the savings association's portfolio assets.
(B) Portfolio assets
The term "portfolio assets" means, with respect to any savings association, the total assets of the savings association, minus the sum of—
(i) goodwill and other intangible assets;
(ii) the value of property used by the savings association to conduct its business; and
(iii) liquid assets of the type required to be maintained under section 1465 of this title, as in effect on the day before December 27, 2000, in an amount not exceeding the amount equal to 20 percent of the savings association's total assets.
(C) Qualified thrift investments
(i) In general
The term "qualified thrift investments" means, with respect to any savings association, the assets of the savings association that are described in clauses (ii) and (iii).
(ii) Assets includible without limit
The following assets are described in this clause for purposes of clause (i):
(I) The aggregate amount of loans held by the savings association that were made to purchase, refinance, construct, improve, or repair domestic residential housing or manufactured housing.
(II) Home-equity loans.
(III) Securities backed by or representing an interest in mortgages on domestic residential housing or manufactured housing.
(IV) Existing obligations of deposit insurance agencies.—Direct or indirect obligations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation issued in accordance with the terms of agreements entered into prior to July 1, 1989, for the 10-year period beginning on the date of issuance of such obligations.
(V) New obligations of deposit insurance agencies.—Obligations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation, the FSLIC Resolution Fund, and the Resolution Trust Corporation issued in accordance with the terms of agreements entered into on or after July 1, 1989, for the 5-year period beginning on the date of issuance of such obligations.
(VI) Shares of stock issued by any Federal home loan bank.
(VII) Loans for educational purposes, loans to small businesses, and loans made through credit cards or credit card accounts.
(iii) Assets includible subject to percentage restriction
The following assets are described in this clause for purposes of clause (i):
(I) 50 percent of the dollar amount of the residential mortgage loans originated by such savings association and sold within 90 days of origination.
(II) Investments in the capital stock or obligations of, and any other security issued by, any service corporation if such service corporation derives at least 80 percent of its annual gross revenues from activities directly related to purchasing, refinancing, constructing, improving, or repairing domestic residential real estate or manufactured housing.
(III) 200 percent of the dollar amount of loans and investments made to acquire, develop, and construct 1- to 4-family residences the purchase price of which is or is guaranteed to be not greater than 60 percent of the median value of comparable newly constructed 1- to 4-family residences within the local community in which such real estate is located, except that not more than 25 percent of the amount included under this subclause may consist of commercial properties related to the development if those properties are directly related to providing services to residents of the development.
(IV) 200 percent of the dollar amount of loans for the acquisition or improvement of residential real property, churches, schools, and nursing homes located within, and loans for any other purpose to any small businesses located within any area which has been identified by the appropriate Federal banking agency, in connection with any review or examination of community reinvestment practices, as a geographic area or neighborhood in which the credit needs of the low- and moderate-income residents of such area or neighborhood are not being adequately met.
(V) Loans for the purchase or construction of churches, schools, nursing homes, and hospitals, other than those qualifying under clause (IV), and loans for the improvement and upkeep of such properties.
(VI) Loans for personal, family, or household purposes (other than loans for personal, family, or household purposes described in clause (ii)(VII)).
(VII) Shares of stock issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or the Federal National Mortgage Association.
(iv) Percentage restriction applicable to certain assets
The aggregate amount of the assets described in clause (iii) which may be taken into account in determining the amount of the qualified thrift investments of any savings association shall not exceed the amount which is equal to 20 percent of a savings association's portfolio assets.
(v) Qualified thrift investments
The term "qualified thrift investments" excludes—
(I) except for home equity loans, that portion of any loan or investment that is used for any purpose other than those expressly qualifying under any subparagraph of clause (ii) or (iii); or
(II) goodwill or any other intangible asset.
(D) Credit card
The appropriate Federal banking agency shall issue such regulations as may be necessary to define the term "credit card".
(E) Small business
The appropriate Federal banking agency shall issue such regulations as may be necessary to define the term "small business".
(5) Consistent accounting required
(A) In determining the amount of a savings association's portfolio assets, the assets of any subsidiary of the savings association shall be consolidated with the assets of the savings association if—
(i) Assets of the subsidiary are consolidated with the assets of the savings association in determining the savings association's qualified thrift investments; or
(ii) Residential mortgage loans originated by the subsidiary are included pursuant to paragraph (4)(C)(iii)(I) in determining the savings association's qualified thrift investments.
(B) In determining the amount of a savings association's portfolio assets and qualified thrift investments, consistent accounting principles shall be applied.
(6) Special rules for Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands savings associations
(A) Puerto Rico savings associations
With respect to any savings association headquartered and operating primarily in Puerto Rico—
(i) the term "qualified thrift investments" includes, in addition to the items specified in paragraph (4)—
(I) the aggregate amount of loans for personal, family, educational, or household purposes made to persons residing or domiciled in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico; and
(II) the aggregate amount of loans for the acquisition or improvement of churches, schools, or nursing homes, and of loans to small businesses, located within the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico; and
(ii) the aggregate amount of loans related to the purchase, acquisition, development and construction of 1- to 4-family residential real estate—
(I) which is located within the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico; and
(II) the value of which (at the time of acquisition or upon completion of the development and construction) is below the median value of newly constructed 1- to 4-family residences in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, which may be taken into account in determining the amount of the qualified thrift investments and of such savings association shall be doubled.
(B) Virgin Islands savings associations
With respect to any savings association headquartered and operating primarily in the Virgin Islands—
(i) the term "qualified thrift investments" includes, in addition to the items specified in paragraph (4)—
(I) the aggregate amount of loans for personal, family, educational, or household purposes made to persons residing or domiciled in the Virgin Islands; and
(II) the aggregate amount of loans for the acquisition or improvement of churches, schools, or nursing homes, and of loans to small businesses, located within the Virgin Islands; and
(ii) the aggregate amount of loans related to the purchase, acquisition, development and construction of 1- to 4-family residential real estate—
(I) which is located within the Virgin Islands; and
(II) the value of which (at the time of acquisition or upon completion of the development and construction) is below the median value of newly constructed 1- to 4-family residences in the Virgin Islands, which may be taken into account in determining the amount of the qualified thrift investments and of such savings association shall be doubled.
(7) Transitional rule for certain savings associations
(A) In general
If any Federal savings association in existence as a Federal savings association on August 9, 1989—
(i) that was chartered as a savings bank or a cooperative bank under State law before October 15, 1982; or
(ii) that acquired its principal assets from an association that was chartered before October 15, 1982, as a savings bank or a cooperative bank under State law,
meets the requirements of subparagraph (B), such savings association shall be treated as a qualified thrift lender during the period ending on September 30, 1995.
(B) Subparagraph (B) requirements
A savings association meets the requirements of this subparagraph if, in the determination of the appropriate Federal banking agency—
(i) the actual thrift investment percentage of such association does not, after August 9, 1989, decrease below the actual thrift investment percentage of such association on July 15, 1989; and
(ii) the amount by which—
(I) the actual thrift investment percentage of such association at the end of each period described in the following table, exceeds
(II) the actual thrift investment percentage of such association on July 15, 1989,
is equal to or greater than the applicable percentage (as determined under the following table) of the amount by which 70 percent exceeds the actual thrift investment percentage of such association on August 9, 1989:
| For the following period: | The applicable percentage is: |
|---|---|
| July 1, 1991–September 30, 1992 | 25 percent |
| October 1, 1992–March 31, 1994 | 50 percent |
| April 1, 1994–September 30, 1995 | 75 percent |
| Thereafter | 100 percent |
(C) Actual thrift investment percentage
For purposes of this paragraph, the actual thrift investment percentage of an association on July 15, 1989, shall be determined by applying the definition of "actual thrift investment percentage" that takes effect on July 1, 1991.
(n) Tying restrictions
A savings and loan holding company and any of its affiliates shall be subject to section 1464(q) of this title and regulations prescribed under such section, in connection with transactions involving the products or services of such company or affiliate and those of an affiliated savings association as if such company or affiliate were a savings association.
(o) Mutual holding companies
(1) In general
A savings association operating in mutual form may reorganize so as to become a holding company by—
(A) chartering an interim savings association, the stock of which is to be wholly owned, except as otherwise provided in this section, by the mutual association; and
(B) transferring the substantial part of its assets and liabilities, including all of its insured liabilities, to the interim savings association.
(2) Directors and certain account holders' approval of plan required
A reorganization is not authorized under this subsection unless—
(A) a plan providing for such reorganization has been approved by a majority of the board of directors of the mutual savings association; and
(B) in the case of an association in which holders of accounts and obligors exercise voting rights, such plan has been submitted to and approved by a majority of such individuals at a meeting held at the call of the directors in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the association's charter and bylaws.
(3) Notice to the Board; disapproval period
(A) Notice required
At least 60 days prior to taking any action described in paragraph (1), a savings association seeking to establish a mutual holding company shall provide written notice to the Board. The notice shall contain such relevant information as the Board shall require by regulation or by specific request in connection with any particular notice.
(B) Transaction allowed if not disapproved
Unless the Board within such 60-day notice period disapproves the proposed holding company formation, or extends for another 30 days the period during which such disapproval may be issued, the savings association providing such notice may proceed with the transaction, if the requirements of paragraph (2) have been met.
(C) Grounds for disapproval
The Board may disapprove any proposed holding company formation only if—
(i) such disapproval is necessary to prevent unsafe or unsound practices;
(ii) the financial or management resources of the savings association involved warrant disapproval;
(iii) the savings association fails to furnish the information required under subparagraph (A); or
(iv) the savings association fails to comply with the requirement of paragraph (2).
(D) Retention of capital assets
In connection with the transaction described in paragraph (1), a savings association may, subject to the approval of the Board, retain capital assets at the holding company level to the extent that such capital exceeds the association's capital requirement established by the Board pursuant to subsections (s) and (t) of section 1464 of this title.
(4) Ownership
(A) In general
Persons having ownership rights in the mutual association pursuant to section 1464(b)(1)(B) of this title or State law shall have the same ownership rights with respect to the mutual holding company.
(B) Holders of certain accounts
Holders of savings, demand or other accounts of—
(i) a savings association chartered as part of a transaction described in paragraph (1); or
(ii) a mutual savings association acquired pursuant to paragraph (5)(B),
shall have the same ownership rights with respect to the mutual holding company as persons described in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph.
(5) Permitted activities
A mutual holding company may engage only in the following activities:
(A) Investing in the stock of a savings association.
(B) Acquiring a mutual association through the merger of such association into a savings association subsidiary of such holding company or an interim savings association subsidiary of such holding company.
(C) Subject to paragraph (6), merging with or acquiring another holding company, one of whose subsidiaries is a savings association.
(D) Investing in a corporation the capital stock of which is available for purchase by a savings association under Federal law or under the law of any State where the subsidiary savings association or associations have their home offices.
(E) Engaging in the activities described in subsection (c)(2) or (c)(9)(A)(ii).
(6) Limitations on certain activities of acquired holding companies
(A) New activities
If a mutual holding company acquires or merges with another holding company under paragraph (5)(C), the holding company acquired or the holding company resulting from such merger or acquisition may only invest in assets and engage in activities which are authorized under paragraph (5).
(B) Grace period for divesting prohibited assets or discontinuing prohibited activities
Not later than 2 years following a merger or acquisition described in paragraph (5)(C), the acquired holding company or the holding company resulting from such merger or acquisition shall—
(i) dispose of any asset which is an asset in which a mutual holding company may not invest under paragraph (5); and
(ii) cease any activity which is an activity in which a mutual holding company may not engage under paragraph (5).
(7) Regulation
A mutual holding company shall be chartered by the Board and shall be subject to such regulations as the Board may prescribe. Unless the context otherwise requires, a mutual holding company shall be subject to the other requirements of this section regarding regulation of holding companies.
(8) Capital improvement
(A) Pledge of stock of savings association subsidiary
This section shall not prohibit a mutual holding company from pledging all or a portion of the stock of a savings association chartered as part of a transaction described in paragraph (1) to raise capital for such savings association.
(B) Issuance of nonvoting shares
This section shall not prohibit a savings association chartered as part of a transaction described in paragraph (1) from issuing any nonvoting shares or less than 50 percent of the voting shares of such association to any person other than the mutual holding company.
(9) Insolvency and liquidation
(A) In general
Notwithstanding any provision of law, upon—
(i) the default of any savings association—
(I) the stock of which is owned by any mutual holding company; and
(II) which was chartered in a transaction described in paragraph (1);
(ii) the default of a mutual holding company; or
(iii) a foreclosure on a pledge by a mutual holding company described in paragraph (8)(A),
a trustee shall be appointed receiver of such mutual holding company and such trustee shall have the authority to liquidate the assets of, and satisfy the liabilities of, such mutual holding company pursuant to title 11.
(B) Distribution of net proceeds
Except as provided in subparagraph (C), the net proceeds of any liquidation of any mutual holding company pursuant to subparagraph (A) shall be transferred to persons who hold ownership interests in such mutual holding company.
(C) Recovery by Corporation
If the Corporation incurs a loss as a result of the default of any savings association subsidiary of a mutual holding company which is liquidated pursuant to subparagraph (A), the Corporation shall succeed to the ownership interests of the depositors of such savings association in the mutual holding company, to the extent of the Corporation's loss.
(10) Definitions
For purposes of this subsection—
(A) Mutual holding company
The term "mutual holding company" means a corporation organized as a holding company under this subsection.
(B) Mutual association
The term "mutual association" means a savings association which is operating in mutual form.
(C) Default
The term "default" means an adjudication or other official determination of a court of competent jurisdiction or other public authority pursuant to which a conservator, receiver, or other legal custodian is appointed.
(11) Dividends
(A) Declaration of dividends
(i) Advance notice required
Each subsidiary of a mutual holding company that is a savings association shall give the appropriate Federal banking agency and the Board notice not later than 30 days before the date of a proposed declaration by the board of directors of the savings association of any dividend on the guaranty, permanent, or other nonwithdrawable stock of the savings association.
(ii) Invalid dividends
Any dividend described in clause (i) that is declared without giving notice to the appropriate Federal banking agency and the Board under clause (i), or that is declared during the 30-day period preceding the date of a proposed declaration for which notice is given to the appropriate Federal banking agency and the Board under clause (i), shall be invalid and shall confer no rights or benefits upon the holder of any such stock.
(B) Waiver of dividends
A mutual holding company may waive the right to receive any dividend declared by a subsidiary of the mutual holding company, if—
(i) no insider of the mutual holding company, associate of an insider, or tax-qualified or non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan of the mutual holding company holds any share of the stock in the class of stock to which the waiver would apply; or
(ii) the mutual holding company gives written notice to the Board of the intent of the mutual holding company to waive the right to receive dividends, not later than 30 days before the date of the proposed date of payment of the dividend, and the Board does not object to the waiver.
(C) Resolution included in waiver notice
A notice of a waiver under subparagraph (B) shall include a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the mutual holding company, in such form and substance as the Board may determine, together with any supporting materials relied upon by the board of directors of the mutual holding company, concluding that the proposed dividend waiver is consistent with the fiduciary duties of the board of directors to the mutual members of the mutual holding company.
(D) Standards for waiver of dividend
The Board may not object to a waiver of dividends under subparagraph (B) if—
(i) the waiver would not be detrimental to the safe and sound operation of the savings association;
(ii) the board of directors of the mutual holding company expressly determines that a waiver of the dividend by the mutual holding company is consistent with the fiduciary duties of the board of directors to the mutual members of the mutual holding company; and
(iii) the mutual holding company has, prior to December 1, 2009—
(I) reorganized into a mutual holding company under this subsection;
(II) issued minority stock either from its mid-tier stock holding company or its subsidiary stock savings association; and
(III) waived dividends it had a right to receive from the subsidiary stock savings association.
(E) Valuation
(i) In general
The appropriate Federal banking agency shall consider waived dividends in determining an appropriate exchange ratio in the event of a full conversion to stock form.
(ii) Exception
In the case of a savings association that has reorganized into a mutual holding company, has issued minority stock from a mid-tier stock holding company or a subsidiary stock savings association of the mutual holding company, and has waived dividends it had a right to receive from a subsidiary savings association before December 1, 2009, the appropriate Federal banking agency shall not consider waived dividends in determining an appropriate exchange ratio in the event of a full conversion to stock form.
(p) Holding company activities constituting serious risk to subsidiary savings association
(1) Determination and imposition of restrictions
If the Board or the appropriate Federal banking agency for the savings association determines that there is reasonable cause to believe that the continuation by a savings and loan holding company of any activity constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness, or stability of a savings and loan holding company's subsidiary savings association, the Board may impose such restrictions as the Board, in consultation with the appropriate Federal banking agency for the savings association determines to be necessary to address such risk. Such restrictions shall be issued in the form of a directive to the holding company and any of its subsidiaries, limiting—
(A) the payment of dividends by the savings association;
(B) transactions between the savings association, the holding company, and the subsidiaries or affiliates of either; and
(C) any activities of the savings association that might create a serious risk that the liabilities of the holding company and its other affiliates may be imposed on the savings association.
Such directive shall be effective as a cease and desist order that has become final.
(2) Review of directive
(A) Administrative review
After a directive referred to in paragraph (1) is issued, the savings and loan holding company, or any subsidiary of such holding company subject to the directive, may object and present in writing its reasons why the directive should be modified or rescinded. Unless within 10 days after receipt of such response the Board affirms, modifies, or rescinds the directive, such directive shall automatically lapse.
(B) Judicial review
If the Board affirms or modifies a directive pursuant to subparagraph (A), any affected party may immediately thereafter petition the United States district court for the district in which the savings and loan holding company has its main office or in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia to stay, modify, terminate or set aside the directive. Upon a showing of extraordinary cause, the savings and loan holding company, or any subsidiary of such holding company subject to a directive, may petition a United States district court for relief without first pursuing or exhausting the administrative remedies set forth in this paragraph.
(q) Qualified stock issuance by undercapitalized savings associations or holding companies
(1) In general
For purposes of this section, any issue of shares of stock shall be treated as a qualified stock issuance if the following conditions are met:
(A) The shares of stock are issued by—
(i) an undercapitalized savings association; or
(ii) a savings and loan holding company which is not a bank holding company but which controls an undercapitalized savings association if, at the time of issuance, the savings and loan holding company is legally obligated to contribute the net proceeds from the issuance of such stock to the capital of an undercapitalized savings association subsidiary of such holding company.
(B) All shares of stock issued consist of previously unissued stock or treasury shares.
(C) All shares of stock issued are purchased by a savings and loan holding company that is registered, as of the date of purchase, with the Board in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b)(1) of this section.
(D) Subject to paragraph (2), the Board approved the purchase of the shares of stock by the acquiring savings and loan holding company.
(E) The entire consideration for the stock issued is paid in cash by the acquiring savings and loan holding company.
(F) At the time of the stock issuance, each savings association subsidiary of the acquiring savings and loan holding company (other than an association acquired in a transaction pursuant to subsection (c) or (k) of section 1823 of this title or section 408(m) 3 of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1730a(m)]) has capital (after deducting any subordinated debt, intangible assets, and deferred, unamortized gains or losses) of not less than 6½ percent of the total assets of such savings association.
(G) Immediately after the stock issuance, the acquiring savings and loan holding company holds not more than 15 percent of the outstanding voting stock of the issuing undercapitalized savings association or savings and loan holding company.
(H) Not more than one of the directors of the issuing association or company is an officer, director, employee, or other representative of the acquiring company or any of its affiliates.
(I) Transactions between the savings association or savings and loan holding company that issues the shares pursuant to this section and the acquiring company and any of its affiliates shall be subject to the provisions of section 1468 of this title.
(2) Approval of acquisitions
(A) Additional capital commitments not required
The Board shall not disapprove any application for the purchase of stock in connection with a qualified stock issuance on the grounds that the acquiring savings and loan holding company has failed to undertake to make subsequent additional capital contributions to maintain the capital of the undercapitalized savings association at or above the minimum level required by the Board or any other Federal agency having jurisdiction.
(B) Other conditions
Notwithstanding subsection (a)(4), the Board may impose such conditions on any approval of an application for the purchase of stock in connection with a qualified stock issuance as the Board determines to be appropriate, including—
(i) a requirement that any savings association subsidiary of the acquiring savings and loan holding company limit dividends paid to such holding company for such period of time as the Board may require; and
(ii) such other conditions as the Board deems necessary or appropriate to prevent evasions of this section.
(C) Application deemed approved if not disapproved within 90 days
An application for approval of a purchase of stock in connection with a qualified stock issuance shall be deemed to have been approved by the Board if such application has not been disapproved by the Board before the end of the 90-day period beginning on the date such application has been deemed sufficient under regulations issued by the Board.
(3) No limitation on class of stock issued
The shares of stock issued in connection with a qualified stock issuance may be shares of any class.
(4) "Undercapitalized savings association" defined
For purposes of this subsection, the term "undercapitalized savings association" means any savings association—
(A) the assets of which exceed the liabilities of such association; and
(B) which does not comply with one or more of the capital standards in effect under section 1464(t) of this title.
(r) Penalty for failure to provide timely and accurate reports
(1) First tier
Any savings and loan holding company, and any subsidiary of such holding company, which—
(A) maintains procedures reasonably adapted to avoid any inadvertent and unintentional error and, as a result of such an error—
(i) fails to submit or publish any report or information required under this section or regulations prescribed by the Board or appropriate Federal banking agency, within the period of time specified by the Board or appropriate Federal banking agency; or
(ii) submits or publishes any false or misleading report or information; or
(B) inadvertently transmits or publishes any report which is minimally late,
shall be subject to a penalty of not more than $2,000 for each day during which such failure continues or such false or misleading information is not corrected. Such holding company or subsidiary shall have the burden of proving by a preponderence 8 of the evidence that an error was inadvertent and unintentional and that a report was inadvertently transmitted or published late.
(2) Second tier
Any savings and loan holding company, and any subsidiary of such holding company, which—
(A) fails to submit or publish any report or information required under this section or under regulations prescribed by the Board or appropriate Federal banking agency, within the period of time specified by the Board or appropriate Federal banking agency; or
(B) submits or publishes any false or misleading report or information,
in a manner not described in paragraph (1) shall be subject to a penalty of not more than $20,000 for each day during which such failure continues or such false or misleading information is not corrected.
(3) Third tier
If any savings and loan holding company or any subsidiary of such a holding company knowingly or with reckless disregard for the accuracy of any information or report described in paragraph (2) submits or publishes any false or misleading report or information, the Board or appropriate Federal banking agency may assess a penalty of not more than $1,000,000 or 1 percent of total assets of such company or subsidiary, whichever is less, per day for each day during which such failure continues or such false or misleading information is not corrected.
(4) Assessment
Any penalty imposed under paragraph (1), (2), or (3) shall be assessed and collected by the Board or appropriate Federal banking agency in the manner provided in subparagraphs (E), (F), (G), and (I) of section 1818(i)(2) of this title (for penalties imposed under such section) and any such assessment (including the determination of the amount of the penalty) shall be subject to the provisions of such subsection.
(5) Hearing
Any savings and loan holding company or any subsidiary of such a holding company against which any penalty is assessed under this subsection shall be afforded a hearing if such savings and loan holding company or such subsidiary, as the case may be, submits a request for such hearing within 20 days after the issuance of the notice of assessment. Section 1818(h) of this title shall apply to any proceeding under this subsection.
(s) Mergers, consolidations, and other acquisitions authorized
(1) In general
Subject to sections 1815(d)(3) 3 and 1828(c) of this title and all other applicable laws, any Federal savings association may acquire or be acquired by any insured depository institution.
(2) Expedited approval of acquisitions
(A) In general
Any application by a savings association to acquire or be acquired by another insured depository institution which is required to be filed with the appropriate Federal banking agency for the savings association under any applicable law or regulation shall be approved or disapproved in writing by the appropriate Federal banking agency for the savings association before the end of the 60-day period beginning on the date such application is filed with the agency.
(B) Extension of period
The period for approval or disapproval referred to in subparagraph (A) may be extended for an additional 30-day period if the appropriate Federal banking agency for the savings association determines that—
(i) an applicant has not furnished all of the information required to be submitted; or
(ii) in the judgment of the appropriate Federal banking agency for the savings association, any material information submitted is substantially inaccurate or incomplete.
(3) "Acquire" defined
For purposes of this subsection, the term "acquire" means to acquire, directly or indirectly, ownership or control through a merger or consolidation or an acquisition of assets or assumption of liabilities, provided that following such merger, consolidation, or acquisition, an acquiring insured depository institution may not own the shares of the acquired insured depository institution.
(4) Regulations
(A) Required
The Comptroller shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out paragraph (1).
(B) Effective date
The regulations required under subparagraph (A) shall—
(i) be prescribed in final form before the end of the 90-day period beginning on December 19, 1991; and
(ii) take effect before the end of the 120-day period beginning on December 19, 1991.
(5) Limitation
No provision of this section shall be construed to authorize a national bank or any subsidiary thereof to engage in any activity not otherwise authorized under the National Bank Act [12 U.S.C. 21 et seq.] or any other law governing the powers of a national bank.
(t) Exemption for bank holding companies
This section shall not apply to a bank holding company that is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 [12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.], or any company controlled by such bank holding company.
(u) Data standards
(1) Requirement
The Board shall adopt data standards for all information that, through a collection of information, is regularly filed with or submitted to the Board by any savings and loan holding company, or subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, other than a depository institution, under this section.
(2) Consistency
The data standards required under paragraph (1) shall incorporate, and ensure compatibility with (to the extent feasible), all applicable data standards established in the rules promulgated under section 5334 of this title, including, to the extent practicable, by having the characteristics described in clauses (i) through (vi) of subsection (c)(1)(B) of such section 5334.
(June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §10, as added Pub. L. 100–86, title IV, §404(a), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 609; amended Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §§301, 303(a), title IX, §§905(j), 907(k), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 318, 343, 462, 475; Pub. L. 102–242, title II, §211, title IV, §§437–440, title V, §502(a), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2298, 2381, 2392; Pub. L. 102–550, title XVI, §§1606(f)(4), 1607(b), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4088, 4089; Pub. L. 104–201, div. A, title X, §1077, Sept. 23, 1996, 110 Stat. 2664; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title II, §§2201(b)(2), 2203(a)–(c), 2303(e), (g), 2704(d)(12)(B), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–403, 3009-404, 3009-424, 3009-425, 3009-490; Pub. L. 106–102, title IV, §401(a), (b), title VI, §604(d), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1434, 1436, 1452; Pub. L. 106–569, title XII, §§1201(b)(2), 1202, Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3032; Pub. L. 109–171, title II, §2102(b), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 9; Pub. L. 109–173, §9(e)(2), Feb. 15, 2006, 119 Stat. 3617; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §369(8), title VI, §§604(g), (h)(2), (i), 606(b), 616(b), 623(c)–625(a), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1564, 1602-1604, 1607, 1615, 1635, 1636; Pub. L. 117–263, div. E, title LVIII, §5861(b), Dec. 23, 2022, 136 Stat. 3434.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, referred to in subsecs. (a)(1)(D)(ii)(I), (c)(2)(H)(ii), (e)(1)(B)(iii), (m)(3)(C), and (t), is act May 9, 1956, ch. 240, 70 Stat. 133, which is classified principally to chapter 17 (§1841 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1841 of this title and Tables.
The Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, referred to in subsec. (b)(4)(A), is title X of Pub. L. 111–203, July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1955. Subtitle B of the Act is classified generally to part B (§5511 et seq.) of subchapter V of chapter 53 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 5301 of this title and Tables.
Sections 406 and 408 of the National Housing Act, referred to in subsecs. (c)(3)(B)(i)(I), (6)(C)(i), (iv), (e)(1)(A)(iii)(VI), and (q)(1)(F), which were classified to sections 1729 and 1730a of this title, respectively, were repealed by Pub. L. 101–73, title IV, §407, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 363.
The transfer date, referred to in subsec. (e)(7)(B)(iii), probably means the transfer date defined in section 5301 of this title.
Section 1815(d) of this title, referred to in subsecs. (m)(3)(G) and (s)(1), was amended by Pub. L. 109–173, §8(a)(4), (5)(D), Feb. 15, 2006, 119 Stat. 3610, 3611, and no longer contains provisions relating to conversion transactions. Section 1815(d)(3), which related to optional conversions by insured depository institutions, was struck out and section 1815(d)(1)(C) was redesignated section 1815(d)(3).
Section 1465 of this title, referred to in subsec. (m)(4)(B)(iii), was repealed by Pub. L. 106–569, title XII, §1201(a), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3032.
The National Bank Act, referred to in subsec. (s)(5), is act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, 13 Stat. 99, which is classified principally to chapter 2 (§21 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 38 of this title.
Codification
The directory language of sections 905(j) and 907(k) of Pub. L. 101–73 amending subsec. (i) of this section resulted in the enactment of two virtually identical pars. (2) and (3) both relating to civil money penalties and a par. (5) identical to former par. (4). See 1989 Amendment notes below.
Amendments
2022—Subsec. (u). Pub. L. 117–263 added subsec. (u).
2010—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(A), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director".
Subsec. (a)(1)(D)(ii). Pub. L. 111–203, §604(i), amended cl. (ii) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The term 'savings and loan holding company' does not include a bank holding company that is registered under, and subject to, the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, or to any company directly or indirectly controlled by such company (other than a savings association)."
Subsec. (a)(1)(F). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(A), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director".
Subsec. (a)(2)(D), (3)(A), (4). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "Board" for "Director".
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "Board" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 111–203, §604(g), designated existing provisions as subpar. (A), inserted heading, and added subpars. (B) and (C).
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "Board" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(B)(i), struck out "and the regional office of the Director of the district in which its principal office is located," before "such reports as may be required".
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "Board" for "Director".
Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 111–203, §604(h)(2), added par. (4) and struck out former par. (4). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Each savings and loan holding company and each subsidiary thereof (other than a bank) shall be subject to such examinations as the Board may prescribe. The cost of such examinations shall be assessed against and paid by such holding company. Examination and other reports may be furnished by the Board to the appropriate State supervisory authority. The Board shall, to the extent deemed feasible, use for the purposes of this subsection reports filed with or examinations made by other Federal agencies or the appropriate State supervisory authority."
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "Board" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "Board" for "Director".
Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "The Board" for "The Director" and "if the Board" for "if the Director".
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(B)(ii), which directed substitution of "motion or application of the Board" for "Director's own motion or application", was executed by making the substitution for "Director's own motion or upon application", to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (c)(2)(F)(i). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "unless the Board" for "unless the Director".
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(C)(i), struck out "of Governors of the Federal Reserve System" after "which the Board".
Subsec. (c)(2)(G). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "Board" for "Director".
Subsec. (c)(2)(H). Pub. L. 111–203, §606(b), added subpar. (H).
Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "Board" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (c)(4)(B). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(C)(ii), struck out "by Director" at end of heading.
Subsec. (c)(5), (6). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "Board" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (c)(6)(D). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(C)(iii), which directed striking out "by director" in heading, was executed by striking out "by Director" after "Order" in heading, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (c)(9)(E). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "Board" for "Director" in two places.
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(C)(iv), inserted "(in consultation with the appropriate Federal banking agency)" after "including a determination".
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "Board" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (e)(2)(E). Pub. L. 111–203, §623(c)(1), added subpar. (E).
Subsec. (e)(7). Pub. L. 111–203, §623(c)(2), added par. (7).
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "Board" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 111–203, §616(b), inserted ", including regulations and orders relating to capital requirements for savings and loan holding companies," after "issue such regulations and orders" and "In establishing capital regulations pursuant to this subsection, the appropriate Federal banking agency shall seek to make such requirements countercyclical so that the amount of capital required to be maintained by a company increases in times of economic expansion and decreases in times of economic contraction, consistent with the safety and soundness of the company." at end.
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "Board" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (g)(2), (3)(A), (4), (5)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "Board" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (g)(5)(B). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "The Board" for "The Director".
Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(D), substituted "the discretion of the Board" for "the Director's discretion".
Subsecs. (h) to (j). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "Board" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(E), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" in pars. (1) and (2).
Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(F), which directed substitution of "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director", was executed by making the substitution wherever appearing, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (m)(3)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §624(1), added subpar. (A) and struck out former subpar. (A). Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "A savings association that fails to become or remain a qualified thrift lender shall either become one or more banks (other than a savings bank) or be subject to subparagraph (B), except as provided in subparagraph (D)."
Subsec. (m)(3)(B)(i)(III), (IV). Pub. L. 111–203, §624(2), added subcls. (III) and (IV) and struck out former subcl. (III). Prior to amendment, text of subcl. (III) read as follows: "The savings association shall be subject to all statutes and regulations governing the payment of dividends by a national bank in the same manner and to the same extent as if the savings association were a national bank."
Subsec. (o)(3). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "Board" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (o)(7). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(K), substituted "Board" for "Director" in two places.
Subsec. (o)(11). Pub. L. 111–203, §625(a), added par. (11).
Subsec. (p)(1). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(G)(i), in introductory provisions, substituted "If the Board or the appropriate Federal banking agency for the savings association determines" for "If the Director determines", "Board may" for "Director may", and "as the Board, in consultation with the appropriate Federal banking agency for the savings association determines" for "as the Director determines".
Subsec. (p)(2). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(G)(ii), substituted "Board" for "Director" in subpars. (A) and (B).
Subsec. (q). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(H), substituted "Board" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (r). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(I), substituted "Board or appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (s)(2). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(J)(i)(II), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency for the savings association" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (s)(2)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(J)(i)(I), substituted "judgment of the appropriate Federal banking agency for the savings association" for "Director's judgment".
Subsec. (s)(4)(A). Pub. L. 111–203, §369(8)(J)(ii), substituted "Comptroller" for "Director".
2006—Subsec. (c)(6)(D). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(e)(2)(A), substituted "this chapter" for "this title".
Subsec. (e)(1)(A)(iii)(VII). Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(B)(i). See 1996 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (e)(1)(A)(iv). Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(B)(ii). See 1996 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (e)(1)(B). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(e)(2)(B), substituted "Deposit Insurance Fund" for "Savings Association Insurance Fund or Bank Insurance Fund".
Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(B)(iii). See 1996 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(e)(2)(C), substituted "Deposit Insurance Fund" for "Savings Association Insurance Fund or the Bank Insurance Fund" in introductory provisions.
Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(B)(iv). See 1996 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (e)(4)(B). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(e)(2)(D), substituted "subsection (l)" for "subsection (1)".
Subsec. (g)(3)(A). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(e)(2)(E), substituted "(5) of this subsection" for "(5) of this section".
Subsec. (i)(4), (5). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(e)(2)(F), redesignated par. (5) as (4).
Subsec. (m)(3)(E) to (H). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(e)(2)(G), redesignated subpars. (F) to (H) as (E) to (G), respectively, and struck out heading and text of former subpar. (E). Text read as follows: "Any bank chartered as a result of the requirements of this section shall be obligated until December 31, 1993, to pay to the Savings Association Insurance Fund the assessments assessed on savings associations under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Such association shall also be assessed, on the date of its change of status from a Savings Association Insurance Fund member, the exit fee and entrance fee provided in section 5(d) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Such institution shall not be obligated to pay the assessments assessed on banks under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act until—
"(i) December 31, 1993, or
"(ii) the institution's change of status from a Savings Association Insurance Fund member to a Bank Insurance Fund member,
whichever is later."
Pub. L. 109–171 repealed Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(B)(v). See 1996 Amendment notes below.
Subsec. (m)(7)(A). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(e)(2)(H), substituted "during the period" for "during period" in concluding provisions.
Subsec. (o)(3)(D). Pub. L. 109–173, §9(e)(2)(I), substituted "subsections (s) and (t) of section 1464 of this title" for "sections 1464(s) and (t) of this title".
2000—Subsec. (e)(1)(A)(iii). Pub. L. 106–569, §1202, in introductory provisions, inserted ", except with the prior written approval of the Director," after "to acquire, by purchase or otherwise, or to retain" and substituted "acquire or retain, and the Director may not authorize acquisition or retention of," for "so acquire or retain".
Subsec. (m)(4)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 106–569, §1201(b)(2), inserted "as in effect on the day before December 27, 2000," after "section 1465 of this title,".
1999—Subsec. (c)(9). Pub. L. 106–102, §401(a), added par. (9).
Subsec. (m)(3)(B)(i)(III), (IV). Pub. L. 106–102, §604(d)(1), redesignated subcl. (IV) as (III) and struck out heading and text of former subcl. (III). Text read as follows: "The savings association shall not be eligible to obtain new advances from any Federal home loan bank."
Subsec. (m)(3)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 106–102, §604(d)(2), added cl. (ii) and struck out heading and text of former cl. (ii). Text read as follows: "The following additional restrictions shall apply to a savings association beginning 3 years after the date on which the savings association should have become or ceases to be a qualified thrift lender:
"(I)
"(II)
Subsec. (o)(5)(E). Pub. L. 106–102, §401(b), substituted "subsection (c)(2) or (c)(9)(A)(ii) of this section" for "subsection (c)(2) of this section, except subparagraph (B)".
1996—Subsec. (a)(1)(D). Pub. L. 104–208, §2203(b), amended heading and text of subpar. (D) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The term 'savings and loan holding company' means any company which directly or indirectly controls a savings association or controls any other company which is a savings and loan holding company."
Subsec. (e)(1)(A)(iii)(VII). Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(B)(i), which directed insertion of "or" at end, was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below.
Pub. L. 104–208, §2203(c)(1), inserted "or" at end.
Subsec. (e)(1)(A)(iv). Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(B)(ii), which directed insertion of "and" at end, was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below.
Pub. L. 104–208, §2203(c)(2), inserted "and" at end.
Subsec. (e)(1)(B). Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(B)(iii), which directed substitution of "Deposit Insurance Fund" for "Savings Association Insurance Fund or Bank Insurance Fund", was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below and 2006 Amendment note above.
Subsec. (e)(1)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 104–208, §2203(c)(3), added cl. (iii).
Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(B)(iv), which directed substitution of "Deposit Insurance Fund" for "Savings Association Insurance Fund or the Bank Insurance Fund", was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below and 2006 Amendment note above.
Subsec. (m)(1). Pub. L. 104–208, §2203(e)(3), added subpar. (A), redesignated existing provisions as subpar. (B), and redesignated former subpars. (A) and (B) as cls. (i) and (ii), respectively, of subpar. (B).
Subsec. (m)(3)(E). Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(B)(v), which directed the amendment of par. (3) by striking subpar. (E) and redesignating subpar. (F) as (E), was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below and 2006 Amendment note above.
Subsec. (m)(3)(F). Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(B)(v), which directed the amendment of par. (3) by redesignating subpar. (F) as (E), was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below and 2006 Amendment note above.
Pub. L. 104–201 substituted "associations serving certain" for "association serving transient" in heading, substituted "company if" for "company if—" and cl. (i), struck out cl. (ii) designation before "at least 90", and substituted "members" for "officers" in two places. Prior to amendment, cl. (i) read as follows: "the savings and loan holding company is a reciprocal interinsurance exchange that acquired control of the insured institution before January 1, 1984; and".
Subsec. (m)(3)(G), (H). Pub. L. 104–208, §2704(d)(12)(B)(v), which directed the amendment of par. (3) by redesignating subpars. (G) and (H) as (F) and (G), respectively, was repealed by Pub. L. 109–171. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below and 2006 Amendment note above.
Subsec. (m)(4). Pub. L. 104–208, §2303(g)(1), substituted "subsection, the following definitions apply:" for "subsection—" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (m)(4)(C)(ii)(VII). Pub. L. 104–208, §2303(g)(2)(A), added subcl. (VII).
Subsec. (m)(4)(C)(iii)(VI). Pub. L. 104–208, §2303(g)(2)(B), added cl. (VI) and struck out former cl. (VI) which read as follows: "Loans for personal, family, household, or educational purposes, but the dollar amount treated as qualified thrift investments under this subclause may not exceed the amount which is equal to 10 percent of the savings association's portfolio assets."
Subsec. (m)(4)(D), (E). Pub. L. 104–208, §2303(g)(3), added subpars. (D) and (E).
Subsec. (s)(2)(A). Pub. L. 104–208, §2201(b)(2), substituted "under any" for "under section 5(d)(3) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or any other".
Subsec. (t). Pub. L. 104–208, §2203(a), added subsec. (t).
1992—Subsec. (m)(1), (3)(D). Pub. L. 102–550, §1606(f)(4), amended Pub. L. 102–242, §437. See 1991 Amendment note below.
Subsecs. (s), (t). Pub. L. 102–550, §1607(b), redesignated subsec. (t) as (s).
1991—Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 102–242, §211(1), inserted after subpar. (B) "Consideration of the managerial resources of a company or savings association under subparagraph (B) shall include consideration of the competence, experience, and integrity of the officers, directors, and principal shareholders of the company or association."
Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 102–242, §211(2)(A), inserted after second sentence "Consideration of the managerial resources of a company or savings association shall include consideration of the competence, experience, and integrity of the officers, directors, and principal shareholders of the company or association."
Subsec. (e)(2)(C), (D). Pub. L. 102–242, §211(2)(B)–(D), added subpars. (C) and (D).
Subsec. (m)(1)(A). Pub. L. 102–242, §437(b)(1), as added by Pub. L. 102–550, §1606(f)(4)(B), substituted "65 percent" for "70 percent".
Subsec. (m)(1)(B). Pub. L. 102–242, §437(a), as amended by Pub. L. 102–550, §1606(f)(4)(A), amended subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (B) read as follows: "the savings association's qualified thrift investments continue to equal or exceed 70 percent of the savings association's portfolio assets, as measured by a daily or weekly average of such qualified thrift investments and such portfolio assets, for the 2-year period beginning on July 1, 1991, and for each 2-year period thereafter."
Subsec. (m)(3)(D). Pub. L. 102–242, §437(b)(2), as added by Pub. L. 102–550, §1606(f)(4)(B), substituted "on a monthly average basis in 9 out of the preceding 12 months" for "for the preceding 2-year period".
Subsec. (m)(4)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 102–242, §438, substituted "20 percent" for "10 percent".
Subsec. (m)(4)(C)(ii). Pub. L. 102–242, §439(1), added subcl. (VI).
Subsec. (m)(4)(C)(iii)(VI). Pub. L. 102–242, §440(a), substituted "10 percent" for "5 percent".
Subsec. (m)(4)(C)(iii)(VII). Pub. L. 102–242, §439(2), added subcl. (VII).
Subsec. (m)(4)(C)(iv). Pub. L. 102–242, §440(b), substituted "20 percent" for "15 percent".
Subsec. (t). Pub. L. 102–242, §502(a), added subsec. (t).
1989—Pub. L. 101–73, §301, amended section generally, substituting subsecs. (a) to (r) relating to regulation of holding companies for former subsecs. (a) to (d) relating to thrift industry recovery regulations.
Subsec. (i)(1). Pub. L. 101–73, §907(k)(1), added par. (1) and struck out former par. (1) which related to criminal penalties.
Subsec. (i)(2). Pub. L. 101–73, §907(k)(1), (2), redesignated par. (3) as (2) and struck out former par. (2) which related to penalties for making false entries.
Subsec. (i)(3), (4). Pub. L. 101–73, §907(k)(2), (3), redesignated par. (4), relating to notice after separation from service, as (3) and amended par. (3) generally, substituting provisions relating to and penalties for provisions relating to notice after separation from service. Former par. (3) redesignated (2). See Codification note above.
Subsec. (i)(5). Pub. L. 101–73, §905(j), added par. (5).
Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 101–73, §303(a), amended subsec. (m) generally, revising and restating as pars. (1) to (7) provisions of former pars. (1) to (6).
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by section 369(8) of Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 351 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 906 of Title 2, The Congress.
Amendment by section 604(g), (h)(2), (i) of Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 604(j) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 1462 of this title.
Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §606(c), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1607, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 1843 of this title] shall take effect on the transfer date."
[For definition of "transfer date" as used in section 606(c) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out above, see section 5301 of this title.]
Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §616(e), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1616, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [enacting section 1831o–1 of this title and amending this section and sections 1844 and 3907 of this title] shall take effect on the transfer date."
[For definition of "transfer date" as used in section 616(e) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out above, see section 5301 of this title.]
Amendment by sections 623(c), 624 of Pub. L. 111–203 effective 1 day after July 21, 2010, except as otherwise provided, see section 4 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as an Effective Date note under section 5301 of this title.
Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §625(b), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1638, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on the transfer date."
[For definition of "transfer date" as used in section 625(b) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out above, see section 5301 of this title.]
Effective Date of 2006 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 109–173 effective Mar. 31, 2006, see section 9(j) of Pub. L. 109–173, set out as a note under section 24 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 109–171 effective no later than the first day of the first calendar quarter that begins after the end of the 90-day period beginning Feb. 8, 2006, see section 2102(c) of Pub. L. 109–171, set out as a Merger of BIF and SAIF note under section 1821 of this title.
Effective Date of 1996 Amendment
Amendment by section 2704(d)(12)(B) of Pub. L. 104–208 effective Jan. 1, 1999, if no insured depository institution is a savings association on that date, see section 2704(c) of Pub. L. 104–208, formerly set out as a note under section 1821 of this title.
Effective Date of 1992 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 102–550 effective as if included in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, Pub. L. 102–242, as of Dec. 19, 1991, see section 1609(a) of Pub. L. 102–550, set out as a note under section 191 of this title.
Effective Date of 1989 Amendment
Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §303(b), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 350, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on July 1, 1991."
Amendment by section 301 of Pub. L. 101–73 relating to civil penalties applicable with respect to violations committed and activities engaged in after Aug. 9, 1989, except that the increased maximum civil penalties of $5,000 and $25,000 per violation or per day may apply to such violations or activities committed or engaged in before such date with respect to an institution if such violations or activities (1) are not already subject to a notice issued by the appropriate Federal banking agency or the Board (initiating an administrative proceeding); and (2) occurred after the completion of the last report of examination of the institution by the appropriate Federal banking agency (as defined in section 1813 of this title) occurring before Aug. 9, 1989, see section 305(c) of Pub. L. 101–73, set out as a note under section 1461 of this title.
Amendment by section 907(k) of Pub. L. 101–73 applicable to conduct engaged in after Aug. 9, 1989, except that increased maximum penalties of $5,000 and $25,000 may apply to conduct engaged in before such date if such conduct is not already subject to a notice issued by the appropriate agency and occurred after completion of the last report of the examination of the institution by the appropriate agency occurring before Aug. 9, 1989, see section 907(l) of Pub. L. 101–73, set out as a note under section 93 of this title.
Savings Provision
Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §302, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 343, as amended by Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §367(2), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1556, provided that: "Notwithstanding the amendment made by this title to section 10 of the Home Owners' Loan Act [12 U.S.C. 1467a] and the repeal of section 416 of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1730i]—
"(1) any plan approved by the Federal Home Loan Bank Board under such section 10 for any Federal savings association shall continue in effect as long as such association adheres to the plan and continues to submit to the Comptroller of the Currency regular and complete reports on the association's progress in meeting the association's goals under the plan; and
"(2) any plan approved by the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation under such section 416 for any State savings association shall continue in effect as long as such association adheres to the plan and continues to submit to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regular and complete reports on the association's progress in meeting the savings association's goals under the plan."
Rule of Construction Regarding No New Disclosure Requirements
Amendment by Pub. L. 117–263 not to be construed to require certain additional information to be collected or disclosed, see section 5864 of Pub. L. 117–263, set out as a note under section 253 of this title.
Rule of Construction for Certain Applications
Pub. L. 106–102, title IV, §401(c), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1436, provided that:
"(1)
"(A) submits an application with the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision before the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 12, 1999] to convert a State-chartered trust company controlled by such company on May 4, 1999, to a savings association; and
"(B) controlled a subsidiary on May 4, 1999, that had submitted an application to the Director on September 2, 1998;
the company (including any subsidiary controlled by such company as of such date of enactment [Nov. 12, 1999]) shall be treated as having filed such conversion application with the Director before May 4, 1999, for purposes of section 10(c)(9)(C) of the Home Owners' Loan Act [12 U.S.C. 1467a(c)(9)(C)] (as added by subsection (a)).
"(2)
Associations That Have Previously Failed to Remain Qualified Thrift Lenders
Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §303(c), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 351, provided that: "If, as of June 30, 1991, any savings association is subject to any provision of section 10(m)(3) of the Home Owners' Loan Act [12 U.S.C. 1467a(m)(3)] as in effect on that date, the amendment to this subsection made by section 303 of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 [Pub. L. 101–73], shall not be construed as reducing the period specified in section 10(m)(3) of such Act."
Capital Recovery; Submission of Proposed Regulations to Congress; Effective Date; Study, Report, and Congressional Review
Pub. L. 100–86, title IV, §404(c)–(e), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 612, required the Federal Home Loan Bank Board and the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation to each submit a report to Congress containing the proposed regulations required to be prescribed under 12 U.S.C. 1467a and 1730i of this title not later than the end of the 90-day period beginning on Aug. 10, 1987; required the regulations to be implemented not later than the end of the 150-day period beginning on Aug. 10, 1987; and required, not later than Jan. 31, 1989, a detailed evaluation of, and report the effectiveness of, the regulations in achieving an increased level of capitalization for thrift institutions.
Sunset and Savings Provision
Section ceases to be effective on date that notice of completion of all net new borrowing by Financing Corporation is published in Federal Register [Mar. 30, 1992, 57 F.R. 10763], with such termination not to be construed to affect or limit any authority of Federal Home Loan Bank Board or Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation to prescribe any regulation or engage in any activity with respect to any association or insured institution under any other provision of law, see section 416 of Pub. L. 100–86, set out as a note under section 1441 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be followed by another closing parenthesis.
2 So in original. Probably should be followed by "of 1956".
3 See References in Text note below.
4 So in original. Probably should be "Director".
5 So in original. Probably should be "subsection".
6 See Codification note below.
8 So in original. Probably should be "preponderance".
§1467b. Intermediate holding companies
(a) Definition
For purposes of this section:
(1) Financial activities
The term "financial activities" means activities described in clauses (i) and (ii) of section 1467a(c)(9)(A) of this title.
(2) Grandfathered unitary savings and loan holding company
The term "grandfathered unitary savings and loan holding company" means a company described in section 1467a(c)(9)(C) of this title.
(3) Internal financial activities
The term "internal financial activities" includes—
(A) internal financial activities conducted by a grandfathered savings and loan holding company or any affiliate; and
(B) internal treasury, investment, and employee benefit functions.
(b) Requirement
(1) In general
(A) Activities other than financial activities
If a grandfathered unitary savings and loan holding company conducts activities other than financial activities, the Board may require such company to establish and conduct all or a portion of such financial activities in or through an intermediate holding company, which shall be a savings and loan holding company, established pursuant to regulations of the Board, not later than 90 days (or such longer period as the Board may deem appropriate) after the transfer date.1
(B) Other activities
Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), the Board shall require a grandfathered unitary savings and loan holding company to establish an intermediate holding company if the Board makes a determination that the establishment of such intermediate holding company is necessary—
(i) to appropriately supervise activities that are determined to be financial activities; or
(ii) to ensure that supervision by the Board does not extend to the activities of such company that are not financial activities.
(2) Internal financial activities
(A) Treatment of internal financial activities
For purposes of this subsection, the internal financial activities of a grandfathered unitary savings and loan holding company shall not be required to be placed in an intermediate holding company.
(B) Grandfathered activities
A grandfathered unitary savings and loan holding company may continue to engage in an internal financial activity, subject to review by the Board to determine whether engaging in such activity presents undue risk to the grandfathered unitary savings and loan holding company or to the financial stability of the United States, if—
(i) the grandfathered unitary savings and loan holding company engaged in the activity during the year before July 21, 2010; and
(ii) at least 2/3 of the assets or 2/3 of the revenues generated from the activity are from or attributable to the grandfathered unitary savings and loan holding company.
(3) Source of strength
A grandfathered unitary savings and loan holding company that directly or indirectly controls an intermediate holding company established under this section shall serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary intermediate holding company.
(4) Parent company reports
The Board, may from time to time, examine and require reports under oath from a grandfathered unitary savings and loan holding company that controls an intermediate holding company, and from the appropriate officers or directors of such company, solely for purposes of ensuring compliance with the provisions of this section, including assessing the ability of the company to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary intermediate holding company as required under paragraph (3) and enforcing compliance with such requirement.
(5) Limited parent company enforcement
(A) In general
In addition to any other authority of the Board, the Board may enforce compliance with the provisions of this subsection that are applicable to any company described in paragraph (1)(A) that controls an intermediate holding company under section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818], and a company described in paragraph (1)(A) shall be subject to such section (solely for purposes of this subparagraph) in the same manner and to the same extent as if the company described in paragraph (1)(A) were a savings and loan holding company.
(B) Application of other Act
Any violation of this subsection by a grandfathered unitary savings and loan holding company that controls an intermediate holding company may also be treated as a violation of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.] for purposes of subparagraph (A).
(C) No effect on other authority
No provision of this paragraph shall be construed as limiting any authority of the Board or any other Federal agency under any other provision of law.
(c) Regulations
The Board—
(1) shall promulgate regulations to establish the criteria for determining whether to require a grandfathered unitary savings and loan holding company to establish an intermediate holding company under subsection (b); and
(2) may promulgate regulations to establish any restrictions or limitations on transactions between an intermediate holding company or a parent of such company and its affiliates, as necessary to prevent unsafe and unsound practices in connection with transactions between the intermediate holding company, or any subsidiary thereof, and its parent company or affiliates that are not subsidiaries of the intermediate holding company, except that such regulations shall not restrict or limit any transaction in connection with the bona fide acquisition or lease by an unaffiliated person of assets, goods, or services.
(d) Rules of construction
(1) Activities
Nothing in this section shall be construed to require a grandfathered unitary savings and loan holding company to conform its activities to permissible activities.
(2) Permissible corporate reorganization
The formation of an intermediate holding company as required in subsection (b) shall be presumed to be a permissible corporate reorganization as described in section 1467a(c)(9)(D) of this title.
(June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §10A, as added Pub. L. 111–203, title VI, §626, July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1638.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The transfer date, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(A), probably means the transfer date defined in section 5301 of this title.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(5)(B), is act Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 967, §2, 64 Stat. 873, which is classified generally to chapter 16 (§1811 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1811 of this title and Tables.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date
Section effective 1 day after July 21, 2010, except as otherwise provided, see section 4 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 5301 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
§1468. Transactions with affiliates; extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, and principal shareholders
(a) Affiliate transactions
(1) In general
Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act [12 U.S.C. 371c and 371c–1] shall apply to every savings association in the same manner and to the same extent as if the savings association were a member bank (as defined in such Act [12 U.S.C. 221 et seq.]), except that—
(A) no loan or other extension of credit may be made to any affiliate unless that affiliate is engaged only in activities described in section 1467a(c)(2)(F)(i) of this title; and
(B) no savings association may enter into any transaction described in section 23A(b)(7)(B) of the Federal Reserve Act with any affiliate other than with respect to shares of a subsidiary.
(2) Sister bank exemption made available to savings associations
(A) Savings associations controlled by bank holding companies
Every savings association more than 80 percent of the voting stock of which is owned by a company described in section 1467a(c)(8) of this title shall be treated as a bank for purposes of section 23A(d)(1) and section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, if every savings association and bank controlled by such company complies with all applicable capital requirements on a fully phased-in basis and without reliance on goodwill.
(B) Savings associations generally
Effective on and after January 1, 1995, every savings association shall be treated as a bank for purposes of section 23A(d)(1) and section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act.
(3) Affiliates described
Any company that would be an affiliate (as defined in sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act) of any savings association if such savings association were a member bank (as such term is defined in such Act) shall be deemed to be an affiliate of such savings association for purposes of paragraph (1).
(4) Additional restrictions authorized
The appropriate Federal banking agency may impose such additional restrictions on any transaction between any savings association and any affiliate of such savings association as the appropriate Federal banking agency determines to be necessary to protect the safety and soundness of the savings association.
(b) Extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, and principal shareholders
(1) In general
Subsections (g) and (h) of section 22 of the Federal Reserve Act [12 U.S.C. 375a, 375b] shall apply to every savings association in the same manner and to the same extent as if the savings association were a member bank (as defined in such Act).
(2) Additional restrictions authorized
The appropriate Federal banking agency may impose such additional restrictions on loans or extensions of credit to any appropriate Federal banking agency or executive officer of any savings association, or any person who directly or indirectly owns, controls, or has the power to vote more than 10 percent of any class of voting securities of a savings association, as the appropriate Federal banking agency determines to be necessary to protect the safety and soundness of the savings association.
(c) Administrative enforcement
The appropriate Federal banking agency may take enforcement action with respect to violations of this section pursuant to section 8 or 18(j) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818 or 1828(j)], as appropriate.
(d) Exemptions
(1) Federal savings associations
The Comptroller of the Currency may, by order, exempt a transaction of a Federal savings association from the requirements of this section if—
(A) the Board and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency jointly find the exemption to be in the public interest and consistent with the purposes of this section and notify the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of such finding; and
(B) before the end of the 60-day period beginning on the date on which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation receives notice of the finding under subparagraph (A), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation does not object, in writing, to the finding, based on a determination that the exemption presents an unacceptable risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund.
(2) State savings association
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may, by order, exempt a transaction of a State savings association from the requirements of this section if the Board and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation jointly find that—
(A) the exemption is in the public interest and consistent with the purposes of this section; and
(B) the exemption does not present an unacceptable risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund.
(June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §11, formerly §9, 48 Stat. 135; Apr. 27, 1934, ch. 168, §15, 48 Stat. 647; renumbered §11, Pub. L. 100–86, title IV, §402(a), Aug. 10, 1987, 101 Stat. 605; Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §301, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 342; Pub. L. 102–242, title III, §306(i), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2359; Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §316, Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2223; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §369(9), title VI, §608(c), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1565, 1610.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Federal Reserve Act, referred to in subsecs. (a)(1), (3) and (b)(1), is act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, which is classified principally to chapter 3 (§221 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Amendments
2010—Pub. L. 111–203, §369(9), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency" for "Director" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 111–203, §608(c), added subsec. (d).
1994—Subsec. (a)(2)(C). Pub. L. 103–325, §316(b), struck out heading and text of subpar. (C) which read as follows:
"(C)
"(i)
"(ii)
Pub. L. 103–325, §316(a), added subpar. (C).
1991—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 102–242 substituted "Subsections (g) and (h) of section 22" for "Section 22(h)".
1989—Pub. L. 101–73 amended section generally, substituting subsecs. (a) to (c) relating to affiliate transactions, extensions of credit, and administrative enforcement, for former undesignated paragraph relating to separability of provisions.
1934—Act Apr. 27, 1934, reenacted section without change.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by section 369(9) of Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 351 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 906 of Title 2, The Congress.
Amendment by section 608(c) of Pub. L. 111–203 effective 1 year after the transfer date, see section 608(d) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 371c of this title.
Effective Date of 1994 Amendment
Pub. L. 103–325, title III, §316(b), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2223, provided that amendment made by that section is effective Jan. 1, 1995.
Effective Date of 1991 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 102–242 effective upon the earlier of the date on which final regulations under section 306(m)(1) of Pub. L. 102–242 become effective or 150 days after Dec. 19, 1991, see section 306(l) of Pub. L. 102–242, set out as a note under section 375b of this title.
Transitional Rule for Certain Transactions With Affiliates
Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §304, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 351, provided that:
"(a)
"(b)
"(c)
§1468a. Advertising
No savings association shall carry on any sale, plan, or practices, or any advertising, in violation of regulations promulgated by a Federal banking agency.
(June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §12, as added Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §301, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 343; amended Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §369(10), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1565.)
Editorial Notes
Amendments
2010—Pub. L. 111–203 substituted "a Federal banking agency" for "the Director".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 351 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 906 of Title 2, The Congress.
§1468b. Powers of examiners
For the purposes of this chapter, examiners appointed by the a 1 Federal banking agency shall—
(1) be subject to the same requirements, responsibilities, and penalties as are applicable to examiners under the Federal Reserve Act [12 U.S.C. 221 et seq.] and title LXII of the Revised Statutes; and
(2) have, in the exercise of functions under this chapter, the same powers and privileges as are vested in such examiners by law.
(June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §13, as added Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §301, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 343; amended Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §369(11), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1565.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Federal Reserve Act, referred to in par. (1), is act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, which is classified principally to chapter 3 (§221 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
Title LXII of the Revised Statutes, referred to in par. (1), consists of R.S. §§5133 to 5244, which are classified to sections 16, 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 25b, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. §§5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
Amendments
2010—Pub. L. 111–203 substituted "a Federal banking agency" for "Director" in introductory provisions.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 351 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 906 of Title 2, The Congress.
§1468c. Separability
If any provision of this chapter, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, is held invalid, the remainder of the chapter, and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances, shall not be affected thereby.
(June 13, 1933, ch. 64, §14, as added Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §301, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 343.)
§1469. Authority to invest in State housing corporations
The Congress finds that Federal savings and loan associations and national banks should have the authority to assist in financing the organization and operation of any State housing corporation established under the laws of the State in which the corporation will carry on its operation. It is the purpose of this section to provide a means whereby private financial institutions can assist in providing housing, particularly for families of low- or moderate-income, by purchasing stock of and investing in loans to any such State housing corporation situated in the particular State in which the Federal savings and loan association or national bank involved is located.
(Pub. L. 93–100, §5(a), Aug. 16, 1973, 87 Stat. 343.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This section, referred to in text, means section 5 of Pub. L. 93–100, which enacted this section and section 1470 of this title and amended sections 24 and 1464 of this title.
Codification
Section was not enacted as part of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933 which comprises this chapter.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date
Pub. L. 93–100, §8, Aug. 16, 1973, 87 Stat. 348, provided that: "The provisions of this Act [enacting this section and sections 1470 and 1832 of this title, amending sections 24, 461 note, 1464, 1725, 1727 and 1828 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 548 of this title] shall take effect on the thirtieth day after the date of its enactment [Aug. 16, 1973], except that the amendments made by sections 1 and 5 [enacting this section and section 1470 of this title and amending sections 24, 461 note, and 1464 of this title] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 16, 1973]."
§1470. Federal supervision of insured institutions, State member and nonmember banks; access to information; definitions
(a)(1) The appropriate Federal banking agency, with respect to the institutions subject to the jurisdiction of each such agency, shall by appropriate rule, regulation, order, or otherwise regulate investment in State housing corporations.
(2) A State housing corporation in which financial institutions invest under the authority of this section shall make available to the appropriate Federal banking agency referred to in paragraph (1) such information as may be necessary to insure that investments are properly made in accordance with this section.
(b) For the purposes of this section and any Act amended by this section—
(1) The term "insured institution" has the same meaning as in section 401(a) of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1724(a)].1
(2) The terms "State member insured banks" and "State nonmember insured banks" have the same meaning as when used in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.].
(3) The term "State housing corporation" means a corporation established by a State for the limited purpose of providing housing and incidental services, particularly for families of low or moderate income.
(4) The term "State" means any State, the District of Columbia, Guam, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands.
(Pub. L. 93–100, §5(d), (e), Aug. 16, 1973, 87 Stat. 344; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §375, July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1566.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This section, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), refers to section 5 of Pub. L. 93–100, which enacted this section and section 1469 of this title and amended sections 24 and 1464 of this title.
This section and any Act amended by this section, referred to in subsec. (b), are this section and sections 24 par. Seventh, 1464(c), and 1469 of this title.
Section 401(a) of the National Housing Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), which was classified to section 1724 of this title, was repealed by Pub. L. 101–73, title IV, §407, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 363.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is act Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 967, §2, 64 Stat. 873, which is classified generally to chapter 16 (§1811 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1811 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section was not enacted as part of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933, which comprises this chapter.
Subsecs. (d) and (e) of section 5 of Pub. L. 93–100 have been designated subsecs. (a) and (b) for purposes of codification.
Amendments
2010—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 111–203, §375(1), substituted "appropriate Federal banking agency, with respect to the institutions subject to the jurisdiction of each such agency," for "Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation with respect to insured institutions, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System with respect to State member insured banks, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation with respect to State nonmember insured banks".
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 111–203, §375(2), substituted "banking" for "supervisory".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 351 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 906 of Title 2, The Congress.
Effective Date
Section effective Aug. 16, 1973, see section 8 of Pub. L. 93–100, set out as a note under section 1469 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
CHAPTER 13—NATIONAL HOUSING
SUBCHAPTER I—HOUSING RENOVATION AND MODERNIZATION
SUBCHAPTER II—MORTGAGE INSURANCE
SUBCHAPTER III—NATIONAL MORTGAGE ASSOCIATIONS
SUBCHAPTER IV—INSURANCE OF SAVINGS AND LOAN ACCOUNTS
SUBCHAPTER V—MISCELLANEOUS
SUBCHAPTER VI—WAR HOUSING INSURANCE
SUBCHAPTER VII—INSURANCE FOR INVESTMENTS IN RENTAL HOUSING FOR FAMILIES OF MODERATE INCOME
SUBCHAPTER VIII—ARMED SERVICES HOUSING MORTGAGE INSURANCE
SUBCHAPTER IX—HOUSING FOR EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS
SUBCHAPTER IX–A—MORTGAGE INSURANCE FOR LAND DEVELOPMENT AND NEW COMMUNITIES
SUBCHAPTER IX–B—MORTGAGE INSURANCE FOR GROUP PRACTICE FACILITIES AND MEDICAL PRACTICE FACILITIES
SUBCHAPTER IX–C—NATIONAL INSURANCE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
Part A—Statewide Plans To Assure Fair Access to Insurance Requirements
Part B—Reinsurance Coverage
Part C—Federal Insurance Against Burglary and Theft
Part D—General Provisions
SUBCHAPTER X—NATIONAL DEFENSE HOUSING INSURANCE
SUBCHAPTER XI—VOLUNTARY HOME MORTGAGE CREDIT
§1701. Short title
This chapter may be cited as the "National Housing Act."
(June 27, 1934, ch. 847, 48 Stat. 1246.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning act June 27, 1934, ch. 847, 48 Stat. 1246, which is classified principally to this chapter (§1701 et seq.). For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Short Title of 2019 Amendment
Pub. L. 116–33, §1, July 25, 2019, 133 Stat. 1038, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1721 of this title and section 3709 of Title 38, Veterans' Benefits, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1721 of this title] may be cited as the 'Protecting Affordable Mortgages for Veterans Act of 2019'."
Short Title of 2013 Amendment
Pub. L. 113–29, §1, Aug. 9, 2013, 127 Stat. 509, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1715z–20 of this title] may be cited as the 'Reverse Mortgage Stabilization Act of 2013'."
Short Title of 2011 Amendment
Pub. L. 111–372, §1(a), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 4077, provided that: "This Act [amending sections 1701q and 1701q–2 of this title and section 1437f of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and amending provisions set out as notes under section 1701q of this title] may be cited as the 'Section 202 Supportive Housing for the Elderly Act of 2010'."
Short Title of 2010 Amendment
Pub. L. 111–203, title XIV, §1441, July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 2163, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle D (§§1441–1452) of title XIV of Pub. L. 111–203, enacting sections 1701p–2 and 1701x–1 of this title and section 8108 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and amending sections 1701x and 2604 of this title and section 3533 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Expand and Preserve Home Ownership Through Counseling Act'."
Short Title of 2008 Amendment
Pub. L. 110–289, div. A, title IV, §1401, July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2800, provided that: "This title [enacting section 1715z–23 of this title and section 1639a of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and amending section 1708 of this title] may be cited as the 'HOPE for Homeowners Act of 2008'."
Pub. L. 110–289, div. B, §2001, July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2830, provided that: "This division [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the 'Foreclosure Prevention Act of 2008'."
Pub. L. 110–289, div. B, title I, §2101, July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2830, provided that: "This title [enacting sections 1706f and 1715z–24 of this title, amending sections 1701x, 1703, 1707 to 1709, 1711, 1715y, 1715z–12, 1715z–13, 1715z–20, and 1735c of this title and section 1014 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, repealing sections 1715m, 1715z–2, and 1715z–10 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 1701x, 1703, 1709, and 1710 of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 12712 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare] may be cited as the 'FHA Modernization Act of 2008'."
Pub. L. 110–289, div. B, title I, §2111, July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2830, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle A (§§2111–2133) of title I of div. B of Pub. L. 110–289, enacting section 1715z–24 of this title, amending sections 1701x, 1707 to 1709, 1711, 1715y, 1715z–12, 1715z–13, 1715z–20, and 1735c of this title and section 1014 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, repealing sections 1715m, 1715z–2, and 1715z–10 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 1701x, 1709, and 1710 of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 12712 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare] may be cited as the 'Building American Homeownership Act of 2008'."
Pub. L. 110–289, div. B, title I, §2141, July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2844, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle B (§§2141–2150) of title I of div. B of Pub. L. 110–289, enacting section 1706f of this title, amending section 1703 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1703 of this title] may be cited as the 'FHA Manufactured Housing Loan Modernization Act of 2008'."
Pub. L. 110–289, div. B, title VIII, §2831, July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2867, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle B (§§2831–2835) of title VIII of div. B of Pub. L. 110–289, enacting section 1715s of this title and sections 1437z–8 and 11403f–1 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending sections 1701q and 1715r of this title and sections 1437f, 1485, 3545, 11403g, 11403h, 11404, 11405, 11405b, 11406, 11407, and 11407b of Title 42, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1715s of this title] may be cited as the 'Housing Tax Credit Coordination Act of 2008'."
Short Title of 2007 Amendment
Pub. L. 110–37, §1, June 18, 2007, 121 Stat. 229, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1715z–13a of this title] may be cited as the 'Native American Home Ownership Opportunity Act of 2007'."
Short Title of 2006 Amendment
Pub. L. 109–240, §1, July 10, 2006, 120 Stat. 515, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1715z–7 of this title] may be cited as the 'Rural Health Care Capital Access Act of 2006'."
Short Title of 2004 Amendment
Pub. L. 108–213, §1, Apr. 1, 2004, 118 Stat. 571, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1715k of this title] may be cited as the 'Energy Efficient Housing Technical Correction Act'."
Short Title of 2003 Amendments
Pub. L. 108–186, title III, §302(a), Dec. 16, 2003, 117 Stat. 2692, provided that: "This section [amending sections 1713, 1715e, 1715k, 1715l, 1715v, and 1715y of this title] may be cited as the 'FHA Multifamily Loan Limit Adjustment Act of 2003'."
Pub. L. 108–91, §1, Oct. 3, 2003, 117 Stat. 1158, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1715z–7 of this title and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1715z–7 of this title] may be cited as the 'Hospital Mortgage Insurance Act of 2003'."
Short Title of 2002 Amendment
Pub. L. 107–326, §1, Dec. 4, 2002, 116 Stat. 2792, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 1712a of this title, amending sections 1709, 1713, 1715e, 1715k, 1715l, 1715v, 1715y, 1715z–10, and 1721 of this title, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 1721 of this title] may be cited as the 'FHA Downpayment Simplification Act of 2002'."
Short Title of 2000 Amendments
Pub. L. 106–569, §1(a), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 2944, provided that: "This Act [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the 'American Homeownership and Economic Opportunity Act of 2000'."
Pub. L. 106–569, title VIII, §801, Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3018, provided that: "This title [amending sections 1701q and 1715z–1 of this title and sections 8013, 13631, and 13632 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 1701q and 1715z–1 of this title] may be cited as the 'Affordable Housing for Seniors and Families Act'."
Pub. L. 106–281, §1, Oct. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 865, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1709 of this title] may be cited as the 'FHA Downpayment Simplification Extension Act of 2000'."
Short Title of 1999 Amendment
Pub. L. 106–74, title V, §501(a), Oct. 20, 1999, 113 Stat. 1100, provided that: "This title [enacting section 1701q–2 of this title, amending sections 1701q, 1701q–2, 1715z–1, 1715z–1a, 1715z–11a, and 4113 of this title and sections 1437f and 8013 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, enacting provisions set out as notes in sections 1701q and 1715z–1 of this title and section 12701 of Title 42, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 1437f of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Preserving Affordable Housing for Senior Citizens and Families into the 21st Century Act'."
Short Title of 1997 Amendment
Pub. L. 105–65, title V, §510, Oct. 27, 1997, 111 Stat. 1385, provided that: "This title [enacting section 1437z–1 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending sections 1708, 1715z–1, 1715z–4a, 1715z–19, 1735f–14, 1735f–15, 1735f–19, and 4565 of this title, section 1516 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, section 6103 of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code, and sections 503, 1437f, and 1437z of Title 42, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1735f–14 and 1735f–15 of this title and sections 503, 1437f, and 1437z–1 of Title 42, and amending provisions set out as notes under section 1437f of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Multifamily Assisted Housing Reform and Affordability Act of 1997'."
Short Title of 1996 Amendment
Pub. L. 104–120, §1, Mar. 28, 1996, 110 Stat. 834, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 1490p–2 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending sections 1715z–20, 1715z–22, and 1721 of this title and sections 1437d, 1437e, 1437n, 1479, 1485, 1490p–2, and 5308 of Title 42, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 4101 of this title and sections 1437d, 1437f, 5305, and 12805 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Housing Opportunity Program Extension Act of 1996'."
Short Title of 1994 Amendment
Pub. L. 103–233, §1(a), Apr. 11, 1994, 108 Stat. 342, provided that: "This Act [enacting sections 1735f–19 and 1735f–20 of this title and sections 1437x, 3547, 5321, and 12840 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending sections 1701z–11, 1713, 1715e, 1715k, 1715y, 1715z–1a, 1715z–3, and 1735c of this title and sections 1437a, 1437d, 1437f, 1437g, 1437l, 3535, 4852, 5301, 5304, 5305, 5308, 5318, 12704, 12744, 12745, 12750, 12833, 12838, and 12893 of Title 42, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1701z–11, 1715n, and 1715z–1a of this title and sections 5301 and 5318 of Title 42, amending provisions set out as notes under sections 1707 and 1715z–1a of this title and section 3545 of Title 42, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 1701z–11 of this title] may be cited as the 'Multifamily Housing Property Disposition Reform Act of 1994'."
Short Title of 1992 Amendment
Pub. L. 102–550, title V, §541, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3794, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle C (§§541–544) of title V of Pub. L. 102–550, enacting sections 1715z–22 and 1715z–22a of this title] may be cited as the 'Multifamily Housing Finance Improvement Act'."
Short Title of 1984 Amendment
Pub. L. 98–440, §1, Oct. 3, 1984, 98 Stat. 1689, provided: "That this Act [enacting section 77r–1 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and amending sections 24, 1451, 1454, 1455, 1464, 1717, 1723, 1723a, 1723c, and 1757 of this title and sections 78c, 78g, 78h, and 78k of Title 15] may be cited as the 'Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984'."
Short Title of 1983 Amendment
Pub. L. 98–181, title I, §1(a), Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1155, provided that: "Titles I through XI of this Act [enacting sections 635i–1, 635i–2, 635o to 635t, 1701g–5b, 1701p–1, 1701r–1, 1701z–10a, 1715z–12 to 1715z–18, and 3901 to 3912 of this title, section 1671g of Title 19, Customs Duties, sections 276c–3, 283z–3, 285x, 285y, 286b–2, 286e–1i, 286y, 286z, 286aa to 286gg, and 290g–12 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse, and sections 1437o to 1437q, 1490k to 1490o, and 3542 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending sections 635, 635a, 635a–2, 635a–3, 635a–4, 635b, 635e, 635f, 635g, 1437, 1701j–2, 1701j–3, 1701q, 1701s, 1701x, 1701z–1, 1703, 1706d, 1706e, 1707, 1709, 1710, 1713, 1715e, 1715h, 1715k, 1715l, 1715n, 1715u, 1715v, 1715w, 1715y, 1715z, 1715z–1, 1715z–1a, 1715z–5, 1715z–6, 1715z–7, 1715z–9, 1715z–10, 1721, 1735, 1735b, 1735c, 1735f–4, 1735f–8, 1735f–9, 1748h–1, 1748h–2, 1749bb, 1749aaa, 1749bbb to 1749bbb–2, 1749bbb–5 to 1749bbb–20, 1812, 2602, 2607, 2614, 2617, 2803, 2807, 2809, 2810, 3202, 3602, 3606, 3609, 3612, 3618, 3620, 3703, and 3804 of this title, sections 1671a and 1671b of Title 19, sections 262d, 286b, 286c, 286e–2, and 286q of Title 22, sections 1437a, 1437c, 1437d, 1437f, 1437g, 1437n, 1437l, 1439, 1452, 1452b, 1456, 1471, 1472, 1474, 1476, 1479 to 1481, 1483 to 1487, 1490, 1490a, 1490c, 1490e, 1490f, 1490j, 1500c–2, 2414, 3103, 3936, 4003, 4011 to 4020, 4022 to 4025, 4026, 4027, 4041, 4051 to 4054, 4055, 4056, 4071, 4072, 4081 to 4084, 4101 to 4107, 4121 to 4123, 4127, 4128, 5301, 5302 to 5308, 5312, 5316, 5318, 6872, 8007, 8010, and 8107 of Title 42, and section 2166 of the Appendix to Title 50, War and National Defense, repealing sections 1709–1, 1720, and 1723e of this title, section 484b of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, and sections 1482, 1490g, 1490i, 1500c, 3901, 3902 to 3906, 3908, 3909, 3911, 3914, 4511 to 4524, and 4528 to 4532 of Title 42, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 635, 635a, 635o, 1701q, 1701z–6, 1709, 1713, 1715z–14, 1720, 2602, 3620, and 3901 of this title, section 484b of former Title 40, and sections 602, 1436a, 1437a, 1437f, 1441, 1472, 1490a, 3901, 4015, 4122, 4518, 5316, and 5318 of Title 42, amending provisions set out as notes under section 5301 of Title 42, and repealing provisions set out as notes under sections 1709–1 and 1723 of this title and sections 1437a and 3901 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Domestic Housing and International Recovery and Financial Stability Act'."
Pub. L. 98–181, title I, §1(b), Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1155, provided that: "Titles I through V of this Act [enacting sections 1701g–5b, 1701p–1, 1701r–1, 1701z–10a, and 1715z–12 to 1715z–18 of this title and sections 1437o to 1437q, 1490k to 1490o, and 3542 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending sections 1701j–2, 1701j–3, 1701q, 1701s, 1701x, 1701z–1, 1703, 1706d, 1706e, 1707, 1709, 1710, 1713, 1715e, 1715h, 1715k, 1715l, 1715n, 1715u, 1715v, 1715w, 1715y, 1715z, 1715z–1, 1715z–1a, 1715z–5, 1715z–6, 1715z–7, 1715z–9, 1715z–10, 1721, 1735, 1735b, 1735c, 1735f–4, 1735f–8, 1735f–9, 1748h–1, 1748h–2, 1749bb, 1749aaa, 1749bbb to 1749bbb–2, 1749bbb–5 to 1749bbb–20, 2602, 2607, 2614, 2617, 3602, 3606, 3609, 3612, 3618, 3620, 3703, and 3804 of this title, and sections 1437a, 1437c, 1437d, 1437f, 1437g, 1437n, 1437l, 1439, 1452, 1452b, 1456, 1471, 1472, 1474, 1476, 1479 to 1481, 1483 to 1487, 1490, 1490a, 1490c, 1490e, 1490f, 1490j, 1500c–2, 2414, 3103, 3936, 4003, 4011 to 4020, 4022 to 4025, 4026, 4027, 4041, 4051 to 4054, 4055, 4056, 4071, 4072, 4081 to 4084, 4101 to 4107, 4121 to 4123, 4127, 4128, 5301, 5302 to 5308, 5312, 5316, 5318, 6872, 8007, 8010, and 8107 of Title 42, repealing sections 1709–1, 1720, and 1723e of this title, section 484b of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, and sections 1482, 1490g, 1490i, 1500c, 3901, 3902 to 3906, 3908, 3909, 3911, 3914, 4511 to 4524, and 4528 to 4532 of Title 42, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1701q, 1701z–6, 1709, 1713, 1715z–14, 1720, 2602, and 3620 of this title, section 484b of former Title 40, and sections 602, 1436a, 1437a, 1437f, 1441, 1472, 1490a, 3901, 4015, 4122, 4518, 5316, and 5318 of Title 42, amending provisions set out as notes under section 5301 of Title 42, and repealing provisions set out as notes under sections 1709–1 and 1723 of this title and sections 1437a and 3901 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Housing and Urban-Rural Recovery Act of 1983'."
Short Title of 1979 Amendment
Pub. L. 96–153, title III, §311(a), Dec. 21, 1979, 93 Stat. 1115, provided that: "This section [amending section 1715z–10 of this title] may be cited as the 'Homeownership Opportunity Act of 1979'."
Short Title of 1978 Amendment
Pub. L. 95–630, title VII, §701, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3687, provided that: "This title [amending section 1730 of this title] may be cited as the 'Change in Savings and Loan Control Act of 1978'."
Short Title of 1977 Amendment
Pub. L. 95–24, §1, Apr. 30, 1977, 91 Stat. 55, provided: "That this Act [amending sections 1706e, 1715k, 1715l, 1735c, 1749bbb, and 1749bbb–8 of this title and sections 1437c, 1437f, 1437g, and 1451 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1441 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Supplemental Housing Authorization Act of 1977'."
Short Title of 1976 Amendment
Pub. L. 94–375, §1, Aug. 3, 1976, 90 Stat. 1067, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 1701z–7 of this title, amending sections 1464, 1701j–2, 1701q, 1701z–1 to 1701z–3, 1706e, 1713, 1715e, 1715k, 1715l, 1715v, 1715y, 1715z, 1715z–1, 1715z–6, 1715z–9, 1715z–10, 1723, 1723a, 1723e, 1735b, 1735c, 2708, 2709, and 2710 of this title, section 5315 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, section 461 of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, sections 1437a, 1437c, 1437f, 1437g, 1452b, 1480, 1490, 1490a, 3535, 4056, 4106, 4127, 4521, 5303, 5305, 5307, and 5316 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1437c and 1723e of this title, section 461 of former Title 40, and section 1382 of Title 42, and amending provisions set out as notes under sections 1715e and 1723e of this title] may be cited as the 'Housing Authorization Act of 1976'."
Short Title of 1975 Amendment
Pub. L. 94–13, prec. §1, Apr. 8, 1975, 89 Stat. 68, provided: "That this Act [amending section 1749bbb of this title and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1749bbb of this title] may be cited as the 'National Insurance Development Act of 1975'."
Short Title of 1974 Amendment
Pub. L. 93–449, §1, Oct. 18, 1974, 88 Stat. 1364, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 1723e of this title, amending sections 347b, 1430, 1464, 1703, and 1709 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1723e of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 1904 of this title] may be cited as the 'Emergency Home Purchase Assistance Act of 1974'."
Short Title of 1970 Amendments
Pub. L. 91–609, §1, Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1770, provided: "That this Act [enacting sections 1466a, 1701z–1 to 1701z–4, 1709–2, 1735f–2, 1749bbb–6a, and 1749bbb–10a to 1749bbb–10d of this title; sections 694a and 694b of Title 15, Commerce and Trade; and chapter 59 (§§4501 et seq. and 4511 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare; amending sections 371, 1431, 1432, 1464, 1701s, 1701x, 1703, 1712, 1715c, 1715e, 1715h, 1715l, 1715z, 1715z–1, 1715z–3, 1715z–6, 1715z–7, 1717, 1718, 1730a, 1735b to 1735d, 1748h–1, 1748h–2, 1749, 1749bb, 1749cc, 1749aaa, 1749bbb, 1749bbb–2, 1749bbb–7, 1749bbb–8, 1749bbb–11 to 1749bbb–15, 1813, and 1817 of this title; sections 692 to 694 and 1705 of title 15; section 617 of Title 16, Conservation; section 1014 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure; section 803 of Title 20, Education; sections 461 and 484b of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works; and sections 1401, 1402, 1410, 1415, 1421b, 1453, 1456, 1458, 1460, 1465, 1471, 1474, 1478, 1484 to 1487, 1490, 1492, 1500 to 1500d–1, 3108, 3311, 3356, 3533, 3535, 3906, 3907, and 3911 of Title 42; repealing sections 1701d–3 1701e, and 1701f of this title and sections 1436, 1452a, 3372, and 3373 of Title 42; enacting provisions set out as notes under section 694a of Title 15, and sections 1402, 1415, 1436, 1453, 1500 and 4501 of Title 42; amending provisions set out as notes under sections 1701c, 1716b, and 1749bbb of this title; and repealing provisions set out as notes under sections 1464 and 1701e of this title and section 1456 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Housing and Urban Development Act of 1970'."
Pub. L. 91–351, §1, July 24, 1970, 84 Stat. 450, provided: "That this Act [enacting sections 1451 to 1459 and 1715z–8 of this title, and section 3941 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending sections 82, 371, 1464, 1709–1, 1715z–3, 1717, 1719, 1720, 1726, 1730a, and 1749 of this title, and section 3906 of Title 42, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1430, 1451, 1710, and 1715z–8 of this title, and section 1452 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970'."
Short Title of 1969 Amendment
Pub. L. 91–152, §1, Dec. 24, 1969, 83 Stat. 379, provided: "That this Act [enacting sections 806 and 807 of Title 20, Education, section 484b of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, and sections 1490d and 4056 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending sections 1425, 1464, 1701q, 1701s, 1701u, 1703, 1706d, 1707, 1709, 1709–1, 1713, 1715d, 1715e, 1715h, 1715k, 1715l, 1715m, 1715n, 1715v, 1715w, 1715y, 1715z, 1715z–1, 1715z–2, 1715z–3, 1717, 1720, 1727, 1748h–1, 1748h–2, 1749, 1749bb, 1749aaa, 1749bbb–8, 1749bbb–9, and 1749bbb–15 of this title, section 1702 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, sections 801 to 805, and 811 of Title 20, section 461 of former Title 40, sections 1402, 1409, 1410, 1414, 1415, 1421b, 1441c, 1451, 1452, 1452b, 1453, 1455, 1460, 1463, 1466, 1467, 1468, 1468a, 1469b, 1483, 1485, 1487, 1489, 1496, 1500a, 3102, 3108, 3311, 3356, 3371, 3372, 3911, 4001, 4012, 4022, 4102, and 4121, of Title 42, and sections 1603 and 1604 of Title 49, Transportation, repealing section 1488 of Title 42, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1727 of this title, and section 1402 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Housing and Urban Development Act of 1969'."
Short Title of 1968 Amendments
Pub. L. 90–448, §1, Aug. 1, 1968, 82 Stat. 476, provided: "That this Act [enacting sections 1701t to 1701z, 1715z to 1715z–7, 1716b and 1749bbb to 1749bbb–21 of this title, sections 1701 to 1720 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and sections 1417a, 1441a to 1441c, 1468a, 1469 to 1469c, 1490a to 1490c, 3533a, 3901 to 3914, 3931 to 3940, 4001, 4011 to 4027, 4041, 4051 to 4055, 4071, 4072, 4081 to 4084, 4101 to 4103, and 4121 to 4127 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending sections 24, 371, 378, 1431, 1432, 1436, 1464, 1701d–4, 1701q, 1701s, 1703, 1709, 1709–1, 1715c, 1715e, 1715k to 1715o, 1715q, 1715r, 1715w to 1715y, 1716, 1717 to 1723a, 1723c, 1735c, 1735d, 1748h–2, 1749, 1749b, 1749c, 1749aaa and 1757 of this title, sections 5315 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, sections 633 and 636 of Title 15, section 709 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, sections 801, 802 and 805 of Title 20, Education, section 846 of former Title 31, Money and Finance, section 1820 [now 3720] of Title 38, Veterans' Benefits, sections 461, 462 and 612 of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property and Works, section 207 of former Title 40, Appendix, sections 1401, 1402, 1403, 1410, 1415, 1420, 1421b, 1436, 1451, 1452 to 1453, 1455, 1456, 1457, 1460, 1462, 1465 to 1468, 1483, 1484, 1492, 1500a, 1500d, 2414, 3101, 3102, 3104, 3108, 3311, 3331, 3332, 3335, 3336, 3338, 3356, 3372, 3534 and 3535 of Title 42, and sections 1603 to 1605 and 1608 of Title 49, Transportation, repealing sections 1417, 2401 to 2413 and 2415 to 2421 of Title 42, and note set out under section 2401 of Title 42, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 1701c, 1709, 1709–1, 1715z, 1715z–1, 1716b, 1717, 1721 and 1749bbb of this title, section 7313 of Title 5, section 1701 of Title 15, and sections 1417, 1436, 1452, 1469, 3901 and 4001 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968'."
Pub. L. 90–448, title XI, §1101, Aug. 1, 1968, 82 Stat. 555, provided that: "This title [enacting subchapter IX–C of chapter 13 of this title and section 3533a of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending sections 1701s(c)(2)(E), 1709(h) and 1735d(b) of this title, section 5315 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, section 636 of Title 15, and section 1462 of Title 42, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 7313 of Title 5] may be cited as the 'Urban Property Protection and Reinsurance Act of 1968'."
Pub. L. 90–255, §1, Feb. 14, 1968, 82 Stat. 5, provided: "That this Act [amending section 1730a of this title] may be cited as the 'Savings and Loan Holding Company Amendments of 1967'."
Short Title of 1966 Amendment
Pub. L. 89–429, §1, May 24, 1966, 80 Stat. 164, provided: "That this act [enacting section 745 of Title 20, Education, amending sections 1717, 1720(c), 1749(d), and 1757(7) of this title, section 1988(c) of Title 7, Agriculture, and section 743(c) of Title 20, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1717 of this title and section 262 of former Title 5, Executive Departments and Government Officers and Employees] may be cited as the 'Participation Sales Act of 1966'."
Short Title of 1965 Amendment
Pub. L. 89–117, §1, Aug. 10, 1965, 79 Stat. 451, provided: "That this Act [enacting sections 1701s and 1735c to 1735h, and subchapter IX–A of chapter 13 of this title, subchapter IV–A of chapter 14B of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and sections 1421b, 1466 to 1468, 1500c–1, 1500c–2, 1500c–3, and 1487 to 1490, and chapters 36 and 37 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and provisions set out as notes under sections 1701d–3, 1701q, and 1749 of this title, section 462 of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, and sections 1451, 1453, 1455, 1460, 1465, 1466, and 3074 of Title 42, amending sections 371, 1464, 1701q, 1701o, 1701h, 1702, 1703, 1706c, 1709, 1710, 1713, 1715, 1715c, 1715e, 1715h, 1715k, 1715l, 1715m, 1715n, 1715t, 1715v, 1715w, 1715x, 1715y, 1717, 1718, 1720, 1721, 1727, 1739, 1743, 1744, 1747f, 1747g, 1748b, 1748h, 1748h–1, 1748h–2, 1749, 1749c, 1750, 1750c, and 1750g of this title, sections 633 and 671 of Title 15, sections 802 and 803 of Title 20, Education, sections 1804 [now 3704] and 1816 [now 3732] of Title 38, Veterans' Benefits, sections 461 and 462 of former Title 40, sections 1402, 1410, 1412, 1415, 1421a, 1422, 1451, 1452, 1452b, 1453, 1455, 1456, 1460, 1463, 1465, 1471, 1472, 1476, 1481, 1482, 1483, 1485, 1492, 1500, 1500a, 1500b, 1500c, 1500d, and 1500e of Title 42, and sections 1605 and 1608 of Title 49, Transportation, and repealing sections 1715j, 1737, 1740, 1747i, 1748a, 1748c, 1750a and 1750d of this title] may be cited as the 'Housing and Urban Development Act of 1965'."
Short Title of 1964 Amendment
Pub. L. 88–560, §1, Sept. 2, 1964, 78 Stat. 769, provided: "That this act [enacting sections 1730b, 1735a, and 1735b of this title, sections 801 to 805 and 811 of Title 20, Education, and sections 1452b, 1465, and 1486 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending sections 24, 371, 1430, 1431, 1436, 1464, 1701q, 1703, 1709, 1710, 1713, 1715c, 1715e, 1715k to 1715n, 1715r, 1715u to 1715y, 1717, 1719 to 1721, 1723b, 1723c, 1726, 1739, 1748h–2, 1749c, and 1750c of this title, sections 636 and 637 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, sections 1820 and 1823 of Title 38, Veterans' Benefits, sections 461 and 462 of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property and Works, and sections 1402, 1410, 1415, 1436, 1451, 1452, 1452a, 1453, 1455, 1456, 1457, 1460, 1476, 1481 to 1483, 1485, 1492, 1500a, and 1504a of Title 42, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1713 of this title, section 461 of former Title 40, and sections 1415, 1451, 1455, 1460, and 1465 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Housing Act of 1964'."
Short Title of 1962 Amendment
Pub. L. 87–723, §1, Sept. 28, 1962, 76 Stat. 670, provided: "That this Act [enacting section 1701r of this title and section 1485 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and amending sections 84 and 1701q of this title and sections 1471, 1472, 1474, 1476 and 1481 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Senior Citizens Housing Act of 1962.' "
Short Title of 1961 Amendment
Pub. L. 87–70, §1, June 30, 1961, 75 Stat. 149, provided: "That this Act [enacting sections 1715x and 1715y of this title and sections 1436, 1484, 1497 and 1500 to 1500e of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending sections 371, 1464, 1701c, 1701q, 1703, 1709, 1710, 1713, 1715, 1715c, 1715e, 1715h, 1715j, 1715k, 1715l, 1715n, 1715o, 1715q, 1715r, 1715t, 1715v, 1715w, 1717, 1718, 1719, 1720, 1721, 1723a, 1723b, 1748b, 1748h–2, 1749, 1749b, 1749c, and 1750jj of this title, section 631, 633 and 636 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, sections 461 and 462 of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, and sections 1402, 1410, 1415, 1421, 1421a, 1434, 1451, 1452, 1453, 1454, 1455, 1456, 1457, 1460, 1463, 1471, 1472, 1476, 1477, 1478, 1481, 1482, 1483, 1491, 1492, 1493, and 1594i of Title 42, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 1592c of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Housing Act of 1961'."
Short Title of 1959 Amendment
Pub. L. 86–372, §1, Sept. 23, 1959, 73 Stat. 654, provided: "That this Act [enacting sections 1701q, 1715t to 1715w, and 1748–2 of this title, and section 1463 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending sections 24, 1464, 1703, 1706c, 1709, 1710, 1713, 1715c to 1715e, 1715h, 1715k–1715m, 1715r, 1717, 1719 to 1721, 1723b, 1731a, 1747, 1748b, 1748g, 1748h–1, 1749, 1749a, 1749c, and 1750jj of this title, sections 461 and 462 of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property and Works, and sections 1401, 1402, 1410, 1415, 1450, 1451, 1452, 1453, 1455, 1456, 1457, 1460, 1586, 1594a and 1594j of Title 42, repealing section 1715i of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1720 and 1721 of this title and under sections 1456, 1460, 1476 and 1592c of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Housing Act of 1959'."
Short Title of 1956 Amendment
Act Aug. 7, 1956, ch. 1029, §1, 70 Stat. 1091, provided: "That this Act [enacting sections 1701d–3 and 1701h–1, of this title and sections 1462, 1496, 1589d, and 1594f of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare; amending sections 1464, 1703, 1709, 1713, 1715e, 1715h, 1715k, 1715l, 1715r, 1717 to 1721, 1748, 1748b and 1749 of this title; section 694l of former Title 38, Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief; section 461 of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works; and sections 1402, 1410, 1412, 1415, 1421, 1451, 1452, 1454, 1455, 1456, 1460, 1481 to 1483, 1594, 1594a, 1594b, 1594c of Title 42; repealing section 1411b of Title 42; and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1703 of this title and under sections 1481, 1592c and 1594 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Housing Act of 1956'."
Short Title of 1955 Amendment
Act Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 783, §1, 69 Stat. 635, provided: "That this Act [enacting section 1701d–2 of this title and sections 1491 to 1495 and 1594 to 1594e of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare; amending sections 1426, 1427, 1437, 1464, 1703, 1710, 1713, 1715e, 1715h, 1715k, 1715l, 1715n, 1715r, 1720, 1726, 1729, 1739, 1748 to 1748g, 1749, 1749c of this title; section 462 of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works; sections 1410, 1451, 1453, 1456, 1460, 1481 to 1483, 1585 and 1591c of Title 42; and sections 480, 480a, 721, 721a, 910, 910a, 1408, 1408b, and 1408c of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions; repealing sections 1748g–1 and 1748h of this title; and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1426, 1715e, and 1749 of this title; section 1594 of Title 42; and under sections 480 and 1408 of Title 48] may be cited as the 'Housing Amendments of 1955'."
Act Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 783, title III, §304, 69 Stat. 646, provided that the amendments to sections 1749 and 1749c of this title by act Aug. 11, 1955, may be cited as the "College Housing Amendments of 1955".
Short Title of 1954 Amendment
Act Aug. 2, 1954, ch. 649, §1, 68 Stat. 590, provided: "That this Act [enacting sections 1701j–1, 1701n to 1701p, 1702a, 1715k to 1715s, 1722 to 1723d, 1731a, 1731b, 1746a and 1750aa to 1750jj of this title; sections 460 to 462 of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works; and sections 1411d, 1434, 1435, 1446, 1450, 1452a, 1455a, and 1589c of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare; amending sections 24, 1430, 1431, 1436, 1464, 1701, 1703, 1706c, 1709, 1710, 1711, 1713, 1715c, 1715e, 1715h, 1715j, 1716, 1717 to 1721, 1725, 1728, 1729, 1730, 1748b, 1749, 1750b, 1750c and 1750g of this title; section 709 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure; section 272 of Title 20, Education; section 694a of former Title 38, Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief; section 459 of former Title 40; and sections 1407, 1410, 1415, 1416, 1451, 1452, 1453, 1454, 1455, 1456, 1457, 1459, 1460, 1481 to 1483, 1585, 1587, 1591c and 1592a of Title 42; repealing sections 1701j, 1706, 1716–1 and 1716a of this title; section 456 of former Title 40; sections 1451a, 1461 and 1551 of Title 42; and sections 484e, 724, and 1426 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions; and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1703, 1710, 1715n, 1715s, and 1716 of this title; section 846 of former Title 31, Money and Finance; and under sections 1434, 1446, and 1450 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Housing Act of 1954'."
Act June 27, 1934, title III, §312, as added Aug. 2, 1954, ch. 649, §201, 68 Stat. 622, provided that: "This title III [enacting sections 1722 to 1723c of this title and amending sections 1716 to 1721 of this title] may be referred to as the 'Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act'."
Short Title of 1953 Amendment
Act June 30, 1953, ch. 170, §1, 67 Stat. 121, provided: "This Act [enacting sections 1715j and 1735 of this title, and sections 723 and 1425 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions; amending sections 1701j, 1706c(b), 1709, 1711(c)(i), 1715d, 1715e(d), 1715h, 1716(a), 1716–1, 1717, 1748b(a), (b), 1749(a), 1750b(a), and 1750g(b) of this title, sections 1402(10), 1456(e), 1460(g), 1591(a), 1591c, 1592d(c), and 1592n(e) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and section 2166(c) of the Appendix to Title 50, War and National Defense; and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1463 of this title, relating to dissolution and abolishment of the Home Owners' Loan Corporation] may be cited as the 'Housing Amendments of 1953'."
Short Title of 1952 Amendment
Act July 14, 1952, ch. 723, §1, 66 Stat. 601, provided that: "This Act [enacting sections 1701m, 1706d, and 1715i of this title and amending sections 1422, 1423, 1464, 1466, 1701g–2, 1707, 1713, 1715d, 1715h, 1716, 1717, 1726, 1736, 1745, 1747l, 1748, and 1750b of this title; sections 1481 to 1483, 1589a, 1592a, 1592l, and 1593 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare; and sections 484 and 484d of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions] may be cited as the 'Housing Act of 1952'."
Short Title of 1950 Amendment
Act Apr. 20, 1950, ch. 94, §1, 64 Stat. 48, provided that "This Act [enacting sections 1701j to 1701l, 1715e, 1715f, and 1749 to 1749c of this title and sections 1581 to 1589 and 1590 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare; amending sections 371, 1430, 1701c, 1703, 1705, 1706, 1706b, 1706c, 1707 to 1709, 1710 to 1715, 1715b, 1715c, 1716, 1717, 1720, 1721, 1736 to 1746, 1747 to 1747c, and 1747e to 1747l of this title, section 1017 of Title 7, Agriculture, section 604 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and sections 1412, 1521 to 1524, 1532, 1533, 1542 to 1548, 1552, 1553, 1561, 1571, 1572, and 1575 of Title 42; and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1701, 1701k, 1703, and 1709 of this title, section 1017 of Title 7, and section 1412 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Housing Act of 1950'."
Short Title of 1948 Amendment
Act Aug. 10, 1948, ch. 832, §1, 62 Stat. 1268, provided that: "This Act [enacting sections 1701c, 1701e to 1701g–3, 1702, 1703, 1709, 1710, 1713, 1716, 1738, 1743 to 1746, and 1747 to 1747l of this title; section 846 of former Title 31, Money and Finance; section 694 of former Title 38, Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief; and section 1404a of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare] may be cited as the 'Housing Act of 1948'."
Regulations
Pub. L. 106–569, title VIII, §802, Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3018, provided that: "The Secretary of Housing and Urban Development (referred to in this title as the 'Secretary') shall issue any regulations to carry out this title [see section 801 of Pub. L. 106–569, set out as a Short Title of 2000 Amendment note above] and the amendments made by this title that the Secretary determines may or will affect tenants of federally assisted housing only after notice and opportunity for public comment in accordance with the procedure under section 553 of title 5, United States Code, applicable to substantive rules (notwithstanding subsections (a)(2), (b)(B), and (d)(3) of such section). Notice of such proposed rulemaking shall be provided by publication in the Federal Register. In issuing such regulations, the Secretary shall take such actions as may be necessary to ensure that such tenants are notified of, and provided an opportunity to participate in, the rulemaking, as required by such section 553."
Savings Provision
Pub. L. 110–289, div. B, title I, §2131, July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2843, provided that: "Any mortgage insured under title II of the National Housing Act [12 U.S.C. 1707 et seq.] before the date of enactment of this subtitle [July 30, 2008] shall continue to be governed by the laws, regulations, orders, and terms and conditions to which it was subject on the day before the date of the enactment of this subtitle."
Implementation
Pub. L. 110–289, div. B, title I, §2132, July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2843, provided that: "The Secretary of Housing and Urban Development shall by notice establish any additional requirements that may be necessary to immediately carry out the provisions of this subtitle [subtitle A (§§2111–2133) of title I of div. B of Pub. L. 110–289, see Short Title of 2008 Amendment note above]. The notice shall take effect upon issuance."
Preferences for Native Hawaiians on Hawaiian Home Lands Under HUD Programs
Secretary of Housing and Urban Development to provide a preference to native Hawaiians for housing assistance programs under this chapter for housing located on Hawaiian home lands, see section 958 of Pub. L. 101–625, set out as a note under section 1437f of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Limitation on Withholding or Conditioning of Assistance
Assistance provided for in Housing and Community Development Act of 1974, National Housing Act, United States Housing Act of 1937, Housing Act of 1949, Demonstration Cities and Metropolitan Development Act of 1966, and Housing and Urban Development Acts of 1965, 1968, 1969, and 1970 not to be withheld or made subject to conditions by reason of tax-exempt status of obligations issued or to be issued for financing of assistance, except as otherwise provided by law, see section 817 of Pub. L. 93–383, set out as a note under section 5301 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
§1701a. Short title of amendment of 1938
The Act of February 3, 1938, ch. 13, 52 Stat. 8, may be cited as the "National Housing Act Amendments of 1938."
(Feb. 3, 1938, ch. 13, §1, 52 Stat. 8.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The National Housing Act Amendments of 1938, referred to in text, enacted sections 1715a, 1715b, and 1733 of this title and amended sections 24, 1703, 1707 to 1709, 1710 to 1715, 1716, 1717, 1718, and section 1731 [see sections 433, 493, 657, 1006, and 1008 to 1010 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure] of this title.
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the National Housing Act Amendments of 1938, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
§1701b. Short title of amendment of 1942
The Act of May 26, 1942, ch. 319, 56 Stat. 301, may be cited as the "National Housing Act Amendments of 1942".
(May 26, 1942, ch. 319, §15, 56 Stat. 305.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The National Housing Act Amendments of 1942, referred to in text, enacted section 1743 of this title, amended heading of subchapter VI of this chapter [preceding section 1736 of this title], amended sections 1703, 1715c, 1737, 1738, 1739, and 1740 of this title, and enacted provisions set out as a note under section 1743 of this title.
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the National Housing Act Amendments of 1942, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
§1701c. Secretary of Housing and Urban Development
In carrying out his functions, powers, and duties—
(a) Employment of personnel; delegation of functions
The Secretary of Housing and Urban Development may appoint such officers and employees as he may find necessary, which appointments shall be subject to the civil-service laws and chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5. The Secretary may make such expenditures as may be necessary to carry out his functions, powers, and duties, and there are authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary, out of any moneys in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may be necessary to carry out such functions, powers, and duties and for administrative expenses in connection therewith. The Secretary, without in any way relieving himself from final responsibility, may delegate any of his functions and powers to such officers, agents, or employees as he may designate, may authorize such successive redelegations of such functions and powers, as he may deem desirable, and may make such rules and regulations as may be necessary to carry out his functions, powers, and duties.
(b) Omitted
(c) Additional powers and duties of Secretary and Federal Home Loan Bank Board
The Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, respectively, may, in addition to and not in derogation of any powers and authorities conferred elsewhere in this Act—
(1) with the consent of the agency or organization concerned, accept and utilize equipment, facilities, or the services of employees of any Federal, State, or local public agency or instrumentality, educational institution, or nonprofit agency or organization and, in connection with the utilization of such services, may make payments for transportation while away from their homes or regular places of business and per diem in lieu of subsistence en route and at place of such service, in accordance with the provisions of section 5703 of title 5;
(2) utilize, contract with and act through, without regard to section 6101 of title 41, any Federal, State, or local public agency or instrumentality, educational institution, or non-profit agency or organization with the consent of the agency or organization concerned, and any funds available to said officers for carrying out their respective functions, powers, and duties shall be available to reimburse or pay any such agency or organization; and, whenever in the judgment of any such officer necessary, he may make advance, progress, or other payments with respect to such contracts without regard to the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) of section 3324 of title 31; and
(3) make expenditures for all necessary expenses, including preparation, mounting, shipping, and installation of exhibits; purchase and exchange of technical apparatus; and such other expenses as may, from time to time, be found necessary in carrying out their respective functions, powers, and duties: Provided, That funds made available for administrative expenses in carrying out the functions, powers, and duties imposed upon the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development and the Federal Home Loan Bank Agency,1 respectively, by or pursuant to law may at their option be consolidated into a single administrative expense fund accounts of such officer or agency for expenditure by them, respectively, in accordance with the provisions hereof.
(d) Use of funds for library memberships
The Secretary of Housing and Urban Development may utilize funds made available to him for salaries and expenses for payment in advance for dues or fees for library memberships in organizations (or for membership of the individual librarians in organizations which will not accept library membership) whose publications are available to members only, or to members at a price lower than to the general public, and for payment in advance for publications available only upon that basis or available at a reduced price on prepublication order.
(Aug. 10, 1948, ch. 832, title V, §502, 62 Stat. 1283; Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, title XI, §1106(a), 63 Stat. 972; Apr. 20, 1950, ch. 94, title V, §503, 64 Stat. 80; Pub. L. 87–70, title IX, §909, June 30, 1961, 75 Stat. 192; Pub. L. 90–19, §5(d)(1)–(3), (8)–(13), May 25, 1967, 81 Stat. 21; Pub. L. 98–479, title II, §§202(b), 203(c), Oct. 17, 1984, 98 Stat. 2228, 2229; Pub. L. 100–242, title V, §570(a)(1), (3), Feb. 5, 1988, 101 Stat. 1949, 1950; Pub. L. 101–73, title III, §306, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 352; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §370, July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1565.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This Act, referred to in subsec. (c), is act Aug. 10, 1948, ch. 832, 62 Stat. 1268, known as the Housing Act of 1948. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1948 Amendments note set out under section 1701 of this title and Tables.
Codification
In subsec. (c)(2), "section 6101 of title 41" substituted for "section 3709 of the Revised Statutes" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
Subsec. (b) of section 502 of act Aug. 10, 1948, is set out as section 1404a of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Section was enacted as part of the Housing Act of 1948, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
Amendments
2010—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 111–203, §370(1), substituted ", the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation" for "and the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 111–203, §370(2), substituted "Agency" for "Board".
1989—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–73, §306(a), which directed the substitution of "Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision" for "Federal Home Loan Bank Board (which term as used in this section shall also include and refer to the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation, the Home Owners Loan Corporation, and the Chairman of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board)", was executed as directed, except that "Home Owners' " rather than "Home Owners" appeared in the original in the language struck out.
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 101–73, §306(b), substituted "of any Federal, State, or local" for "of any State or local".
1988—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–242, §570(a)(1), struck out "The Secretary of Commerce or his designee shall hereafter be included in the membership of the National Housing Council."
Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 100–242, §570(a)(3), inserted "and" at end.
1984—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–479, §202(b)(1), substituted "chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5" for "the Classification Act of 1949, as amended".
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 98–479, §202(b)(2), substituted "section 5703 of title 5" for "5 U.S.C. 73b–2".
Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 98–479, §203(c), substituted "subsections (a) and (b) of section 3324 of title 31" for "section 3648 of the Revised Statutes [31 U.S.C. 529]".
1967—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 90–19, §5(d)(1)–(3), substituted "Secretary of Housing and Urban Development" for "Housing and Home Finance Administrator" and "Secretary" for "Administrator" wherever appearing, and struck out provision for preparation of official seal and judicial notice thereof.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 90–19, §5(d)(8), (9), substituted "Secretary of Housing and Urban Development and the Federal Home Loan Bank Board" for "Housing and Home Finance Administrator, the Home Loan Bank Board" where it first appears and "Federal Home Loan Bank Board" for "Home Loan Bank Board, the Federal Housing Commissioner, and the Public Housing Commissioner".
Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 90–19, §5(d)(10), (11), substituted "Secretary of Housing and Urban Development and the Federal Home Loan Bank Board" and "such officer or agency" for "Housing and Home Finance Administrator, the Home Loan Bank Board, the Federal Housing Commissioner, and the Public Housing Commissioner" and "said officers or agencies".
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 90–19, §5(d)(12), (13), substituted "Secretary of Housing and Urban Development may utilize funds made available to him" for "Housing and Home Finance Administrator, the Federal Housing Commissioner and the Public Housing Commissioner, respectively, may utilize funds made available to them" and struck out "of the respective agencies" after "librarians".
1961—Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 87–70, §909(1), struck out provisions which made section 5 of title 41 inapplicable to any purchase or contract by officers (or their agencies) for services or supplies if the amount thereof does not exceed $300.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 87–70, §909(2), added subsec. (d).
1950—Act Apr. 20, 1950, amended third sentence of subsec. (a) to authorize the Administrator to permit redelegation of functions and powers which he had delegated previously to officers, agents, and employees but this does not relieve him of any final responsibility, and inserted "or pay" after "reimburse" in subsec. (c)(2).
1949—Subsec. (a). Act Oct. 28, 1949, substituted "Classification Act of 1949" for "Classification Act of 1923".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 351 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 906 of Title 2, The Congress.
Repeals
Act Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed (subject to a savings clause) by Pub. L. 89–554, Sept. 6, 1966, §8, 80 Stat. 632, 655.
Transfer of Functions
Federal Home Loan Bank Board abolished and functions transferred, see sections 401 to 406 of Pub. L. 101–73, set out as a note under section 1437 of this title.
Annual Report on Areas of Program Administration and Management Which Require Improvement
Pub. L. 90–448, §5, Aug. 1, 1968, 82 Stat. 477, as amended by Pub. L. 91–609, title IX, §918, Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1816, directed Secretary to report annually to Committees on Banking and Currency of House and Senate, identifying specific areas of program administration and management which require improvement, describing actions taken and proposed, and recommendations for legislation, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 93–608, §1(9), Jan. 2, 1975, 88 Stat. 1968.
Executive Documents
Executive Order No. 11196
Ex. Ord. No. 11196, Feb. 2, 1965, 30 F.R. 1171, which delegated functions to Housing and Home Finance Administrator, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12553, Feb. 25, 1986, 51 F.R. 7237.
Emergency Preparedness Functions
For assignment of certain emergency preparedness functions to Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, see Parts 1, 2, and 9 of Ex. Ord. No. 12656, Nov. 18, 1988, 53 F.R. 47491, set out as a note under section 5195 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
1 So in original. Probably should refer to the Federal Housing Finance Agency.
§1701c–1. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, act June 24, 1954, ch. 359, title I, §101, 68 Stat. 283, provided for promotion of economy, efficiency and fidelity in operations of Housing and Home Finance Agency by its Administrator, on and after June 24, 1954, under Reorg. Plan No. 3 of 1947, eff. July 27, 1947, 12 F.R. 4981, 61 Stat. 954, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, through assignment and reassignment of functions, reorganizations, and reallocation and transfers of administrative expense funds and authority. Functions, powers, and duties of such agency, its head and other officers were transferred to and vested in the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development by Pub. L. 89–174, §5, Sept. 9, 1965, 79 Stat. 669, classified to section 3534 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
§1701d. Repealed. Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 655
Section, acts Aug. 10, 1948, ch. 832, title V, §501(a), 62 Stat. 1283; Oct. 15, 1949, ch. 695, §3, 63 Stat. 880, provided for compensation of Housing and Home Finance Administrator.
§§1701d–1, 1701d–2. Repealed. Pub. L. 90–19, §§6(i), 12(a), May 25, 1967, 81 Stat. 22, 23
Section 1701d–1, act July 15, 1949, ch. 338, title VI, §605, 63 Stat. 440, provided for appointment and duties of a Deputy Housing and Home Finance Administrator, including status of acting Administrator during absence, disability, or vacancy in office.
Section 1701d–2, act Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 783, title I, §113, 69 Stat. 642, prescribed compensation of Community Facilities Commissioner at same rate established for heads of constituent agencies of the Housing and Home Finance Agency. See section 5315 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees. Section was previously repealed by Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 658.
§1701d–3. Repealed. Pub. L. 91–609, title V, §503(3), Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1785
Section, acts Aug. 7, 1956, ch. 1029, title VI, §602, 70 Stat. 1113; May 25, 1967, Pub. L. 90–19, §13(b), 81 Stat. 24; Aug. 12, 1970, Pub. L. 91–375, §6(e), 84 Stat. 776, related to research and provided for: authorization for specific programs; contracts and working agreements, amount of authorization, appropriations, duration of contract, and unexpended balances of appropriations; dissemination of data; acquisition and use of data; and authority of Secretary. See sections 1701z–1 to 1701z–4 of this title.
§1701d–4. Exchange and assembly of housing and urban planning and development data; payment of expenses; acceptance of funds, services, facilities, materials, and other donations; approval of Secretary of State for international programs and activities
(a) The Secretary of Housing and Urban Development may exchange data relating to housing and urban planning and development with other nations and assemble such data from other nations, through participation in international conferences and other means, where such exchange or assembly is deemed by him to be beneficial in carrying out his responsibilities under the Department of Housing and Urban Development Act [42 U.S.C. 3531 et seq.] or other legislation. In carrying out his responsibilities under this subsection the Secretary may—
(1) pay the expenses of participation in activities conducted under authority of this section including, but not limited to, the compensation, travel expenses, and per diem in lieu of subsistence of persons serving in an advisory capacity while away from their homes or regular places of business in connection with attendance at international meetings and conferences, or other travel for the purpose of exchange or assembly of data relating to housing and urban planning and development; but such travel expenses shall not exceed those authorized for regular officers and employees traveling in connection with said activities; and
(2) accept from international organizations, foreign countries, and private nonprofit foundations, funds, services, facilities, materials, and other donations to be utilized jointly in carrying out activities under this section.
(b) International programs and activities carried out by the Secretary under the authority provided in subsection (a) shall be subject to the approval of the Secretary of State for the purpose of assuring that such authority shall be exercised in a manner consistent with the foreign policy of the United States.
(Pub. L. 85–104, title VI, §604, July 12, 1957, 71 Stat. 305; Pub. L. 90–19, §14(b), May 25, 1967, 81 Stat. 24; Pub. L. 90–448, title XVII, §1709, Aug. 1, 1968, 82 Stat. 606.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Department of Housing and Urban Development Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is Pub. L. 89–174, Sept. 9, 1965, 79 Stat. 667, which is classified principally to chapter 44 (§3531 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 3531 of Title 42 and Tables.
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Housing Act of 1957, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
Amendments
1968—Pub. L. 90–448 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted reference to assembly of data from other nations, and authorized payment of expenses of participation in activities conducted under authority of this section, and acceptance from international organizations, foreign countries, and private nonprofit foundations of funds, services, facilities, materials and other donations to be utilized jointly, and added subsec. (b).
1967—Pub. L. 90–19 substituted "Secretary of Housing and Urban Development" and "Department of Housing and Urban Development" for "Housing and Home Finance Administrator" and "Housing and Home Finance Agency", respectively.
§§1701e, 1701f. Repealed. Pub. L. 91–609, title V, §503(1), Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1785
Section 1701e, acts Aug. 10, 1948, ch. 832, title III, §301, 62 Stat. 1276; July 15, 1949, ch. 338, title IV, §401, 63 Stat. 431; May 25, 1967, Pub. L. 90–19, §5(a), 81 Stat. 20; Aug. 12, 1970, Pub. L. 91–375, §6(f), 84 Stat. 776, related to development and promotion by Secretary of new housing construction techniques, materials, and methods, and provided for: improvement and standardization of building codes, contracts for research and studies, publications, and consolidation of functions and activities; reports to President and Congress on urban and rural nonfarm needs; and surveys and plans by local communities and cooperation by Federal agencies. See sections 1701z–1 to 1701z–4 of this title.
Section 1701f, acts Aug. 10, 1948, ch. 832, title III, §302, 62 Stat. 1276; July 15, 1949, ch. 338, title IV, §401, 63 Stat. 431; May 25, 1967, Pub. L. 90–19, §5(b), 81 Stat. 21, provided for utilization of other Federal agencies; cooperative studies with industry, labor, etc.; and exercise of powers by Secretary. See sections 1701z–1 to 1701z–4 of this title.
§1701f–1. Repealed. Pub. L. 90–19, §5(c), May 25, 1967, 81 Stat. 21
Section, act Aug. 10, 1948, ch. 832, title III, §304, as added July 15, 1949, ch. 338, title IV, §401, 63 Stat. 431, provided for appointment, powers, and compensation of a Director. Section was previously repealed by Pub. L. 89–534, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 655.
§§1701g to 1701g–3. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Sections 1701g to 1701g–3 were from sections 102 to 102c of the Housing Act of 1948, and provided for loans to aid production and distribution of prefabricated housing; provided for loans to assure maintenance of industrial capacity for production of such homes for national defense; provided for the powers of the Housing and Home Finance Administrator; and included mobile or portable houses within the term "prefabricated houses". Authority for issuance of section 1701g obligations under section 1(4) of Reorg. Plan No. 23 of 1950 as terminating June 30, 1954, see section 1701g–5 of this title. Authority to make or purchase section 1701g–1 loans or obligations as terminating July 31, 1954, see section 1591c of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Section 1701g, act Aug. 10, 1948, ch. 832, title I, §102, 62 Stat. 1275, amended Sept. 1, 1951, ch. 378, title V, §501, 65 Stat. 311.
Section 1701g–1, act Aug. 10, 1948, ch. 832, title I, §102a, added Sept. 1, 1951, ch. 378, title V, §502, 65 Stat. 312.
Section 1701g–2, act Aug. 10, 1948, ch. 832, title I, §102b, added Sept. 1, 1951, ch. 378, title V, §502, 65 Stat. 312; amended July 14, 1952, ch. 723, §10(e), 66 Stat. 604.
Section 1701g–3, act Aug. 10, 1948, ch. 832, title I, §102c, added Sept. 1, 1951, ch. 378, title V, §502, 65 Stat. 312.
§1701g–4. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section, which placed restrictions on loans, was from the Independent Offices Appropriation Act, 1953, act July 5, 1952, ch. 578, title III, §301, 66 Stat. 415, and was not repeated in subsequent appropriation acts.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Similar Provisions
Similar provisions were contained in Aug. 31, 1951, ch. 376, title IV, §401, 65 Stat. 287.
§1701g–5. Revolving fund in connection with liquidating programs
There is established as of June 30, 1954, a revolving fund, and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development is authorized to credit said fund with all moneys hereafter obtained or now held by him or by any constituent agency of the Department of Housing and Urban Development or any other official thereof, and to account under said fund for all assets and liabilities, in connection with (1) community facilities provided or assisted under title II of the Lanham Act, as amended [42 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.], or under title III of the Defense Housing and Community Facilities and Services Act of 1951, as amended [42 U.S.C. 1592 et seq.]; (2) loans or advances made pursuant to title V of the War Mobilization and Reconversion Act of 1944 (58 Stat. 791), or the Act of October 13, 1949; (3) functions transferred under Reorganization Plan No. 23 of 1950, or authorized under sections 102, 102a, 102b, and 102c of the Housing Act of 1948, as amended [12 U.S.C. 1701g to 1701g–3]; (4) notes or other obligations purchased pursuant to the Alaska Housing Act, as amended (48 U.S.C. 484(a)); (5) subsistence homesteads and greentowns (Acts of June 29, 1936, 49 Stat. 2035, and May 19, 1949, 63 Stat. 68); (6) public war housing under title I of the Lanham Act, as amended [42 U.S.C. 1521 et seq.], and defense housing under title III of the Defense Housing and Community Facilities and Services Act of 1951, as amended [42 U.S.C. 1592 et seq.]; and (7) veterans' re-use housing under title V of the Lanham Act, as amended [42 U.S.C. 1571 et seq.]: Provided, That said fund shall be available for all necessary expenses (including administrative expenses) in connection with the liquidation of the programs carried out pursuant to the foregoing provisions of law, including operation, maintenance, improvement, or disposition of facilities, and for disbursements pursuant to outstanding commitments against moneys herein authorized to be credited to said fund, repayment of obligations to the Treasury, and refinancing and refunding operations on existing loans: Provided further, That any amount in said fund which is determined to be in excess of requirements for the purposes hereof shall be declared and paid as liquidating dividends to the Treasury not less often than annually: Provided further, That after June 24, 1954, no additional notes or obligations shall be purchased from funds appropriated pursuant to the Alaska Housing Act, as amended (48 U.S.C. 484(d)), except for the furtherance or refinancing of an existing loan: Provided further, That except for extensions, or refinancing, of existing obligations the authority to issue obligations to the Secretary of the Treasury under section 1(4) of Reorganization Plan No. 23 of 1950, shall terminate on June 30, 1954.
(June 24, 1954, ch. 359, title II, §201, 68 Stat. 295.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Lanham Act, as amended, referred to in cls. (1), (6), and (7), is act Oct. 14, 1940, ch. 862, 54 Stat. 1125, known as the Lanham Public War Housing Act. Title I of the Lanham Act is classified generally to subchapter II (§1521 et seq.) of chapter 9 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. Titles II and V of the Lanham Act were classified to subchapters III (§1531 et seq.) and VI (§1571 et seq.), respectively, of chapter 9 of Title 42, and were omitted from the Code. For further details, see References in Text note set out under section 1522 of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1501 of Title 42 and Tables.
The Defense Housing and Community Facilities and Services Act, as amended, referred to in cls. (1) and (6), is act Sept. 1, 1951, ch. 378, 65 Stat. 293. Title III of the Act is classified generally to subchapter IX (§1592 et seq.) of chapter 9 of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1951 Amendment note set out under section 1501 of Title 42 and Tables.
The War Mobilization and Reconversion Act of 1944, referred to in cl. (2), is act Oct. 3, 1944, ch. 480, 58 Stat. 785, which was classified to section 1651 et seq. of the former Appendix to Title 50, War and National Defense, and which has been omitted from the Code. Title V of the War Mobilization and Reconversion Act of 1944 was classified to section 1671 of the former Appendix to Title 50. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Act of October 13, 1949, referred to in cl. (2), is act Oct. 13, 1949, ch. 685, 63 Stat. 841, which was classified generally to subchapter I (§451 et seq.) of chapter 9 of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works. Sections 1–5, 7, and 8 of the Act were repealed by Pub. L. 107–217, §6(b), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1304. Section 6 of the Act was repealed by act Aug. 2, 1954, ch. 649, title VIII, §802(b), 68 Stat. 642. See section 1701o of this title.
Reorganization Plan No. 23 of 1950, referred to in cl. (3) and in the last proviso, is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
The Alaska Housing Act, as amended, referred to in cl. (3) and in the third proviso, is act Apr. 23, 1949, ch. 89, 63 Stat. 57, which was classified principally to sections 484 to 484d of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions and was omitted from the Code, except for section 2(a) of the Act, which added section 214 to the National Housing Act and which is classified to section 1715d of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Act June 29, 1936, 49 Stat. 2035, referred to in cl. (5), which related to resettlement or rural rehabilitation projects, and which was classified to sections 431 to 434 of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, was repealed by act Aug. 14, 1946, ch. 964, §2(a)(1), 60 Stat. 1062. See chapter 50 (§1921 et seq.) of Title 7, Agriculture.
Act May 19, 1949, 63 Stat. 68, referred to in cl. (5), authorized the sale, without competitive bidding, of certain resettlement projects in Maryland, Wisconsin, and Ohio, and was not classified to the Code.
Codification
Section was enacted as a part of title II of the Independent Offices Appropriation Act, 1955, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
The third and last provisos contained in the original have been omitted from this section. Those provisos contained limitations on amounts available during fiscal year 1955 for certain administrative and other expenses. Similar or related limitations were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Oct. 17, 1975, Pub. L. 94–116, title I, 89 Stat. 583.
Sept. 6, 1974, Pub. L. 93–414, title I, 88 Stat. 1096.
Oct. 26, 1973, Pub. L. 93–137, title I, 87 Stat. 492.
Aug. 14, 1972, Pub. L. 92–383, title I, 86 Stat. 541.
Aug. 10, 1971, Pub. L. 92–78, title I, 85 Stat. 273.
Dec. 17, 1970, Pub. L. 91–556, title IV, 84 Stat. 1462.
Nov. 16, 1969, Pub. L. 91–126, title III, 83 Stat. 241.
Oct. 4, 1968, Pub. L. 90–550, title III, 82 Stat. 955.
Nov. 3, 1967, Pub. L. 90–121, title II, 81 Stat. 359.
Sept. 6, 1966, Pub. L. 89–555, title II, 80 Stat. 686.
Aug. 16, 1965, Pub. L. 89–128, title II, 79 Stat. 541.
Aug. 30, 1964, Pub. L. 88–507, title II, 78 Stat. 664.
Dec. 19, 1963, Pub. L. 88–215, title II, 77 Stat. 446.
Oct. 3, 1962, Pub. L. 87–741, title II, 76 Stat. 738.
Aug. 17, 1961, Pub. L. 87–141, title II, 75 Stat. 362.
July 12, 1960, Pub. L. 86–626, title II, 74 Stat. 443.
Sept. 14, 1959, Pub. L. 86–255, title II, 73 Stat. 516.
Aug. 28, 1958, Pub. L. 85–844, title II, 72 Stat. 1080.
June 29, 1957, Pub. L. 85–69, title II, 71 Stat. 240.
June 27, 1956, ch. 452, title II, 70 Stat. 354.
May 19, 1956, ch. 313, Ch. V, 70 Stat. 166.
June 30, 1955, ch. 244, title II, 69 Stat. 213.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Transfer of Functions
Functions of Housing and Home Finance Agency and Administrator thereof transferred to Secretary of Housing and Urban Development by section 5(a) of Department of Housing and Urban Development Act (Pub. L. 89–174, Sept. 9, 1965, 79 Stat. 669) which is classified to section 3534(a) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
§1701g–5a. Transfer of New Communities Fund assets and liabilities
The Secretary shall transfer all assets and liabilities of the fund established pursuant to section 717 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1970, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4518), to the Revolving fund (liquidating programs) established pursuant to title II of the Independent Offices Appropriation Act, 1955, as amended (12 U.S.C. 1701g–5).
(Pub. L. 98–45, title I, §101, July 12, 1983, 97 Stat. 223.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 717 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1970, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4518), referred to in text, was repealed by Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title IV, §474(e)], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1239, but remaining in effect until completion of the transfer required in title I of the Department of Housing and Urban Development-Independent Agencies Appropriation Act, 1984.
The Independent Offices Appropriation Act, 1955, as amended, referred to in text, is act June 24, 1954, ch. 359, 68 Stat. 272. Provisions of title II of this Act relating to the establishment of the revolving fund (liquidating programs) are classified to section 1701g–5 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Department of Housing and Urban Development-Independent Agencies Appropriation Act, 1984, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
§1701g–5b. Liquidation of New Communities Program; cancellation of debt
(a) Law applicable
In order to provide for the management and orderly liquidation of the assets, and discharge the liabilities, acquired or incurred in connection with the new communities program authorized pursuant to title IV of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 [42 U.S.C. 3901 et seq.] and title VII of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1970 [42 U.S.C. 4501 et seq.] (hereafter referred to in this section as "title IV" and "title VII", respectively), the liquidation of the new communities program shall be carried out pursuant to the provisions of law applicable to the revolving fund (liquidating programs) established pursuant to title II of the Independent Offices Appropriations Act, 1955 [12 U.S.C. 1701g–5], upon the transfer by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development (hereafter in this section referred to as the "Secretary") of the assets and liabilities of the fund authorized under section 717 of title VII [42 U.S.C. 4518] to such revolving fund, as required in title I of the Department of Housing and Urban Development-Independent Agencies Appropriation Act, 1984 [12 U.S.C. 1701g–5a]. The Secretary shall report to the Congress not less than sixty days prior to taking any action with respect to the disposition of real property (other than a purchase money mortgage) which involves any further potential liability of or assistance from the Department of Housing and Urban Development with respect to any property so transferred.
(b) Availability of revolving fund moneys for administrative and other expenses
In carrying out the purposes of subsection (a), all moneys in the revolving fund (liquidating programs) shall be available for necessary administrative and other expenses of servicing and liquidating obligations guaranteed pursuant to section 403 and section 713 of title IV and title VII, respectively [42 U.S.C. 3902, 4514], including costs of services (including legal services) performed on a contract or fee basis, and to discharge any other liability acquired or incurred in connection with the new communities program. Notwithstanding any other provision of law relating to the acquisition, handling, improvement, or disposal of real and other property by the United States, the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development shall also have power, for the protection of the interests of the revolving fund (liquidating programs), to pay out of any moneys in such fund all expenses or charges in connection with the acquisition, handling, improvement, or disposal of any property, real or personal, acquired by the Secretary either prior or subsequent to November 30, 1983, as a result of recoveries under security, subrogation, or other rights in connection with the new communities program.
(c) Issuance of obligations to Secretary of the Treasury
After making the transfer required in title I of the Department of Housing and Urban Development-Independent Agencies Appropriation Act, 1984 [12 U.S.C. 1701g–5a], the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development may issue obligations to the Secretary of the Treasury in an amount sufficient to enable the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development to satisfy any guarantee made pursuant to section 403 or 713 of title IV or title VII, respectively [42 U.S.C. 3902, 4514], and otherwise carry out the functions authorized by this section. The obligations issued under this subsection shall have such maturities and bear such rate or rates of interest as shall be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to purchase any obligations so issued, and for that purpose the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to use as a public debt transaction the proceeds from the sale of any securities issued under chapter 31 of title 31, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under such chapter are extended to include purchases of obligations issued under this subsection.
(d) Cancellation of obligations
Upon the transfer required in title I of the Department of Housing and Urban Development-Independent Agencies Appropriation Act, 1984 [12 U.S.C. 1701g–5a], each obligation issued by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development to the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to section 407(a) or 717(b) of title IV or title VII, respectively [42 U.S.C. 3906(a), 4518(b)], together with any promise to repay the principal and unpaid interest which has accrued on each obligation, and any other term or condition specified by each such obligation, is canceled.
(Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title IV, §474(a)–(d)], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1238, 1239.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, referred to in subsec. (a), is Pub. L. 90–448, Aug. 1, 1968, 82 Stat. 476. Title IV of the Housing and Urban Development Act, which was classified to chapter 48 (§3901 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, was repealed, with certain exceptions which were omitted from the Code, by Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title IV, §474(e)], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1239. Sections 403 and 407 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 were classified to sections 3902 and 3906, respectively, of Title 42, and were repealed by section 474(e) of Pub. L. 98–181. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1968 Amendment note set out under section 1701 of this title and Tables.
The Housing and Urban Development Act of 1970, referred to in subsec. (a), is Pub. L. 91–609, Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1770. Title VII of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1970, known as the Urban Growth and New Community Development Act of 1970, is classified principally to chapter 59 (§4501 et seq.) of Title 42. Sections 713 and 717 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1970 were classified to sections 4514 and 4518, respectively, of Title 42, and were repealed by Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title IV, §474(e)], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1239. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1970 Amendment note set out under section 1701 of this title and Tables.
The Independent Offices Appropriation Act, 1955, referred to in subsec. (a), is act June 24, 1954, ch. 359, 68 Stat. 272. Provisions of title II of this Act relating to the establishment of the revolving fund (liquidating programs) are classified to section 1701g–5 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
The Department of Housing and Urban Development-Independent Agencies Appropriation Act, 1984, referred to in subsecs. (a), (c), and (d), is Pub. L. 98–45, July 12, 1983, 97 Stat. 219. Provisions of title I of this Act requiring the transfer of assets and liabilities to the revolving fund (liquidating programs) are classified to section 1701g–5a of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Housing and Urban-Rural Recovery Act of 1983 and also as part of the Domestic Housing and International Recovery and Financial Stability Act, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
§1701g–5c. Transfer of rehabilitation loan fund assets and liabilities
Notwithstanding section 289(c) of the Cranston-Gonzalez National Affordable Housing Act (Public Law 101–625), the assets and liabilities of the revolving fund established by section 1452b 1 of title 42, and any collections, including repayments or recaptured amounts, of such fund shall be transferred to and merged with the Revolving Fund (liquidating programs), established pursuant to title II of the Independent Offices Appropriation Act, 1955, as amended (12 U.S.C. 1701g–5), effective October 1, 1991.
(Pub. L. 102–139, title II, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 752.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Section 289(c) of the Cranston-Gonzalez National Affordable Housing Act (Pub. L. 101–625), referred to in text, is not classified to the Code.
Section 1452b of title 42, referred to in text, was repealed by Pub. L. 101–625, title II, §289(b), Nov. 28, 1990, 104 Stat. 4128.
The Independent Offices Appropriation Act, 1955, as amended, referred to in text, is act June 24, 1954, ch. 359, 68 Stat. 272. Provisions of title II of this Act relating to the establishment of the revolving fund (liquidating programs) are classified to section 1701g–5 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Departments of Veterans Affairs and Housing and Urban Development, and Independent Agencies Appropriations Act, 1992, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
1 See References in Text note below.
§1701h. Advisory committees; payment of transportation and other expenses
The Secretary of Housing and Urban Development is authorized to establish such advisory committee or committees as he may deem necessary in carrying out any of his functions, powers, and duties under this or any other Act or authorization. Persons serving without compensation as members of any such committee may be paid transportation expenses and not to exceed $25 per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by section 5703 of title 5.
(July 15, 1949, ch. 338, title VI, §601, 63 Stat. 439; Aug. 2, 1954, ch. 649, title VIII, §807, 68 Stat. 645; Pub. L. 89–117, title XI, §1106, Aug. 10, 1965, 79 Stat. 503; Pub. L. 90–19, §6(h), May 25, 1967, 81 Stat. 22; Pub. L. 98–479, title II, §202(c), Oct. 17, 1984, 98 Stat. 2228.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
This Act, referred to in text, is act July 15, 1949, ch. 338, 63 Stat. 413, known as the Housing Act of 1949, which is classified principally to chapter 8A (§1441 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1441 of Title 42 and Tables.
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Housing Act of 1949, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
Amendments
1984—Pub. L. 98–479 substituted "section 5703 of title 5" for "section 5 of the Act of August 2, 1946 (5 U.S.C. 73b–2)".
1967—Pub. L. 90–19 substituted "The Secretary of Housing and Urban Development" and "he" for "The Housing and Home Finance Administrator and the head of each constituent agency of the Housing and Home Finance Agency" and "each", respectively.
1965—Pub. L. 89–117 struck out provision that declared inapplicable the conflict-of-interest statutes in the case of members of advisory committees.
1954—Act Aug. 2, 1954, permitted heads of constituent agencies of the Housing and Home Finance Agency to establish advisory committees, inserted provisions relating to inapplicability of the conflict-of-interest statutes with respect to committee members serving without compensation, and inserted provisions relating to payment of expenses.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Termination of Advisory Committees
Advisory committees in existence on Jan. 5, 1973, to terminate not later than the expiration of the 2-year period following Jan. 5, 1973, unless, in the case of a committee established by the President or an officer of the Federal Government, such committee is renewed by appropriate action prior to the expiration of such 2-year period, or in the case of a committee established by the Congress, its duration is otherwise provided by law. See section 1013 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Executive Documents
Ex. Ord. No. 10486. Advisory Committee on Government Housing Policies and Programs
Ex. Ord. No. 10486, Sept. 12, 1953, 18 F.R. 5561, provided:
1. There shall be established the Advisory Committee on Government Housing Policies and Programs.
2. The Committee shall make, or cause to be made, studies and surveys of the housing policies and programs of the Government and the organization within the Executive Branch for the administration of such policies and programs, and shall advise the Housing and Home Finance Administrator and the President with respect thereto.
3. The Housing and Home Finance Administrator shall serve as the Chairman of the Committee, and the other members of the Committee shall be appointed pursuant to the provisions of this Executive Order and Section 601 of the Housing Act of 1949 (63 Stat. 439) [this section].
4. To work directly with the Housing and Home Finance Administrator in the task of directing specific studies and surveys and developing concrete recommendations, there shall be in the Committee an Executive Committee, consisting of members of the Committee designated for such purpose, and the Housing and Home Finance Administrator shall serve as the Chairman of such Executive Committee.
5. Administrative expenses in connection with the work of the Committee, including expenses of advisers and consultants appointed by the Chairman in connection therewith, shall, upon authorization therefor by the Chairman or his delegate, be paid pursuant to the authority therefor under the heading, "Housing and Home Finance Agency, Office of the Administrator" in the Supplemental Appropriation Act, 1954 (Public Law 207, Eighty-third Congress, approved August 7, 1953).
Dwight D. Eisenhower.
§1701h–1. Housing for elderly persons advisory committee
The Secretary of Housing and Urban Development shall establish, in accordance with the provisions of section 1701h of this title, an advisory committee on matters relating to housing for elderly persons.
(Aug. 7, 1956, ch. 1029, title I, §104(d), 70 Stat. 1093; Pub. L. 90–19, §13(a), May 25, 1967, 81 Stat. 24.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Housing Act of 1956, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
Amendments
1967—Pub. L. 90–19 substituted "Secretary of Housing and Urban Development" for "Housing and Home Finance Administrator".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Termination of Advisory Committees
Advisory committees in existence on Jan. 5, 1973, to terminate not later than the expiration of the 2-year period following Jan. 5, 1973, unless, in the case of a committee established by the President or an officer of the Federal Government, such committee is renewed by appropriate action prior to the expiration of such 2-year period, or in the case of a committee established by the Congress, its duration is otherwise provided for by law. See section 1013 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
§§1701i, 1701i–1. Omitted
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section 1701i, act July 15, 1949, ch. 338, title VI, §603, 63 Stat. 440; 1953 Reorg. Plan No. 1, §5, eff. Apr. 11, 1953, 18 F.R. 2053, 67 Stat. 631, included the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare or their designees in the membership of the National Housing Council of the Housing and Home Finance Agency.
Section 1701i–1, act Sept. 1, 1951, ch. 378, title VI, §615, 65 Stat. 317, included the Secretary of Defense or his designee and excluded the Chairman of Board of Directors of Reconstruction Finance Corporation or his designee from National Housing Council membership.
§1701j. Repealed. Aug. 2, 1954, ch. 649, title VIII, §813, 68 Stat. 647
Section, acts Apr. 20, 1950, ch. 94, title V, §504, 64 Stat. 81; Sept. 1, 1951, ch. 378, title VI, §613(a), 65 Stat. 316; June 30, 1953, ch. 170, §23, 67 Stat. 127, related to control of charges and fees, imposed by lenders upon builders and purchasers in connection with home loans, by the Federal Housing Commissioner and the Administrator of Veterans' Affairs.
§1701j–1. Builder's certification as to construction
(a) Warranty requirements
The Secretary of Housing and Urban Development is authorized and directed to require that, in connection with any property upon which there is located a dwelling designed principally for not more than a four-family residence and which is approved for mortgage insurance prior to the beginning of construction, the seller or builder, and such other person as may be required by the said Secretary to become warrantor, shall deliver to the purchaser or owner of such property a warranty that the dwelling is constructed in substantial conformity with the plans and specifications (including any amendments thereof, or changes and variations therein, which have been approved in writing by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development) on which the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development based his valuation of the dwelling: Provided, That the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development shall deliver to the builder, seller, or other warrantor his written approval (which shall be conclusive evidence of such approval) of any amendment of, or change or variation in, such plans and specifications which the Secretary deems to be a substantial amendment thereof, or change or variation therein, and shall file a copy of such written approval with such plans and specifications: Provided further, That such warranty shall apply only with respect to such instances of substantial nonconformity to such approved plans and specifications (including any amendments thereof, or changes or variations therein, which have been approved in writing, as provided herein, by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development) as to which the purchaser or homeowner has given written notice to the warrantor within one year from the date of conveyance of title to, or initial occupancy of, the dwelling, whichever first occurs: Provided further, That such warranty shall be in addition to, and not in derogation of, all other rights and privileges which such purchaser or owner may have under any other law or instrument: And provided further, That the provisions of this section shall apply to any such property covered by a mortgage insured by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development on and after October 1, 1954, unless such mortgage is insured pursuant to a commitment therefor made prior to October 1, 1954.
(b) Availability of plans and specifications
The Secretary of Housing and Urban Development is further directed to permit copies of the plans and specifications (including written approvals of any amendments thereof, or changes or variations therein, as provided herein) for dwellings in connection with which warranties are required by subsection (a) of this section to be made available in their appropriate local offices for inspection or for copying by any purchaser, homeowner, or warrantor during such hours or periods of time as the said Secretary may determine to be reasonable.
(Aug. 2, 1954, ch. 649, title VIII, §801, 68 Stat. 642; Pub. L. 85–857, §13(s)(2), Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1266; Pub. L. 90–19, §10(e), May 25, 1967, 81 Stat. 22.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Housing Act of 1954, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
Amendments
1967—Subsecs. (a), (b). Pub. L. 90–19 substituted "Secretary of Housing and Urban Development" and "Secretary" for "Federal Housing Commissioner" and "Commissioner", respectively.
1958—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 85–857 struck out provisions that related to Administrator of Veterans' Affairs and to mortgages guaranteed by him.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 85–857 struck out provisions that related to Administrator of Veterans' Affairs.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1958 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 85–857 effective Jan. 1, 1959, see section 2 of Pub. L. 85–857, set out as an Effective Date note preceding part 1 of Title 38, Veterans' Benefits.
Study Regarding Home Warranty Plans
Pub. L. 102–550, title V, §514, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3789, directed Secretary of Housing and Urban Development to conduct a study of home and builder's warranties and protection plans regarding construction of, and materials used in, 1- to 4-family dwellings subject to mortgages insured under title II of the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1707 et seq.), and submit a report to Congress regarding findings of the study and any recommendations of the Secretary resulting from the study, not later than the expiration of the 12-month period beginning on Oct. 28, 1992.
§1701j–2. National Institute of Building Sciences
(a) Congressional findings and declaration of purpose
(1) The Congress finds (A) that the lack of an authoritative national source to make findings and to advise both the public and private sectors of the economy with respect to the use of building science and technology in achieving nationally acceptable standards and other technical provision for use in Federal, State, and local housing and building regulations is an obstacle to efforts by and imposes severe burdens upon all those who procure, design, construct, use, operate, maintain, and retire physical facilities, and frequently results in the failure to take full advantage of new and useful developments in technology which could improve our living environment; (B) that the establishment of model buildings codes or of a single national building code will not completely resolve the problem because of the difficulty at all levels of government in updating their housing and building regulations to reflect new developments in technology, as well as the irregularities and inconsistencies which arise in applying such requirements to particular localities or special local conditions; (C) that the lack of uniform housing and building regulatory provisions increases the costs of construction and thereby reduces the amount of housing and other community facilities which can be provided; and (D) that the existence of a single authoritative nationally recognized institution to provide for the evaluation of new technology could facilitate introduction of such innovations and their acceptance at the Federal, State, and local levels.
(2) The Congress further finds, however, that while an authoritative source of technical findings is needed, various private organizations and institutions, private industry, labor, and Federal and other governmental agencies and entities are presently engaged in building research, technology development, testing, and evaluation, standards and model code development and promulgation, and information dissemination. These existing activities should be encouraged and these capabilities effectively utilized wherever possible and appropriate to the purposes of this section.
(3) The Congress declares that an authoritative nongovernmental instrument needs to be created to address the problems and issues described in paragraph (1), that the creation of such an instrument should be initiated by the Government, with the advice and assistance of the National Academy of Sciences-National Academy of Engineering-National Research Council (hereinafter referred to as the "Academies-Research Council") and of the various sectors of the building community, including labor and management, technical experts in building science and technology, and the various levels of government.
(b) Establishment; advice and assistance of Academies-Research Council and other agencies and organizations knowledgeable in building technology
(1) There is authorized to be established, for the purposes described in subsection (a)(3), an appropriate nonprofit, nongovernmental instrument to be known as the National Institute of Building Sciences (hereinafter referred to as the "Institute"), which shall not be an agency or establishment of the United States Government. The Institute shall be subject to the provisions of this section and, to the extent consistent with this section, to a charter of the Congress if such a charter is requested and issued or to the District of Columbia Nonprofit Corporation Act if that is deemed preferable.
(2) The Academies-Research Council, along with other agencies and organizations which are knowledgeable in the field of building technology, shall advise and assist in (A) the establishment of the Institute; (B) the development of an organizational framework to encourage and provide for the maximum feasible participation of public and private scientific, technical, and financial organizations, institutions, and agencies now engaged in activities pertinent to the development, promulgation, and maintenance of performance criteria, standards, and other technical provisions for building codes and other regulations; and (C) the promulgation of appropriate organizational rules and procedures including those for the selection and operation of a technical staff, such rules and procedures to be based upon the primary object of promoting the public interest and insuring that the widest possible variety of interests and experience essential to the functions of the Institute are represented in the Institute's operations. Recommendations of the Academies-Research Council shall be based upon consultations with and recommendations from various private organizations and institutions, labor, private industry, and governmental agencies entities operating in the field, and the Consultative Council as provided for under subsection (c)(8).
(3) Nothing in this section shall be construed as expressing the intent of the Congress that the Academies-Research Council itself be required to assume any function or operation vested in the Institute by or under this section.
(c) Board of Directors; number; appointment; membership; terms of office; vacancies; appointment, etc., of Chairman and Vice Chairman; employees of United States; travel and subsistence expenses; appointment and compensation of president and other executive officers and employees; establishment, membership, and functions of Consultative Council
(1) The Institute shall have a Board of Directors (hereinafter referred to as the "Board") consisting of not less than fifteen nor more than twenty-one members, appointed by the President of the United States by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The Board shall be representative of the various segments of the building community, of the various regions of the country, and of the consumers who are or would be affected by actions taken in the exercise of the functions and responsibilities of the Institute, and shall include (A) representatives of the construction industry, including representatives of construction labor organizations, product manufacturers, and builders, housing management experts, and experts in building standards, codes, and fire safety, and (B) members representative of the public interest in such numbers as may be necessary to assure that a majority of the members of the Board represent the public interest and that there is adequate consideration by the Institute of consumer interests in the exercise of its functions and responsibilities. Those representing the public interest on the Board shall include architects, professional engineers, officials of Federal, State, and local agencies, and representatives of consumer organizations. Such members of the Board shall hold no financial interest or membership in, nor be employed by, or receive other compensation from, any company, association, or other group associated with the manufacture, distribution, installation, or maintenance of specialized building products, equipment, systems, subsystems, or other construction materials and techniques for which there are available substitutes.
(2) The members of the initial Board shall serve as incorporators and shall take whatever actions are necessary to establish the Institute as provided for under subsection (b)(1).
(3) The term of office of each member of the initial and succeeding Boards shall be three years; except that (A) any member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration of the term for which his predecessor was appointed shall be appointed for the remainder of such term; and (B) the terms of office of members first taking office shall begin on the date of incorporation and shall expire, as designated at the time of their appointment, one-third at the end of one year, one-third at the end of two years, and one-third at the end of three years. No member shall be eligible to serve in excess of three consecutive terms of three years each. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this subsection, a member whose term has expired may serve until his successor has qualified.
(4) Any vacancy in the initial and succeeding Boards shall not affect its power, but shall be filled in the manner in which the original appointments were made, or, after the first five years of operation, as provided for by the organizational rules and procedures of the Institute; except that, notwithstanding any such rules and procedures as may be adopted by the Institute, the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint, as representative of the public interest, two of the members of the Board of Directors selected each year for terms commencing in that year.
(5) The President shall designate one of the members appointed to the initial Board as Chairman; thereafter, the members of the initial and succeeding Boards shall annually elect one of their number as Chairman. The members of the Board shall also elect one or more of their Members as Vice Chairman. Terms of the Chairman and Vice Chairman shall be for one year and no individual shall serve as Chairman or Vice Chairman for more than two consecutive terms.
(6) The members of the initial or succeeding Boards shall not, by reason of such membership, be deemed to be employees of the United States Government. They shall, while attending meetings of the Board or while engaged in duties related to such meetings or in other activities of the Board pursuant to this section, be entitled to receive compensation at the rate of $100 per day including traveltime, and while away from their homes or regular places of business they may be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, equal to that authorized under section 5703 of title 5, for persons in the Government service employed intermittently.
(7) The Institute shall have a president and such other executive officers and employees as may be appointed by the Board at rates of compensation fixed by the Board. No such executive officer or employee may receive any salary or other compensation from any source other than the Institute during the period of his employment by the Institute.
(8) The Institute shall establish, with the advice and assistance of the Academies-Research Council and other agencies and organizations which are knowledgeable in the field of building technology, a Consultative Council, membership in which shall be available to representatives of all appropriate private trade, professional, and labor organizations, private and public standards, code, and testing bodies, public regulatory agencies, and consumer groups, so as to insure a direct line of communication between such groups and the Institute and a vehicle for representative hearings on matters before the Institute.
(d) Financial restrictions and prohibitions
(1) The Institute shall have no power to issue any shares of stock, or to declare or pay any dividends.
(2) No part of the income or assets of the Institute shall inure to the benefit of any director, officer, employee, or other individual except as salary or reasonable compensation for services.
(3) The Institute shall not contribute to or otherwise support any political party or candidate for elective public office.
(e) Exercise of functions and responsibilities
(1) The Institute shall exercise its functions and responsibilities in four general areas, relating to building regulations, as follows:
(A) Development, promulgation, and maintenance of nationally recognized performance criteria, standards, and other technical provisions for maintenance of life, safety, health, and public welfare suitable for adoption by building regulating jurisdictions and agencies, including test methods and other evaluative techniques relating to building systems, subsystems, components, products, and materials with due regard for consumer problems.
(B) Evaluation and prequalification of existing and new building technology in accordance with subparagraph (A).
(C) Conduct of needed investigations in direct support of subparagraphs (A) and (B).
(D) Assembly, storage, and dissemination of technical data and other information directly related to subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C).
(2) The Institute in exercising its functions and responsibilities described in paragraph (1) shall assign and delegate, to the maximum extent possible, responsibility for conducting each of the needed activities described in paragraph (1) to one or more of the private organizations, institutions, agencies, and Federal and other governmental entities with a capacity to exercise or contribute to the exercise of such responsibility, monitor the performance achieved through assignment and delegation, and, when deemed necessary, reassign and delegate such responsibility.
(3) The Institute in exercising its functions and responsibilities under paragraphs (1) and (2) shall (A) give particular attention to the development of methods for encouraging all sectors of the economy to cooperate with the Institute and to accept and use its technical findings, and to accept and use the nationally recognized performance criteria, standards, and other technical provisions developed for use in Federal, State, and local building codes and other regulations which result from the program of the Institute; (B) seek to assure that its actions are coordinated with related requirements which are imposed in connection with community and environmental development generally; and (C) consult with the Department of Justice and other agencies of government to the extent necessary to insure that the national interest is protected and promoted in the exercise of its functions and responsibilities.
(f) Contract and grant authorization; donations; fees; amounts received in addition to amounts appropriated
(1) The Institute is authorized to accept contracts and grants from Federal, State, and local governmental agencies and other entities, and grants and donations from private organizations, institutions, and individuals.
(2) The Institute may, in accordance with rates and schedules established with guidance as provided under subsection (b)(2), establish fees and other charges for services provided by the Institute or under its authorization.
(3) Amounts received by the Institute under this section shall be in addition to any amounts which may be appropriated to provide its initial operating capital under subsection (h).
(g) Technical findings and performance criteria and standards; applicability and use by Federal departments, agencies, and establishments, and State and local governments; supporting grants and contracts
(1) Every department, agency, and establishment of the Federal Government, in carrying out any building or construction, or any building- or construction-related programs, which involves direct expenditures, and in developing technical requirements for any such building or construction, shall be encouraged to accept the technical findings of the Institute, or any nationally recognized performance criteria, standards, and other technical provisions for building regulations brought about by the Institute, which may be applicable.
(2) All projects and programs involving Federal assistance in the form of loans, grants, guarantees, insurance, or technical aid, or in any other form, shall be encouraged to accept, use, and comply with any of the technical findings of the Institute, or any nationally recognized performance criteria, standards, and other technical provisions for building codes and other regulations brought about by the Institute, which may be applicable to the purposes for which the assistance is to be used.
(3) Every department, agency, and establishment of the Federal Government having responsibility for building or construction, or for building- or construction-related programs, is authorized and encouraged to request authorization and appropriations for grants to the Institute for its general support, and is authorized to contract with and accept contracts from the Institute for specific services where deemed appropriate by the responsible Federal official involved.
(4) The Institute shall establish and carry on a specific and continuing program of cooperation with the States and their political subdivisions designed to encourage their acceptance of its technical findings and of nationally recognized performance criteria, standards, and other technical provisions for building regulations brought about by the Institute. Such program shall include (A) efforts to encourage any changes in existing State and local law to utilize or embody such findings and regulatory provisions; and (B) assistance to States in the development of inservice training programs for building officials, and in the establishment of fully staffed and qualified State technical agencies to advise local officials on questions of technical interpretation.
(h) Advanced Building Technology Program
(1) Establishment of Advanced Building Technology Council
There is established within the Institute, the Advanced Building Technology Council (hereafter referred to as the "Council").
(2) Purposes
The Council shall carry out an Advanced Building Technology Program for the purposes of—
(A) identifying, selecting, and evaluating existing and new building technologies, including energy cost savings technologies, that conform to recognized performance criteria and meet applicable test standards for maintenance of life, safety, health, and public welfare when used in occupied buildings;
(B) to the extent necessary, developing criteria for the use of such technology;
(C) conducting economic analyses of proposed new technologies when produced and installed in buildings at volumes associated with comparable conventional technologies;
(D) in cooperation with the appropriate Federal agencies, advising building designers, installers, subcontractors, contractors and supervisory officials on the appropriate design and use of new building technology incorporated in federally owned or operated buildings;
(E) in cooperation with the appropriate Federal agencies, monitoring and evaluating the performance of new building technologies for at least 1 year after installation and building occupancy; and
(F) disseminating resulting data to affected parties through automated information management systems.
(3) Council membership
The Council shall be comprised of not less than 6 and not more than 11 members selected by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development from among representatives of the various segments of the nationwide building community that have extensive experience in building industries, including, but not limited to—
(A) product manufacturers;
(B) experts in the fields of health, fire hazards, and safety; and
(C) independent representatives of the public interest such as architects, professional engineers, and representatives of consumer organizations,
except that serving members of the National Institute of Building Sciences Advisory Council shall not be eligible to serve simultaneously on the Council.
(4) Federal participation
(A) In general
Any agency of the Federal Government involved in any building or construction may participate in the Advanced Building Technology Program with the Council to develop and implement programs to incorporate one or more of the recommended new technologies in a new or existing building within the agency.
(B) Required assurances
Upon agreement between a participating Federal agency and the Council, with respect to the selection of the appropriate technology and the schedule of necessary work, the Council shall—
(i) provide the Federal agency with a 5-year guarantee from the technology manufacturer that—
(I) all necessary corrections to the technology will be made in the design, installation, and maintenance of the technology;
(II) all malfunctions will be repaired without delay; and
(III) the technology manufacturer will be responsible for removal of the technology in the event of its failure to perform as required;
(ii) provide the Federal agency and its officials responsible for constructing or renovating buildings utilizing the new technology, as well as the designers, installers, subcontractors, and contractors responsible for the design, construction, or renovation of the buildings utilizing such technology with the technical information necessary to ensure its most appropriate use,
(iii) in cooperation with the Federal agency, monitor and evaluate the performance of the new technology, and
(iv) prepare reports to be made available to public agencies at all levels of government, the industry, and the public on the performance of the new technology.
(5) Report to the Institute
The Council shall submit to the Institute annually a description of its activities under the Advanced Building Technology Program for inclusion in the Institute's annual report to the Congress under subsection (j).
(i) Authorization of appropriations
There is authorized to be appropriated to the Institute not to exceed $5,000,000 for the fiscal year 1975, and $5,000,000 for the fiscal year 1976, and $5,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1977 and 1978, and any amounts not appropriated in fiscal years 1977 and 1978 may be appropriated in any fiscal year through 1984 (with not more than $500,000 to be appropriated for each of the fiscal years 1982, 1983, and 1984 and with each appropriation to be available until expended), to provide the Institute with initial capital adequate for the exercise of its functions and responsibilities during such years; and thereafter the Institute shall be financially self-sustaining through the means described in subsection (f). In addition to the amounts authorized to be appropriated under the first sentence of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated to the Institute to carry out the provisions of this section not to exceed $512,000 for fiscal year 1991 and $534,000 for fiscal year 1992. Any amount appropriated under the preceding sentence shall be made available for expenditure or obligation by the Institute only to the extent of an equal amount received by the Institute after November 30, 1983, from persons or entities other than the Federal Government.
(j) Annual report to President for transmittal to Congress; contents
The Institute shall submit an annual report for the preceding fiscal year to the President for transmittal to the Congress within sixty days of its receipt. The report shall include a comprehensive and detailed report of the Institute's operations, activities, financial condition, and accomplishments under this section and may include such recommendations as the Institute deems appropriate.
(Pub. L. 93–383, title VIII, §809, Aug. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 729; Pub. L. 94–375, §24, Aug. 3, 1976, 90 Stat. 1078; Pub. L. 95–557, title III, §319, Oct. 31, 1978, 92 Stat. 2101; Pub. L. 97–35, title III, §339E, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 417; Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title IV, §462], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1232; Pub. L. 100–242, title V, §570(f), Feb. 5, 1988, 101 Stat. 1950; Pub. L. 101–625, title IX, §952(a), Nov. 28, 1990, 104 Stat. 4418; Pub. L. 102–550, title IX, §904(a), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3868.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The District of Columbia Nonprofit Corporation Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), is Pub. L. 87–569, Aug. 6, 1962, 76 Stat. 265, which is not classified to the Code.
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
Amendments
1992—Subsecs. (h) to (j). Pub. L. 102–550 added subsec. (h) and redesignated former subsecs. (h) and (i) as (i) and (j), respectively.
1990—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 101–625 amended second sentence generally. Prior to amendment, second sentence read as follows: "In addition to the amounts authorized to be appropriated under the first sentence of this section, there is authorized to be appropriated to the Institute to carry out the provisions of this section not to exceed $250,000 for fiscal year 1984."
1988—Subsec. (g)(4). Pub. L. 100–242, §570(f)(1), substituted "of its" for "and its".
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 100–242, §570(f)(2), substituted "preceding" for "preceeding".
1983—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 98–181 inserted provisions relating to the appropriation of not to exceed $250,000 for fiscal 1984, such amount to be made available for expenditure only to the extent of an equal amount received from persons or entities other than the Federal Government.
1981—Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 97–35, §339E(b), inserted provisions respecting Presidential appointment powers to the Board.
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 97–35, §339E(a), inserted provisions which extended authorization from 1982 to 1984, and enumerated amount for fiscal years 1982, 1983, and 1984.
1978—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 95–557 inserted ", and any amounts not appropriated in fiscal years 1977 and 1978 may be appropriated in any fiscal year through 1982" after "1978".
1976—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 94–375 inserted ", and $5,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1977 and 1978" after "fiscal year 1976".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1981 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–35 effective Oct. 1, 1981, see section 371 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3701 of this title.
National Institute of Building Sciences Trust Fund; Authorization of Appropriations
Pub. L. 98–396, title I, Aug. 22, 1984, 98 Stat. 1384, provided that: "There is appropriated out of funds not otherwise appropriated, the sum of $5,000,000 to a 'National Institute of Building Sciences Trust Fund' which is hereby established in the Treasury of the United States: Provided, That the Secretary shall invest such funds in U.S. Treasury special issue securities at a fixed rate of ten per centum per annum, that such interest shall be credited to the Trust Fund on a quarterly basis, and that the Secretary shall make quarterly disbursements from such interest to the National Institute of Building Sciences: Provided further, That the total amount of such payment during any fiscal year may not exceed $500,000 or the amount equivalent to non-Federal funds received by the Institute during the preceding fiscal year, whichever is less: Provided further, That any amount of interest not used for any such annual payment shall be paid into the general fund of the Treasury: Provided further, That the appropriation of $5,000,000 made in this paragraph shall revert to the Treasury, on October 1, 1989, and the National Institute of Building Sciences Trust Fund shall terminate following the final quarterly disbursement of interest provided for in this paragraph."
§1701j–3. Preemption of due-on-sale prohibitions
(a) Definitions
For the purpose of this section—
(1) the term "due-on-sale clause" means a contract provision which authorizes a lender, at its option, to declare due and payable sums secured by the lender's security instrument if all or any part of the property, or an interest therein, securing the real property loan is sold or transferred without the lender's prior written consent;
(2) the term "lender" means a person or government agency making a real property loan or any assignee or transferee, in whole or in part, of such a person or agency;
(3) the term "real property loan" means a loan, mortgage, advance, or credit sale secured by a lien on real property, the stock allocated to a dwelling unit in a cooperative housing corporation, or a residential manufactured home, whether real or personal property; and
(4) the term "residential manufactured home" means a manufactured home as defined in section 5402(6) of title 42 which is used as a residence; and
(5) the term "State" means any State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.
(b) Loan contract and terms governing execution or enforcement of due-on-sale options and rights and remedies of lenders and borrowers; assumptions of loan rates
(1) Notwithstanding any provision of the constitution or laws (including the judicial decisions) of any State to the contrary, a lender may, subject to subsection (c), enter into or enforce a contract containing a due-on-sale clause with respect to a real property loan.
(2) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (d), the exercise by the lender of its option pursuant to such a clause shall be exclusively governed by the terms of the loan contract, and all rights and remedies of the lender and the borrower shall be fixed and governed by the contract.
(3) In the exercise of its option under a due-on-sale clause, a lender is encouraged to permit an assumption of a real property loan at the existing contract rate or at a rate which is at or below the average between the contract and market rates, and nothing in this section shall be interpreted to prohibit any such assumption.
(c) State prohibitions applicable for prescribed period; subsection (b) provisions applicable upon expiration of such period; loans subject to State and Federal regulation or subsection (b) provisions when authorized by State laws or Federal regulations
(1) In the case of a contract involving a real property loan which was made or assumed, including a transfer of the liened property subject to the real property loan, during the period beginning on the date a State adopted a constitutional provision or statute prohibiting the exercise of due-on-sale clauses, or the date on which the highest court of such State has rendered a decision (or if the highest court has not so decided, the date on which the next highest appellate court has rendered a decision resulting in a final judgment if such decision applies State-wide) prohibiting such exercise, and ending on October 15, 1982, the provisions of subsection (b) shall apply only in the case of a transfer which occurs on or after the expiration of 3 years after October 15, 1982, except that—
(A) a State, by a State law enacted by the State legislature prior to the close of such 3-year period, with respect to real property loans originated in the State by lenders other than national banks, Federal savings and loan associations, Federal savings banks, and Federal credit unions, may otherwise regulate such contracts, in which case subsection (b) shall apply only if such State law so provides; and
(B) the Comptroller of the Currency with respect to real property loans originated by national banks or the National Credit Union Administration Board with respect to real property loans originated by Federal credit unions may, by regulation prescribed prior to the close of such period, otherwise regulate such contracts, in which case subsection (b) shall apply only if such regulation so provides.
(2)(A) For any contract to which subsection (b) does not apply pursuant to this subsection, a lender may require any successor or transferee of the borrower to meet customary credit standards applied to loans secured by similar property, and the lender may declare the loan due and payable pursuant to the terms of the contract upon transfer to any successor or transferee of the borrower who fails to meet such customary credit standards.
(B) A lender may not exercise its option pursuant to a due-on-sale clause in the case of a transfer of a real property loan which is subject to this subsection where the transfer occurred prior to October 15, 1982.
(C) This subsection does not apply to a loan which was originated by a Federal savings and loan association or Federal savings bank.
(d) Exemption of specified transfers or dispositions
With respect to a real property loan secured by a lien on residential real property containing less than five dwelling units, including a lien on the stock allocated to a dwelling unit in a cooperative housing corporation, or on a residential manufactured home, a lender may not exercise its option pursuant to a due-on-sale clause upon—
(1) the creation of a lien or other encumbrance subordinate to the lender's security instrument which does not relate to a transfer of rights of occupancy in the property;
(2) the creation of a purchase money security interest for household appliances;
(3) a transfer by devise, descent, or operation of law on the death of a joint tenant or tenant by the entirety;
(4) the granting of a leasehold interest of three years or less not containing an option to purchase;
(5) a transfer to a relative resulting from the death of a borrower;
(6) a transfer where the spouse or children of the borrower become an owner of the property;
(7) a transfer resulting from a decree of a dissolution of marriage, legal separation agreement, or from an incidental property settlement agreement, by which the spouse of the borrower becomes an owner of the property;
(8) a transfer into an inter vivos trust in which the borrower is and remains a beneficiary and which does not relate to a transfer of rights of occupancy in the property; or
(9) any other transfer or disposition described in regulations prescribed by the Federal Home Loan Bank Board.
(e) Rules, regulations, and interpretations; future income bearing loans subject to due-on-sale options
(1) The Federal Home Loan Bank Board, in consultation with the Comptroller of the Currency and the National Credit Union Administration Board, is authorized to issue rules and regulations and to publish interpretations governing the implementation of this section.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (d), the rules and regulations prescribed under this section may permit a lender to exercise its option pursuant to a due-on-sale clause with respect to a real property loan and any related agreement pursuant to which a borrower obtains the right to receive future income.
(f) Effective date for enforcement of Corporation-owned loans with due-on-sale options
The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the "Corporation") shall not, prior to July 1, 1983, implement the change in its policy announced on July 2, 1982, with respect to enforcement of due-on-sale clauses in real property loans which are owned in whole or in part by the Corporation.
(g) Balloon payments
Federal Home Loan Bank Board regulations restricting the use of a balloon payment shall not apply to a loan, mortgage, advance, or credit sale to which this section applies.
(Pub. L. 97–320, title III, §341, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1505; Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title IV, §473], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1237.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Thrift Institutions Restructuring Act and also as part of the Garn-St Germain Depository Institutions Act of 1982, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
Amendments
1983—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 98–181 substituted "With respect to a real property loan secured by a lien on residential real property containing less than five dwelling units, including a lien on the stock allocated to a dwelling unit in a cooperative housing corporation, or on a residential manufactured home, a lender" for "A lender".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Transfer of Functions
Federal Home Loan Bank Board abolished and functions transferred, see sections 401 to 406 of Pub. L. 101–73, set out as a note under section 1437 of this title.
Executive Documents
Termination of Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands
For termination of Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, see note set out preceding section 1681 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions.
§1701k. Right to redeem property on which United States has lien
The right to redeem provided for by section 2410(c) of title 28, shall not arise in any case in which the subordinate lien or interest of the United States derives from the issuance of insurance under the National Housing Act, as amended [12 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.].
(Apr. 20, 1950, ch. 94, title V, §505, 64 Stat. 81; Pub. L. 85–857, §13(q), Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1266.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The National Housing Act, as amended, referred to in text, is act June 27, 1934, ch. 847, 48 Stat. 1246, which is classified principally to this chapter (§1701 et seq.). For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1701 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Housing Act of 1950, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
Amendments
1958—Pub. L. 85–857 struck out provisions which related to the right to redeem in cases in which the subordinate lien or interest derives from the issuance of guaranties of insurance under the Serviceman's Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 1958 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 85–857 effective Jan. 1, 1959, see section 2 of Pub. L. 85–857, set out as an Effective Date note preceding part 1 of Title 38, Veterans' Benefits.
Act April 20, 1950, as Controlling Law; Housing and Home Finance Administrator Unaffected
Act Apr. 20, 1950, ch. 94, title V, §509, 64 Stat. 81, provided that: "Insofar as the provisions of any other law are inconsistent with the provisions of this Act [see Tables for classification] the provisions of this Act shall be controlling: Provided, That nothing contained in this Act shall affect the authority of the Housing and Home Finance Administrator under title II of Public Law 266, Eighty-first Congress [Act Aug. 24, 1949, ch. 506, title II, 63 Stat. 657]."
Powers and Authorities of Act April 20, 1950, as Cumulative; Separability
Act Apr. 20, 1950, ch. 94, title V, §510, 64 Stat. 81, provided that: "Except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Act [see Tables for classification] all powers and authorities conferred by this Act shall be cumulative and additional to and not in derogation of any powers and authorities otherwise existing. Notwithstanding any other evidences of the intention of Congress, it is hereby declared to be the controlling intent of Congress that if any provisions of this Act, or the application thereof to any persons or circumstances, shall be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such judgment shall not affect, impair, or invalidate the remainder of this Act or its applications to other persons and circumstances, but shall be confined in its operation to the provisions of this Act, or the application thereof to the persons and circumstances, directly involved in the controversy in which such judgment shall have been rendered."
§1701l. Limitation on interest rates of insured mortgages; terms of sales
It is the intent of Congress that no sale of a dwelling on which a mortgage is insured under the National Housing Act, as amended [12 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.], shall be financed, while such mortgage is so insured, at an interest rate higher than that prescribed by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. It is the further intent of Congress that no such sale shall be made, while such mortgage is so insured, on terms less favorable to the purchaser as to amortization, retirement, foreclosure, or forfeiture than those contained in such mortgage.
(Apr. 20, 1950, ch. 94, title V, §508, 64 Stat. 81; Pub. L. 90–19, §8(e), May 25, 1967, 81 Stat. 22.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
The National Housing Act, as amended, referred to in text, is act June 27, 1934, ch. 847, 48 Stat. 1246, which is classified principally to this chapter (§1701 et seq.). For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1701 of this title and Tables.
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Housing Act of 1950, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
Amendments
1967—Pub. L. 90–19 substituted "Secretary of Housing and Urban Development" for "Federal Housing Commissioner".
§1701l–1. Mortgage proceeds fraudulently misappropriated by mortgagor; recovery of deficiency after foreclosure
The Secretary of Housing and Urban Development shall take action to secure the payment of any deficiency after foreclosure on a mortgage insured or assisted under Federal law where the Secretary has reason to believe that the mortgage proceeds have been fraudulently misappropriated by the mortgagor.
(Pub. L. 93–383, title VIII, §819, Aug. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 740.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
§1701m. Credit and cancellation of notes transferred from Reconstruction Finance Corporation; net loss computation
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed from time to time to credit and cancel the note or notes of the Housing and Home Finance Administrator executed and delivered in connection with loans transferred from the Reconstruction Finance Corporation to the Housing and Home Finance Agency pursuant to Reorganization Plan Numbered 23 of 1950 (64 Stat. 1279), to the extent of the net loss, as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, sustained by said Agency in the liquidation of defaulted loans. The net loss shall be the sum of the unpaid principal and advances for care and preservation of collateral, together with accrued and unpaid interest on said principal and advances, and all expenses and costs (other than those subject to administrative expense limitations) in connection with the liquidation of defaulted loans, less the amount actually realized by the Housing and Home Finance Agency on account of such defaulted loans.
(July 14, 1952, ch. 723, §9, 66 Stat. 603.)
Editorial Notes
References in Text
Reorganization Plan Numbered 23 of 1950, referred to in text, is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Housing Act of 1952, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Transfer of Functions
Functions, powers, and duties of Housing and Home Finance Agency and its Administrator transferred to and vested in Secretary of Housing and Urban Development by Pub. L. 89–174, §5, Sept. 9, 1965, 79 Stat. 669, classified to section 3534 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Termination and Liquidation of Reconstruction Finance Corporation
Termination on June 30, 1954, of Reconstruction Finance Corporation and liquidation thereof, see sections 608 and 609 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and notes thereunder.
Executive Documents
Abolition of Reconstruction Finance Corporation
Section 6(a) of Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1957, eff. June 30, 1957, 22 F.R. 4633, 71 Stat. 647, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, abolished Reconstruction Finance Corporation.
§1701n. Reduction of vulnerability of congested urban areas to enemy attack
The Department of Housing and Urban Development, and any other departments or agencies of the Federal Government having powers, functions, or duties with respect to housing under any law shall exercise such powers, functions, or duties in such manner as, consistent with the requirements thereof, will facilitate progress in the reduction of the vulnerability of congested urban areas to enemy attack.
(Aug. 2, 1954, ch. 649, title VIII, §811, 68 Stat. 646; Pub. L. 90–19, §10(g), May 25, 1967, 81 Stat. 23.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Housing Act of 1954, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
Amendments
1967—Pub. L. 90–19 substituted "Department of Housing and Urban Development" for "Housing and Home Finance Agency, including its constituent agencies".
§1701o. Annual report of Secretary
The Secretary of Housing and Urban Development shall, as soon as practicable during each calendar year, make a report to the President for submission to the Congress on all operations and programs (including but not limited to the insurance, urban renewal, public housing, and rent supplement programs) under the jurisdiction of the Department of Housing and Urban Development during the previous calendar year. Such report shall contain recommendations for strengthening or improving such programs, or, when necessary to implement more effectively Congressional policies and purposes, for establishing new or alternative programs.
(Aug. 2, 1954, ch. 649, title VIII, §802(a), 68 Stat. 642; Pub. L. 89–117, title XI, §1101, Aug. 10, 1965, 79 Stat. 502; Pub. L. 90–19, §10(f), May 25, 1967, 81 Stat. 23; Pub. L. 100–242, title V, §570(b), Feb. 5, 1988, 101 Stat. 1950.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Housing Act of 1954, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
Amendments
1988—Pub. L. 100–242 inserted section catchline "Annual report of Secretary".
1967—Pub. L. 90–19 struck out "FHA" before "insurance" and substituted "Secretary of Housing and Urban Development" and "Department of Housing and Urban Development" for "Housing and Home Finance Administrator" and "Housing and Home Finance Agency", respectively.
1965—Pub. L. 89–117 specifically included FHA insurance, urban renewal, public housing, and rent supplement programs within the operation and programs of the Housing and Home Finance Agency which the report shall cover and inserted requirement that the report contain recommendations for improving programs and for new or alternative programs.
§1701p. Contents of report to President and Congress
The annual report made by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development to the President for submission to the Congress on all operations provided for by section 1701o of this title shall contain pertinent information with respect to all projects for which any loan, contribution, or grant has been made by the Department of Housing and Urban Development, including the amount of loans, contributions and grants contracted for.
(Aug. 2, 1954, ch. 649, title VIII, §817, 68 Stat. 648; Pub. L. 90–19, §10(j), May 25, 1967, 81 Stat. 23; Pub. L. 97–375, title II, §207(a), Dec. 21, 1982, 96 Stat. 1824.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Housing Act of 1954, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
Amendments
1982—Pub. L. 97–375 struck out requirement for the inclusion of pertinent information respecting all builders' cost certifications required by section 1715r of this title, including amounts paid by mortgagors to mortgagees for application to the reduction of the principal obligations of the mortgages pursuant to that section.
1967—Pub. L. 90–19 substituted "Secretary of Housing and Urban Development" and "Department of Housing and Urban Development" for "Housing and Home Finance Administrator" and "Housing and Home Finance Agency", respectively.
§1701p–1. Periodic report on residential mortgage delinquencies and foreclosures
As soon as practicable following November 30, 1983, the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, with the cooperation of the Federal Housing Finance Agency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and the Comptroller of the Currency, shall develop a method of accurately reporting to the Congress on a periodic basis with respect to residential mortgage delinquencies and foreclosures. Each such report shall include information with respect to the number of residential mortgage foreclosures, and the number of sixty- and ninety-day residential mortgage delinquencies, in the Nation and in each State.
(Pub. L. 98–181, title I [title IV, §469], Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1237; Pub. L. 111–203, title III, §372, July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1566.)
Editorial Notes
Codification
Section was enacted as part of the Housing and Urban–Rural Recovery Act of 1983 and also as part of the Domestic Housing and International Recovery and Financial Stability Act, and not as part of the National Housing Act which comprises this chapter.
Amendments
2010—Pub. L. 111–203 substituted "Federal Housing Finance Agency" for "Federal Home Loan Bank Board".
Statutory Notes and Related Subsidiaries
Effective Date of 2010 Amendment
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective on the transfer date, see section 351 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 906 of Title 2, The Congress.
Termination of Reporting Requirements
For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of provisions of law requiring submittal to Congress of any annual, semiannual, or other regular periodic report listed in House Document No. 103–7 (in which a report required under this section is listed on page 105), see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Financ